HomeMy WebLinkAbout03-07-18 EDCCall To Order
Approval Of The Agenda
Minutes
02 -07 -18 EDC Minutes
02 -07 -2018 EDC MINUTES.PDF
Unfinished And New Business
2040 Draft Comprehensive Plan
MEMO.PDF
ATTACHMENT A.PDF
ATTACHMENT B.PDF
New Business Visits
MEMO.PDF
ATTACHMENT A.PDF
Business Retention And Expansion Program
MEMO.PDF
ATTACHMENT A.PDF
ATTACHMENT B.PDF
ATTACHMENT C.PDF
Updates
Commission Members
Council Liaison
Staff Comments
Adjourn
ADJOURN
A quorum of the City Council may be
present at this meeting.
Chair:
Dan Erickson
Commissioners:
David Radziej
Liz Johnson
Evan Cordes
Rob Williams
Sheila Bennett
Kilander
Brendan O'Meara
Council Liaison:
Brenda Holden
Economic Development
Commission
March 7, 2018
8:00 am to 9:30 am
City Hall
Address:
1245 W Highway 96
Arden Hills MN 55112
Phone:
651 -792 -7800
Website :
www.cityofardenhills.org
City Vision
Arden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting,
strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained
infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable
City in which to live, work, and play.
Agenda
CALL TO ORDER
1.
2.
3.
3.A.
Documents:
4.
4.A.
Documents:
4.B.
Documents:
4.C.
Documents:
5.
5.A.
5.B.
5.C.
6.
Call To OrderApproval Of The AgendaMinutes02-07 -18 EDC Minutes02-07 -2018 EDC MINUTES.PDFUnfinished And New Business2040 Draft Comprehensive PlanMEMO.PDFATTACHMENT A.PDFATTACHMENT B.PDFNew Business Visits
MEMO.PDF
ATTACHMENT A.PDF
Business Retention And Expansion Program
MEMO.PDF
ATTACHMENT A.PDF
ATTACHMENT B.PDF
ATTACHMENT C.PDF
Updates
Commission Members
Council Liaison
Staff Comments
Adjourn
ADJOURN
A quorum of the City Council may be
present at this meeting.
Chair:Dan Erickson Commissioners:David RadziejLiz JohnsonEvan CordesRob WilliamsSheila BennettKilander Brendan O'MearaCouncil Liaison:Brenda Holden Economic Development Commission March 7, 2018 8:00 am to 9:30 am City Hall Address:1245 W Highway 96 Arden Hills MN 55112 Phone:651 -792 -7800 Website : www.cityofardenhills.org City VisionArden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well -maintained infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long -standing tradition as a desirable City in which to live, work, and play. AgendaCALL TO ORDER1.2.3.3.A.Documents:4.4.A.Documents:4.B.
Documents:
4.C.
Documents:
5.
5.A.
5.B.
5.C.
6.
CITY OF ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION
FEBRUARY 7, 2018 8:00 AM
CITY HALL -- 1245 WEST HIGHWAY 96
1. CALL MEETING TO ORDER
Chair Dan Erickson called the meeting to order at 8:13 a.m.
ROLL CALL
Present: Chair Dan Erickson, Commissioner s Liz Johnson, Rob Williams and Sheila
Bennett Kilander
Also Present: City Planner Matthew Bachler, Communications Coordinator Dawn Skelly and
Deputy Clerk Jolene Trauba
2. APPROVAL OF AGENDA
It was the consensus of the Commission to accept the agenda as presented.
3. APPROVAL OF MINUTES
It was the consensus of the Commission to accept the November 1, 2017 meeting minutes as
presented.
4. UNFINISHED AND NEW BUSINESS
A. Marketing and Outreach Goals
City Planner Matthew Bachler introduced Communications Coordinator Dawn Skelly. He then
reviewed the marketing and outreach goals as outlined in the memo :
• Develop strategy with Communications Coordinator to improve communications with the
business community
• Develop handouts for new businesses and visit new businesses throughout the year
• Work with the Communications Coordinator on business-focused articles for the
community newsletter
• Work with Communications Coordinator to plan and promote the State of the City
• Explore opportunities to partner with adjacent communities to organize small business
networking events
City Planner Bachler noted the City website would be revamped over the next 12-18 months and
he would like to provide more information to the business community on the site.
EDC Minutes
February 7, 2018
Page 2 of 3
Communications Coordinator Skelly mentioned the newsletter and website would be upgraded
at the same time.
Chair Erickson said business focused articles for the newsletter could be written by EDC
members.
Commissioner Liz Johnson mentioned possibly adding a business owners showcase and
companies looking for employees to the website.
City Planner Bachler said Communications Coordinator Skelly will be helping compile a
handout for new business visits and write articles about select new businesses for the newsletter.
Commissioner Rob Williams suggested that existing business be able to request a visit by going
through the website.
Chair Erickson concurred and said he would also like to see an article about the BRE program.
Discussion ensued regarding new business visits. I t was decided that a handout with a few key
points about the city and what is available to businesses along with a gift, possibly a coffee mug,
should be given at the new business visits. Contact information should be gathered from ea ch
business and given to City Planner Bachler for compilation. Communications Coordinator Skelly
could go on the new business visits to gather infor mation to be used in a business feature in the
newsletter.
City Planner Bachler stated that he will be meeting with the Building Official approximately two
times a month to hear about new businesses coming into the City.
Chair Erickson suggested that a list of new businesses be sent to the EDC members once they are
identified so visits can be set up in a timely manner.
Other ideas discussed were a meet and greet “Coffee with the Mayor” type meeting for new
businesses, and a quarterly email to businesses that focused on businesses in the City.
B. Business Retention and Expansion Program
Senior Planner Bachler noted the three main objectives for BRE visits:
• Establish open lines of communication between businesses and city departments and provide
excellent customer service
• Respond to immediate problems affecting a specific business, for example the need to lease
additional space
• Identify broader issues that may be limiting business success, for examples issues with
infrastructure or outdated regulations, and develop a response plan
There was discussion regarding the timing of new business visits versus retention visits.
Chair Erickson wondered how we were maintaining contacts and it was suggested something
other than an Excel spreadsheet be used in the future.
EDC Minutes
February 7, 2018
Page 3 of 3
City Planner Bachler stated that he will expand the Red Fox/Gray Fox business list from 2017
and have that along with current assignments at t he March EDC meeting.
5. UPDATES
A. Council Liaison
Not present
B. Commission Members
None
C. Staff Comments
City Planner Bachler noted the Army completed the groundwater optimization study for
TCAAP. Infrastructure design will take place this year with construction in 2019 and private
development in 2020. Master Development Agreement negotiations are continuing with Ramsey
County and Ala tus . He also mentioned the Marriott Hotel on Northwoods Drive should be under
construction soon, Lexington Station Phase II building permits are expected soon, and Dunn
Brothers Coffee will be opening on County Road E in the space next to the American Red Cross.
ADJOURNMENT
The meeting a djourned at 9:36 a.m.
____________________________ ______________________________
Dan Erickson, Chair Jolene Trauba, Deputy Clerk
City of Arden Hills
Economic Development Commission Meeting for March 7, 2018
P:\Planning\Comprehensive Plan\2018 Comprehensive Plan\Memos
Page 1 of 2
DATE: March 7, 2018 EDC Agenda Item 4.A
TO: Economic Development Commission Chair and Commissioners
FROM: Matthew Bachler, City Planner
SUBJECT: 2040 Comprehensive Plan Update
Background
Minnesota state law requires that all communities within the Minneapolis-St. Paul metropolitan
area update their Comprehensive Plans every ten years. The City has until December 31, 2018 to
complete the 2040 Comprehensive Plan update. The purpose of the Comprehensive Plan is to
establish the policies that guide the future physical and community development of Arden Hills.
It is also a reference document for the Planning Commission and City Council when evaluating
private development projects, and helps with the City’s budgeting process.
In addition to identifying local community goals, the Comprehensive Plan must reflect the
adopted regional policies in the Metropolitan Council’s system and policy plans. Local planning
efforts are linked to the larger regional infrastructure of parks and trails, road networks, and
wastewater infrastructure, and the City’s plan must conform to the regional vision.
The City is working with WSB & Associates to complete the 2040 Comprehensive Plan update.
The City Council has directed staff to update the goals and priorities in the 2030 Comprehensive
Plan as needed and to satisfy the Metropolitan Council’s technical requirements. To date, the
following meetings have been held on the Comprehensive Plan update:
Date Meeting Topic
March 20, 2017 City Council Work Session City Vision and Goals
June 7, 2017 Planning Commission Housing
August 21, 2017 City Council Work Session Land Use, Housing
September 6, 2017 Economic Development Commission Land Use
September 19, 2017 Parks, Trails, and Rec Committee Parks and Trails
November 8, 2017 Planning Commission Land Use, Housing, Implementation
February 20, 2018 City Council Work Session Draft Comprehensive Plan
MEMORANDUM
City of Arden Hills
Economic Development Commission Meeting for March 7, 2018
P:\Planning\Comprehensive Plan\2018 Comprehensive Plan\Memos
Page 2 of 2
The Economic Development Commission last reviewed the draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan at
their meeting on September 6, 2017 when they looked at the Land Use chapter. WSB has
provided the attached memo providing a summary of recent changes made to the draft plan
following the City Council Work Session on February 20, 2018.
WSB will be in attendance at the meeting on March 7, 2018 to present the entire draft 2040
Comprehensive Plan and to help facilitate the Economic Development Commission’s discussion.
While staff is requesting feedback on any items within the plan, the EDC may wish to focus on
the Land Use (Chapter 6) and Economic Development and Redevelopment sections (Chapter 8)
given the length of the document.
Staff is anticipating that the public hearing for the 2040 Comprehensive Plan will be held at the
Planning Commission meeting on April 4, 2018. The City Council would be asked to review the
final draft of the plan on April 23, 2018 and approve its release to affected jurisdictions for
review. The City will need to provide affected jurisdictions six months to review the plan, after
which time the City Council will be asked to formally adopt the Comprehensive Plan and
approve submittal to the Metropolitan Council. The deadline for submittal is December 31, 2018.
701 Xenia Avenue South | Suite 300 | Minneapolis, MN 55416 | (763) 541-4800
Building a legacy – your legacy.
Equal Opportunity Employer | wsbeng.com
K:\03455-200\Admin\Meeting\EDC Meetings\WSB EDC Memo 03072018.docx
Memorandum
To: Economic Development Commission Chair and Commissioners
Matthew Bachler, Senior Planner
From: Eric Zweber, AICP
Date: March 1, 2018
Re: Arden Hills 2040 Comprehensive Plan
WSB Project No. 03455-200
Background
For the past nine months, WSB, City Staff, the Planning Commission, and the City Council have
been preparing the 2040 Comprehensive Plan update. On February 20, 2018, the City Council
review the draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan. The draft Comprehensive Plan including the City
Council changes is attached to this memorandum. To illustrate the concerns expressed and
changes requested by the City Council, a redlined draft Comprehensive Plan is also attached to
illustrate what has changed since the November 8 review by the Planning Commission.
Requested Action
Review the draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan, the City Council recommended changes, and provide
recommendations on any changes.
Summary
There were a number of formatting or grammatical errors that were identified by the City Council.
They are included in the redlined draft Comprehensive Plan, but they will not be described in this
memorandum. This memorandum will describe the substantive changes since November.
Land Use Map
The City Council discussed the existing B-4 zoning district. They discussed that while the
Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education Study correctly identified that the current Retail
Center zoning may not be appropriate for the area, they expressed that office and other commercial
uses may be better in this area than the industrial use shown on the draft Land Use Map. The City
Council directed that the area on both sides of Dunlap Street be changed to MB – Mixed Business.
Housing Chapter
The City Council directed that language about Cost Burdened Households that does not relate to
housing be removed.
EDC – Arden Hills
March 7, 2018
Page 2
K:\03455-200\Admin\Meeting\EDC Meetings\WSB EDC Memo 03072018.docx
The City Council requested that the language of the affordable housing tools and policies be
amended to describe what cities in general can administer instead of what the City of Arden Hills
shall consider.
Discussion regarding how to achieve the 51% to 80% area median income afford housing
allocation has been deferred until the March 19 City Council Work Session. Some things that the
City Council has asked WSB and City Staff to evaluate includes:
• Can the previous TIF district for Presbyterian Homes count as past financial assistance for
affordable housing?
• Housing at the former City Hall.
• Housing at the NB – Neighborhood Business property at Cleveland Avenue.
• Additional housing in the B-2 zoning district.
Parks and Recreation
The City Council directed that the following changes be made in the Parks and Recreation Chapter:
• Update the Current and Proposed Park Amenities table (Table 9.1) to include the recent
park improvements and planning efforts.
• Remove the language regarding property acquisition for Charles Perry Park.
• Update improvements listed for Hazelnut Park and Johanna Marsh.
• Remove the list of investment priorities for Charles Perry, Hazelnut, and Cummings Parks.
• Revise language regarding obtaining additional land for the Round Lake Open Space
through park dedication.
Transportation
The City Council directed that the following changes be made in the Transportation Chapter:
• Add language regarding the Park & Ride along Cleveland Avenue on I-35W.
• Add language regarding local street policies.
Sanitary Sewer
The City Council directed that the following changes be made in the Public Facilities, Services,
and Infrastructure Chapter:
• Recognize work performed by Arden Hills to date regarding inflow and infiltration (I/I)
• Update I/I table using Metropolitan Council methodology.
EDC – Arden Hills
March 7, 2018
Page 3
K:\03455-200\Admin\Meeting\EDC Meetings\WSB EDC Memo 03072018.docx
Requested Action
That the Planning Commission provide any direction or guidance regarding the draft 2040
Comprehensive Plan.
Next Steps
On March 7, the Economic Development Commission will review the entire draft 2040
Comprehensive Plan.
On March 19, the City Council will review the entire draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan and discuss
the appropriate residential land uses to achieve the 51% to 80% area median income allocation.
On April 4, the Planning Commission will conduct a public hearing for the draft 2040
Comprehensive Plan.
On April 23, the City Council with be requested to approve the draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan.
Thank you,
Eric Zweber, AICP
Attachments:
A. Clean Draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan
B. Redlined City Council Comments of Draft 2040 Comprehensive Plan
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: , 2018
1-1
1. INTRODUCTION
Incorporated in 1951, the City of Arden Hills lies approximately eight miles north of
downtown Saint Paul and downtown Minneapolis in the northwestern portion of Ramsey
County. The City covers 9.4 square miles and, in 2016, was home to an estimated
9,966 people. The residents of Arden Hills enjoy a high quality of living with access to
neighborhood and regional parks and trails; superb access to regional road
transportation; nearby commercial services; and stable neighborhoods.
In addition to the City’s high quality neighborhoods, Arden Hills is home to a number of
large corporations, many small businesses, two private colleges, a high school, an
elementary school, and more than 11,000 jobs 1. Arden Hills is a strong community that
attracts residents and businesses because of its close-knit neighborhoods, parks,
responsible government, and open spaces. Additionally, the Twin Cities Army
Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property provides the City with an opportunity for new
development to help service the City’s current and future residents.
While Arden Hills is a stable community with a bright future, the City does face some
challenges. The median age has risen dramatically in recent years, a large percentage
of the City’s land area is tax-exempt, fewer families with children are able to afford a
home in the City, and the regional transportation infrastructure is at or beyond capacity
in many places. With 824,000 new residents expected in the Twin Cities area between
2010 and 2040, Arden Hills will undoubtedly feel the pressure for development and the
impact of development in other communities.
1.1 COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING
The Comprehensive Plan is a policy document that asks: where are we now, where do
we want to go, and how do we get there? This document reflects the City’s value
system and creates a framework for the future by providing an overall vision for the City.
As a guiding tool, the Plan provides a system for measuring progress, direction for day-
to-day and long-term decision-making, and a framework for setting priorities in several
key areas that are vital to the successful and efficient functioning of the community.
Each of the chapters in this Plan is examined in a comprehensive and community-wide
manner in order to take advantage of opportunities, increase efficiency, and work
toward building a stronger community.
The City recognizes the importance of planning and setting community-wide goals;
however, this Plan is also being prepared as a requirement of the Metropolitan Land
1 Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development – 2nd Quarter 2017 QCEW Data
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: , 2018
1-2
Planning Act. Arden Hills completed its first Comprehensive Plan in 1966 with updates
in 1976, 1980, 1998, and 2008. It is anticipated that the next Comprehensive Plan
review will take place in 2028.
While this Plan is a guide for development through 2040, it is intended to be a flexible
and responsive document that can be amended to acknowledge changing conditions
and new opportunities. To best achieve the City’s vision, this Plan must be continually
referenced, updated, and used on a regular basis. This document provides a path for
the City but does not dictate specific activities or absolute decisions; instead, this Plan is
intended to help City leaders in developing policies, programs, ordinances, capital
improvement plans, and budgets that reflect the overall values and priorities of the
residents and businesses.
1.2 THRIVE MSP 2040
On May 28, 2014 the Metropolitan Council adopted the Thrive MSP 2040 to guide
growth in the seven county metropolitan area through 2040. Thrive MSP 2040 includes
regional growth policies based on community designation for achieving these policies.
Arden Hills is identified as Suburban. Some of the Suburban policies that are applicable
to Arden Hills include:
• Integrate natural resource conservation and restoration strategies into the
comprehensive plan.
• Implement best management practices to control and treat stormwater as
redevelopment opportunities arise.
• Designate land in the comprehensive plan to support household growth forecasts
and address the community’s share of the region’s affordable housing need
through development and redevelopment at a range of densities.
• Use state, regional, and federal sources of funding and/or financing and
development tools allowed by state law to facilitate the development of new
lifecycle and affordable housing.
• Develop local policies, plans, and practices that improve pedestrian and bicycle
circulation, including access to regional transit services, regional trails, and
regional bicycle corridors.
• Seek opportunities to improve local street and pedestrian connections to improve
access for local trips.
• Plan for land uses that support the growth of businesses that export goods and
services outside the region, important regional economic clusters, and living
wage jobs.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: , 2018
1-3
The City of Arden Hills supports these policies. The vision, goals, and policies identified
in the City’s Comprehensive Plan seek to advance the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive
MSP 2040 where applicable to Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-1
2. COMMUNITY PROFILE
In order to plan for the future of Arden Hills, it is important to understand where the City
has been, where the City is now, and how the City is likely to change. Understanding
the history of Arden Hills and the trends that affect the City can provide a basis from
which to make better decisions. While the past is not a perfect indicator of future
changes, it does give perspective on the status of the community and suggests where
Arden Hills may be heading.
Since 2000, population has remained fairly stable, the median household income has
remained higher than Ramsey County as a whole, a greater percentage of residents
have a higher education, and the number of jobs in the City has remained stable. Arden
Hills is a stable community and many residents are choosing to remain in Arden Hills as
long as possible. However, high property values and the relative lack of turnover in the
housing stock have made it difficult for some younger households to move into the City.
Of the thirteen age groupings, seven of them increased and six decreased from 2000 to
2015. The most notable were a 107% increase in the 60-64 age group, and a 52%
decrease in the 10-14 age group. Overall, the city saw an increase of 1.5% in total
population during that time.
This chapter provides demographic and economic information about Arden Hills and
some of the changes the community has seen in the last 10, 20, and 30 years. While
there is a tendency to only look within the City borders, Arden Hills is part of a larger
metropolitan area of seven counties with 184 municipalities and three townships.
Therefore, a comparison of Arden Hills’ demographic information to adjacent
municipalities, Ramsey County, and the metropolitan area is provided where
appropriate. The comparison helps provide context for this Plan, and helps explain the
role that Arden Hills plays in the larger metropolitan community.
2.1 FORECASTS
The Metropolitan Council prepared population, household, and employment forecasts
for all counties, cities, and townships in the metropolitan area. The forecasts were
based on anticipated future land uses from previous plans, vacant land that is
developable, and other factors. The forecasts provided by the Metropolitan Council are
as follows:
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-2
Table 2.1 – Forecasts
Census Estimate Thrive MSP 2040 Forecasts
2010 2015 2020 2030 2040
Population 9,552 9,797 10,000 12,000 13,500
Households 2,957 3,116 3,200 4,100 4,600
Employment 12,402 11,8858 15,000 16,300 17,500
2.2 POPULATION FORECASTS
Figure 2.1 – 1990 - 2040 Population Change
Source: Metropolitan Council, US
Census
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
1990 2000 2010 2014 2020 2030 2040
Table 2.2 – Population Change 1970-2040
Source: Metropolitan Council, US Census
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
2000-2010 %
Change
2014/2015
EST 2020 2030 2040
2010-
2040 %
change
Arden Hills 5,149 8,012 9,199 9,652 9,552 -1.04%9,652 10,000 12,000 13,500 41.33%
Mounds View 10,599 12,593 12,541 12,738 12,155 -4.58%12,444 12,300 12,300 12,400 2.02%
New Brighton 19,507 23,269 22,207 22,206 21,456 -3.38%22,084 22,300 23,100 24,100 12.32%
Roseville 34,438 35,820 33,485 33,690 33,660 -0.09%34,719 33,800 34,000 34,500 2.50%
Shoreview 10,978 17,300 24,587 25,924 25,043 -3.40%25,723 25,500 25,500 25,600 2.22%
Ramsey County 476,255 459,784 485,765 511,035 508,640 -0.47%529,506 548,220 570,610 592,720 16.53%
7 County Metro Area 1,874,612 1,985,873 2,288,721 2,642,056 2,849,567 7.85%2,952,114 3,131,170 3,389,060 3,636,390 27.61%
From 2000 to 2010, Arden Hills experienced a slight decline in population. This is
consistent with all other communities in the vicinity. However, the Seven County
Metro Area grew 7.85% during this same time period.
The City’s most rapid growth occurred during the 1970s when the City grew by
56 percent.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-3
The City’s population nearly doubled between 1970 and 2000 when it increased
approximately 87 percent.
Arden Hills is forecasted to experience a 41% jump in population between 2010
and 2040. Most of the projected growth is anticipated to occur on the proposed
TCAAP property redevelopment.
Figure 2.2 – Arden Hills Age Distribution 2000, 2010, 2015
Source: US Census & American Community Survey
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Under
5
5 to 9 10 to
14
15 to
19
20 to
24
25 to
34
35 to
44
45 to
54
55 to
59
60 to
64
65 to
74
75 to
84
85 and
over
2000 2010 2015
The median age of Arden Hills residents has remained stable over the last fifteen
years. In the year 2000, it was 36.2. By 2010, it had dropped down to 34.8. The
latest population estimates show that it has increased back to 36.7 in the year
2015.
The proportion of people over age 55 is anticipated to increase greatly from 2000
to 2015, increasing from 23 percent to 32 percent of the population.
The relatively stable and higher percentage of population in the 18-24 age group
from 2000 to 2015 is likely due to the student populations at Bethel University
and Northwestern College.
Except for the 15 – 24 age groups, Arden Hills’ population tended to shift into the
older age groups in 2015. This growth in the older age groups, as noted in
Figure 2.2, is anticipated to continue.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-4
2.3 HOUSING
Table 2.2 – Household Forecasts
2000 2010
% change
2000-
2010 2020 2030 2040
% change
2010-
2040
Arden Hills 2,959 2,957 -0.07% 3,200 4,100 4,600 55.56%
Mounds View 5,018 4,954 -1.28% 5,100 5,200 5,200 4.97%
New Brighton 9,013 8,915 -1.09% 9,500 10,000 10,400 16.66%
Roseville 14,598 14,623 0.17% 15,300 15,700 16,100 10.10%
Shoreview 10,125 10,402 2.74% 11,000 11,200 11,300 8.63%
Ramsey County 201,236 202,691 0.72% 223,460 236,090 246,050 21.39%
7 county Metro 1,021,456 1,117,749 9.42% 1,257,730 1,378,830 1,490,470 33.35%
The forecasted increase in housing units from 2020 to 2040 is largely due to the
proposed redevelopment of the TCAAP property.
The adjacent communities and Ramsey County grew much slower between 1990
and 2000 and are anticipated to grow less than the seven county metropolitan
area as a whole, which reflects the highly developed nature of Ramsey County.
The developed portion of Arden Hills is likely to experience infill development and
redevelopment in the coming years, particularly around the lakes.
Figure 2.3 – Age of Housing Stock
*Does not include the manufactured home community
Source: 2015 ACS
73 152
542
220
857
738
260
86 117 63
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-5
Most of the housing units in Arden Hills were built between 1970 and 1989.
Sixty percent of the homes in Arden Hills were built before 1980.
At nearly 150 homes, more homes were built in 1979 than in any other year.
There has been a significant drop in the number of housing units constructed as
the availability of undeveloped land has significantly decreased.
The large forecasted increase in housing in Arden Hills is largely focused in the
TCAAP redevelopment area.
Figure 2.4 - Housing Type (2015)
Source: Met Council Estimates
66.1%
12.6%
0.9%
12.2%
8.1%
Single-Family
Detached
Townhomes
Duplex, triplex
and quad
Multifamily (5
units or more)
Manufactured
Homes
78.7 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is single-family housing (attached and
detached).
12.2 percent if the housing in Arden Hills is multi-family housing.
8.1 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is manufactured/mobile homes.
Chapter seven includes additional housing information.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-6
2.4 EMPLOYMENT & INCOME
Table 2.3 – Employment Forecasts
1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040
Arden Hills 10,929 12,429 12,402 15,000 16,300 17,500
Mounds View 3,142 4,382 6,386 6,800 7,100 7,200
Shoreview 5,771 9,829 11,665 13,200 14,100 14,700
Roseville 33,046 39,103 35,104 37,300 38,300 39,300
In 2010, Arden Hills had 23 percent more jobs than residents.
Arden Hills is anticipated to have more jobs than people through 2040.
Much of the employment growth after 2010 is anticipated to be on the TCAAP
property.
Figure 2.5 – Household Income
Source: US Census
$0
$10,000
$20,000
$30,000
$40,000
$50,000
$60,000
$70,000
$80,000
$90,000
1990 2000 2010 2015
Arden Hills Ramsey County 7 County Metro
The median household income in Arden Hills in 2015 was $80,200.
The Arden Hills median household income was $64,800 in 2000 (2000 dollars).
The median household income in Arden Hills is higher than both Ramsey County
and the seven county metro area.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-7
2.5 PLACE TO WORK/WORK TO PLACE
Table 2.4 – Top 10 Work Destinations in 2015
Workplaces Workers Percent
Minneapolis 751 20.8%
St. Paul 509 14.1%
Arden Hills 232 6.4%
Roseville 217 6.0%
Shoreview 161 4.5%
New Brighton 108 3.0%
Blaine 106 2.9%
Bloomington 99 2.7%
Fridley 85 2.3%
Coon Rapids 74 2.0%
Remaining Destinations 1,260 35.0%
Total 3,603 100%
Source: US Census
Table 2.5 – Top 10 Sources of Employees in 2015
Residences Workers Percent
St. Paul 1,150 10.6%
Minneapolis 993 9.2%
Blaine 580 5.4%
Shoreview 517 4.8%
Brooklyn Park 377 3.5%
Coon Rapids 375 3.5%
Roseville 329 3.0%
Woodbury 285 2.6%
Lino Lakes 258 2.4%
New Brighton 242 2.2%
Remaining Sources 5,705 52.8%
Total 10,811 100%
Source: US Census
In 2015, the City had over 7,000 people of working age and approximately, 12,188
jobs. Although the City had almost two jobs for each resident, a majority of people
commuted out of the City for employment in 2015 (Table 2.7 and 2.8).
232 Arden Hills residents also work in Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-8
Over 34 percent of residents (of working age) worked in either Saint Paul or
Minneapolis (Figure 2.8).
Saint Paul was the largest supply of workers for employers in Arden Hills (Figure
2.9).
2.6 EDUCATION
Table 2.6 – Educational Attainment (2015)
3.5%
15.9%
15.1%
6.9%
37.2%
21.4%
Some high school High school diploma Some college
Associate's degree Bachelor's degree Graduate or professional degree
Over 58 percent of Arden Hills residents have obtained a bachelor’s degree or
higher.
96.5 percent of Arden Hills residents have obtained at least a High School
Diploma.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
3-1
3. CITY VISION
On a day-to-day basis, the City provides many services that are needed to maintain a
high-quality of living and contribute to the overall success of Arden Hills. This Plan is
divided into fourteen chapters that address a range of topics, including land use,
housing, and transportation among others. While each chapter has its own goals and
policies, the chapters are not independent of each other. This Plan should be viewed
as an integrated whole in order to take advantage of opportunities that may be able to
advance the goals and policies from more than one chapter.
The chapters, goals, and policies in this Comprehensive Plan are not presented in order
of importance or priority. Each goal and policy has been identified as a tool to advance
the overall City vision. The primary purpose of this Plan is to support and advance the
City’s long-term vision:
City Vision – Arden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental
setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well-maintained
infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long-standing tradition as a desirable City in
which to live, work, and play.
The community seeks to achieve this overall City vision by working to advance the
following goals in this Comprehensive Plan:
Active Living – Enhance the health, safety, and well-being of all who live, work, and
play in the City.
TCAAP Redevelopment – Develop TCAAP in a way that accommodates a mix of
land uses that is sensitive to the natural environment, economically sustainable, and
of benefit to the community.
Land Use – Develop and maintain a land use pattern that strengthens the vitality,
quality, and character of our residential neighborhoods, commercial districts, and
industrial areas while protecting the community’s natural resources and developing a
sustainable pattern for future development.
Housing - Develop and maintain a strong, vital, diverse and stable housing supply
for all members of the community.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
3-2
Economic Development and Redevelopment – Promote the development,
redevelopment, and maintenance of a viable, innovative, and diverse business
environment serving Arden Hills and the metropolitan area.
Parks and Recreation – Create a comprehensive, maintained, and interconnected
system of parks, pathways, and open spaces as well as a balanced program of
recreational activities for residents of all ages, incomes, and abilities.
Protected Resources – Preserve, protect, and restore the community’s natural
resources, including open spaces, lakes, wetlands, other significant natural features,
and historic resources.
Transportation – Provide a transportation system that has convenient and effective
multi-modal connections within Arden Hills and to adjacent municipalities, the
remainder of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and greater Minnesota.
Resilience and Sustainability – Promote resiliency and sustainable design practices
in the preservation, development, redevelopment, and maintenance of the City’s
natural and built environment.
Public Facilities, Infrastructure, and Services – Provide efficient and high-quality
public facilities, services, and infrastructure.
Each chapter in this Plan includes the background information for each goal, policies to
advance the goal, and suggested implementation options. The policies and other
implementation techniques listed in this Plan are not intended to be all-inclusive and
there is overlap between chapters. New opportunities or tools that arise over time
should be considered even if not included in this Comprehensive Plan.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: 2018
4-1
4. ACTIVE LIVING
Goal: Enhance the health, safety, and well-being of all who live, work, and play in the
City.
In 2006, the City received a grant from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota to
incorporate active living principles into the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. The purpose of
the grant was to encourage cities to create a natural and built environment that
encourages more physical activity and, subsequently, leads to an increase in overall
public health. There is no single solution to increasing physical activity or public health,
and the City does not seek to change personal choices. However, the City can work to
remove obstacles to physical activity and increase opportunities for healthy living
choices. The City continues to support the active living goals and policies identified
during the last Comprehensive Plan update and has elected to retain this chapter in the
2040 Comprehensive Plan.
4.1 ACTIVE LIVING PRINCIPLES
A principal goal of active living is to create opportunities that integrate physical activity
into daily routines. Removing obstacles in the built environment and encouraging a built
environment that promotes physical activity can be achieved through the planning
process.
In committing to promote and increase physical activity, the following principles, based
on principles prepared by the Active Living by Design group
(www.activelivingbydesign.org), serve as a guide to advancing the active living
movement:
1. Physical activity is a behavior that can favorably improve health and quality of
life.
2. Everyone should have safe, convenient and affordable choices for physical
activity.
3. The City and new developments should be designed to provide a variety of
opportunities for physical activity and should accommodate a wide range of
individual preferences and abilities.
4. Development patterns should encourage opportunities for active living where
appropriate as well as a variety of transportation choices.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: 2018
4-2
5. Buildings should be designed and oriented to promote opportunities for active
living, especially non-motorized transportation.
6. Transportation systems, including transit, should provide safe, convenient and
affordable access to housing, worksites, schools and community services.
7. Parks and green space, including pathways, should be safe, accessible and part
of a transportation network that connects destinations of interest, such as
housing, worksites, schools, community services and other places with high
population density.
8. The City, in cooperation with other public and private entities, are encouraged to
plan for ongoing interdisciplinary collaboration, promotion of facilities, behavioral
supports, policies that institutionalize the vision of active living, and routine
maintenance that ensures continued safety, quality and attractiveness of the
physical infrastructure.
9. City planning processes should address the multiple impacts of the built
environment and transportation choices on residents' ability to be physically
active.
These principles can help serve as an evaluation framework for new developments,
ordinances, and policies.
4.2 APPLYING ACTIVE LIVING PRINCIPLES
This chapter does not encompass all of the goals or policies related to the active living
movement. Where applicable, active living principles have been incorporated
throughout this Plan to encourage coordination between goals, policies, and strategies.
For example, reconstructing a road in the transportation chapter is related to creating a
new pathway in the parks and recreation chapter, which increases opportunities for
physical activity and healthy living.
In addition to the goals and policies throughout this Comprehensive Plan, the city seeks
to advance the overall active living goal with the following additional policies:
o Encourage the incorporation of active living principles into new developments
and redevelopments where feasible.
o Consider active living principles when evaluating new policies, ordinances,
procedures, and proposals.
o Work with the adjacent communities, school districts, public & private institutions,
and employers to encourage and advance the active living principles.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: 2018
4-3
o Evaluate the City’s regulations to identify and remove obstacles to active living
where feasible for residents of all ages and abilities.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s active living goal and
principles.
In addition to the local strategies listed above, the City will continue to partner with the
coalition members of Active Living Ramsey Communities to encourage and support
efforts to improve active living at the regional level through changes in public and
private design, transportation, and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-1
5. TWIN CITIES ARMY AMMUNITION PLANT (TCAAP) PROPERTY
REDEVELOPMENT
Goal: Develop TCAAP in a way that accommodates a mix of land uses that is sensitive
to the natural environment, economically sustainable, and a benefit to the community.
In 1941, the federal government started construction on the Twin Cities Army
Ammunition Plant (TCAAP), which occupied about 3.7 square miles (2,370 acres) in
what was then Mounds View Township (Figure 5.1). During a 16 month period, over
300 buildings were constructed to manufacture and test munitions for World War II. The
plant also produced munitions for the Korean conflict, Vietnam conflict, and the first Gulf
War. At its peak, the property had 40 miles of electric and telephone wire, 83 miles of
sewer, 37 miles of road and railroad track, and employed more than 25,000 people.
The entire TCAAP property was included in the Arden Hills municipal border when the
City incorporated in 1951, and now occupies approximately the northern third of Arden
Hills. The TCAAP property is bounded by Highway 96 on the south, Highways 10 and
35W on the west, Lexington Avenue on the east, and County Road I on the north.
5.1 TCAAP DECOMMISSIONING AND LAND TRANSFERS
Between 1974 and 1985, the federal government started decommissioning TCAAP.
While munitions production by private entities continued into the early 2000s, operations
were a fraction of peak production. Plans to transfer portions of the property and
redevelop it have been in the works since the 1980s. Redevelopment plans for the
former TCAAP property have continued to evolve and become more detailed:
Table 5.1 – TCAAP Land Reuse Proposals
1982 1998 2008 2016
Residential 970 445 168 146
Commercial/Industrial 500 222 182 198
Parks and Other Open Space 805 252 168 24
Institutional, Roads, & Other Public Use 95 215 65 53
na na 113 221
na 1,237 1,562 1,611
na na 113 113
2,370 2,370 2,371 2,371
Re
d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
Ar
e
a
Rice Creek Trail Corridor
Parks Preserve/Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS)/US Army
Reserve
Other (MnDot, Ramsey County, Arden Hills)
Total
Acerage is approximate.
Much of the former TCAAP property has already been transferred or leased to other
public entities, including the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Ramsey County,
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-2
Arden Hills, and the Minnesota National Guard (Figure 5.2). In April of 2013, Ramsey
County purchased 427 acres of the TCAAP site from the General Services
Administration (GSA) for redevelopment.
5.1.1 Ramsey County Parks and Recreation
Rice Creek traverses the northwestern corner of the former TCAAP property and
is an important animal habitat and recreation area. Approximately 113 acres
adjacent to the creek were transferred to Ramsey County in 2006 for the
development of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail (Figure 5.2). Ramsey
County is currently working with the GSA to have an additional 108 acres of land
transferred for the purpose of expanding the Rice Creek trail corridor.
Ramsey County Parks and Recreation also owns a parcel that is approximately 5
acres in size adjacent to Lexington Avenue near the Marsden Lake and wetland
complex. This site is known as the Marsden Archery Range.
5.1.2 Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) and
Army Reserve
Approximately 1,611 acres will remain under federal ownership; however, the
Minnesota National Guard has a long-term lease for most of the land. A small
portion is used for the Army Reserve station in the far southeastern corner of the
property. This land is expected to remain under federal ownership for the
foreseeable future.
The Minnesota National Guard has designated their leased area as the Arden
Hills Army Training Site (AHATS). Although live munitions firing are prohibited
on the site, the Minnesota National Guard does use the property for training
purposes. Much of AHATS is anticipated to remain as open space, but the
National Guard is in the process of developing a long-term master plan for the
property.
The Arden Hills Army Training Site is anticipated to include a field maintenance
shop, training area management building, division headquarters, state joint force
headquarters, billeting, and a number of ancillary buildings. The project is also
expected to include an armory/training center that could have a community
center component. The future buildings would be located on the north and west
sides of the Ramsey County/Arden Hills Public Works Facility at the northwest
corner of the Hamline Avenue and Highway 96 intersection.
The potential impacts of the AHATS master plan have not been fully evaluated,
but it will increase use and workers on the National Guard property. The City
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-3
seeks to maintain a working relationship with the Minnesota National Guard on
planning activities and to potentially collaborate on a community center as part of
the training facility.
5.1.3 Ramsey County
In 2002, the General Services Administration (GSA) formally declared 585 acres
of the TCAAP property as excess that was to be sold. In 2013, Ramsey County
purchased 427 acres of the site from the U.S. Government with the intent to
clean up the property and put it back into productive economic use. The property
purchased by Ramsey County is adjacent to Interstate 35W and Highway 10
(Figure 5.2). The City of Arden Hills is partnering with Ramsey County on the
redevelopment project, with the City being responsible for preparing the master
plan and other land use control documents.
5.1.4 City of Arden Hills
The City of Arden Hills owns 6.9 acres of the former TCAAP property adjacent to
Highway 96 (Figure 5.2). This property was transferred to the City for use as a
new City Hall, which was completed in 2001.
5.1.5 State of Minnesota
The State of Minnesota controls nearly 62 acres of the former TCAAP property in
the northwestern corner adjacent to County Road I and Interstate 35W. The
Minnesota Department of Transportation has a facility on the site, including a
driver licensing center.
5.2 TCAAP Master Plan
The City of Arden Hills in partnership with Ramsey County approved a Joint Powers
Agreement (JPA) that created a Joint Development Authority (JDA) govern the
redevelopment of 427 acres of the TCAAP property. The JDA initiated a master
planning process for the 427 acre parcel purchased by the County in April 2013. Over
the course of the subsequent year, the City held a series of public open houses to solicit
community preferences and met with local developers and other relevant stakeholders
to help inform the Master Plan. The long-term vision for the site that came out of this
process emphasized the need for regional employment, a variety of housing options,
well-designed and pedestrian-friendly commercial areas, and a network of parks and
open spaces.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-4
The City Council approved the Master Land Use Map for the site in June 2014, and the
Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) and Mitigation Plan in July 2014. Following
these approvals, the City began work on the regulations and policies component of the
Master Plan in August 2014. This document, officially titled the TCAAP Redevelopment
Code (TRC), was adopted by the City Council in July 2015, and establishes the
development regulations for the parcel purchased by Ramsey County.
In 2016, the JDA initiated a request for proposals (RFP) process to solicit developers
interested in redeveloping the 427 acres site in keeping with the approved TCAAP
Master Plan. Following review of the RFPs, the JDA selected Alatus LLC as the Master
Developer on May 2, 2016. Over the next six months, Alatus and the City discussed
changes necessary to the TCAAP Master Plan to accommodate the plans of Alatus and
their partners. To gather public input, an Open House was conducted on November 16,
2016 and the Planning Commission conducted a Public Hearing on December 7, 2016.
The City Council approved amendments to the TCAAP Master Plan on December 12,
2016.
The goals of the TRC are to promote a more functional and attractive community
through the use of recognized design principles and to allow property owners and
developers flexibility in land use while prescribing a higher level of detail in building
design and form. The City, along with the consultant team, drafted the TRC to codify
the goals and vision for the site that were identified through the public engagement
process.
Included in the TRC is the TCAAP Redevelopment Regulating Plan, which has been
adopted as the official zoning map for the site. The Regulating Plan was amended by
the City Council on December 12, 2016.
Since it is the City’s goal to fully incorporate the TCAAP property into the fabric of the
community, the land use, housing, parks and open space, transportation, and other
components of the proposed TCAAP redevelopment have been integrated into their
respective chapters in the Comprehensive Plan. The overall City vision, goals, and
policies of each chapter also apply to the entire TCAAP redevelopment.
5.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEANUP
Portions of the TCAAP property were subject to environmental contamination
during its four decades as a munitions manufacturing plant and testing area. The
United States Army initiated environmental cleanup in the 1980s and cleanup of
the groundwater is likely to continue for the next 40 years.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-5
In 2013, Ramsey County entered into a contract with Carl Bolander & Sons Co.
for hazardous material abatement, demolition, and site remediation services for
the TCAAP property. The remediation project was completed in November 2015.
Remediation has complied with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency’s
residential standard and the Agency issued a certificate of completion in August
2016.
5.2.2 REDEVELOPMENT TIMELINE
Demolition and remediation of the site was completed in November 2015.
Grading of the site and construction of the main roadway and trunk utilities is
expected to begin in 2019. At this time, it is expected that private development
will begin in late 2019 or 2020. The project is anticipated to be completed in
phases over the next 10 to 20 years; however, the development timeline will
depend on a number of conditions, including the market, transportation
improvements, and other related factors.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-1
6. LAND USE
Goal: Develop and maintain a land use pattern that strengthens the vitality, quality, and
character of our residential neighborhoods, commercial districts, and industrial areas
while protecting the community’s natural resources and developing a sustainable
pattern for future development.
To advance this land use goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Evaluate and amend the land use regulations to achieve the highest possible
development standards, enhance the natural environment, protect public
health, support a vital mix of land uses, and promote flexible approaches to
implement the Comprehensive Plan.
o Ensure that land use regulations promote development that is compatible with
nearby properties, neighborhood character, and natural features; minimize
pedestrian and vehicular conflict; and visually enhance development.
o Preserve the stability and quality of the city's neighborhoods while allowing for
redevelopment that is complimentary to existing development.
o Provide a balanced mix of residential, park, open space, and commercial land
uses.
o Construct new development at an average density of at least five residential
units per net residential acre.
o Explore the possibility of creating additional community gathering space in
conjunction with public or private organizations, including AHATS.
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Land use is a defining characteristic of a community. While land use does not operate
independently from the other characteristics that create a community, it is a binding
factor between transportation, housing, parks, paths, and other characteristics.
Through zoning, subdivision, and other land use regulations, a city has powerful tools to
guide the long-term, look, feel, and vitality of their community.
Despite the vacant TCAAP property (see Chapter 5), Arden Hills is classified as a fully
developed community by the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040. The City is also
entirely within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA). The areas south of
Highways 96 and 10 were mostly developed by the end of the 1970s, and less than
three percent of the developable land in that part of Arden Hills is vacant. Significant
land use changes are not anticipated in the developed part of Arden Hills; however,
study areas have been identified in the Future Land Use section of this chapter. The
City seeks to take a proactive stance to protect the high quality of life that residents
have come to expect and to prepare for potential redevelopment opportunities on
TCAAP and throughout the community.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-2
6.2 FUTURE LAND USE – 2008 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
The 2008 Comprehensive Plan included a future land use map (Figure 6.1) and
proposed mix of land uses for future development, including potential land uses for the
proposed TCAAP redevelopment:
Table 6.1 – 2008 Future Land Use
Acres
Low Density Residential 978
Medium Density Residential 136
High Density Residential 12
Neighborhood Business 19
Mixed Business 79
Commercial 26
Community Mixed Use 100
Light Industrial and Office 303
Parks and Open Space 576
Park Preserve 1,472
Public & Institutional 461
Utilities 15
Subtotal 4,178
Neighborhood Residential 146
Town Center 16
Campus Commercial 40
Office Mixed Use 20
Retail Mixed Use 34
Flex Business 42
Public & Institutional (Civic)2
Parks and Open Space 24
Utilities 46
TCAAP Right-of-way 51
Subtotal 427
Water 796
Railroad Right-of-Way 35
Right-of-way 685
Total 6,121
Land Use
Ot
h
e
r
TC
A
A
P
Ar
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
e
x
c
e
p
t
T
C
A
A
P
2008 Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
The zoning district designations represented on this map
correspond to the City of Arden Hills official Zoning Map.
Questions concerning the Zoning Map should be directed
to City Hall. Zoning designations are subject to change.
Please refer to the Zoning Code for complete information.
Adopted: April 12, 1993
Printed: April 1, 2016
Figure 6.1
2030 Future
Land Use
¯0 1,750 3,500
Feet
VLDR - Very Low Density Residential
LDR - Low Density Residential
MDR - Medium Density Residential
HDR - High Density Residential
NR - Neighborhood Residential
TC - Town Center
NB - Neighborhood Business
MB - Mixed Business
COM - Commercial
CMU - Community Mixed Use
CC - Campus Commercial
RMU - Retail Mixed Use
OMU - Office Mixed Use
FO - Flex Office
I/O - Light Industrial and Office
P/I - Public & Institutional
UTL - Utility
P/OS - Park and Open Space
PP - Park Preserve
WAT - Water
RR - Railroad right-of-way
ROW - Right-of-Way
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-4
The following descriptions were used to define the future land use categories in the
2008 Comprehensive Plan:
1. Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) – traditional single-family
residential land use category. A density range of one and one-half
(1.5) to three (3) units per acre.
2. Low Density Residential (LDR) – traditional single-family residential
land use category. A density range of three (3) to five (5) units per
acre may be allowed.
3. Medium Density Residential (MDR) – apartment and townhome land
use category for providing densities of six (6) to nine (9) units per acre.
4. High Density Residential (HDR) – apartment and townhome land use
category providing for densities of nine (9) to twelve (12) units per
acre.
5. Neighborhood Residential (NR) – Provides for a range of attached and
detached single-family and small multi-family uses at a density of one
and one-half (1.5) to eight (8) units per acre.
6. Town Center (TC) – Provides for a range of commercial and residential
uses that offer housing, assisted living, senior housing, office, retail,
restaurant, and civic uses. Medium and large residential uses are
permitted at a density of fifteen (15) to sixty-seven (67) units per acre.
7. Neighborhood Business (NB) – neighborhood business designates
small, isolated areas for neighborhood commercial land uses when
they are compatible with surrounding residential uses. Commercial
uses that are high traffic generators, noise generators, or otherwise not
compatible with residential neighborhoods, are inappropriate.
Typically, Neighborhood Business areas will be located on
intersections or nodes that are on the edge of residential areas, are
less desirable sites for housing, or have traditionally been occupied
with neighborhood services. Dwelling units of three (3) units per acre
or more may be permitted.
8. Mixed Business (MB) – areas designated for a variety of businesses,
including commercial, certain light industrial uses, warehousing, office,
general business, retail.
9. Commercial (C) – areas designated for a broad range of retail,
shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and
region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for
this area.
10. Community Mixed Use (CMU) – areas designated for a broad range of
retail, shopping, services, and office space to meet the needs of the
community and surrounding areas. This area may also include
medium to high density housing with a potential density of three (3) to
twenty (20) units per acre.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-5
11. Campus Commercial (CC) – Provides for multiple, single tenant
buildings or campuses within a business park atmosphere.
12. Retail Mixed-Use (RMU) – Promotes retail as a primary use and allows
for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use
buildings.
13. Office Mixed-Use – (OMU) – Focuses on office as a primary use, but
also permits other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical
mixed-use buildings.
14. Flex Office (FO) – Permits large scale development for employment
and light manufacturing uses that take advantage of highway frontage
and automobile access.
15. Light Industrial and Office (I/O) – areas designated for a broad range of
light industrial uses such as warehousing with manufacturing. This
land use may also include offices.
16. Public & Institutional (P/I) – areas designated for uses such as
government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses, but not
medical uses.
17. Utility (UTL) – Public or private land occupied by a power substation,
water tower, municipal well, pumping station, drainage infrastructure,
or similar use.
18. Park and Open Space (P/OS) – areas designated as public parks.
19. Park Preserve (PP) – areas designated as natural or scenic areas that
are to be preserved for public use or open space.
20. Water – includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams,
and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory
data may not be displayed).
21. Railroad right-of-way (RR) – public or private freight or passenger rail
activities.
22. Right-of-way (ROW) – public vehicular, transit and/or pedestrian rights-
of-way.
6.3 EXISTING LAND USE – 2016
The 2016 existing land use data is based on City and County property records and
known land uses (Figure 6.2). The land uses are classified into the following
categories:
1. Single Family Attached – includes all attached single family homes such as
townhomes with separate entrances.
2. Single Family Detached – includes all detached single family homes.
3. Multifamily – includes apartment buildings and condominiums of more than
one story.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
Gâ WX
Gi WX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valenti
n
e
R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
Av
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h w ay
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Langton
Lake
Owasso
Lake
Josephine
LakeLittle
Johanna
Lake
Marsden Lake
Turtle Lake
Brennans
Pond Lake
Martha
Lake
Sunfish
Lake
Long Lake
Rush Lake
Pike
Lake
Round Lake
Valentine
Lake
Karth Lake
Snail Lake
Island Lake
Jones
Lake
Poplar
Lake Johanna Lake
Shoreview
Lake
Emily
Lake
Judy Lake
Farrel's Lake
Polynesian
Lake
Little
Josephine
Lake
Gramsie
Pond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
2
0
1
6
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
i
z
e
d
L
a
n
d
U
s
e
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
1
1
/
1
3
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
4
3
:
0
7
A
M
Figure 6.2 2016 Generalized Land Use
Arden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City Boundary
2016 Generalized Land Use
Single Family Detached
Manufactured Housing Park
Single Family Attached
Multifamily
Retail and Other Commercial
Office
Mixed Use Residential
Mixed Use Industrial
Industrial and Utility
Institutional
Park, Recreational or Preserve
Major Highway
Railway
Undeveloped
Water
Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan
02,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-7
4. Manufactured Housing Parks – includes manufactured and mobile homes in
specialized parks.
5. Mixed Use Residential - Land containing a building with multiple uses in
combination with at least a residential unit(s).
6. Retail and Other Commercial – areas designated for a broad range of retail,
shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and region.
Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for this area.
7. Office – Predominantly administrative, professional, or clerical services;
includes medical clinics.
8. Mixed Use Industrial – Land containing a building with multiple uses in
combination with industrial uses and NO residential units, such as light
manufacturing and/or processing, warehousing, distribution, and offices.
9. Industrial and Utility - Land containing manufacturing, transportation,
construction companies, communications, utilities (including water towers) or
wholesale trade. This category includes publicly owned industrial lands (e.g.
waste water treatment plant).
10. Park, Recreational or Preserve– areas designated as public parks.
11. Institutional– areas designated for uses such as government buildings,
colleges, schools, and religious uses but not medical uses.
12. Undeveloped– Private land not occupied with a building or use.
13. Open Water– includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams,
and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory data
may not be displayed).
14. Railroad– Railroad right-of-way.
15. Major Highway– Major roadway strips of land or area, on which a vehicular
rights-of-passage exists under the following conditions: all interstate
highways; all 4-lane divided highways with rights-of-way of 200 feet or greater
in width; or all 4-lane roads with a Metropolitan Council functional class
designation of "Principal Arterial".
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-8
Figure 6.1 – 2016 Generalized Land Use
22%
3%
4%
9%
8%
37%
10%
7%
Generalized Land Use
Residential Commercial Industrial Park and Open Space
Institutional Undeveloped Water ROW
The table above shows land uses in Arden Hills in the generalized categories of:
residential, industrial, institutional, water, commercial, park and open space,
undeveloped, and right-of-way. Over one third of the land in Arden Hills is designated
for undeveloped use, which is new from the 2008 land use categories. This is due to the
former Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant property and the vacant areas on college
and corporate campuses. The next most prominent land use is all types of residential at
22 percent of the City’s total land area. The smallest land use categories are
commercial and industrial at three percent and four percent, respectively.
6.4 FUTURE LAND USE - 2040
While redevelopment may occur on some parcels throughout the City, no significant
land use changes in the developed areas of Arden Hills are anticipated (Figure 6.3).
Most of the City’s projected population, household, and employment growth will occur
on the TCAAP redevelopment site.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
Gâ WX
Gi WX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview
County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valen
t
i
n
e
R
d
S
n
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h w ay
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Langton
Lake
Owasso
Lake
Josephine
LakeLittle
Johanna
Lake
Marsden Lake
Turtle Lake
Brennans
Pond Lake
Martha
Lake
Sunfish
Lake
Long Lake
Rush Lake
Pike
Lake
Round Lake
Valentine
Lake
Karth Lake
Snail Lake
Island Lake
Jones
Lake
Poplar
Lake Johanna Lake
Shoreview
Lake
Emily
Lake
Judy Lake
Farrel's Lake
Polynesian
Lake
Little
Josephine
Lake
Gramsie
Pond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
2
0
4
0
F
u
t
u
r
e
L
a
n
d
U
s
e
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
2
/
2
2
/
2
0
1
8
1
0
:
5
4
:
0
7
A
M
Figure 6-3 2040 Future Land Use
Arden Hills, MN
VLDR - Very Low Density
Residential
LDR - Low Density Residential
MDR - Medium Density
Residential
HDR - High Density Residential
NR - Neighborhood Residential
TC - Town Center
NB - Neighborhood Business
MB - Mixed Business
COM - Commercial
CMU - Community Mixed Use
CC - Campus Commercial
RMU - Retail Mixed Use
OMU - Office Mixed Use
FO - Flex Office
IND - Light Industrial & Office
PI - Public & Institutional
UTL - Utility
POS - Park & Open Space
PP - Park Preserve
WAT - Water
RR - Railroad
ROW - Right of Way
Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan
02,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-10
Table 6.3 – 2040 Future Land Use
6.4.1 Future Land Use Classifications
There are twenty-two future land use classifications:
1. Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) – traditional single-family
residential land use category. A density range of one and one-half
(1.5) to three (3) units per acre may be allowed.
2. Low Density Residential (LDR) – traditional single-family residential
land use category. A density range of three (3) to five (5) units per
acre may be allowed.
3. Medium Density Residential (MDR) –townhome and multi-family
residential land use category for providing densities of six (6) to nine
(9) units per acre.
4. High Density Residential (HDR) –townhome and multi-family
residential land use category providing for densities of nine (9) to
twelve (12) units per acre.
Acres Land Use (TCAAP)Acres
27 Neighborhood Residential (TCAAP)*146
946 Town Center (TCAAP)*16
145 Campus Commercial (TCAAP)*40
14 Office Mixed Use (TCAAP)*20
10 Retail Mixed Use (TCAAP)*34
33 Flex Business (TCAAP)*42
26 Public & Institutional (Civic - TCAAP)2
100 Parks and Open Space (TCAAP)24
346 Utilities (Water Infrastructure - TCAAP)46
461 Right-of-way (TCAAP)51
20
579
1,327
1,253
35
73
5,427 Total** (TCAAP)427
*Includes future right-of-way.
**May not equal 5,427 or 427 due to rounding.
Total** (Not Including TCAAP)
Railroad Right-of-way
Right-of-way
Neighborhood Business
Water
Public & Institutional
Commercial
Community Mixed Use
Park Preserve
Light Industrial and Office
Park and Open Space
Utilities
2040 Future Land Use
Low Density Residential
Medium Density Residential
High Density Residential
Mixed Business
Very Low Density Residential
Land Use (Not Including TCAAP)
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-11
5. Neighborhood Residential (NR) – Provides for a range of attached and
detached single-family and small multi-family uses at a density of one
and one-half (1.5) to eight (8) units per acre.
6. Town Center (TC) – Provides for a range of commercial and residential
uses that offer housing, assisted living, senior housing, office, retail,
restaurant, and civic uses. Medium and large residential uses are
permitted at a density of fifteen (15) to sixty-seven (67) units per acre.
7. Neighborhood Business (NB) – neighborhood business designates
small, isolated areas for neighborhood commercial land uses when
they are compatible with surrounding residential uses. Commercial
uses that are high traffic generators, noise generators, or otherwise not
compatible with residential neighborhoods, are inappropriate.
Typically, Neighborhood Business areas will be located on
intersections or nodes that are on the edge of residential areas, are
less desirable sites for housing, or have traditionally been occupied
with neighborhood services. Dwelling units of three (3) units per acre
or more may be permitted.
8. Mixed Business (MB) – areas designated for a variety of businesses,
including commercial, certain light industrial uses, office, general
business, and retail.
9. Commercial (C) – areas designated for a broad range of retail,
shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and
region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for
this area.
10. Community Mixed Use (CMU) – areas designated for a broad range of
retail, shopping, services, and office space to meet the needs of the
community and surrounding areas. This area may also include
medium to high density housing with a potential density of nine (9) to
twenty (20) units per acre.
11. Campus Commercial (CC) – Provides for multiple, single tenant
buildings or campuses within a business park atmosphere.
12. Retail Mixed-Use (RMU) – Promotes retail as a primary use and allows
for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use
buildings.
13. Office Mixed-Use – (OMU) – Focuses on office as a primary use, but
also permits other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical
mixed-use buildings.
14. Flex Office (FO) – Permits large scale development for employment
and light manufacturing uses that take advantage of highway frontage
and automobile access.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-12
15. Light Industrial and Office (I/O) – areas designated for a broad range of
light industrial uses such as manufacturing, processing, and
warehousing. This land use may also include offices.
16. Public & Institutional (P/I) – areas designated for uses such as
government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses, but not
medical uses.
17. Utility (UTL) – Public or private land occupied by a power substation,
water tower, municipal well, pumping station, drainage infrastructure,
or similar use.
18. Park and Open Space (P/OS) – areas designated as public parks.
19. Park Preserve (PP) – areas designated as natural or scenic areas that
are to be preserved for public use or open space.
20. Water – includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams,
and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory
data may not be displayed).
21. Railroad right-of-way (RR) – public or private freight or passenger rail
activities.
22. Right-of-way (ROW) – public vehicular, transit and/or pedestrian rights-
of-way.
6.4.2 Guiding Plan for the B-2 District
In March 2008, the City completed a visioning and planning process for the B-2
District, which generally includes the properties near County Road E between
Lexington Avenue and Hamline Avenue/Highway 51 (Figure 6.4). Long
considered the “downtown” of Arden Hills, the district is a mix of newer and older
buildings and primarily retail, service, and office uses. As this corridor ages,
market initiated redevelopment is anticipated.
The “Guiding Plan for the B-2 District” includes a long-term vision for the future
redevelopment of this corridor and addresses transportation issues, land uses,
infrastructure improvements, landscaping, pedestrian facilities, building design,
and site layout among other issues. While the primary uses along this corridor
are likely to remain retail, commercial, and office, the Guiding Plan and
subsequent land use changes add the possibility for multi-family residential
housing in this area.
Since the completion of the plan in 2008, the area has seen substantial
redevelopment with the opening of new retail, restaurant, and multi-family
residential housing uses. The City and Ramsey County completed infrastructure
improvements on County Road E in 2015, including streetscape enhancements
and improved pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
Gâ WX
Gi WX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valenti
n
e
R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
Av
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h w ay
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Langton
Lake
Owasso
Lake
Josephine
LakeLittle
Johanna
Lake
Marsden Lake
Turtle Lake
Brennans
Pond Lake
Martha
Lake
Sunfish
Lake
Long Lake
Rush Lake
Pike
Lake
Round Lake
Valentine
Lake
Karth Lake
Snail Lake
Island Lake
Jones
Lake
Poplar
Lake Johanna Lake
Shoreview
Lake
Emily
Lake
Judy Lake
Farrel's Lake
Polynesian
Lake
Little
Josephine
Lake
Gramsie
Pond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
A
r
e
a
s
O
f
I
n
t
e
r
e
s
t
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
1
1
/
1
3
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
4
8
:
4
6
A
M
Figure 6.4 Areas of Interest
Arden Hills, MN
Areas of Interest
Guiding Plan for the B2 District
Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington
Business Area
TCAAP Redevelopment
Gateway Business
Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan
02,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-14
6.4.3 Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Business
Area Guiding Plan
Immediately north of the B-2 District is a significant industrial, office, and retail
area for the City. This area includes Red Fox and Grey Fox roads and is
bounded by Lexington Avenue, Highway 51, Interstate 694, and the Canadian
Pacific railway (Figure 6.4). This area is used by a number of small and large
businesses for a variety of retail, manufacturing, distribution, warehousing, and
office uses. This area was largely developed between the 1950s and 1970s,
though the retail area along Lexington Avenue has had some new development
and redevelopment in the last 15 years.
While good access to regional transportation has helped to continue to make this
area viable, some of the buildings are becoming functionally obsolete for modern
manufacturing, warehousing, and business uses. As redevelopment pressure
increases, a more detailed guiding plan is required to comprehensively address
the overall redevelopment and transportation needs in this area of the City.
6.4.4 B-4: Retail Center Zoning District
The B-4 Zoning District is comprised of the properties with frontage on Dunlap
Street between Grey Fox Road and Red Fox Road. There are no undeveloped
parcels in the B-4 District and all the buildings are currently occupied. The
properties are not generally retail in nature and therefore do not achieve the
purpose statements of the B-4 District. The businesses are mostly wholesale
sales, office/warehouse, light manufacturing, or repair orientated that are more
typically industrial uses. The City should consider whether zoning changes in
this area of the City would be appropriate in order to achieve the City’s vision for
the district and to support existing businesses in the area.
6.4.5 Neighborhood Business
The purpose of the Neighborhood Business land use concept is to promote the
development of commercial nodes that were compatible with the surrounding
residential uses and provided services to residential areas. Commercial uses
that generate high traffic, noise, or other negative impacts were considered
undesirable. Neighborhood business areas are located at intersections or nodes
at the edge of residential areas, on properties not considered desirable for
housing, or properties that have traditionally been occupied with neighborhood
services. Housing can be a component of the development but would not
necessarily be the focal point.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-15
To date, the success of the Neighborhood Business district has been mixed.
Two projects have been developed under this zoning designation, and both
resulted in the construction of small office buildings with a variety of services.
However, neither of the projects focused on providing neighborhood level
services.
There are a number undeveloped Neighborhood Business properties on
Cleveland Avenue south of County Road E-2 and the former City Hall/Public
Works site south of Highway 96 at Hamline Avenue. The size, shape and
proximity to residential uses limits the commercial redevelopment opportunities,
and the City may choose to consider appropriate residential uses for these sites.
6.4.6 Developable Gateway Business Properties
There is about 35 acres of undeveloped land in the Gateway Business Zoning
District northeast quadrant of Interstates 35W and 694. There are some
wetlands and woodland that may influence future development, but considerate
design may mitigate most impacts of development. The designation of this area
is currently I/O – Light Industrial & Office. The City’s vision is for these
undeveloped properties to be developed for a corporate office or similar type use.
6.4.7 Employment Zones and Consumer Zones
The uses allowed in all the existing industrial zones and most of the commercial
zones would allow for high economic activity uses adjacent to low economic
activity uses. The uses allowed in some industrial zoning districts should be
limited to create high economic activity districts with an emphasis on employment
activities. Certain commercial zoning districts should be limited to encourage
consumer-orientated uses. This employment versus consumer activity should be
considered when revising the uses allowed in the various commercial and
industrial zones.
6.4.8 Manufactured Home Community
The Arden Manor neighborhood has been identified as an important community
and the primary supply of affordable housing options in the City. Bounded by
Interstate 35W, Highway 96, and Highway 10, the neighborhood is facing
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-16
pressure from adjacent highways and land uses. The City anticipates this
property will remain as a medium density residential use for the foreseeable
future.
6.4.9 TCAAP Redevelopment
As noted in Chapter 5, the City of Arden Hills hired a consultant team in 2013, to
create a Master Plan for the redevelopment of the TCAAP site. A central
component of this work was the development of a Master Land Use Plan that
allocated an appropriate mix of residential, commercial, industrial, civic, and open
space uses on the site. The TCAAP Master Plan was approved by the City
Council in July 2015 and amended by the City Council in December 2016, and
has been incorporated in the 2040 Future Land Use data (Figure 6.3 and Table
6.4).
The City began work on the zoning and design standards to implement the
Master Land Use Plan in August 2014. These regulations and policies are found
in the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC), which was approved in July 2015
and amended in December 2016. The TRC puts in place land use regulations
that will achieve the community’s goals for the TCAAP redevelopment including:
high development and design standards; defined residential neighborhoods and
commercial districts interconnected by streets, trails, and sidewalks; energy
resiliency and sustainability; and abundant parks and open space.
Though the TCAAP Master Plan establishes a proposed allocation of the various
uses throughout the TCAAP area and illustrates the current preferred
development pattern for the area, the City has considered the proposal from
Alatus LLC and its partners for modifications to the TCAAP Master Plan that
proposed different locations for the allocated uses and amended the TCAAP
Master Plan accordingly in December 2016. The City may consider on its own
initiative to consider amendments to the adopted plan as development occurs or
circumstances change in order to promote high quality development of the area
consistent with City goals and this Plan.
6.4.10 Development Capacity and Net Residential
Density
The Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 assign a community designation of
“suburban” which requires an average net residential density of at least five units
per net residential acre. Densities lower than this are not an efficient use of the
region’s sanitary sewer infrastructure. Net residential acreage is calculated by
subtracting wetlands, water bodies, public parks, arterial streets, and identified
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-17
natural resources that are protected by ordinance from gross acres. The number
of net residential acres is then divided by the number of lots to determine net
residential density.
According to the 2016 land use data provided by the Metropolitan Council, there
were 1,362 acres of net residential land in Arden Hills, which includes the rights-
of-way of adjacent City streets. The Metropolitan Council lists 3,198 housing
units in Arden Hills in 2015. Based on that information, the residential density in
the developed portion of Arden Hills is approximately 2.35residential units per net
residential acre. While this is below the five units per net residential acre
required by the Metropolitan Council, the City is not required to raise densities in
the built portion of Arden Hills. However, all future land uses should be able to
accommodate development in average of five units per net residential acre.
There are no expected land use changes that would result in a reduction in net
residential density in the developed part of Arden Hills. Furthermore, the
remaining vacant residential land that is south of Highway 96 and 10 is guided for
development that could be built at a density of an average of five residential units
per acre.
The approved Master Plan for the TCAAP property includes 162.2 acres of
residential land and a maximum of 1,460 residential units for an overall maximum
gross density of 9.00 units per acre. The gross density includes the
neighborhood collector roads; however, it excludes parks, arterial roads, and the
water infrastructure.
6.4.11 Staged Development
Since the areas south of Highways 96 and 10 are considered fully developed and
there is relatively little vacant property, a five year staged development has not
been developed. While a small amount of vacant land exists in the developed
portion of the City, development on the vacant land is unlikely to have a
significant impact on the City’s or region’s infrastructure.
As previously noted in Chapter 5 the demolition and remediation of the TCAAP
site was completed in November 2015. Grading of the site and the construction
of the main roadway are expected to begin in 2019. At this time, it is expected
that private development will begin in late 2019 or 2020. The project is
anticipated to be completed in phases over the next 10 to 20 years; however, the
development timeline will depend on a number of conditions, including the
market, transportation improvements, and other related factors.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-18
6.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
In order to advance implementation of this land use chapter, the below activities are
proposed. This list is not intended to be all-inclusive and additional activities that
advance the land use goal are encouraged to be developed.
o Update the City’s Zoning Code to bring it into conformance with the land uses in
the Comprehensive Plan.
o Evaluate zoning regulations to ensure that sufficient buffers are provided
between commercial, industrial, and residential uses to protect the character of
the City’s residential neighborhoods.
o Develop a small area plan for the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue business
area to provide a more detailed redevelopment vision for incorporation into this
Comprehensive Plan.
o Develop design standards for commercial, industrial, and residential
developments to ensure the construction of high-quality, sustainable, and
aesthetically enhancing development.
o Develop zoning regulations that restrict housing construction that is not sensitive
to the character of the existing neighborhood.
o Continue to enforce property maintenance codes to protect quality and property
values in the City.
o Implement design standards for the TCAAP development to create a cohesive
character that compliments the established neighborhoods in the City.
o Work to protect significant environmental features on the AHATS property as
park preserve.
o Work with the National Guard on the AHATS property to develop synergistic uses
such as a community center.
o Consider zoning changes to the B-4 District based on the City’s vision for this
area.
o Determine the highest and best use for the vacant properties on the south end of
Gateway Blvd along I-694 and rezone the properties accordingly.
o Evaluate the uses within the industrial zoning districts to emphasize employment
uses.
o Evaluate the uses within the commercial zoning districts to ensure that there are
an appropriate amount of retail and hospitality opportunities within Arden Hills.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s land use goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-1
7. Housing
Goal: Develop and maintain a strong, vital, diverse and stable housing supply for all
members of the community.
To achieve this housing goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Promote the development of a variety of housing options by preserving and
increasing high-quality housing opportunities that are suitable for a mix of ages,
incomes and household types.
o Encourage the incorporation of affordable and life-cycle housing into new
development and redevelopment where feasible.
o Maintain the quality, safety, and unique character of the City’s housing stock.
o Preserve and strengthen the community’s neighborhoods to maintain a high-
quality of life for residents.
o Encourage housing development and redevelopment that is complimentary to
and enhances the character of the City’s established neighborhoods.
7.1 INTRODUCTION
One of the principal roles of a community is to serve as a place to live. In Arden Hills,
21.2 percent of all of the land area in the community is currently used for housing (not
including TCAAP). The approved TCAAP Master Plan envisions that 38.0 percent of
the total 427 acre site will be developed for residential uses. Because housing is such
an important part of Arden Hills, maintaining the quality of the current housing stock
while providing long-term opportunities for new housing is important to the ongoing
vitality of the community and to retaining Arden Hills’ reputation as a highly desirable
place to live.
7.2 CONTEXT
According to the Metropolitan Council, Arden Hills had 3,198 housing units in 2015. A
housing unit is the actual structure while a household refers to the people living in a
housing unit. Approximately 66 percent of the housing units in Arden Hills are detached
single-family homes, 13 percent are attached single family homes (commonly referred
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-2
to as townhomes), 12 percent are multifamily, with five units or more, and finally eight
percent of units are manufactured homes.
Figure 7.1 – Arden Hills Housing Type
Source: Metropolitan Council
Household composition will play a role in defining future housing needs in Arden Hills.
Between 2000 and 2015, increases were seen in both the number of non-family
households and in householders living alone.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-3
Figure 7.2 – Arden Hills Household Type
Source: US Census
Additionally, the age of Arden Hills’ residents will also impact housing choices. From
2000 to 2015, there was a significant decrease in residents between 45 and 54 years of
age. Additionally, there have also been notable increases in the population between 65
and 74 as well as the 75+ age group.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-4
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Under
5
5 to 9 10 to
14
15 to
19
20 to
24
25 to
34
35 to
44
45 to
54
55 to
59
60 to
64
65 to
74
75 to
84
85 and
over
2000 2010 2015
Figure 7.3 – Arden Hills Age Distribution 2000, 2010 and 2015
Source: US Census and American Community Survey
The age of the existing housing stock is also an indicator of potential future needs.
From 1970 to 1979, 920 housing units were built in Arden Hills, the most of any decade
to date. Of note is the fact that 50 percent of the housing in the community was
constructed prior to 1974 (not including the manufactured homes). Homes that are
older than 30 years may typically need more repairs and renovations.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-5
73
152
542
220
857
738
260
86 117
63
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Figure 7.5 – Age of Housing Stock
Source: 2015 American Community Survey
Group quarters, which include college dormitories, nursing homes, and group homes,
are calculated separately from traditional types of housing such as single family homes,
townhomes, and apartments. Since 1990, group quarters and the number of people
living in group quarters have increased:
TABLE 7.1 – ARDEN HILLS GROUP QUARTERS POPULATION
1990 2000 2016
College Dormitories 631 1,557 1,655
Nursing Homes 384 411 623
Other Group Quarters 10 20 20
Total 1,025 1,988 2,298
Source: US Census, Bethel University, Presbyterian Homes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-6
Almost the entire group quarters population is at Bethel University or Johanna Shores, a
senior housing community owned and operated by Presbyterian Homes & Services. For
the 2016/2017 school year, Bethel University had an occupancy of 1,655 students. The
Johanna Shores housing facility has 126 units and is typically at capacity. The
remaining group quarters population lives in group homes in residential areas of the
City. The University of Northwestern is partially located in Arden Hills; however, the
residence halls for the university are located in the adjacent community of Roseville.
While group quarters housing is calculated separately from traditional housing, it is
important to recognize this type of housing can impact the City’s sewer, water,
transportation, parks, and recreation systems differently than traditional types of
housing. It is likely that the number of people living in group quarters at Bethel
University, Johanna Shores, and other group homes will increase as those facilities do
have additional land to expand. Therefore, it is important for the City to work with these
institutions to manage the potential impacts as well as promote a diversity of housing.
7.3 Household Forecasts
The total number of households in Arden Hills is forecasted to increase by 1,300
households between 2020 and 2040.
TABLE 7.2 - HOUSEHOLD FORECASTS BY CITY
2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 % Change
2010-2040
Arden Hills 2,959 2,957 3,200 4,100 4,600 55.6%
Mounds View 5,018 4,954 5,100 5,200 5,200 4.7%
New Brighton 9,013 8,915 9,500 10,000 10,400 14.3%
Roseville 14,598 14,623 15,300 15,700 16,100 9.2%
Shoreview 10,125 10,402 11,000 11,200 11,300 7.9%
Ramsey County 201,236 202,691 223,460 236,090 246,050 21.4%
7 county Metro 1,021,456 1,117,749 1,257,730 1,378,830 1,490,470 33.3%
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-7
The rate of forecasted household growth in Arden Hills surpasses all adjacent
communities as well as Ramsey County. In establishing its forecasts, the Metropolitan
Council is assuming full development of the buildable portion of the TCAAP property by
2030 which will also represent essentially a full build-out of Arden Hills.
TABLE 7.3 - PEOPLE PER HOUSEHOLD
2010 2020 2030 2040
2.45 3.13 2.93 2.93
Arden Hills’ households are projected to grow by more than 50% between 2010 and
2040. It is expected that most of the those new households would be occupied by
young families which would increase the persons per household.7.4 Housing Issues
Three primary housing issues will need to be addressed by Arden Hills in the next 20
years. They include housing diversity, housing affordability, and housing quality. Each
is discussed below.
7.4.1 Housing Diversity
Life-cycle housing, which was referenced
in the housing goals, is a common term
used to describe the provision of housing
types for all stages of life. Life-cycle
housing is based on the premise that as
people go through life, their housing
needs change. A young person getting
out of school and just starting out usually
cannot afford to own a home so they often
begin by renting. As a person grows
older, they often establish a family and
buy their first home, sometimes either a
starter home or townhome. As a family’s
income grows, they may move up to a FIGURE 7.6 - LIFE CYCLE HOUSING
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-8
larger home. Once the children leave and the family size decreases, parents
often move back to a smaller home with fewer maintenance needs or to one of
the growing number of either single-family or multi-family housing options that
has an association that take care of home and property maintenance.
Eventually, as a person ages, there is often a need for assisted living or an
extended care facility.
Housing in Arden Hills today is primarily focused on one stage of the housing life-
cycle, move-up housing. Ironically, a significant number of units constructed in
Arden Hills during the 1970s were oriented to the first-time homebuyer market.
As housing prices have risen over the past three to four decades, what was once
priced for a first-time buyer is now classified as move-up housing due to
escalated prices. Arden Hills does still have a limited supply of more entry level
housing. In 2014, there were 283 units in the Arden Manor manufactured home
community, serving approximately 840 residents.
Rental housing is another component of life-cycle housing that needs to be
addressed. Rental housing is an important component of the overall housing
supply since it provides options for both the beginning and later stages of the life-
cycle chain. It may also serve the needs of several segments of the population
including retail service employees, seniors, young adults just entering the
workplace and economically disadvantaged households. Based on the
homestead data from Ramsey County, 10 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is
classified as non-homesteaded, which is a rough indicator for rental housing.
According to the 2010 Census, slightly more than 86 percent of the occupied
single family homes and townhomes (not including manufactured homes or
condominiums) were owner occupied in 2010.
Arden Hills promotes housing diversity through its long-term goals, policies, and
strategies. The market is also expected to exert pressure on the City for more
housing diversity. As was noted earlier, factors such as an aging population, a
population that has more non-family households, and increased numbers of
householders living alone is expected to drive demand for more attached, multi-
family housing. Multi-family units expected to be in demand are likely to be
oriented toward both owners and renters.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-9
7.4.2 Housing Affordability
Affordable housing is an issue in every Twin Cities area community. With
housing costs outpacing many wages, it is becoming increasingly important to
focus on affordable housing. Because of the disparity of housing costs and
wages throughout the Twin Cities, affordable housing continues to be a major
initiative of the Metropolitan Council.
According to the Metropolitan Council, housing is considered affordable if it is
priced at or below 30 percent of the gross income of a household earning 50
percent of the Twin Cities median family income. In 2017, the area median
income for the seven-county Minneapolis-St. Paul area adjusted by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development for a family of four was $90,400.
Therefore, in 2017, housing was considered affordable if annual housing costs
for a family of four do not exceed 30 percent of $45,200, which translates to
$13,560 per year or $1,130 per month for housing. While the purchasing power
of $1,130 per month depends on interest rates and other household factors, it
could be sufficient to purchase a home that is priced in the range of $150,500.
To implement the Livable Communities Act in 2007, the Metropolitan Council
uses as the upper limit of affordability for ownership purchase price and monthly
rents, the following dollar amounts:
TABLE 7.4 - 2015 OWNED OCCUPIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING PRICES
Household Income Level:Affordable Home Price
80% of area median income $238,500
50% of area median income $151,500
30% of area median income $84,500
Source: Metropolitan Council
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-10
Table 7.5 - Rental Housing Affordable Prices
Number of Bedrooms Affordable Rent at 30% of
AMI
Affordable Rent at 50% of
AMI
Affordable Rent at 80% of
AMI
Studio $450 $751 $1,201
1-BR $483 $805 $1,288
2-BR $579 $966 $1,545
3-BR $669 $1,115 $1,784
4-BR $747 $1,245 $1,992
The average housing value in 2015 was $281,300. Based on 2015 assessed
property values from Ramsey County (Figure 7.7) 34.3 percent of the housing
was at or below the affordable home price of $238,500 and approximately 12.5
percent was at or below $150,500.
The following table illustrates the assessed values of owner-occupied housing
units in Arden Hills. Values are differentiated above and below the 80% Area
Median Income of $240,000.
Table 7.6 – Owner Occupied Housing in Arden Hills by Affordability Bands
Housing Values Affordability Band Parcels Percent
$1 - $84,500 30% and Below AMI 21 1.0%
$84,501 - $150,500 30% - 50% AMI 252 11.5%
$150,501 - $238,500 50% - 80% AMI 480 21.8%
$238,501 - $409,000 81% - 135% AMI 1051 47.8%
$409,001 - $694,000 136% - 200% 312 14.2%
$604,001 and Above Greater than 200% AMI 81 3.7%
Total Owner Occupied Housing Units 2,197 100%
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
Gâ WX
Gi WX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valenti
n
e
Rd
S
n
e
l
l
in
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
Hi
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Langton
Lake Owasso Lake
Josephine
LakeLittle
Johanna
Lake
Marsden Lake
Turtle Lake
Brennans
Pond Lake
Martha
Lake
Sunfish
Lake
Long Lake
Rush Lake
Pike
Lake
Round Lake
Valentine
Lake
Karth Lake
Snail Lake
Island Lake
Jones
Lake
Poplar
Lake Johanna Lake
Shoreview
Lake
Emily
Lake
Judy Lake
Farrel's Lake
Polynesian
Lake
Little
Josephine
Lake
Oasis Lake
Gramsie
Pond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
O
w
n
e
r
O
c
c
u
p
i
e
d
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
V
a
l
u
e
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
1
1
/
1
4
/
2
0
1
7
7
:
5
3
:
3
2
P
M
Figure 7.7 Owner Occupied Housing Value
Arden Hills, MN
2015 Owner Occupied Housing Estimated Market Value
$1-$84,500 (30% AMI and below)(21 parcels)
$84,501-$150,500 (31% to 50% AMI)(252 parcels)
$150,501-$238,500 (51% to 80% AMI)(480 parcels)
$238,501-$409,000 (81% to 135% AMI)(1051 parcels)
$409,001-$604,000 (136% to 200% AMI)(312 parcels)
$604,001 and above (Greater than 200% AMI)(81 parcels)
Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan
02,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-12
In December of 2014, the Metropolitan Council released a report entitled “Thrive
2040 Housing Policy Plan” The report not only forecasts the regional need by
2030 for newly constructed, affordable housing but it allocates each community’s
share of the regional need. The total need for newly constructed affordable
housing in the Twin Cities is estimated to be 37,900 units between 2021 and
2030.Each community’s share of the regional need is allocated based on a
number of factors. According to the Metropolitan Council, 33.2 percent of new
housing units in all cities should be affordable. Allocations are then adjusted by
the balance of low-wage jobs and workers and the and existing affordable
housing stock. Based on the formula, the Metropolitan Council has allocated a
need for 373 affordable housing units to Arden Hills between now and the year
2030.
Housing—along with food, clothing, transportation and medical care—is a
necessity. For many households, it is their largest monthly expense. When
households spend more than 30% of their monthly income on housing costs,
they are considered “cost-burdened.”
7.4.2.1 Existing Affordable Housing Need
While the Census Bureau does not report household incomes in the ranges
identical to the affordable income limits of the Metropolitan Council, Tables 7.7
and 7.8, represents an approximation of the number of Arden Hills households
that fall within the three AMI ranges. On a pro-rated basis, there is 302
households with incomes at 30% of AMI and below, 334 households with
incomes between 30% and 50% of AMI, and 500 households with incomes
between 50% and 80% of AMI.
Initially the 242 cost burdened households with incomes of 30% of AMI or below,
the 150 cost burdened households with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI,
and the 201 cost burdened households with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI
listed in Table 7.10 would indicate that Arden Hills would need more affordable
housing units. The 318 existing housing units affordable at 30% AMI and below
exceeds the approximately 302 households in Arden Hills with incomes at 30%
and below. The 384 existing housing units affordable between 30% and 50%
AMI exceeds the approximately 334 households in Arden Hills with incomes
between 30% and 50% AMI. The 790 existing housing units affordable between
50% and 80% AMI exceeds the approximately 500 households in Arden Hills
with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI. What appears to be happening is that
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-13
households with incomes greater than affordability bands are occupying the
affordable housing units. In summary, Arden Hills’ existing housing stock is
adequate to address the needs of households within the affordable income
bands.
TABLE 7.7 - 2015 AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS AND COST BURDENED HOUSEHOLDS
Affordability Housing Units Cost Burdened
Households3 Owner Occupied1 Rental Total2
30% AMI and Below 21 297 318 242
30% to 50% AMI 252 132 384 150
50% to 80% AMI 480 310 790 201
AMI = Area Median Income
Source 1: Ramsey County 2015
Source 2: Metropolitan Council 2015 Housing Stock Estimates
Source 3: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development 2009-2013 Comprehensive Housing Affordability
Strategy
TABLE 7.8 – 2015 AFFORDABLE INCOME LIMITS
Affordability Income Limits
30% AMI and Below $26,000
30% to 50% AMI $43,300
50% to 80% AMI $65,800
Source: Metropolitan Council
TABLE 7.9 – 2015 HOUSEHOLD INCOME
Income Range Households
$24,999 and Below 289
$25,000 - $44,999 381
$45,000 - $74,999 714
$75,00 and Above 1,640
Source: U.S. Census Bureau
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-14
TABLE 7.10 - 2015 AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS AND 2015 HOUSEHOLD INCOME
Affordability Total Housing
Units1
Households (Pro-Rated)2 Excess Housing Units
30% AMI and Below 318 302 +16
30% to 50% AMI 384 334 +50
50% to 80% AMI 790 500 +290
AMI = Area Median Income
Source 1: Metropolitan Council 2015 Housing Stock
Source 2: WSB Pro-Rated from U.S. Census Bureau
7.4.2.2 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation
Thrive MSP 2040 states that communities must guide a sufficient amount of land
at minimum densities to provide opportunities for affordable housing to be
developed. Communities have two options to provide this density: Option 1 is to
guide sufficient land at a minimum of 8 dwelling units per net acre (du/ac), and
Option 2 is to guide sufficient land at a minimum of 12 du/ac for the affordable
housing allocation of 50% AMI and below and sufficient land at a minimum of 6
du/ac for the affordable housing allocation between 51% and 80% AMI. Arden
Hills has proposed to use Option 2 to achieve the affordable housing allocation.
Table 7.11 – 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation
Affordability Units
At or Below 30% AMI 129
31 to 50% AMI 100
51 to 80% AMI 144
Total Units 373
In order to ensure that the 50% AMI or below housing need can be met, Arden Hills has
15.9 acres guided for Town Center zoning within the TCAAP development. At the
minimum density required, this could provide 239 units.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-15
Table 7.12 – Option 2 – 50% AMI and Below Likely Development
50% AMI and
Below
Requirement
Arden Hills
Designation
Acres Minimum
Density
Minimum
Units
Difference
229 Units Town Center 15.9 Acres 15 Units/Acre 239 Units +10 Units
In order to ensure that the 51% to 80% AMI housing need can be met, Arden
Hills has guided several areas of the City with land uses that require a minimum
of 6 dwelling units per acre or greater. These areas include the surplus Town
Center units from TCAAP, the Parkshore Drive area and the old City Hall/Public
Works site, both of which are guiding Medium Density Residential (MDR), and
the B-2 District around County Road E, which is guided Community Mixed Use
(CMU). The City expects that 6% of the CMU area will redevelop between 2021
and 2030 for residential uses. At the minimum required densities, these areas
could provide 147 units.
The City would not seek to concentrate affordable housing in any particular area.
Table 7.13 – Option 2 – 51% to 80% AMI Likely Development or Redevelopment
51% to 80%
AMI
Requirement
Arden Hills
Designation
Acres Minimum
Density
Minimum
Units
Difference
144 Units Surplus Town
Center Units
N/A 15 Units/Acre 10 Units +3 Units
MDR 13.8 Acres 6 Units/Acre 83 Units
CMU (6%
Residential)
100.2 Acres 9 Units/Acre 54 Units
Total 114.0 Acres ≥6 Units/Acre 147 Units
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-16
In addition to ensuring that there is sufficient land designated that has the
potential to provide affordable housing, the City of Arden Hills is continuing its
participation in the Metropolitan Livable Community Program. As a participant,
the City of Arden Hills continues to be eligible to compete for grant funding
provided by the Livable Communities Act (LCA) to assist with clean-up
operations for polluted land for redevelopment, creating development or
redevelopment opportunities that demonstrate efficient use of land and
infrastructure through connected development patterns, and opportunities to
create more affordable housing.
7.4.2.3 Programs
Numerous programs are available to help cities meet their housing goals and
policies. Cities can consider utilizing certain programs such as fee waivers
and/or adjustments to facilitate affordability. In addition, cities may also consider
encouraging and working with potential developers who plan to use federal low
income housing tax credits to construct affordable rental housing. Other options
include: affordable housing assistance or development and preservation
programs available through the local, county, state, and federal government.
Cities may consider the following programs in order to meet its housing goals:
Minnesota Housing Consolidated Request for Proposals: The Minnesota
Housing Finance Agency provides a once annually request for proposal (RFP)
where affordable housing developers can apply for funding to construct
affordable housing. Developers can apply to the Consolidated RFP to provide
affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. The RFP is a useful
tool to support the development of rental housing units affordable at 50% AMI or
below.
Community Development Block Grants (CDBG): The U.S. Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) provides CDBG funds to communities
with over 45,000 residents for the use of providing and maintaining affordable
housing. Ramsey County Community and Economic Development (CED)
administers these CDBG funds for the City of Arden Hills. Ramsey County CED
can use CDBG funds to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills
residents in need. CDBG is a useful tool to preserve both rental and ownership
units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-17
HOME Funds: The HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME) is a
flexible federal grant program that allows Ramsey County to fund affordable
housing activities for very low and low-income families or individuals, homeless
families, and persons with special needs. Ramsey County CED can use HOME
funds to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need.
HOME funds are a useful tool for both the preservation and development of both
rental and ownership units affordable at 50% AMI and below.
Neighborhood Stabilization Program (NSP) Grants: The NSP was established
by HUD for the purpose of stabilizing communities that have suffered from
foreclosures and abandonment. The focus of this program is the purchase,
rehabilitation and resale of foreclosed and abandoned properties. NSP is
currently not funded. NSP funds were a useful tool to preserve ownership units
affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Homebuyer Assistance Programs: Homebuyer assistance programs funded
directly by Ramsey County CED are available to first time homebuyers. Arden
Hills residents can contact the Minnesota Homeownership Center regarding
homebuyer assistance programs that are currently available. Homebuyer
assistance funds are a useful tool to preserve ownership units affordable at 80%
AMI and below.
Repair and Rehabilitation Support: Ramsey County offers a residential
rehabilitation deferred loan program to assist homeowners with home repair
projects. Repair and rehabilitation support is a useful tool to preserve ownership
units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Foreclosure Prevention: The Housing Crisis Response in Ramsey County
provides foreclosure counseling to Arden Hills residents. The Minnesota Home
Ownership Center and Lutheran Social Services may also be resources to the
residents of Arden Hills. Foreclosure prevention funds are a useful tool to
preserve ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Energy Assistance: Ramsey County offers an energy conservation deferred
loan program to Arden Hills residents. EnergySmartsPays.com is also an energy
conservation program that is available. Energy assistance is a useful tool to
preserve both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Rental Assistance: Renters interested in suburban rental housing assistance
can contact the Metro Housing and Redevelopment Authority, which is the
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-18
program that administers the Section 8/Housing Voucher program to Arden Hills
residents. Rental assistance is a useful tool to preserve rental units affordable at
80% AMI and below.
Livable Communities Grants: Arden Hills is a participating community in the
Metropolitan Council’s Livable Community Act (LCA) programs. Arden Hills can
consider applying for livable communities grant on behalf of developers who are
provide level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability that
generates a public benefit greater than the resources required to apply for and
administer the livable community grants. LCA grants are a useful tool for the
development of both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and
below.
Local Fair Housing Policy: Ramsey County works with the Twin Cities Metro
Area Fair Housing Implementation Council to stop discrimination and promote
integration. Any Arden Hills residents that feel they have been subjected to unfair
housing practices should contact this organization. Ramsey County CED can
continue the implementation of its fair housing policy. Local fair housing policy is
a useful tool for the preservation of both rental units affordable at 80% AMI and
below.
Land Trusts: There is no established Land Trust serving the City of Arden Hills
currently. Should a Land Trust be established, the Rondo Community Land Trust
in St. Paul would be a good model to use. A land trust can be a useful tool for
both the development and preservation of ownership units affordable at 80% AMI
and below.
7.4.2.4 Fiscal Devices
Fiscal devices, such as revenue bonds, tax increment, financing, or tax
abatement can be used to help ease the construction and availability of
affordable housing in the City of Arden Hills.
Development Authorities: Arden Hills does not have its own Housing and
Redevelopment Authority (HRA) and depends on Ramsey County Coordinate
HRA for affordable housing and redevelopment services. Ramsey County can
construct, finance and/or partner with private developers to provide affordable
housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. Development authorities are a
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-19
useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership housing
units affordable at 50% AMI or below.
Housing Bonds: Minnesota State Statute allows HRAs the ability to issue
housing bonds to provide affordable housing. Ramsey County HRA can issue
housing bonds to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in
need. Housing bonds are a useful tool to support the development of both rental
and ownership housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below.
Tax Abatement: Cities may issue bonds to be used to support the construction
of affordable housing and use a portion of the property tax received (tax
abatement) from the development to finance these bonds. This removes this
property taxes revenue from paying for the services needed for this property, its
residents and the community in general. Tax abatement is a useful tool to
support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at
80% AMI or below.
Tax Increment Financing: Cities may create a housing district to create a tax
increment financing (TIF) district. The TIF bonds issued on this district are to be
used to support the construction of affordable housing and entire property taxes
received above the original tax value (increment) from the development to
finance these bonds. This removes this property taxes revenue from paying for
the services needed for this property, its residents and the community in general.
TIF is a useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership
housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below.
7.4.2.5 Official Controls
Official controls and land use regulation can be used to assist in the construction
of affordable housing units. Controls and regulations can also be used to simplify
the process of expanding local housing options also.
Fee Waivers or Adjustments: Cities may waive or reduce fee to reduce the cost
of construction of affordable housing. Conversely, State rules require that the fee
that a city charges be related to the cost of providing the services for which the
fee are collected. This waiver or reduction could create a deficiency in the
funding for services which would be required the use of general funds to resolve.
Cities can develop a fee waiver or reduction policy to determine when the level of
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-20
affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability provide a public
benefit great enough to justify the reduction or waiver of development fees. Fee
waivers or adjustments are a useful tool to support the development of both
rental and ownership housing units affordable at 80% AMI or below.
Zoning and Subdivision Policies: Cities have the ability to adjust ther zoning
and subdivision regulations through a planned unit development (PUD). Zoning
and subdivision regulation are created in part to mitigate the impacts that a
development may have on adjoining properties. When considering a PUD for
affordable housing, cities should determine when the level of affordable housing
and the guaranteed length of affordability provide a public benefit great enough
to justify the potential impacts that would result from a deviation in the zoning or
subdivision regulations. PUD is a useful tool to support the development of both
rental and ownership housing units affordable at 80% AMI or below.
4(d) Tax Program: The 4(d) tax program provides a 4% tax credit to affordable
housing developers. This program is administered through the Minnesota
Housing Finance Agency. Minnesota Housing Finance Agency can continue
administer the 4(d) tax program to provide affordable housing for those Arden
Hills residents in need. 4(d) tax bond funds are a useful tool to support the
development of rental housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-21
TABLE 7.14 – AFFORDABLE HOUSING TOOLS
Arden Hills Housing Goals/Policies
Ar
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
E
D
A
Ta
x
A
b
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Ta
x
I
n
c
r
e
m
e
n
t
F
i
n
a
n
c
e
Fe
e
w
a
i
v
e
r
s
o
r
ad
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
s
Zo
n
i
n
g
a
n
d
s
u
b
d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n
po
l
i
c
i
e
s
Ra
m
s
e
y
C
o
u
n
t
y
H
R
A
Ho
u
s
i
n
g
B
o
n
d
s
MN
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
C
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
RF
P
4(
d
)
t
a
x
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
CD
B
G
g
r
a
n
t
s
HO
M
E
f
u
n
d
s
NS
P
F
u
n
d
s
Li
v
a
b
l
e
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
gr
a
n
t
La
n
d
t
r
u
s
t
s
Ho
m
e
b
u
y
e
r
a
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
Re
p
a
i
r
&
R
e
h
a
b
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
Fo
r
e
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
on
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
En
e
r
g
y
A
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
Re
n
t
a
l
A
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
Lo
c
a
l
F
a
i
r
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
P
o
l
i
c
y
Promote the development of a variety of
housing options by preserving high-quality
housing opportunities that are suitable for a
mix of ages, incomes and household types.
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Encourage the incorporation of affordable,
life-cycle, and workforce housing into new
development and redevelopment where
feasible.
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Preserve and strengthen the community’s
neighborhoods to maintain a high-quality of
life for residents.
X X X X X X X X X X X
Encourage housing development and
redevelopment that is complimentary to and
enhances the character of the City’s
established neighborhoods.
X X X X X X X X X X X Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-22
7.4.3 Housing Quality
Except for the TCAAP property, much of Arden Hills is considered developed.
As was pointed out earlier, the age of the majority of the current housing stock
makes ongoing maintenance a community concern. If Arden Hills’ existing
neighborhoods are going to remain attractive places to live, owners will need to
continue maintenance and reinvestment efforts. Encouraging housing
maintenance can be done in two ways, either through voluntary efforts or through
regulatory requirements. Many communities rely on both. Ideally, all residents
will maintain their property in a sound and attractive manner. Realistically,
however, a small percentage of properties will not be adequately maintained and
in such cases, they can have a significant negative impact on surrounding
properties and even the neighborhood as a whole.
Arden Hills relies primarily on individual owners to maintain property. The City
has nuisance provisions in its local code, it enforces the Minnesota State Building
Code, and the International Property Maintenance Code was adopted in 2015. In
2009, the City approved the Rental Registration Ordinance that requires owners
of rental units to register with the City annually. Additionally, Arden Hills will
continue to work with programs offered by county, regional, state and federal
agencies as appropriate. Such programs are more limited than they were in the
past due to changes in priorities and reductions in funding.
7.5 Future Opportunities
While Arden Hills does have a limited number of smaller, infill vacant parcels south of
Highway 96, future housing opportunities will largely come from the development of the
TCAAP site. TCAAP offers an unparalleled opportunity to create a mix of housing
integrated with employment, entertainment, recreation and transit service. The flexibility
included in the design and development regulations for the site will help the community
address its goals of housing diversity and housing affordability.
The TCAAP site will include approximately 427 acres of gross development area. Of
this total, approximately 162.2 acres of land has been designated specifically for
residential development. Residential areas are divided between several zoning districts
with varying gross density requirements. A range of different housing types will be
accommodated, including single-family detached homes, twin homes, townhomes,
manor homes, apartments, condominiums, and senior housing. The City expects that
up to 1,460 housing units will be constructed on the site at the time of full development.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-23
The residential component of the TCAAP site will offer a future mix of housing that will
compliment Arden Hills’ current supply of predominately single-family detached housing.
It will provide opportunities to address the changing needs of the local population and it
will attract new people to the community. Combined with the City’s efforts to maintain
the current supply of housing, the development of the TCAAP site will continue Arden
Hills’ position in the marketplace as a highly desirable place to live.
7.6 Implementation Strategies
In order to advance the policies and ideas identified in this chapter, the following
implementation strategies could be used:
o Review City codes to consider and encourage a range of housing opportunities
and innovative site design.
o Pursue grants or other opportunities that promote the construction of affordable
housing.
o Implement the adopted rental regulations to ensure the functionality and
maintenance of rental properties.
o Explore the adoption of an administrative fine program to deter ongoing
nuisance and property maintenance issues.
o Promote the use of high quality materials in new housing construction to
minimize long-term deterioration of the housing stock.
o Ensure safety, livability and durability of the housing stock through enforcement
of the Minnesota State Building Code, which includes educating property
owners and residents on housing and property maintenance codes.
o Develop regulations that prohibit the construction of housing that is not
compatible with the scale of the existing neighborhood.
o Implement adopted standards to protect lakes, wetlands, trees, and other open
spaces during redevelopments and infill projects.
o Establish architectural/design guidelines for new developments and
redevelopments.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-24
o Identify programs, policies, and strategies that encourage aging in place for
senior citizens.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s housing goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-1
8. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT
Goal: Promote the development, redevelopment, and maintenance of a viable,
innovative, and diverse business environment serving Arden Hills and the metropolitan
area.
To achieve this economic development and redevelopment goal, the following policies
are proposed:
o Work to create and strengthen existing partnerships between public and private
agencies and institutions.
o Engage the private sector to encourage development and redevelopment
projects that are beneficial to the City and identify incentives or programs where
applicable that promote private sector investment.
o Encourage communication and cooperation between businesses, educational
institutions, and the public sector.
o Promote business retention and expansion to enhance the existing economic
base and provide applicable and appropriate resources.
o Capitalize on existing community strengths, such as location, freeway access,
and a well-educated population.
o Identify marketing and promotion tools and techniques to attract commercial,
office, residential, and industrial uses.
o Identify incentives or programs that provide housing choice.
Arden Hills has a strong local economy supported by a mix of size and types of
businesses with an educated population, desirable residential neighborhoods, a central
location in the north part of the metropolitan area, and relatively easy access to the
freeway system. With more than 11,000 jobs in 2017, Arden Hills has more jobs than
residents. While the City places a high value on its residential neighborhoods, the
business community is an important component to the City’s long-term success.
The long-term economic health of Arden Hills is not without its challenges. While the
City’s economic base is relatively strong, the City recognizes the need to maintain and
enhance the economic base over the long-term. Except for the TCAAP redevelopment,
the City has few vacant commercial or industrial properties remaining. Furthermore,
some of the commercial and industrial buildings may not be cost-effective to convert to
other uses and consequently may be nearing obsolescence. Redevelopment in certain
parts of the City is almost certain to occur.
Economic development and redevelopment is linked to the other chapters of this
Comprehensive Plan. Land use, housing, transportation, and public amenities impact
the City’s ability to retain its economic base and attract desired development.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-2
8.1 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (EDA)
In 1996, the City established the Economic Development Authority (EDA) with the
following mission:
o Preserve and create jobs;
o Enhance the City’s tax base; and,
o Promote the general welfare of the people of Arden Hills.
Minnesota State Statutes guide the powers of the EDA; however, the EDA is generally
able to purchase property, redevelop property, create economic development districts,
study economic development needs, and perform other duties related to economic
development. The members of the City Council make up the full EDA.
The EDA is an important tool in projects where the City seeks to take an active role in
purchasing property, redevelopment, and/or public financing of projects.
8.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION (EDC)
The Economic Development Commission is a nine member body that advises the City
Council on economic development activities. The Commission was established to
facilitate positive interaction with the business community and to advise the City Council
and Economic Development Authority on economic development, redevelopment, and
related community development issues. The Commissioners may be residents or non-
resident business representatives; however, at least four of the Commissioners must be
Arden Hills’ residents.
8.3 GUIDING PLANS AND REDEVELOPMENT
Guiding Plan for the B2 District
In 2008, the City accepted the “Guiding Plan for the B2 District.” This Guiding Plan
provides a vision for the entire B2 Zoning District, which generally includes those
properties along County Road E between Highway 51 and Lexington Avenue, Connelly
Avenue, and Pine Tree Drive. The City seeks to promote high-quality redevelopment
in this district as the market allows to enhance its value for the overall community. The
City and Ramsey County completed infrastructure improvements along County Road E
in 2015, including streetscape enhancements and pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
TCAAP Master Plan
The TCAAP Master Plan was approved by the City in July 2015 and amended in
December 2016. The Master Plan will guide the redevelopment of the TCAAP site to
achieve the City’s goals of high development and design standards, defined residential
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-3
neighborhoods and commercial districts linked by streets, trails, and sidewalks, energy
resiliency and sustainability, and ample parks and open space.
Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education Study
In September 2017, the City accepted the “Commercial, Industrial, and Higher
Education Study” report. The study examined the existing commercial and industrial
climate in the community, the plans of Bethel University and the University of
Northwestern, the existing zoning regulations for higher education uses, and how other
communities regulate higher education uses. The findings included:
o That the existing commercial and industrial markets are strong in Arden Hills;
o There are few sites available for redevelopment;
o A mix of employment and consumers uses are important; and,
o That Arden Hills has more higher education students per capita than any other
community in Minnesota.
The result of the study was the creation of an INST – Institutional zoning district for the
higher education institutions and the removal of the higher education use from all other
zones in Arden Hills.
Chapter 6 (Land Use) identifies several other areas where the City may benefit from
completing small area plans or reviews of existing zoning regulations. These efforts
would also help in improving the economic competiveness of the City. The following list
is not intended to be all inclusive and other opportunities may arise over time:
o A Guiding Plan for the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Area;
o Review of B-4 Retail Center Zoning District regulations;
o Establishing vison for the developable Gateway Business properties;
Review of existing industrial and commercial zones to ensure correct balance of
employment versus consumer uses.
8.4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
In order to advance the policies and ideas identified in this chapter, the following
implementation strategies could be used:
o Identify the desired long-term mix of businesses.
o Identify and promote the market strengths of Arden Hills.
o Use the small area planning process or a similar planning process to develop
more detailed long-term plans for the business areas to better manage
redevelopment as it occurs.
o Develop design standards to encourage the construction of high-quality
buildings and designs.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-4
o Work to strengthen and encourage communication and collaboration between
businesses and institutions, such as Bethel University, Northwestern College,
and other significant hiring establishments.
o Promote community education for residents of all ages and utilize the skills of
residents where feasible.
o Identify infrastructure deficiencies and work to resolve deficiencies.
o Identify potential partnerships and/or developments that could enhance the
City’s infrastructure and/or quality of life.
o Identify constraints to development, redevelopment, and retention.
o Evaluate the City’s existing Business Retention and Expansion efforts and
establish long-term goals for the program.
o Encourage the creation of a pedestrian friendly environment--link major
roadways, destinations, and businesses to transit, pathways, and
neighborhoods.
o Evaluate the land use regulations in the commercial zones to provide
flexibility for economic development while requiring high-quality and mixed-
use buildings and uses with minimal impact on residential areas.
o Develop a database to assist businesses in identifying appropriate and
available locations within the City.
o Provide information for businesses and developers on the City web site.
o Assess the Business Subsidy Criteria and City Public Financing Guidelines as
needed to ensure the adopted policies are aligned with community goals.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s economic development and
redevelopment goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-1
9. PARKS AND RECREATION
Goal: Create a comprehensive, maintained, and interconnected system of parks,
pathways, and open spaces as well as a balanced program of recreational activities for
residents of all ages, incomes, and abilities.
To achieve this parks and recreation goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Develop, maintain, and encourage the use of a system of neighborhood parks
and pathways that are safe and engaging, which includes:
Developing, maintaining, and encouraging the use of north-south and
east-west arterial pathways that connect neighborhood paths within the
City and to regional paths.
Connecting neighborhoods, parks, and other destination points through a
City-wide pathway system.
Strengthening the park and path system by making improvements as
feasible through the annual budgeting and CIP process.
o Provide recreation programs and activities that address the interests of all
segments of the community, including children, adolescents, adults, families, and
seniors.
o Encourage non-motorized transportation and commuting in and outside of Arden
Hills to reduce reliance on motor vehicles and increase physical activity.
o Work to connect the pathway system to transit facilities.
o Protect and maintain access to lakes, marshes, and wooded areas for active and
passive recreation.
o Plan for parks, paths, and recreation on the TCAAP property that addresses the
interests of Arden Hills’ residents.
o Explore financing and funding options to improve and expand the City’s parks
and recreation system.
o Promote the removal of invasive species throughout the park and recreational
system.
o Construct way-finding signage for parks and paths.
o Explore options for collaboration with other governmental, educational, and
private entities to provide an array of high-quality recreational programs.
o Work and coordinate with Ramsey County, the Metropolitan Council, the school
districts and other applicable organizations to enhance the park, pathway, and
recreation system.
9.1 PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE PLANNING PROCESS
The City recognizes that demographic, recreation, and environmental trends will impact
park, recreation, trail, and open space user needs. To prepare for future needs, the City
of Arden Hills’ Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee (PTRC) provides
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-2
recommendations for continuing development, expansion, and improvement of parks,
trails, recreation and natural resources. Through collaboration with other City
committees, the PTRC has aided in the development of a long-term vision for the City’s
parks and recreation system. The following information in this chapter was developed in
consultation with the PTRC.
As part of previous planning efforts, the City identified long-term trends to help
determine future park, trail, and recreation needs. Recreation interests and participation
are influenced by a number of factors, including, age, access to facilities, income,
available leisure time, interest in the environment, new recreation technology, and social
trends. In general, people are looking for quality recreation that is close to home, but
they are willing to travel to obtain higher quality or more specialized activities or
environments.
9.2 REGIONAL PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM
Although the Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan focuses on local needs, the community
recognizes that Arden Hills is connected to and participates in a larger, regional network
of parks, pathways, and open spaces. As of 2014, the Metropolitan Council’s regional
park system includes 62 regional parks and park preserves that cover more than 52,000
acres. The regional system also boasts 40 regional trails that span 340 miles.
Arden Hills is linked to three regional trails and is home to one regional park (Figure
9.1). The Highway 96 Regional Trail crosses the City from east to west adjacent to
Highway 96. Recent improvements to this trail now provide a continuous connection
along the southern side of the roadway to the City of New Brighton. Regional trail
planned improvements include a north south segment of trail located near the
intersection of Snelling Avenue North and Highway 96. This planned trail will be critical,
providing users with direct access to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail. In addition,
Ramsey County is in the planning process and anticipates amending the Rice Creek
Regional Corridor of Fall 2017.
The Lexington Parkway Regional Trail spans the entire length of the Shoreview and
Arden Hills border on the eastern side of the City. While the trail is complete on the
Shoreview side of Lexington Avenue, the city pathway along the western side of
Lexington Avenue contains several incomplete sections within the city limits. In the
past, the City of Arden Hills had requested the construction of several sections of the
pathway on the western side of Lexington Avenue that were not approved by the
Minnesota Department of Transportation. As redevelopment occurs and other
opportunities arise, the City does seek to complete the trail to both the north and south
on the Arden Hills side of Lexington Avenue. In addition, the Metropolitan Council has
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-3
identified Lexington Avenue as a regional trail search corridor. The future alignment will
be determined by Ramsey County through completion of a regional master plan for the
Lexington Avenue corridor anticipated to be completed in 2018. This extent of this
corridor is expected to extend from County Road J to Larpenteur Avenue.
In 2006, Ramsey County acquired 113 acres of land within the Twin Cities Army
Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property for the Rice Creek North Regional Tail Corridor.
The new trail corridor is located in the northwestern corner of the TCAAP site adjacent
to Rice Creek and Interstate 35W. This land was transferred to the County by the
National Park Service as part of the Federal Lands to Parks Program. An amendment
to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Corridor Master Plan in 2003, identified an
additional 49 acres to the east of the existing area to be acquired as a wildlife corridor.
Following the County’s purchase of 427 acres of the TCAAP site for redevelopment, a
subsequent amendment was made to the Master Plan identifying 60 additional acres for
the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Corridor. This area generally extends from
Highway 96 to County Road I and would facilitate a trailhead entry, additional trails, and
a 150 foot wide trail corridor along the eastern side of the TCAAP development through
the 500’ access from County I to the wildlife corridor.
Designated a regional park in 2006, the 217 acre Tony Schmidt Regional Park extends
from the northern shore of Lake Johanna to the west side of Mounds View High School
on Lake Valentine Road. Recent improvements include the completion of a trail
underpass connecting the north and south sides of the park, which were previously
bisected by the railroad. While much of the park is open space, the park offers a variety
of amenities and is connected to local paths.
There are a number of regional parks within a short distance of Arden Hills. Long Lake
Regional Park is located in New Brighton, and the Snail Lake Regional Park is in
Shoreview. The Rice Creek Chain of Lakes Park Preserve is in Shoreview, Circle
Pines, and Lino Lakes.
9.3 ARDEN HILLS PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM
Arden Hills has 14 City parks ranging in size from one acre to 28 acres and other open
areas that cover more than 145 acres (Figure 9.2 and Table 9.1). There is also
approximately 17 miles of paths, which are primarily located on or adjacent to County
roads. The surface of these paths varies between asphalt, concrete, gravel, wood chip
mulch, and grass. The parks in Arden Hills provide a variety of amenities ranging from
tennis courts and playgrounds to baseball diamonds and picnic shelters (Table 9.1).
The City parks are well-distributed throughout Arden Hills south of Highways 96 and 10
and most residents are within one mile of a City park; however, controlled access roads
interfere with convenient access to some parks that would otherwise be close by.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-4
South of Highways 96 and 10, there are four lakes entirely within Arden Hills and one
lake shared by Arden Hills and Roseville. Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine have
public access and beaches, though the public access and beach for Lake Josephine is
in Roseville. Lake Valentine is a relatively shallow lake adjacent to Bethel University
with some limited public use and access. Karth Lake, which is located southwest of the
Highway 96 and Lexington Avenue intersection, is adjacent to a public park but is
primarily used for non-motorized recreation by the surrounding property owners. Round
Lake is unusable for recreation purposes due to contamination from the former Twin
Cities Army Ammunition Plant. The entire shoreline of Round Lake is owned by the
federal government, and there is no public access.
The City has approved the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC) to guide development
on 427 acres purchased by Ramsey County of the former Twin Cities Army Ammunition
Plant site. Three City parks are planned to serve the new population on TCAAP and to
complement the City’s existing park and recreation amenities. Additional private parks
and open space including size and amenities have been identified through the TCAAP
planning process. As planning and development progresses, these private parks and
open space may be relocated, but will still meet acreage and amenities identified in the
TCAAP master plan. Trails will also be constructed throughout the development to
serve the site and to provide access to adjacent park and open space areas.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
å
å
å
å
Creek Park (CNP-1)
Town Center Park
(TNP-1 Open Space B - Phase I)
Hill Park (HNP-2)
Future Natural Resource Corridor
AHATS Wildlife Observation Area
T.4
T.5
Rice Creek North Regional Trail
Tony Schmidt Regional Park
Floral Park
Cummings Park
Chatham Trails
Charles Perry Park
Hazelnut Park
Johanna Marsh
Crepeau Nature Preserve
Royal Hills Park
Ingerson Park
Lindey's Park
Marsden Archery Range
Arden Manor Park
Valentine Park
Freeway Park
Arden Oaks Park
Sampson Park
Bethel University
University of
Northwestern
T.2
I
F
L
T.1
F.1
L.3
J
D
T.3
C
C.1
B
A
H
E
D.1
G
E.1
H.2
H.1
A.1
M
L.2
L.1
KMoundsview High School
Pinewood Elementary School
Turtle Lake Elementary School
Valentine Hills Elementary School
TI LL E R L N
L AKE VALENTINERD
RED FOX RD
A
M
B
L
E
D
R
H
I
G
H
W
A
Y
1
0
N
E
C O L LEEN AVE
VENUSAVE
B
E
THELDR
G L EN
A
R D EN
R
D
LAKE LN
R O U N D
L A K E R D
W
AMBLE RD
NOBLE RD
A R D E N PL
GRANT RD
SN
EL
LI
N
G A VE
N
STOWE AVE
OAK AVE
D U N L A P
ST
N
FLORAL DR W
HARRIETAVE
KARTH LAKE DR
F O R E S T LN
GATEWAYBLVD
CARLTON DR
N B I 3 5 W T O E B I 6 9 4
W
B
I
694TO
N
BI35
W
FERNWOOD ST
N B I 3 5 W T O C O R D I W
S K I L ES LN
P I N E T R E E D R
K ATIE LN
ROYALLN
WYNCREST CT
COUNTY ROAD E
F A I R V I E W A V E N
CRYSTAL AVE
A R D E N O AKS DR
G L ENHILLRD
JERROLD AVE
V A L E N T I N E AVE
BE NTO N W A Y
INDIAN OAKS TRL
INGERSON RD
GLEN PAUL AVE
W
YNRIDG E D R
K E I T H S O N D R
L A ME T TI LN
L E X I N GT
O N A V E
S H O R E W O O D D R
N
B
H
W
Y
1
0
N
E
T
O
N
B
I
3
5
W
BUSSARD CT
E
B
H
W
Y
9
6
W
T
O
N
B
I
3
5
W
J A M E S A
V E
COUNTY ROAD 96 W
NB
I 3 5 W T
O E B H
W
Y 9 6 W
J A N E TCT
C
H
A
T
H
A
M
A
V
E
EDGEWATER AVE
PLEASANT CIR
A R D E N V I E W C T
NO
R
M A AV
E
ARDEN VIEW DR
ROYAL HI L L S D R
KATIE CT
MCCLU N G D R
G A LE
C IR
K ARTH
LA
K
E
C
I
R
NURSERY HILL LN
W
Y
N
C
R
ESTLN
ARDEN
VISTACT
SANDEEN R D
INDIAN OAKS CT
P RIO
R
A
V E N
E I D E CIR
LEXINGTON AVE TO WBI694
NORTHWOODS
D
R
P L E A S ANT DR
LAKESHOREPL
CUMMIN
G
S
L
N
NURSERY HILL CT
J
A
M
E
S C I R
C
O
R
D
E
2
W
T
O
N
B
I
3
5
W
N
E
W
B
R
I
G
H
T
O
N
R
D
C LEV
E
L A ND
AV
E
N
INGERSON CT
C O L L E ENCT
TODD CT
L I S A
L N
H A ML
I N E A V E N
L E X I N GT
ON
A V E N
COUNTY ROAD F W
T O D D DR
C
O
R
D
I
W
T
O
S
B
I
3
5
W
COUNTY ROAD E2
N B I 3 5 W T O W B I69 4
A M B L E CIR
C H A T H A M C
T
C O LL
E EN
C I R
PRIOR
C
T
S
H
O
R
E
L
I
N
E
L
NCOUNTY ROAD D W
N O R M A C
IR
LI
S
A
C
T
B
RIA
R
KNOLLCIR
LAKE JOHANNA BLVD
S N E L L I N G A V E N T O C O R D E
ABELE ST
COUNTY ROAD I W
O
L
D
H
I
G
H
W
A
Y
1
0
INTERSTATE 694
IN
T
E
R
S
T
A T E
3
5 W
TODD DR
HI
G
H
W
A
Y 1
0 N
E
IN
TE
R
ST
A T E 3
5 W
L EX
IN
G T O N A
VE
LE
X I NG
TO
N
AV
E
BETHE
L
D
R
H
I
G
H
W
A
Y
10
N
E
F E R N W O OD
S
T
IN
T ER
S T AT
E 3
5 W
COUNTY ROAD F W
SNE
LL ING
A V E N
IN
T E RS
TA
T
E 3
5 W
R O U N D L A K E R D W
COUNTY ROAD I W
S N E L L I N G A V E N
H A M LI
N
E
A
VE
N
L EX
I
N
G
T O N
A V E
INT
ERST
ATE 694
S N E L LI N G A V E N
L E X I N GT
O N A V E
HI
G
H
W
A
Y
1
0
N
E
L E X I N GT
O N A V E
I
N
T
E
R
S
T
A
T
E
3
5
W
J E R R O L D AVE
COUNTY ROAD 96 W
LE
X IN
GT
O
N A V E
IN
TE
R ST
A T E
3 5 W
COUNTY ROAD 96 W
I N T E R S TA
T E 35
W
TO
D
D D
R
F E R N W O O D S
T
L E X I N G T O N A V E
S N E L L I N G A V E N
S
N
E
L
L
I
N
G
A
V
E
N
L E X I N G T O N A V E
A R D E N VIEWDR
L EX
IN
G T O N A
V E
R
O
Y
A
L
H
I
L
L
S
D
R
C L E V EL
A
N D A
VE
N
COUNTY ROAD 96 W
L
E
X
I
N
G
T
O
N
A
V
E
HIG
H
W
A
Y
1
0
N
E
COUNTY ROAD D W
EDGEWAT E R A V E
IN
TE
R
ST
A T E
3
5 W
I
N
T
E
R
S
T
A
T
E
3
5
W
IN
TE
R S TA
T E 35
W
I
N
T
E
R
S
T
A
T
E
3
5
W
IN
TE
R ST
AT
E
3
5 W
H AM
L IN
E A
VE
N
INTERSTATE 694
T
OD D DR
LE
X I N GT
O
N A
V E
COUNT Y ROAD E2
S
N
E
L
L
I
N
G
A
V
E
N
DU
N
L
A
P
S T
N
SN
E
L
L
I NG
A
VE
N
COUNTY ROAD I W
L E XI
NG
T
ON
AV
E
L EX
I N G T O N A VE
N
COUNTY ROAD D W
B
ETHELDR
HA
M
L
I
NE
AV
E
N
O LD
H
I G H WA
Y
1
0
L E XI
NG
T
ON
AV
E
COUNTY ROAD I W
KAT I E L N
I N TE
R ST
A T E 3 5 W
KEIT
H
S
O
NDR
COUNTY ROAD 96 W
S
N
E
L
L
I
N
G
A
V
E
N
COUNTY ROAD I W
CLE V E L A N D A V E N
I
N
T
E
R
S
T
A
T
E
3
5
W
INT
ERSTA
T
E
694
L E X I N GT
O N A V E
HAM
L
IN E AVE N
GLENHILL R D
INTERSTATE 694
L A K E J OH
A N N A B L V D
COUNTY ROAD I W
STOWE AVE
S N E L L I N G A V E N
T
O
D
D
D
R
L EX
IN
G T O N A
VE
GLEN PA U L A VE
L EX
IN
G T O N A
V
E
P R I OR
A V E N
L EX
IN
G
T ON
A
VE
C H A T H A M A V E
S
h
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
on
M
o
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Roseville
N or
t
h O
a
k
s
Turtle Lake
Johanna Lake
Long Lake
Round Lake
Snail Lake
Marsden Lake
Josephine Lake
Rush Lake
Valentine Lake
Island Lake
Owasso Lake
Judy Lake
Karth Lake
Farrel's Lake
Emily Lake
Poplar Lake
Sunfish Lake
Little Johanna Lake
Martha Lake
Shoreview Lake
Jones Lake
Gramsie Pond Lake
Brennans Pond Lake
0 2,000Feet¯
PARK AND TRAILS MAP - FIGURE 9.1
County Pathway
City Pathway
Proposed City Pathways
Arden Hills City Boundary
LEGEND
REGIONAL TRAIL
CITY PATHWAYS
PARK TYPE
Planned
Existing
OTHER
School
Private Pathway
Existing Regional Park
Proposed City Park
City Public Open Space
Future Wildlife Corridor (Approximate)
Potential Park Land Acquistion
Existing City Park
Regional Trail Search Corridor
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-6
Table 9.1 - Current and Proposed Park Amenities (2040)
Existing Parks Acres
Softball /
Baseball
Field
Soccer Tennis
Sand
Volleyball
Court
Basketball
Court
Area
Gaga
Pit
Water
Fountain
Play
Equipment Amphitheater Pavillio
n
Picnic
Building /
Shelter
Warming
House
Permanen
t
Restrooms
Hockey
Rink
Skating
Rink
Dog
Park Trail(s)
1 Arden Manor Park
4601 Prior Avenue 2.5 X X X
2 Arden Oaks Park
1413 Arden Oaks Drive 1.5 X X
3 Charles Perry Park
3700 New Brighton Road 20 X X X X X X X X X X X
4 Crepeau Nature Preserve*
1224 Harriet Avenue 12.5 X
5 Cummings Park
1220 Wyncrest Court 17.5 X X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Floral Park
1423 West Floral Drive 20 X X X X X X X
7 Freeway Park
1370 West County Road E 1 X X X X X
8 Hazelnut Park
3301 New Brighton Road 12 X X X X X X X X X X X X
9 Ingerson Park
3255 North Lexington Avenue 5 X X X
10 Johanna Marsh Park
3168 Ridgewood Drive 8.5 X X
11
Lindey's
North Snelling & County Road
E
1.5
12 Royal Hills Park
4375 Snelling Avenue 4.5 X X X X X
13 Sampson Park
1900 Lake Lane 1 X X X
14 Valentine Park
1650 West County Road F 3 X X X X
Key: *Nature Conservancy Park
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-7
Proposed Parks Acres
Softball /
Baseball
Field
Soccer Tennis
Sand
Volleyball
Court
Basketball
Court
Area
Gaga
Pit
Water
Fountain
Play
Equipment Amphitheater Pavillio
n
Picnic
Building /
Shelter
Warming
House
Permanen
t
Restrooms
Hockey
Rink
Skating
Rink
Dog
Park Trail(s)
1 Creek Park
(CNP-1) 4.73 X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Town Center Park
TNP-1 Space B (Phase I) 3.1 X X X X X X X X X
3 Hill Park
(HNP-2) 2.72 X X X X X X X X X
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-8
9.4 PARKS AND RECREATION MAINTENANCE, UPGRADES, AND
EXPANSIONS
The proposed park and pathway upgrades are based on input gathered through
consultation of the PTRC (Figure 9.1).
9.4.1 Park Renovation and Upgrades
In an effort to meet changing demographics, public safety, and the desires of the
community, the City of Arden Hills will continue to use a multi-year capital
improvement plan (CIP) to plan for park upgrades and renovations. The
improvement recommendations are intended to improve public safety, aesthetics,
function, and efficiency of individual parks as well as to promote overall public
health and activity. The City also seeks to meet American with Disabilities Act
(ADA) requirements.
In order to minimize park disruption, reduce costs through efficiency of
construction, and improve park function, park renovation is recommended to be
done all at once in each park, whenever possible. Individual park renovation
recommendations are summarized below by park:
o Arden Manor Park – Provide connections within the park and from the
park to the potential future paths along Highway 96 when reconstruction of
this highway occurs. Add benches near park features.
o Arden Oaks Park – Recent improvements include the addition of
benches, trash containers and trees. Consider providing pedestrian
pathway connections to amenities.
o Charles Perry Park – Consider moving the entrance drive to line up with
Thom Drive. This will eliminate the conflict that exists with the ice rink
where skaters have to cross the entrance drive, and will create space for a
pleasure rink. Explore the possibility of paving the existing skating rink for
inline skating and half-court basketball. Recent improvements include a
new playground as well as a dog park through repurposing of a previously
underutilized existing ballfield.
o Crepeau Nature Preserve – Add additional unpaved paths within the
park.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-9
o Cummings Park –Add benches along the paths and park amenities.
Recent improvements included relocating bleachers and repurposing
entrance sign.
o Floral Park –Additional unpaved looped paths could be constructed in the
park to provide more walking and nature watching opportunities. Add
benches along the paths and park amenities. Provide pedestrian pathway
connections/accessibility to amenities.
o Freeway Park - Consider paving the hockey rink for year-round use.
Explore additional pedestrian routes to provide enhanced circulation to
amenities in the park.
o Hazelnut Park –Install benches near recreational features. Add lights
from parking lot to skating rink. Improve the picnic shelter or add a
pavilion to meet the usage demands of the park. Recent improvements
include the addition of a gaga pit and dog park through reuse of the
existing ice rink. The City is also considering acquiring a portion of the
parking lot from the adjacent trinity Lutheran Church for potential
redevelopment in this location.
o Ingerson Park – Add a connecting path to Lexington Avenue, Fernwood
Court, and Lake Lane. Consideration should be given to providing
additional pedestrian walkways to existing amenities.
o Johanna Marsh – The existing tennis courts will be removed and
replaced with a new multiple age playground and Johanna Marsh
overlook.
o Lindey’s Park – The addition of a trail planned for 2018 construction on
the south side of County Road E will provide increased connectivity to the
park for potential users. Consider providing access into the park from this
planned trail, additional pedestrian connections into the park, and seating
opportunities.
o Round Lake Open Space – Explore the possibility of adding a path
connecting Old Highway 10 to the path west of Round Lake by easement
or land acquisition. Determine what type of amenities/fields meet the
needs of the community and develop the park.
o Royal Hills – Add a fence along the outfield and sideline of the ball field to
minimize balls going into the woods. The addition of pathways should also
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-10
be considered to meet ADA accessibility to amenities and connect to the
proposed trail connection along Snelling Avenue North.
o Sampson Park – Add landscaping within the park to provide interest and
improve aesthetics. Consideration should also be given to providing
pedestrian accessibility to amenities and the addition of a shelter for
additional seating opportunities.
o Valentine Park – Park was recently redeveloped in 2013 which includes a
new shelter, parking lot, play equipment, half basketball court and
pedestrian pathways.
o TCAAP Proposed Parks – Three city parks have been identified for
incorporation within the TCAAP site. The parks range in scale from
approximately three to five acres in size and include amenities as shown
in Table 9.1 based on the master plan process.
9.4.2 Recreation
The City currently has an extensive youth recreation program. While the
programs have been primarily focused on youth and adolescent activities, an
increased need for teen, adult, and senior activities was identified through
feedback gathered from the PTRC as well as the community meetings held for
the 2030 Comprehensive Plan update. To help inform the recreation program
development process, the City may consider creating advisory groups for
seniors, teens, children, and other interested groups.
9.4.3 Pathway Expansion and Upgrades
A number of neighborhoods in Arden Hills have pathways; however, in order to
provide a connected and complete pathway system in Arden Hills, additional
arterial and neighborhood paths are needed (Figure 9.1). While paths are
popular for recreational purposes, there is also a growing demand for utilitarian
pathways that connect residential areas to destinations such as commercial
areas, offices, parks, and other popular places. Providing multiple destinations
on a pathway system can increase use, promote physical activity, and reduce
motorized travel.
The tables on the following page provides a list of proposed trail segments for
expansions and upgrades (segments presented on this list are not listed based on
priority):
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-11
Table 9.2 - Trail Improvement List (outside of TCAAP Site) (2040)
Feet Miles
A Cleveland Ave. (County Road "D" to Stowe Ave.)2,623 0.50
A.1 Cleveland Ave. (Thom Ct. to existing path off Cty E2)1,672 0.32
B County Road D (Cleveland to New Brighton Road)2,380 0.45
C New Brighton Road (County Rd. D to Stowe Ave.)2,957 1.54
C.1 New Brighton Road (Stowe Ave. to County Road E2)5,333 1.01
D R.C. Open Space (from City path to MVHS)2,940 0.56
D.1 R.C. Open Space (from County Rd. E2 to MVHS)3,095 0.58
E County Road E (Indian Pl. to Lk. Joh. Blvd. to Tony Schmidt U. Trail to end of park - north side)1,675 0.32
E.1 Lake Johanna Blvd. (From Segment G to Old 10 - Snelling)2,845 0.54
F Snelling Ave. (Highway 51 to County Road E)5,672 1.07
F.1 Old Highway 10-Snelling (from Cty. Road E2 to Hwy. 96)7,880 1.50
G Lake Valentine Road (Mounds View H.S. to Old 10-Snelling)1,600 0.30
H Parkshore Dr. (from Old Hwy 10-Snelling to beginning of Rd. Lake Trail)2,051 0.39
H.1 Gateway Blvd. (from proposed segment K to Round Lk. Road)1,985 0.38
H.2 Round Lake Trail (Complete the loop that has a gap behind Nott Co.)2,433 0.46
I County Road 96 (Complete trail west from Hamilne Avenue near Snelling Avenue North)3,100 0.59
J North Snelling Ave. (From County Road 96 to Briarknoll)2,652 0.50
K County Road F (From Existing Sidewalk from Lexington to Hamline)403 0.08
L Lexington Ave. (From County Road D to County Road E)4,398 0.83
L.1 Lexington Ave. (From County Road E to Grey Fox Road)973 0.19
L.2 Lexington Ave. (From Red Fox Road to Gramsie Road)1,088 0.21
L.3 Lexington Ave. (From Tanglewood to County Road I - West Side)7,839 1.49
M Crepeau Preserve (From Cannon to Crepeau Nature Preserve)680 0.13
Total Proposed Future Trails 68,274 13.94
Segment Proposed Trail Location Outside of TCAAP Site Length
Table 9.3 - Trail Improvement List (within TCAAP Site) (2040)
Feet Miles
T.1 Spine Road Trail (From HWY 96 to County Road H)8,656 1.64
T.2 Spine Road Trail (From HWY 96 to County Road I)12,843 2.43
T.3 Town Center Trail (Along Water Infrastructure)5,142 0.97
T.4 Rice Creek North Trail Corridor Addition (From HWY 96 to Rice Creek North Regional Trail)9,263 1.76
T.5 Rice Creek North Trail Corridor Addition (Crossing at Interstate 35W)637 0.40
Total Proposed Future Trails 36,541 7.20
Segment Proposed Trail Location within TCAAP Site Length
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-12
Recent and planned improvements, based upon proposed segments identified
in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, have been planned for extending trail
segments that are crucial for developing needed north-south and east-west path
connections. Through these efforts trail improvements are anticipated for 2018
construction to include providing a continuous connection from County Road E to
County Road E2 through the addition of a trail along Snelling Avenue North (Old
S.T.H. 10). In coordination with the capital improvements plan (CIP), the City
may benefit from setting specific trail priorities to take advantage of grants, road
reconstruction projects, and other opportunities as they arise.
In conjunction with Ramsey County and MnDOT, grade separated crossings of
major roads and railroads is one of the more important actions the City can take
to improve the path network, increase safety, enhance access to parks,
encourage increased physical activity, and help tie the community together
(Figure 9.2). The following connections and improvements for pedestrian and
bicyclists (non-motorized users), some of which are noted in the above list, are
recommended through discussion with the PTRC and community meetings:
o Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10)– A proposed trail (Figure 9.1)
from the Hwy. 96 regional trail is recommended to provide a north-south
connection the intersection of Snelling Avenue North and County Road E2
(segment F.1). Due to major highways, this route provides a critical
connection to several city parks, schools, and the Tony Schmidt Regional
Park. This would also provide a connection of the Round Lake proposed
trail connection if an easement was acquired south of Round Lake.
o Lake Valentine Road – The connection of a city path (segment G) on the
southern side of Lake Valentine Road is recommended to provide a safe
route for adjacent neighborhoods to the Mounds View High School and a
connection to newly redeveloped Valentine Park.
o County Road E (Lake Johanna Blvd) – The addition of providing a trail
connection (segment E & E.1) along the north side of County Road E
between Indian Place and Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10) is
recommended to create accessibility to the Tony Schmidt Regional Park
and improve east-west trail connections.
o Highway 96 – A grade separated trail connection (segment I) may be
needed at a location between Highway 10 and Hamline Avenue North.
The grade-separated connection would provide access to Ramsey County
and Arden Hills facilities and the TCAAP area. In addition, a trail crossing
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-13
at the intersection of Snelling Avenue North would provide an essential
trail crossing to the planned regional trail and the neighborhoods adjacent
to south of Highway 96.
o Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10) – A proposed trail segment
(segment F) from the intersection of County Road E and Snelling Avenue
North to Glenhill Road is recommended to provide accessibility and
potential future connections with city parks and amenities beyond the city
limits including the adjacent University of Northwestern Campus.
Construction is anticipated for 2019.
o Trail Signage – added small trail identification maps that include distance,
name, and standard city identification where needed.
Implementing the pathway expansion and improvement plan will require
cooperation with Ramsey County, MnDOT, the school districts, and other private
and public entities. The City recognizes that the entire network cannot be
completed at once; however, the above list represents the long-term goal of a
comprehensive pathway network to facilitate recreational and utilitarian uses.
9.4.4 Park and Open Space Acquisitions
While there is very little vacant land available in the City outside of the TCAAP
property, four locations were identified for potential incorporation into the City’s
park and recreational system (Figure 9.1). Two land parcels remain to be
acquired within the boundary of Tony Schmidt Regional Park. Additional public
lands adjacent to the park are proposed to be used for trails and trail connections
under cooperative agreements.
o Charles Perry Park – The City may consider acquiring the residential
property adjacent to Charles Perry in order to minimize the potential
conflict caused by reflected light, noise and trespassing while providing an
opportunity to expand the recreational offerings in the park and to provide
better park access.
o Round Lake Open Space - The land to the west of the existing Round
Lake Open Space area could provide adequate space for soccer fields,
community gardens, ball fields, or other recreational uses. The amount of
property to acquire would be determined by what programming needs
exist at that time.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-14
o Round Lake Trail Easements - The remaining easements are needed to
complete the trail around the west and south sides of Round Lake.
o Tony Schmidt Regional Park – While Tony Schmidt Regional Park is a
Ramsey County park, the City encourages the County to expand its facility
in accordance with their facility and land needs. The Tony Schmidt
Regional Park Master Plan lists potential land acquisitions, which are
shown on Figure 9.1.
9.4.5 TCAAP Redevelopment Area
Ramsey County purchased 427 acres of the TCAAP property in April 2013. The
City has approved the TCAAP Redevelopment Code to regulate zoning and land
uses. Approximately 24.3 acres are planned to be used for City parks and public
open space. Ramsey County is acquiring an additional 30 acres from the federal
government for a north-south trail and 78 acres for a future wildlife corridor and
trailhead.
Three City parks will be located within or adjacent to residential neighborhoods.
Amenities will be planned for each park based on the population served and to
complement existing amenities in the developed portion of the City. The timing
of park development will be aligned to the development of adjacent
neighborhoods. In order to provide flexibility the exact boundary and location of
each park include on the TCAAP property may move within its given district.
However, each park will be required to include the identified amenities within the
City’s TCAAP Master Parks and Open Space Plan.
Green space will be provided along a pedestrian corridor linking the primary retail
area west of the Spine Road to a City park on the eastern edge of the site. Trails
will be provided along the Spine Road and along a collector road adjacent to the
natural resources corridor. In cases where private development is immediately
adjacent to park and open space areas, the TCAAP Redevelopment Code
requires frequent pedestrian connections to open space. Connections to the
north-south trail corridor and trails in the wildlife corridor will be provided from
adjacent neighborhoods.
Ramsey County has prepared and the City has approved the Rice Creek North
Regional Trail Wildlife Corridor Habitat Restoration plan. Improvements,
remediation, restoration and other development of the wildlife corridor property,
prior to and following transfer to Ramsey County, will be guided by this plan.
Trail connections for public use may be incorporated into the wildlife corridor.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-15
However, they must be designed and aligned so as not to impede the movement
of wildlife.
9.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
9.5.1 Priority Setting
One tool to advance this chapter is to create a flexible priority list for
improvements and expansions. With the priorities laid out, the City would be
able better able to assess fund balances and make informed spending decisions
and coordinate improvements with other projects such as road improvements.
The priority list will need to be regularly evaluated to measure progress and to
adjust the list to accommodate funding availability, changing circumstances, and
changing priorities. A fully functioning and complete park and pathway system
adds to the attractiveness of the City and to the values of property owners.
While a long-term priority list will help the City in the decision-making process
and help plan for future expenses, the list must be flexible. As new local and
regional projects, needs, and opportunities arise, it may be necessary to adjust
the list to take advantage of opportunities that may not yet be known.
9.5.2 Partnerships
Developing partnerships with other public and private organizations is an
important tool for implementing this and other chapters of the Comprehensive
Plan. With scarce resources and increasing demands, searching for
partnerships to reduce costs, increase efficiency, and expand services is
necessary. Working with adjacent cities, the Metropolitan Council, Ramsey
County, businesses, school districts, higher education institutions, and other
stakeholders may lead to better and more efficient implementation of this
Chapter.
MNDOT & Ramsey County Transportation – Coordinating with MnDOT and
Ramsey County Public Works will help ensure that pathway additions and
crossings are in their transportation master plans, included in reconstruction
projects, and are a priority for funding and implementation in their capital
improvement plans (CIP).
Ramsey County Parks and Recreation – With regional facilities in Arden Hills and
connecting to City pathways, it is important to coordinate with the County. The
County is working to implement the Tony Schmidt Master Plan, the Rice Creek
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
9-16
trail system, and other regional park and trail projects that connect to or impact
Arden Hills.
Mounds View and Roseville School Districts – The City has an opportunity to
work with the school districts and the two facilities in Arden Hills to increase
pedestrian and bike access to the schools, promote safe routes to school, and
increase physical activity.
Bethel University and Northwestern College – Both of these campuses have
trails that can be accessed by the public. The City should consider working with
these institutions to ensure continued access to these trails and to make
connections with City trails.
Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Redevelopment Partner and the
Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) – The proposed redevelopment on the
TCAAP property offers an opportunity to greatly expand the City’s park and
pathway network. The City seeks to continue working with the developers,
AHATS, and private entities to ensure a park and pathway system is constructed
that meets the needs of current and future residents. Although the AHATS
property is not freely open to the public, it could play a role in future park and
recreation opportunities.
9.5.3 Financing
While the City supports the park and recreation system, it is recognized that
other needs in the City compete for funds and funding will continue to be a
challenge. In order to implement the parks and recreation plan, yearly priorities
are being identified in the City’s capital improvement plan (CIP), which can be
adjusted annually as funding, opportunities, and needs change. Flexibility in
implementation will be necessary.
Since much of the City is developed, park and recreation expansion
improvements cannot rely on park dedication fees alone. Therefore, the City
may need to explore other financing options. Pursuing funding opportunities may
help advance implementation of this plan at a faster rate than would otherwise be
able to occur.
9.5.4 Additional Strategies
The strategies in the previous sections should not be considered all-inclusive.
New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the
City’s parks and recreation goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-1
10. PROTECTED RESOURCES
Goal: Preserve, protect, and restore the community’s natural resources, including open
spaces, lakes, wetlands, other significant natural features, and historic resources.
To achieve this protected resources goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Identify and work to protect the sensitive natural resources within the City.
o Develop or enhance regulations to protect the City’s natural resources, including
trees, lakes, wetlands, and other unique or significant natural resources.
o Work with the appropriate agencies to assure that surface and ground water
quality is protected.
o Support public educational opportunities to foster a better understanding of the
natural environment as well as ways to restore and protect the natural
environment.
o Work with the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) to protect the unique
natural resources and open spaces as park and/or open space.
o Encourage the identification and protection of historically significant sites and
structures.
10.1 INTRODUCTION
The beautiful lakes, diverse topography, and wooded character of Arden Hills provide
exceptional residential, recreational, and business environments. The community has
carefully guarded these resources in the past; however, they are constantly threatened
by human activities. Protecting these areas requires diligence, including adherence to
strong protection policies and requirements, studying the most up-to-date preservation
methods, and educating the public on environmentally sound development and
maintenance practices.
Lakes are a significant resource in the City and will continue to be if water quality can be
enhanced and maintained. Lakes and their surrounding watersheds need to be
managed as sensitive and limited resources, requiring purposeful planning and action.
The lack of management of these limited resources can lead to diminished water quality
and can negatively affect public health, recreational activities, wildlife, and fishing,
community quality of life, and ultimately tax revenues through diminished property
values.
Arden Hills is located entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD). The
RCWD addresses water issues, administers regulatory programs, and undertakes
projects to improve water quality. The City has a number of protective ordinances and
policies in place that enhance RCWD activities; however, those policies require
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-2
monitoring to ensure that they are meeting community needs and effectively protecting
the City’s natural resources.
In addition to lake protection, several high-priority natural areas, endangered and
protected species, and historic sites have been identified as significant in the City.
These significant resources are highly valuable and have features that may require
special levels of protection. Preserving the City’s natural setting is of the utmost
importance to residents of Arden Hills.
10.2 WATER RESOURCES
Covering nearly 550 acres in Arden Hills, the seven lakes and many wetlands have
always been a focal point in the community (Figure 10.1). Early settlers and
development took advantage of the recreational and scenic qualities of the lakes, and
they continue to be an attractive characteristic for residents and visitors. Most of the
shoreland development took place prior to the adoption of modern development
regulations; and the City is experiencing redevelopment pressure along the City’s
shorelines.
The Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) requires communities to adopt
shoreland ordinances, which typically regulate lot size, minimum shoreline width, lot
coverage, and structure setbacks for development along water bodies. Development
regulations vary depending on the lake classification set by the DNR:
o Natural Environment Lakes and Streams (NE) – usually have less than 150 total
acres, less than 60 acres per mile of shoreline, and less than three dwellings per
mile of shoreline. They may have some winter kill of fish; may have shallow,
swampy shoreline; and are less than 15 feet deep.
o Recreational Development Lakes (RD) – usually have between 60 and 225 acres
of water per mile of shoreline, between three and 25 dwellings per mile of
shoreline, and are more than 15 feet deep.
o General Development Lakes (GD) – usually have more than 225 acres of water
per mile of shoreline and 25 dwellings per mile of shoreline, and are more than
15 feet deep.
10.2.1 Lakes and Water Bodies
As noted above, the City has seven lakes in or partially in Arden Hills. All water
bodies in the City are highly valued and warrant continued protection.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-3
Lake Johanna
Lake Johanna is the biggest lake in Arden Hills at 230 acres with a 4.25 square
mile watershed. It is up to 41 feet deep and has an average depth of 17 feet.
The lake is classifies as a GD lake.
The land on the north, west, and east sides of Lake Johanna is largely developed
with single family homes. Tony Schmidt Regional Park, located on the northwest
side of the lake, includes a swimming beach and boat ramp. Presbyterian
Homes, a senior housing facility, is located on the southwest corner.
Northwestern College occupies the peninsula on the southern side of the lake.
A wide variety of recreational opportunities exist on Lake Johanna, including
swimming, skiing, and fishing. Boats are restricted to five miles per hour within
250 feet of the shoreline, and there are restricted hours for speeds in the rest of
the lake. A wide variety of fish exist in the lake, including Bass, Bluegills,
Bullheads, Carp, Crappies, Muskies, Northern Pike, Perch, Sunfish, and Walleye.
Storm water flows into Lake Johanna from Little Lake Johanna via Ramsey
County Ditch 4, which originates north of County Road C in Roseville. City storm
water is also routed into Lake Johanna on its west and east sides. As part of the
City’s pavement management program, the City is working to provide stormwater
treatment systems to improve the water quality of the stormwater that reaches
Lake Johanna.
The Lake Johanna Improvement Society is an organization made up of lake area
property owners. The group coordinates lake issues with the City, including the
boat speed limits.
The Rice Creek Watershed District has noted that Lake Johanna has the
potential to become impaired without additional protection and attention to water
quality. The lake is listed on the impaired list for mercury contamination.
Although the source and long-term impacts are unknown, fish in Lake Johanna
were found to have elevated levels of the chemical perfluorooctane sulfonate
(PFOS) in 2007. No additional fish consumption or swimming warnings have
been issued.
Lake Josephine
Lake Josephine is approximately 114 acres in size with a subwatershed of 1.31
square miles. The northern 60 acres are located in Arden Hills while the
southern 54 acres are located in the City of Roseville. The lake has a maximum
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-4
depth of 44 feet and an average depth of 20 feet. Lake Josephine is classified as
a GD lake.
The land around the lake is fully developed with single family homes. There is a
concrete boat access and public beach immediately south of the municipal
border in the City of Roseville on the east side of the lake. The lake is used for
boating swimming, and fishing. Bullheads, Crappies, Bluegills, Carp, Sunfish,
Bass, Northern Pike, and Walleye can be found in the lake.
The outlet of Lake Josephine is located at the northwestern part of the lake and
flow to Lake Johanna through a storm sewer and ditch system.
The Lake Josephine Improvement Association consists of lake area property
owners. The City of Roseville and the City of Arden Hills have adopted joint
regulations for Lake Josephine, which includes a maximum speed limit and a no
wake zone of 150 feet from the shoreline.
The Rice Creek Watershed District has noted that Lake Josephine has the
potential to become impaired without additional protection and attention to water
quality. The lake is listed on the impaired list for mercury contamination.
The fish in Lake Josephine were tested for perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS) in
2007; however, the results of those tests were not available in time for the
release of this Plan.
Little Johanna Lake
Little Johanna Lake is approximately 18 acres in size and has a maximum depth
of 22 feet. The lake is classified as an NE and RD lake by the DNR and Ramsey
County, but as a GD lake by the City. It is a non-swimming lake, there are no
formal public access points, and recreational uses are limited.
The northern eight acres are within the City of Arden Hills, and the southern ten
acres are within the City of Roseville. Northwestern College occupies much of
the lake’s eastern, northern, and southern shoreline and single family homes are
on the west side of the lake.
Drainage into Little Johanna Lake comes from Ramsey County Ditch 4, which
originates north of County Road C in the City of Roseville and flows out to Lake
Johanna. Little Johanna Lake and the ditch function as a settling area for
stormwater prior to flowing into Lake Johanna. During larger storm events,
however, water flows through the water bodies rapidly, which allows little time for
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-5
unwanted nutrients to settle out of the water. As a result, the quality of Little
Johanna Lake and Lake Johanna are compromised.
Valentine Lake
Covering approximately 74 acres with a 2.4 square mile watershed, Valentine
Lake is an NE lake located just south of Interstate 694. Bethel University owns
almost all of the lakeshore; however, the lake can be viewed from Old Highway
10 along the western shoreline. While there is not any formal boat or public
access points, the lake is used for fishing by the public. In the future, it may be
necessary to develop a formal agreement with Bethel University for public use
and a parking lot for users.
The lake has a dominance of blue-green algae and has heavy algal blooms
throughout the summer. Water flows southwest out of Lake Valentine into the
County Ditch 12 and eventually into Long Lake in the City of New Brighton.
Round Lake
Round Lake is approximately 125 acres in size and has a subwatershed of 0.83
square miles. The United States Fish and Wildlife Service owns all of the land
around the lake. Public use of the lake is prohibited and there are not any public
access points due to contamination in the lake bed from operations on the former
Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property. There are single family
homes on the east side of the lake, apartments and townhomes on the southeast
side, and industrial development on the south and west sides. The north side of
the lake is bordered by Highway 96. None of the adjacent property owners have
access to the lake.
Karth Lake
Karth Lake is approximately 15 acres in size and is surrounded by single family
homes. There is a City park on the south side of the lake; however, there are not
any public boat launches to the lake.
Rice Creek Watershed District is conducting water quality monitoring for the lake.
The immediate area drains into the lake, and there are also five (5) stormwater
inlets draining approximately 170 acres to the lake. Prior to 2004, there was not
an outlet for Karth Lake, and the water level steadily increased. The Karth Lake
Improvement District was created in 2003 to manage the water level, and a pump
was constructed in 2004 to control the lake level. Water that is pumped out of
the lake flows through storm sewer and ditch systems to Valentine Lake.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-6
Sunfish Lake
Located on the AHATS property, Sunfish Lake is approximately 11 acres in size.
No water quality monitoring has been conducted for the lake. City Hall is
southeast of the lake, and the joint Ramsey County/Arden Hills Public Works
facility is west of the lake. There is not any residential development around the
lake. The lake is not accessible to the public, and public access is not
anticipated because the land is owned by the federal government and used for
Minnesota National Guard training.
Marsden Lake
Covering more than 275 acres, Marsden Lake is a large wetland complex (wet
meadow) that has been identified by the Minnesota DNR as an important natural
community. The entire lake is within the federally owned property that is leased
by the Minnesota National Guard. There are not any public access points to the
lake. The lake is part of the critical habitat for the Blanding’s Turtle, which is
classified as “threatened” by the State of Minnesota.
Rice Creek
Rice Creek flows through the far northwest corner of the City and is the only
natural watercourse in the City. There are a number of County drainage ditches
connecting the major lakes and providing connections to Rice Creek.
Approximately 112 acres of land was transferred to Ramsey County along the
creek, and the Rice Creek North Regional Trail has been constructed. The trail
connects to adjacent cities, the regional park system, and likely to the TCAAP
redevelopment property.
Wetlands
Arden Hills has many wetlands of various sizes and types spread throughout the
City. The wetlands are an integral part of the natural environment and are
important component of healthy lakes, streams, and animal habitat.
Development impacts to wetlands are regulated by Federal and State laws. The
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers – Saint Paul Office implements the federal
wetland laws, and the Minnesota DNR and the Rice Creek Watershed District
implement State wetland laws. Alterations to wetlands almost always require a
permit, and the City seeks to protect wetlands wherever possible.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-7
10.2.2 Rice Creek Watershed District & Water Quality
Management
Arden Hills is located entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD).
The RCWD requires permits for land development, site grading, wetland and
shoreland alterations, and drainage plans and systems.
Water quality for Lake Josephine, Lake Johanna, Round Lake, and Valentine
Lake is monitored by Ramsey County. The RCWD utilizes this data.
The City’s Floodplain and Shoreland Ordinances govern development activities
in areas that contribute storm water runoff to the City’s lakes. In addition, the
lake use ordinances on Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine help to control
erosion and water quality. Unfortunately, water quality has decreased in recent
years and additional efforts are needed to maintain and improve water quality.
10.3 PROTECTED SPECIES/HABITAT
The City is home to at least two species that have a legally protected status, and two
habitats that have been identified by the DNR as in need of being protected (Figure
10.2). Blanding’s Turtles have “threatened” species status in Minnesota, which means
that the State has determined that the species is likely to become endangered within the
foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range within Minnesota.
While it is outside of the City’s regulatory authority, Illinois Tick Trefoil is a rare plant that
was identified in the AHATS area.
Both high value habitats are located on the AHATS property outside of the City’s
regulatory authority. Marsden Lake is a large wetlands complex (wet meadow) and has
been identified by the Minnesota DNR as an important natural community. The kame,
also located on the AHATS property, is a relict of the glacial landscape and has also
been identified by the DNR as an important geological feature. The kame is the highest
geographical point in Ramsey County.
10.4 CULTURAL RESOURCES
Although little information has been compiled regarding historic sites or buildings in
Arden Hills the Minnesota Historical Society and Ramsey County Historical Society
identified one structure that may be worthy of being placed on the National Register of
Historic Places (Figure 10.2). The 1998 Comprehensive Plan identified two additional
buildings and one site as historic and/or architecturally significant to the community.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-8
Charles Perry House
The Charles Perry House, located at 3491 Lake Johanna Boulevard, has been identified
by the Minnesota Historical Society and Ramsey County Historical Society as
historically important. While there has been consideration of placing this house on the
National Register of Historic Places, additional research and community interest is
needed.
Farrell Homestead
The Farrell Homestead at 1963 County Road E2 is a large, Victorian farm home just
north of the intersection of County Road E2 and New Brighton Road. The Homestead
was constructed in 1874. John Farrell, of Irish descent, settled and farmed more than
500 acres. A friend once asked him why he brought such a hilly farm, to which John
replied, “Because it reminds me of Ireland.”
An interesting side note is from Mary (May) Marston, granddaughter of John Farrell,
who grew up on the farm in the 1890s. Ms. Marston stated that, “Across from the farm
was a hill with Indian grave platforms and artifacts.”
Nazareth Hall on the Northwestern College Campus
Nazareth Hall was constructed in 1921-22 on the Northwestern College campus. It was
constructed in the “Lombardic Romanesque” style from northern Italy. It faces east to
overlook Lake Johanna. It includes six buildings constructed as one, with several
courtyards styled after the Vatican. The building covers approximately 37,400 square
feet of ground and was designed to fit into its natural lakeshore setting.
Round Lake Prehistoric Site
The Round Lake prehistoric site is located on a small knoll on a peninsula on the
southwestern shore of Round Lake. Archaeological exploration has determined that the
knoll on the peninsula is most likely of natural origin. Artifacts relating to the
manufacture or maintenance of stone tools were observed on the site, and it appears
that it may be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. This site was
threatened by development in 1997; however, the City was able to obtain a
conservation easement over the peninsula to preserve it in its current condition. Further
research, as well as community interest, is required before actual placement on the
National Register of Historic Places.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-9
10.5 NATURAL RESOURCE INVENTORY MAP
Although the portion of Arden Hills south of Highways 96 and 10 is considered fully
developed, there is an abundance of mature trees, lakes, wetlands, open spaces, parks,
and other natural amenities that give the City its highly valued natural and well-
landscaped character. The southern two thirds of Arden Hills contain more than 363
acres of public parks and undevelopable open spaces. Northwestern College, Bethel
University, and Mounds View High School also contain highly valued natural areas of
varying character and quality.
The Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) property is also home to some of the most
significant natural resources in Arden Hills, including lakes, wetlands, woodlands,
meadows, rolling terrain, and vistas. The kame, which is a geological formation made
by retreating glaciers, is located in the central part of the property and is the highest
point in Ramsey County. While some institutional development from the Minnesota
National Guard may occur on the southern part of the AHATS property, much of that
area is anticipated to remain as open space. The AHATS property is not open freely to
the public, but the National Guard does allow some scheduled visits on the property.
Of the 585 acres on the TCAAP property that are anticipated to be sold to the City for
redevelopment, preliminary plans include approximately 168 acres for use as open
space in the form of parks, wetlands, stormwater areas, recreational areas, and a
wildlife corridor.
The Rice Creek Watershed District has compiled data and generated a resource
protection map to show areas of significant natural resources (Figure 10.3). The map is
only intended to be a guide and is not detailed enough for site specific planning as there
may be inaccuracies due to the scale of the assessment. Additional information
regarding feasibility and site condition should be collected before utilizing this
information at a smaller scale.
This resource protection map has two primary purposes. First, it is meant to help
develop regulations to protect significant natural resources where it is feasible to do so.
Second, it is meant to help make more informed development decision in places where
there may be significant resources. The map displays the following information:
o Remaining natural areas within your community
o Results of a natural resource assessment
o Results of a wetland restoration assessment
o Lakes and streams currently listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters
o Results of lake water quality assessment
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-10
10.5.1 Natural Resources Assessment
The Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) evaluated the natural areas within
its jurisdiction, which includes all of Arden Hills, to determine the relative quality
of remaining natural areas. The RCWD evaluated the natural resource data
based on the following characteristics:
o Health of natural area: High quality areas with native vegetation were
considered more important than areas with partial or total dominance by
invasive species.
o Size: Large natural areas (five acres or greater) were considered more
important that small natural areas (less than five acres).
o Rarity of community type within the watershed: Natural community types
that are rare due to specific site requirements (fens, bogs, etc.), or have
become rare due to historic land use changes or degradation (prairie, oak
savanna, etc.) were considered more important than more common
natural community types.
o Adjacency to other natural areas: Natural areas that are immediately
adjacent to several other natural areas were considered to be more
important than natural areas that are adjacent to one or no other natural
areas.
o Proximity of healthy natural areas to other healthy natural areas: Healthy
natural areas that are in close proximity to each other (within 1/8 of a
mile) were considered more important than isolated healthy natural
areas, healthy natural areas in close proximity to degraded natural areas,
or degraded natural areas in close proximity to each other.
These natural resource characteristics were combined to form the overall natural
resource assessment ranking for each area shown on Figure 10.3.
10.5.2 Wetland Restoration Assessment
All wetland areas within the RCWD were evaluated to determine their potential
for vegetation and/or hydrologic restoration. A wetland’s potential for either type
of restoration was determined in the following manner:
o Vegetation Restoration: The Minnesota Land Cover Classification System
(MLCCS) data includes information on whether or not a natural area is
dominated by invasive species. Wetlands dominated by invasive species
represent an opportunity to restore native vegetation. Taking this into
account, wetland communities that were recorded in the MLCCS as
dominated by invasive species and greater than two acres in size were
included in this category and displayed on the map.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-11
o Hydrologic Restoration: National wetland inventory (NWI) data and ditch
inventory data were used to identify wetlands with the potential for
hydrologic restoration. The location of partially drained wetlands in the
NWI data and the location of known ditches were used to identify wetlands
that have been partially drained and could be restored to more natural,
flow through hydrology without necessarily changing the hydrologic
regime. Only polygons one acre or larger were included and displayed on
the map. Wetland areas with these characteristics that were in close
proximity to existing infrastructure (homes, businesses and roads) were
removed from consideration.
10.5.3 Lake water quality assessment
Each lake located within the Rice Creek Watershed District was evaluated to
determine its potential for water quality impairment due to excessive nutrients
(Table 10.1). The lakes fell into one of three categories:
o No data: Not enough water quality data available for evaluation.
o Listed on 303(d) list of impaired waters: Lake is currently on the impaired
waters list (TMDL list) for excessive nutrients. (Lakes that are on the
impaired waters list only due to high levels of mercury, and not due to
excessive nutrients, are not included in this category.)
o Potential to become impaired: Available water quality data suggest that
the lake is currently not impaired. Due to development pressure or to
borderline water quality conditions, this lake has the potential to become
impaired in the near future.
Table 10.1 - Lake Water Quality (Rice Creek Watershed District)
Lake No Data
Listed on the
303(d) list of
impaired waters
Potential to
become
impaired
Johanna*X
Josephine*X
Karth X
Little Johanna X
Marsden X
Round X
Sunfish X
Valentine X
*Listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters for mercury
The 303(d) list is part of the federal Clean Water Act, which requires states to
adopt water quality standards to protect waters from pollution.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-12
10.5.4 Priority Areas
Area 1 – This area contains a relatively diverse assemblage of upland and
wetland communities connecting Lake Johanna and Farrel’s Lake. Upland
community types in this area include aspen forest, lowland hardwood forest, oak
woodland, and mesic prairie. Wetland community types in this area include
willow swamp, mixed emergent marsh, and cattail marsh. The majority of these
communities were given a “medium” ranking in the natural resource assessment.
There are also several potential opportunities for wetland restoration within this
area, both hydrologic and vegetation. Lake Johanna has the potential to become
impaired due to excess nutrients.
Area 2 – This area contains areas a mosaic of upland and wetland community
types surrounding Rice Creek. Community types include forest, woodland, and
emergent marsh. The majority of these communities were given a “medium”
ranking in the natural resource assessment. The portion of Rice Creek within the
City of Arden Hills is currently on the 303(d) list of impaired waters. A portion of
this area near Interstate 35W on the west side of Rice Creek is included in the
TCAAP redevelopment plans.
Area 3 – This area contains areas of forest, woodland, and emergent marsh
surrounding Marsden Lake. All of the lake’s shoreline is in natural vegetation.
This complex of natural areas is unique because of its large size and lack of
fragmentation. The majority of these areas were given a “medium” ranking in the
natural resource assessment. Marsden Lake does not have sufficient water
quality information to determine its potential for water quality impairment due to
excess nutrients.
Area 4 – As part of the TCAAP redevelopment, a 49 acre wildlife corridor will be
designated to connect the Rice Creek corridor to the AHATS property. While the
RCWD did not include the wildlife corridor in their analysis, the City and Ramsey
County have identified it as a significant natural resource and as a priority area.
Ramsey County will own and maintain the wildlife corridor.
10.5.5 Aggregate Resources
There are no accessible aggregate resources in Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-13
10.5.6 Solar Resource Development and Protection
Solar Goals
a) Encourage residential solar development that maintains community
character.
b) Increase energy resilience of critical facilities such as police, fire, and
emergency and hazard response centers.
c) Fairly balance the development rights of land owners with solar resource
with the community character rights of adjacent landowners.
d) Protect access to solar resources in new developments and subdivisions,
enabling individual land owners to choose to self-generate energy.
Strategy
The City shall evaluate the zoning ordinance and other regulations for where
amendments can be made to implement the above solar goals.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-14
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-15
Calculation
The gross solar potential and gross solar rooftop potential are expressed in
megawatt hours per year (mwh/yr), and these estimates are based on the solar
map above. These values represent gross totals; in other words, they are not
intended to demonstrate the amount of solar likely to develop within the
community. Instead, the calculations estimate the total potential resource before
removing areas unsuitable for solar development or factors related to solar
energy efficiency. The gross solar generation potential and the gross solar
rooftop generation potential are estimates of how much electricity could be
generated using existing technology and assumptions on the efficiency of
conversion. The conversion efficiency of 10% is based on benchmarking
analyses for converting the Solar Suitability Map data to actual production, and
solar industry standards used for site level solar assessment.
Gross Potential
(mwh/yr)
Rooftop Potential
(mwh/yr)
Gross Generation
Potential
(mwh/yr)^2
Rooftop Generation
Potentail
(mwh/yr)^2
13,320,595 925,656 1,332,059 92,565
10.6 INVASIVE SPECIES
While many of the open spaces in Arden Hills are of high quality, invasive species such
as buckthorn are a problem in many parks and open spaces throughout Minnesota.
Unfortunately, a number of parks and open spaces in Arden Hills contain buckthorn. In
cooperation with residents and service groups, the City has instituted a buckthorn
removal program. The City plans to continue to control buckthorn on an ongoing basis
as needed and as resources are available. The City will also continue to encourage the
removal of buckthorn and other invasive species from private land.
10.7 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
In order to advance the protected resources goal, the below activities are proposed:
o Maintain tree preservation standards and landscaping requirements.
o Review existing and develop new policies or regulations to protect identified
natural resource protection areas, including historical areas.
o Encourage new development to respect the natural features and to minimize
damage to the natural environment.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
10-16
o Update the shoreland and floodplain development regulations to be in
compliance with Minnesota Department of Natural Resources regulations, Rice
Creek Watershed District regulations, and to encourage the protection of the
City’s water resources.
o Work cooperatively with private landowners and other governmental agencies to
preserve and enhance open spaces.
o Explore the inclusion of an environmental library and/or education center on the
TCAAP property.
o Support public educational opportunities to foster a better understanding of the
natural environment.
o Work with the Rice Creek Watershed District to increase water quality and to
complete Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) studies.
o Identify and adopt best management practices to protect the water quality of
lakes, streams, wetlands, and groundwater.
o Work to reduce nonpoint pollution sources, including educating residents and
using best management practices.
o City encourages development of distributed solar energy systems that are in
keeping with the community’s character and use community solar resources.
o City supports the development of zero net energy buildings and use of local
renewable and energy efficiency resources.
o City sets a local renewable energy goal to meet 10% of community-wide electric
energy use with on-site renewable energy.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s protected resources goal
and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-1
11. TRANSPORTATION
Goal: Provide a transportation system that has convenient and effective multi-modal
connections within Arden Hills and to adjacent municipalities, the remainder of the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area and greater Minnesota.
To achieve this transportation goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Approach transportation in a comprehensive manner by giving attention to all
travel modes and related facilities, linking transit and land use and by combining
or concentrating various land use activities to reduce the need for transportation
facilities.
o Coordinate transportation plans with adjacent communities and the County,
State, and Federal governments to assure system continuity, determine priorities,
increase safety, and to efficiently use resources and reduce congestion.
o Create/provide a safe, cost effective, and efficient transportation system that is
adequate for car, transit, pedestrian, bicycle, and truck transportation for the
movement of people and goods and services in the community.
o Encourage transportation methods that are less dependent on motor vehicles
such as walking, biking, and transit.
o Maintain the existing transportation infrastructure to protect the existing
investments, increase efficiency, and delay the need for improvement or
expansion. Where necessary, expand the City’s transportation system to meet
current and future transportation needs.
o Continue to work with the County and State elected and appointed officials to
include County road reconstruction projects to address needed reconstruction
and potential trails along the roadways when improved.
o Work with developers to construct needed improvements prior to development.
o Work to manage traffic in residential neighborhoods to not overburden any
particular City street.
11.1 INTRODUCTION
The transportation system in the City of Arden Hills is largely established, made up of
metropolitan freeways and highways, County roads, and City streets. Except for the
proposed TCAAP redevelopment, the City’s transportation system is not likely to see
major changes in the next 10 to 20 years. The fact that the network is established,
however, does not diminish the importance of continually monitoring the system to ensure
that it performs adequately. As such, whether an existing roadway is proposed for
upgrading or a land use change is proposed on a property, this Plan provides the
framework for decisions regarding the nature of roadway infrastructure improvements
necessary to achieve safety, adequate access, mobility, and performance of the existing
and future roadway system.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-2
Arden Hills is classified by the Metropolitan Council under the Suburban community
designation. Suburban communities typically have automobile-oriented development
patterns. Suburban communities are expected to plan for forecasted population and
household growth at average densities of at least five units per acre for new development
and redevelopment. In addition, Suburban communities are expected to target
opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments identified
in the Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan.
This chapter includes established local goals, policies, standards, and guidelines to
implement a future roadway network and transit vision that is coordinated with respect to
county, regional, and state plans in such a way that the transportation system enhances
quality economic and residential development within the City of Arden Hills.
This chapter also includes two appendices. Appendix B describes the general
transportation system principles and standards, including functional classification,
roadway capacity by type, access management guidelines, geometric design standards,
and roadway jurisdiction. Appendix C includes the full transportation forecast and traffic
modeling methodology.
11.2 EXISTING TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM EVALUATION
The transportation system in Arden Hills includes a roadway system that accommodates
a variety of vehicles including cars, trucks, and public transit. Transportation also
includes pedestrian movement and bicycles, which is also discussed in Chapter 9 (Parks
& Recreation) of this Plan. While upgrades will need to be made over time, existing City
controlled roads provide sufficient transportation service to the City.
11.2.1 Existing Traffic Volumes and Capacity Issues
Roadway capacity and roadway safety are two key indicators of how well the
roadway system is meeting the city’s transportation needs. The sections below
provide information to better understand capacity and safety issues within Arden
Hills.
A roadway’s capacity indicates how many vehicles may use a roadway before it
experiences congestion. Capacity is largely dependent upon the number of
lanes. Table 11.1 below lists planning-level thresholds that indicate a roadway’s
capacity. Additional variation (more or less capacity) on an individual segment is
influenced by a number of factors including: amount of access, type of access,
peak hour percent of traffic, directional split of traffic, truck percent, opportunities
to pass, amount of turning traffic, the availability of dedicated turn lanes, parking
availability, intersection spacing, signal timing and a variety of other factors.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-3
Table 11.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity
Facility Type
Daily Two-Way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials
Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane divided or three-lane
undivided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment
by segment basis
At the planning level, capacity problems are identified by comparing the existing
number of lanes with current traffic volumes. Table 11.2 and Figure 11.1 illustrate
the existing number of lanes on arterial roadways within the city. Figure 11.2
illustrates existing traffic volumes on Principal Arterial, A-Minor Arterial and other
significant roadways within the city.
Congestion analysis shows I-35W and I-694 as the roadways with significant
congestion. The rest of the existing transportation system throughout Arden Hills
is primarily periodically congested, with areas that are near congested. Of
primary concern to the City of Arden Hills is the congestion on TH 51/Hamline
Avenue, south of I-694 and the county roadways at the interchanges with I-35W.
This indicates that the congestion on I-35W is impacting the county roadways
that have access to it. As I-35W becomes more congested, more traffic will likely
use TH 51 or other adjacent minor arterials as an alternate route, which may also
become congested.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-4
Table 11.2 – Existing Number of Lanes on Arterial Roads
Functional
Classification
Roadway Name Location Number of
Lanes
Principal Arterial I-35W Western border 6-8
I-694 I-35W to Lexington Avenue 4
“A” Minor
Augmentor
TH 51 (Snelling
Avenue)
Southern border to I-694 4
Lexington Avenue
(CSAH 51)
Southern border to I-694 3-5
“A” Minor Expander Lexington Avenue
(CSAH 51)
I-694 to County Road I 4-5
County Highway 96 I-35W to Lexington Avenue 4
Hamline Avenue
(CSAH 50)
I-694 to County Highway 96 3
“A” Minor Reliever US Highway 10 I-35W to I-694 4
Cleveland Avenue
(CSAH 46)
County Road D to County
Road E2
2
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-5
Figure 11.1 – Existing Number of Lanes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-6
Figure 11.2 – Existing Traffic Volumes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-7
11.2.2 Safety
A planning-level analysis of the existing transportation system in Arden Hills was
completed and included evaluating crash records for crash trends, the types of
crashes most commonly occurring, and where crash trends may exist. In the
five-year time period from January 1, 2011, through December 31, 2015, there
were 2,340 crashes on the roadways within or adjacent to the City of Arden Hills.
The locations with high crash rates are primarily on the county and state highway
intersections (Figure 11.3). Locations with the highest crash frequency are on I-
694 with TH 51, and I-694 with I-35W. Additionally, there are high crash rates
along I-35W and I-694 at every interchange location.
Other locations off the freeway with high crash frequency are the intersections of
TH 10/Old Highway 10 with CSAH 96, TH 51 with County Road E, CSAH 96 with
Hamline Avenue, and Hamline Avenue with CR F.
Of the 2,340 crashes, there were 4 fatalities, 113 included injuries, 353 had
possible injuries, and 1,870 involved property damage only. Rear end crashes
represented 52 percent of the crashes, and 5 percent were right angle crashes.
Half of the total crashes occurred at intersections.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-8
Figure 11.3 – 2011-2015 Crash Density by Location
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-9
11.2.3 Jurisdictional Issues
There are no planned jurisdictional transfers planned between Arden Hills and
Ramsey County. The City desires active participation in any jurisdictional
discussion.
11.2.4 Relevant Transportation Studies
A number of studies have been completed or are in the process of being
completed to provide direction relative to the development of the City of Arden
Hills’ transportation system.
Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Alternative Urban Areawide
Review:
An Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) and Mitigation Plan was
approved for the TCAAP site in 2014, including "Minimum" and "Maximum"
development scenarios. A separate traffic study was conducted as part of the
preparation of the AUAR. This included a more comprehensive summary of the
analysis results than what was provided in the AUAR. To determine the impacts
on the local roadway network, a traffic operations analysis was conducted for
intersections within the vicinity of the TCAAP site for various development
scenarios, and mitigation measures were identified based on the results.
In addition to Existing and 2030 No Build Scenarios, the future development
scenarios for TCAAP included a Year 2030 Minimum Development Scenario and
a Year 2030 Maximum Development Scenario. The minimum development
scenario was based on the City’s existing zoning requirements for the site, which
provided a constrained analysis. A Maximum Development Scenario for 2030
was also analyzed to evaluate a land use mix that maximized the acceptable use
of available and potential infrastructure, seeking a balance of financial feasibility,
while maintaining community livability and sustainability.
Due to increases in background traffic and the proposed TCAAP redevelopment,
transportation network changes are anticipated to occur in the future. Several
long-term improvements are being implemented in and around the project study
area. Improvements at the Interstate 35W interchanges with Highway 96, County
Road H, and County Road I have been constructed. In addition, Old Hwy 8 and
the “Spine Road” will provide regional connections through the TCAAP site and
to the regional roadways. These improvements will influence trip distribution for
the TCAAP redevelopment project.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-10
I-35W North Reconstruction Project:
Several transportation studies have been completed over the past decade
evaluating improvements to the I-35W North corridor to address safety, mobility,
and pavement condition. Studies include the I-35 Corridor Management Plan,
the MnPASS System Studies Phase 1 and Phase 2, and the Metropolitan
Highway System Investment Study. Most recently, the 2013 I-35W North
Managed Lanes Study recommended construction of an additional lane on I-35W
from Roseville to Blaine.
Based on these study recommendations, the Minnesota Department of
Transportation (MnDOT) has identified a major reconstruction project for I-35W
between County Road C in Roseville north to Sunset Avenue in Blaine/Lino
Lakes. The project is anticipated to begin in late 2018, and is expected to last
three to four years. The project includes roadway rehabilitation, the addition of a
managed lane (MnPASS), auxiliary lane extensions at various locations, and
noise walls.
US Highway 10 Auxiliary Lane Project:
To address safety issues and improve mobility and access along eastbound US
Highway 10, MnDOT is planning to construct an auxiliary third lane on eastbound
US Highway 10 between I-35W and CSAH 96 and a second lane to the ramp
from southbound I-35W to eastbound US Highway 10. In addition, the project
will straighten and realign Prior Avenue to connect the intersection at a right
angle to US Highway 10 at Arden Manor and build a new right turn only exit to
eastbound US Highway 10 from Arden Manor/Big Ten Tavern. Construction is
expected to begin in late 2018 be completed in 2019.
County Road F Improvements:
Ramsey County is planning a construction project in 2018 on County Road F
between Lexington Avenue and Hamline Avenue to install a center turn lane, add
intersection improvements at County Road F and Innovation Way including a
traffic signal and turn lanes, and complete the ten-foot wide trail along the south
side of the road. This project is expected to improve safety and mobility.
Lexington Avenue Improvements:
Ramsey County is planning a construction project in 2020 on Lexington Avenue
between County Road E and Interstate 694. This project is expected to include the
reconstruction of the roadway and the inclusion of traffic control improvements.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-11
11.2.5 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities
It is recognized that various methods of travel impact the economic vitality of a city,
county, or broader region. In addition to the traditional road system, multimodal
transportation includes transit, aviation, railway, and paths.
Transit Service
The City of Arden Hills is located within Transit Market Areas III and IV in the
Transit Capital Levy District as shown in the Metropolitan Council’s 2040
Transportation Policy Plan. Market Area III supports transit services primarily
comprised of commuter express bus service. Market Area IV can support peak
period express bus services if there is a sufficient concentration of commuters
likely to use transit service located along a corridor. General public dial-a-ride
services are available where fixed-route service is not viable. Service
characteristics include peak-period express buses, one-to-two hour midday
frequencies, dial-a-ride advance registration, service spans of 10-14 hours per
day on weekdays and limited weekends, and access primarily tied to park-and
ride lots and hubs.
The closest Park and Ride facilities are located at I-35W and County Road H,
Highway 10 and County Road H in Mounds View, I-35W and County Road C in
Roseville, and at the Shoreview Community Center on County Road 96. The
near Transit Center to Arden Hills is located at the Rosedale Center in Roseville,
and is served by the A Line bus rapid transit (BRT) high-frequency bus route.
Bus-only shoulders exist along I-35W and along US Highway 10 between I-35W
and I-694.
Figure 11.4 – Existing and Planned Transit Routes and Passenger Facilities
displays the current services available, including route and park and ride
locations in and around the City of Arden Hills. Regular route service in the City
as currently provided is described below:
o Routes 225 and 227 are local bus routes operated by Metro Transit.
These route provides connectivity to the Rosedale Transit Center in
the City of Roseville, and serves Shoreview, Arden Hills, and Roseville.
Major destinations for Route 225 include Land O’Lakes, Deluxe, Super
Target, Cub Foods, Roseville Medical and Dental Center, and
Rosedale Center. Route 227 also serves the Roseville Skating Center.
Schedules vary from 30 to 60 minutes between trips during rush hour,
and hourly midday and weekend service.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-12
o Route 250 is an express bus route operated by Metro Transit. The
route provides connectivity to downtown Minneapolis from Lino Lakes,
Circle Pines, Lexington, Blaine, Shoreview, and Mounds View,
primarily along I-35W, I-694, and I-94. Arden Hills’ residents can
access the route from the park and ride lot in Mounds View along
County Road H, just west of I-35W. Schedules with stops at the park
and ride lot vary from five to fifteen minutes between trips during the
peak hours. Two midday trips are also provided.
o Route 261 is an express route to downtown Minneapolis operated by
Metro Transit. The route provides connectivity between Shoreview,
Roseville, and Minneapolis, along with Arden Hills along Lexington
Avenue. There are five-six total peak hour trips during weekdays only.
o Route 801 is a local bus route operated by Metro Transit. This route
provides service between the Brooklyn Center Transit Center and the
Rosedale Center. There is a bus stop that serves the southwestern
corner of Arden Hills at County Road D and Cleveland Avenue. Hourly
weekday service is provided.
o Route 860 is an express bus route operated by Metro Transit. This
route provides connectivity to downtown St. Paul from Coon Rapids,
Blaine, and Mounds View. Arden Hills’ residents can access the route
from the park and ride lot in Mounds View along County Road H and
Highway 10, just west of I-35W. Schedules vary from 15 to 20 minutes
between trips during the peak hours. It has seven trips each peak hour
during the weekdays only.
Local ADA service is provided by Metro Mobility. Metro Mobility is a shared
public transportation service for certified riders who are unable to use regular
fixed-route buses due to a disability or health condition. Rides are provided with
ADA-equipped vans, and need to be scheduled ahead of time.
General public dial-a-ride service is provided by Transit Link, a small bus service
for the general public where regular route transit service is not available. Transit
Link is for trips that can’t be accomplished on fixed route bus service alone, and
may combine regular route and Transit Link service. Both Metro Mobility and
Transit Link are services provided by the Metropolitan Council serving the seven-
county region.
Arden Hills residents also have opportunities to participate in the Metro Vanpool
program. This program provides financial assistance for vanpools to serve areas
with limited regular-route transit service.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-13
Figure 11.4 – Existing and Proposed Transit Routes and Passenger Facilities
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-14
Aviation Plans/Facilities
There are no existing or planned aviation facilities within Arden Hills, but the
Anoka County/Blaine Airport is located approximately 1.5 miles northwest of the
City of Arden Hills, west of I-35W and north of TH 10.
Railway
There is one railway line within the City of Arden Hills. The rail line is active and
operated by the Canadian Pacific Rail System (CPR) with an average of four
trains per day using the line. It runs east-west through the southern portion of
Arden Hills, north of County Road E with a speed threshold of 40 mph. The line
includes a spur into the Red Fox/Grey Fox business area.
Minnesota Commercial Railway (MNNR) operates a north-south railway line in
New Brighton west of I-35W . One MNRR rail spur provides service to the
Scherer Brothers Lumber Yard and ends west of Highway 10 in Arden Hills. The
rail spur previously accessed the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP)
site, but has since been abandoned at Highway 10 to the east. A second rail
spur that accessed the Gateway Business District has also been removed and
abandoned.
Ramsey County has Regional Rail Authority, which reviews, recommends,
proposes, and buys abandoned rail lines for future transportation purposes. It
has identified a transitway corridor through the northeast metropolitan area. The
Northeast Diagonal transitway corridor follows the partially abandoned and
existing Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad tracks from northeast Minneapolis
through St. Anthony, Roseville, Shoreview, Little Canada, Vadnais Heights, Gem
Lake, White Bear Township, and ending in White Bear Lake. The potential route
does not directly impact Arden Hills.
Truck Freight
Truck freight transportation in Arden Hills is served by the arterial highways, I-
35W, I-694 and US 10. Figure 11.5 shows the City’s freight system. There are no
large freight traffic generators within the City as identified by the Metropolitan
Council. Freight generators within the City include a concentration of light
industrial, office, and commercial land uses east of TH 51/Snelling Avenue and
along the I-35W corridor.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-15
The Metropolitan Council’s Regional Truck Highway Corridor Study (completed in
2017) identified I-35W, I-694, and US 10 as Tier 1 regional key truck corridors.
County Road D (between I-35W and Fairview Avenue) was identified as a Tier 2
regional key truck corridor, and TH 51/Snelling Avenue (south of I-694) was
identified as a Tier 3 regional key truck corridor. In addition, nearby Old Highway
8, County Road E2 west of I-35W, and County Road H west of I-35W were
defined as regional key truck corridors. As defined in the Regional Truck
Highway Corridor Study, the interstate system serves as the freight backbone,
and other tiered roadways provide redundancy to the interstate system, as well
as provide door-to-door access to manufacturing facilities, distribution centers,
intermodal freight hubs, and ultimately, retailers and customers.
Figure 11.5 shows Heavy Commercial Average Annual Daily Traffic (HCAADT)
within Arden Hills on the Principal Arterial and “A” Minor Arterial system. Within
the City, the largest amount of heavy commercial vehicles travel on I-694 and I-
35W (14,000 and 7,000-9,000 trucks per day, respectively).
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-16
Figure 11.5 – Freight and HCAADT
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-17
Pathways
The City includes a number of pedestrian and bike pathways that are an integral
part to the City’s transportation system as shown in Figure 11.6. While paths are
popular for recreational purposes, there is also a growing demand for utilitarian
pathways that connect residential areas to destinations such as commercial
areas, offices, parks, and other popular places. Providing multiple destinations
on a pathway system can increase use, promote physical activity, and reduce
motorized travel in suburban communities. The existing system is more fully
described in Chapter 9.
Active Living Ramsey Communities (ALRC) is an initiative designed to
encourage and support active living by bringing about and sustaining changes in
public and private design, transportation and policies. ALRC encourages healthy
lifestyles by bringing people and resources together to build active, bikeable and
walkable communities. In 2015, ALRC completed the Ramsey County-Wide
Pedestrian and Bicycle Plan. The plan provides a framework for development of
a connected Ramsey County where walking and biking are regular everyday
parts of people's lives. This plan provides a set of tools, analysis and actions to
engage Arden Hills and community members at all levels in supporting a place
where people of all ages and abilities can safely and comfortably walk and
bicycle. The City will utilize this resource in the further development of its
pathway network.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-18
Figure 11.6 – Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-19
11.3 FUTURE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PLAN
Except for the future roads on the TCAAP property, the transportation system within
Arden Hills is generally considered developed, and improvements are anticipated as
reconstruction of aging infrastructure is pursued. As reconstruction occurs, it will be
important for the City to improve the roadway system and non-motorized travel
opportunities consistent with the recommended Transportation System Principles and
Standards in this Chapter and the pathways recommendations in Chapter 9 to the
extent possible.
11.3.1 Forecasted Traffic Volumes & Capacity Needs
In the City of Arden Hills, the major roadways carrying traffic are county and state
roadways, ranging from arterials to collectors. The City roadways are primarily
local city streets that only carry local traffic. Generally, the roadways in Arden
Hills serve areas that are fully developed, and the land use patterns in Arden
Hills are not expected to significantly change, except on the TCAAP property.
However, an increase in traffic on these corridors is expected due to the future
growth in the northern part of the City and the future growth in adjacent
communities. The existing pattern of rights-of-way and development setbacks
present challenges for significantly improving the existing level of service on
some roadways through roadway capacity improvements.
The forecasted 2040 average annual daily traffic volumes are illustrated in Figure
11.7 – Existing and Forecasted 2040 Traffic Volumes and also in Appendix C.
I-35W and I-694 are expected to continue experiencing congestion based on the
forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040 travel demands. Recent and programmed
improvements on these roadways will ease but not alleviate congestion levels
over the 20-year planning horizon due to regional population growth.
The recently completed reconstruction of the Interstate 35W interchanges at
County Road 96, County Road I, and County Road H are critical to support
development intensities on TCAAP. In addition, the planned I-35W North
reconstruction project (which includes adding managed lanes) and I-694
expansion (underway) from Lexington Avenue to I-35E will provide additional
capacity to support TCAAP development.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-20
Figure 11.7 – Existing and Forecasted 2040 Traffic Volumes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-21
11.3.2 Roadway Safety & Mobility Needs
Many of the roadways within and adjacent to the City of Arden Hills are in need
of capacity improvements by 2040 due to the anticipated growth throughout the
area. This is due not only to growth within the City of Arden Hills but also growth
within adjacent cities and other cities along the freeway and highway corridors.
With this increase in development and increase in traffic, an increase in
congestion is expected for most roadways throughout Arden Hills. Improvements
are recommended for Hamline Avenue, Lexington Avenue, Old Highway 10, and
the interstate freeways. The expansion and reconstruction of I-694 will improve
operations, especially from I-35W to TH 10, even with the increased traffic
expected by 2040. The other areas of I-694 will likely be congested as much as
they are today by 2040. Since the primary roadways providing significant
mobility within the City of Arden Hills are county and state roadways, the City will
need to coordinate with the State and County on roadway improvements.
Collector roadways carrying greater than 1,500 vehicles per day have volumes
that tend to create potential conflicts between vehicles, bicycles, and
pedestrians. The City, in cooperation with Ramsey County, will need to monitor
pedestrian and bicycle issues, crashes, near misses, and complaints, and
prioritize roadway improvements with pavement rehabilitation needs. Strategies
to improve safety and mobility will be considered, including the consideration of
adding pedestrian facilities at intersections, non-motorized facilities both along
and separate from roadways, additional roadway width for wider lanes or
shoulders, or when possible, turn lanes to City collector roadways intersecting
with County roadways. To accommodate necessary turn lanes or roadway
widening, additional right-of-way may be required at the intersection. As
reconstruction of aging infrastructure is pursued on City collector streets the
recommended geometric design standards will assist in improving safety and
mobility (Appendix B).
Additionally, as traffic volumes approaching an intersection increase, an
intersection control evaluation may be necessary. Triggers for an evaluation may
include an increase in correctable crashes or an unacceptable traffic back up.
Higher volume roadways that could show traffic signal benefits are under the
jurisdiction of the County. As the jurisdictional authority, the County would make
decisions on appropriate traffic control. The intersection control evaluation would
identify the traffic control option (e.g. all way stop, roundabout, possible
signalization) and capacity improvements (e.g. turn lanes) necessary to
accommodate the traffic volumes in a safe and efficient manner. Future
reconstruction may require modifications of existing access to include strategies
such as access consolidation, right–in, right–out access only, or the development
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-22
of a frontage road to improve the safety and mobility of the corridor. Additional
right-of-way should be acquired for future improvements as properties in the area
develop or redevelop.
The high crash locations along I-694 at I-35W, TH 10, and TH 51 should be
partially rectified by recent and proposed improvements on I-35W and I-694
through the area. Further improvements should be studied with the Minnesota
Department of Transportation and Ramsey County at the problem intersections.
11.3.3 Functional Classification Needs
Due to the developed nature of the City of Arden Hills, together with the
community’s pattern of water features and freeway facilities, there are minimal
opportunities to expand the local roadway system in the developed areas of the
City and develop additional continuous routes through the City.
Two roadways, the Spine Road and Old Hwy 8, are proposed to provide access
to the TCAAP redevelopment area as detailed below.
As redevelopment occurs on the TCAAP property, the internal roadway system
will be expanded to serve this area of the City. The internal roadway system for
TCAAP will consist of a north/south A-Minor Expander arterial (referred to as the
Spine Road) in addition to a network of local streets. The Spine Road will be
consistent with County State Aid Standards (CSAH) for intersection spacing
which is 1/4 mile minimum spacing for full access intersections and 1/8 minimum
spacing for right-in/right-out accesses. The minor streets will primarily provide
access to residences and private businesses. These local roads will be
constructed on the property as future development occurs.
Old Hwy 8 is identified as Major Collector roadway that provides access through
the TCAAP property between County Road H and County Road I (CSAH 3). Old
Hwy 8 outside of the TCAAP site is approximately 2,000 feet long extending from
County Road I to the north TCAAP property line. Old Hwy 8 will be under the
jurisdiction of Ramsey County and is also expected to be part of the County State
Aid Highway system (CSAH 13). The proposed typical section consists of a
single travel lane in each direction with a center median or left turn lane. The
intersection control at County Road I is a single lane roundabout.
Other roadway continuity improvements in Arden Hills are not anticipated. The
City will review redevelopment plans with the option to consider opportunities to
improve continuity or improve/consolidate accesses.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-23
The City of Arden Hills does not support an additional road connection over
Interstate 35W between Interstate 694 and CSAH 96 due to the likely traffic
impact on Round Lake Road.
11.3.4 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities
It is important for the community to plan for the ability to accommodate
multimodal activities (i.e. transit, pedestrian, and bicycle) on non-local roadways
to provide other opportunities to move about the City and beyond.
Transit Service
While significant changes to existing transit opportunities in Arden Hills are
not planned by the Metropolitan Council, the City recognizes the growing
need for transit services in Arden Hills, and the City supports exploring
additional transit options. With increasing fuel costs, worsening congestion,
and an aging population, the demand for transit will increase.
The City will continue to be supportive of the park-and-ride lots used by Arden
Hills’ residents, such as the lots on County Road H in Mounds View and at
Rosedale in Roseville. The City will evaluate the need for future park-n-ride
opportunities along with redevelopment proposals where feasible.
The City supports efforts to add or expand transit options to Northwestern
College, Bethel University, Mounds View High School, and employers, such
as Boston Scientific, Land O’ Lakes, and the businesses along Round Lake
Road and Gateway Boulevard. As the City’s population ages, the City will
continue to work with Metro Transit and senior community services to ensure
needs are being met. Para-transit, which is provided by Metro Mobility, is
also an important resource for members of the community, particularly the
disabled and seniors.
The Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan does not show any
transitway investments planned within Arden Hills under the current revenue
scenario. Under the increased revenue scenario, two corridors within Arden
Hills are identified: A Line BRT Extension and I-35W North Transitway.
These two corridors are discussed below and are shown in Figure 11.4.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-24
A Line BRT Extension
Ramsey County plans to redevelop the TCAAP site into a net-zero energy,
mixed-use, high-density transit oriented development with the A Line
connecting the site to the region’s high frequency transit network. In 2016,
Metro Transit evaluated the feasibility of extending the A Line BRT route from
Rosedale Center to TCAAP. As part of the study, a recommended alignment
for the A Line extension was defined using Snelling Avenue, County Road E,
Lexington Avenue, County Road 96, and the Spine Road at TCAAP (see
Figure 11.8). The study identified that resources are currently not available
and ridership is unlikely support an immediate A Line extension. However,
the City, Ramsey County, private developers, and Metro Transit can plan for
and implement transit oriented development and other transit ready
infrastructure to support the A Line BRT extension to TCAAP. Study
recommendations include:
• Include transit ready infrastructure and amenities in road
reconstruction plans
• Continued development of pedestrian friendly street designs
• Evaluate using existing resources to provide more transit service
• Construct needed bus system infrastructure for service growth
• Plan for changes in density and land use patterns through
comprehensive plan updates
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-25
Figure 11.8 – A Line Extension Map - Draft Preferred Alignment
Source: Metro Transit. A Line Corridor Extension Evaluation, Rosedale Center to Rice Creek Commons,
September 2016.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-26
35W North Transitway
The 35W North corridor links downtown Minneapolis with communities along
I-35W north of downtown to Forest Lake. The corridor was studied through a
feasibility study led by MnDOT in 2013. The study focused primarily on the
highway managed-lane vision but included an analysis of BRT potential
coordinated with that vision. The managed lane will be constructed as part of
the major I-35W reconstruction project between Highway 36 and Sunset
Avenue in Blaine starting in 2018. Additional study is needed to explore BRT
implementation and transitway extension north of Blaine.
Aviation Plans/Facilities
Although there are not any aviation facilities within Arden Hills, standards for
airspace protection are required to maintain a clear path for helicopters and
for aviation related facilities.
Federal Regulation Title 14, Part 77 establishes standards and notification
requirements for objects affecting navigable airspace. This notification serves
as the basis for evaluating the effect of the construction or alteration on
operating procedures, determining the potential hazardous effect of the
proposed construction on air navigation, identifying mitigation measures to
enhance safe air navigation, and charting of new objects. Notification allows
the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to identify potential aeronautical
hazards in advance, thus preventing or minimizing the adverse impacts to the
safe and efficient use of navigable airspace.
Title 14, Part 77.13 requires any person/organization who intends to sponsor
any of the following construction or alterations to notify the Administrator of
the FAA when:
o Any construction or alteration exceeding 200 feet above ground level;
o Any construction or alteration:
• Within 20,000 feet of a public use or military airport which
exceeds a 100:1 surface from any point on the runway of each
airport with at least one runway more than 3,200 feet
• Within 10,000 feet of a public use or military airport which
exceeds 50:1 surface from any point on the runway of each
airport with its longest runway no more than 3,200 feet
• Within 5,000 feet of a public use heliport which exceeds a 25:1
surface;
o Any highway, railroad or other traverse way whose prescribed adjusted
height would exceed that above noted standards;
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-27
o When requested by FAA; and;
o Any construction or alteration located on a public use airport or heliport
regardless of height or location.
Persons or organizations intending to sponsor construction or alterations
require notification to the FAA under Title 14, Part 77.13 using FAA form
7460–1 and associated amendments. Any structure meeting the
requirements in Title 14, Part 77.13 must receive permission from the
Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) and the Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA). Structures will be compatible with the Anoka
County/Blaine Airport Long Term Comprehensive Plan.
Freight
The Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan acknowledges
several freight challenges that impact the City and the region. Freight traffic
and congestion are expected to increase and place pressure on the region’s
highway and rail systems. Additionally, there are concerns about compatibility
between freight traffic and adjacent land use. While the City’s light industrial
areas are located adjacent to primary freight corridors (I-35W, I-694, and US
10), it will be important to ensure that future development is also compatible
with freight operations.
Pathways
A more detailed plan for expanding the City’s non-motorized pathway system
is discussed in Chapter 9. Non-motorized pathways are an integral part of
the City’s transportation system. The improvements and expansions in
Chapter 9 work to ensure a sound transportation system within Arden Hills.
Pursuing pathway projects in combination with road reconstruction projects is
a primary method for implementing pathway expansion and improvement
recommendations in Chapter 9. For each of the County highways within
Arden Hills, roadway shoulders, in addition to pathways, are recommended
on both sides of the roadway to accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and other
non-motorized travel where feasible.
The City will also review pedestrian facilities and school routings to determine
their adequacy as traffic conditions change. Shoulders and paths should be
integrated with the roadway system to provide routes for non-motorized traffic
to access existing and future controlled intersections where feasible. Non-
motorized facilities are to be incorporated into road projects and land
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-28
redevelopments to safely accommodate pedestrians and bicycles with vehicle
traffic in the City, as the City grows.
In conjunction with Ramsey County and MnDOT, grade separated crossings
of major roads and railroads is one of the more important actions the City can
take to improve the path network, increase safety, enhance access to parks,
encourage increased physical activity, and help tie the community together.
Recent interchange and road reconstruction projects have included pathway
facilities to allow or enhance the crossing of major highway barriers like I-35W
and US 10. Additional opportunities to improve connections for pedestrians
and bicyclists across major physical barriers is provided in Chapter 9.
Regional Bicycle Transportation Network (RBTN)
The Metropolitan Council established a Regional Bicycle Transportation
Network (RBTN) in 2015. The RBTN establishes regional priorities for bicycle
transportation so that regional destinations are accessible by bicycle.
The Metropolitan Council established RBTN alignments in areas where
existing facilities created a clear connection between regional destinations.
RBTN corridors were identified in areas where there are several options for
connections between regional destinations. The RBTN is further divided into
two tiers. Tier 1 alignments/corridors are expected to attract the most bicycle
use and are the highest priority for regional investments. Tier 2
alignments/corridors are the second priority for regional investments.
Within Arden Hills, the RBTN identifies three Tier 1 RBTN alignments. These
alignments follow Lexington Avenue, Highway 96, and the western segment
of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail between County Road H to County
Road I.
In addition, two Tier 1 RBTN corridors and one Tier 2 RBTN corridor were
identified. The first Tier 1 corridor runs east-west along the southern part of
the city, generally following the Elmer L. Andersen Memorial Trail, Lake
Johana Boulevard, and County Road D. The second Tier 1 corridor runs
north-south, generally following Old Snelling Avenue and Lake Valentine
Road to connect to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail in Mounds View. The
Tier 2 corridor generally follows the planned Rice Creek North Regional Trail
between Highway 96 and the existing regional trail segment. With these
corridors, existing land use patterns and major roadway barriers limit other
opportunities for an efficient and successful bikeway route.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-29
Through the comprehensive planning update process, Metropolitan Council
has requested communities to recommended specific alignments for planned
bikeway connections that meet the intent of the RBTN corridors. The City
proposes the following alignment for the RBTN corridor identified within the
City. These alignments are also shown in Figure 11.9.
• The existing and planned pathways along the Elmer L. Andersen
Memorial Trail, Lake Johana Boulevard, and County Road E.
• The existing and planned pathways along Hamline Avenue, Old
Snelling Avenue, and Lake Valentine Road connecting to Long Lake
Regional Park and Rice Creek Regional Trail in New Brighton.
• The planned Rice Creek North Regional Trail using the dedicated trail
corridor between Highway 96 and the existing Rice Creek Regional
Trail segment.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-30
Figure 11.9 – Regional Bicycle Transportation Network
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-31
11.3.5 Long-term Transportation Planning
It is fundamental to rethink transportation plans and systems through at least
2040 as infrastructure needs and demands will inevitably change. Due to
changing demographics and increasing energy costs, the demand for mass
transit is likely to increase. While efficient transit requires different growth and
development patterns, transit corridors can be developed to compliment and be
integrated with a community. Transit corridors may offer growth potential for
residential, retail, and business.
While the City does not have a significant influence on the nation’s energy
infrastructure and it is difficult to predict future energy infrastructure needs, the
City will be impacted by outside forces beyond its control. It will be necessary to
be flexible when implementing this Comprehensive Plan and other developments
in order to be responsive to changing conditions.
11.4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
The following below strategies are proposed to help advance the goal of the
transportation chapter:
o Utilize the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and Pavement Management
Program (PMP) to plan for long-term improvements.
o Require right-of-way dedication along County and local roads to meet future
capacity needs as redevelopment is proposed.
o Consider the use of flexible street design standards when reconstructing
roadways in parts of the City with unique topographical or environmental
features.
o Develop standards to increase the safety of pedestrian crossings throughout
the City.
o Update the Zoning and Subdivision Ordinances consistent with the
Transportation Plan.
o Establish a policy outlining when a traffic impact study should be conducted,
including acceptable information to be contained within the study.
o Maintain a Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) that contains elements for
reconstruction of the roadway system, with scheduled maintenance included
in annual budgets. Street maintenance includes routine patching, crack
filling, and storm sewer cleaning. Implement a schedule for roadway
maintenance and reconstruction, street widening/realignment, etc.
o Seek to partner and collaborate with Ramsey County, MnDOT, adjacent
cities, and other agencies on transportation planning, upgrades, and other
issues.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-32
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s transportation goal and
policies.
11.5 PROGRAMMED TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENTS
The regional transportation system will require continued improvements to satisfy
current and future demands, particularly due to planned growth related to the TCAAP
development. Table 11.3 lists programmed transportation improvement projects, along
with the estimated timing and costs anticipated by the City of Arden Hills as a local
partner agency.
Table 11.3 – Programmed Transportation Improvements
Project Lead Agency Estimated City
Local Match Contribution
Year
County Road F
Improvements
Ramsey County $600,000 2018
Spine Road Project Ramsey County To be Assessed 2019
I-35W North Reconstruction
Project
MnDOT $0 2019
US Highway 10 Auxiliary
Lane Project
MnDOT $0 2019
Lexington Avenue
Improvements
Ramsey County $306,500 2020
Pavement Management
Plan
City of Arden Hills $2,500,000 Biennial
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
12-1
12. RESILIENCE AND SUSTAINABILITY
Goal: Promote resiliency and sustainable design practices in the preservation,
development, redevelopment, and maintenance of the City’s natural and built
environment.
To achieve this resilience and sustainability goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Promote best practices for sustainable design in the construction and
operations of new development, additions, and building renovations.
o Evaluate energy use that contributes to energy and climate uncertainty.
o Encourage the use of site sensitive planning and design to protect significant
natural features throughout the City.
o Support the use of renewable energy.
o Support the efficient use of land and development that reduces reliance on
fossil fuels.
o Work to reduce carbon emissions at City facilities, from City vehicles, and
overall City design.
o Work to protect air, water quality, and healthier indoor environment.
o Encourage programs that reduce waste and increase recycling.
o Ensure the stability of public infrastructure systems in consideration of
changing climate trends.
The need for communities to address environmental sustainability, green building
practices, energy efficiency, and conservation is becoming more apparent in the face of
energy uncertainty and climate change. While Arden Hills has a relatively small impact,
the City does play a role in protecting the environment and encouraging sustainable
development and redevelopment. If more cities adopt environmentally sustainable
practices, the combined impact is substantial regardless of city size.
Resiliency and sustainability incorporates a range of techniques, such as
environmentally sensitive site planning, using resource efficient building materials,
enhancing indoor and outdoor air quality, enhancing the use of daylight, reducing the
need for automotive travel. In addition to the environmental benefits associated with
implanting these practices, they also bring benefits to the community in terms of
improved public health and economic competitiveness.
The City joined the Minnesota GreenStep Cities program in 2016. This voluntary
program is managed by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and is designed to
assist cities achieve sustainability and quality-of-life goals. Many of the goals outlined in
this chapter are also identified as best practices by the GreenStep Cities program. The
City is committed to continuing its participation in this program.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
12-2
This particular chapter discusses the overarching policies, practices, information, and
implementation techniques that apply throughout the Plan. There are policies, tools,
and implementation techniques in other chapters that directly relate to resilience and
sustainability, though may not be repeated in this chapter. The goal of this chapter is to
recognize the importance of resilience and sustainability as well as to coordinate these
efforts throughout the Comprehensive Plan.
12.1 WHAT IS SUSTAINABILITY AND SUSTAINABLE DESIGN?
Sustainability: The concept of meeting present needs without compromising the ability
of future generations to meet their needs.
Sustainable Design: Design that seeks to avoid depletion of energy, water and raw
material resources; prevent environmental degradation caused by facility and
infrastructure development over their life cycle; and create environments that are
livable, comfortable, and safe and that promote productivity.
12.2 GREEN BUILDING PRACTICES
The industry focus is toward overall improved design of buildings to conserve energy
and produce a healthier living environment. Leading programs are Leadership in Energy
and Environmental Design (LEED), and the US Green Building Council. Additional
organizations working on these efforts include the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, MN Pollution Control Agency, and American Institute of Architects.
The most notable rating system currently in use is the LEED rating system, which is
organized to promote action in the following areas:
o Location and Transport
o Sustainable Sites
o Water Efficiency
o Energy and Atmosphere
o Materials and Resources
o Indoor Environmental Quality
While gaining LEED certification has become important for the environmental aspects, it
has also become a marketing tool Encouraging the use of LEED standards may help
the City be more competitive over the long term. With redevelopment in commercial
and industrial districts and redevelopment of the TCAAP property, the City and
developers have the opportunity to employ LEED standards and other sustainable
techniques.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
12-3
Existing structures and practices can also be modified or upgraded to reduce their
environmental impact. For example, using energy efficient lighting, increasing
insulation, reducing automobile usage, and other similar measures can reduce a
person’s impact at home and at work.
12.3 LOW IMPACT DESIGN
Municipal land use and transportation planning decisions directly influence whether
people and businesses will have mobility choices that allow them to save energy and
money. Through zoning codes, building codes, public incentives, and the permitting
process, municipalities can encourage building and site design that reduces energy
needs, resources, and greenhouse gas emissions.
Environmental sustainability and low impact design also includes ecology and open
space planning. Some of the practices and tools that coordinate development with
protecting the environment and open spaces include:
o LEED and other similar design standards;
o Water gardens, porous or structured parking, and minimizing paved areas;
o Storm water control, collection, and filtration before entering storm sewers;
o Wetlands preservation and control;
o Access to local foods, materials, building supplies;
o Walkable and bikeable community;
o Increased landscaping with more trees and vegetation;
o Smart design and location for structures – east, west, south exposure for solar
gain, natural ventilation to reduce air-conditioning, recycled and natural
building products.
o Transportation hubs and depots – walkable, bikeable, electric vehicle distance
to local community centers or business districts.
This section does not include all low impact design practices and tools. As technology
and ideas are available, they should be evaluated to determine if they could advance
the City’s goals. The above practices and tools could be encouraged or required
through the City’s regulations.
12.4 CARBON REDUCTION
Planning for energy uncertainty and climate change will require proactive planning at
every level of government. In Arden Hills, a significant contributor of carbon and
greenhouse gas emissions is traffic passing through on Interstates I-694, I-35W ,
Highway 10, Highway 96, Snelling Avenue, and Lexington Avenue. Although the City
has limited ability to regulate these roads, the City can encourage other governmental
units to use these tools to help lower emissions:
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:
12-4
o Lowering speed limits
o Higher mpg vehicles
o Using fuel efficient, hybrid and/or alternative fuel buses
o Using electric cars or personal vehicles
o Traffic roundabouts that slow speeds but do not stop traffic
o Improving public transit options for residents and employees in Arden Hills
Cities, counties, and the state need to work cooperatively on other regulatory measures
that encourage carbon emission reduction. Reducing carbon emissions will take
cooperation at all levels to be successful, and Arden Hills is in support of finding ways to
reduce carbon emissions.
12.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
Future sustainability projects that will benefit the City and region include, but are not
limited to:
o Develop an energy conservation policy for City buildings and equipment.
o Encourage geothermal heating and cooling for individual buildings and for
district heating/cooling size installations.
o Increase recycling at all uses.
o Develop regulations that encourage the use of pervious surfaces, green roofs,
and other environmentally sensitive site and building design practices.
o Promote LEED/green building practices through, zoning, codes, and possible
incentives.
o Encourage the use of renewable energy and work to protect access to direct
sunlight for solar energy systems.
o Work with Metro Transit on opportunities to improve public transit facilities.
o Develop zoning regulations and public infrastructure systems that support
healthy community transportation and access to recreation and open space.
Advocate for the use of renewable energy on AHATS.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s resilience and sustainability
goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-1
13. PUBLIC FACILITIES, SERVICES, AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Goal: Provide efficient and high-quality public facilities, services, and infrastructure.
To achieve this public facilities, services, and infrastructure goal, the following policies
are proposed:
o Provide reliable and high-quality water facilities, sanitary sewer, and stormwater
systems.
o Prepare long-term plans to identify, prioritize, and determine the costs to
maintain and/or replace City water and sewer facilities.
o Maintain and keep the emergency preparedness plan updated.
o Work to provide efficient, low-cost services through ongoing evaluation and
intergovernmental coordination.
o Utilize the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and annual budgeting process for
prioritizing major public expenditures.
o Work to reduce inflow and infiltration into the City’s sanitary sewer system.
o Coordinate with the public and private school system on programs and activities
where feasible.
o Continuously evaluate all contracted services to assure that efficient and high-
quality services are being provided.
The Arden Hills City government provides a variety of public facilities and services.
While some services are used or seen on a daily basis, such as streets, sanitary sewer,
and water, other services are less noticed, but are absolutely necessary for the efficient
functioning of the City. Utility services are vital to the health, safety and welfare of the
citizens of Arden Hills. The physical infrastructure of the Arden Hills is aging; the City
recognizes the need to track and evaluate the condition of the existing infrastructure.
The Capital Improvement Plan and annual budgeting process are two tools used to plan
for improvements to the infrastructure.
13.1 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
In the developed portion of Arden Hills, the City is not anticipating any significant land
use changes that would result in increased demand on the City’s water supply,
stormwater management, or sanitary sewer system. Redevelopment of the TCAAP
property is expected to be completed in ten to twenty years. Infrastructure for water,
sanitary sewer, stormwater, and other utilities are anticipated to be implemented during
the construction of the main boulevard through TCAAP construction in calendar year
2019.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-2
13.1.1 Water Supply (Appendix D)
The Water Supply Plan provides the City of Arden Hills and its residents with
assurance that an adequate supply of safe water is available for use, guidance
and procedures for water system emergencies are in place, and measures are
being implemented to conserve the City’s water supply. The Water Supply Plan
is divided into four parts (Appendix D):
Part I: Water Supply System Description and Evaluation
Part II: Emergency Preparedness Procedures
Part III: Water Conservation Plan
Part IV: Items for Metropolitan Area Communities
The City of Arden Hills purchases potable water from the City of Roseville, who
purchases water from the Saint Paul Regional Water Services. Saint Paul
Regional Water Services provides the required treatment processes before the
water is introduced into the water distribution system in Arden Hills; no further
treatment is required by the City of Arden Hills. Once in the City, the system is
under the jurisdiction of the City’s water utility.
The City has three connection points with the City of Roseville:
1. Cleveland Avenue and County Road D,
2. Fairview Avenue and County Road D, and
3. Glenhill Road and Hamline Avenue.
Historically, the water utility has managed to be self-supporting, with future
replacement needs financed from revenues generated from the fees paid by
users. The City periodically reviews the arrangement with the City of Roseville
and the Saint Paul Regional Water Services to ensure that the City is obtaining
the most cost-effective services.
The City operates and maintains approximately 55 miles of mainline, two water
towers, one booster station (water pumping facility) and three emergency cross
connections with adjacent communities (Table 13.1). These interconnections
are normally closed, but can be opened to meet emergency needs.
Table 13.1 - Intercommunity Water Connections
City Size Location
Shoreview 8" North of Grey Fox Road on Lexington Avenue
Shoreview 8" North of Cummings Park Drive on Lexington
Avenue
New Brighton 8" East of Cleveland Avenue on Stowe Avenue
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-3
13.1.2 Sanitary Sewer (Appendix E)
The entire City of Arden Hills is within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area
(MUSA), therefore sanitary sewer interceptor and treatment is provided to the
City via the Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) system.
Within the City, the system is under the jurisdiction of the City’s sanitary sewer
utility. Historically, the sanitary sewer utility has managed to be self-supporting;
with future infrastructure replacement needs financed from revenues generated
from the fees paid by users.
The Arden Hills sanitary sewer system consists of approximately 49 miles of
sanitary sewer, over 1,150 manholes, and fourteen (14) lift stations.
The Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) Water Resources
Policy Plan includes policies for reducing inflow and infiltration into the region’s
sewage treatment system. The MCES has projected significant growth in the
metropolitan area by 2040. This increase, along with current levels of inflow &
infiltration (I/I) in the system, would require significant, costly increases to expand
the existing MCES treatment facilities to meet the future wastewater flows. As a
result, MCES has implemented an I/I Surcharge Program.
Communities with excessive I/I are required to develop plans and reduce their I/I.
If I/I is not reduced in the community with excessive I/I, the MCES will impose a
surcharge. The City of Arden Hills was identified as a community with excessive
I/I and assessed a surcharge in 2007. That year, the City initiated an I/I
identification program and has since completed flow monitoring, smoke testing,
televising, manhole rehabilitation, sump pump inspections, sewer ling, and sewer
replacement. Since 2007, the City has conducted numerous significant
investments to reduce the amount of I/I introduced into the City’s sanitary sewer
system. The City will continue these efforts to monitor and reduce I/I.
Appendix E contains general sanitary sewer information and also outlines the
City’s objectives, policies, strategies and implementation plan to reduce I&I.
13.1.3 Stormwater/Surface Water Management
With nearly 550 acres of water across seven lakes, numerous wetlands, and
Rice Creek, protecting water quality and managing stormwater is of the utmost
importance in Arden Hills. As part of the City’s water quality goals, the City
recognizes the need to establish a plan that is in conformance with the plans and
regulations adopted by the Rice Creek Watershed District and the Metropolitan
Council’s 2040 Water Resources Policy Plan.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-4
As part of the TCAAP redevelopment process, an AUAR was completed that
included an analysis of stormwater mitigation needs. According to the AUAR,
stormwater will be managed on-site, maintaining the current drainage patterns
and utilizing the current outfalls to Rice Creek and Round Lake. Stormwater will
be conveyed to Round Lake and Rice Creek by means of underground storm
sewer, ponds, vegetated swales, and wetlands. Conveyance systems will be
designed in accordance with acceptable industry standards and in conformance
with jurisdictional requirements. The primary method of stormwater treatment will
be the use of multiple ponds for the removal of total phosphorous and total
suspended solids. Water reuse, bio-filtration, filtration, and stormwater wetlands
are also suitable for treatment within the Study Area. No discharge water will be
directed to surface waters without prior treatment for water quality and a
determination that no contamination exists.
13.1.3.1 Stormwater Management Plan
(Appendix F)
Arden Hills falls entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD),
which is the regulating authority for stormwater in Arden Hills. The RCWD is
responsible for administering the Wetland Conservation Act and related
permitting activities.
Regulatory agencies, including the RCWD and Metropolitan Council, share
Arden Hills’ view on the importance of protecting water quality and storm
water management. The City’s 2018 LSWMP discusses local methods to
further joint goals and policies regarding surface water management while
assessing problems and proposing corrective actions. The primary purpose of
the 2018 LSWMP is to:
o Assess existing water quantity and quality issues;
o Assess potential problems and opportunities for natural resource
enhancement in light of anticipated development within each
watershed; and,
o Formulate practical strategies to correct existing problems to prevent
potential problems and to take advantage of opportunities to enhance
water related natural resources.
In order to advance the above purpose statement, the 2018 LSWMP
reviewed the physical environment, performed water quality and hydraulic
analyses, established the objectives and policies, and set implementation
steps. In summary, the LSWMP objectives are to (Section 3 of the LSWMP):
o Improve water quality
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-5
o Prevent flooding and erosion from surface water flow
o Promote groundwater recharge
o Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreation
o Pollution control and good housekeeping for municipal operations
o Public participation, information, and education
o Establish funding sources for management programs
The Rice Creek Watershed District will be issuing an update to their Water
Resource Management Plan (WRMP) in 2020. The City will incorporate any
necessary changes during the next 10-year planning cycle.
13.1.3.2 Local Ordinances
(Appendix F)
In addition to the LSWMP, the City has adopted regulations to further the
City’s goals in protecting water quality, reducing nonpoint source pollution,
protecting sensitive natural areas, and managing stormwater (Appendix F):
o Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance
o Shoreland Ordinance
o Floodplain Ordinance
The City’s Stormwater Management Ordinance references Rule C:
Stormwater Management Plans of RCWD’s District Rules.
The Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance was adopted in 2008 and the
Shoreland and Floodplain ordinances were adopted in 2002 and 2001,
respectively. The City intends on reviewing the Shoreland, Floodplain and
Erosion Control ordinances regularly to ensure that they are effectively
advancing City goals and policies.
13.1.3.3 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (Appendix F)
On March 17, 2014, the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
approved the City’s Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit.
This permit is set to expire in 2018 and will need to be renewed at this time.
The MS4 general permit is mandated by federal regulations under the Clean
Water Act and administered by the MPCA. In general terms, MS4s are
publicly owned or operated stormwater infrastructure, used solely for
stormwater, and which are not part of a publicly owned wastewater treatment
system. Examples of stormwater infrastructure include curbs, ditches,
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-6
culverts, stormwater ponds and storm sewer pipes. The City of Arden Hills is
an MS4.
The MS4 general permit focuses on reducing the pollution that enters these
public systems and discharges to wetlands, streams and lakes (“waters of the
state”). The MS4 permitting program gives owners or operators of municipal
separate storm sewer systems approval to discharge stormwater to lakes,
rivers and wetlands in Minnesota. All owners or operators of MS4s are
required to satisfy the requirements of the MS4 general permit.
The MS4 general permit requires the MS4 operator or owner to create a
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) with six important
components (included in the attached MS4 permit):
o Public education and outreach, which includes teaching citizens about
better stormwater management.
o Public participation: Include citizens in solving stormwater pollution
problems. This includes a required public annual meeting and an
annual report.
o A plan to detect and eliminate illicit discharges to the stormwater
system (such as chemical dumping and wastewater connections)
o Construction-site runoff controls. This includes the implementation of
an Erosion and Sedimentation Control ordinance.
o Post-construction runoff controls
o Pollution prevention and municipal “good housekeeping” measures,
such as covering salt piles and street-sweeping.
13.1.3.4 Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)
Table 2.6 in Section 2 of the LSWMP (Appendix F) includes the TMDL listing
status for the major water bodies in Arden Hills or that receive drainage from
Arden Hills. Lakes Johanna, Josephine, and South Long Lake are listed for
mercury in fish tissue. Little Lake Johanna has a TMDL approved for chloride
and nutrients. The Upper Mississippi River has an approved TMDL for fecal
coliform. The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) is underway with
the remainder of the TMDLs for the waterbodies in Arden Hills. The City will
cooperate with the MPCA and other related agencies as TMDL studies that
impact Arden Hills are approved and implemented.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-7
Table 13.2 - TMDL Status
13.1.3.5 Additional Water Quality Plans and Tools
The City is committed to adopting plans, policies, and tools that effectively
advance the City’s, RCWD’s, and regional water quality goals. As part of
LSWMP updates, development reviews, regulatory updates, and other related
policies, the City will work to address the following issues:
o Formally adopt criteria to protect and improve stormwater runoff and
quality, such as the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP);
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-8
o Require stormwater plans for new development and redevelopment
that requires increased stormwater infiltration and a decreased use of
impervious materials;
o Identify and adopt best management practices that reduce stormwater
runoff using tools such as the Minnesota Stormwater Manual;
o Where feasible, require pre-settlement stormwater discharge on new
developments and redevelopments;
o Identify and adopt methods for minimizing the effects of temperature,
especially for streams and wetlands;
o In cooperation with the RCWD, collect water quality data on lakes
within the City and establish goals for each water body;
o Educate residents on the link between surface water and ground water
quality; and,
o In cooperation with the RCWD, complete a wetland management plan;
13.2 OTHER UTILITIES
Electricity, natural gas, and cable television are provided and maintained by private
companies; however, they do use the right-of-way for distribution of these services.
Electricity and natural gas is provided by Xcel Energy. Comcast provides cable
television services to Arden Hills.
13.3 CITY STREET AND RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE
The City has an on-going Pavement Management Program (PMP) that documents the
physical condition of the approximately 31 miles of streets. The condition of each of the
streets is evaluated and given a Pavement Condition Index (PCI), which is used to
prioritize street reconstruction and maintenance. The PMP reviews roadway pavement
condition as well as presence of concrete curb and gutters, storm drainage system, and
public utility conditions. These factors are weighted together to generate a prioritized
list of roadway improvements. A financial analysis is conducted and the proposed
improvements are grouped into annual programs in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)
and annual budgeting process.
Technological advances and development activities are placing increasing strains on
the City’s right-of-way. Right-of-way (ROW) is used to provide area for electric, gas,
telephone, cable, and other public and private utility lines. Unplanned use of the ROW
can lead to a confusing jumble of underground utilities that increase the maintenance
and reconstruction costs to all users. It is in the City’s best interest to revise its right-of-
way ordinance to provide for a comprehensive approach for the maintenance and
construction for all public and private utilities within the City ROW.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-9
13.4 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
The City adopted the Ramsey County-wide Emergency Operations Plan in 2005, and
updated its City supplemental plan in July 2009The purpose of this Plan is to maximize
the protection of life and property, ensure the continuity of government, sustain
survivors, and repair essential facilities and utilities. The Plan is intended to assist key
City officials and emergency organizations to carry out their responsibilities for
protection of life and property under a wide range of emergency conditions. It is also
important to be able to efficiently coordinate emergency services and communicate with
other governmental organizations.
13.5 CITY BUILDINGS
13.5.1 City Hall
The City Hall building was opened in October 2001 and is located at 1245 West
Highway 96, which is approximately half way between Lexington and Hamline
Avenues on the north side of Highway 96. The building includes a community
room, Council chambers, and additional space for future needs.
13.5.2 Public Works/Joint Maintenance Facility
In October 2004, the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, and the Mounds View
School district opened a joint maintenance and operations facility on Paul
Kirkwold Drive, which is in the northwest corner of the Highway 96 and Hamline
Avenue intersection. The City’s Public Works Department, including staff and
equipment is located at this facility.
13.6 CITY SERVICES
In addition to basic infrastructure needs, the City provides a variety of public services,
including police and fire protection as well as day to day administrative functions. In
2017, the City had 27 full-time employees and 44 seasonal employees. The number of
temporary employees changes throughout the year depending on the time of year.
Many of the temporary employees are hired by the Public Works Department for park
and recreation services. The City continually strives to provide services in an efficient
manner. In order to provide services at a low-cost, Arden Hills has sought partnerships
with other cities and Ramsey County.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-10
13.6.1 Police
The City contracts with the Ramsey County Sheriff’s Office for all police services.
As with all its vendors, the City periodically reviews this arrangement to ensure
that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services for its residence. The
Ramsey County Patrol Division is located in Arden Hills at the Joint Maintenance
Facility. As development occurs on TCAAP, the City and Ramsey County will
evaluate the services provided to the City to determine if additional facilities or
services are needed.
13.6.2 Fire
The Lake Johanna Volunteer Fire Department provides fire fighting services to
Arden Hills, Shoreview, and North Oaks. The fire department owns three fire
stations:
o Station 120 in North Oaks at 4676 Hodgson Road;
o Station 130 in Shoreview at 5545 Lexington Ave N; and,
o Station 140 in Shoreview at 3615 Victoria Street.
As with all its vendors, the City periodically reviews this arrangement to ensure
that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services for its residence. As
development occurs on TCAAP, the City and Lake Johanna Fire Department will
evaluate the services provided to the City to determine if additional facilities are
needed.
13.6.3 Administration
The City operates under a City Administrator style government, and the
administrator manages the function of all other departments as well as
implementation of the City Council’s policies and decisions.
The City also has had a Joint Powers Agreement with the City of Roseville for
information technology services since 2001.
13.7 POSTAL SERVICES
The City receives regular mail service via the New Brighton Post Office. If the need or
opportunity arises for new or additional facilities, it has been a longstanding desire to
have a full service post office within Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-11
13.8 PUBLIC SCHOOLS
Almost all of Arden Hills is in the Mounds View School District (ISD 621); however, a
small area in the southern part of Arden Hills is within the Roseville School District (ISD
623). Two of the eleven Mounds View School District buildings are located in Arden
Hills: the Mounds View High School at 1900 Lake Valentine Road and Valentine
Elementary at 1770 West County Road E2. The Mounds View School is also a partner
in the joint maintenance facility used by the City and Ramsey County.
The Mounds View School District is one of the highest rated school districts in the state
and is a valued organization in the community. In addition to serving Arden Hills, the
Mounds View School District also serves all or part of the cities of Blaine, Mounds View,
New Brighton, Roseville, Shoreview, North Oaks, Spring Lake Park, and Vadnais
Heights as well as White Bear Township. During the 2015-2016 school year, Mounds
View High School had approximately 1,650 students and was the twenty-seventh
largest high school in the State. Valentine Elementary currently serves approximately
600 students. The district is anticipating 1,600 additional students over the next seven
years and expects to accommodate these additional students by renovating and
expanding its existing facilities.
The Roseville School District has 10 buildings; however, none of them are located in
Arden Hills. In addition to serving Arden Hills, the district also includes all or parts of the
cities of Falcon Heights, Lauderdale, Little Canada, Maplewood, Roseville, and
Shoreview.
13.9 HIGHER EDUCATION
While not technically a public service, Arden Hills is home to two private higher
education institutions: Bethel University and University of Northwestern. Bethel
University is located south of Interstate 694 and is on the shoreline of Lake Valentine.
The University has a long range Master Plan and future expansion on the campus is
expected. Bethel University acquired the former Country Financial campus at 2 Pine
Tree Drive in 2013 and plans to slowly grow into the facility over the next 5 to 10 years.
The site will be used for classrooms and general office uses.
Split by the Roseville-Arden Hills border, University of Northwestern is located in the
south part of the City on the southern shore of Lake Johanna. The College does not
have road access into Arden Hills; however, many of the College’s educational buildings
are located in Arden Hills. Both Roseville and Arden Hills approved a long range
Master Plan for University of Northwestern in 2007.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-12
Bethel University and Northwestern College have abundant natural resources and trails
that are open for use to the residents of Arden Hills. The City strives to maintain a
strong working relationship with both institutions to help ensure long term recreational
access to these campuses and to coordinate any changes or expansions with the
adjacent residential areas.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-1
14. IMPLEMENTATION
The Comprehensive Plan is a guide for decision making, setting priorities, developing
new policies, and guiding City business. However, this Plan requires active
implementation to be successful. The vision, goals, policies, and information in this
document are meant to support the City and provide a strategic framework for
accomplishing City goals and maintaining a healthy, vibrant, and stable community.
While this Plan provides a policy framework, implementation will require additional
review, research, process, and action.
14.1 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
Most of the chapters include recommended implementation strategies and ideas to
advance the City’s vision and goals. The strategies are not ranked and are not
considered all-inclusive. The potential implementation strategies in the chapters of this
Plan are meant to be coordinated where feasible. The information, goals, and policies
throughout this Plan are often interrelated and directly impact each other: land uses
impact housing, transportation, and protecting natural resources. Coordinating the
goals, policies, and strategies from each chapter is a primary strategy of implementing
the City’s vision in this Comprehensive Plan.
The vision, goals, and policies in this Comprehensive Plan chapter are a starting point
for implementation continuing the implementation discussion. As new opportunities and
tools arise, new strategies and ideas can be added to help ensure the advancement of
the City’s vision. The City will review the Plan on a regular basis to ensure
implementation continues on a timely manner.
14.2 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN (CIP)
The Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) is the financial planning mechanism used by the
City to plan for long range and significant expenditures. Arden Hills has adopted a five-
year CIP that is updated on a regular basis. The official Copy is kept on file at the City
of Arden Hills, and a copy is included in Appendix A for informational purposes only.
The CIP is subject to change. Each year the CIP is reviewed and revised as priorities
change, more details are known, and funds become available for capital projects and
purchases. The CIP is an important implementation tool for the annual budgeting
process because it helps guide the allocation of funds for the upcoming year.
The Comprehensive Plan sets forth overall direction for the City; the CIP and the annual
budgeting process implement the goals and policies contained within this Plan. Each
year, the CIP is evaluated in relation to the goals, policies, and direction in the
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-2
Comprehensive Plan. This yearly process allows spending decisions to be made within
the overall context and future planned environment for the community. While it is
important that the City’s financial tools implement the intent of the Comprehensive Plan,
the Comprehensive Plan cannot predict every future need, project, or constraint. The
Comprehensive Plan is a dynamic document that can be amended, with careful review,
to respond to unanticipated changes in the City.
14.3 ORDINANCES
Ordinances are a powerful tool for implementing the Comprehensive Plan since they
provide the legal framework for evaluating projects and implementing many policies.
The City currently uses a number of ordinances to regulate development and other
activities, including, but not limited to:
o Erosion – provides regulations for controlling erosion on development
throughout the City.
o Floodplain – regulates development within the floodplains throughout the City.
o Shoreland – regulates development along shorelines of streams and lakes.
o Subdivision – regulates the subdivision and consolidation of land.
o Zoning (Appendix H) – regulates the use, type, and style of development
throughout the City.
Ordinances require periodic evaluation to ensure they are meeting the City’s vision,
Metropolitan Council requirements, Rice Creek Watershed District regulations, and
State Statutes. State law requires the official controls to be amended to conform to the
Comprehensive Plan. Implementing this Comprehensive Plan will require the review
and possibly the updating of a number of ordinances. Although no significant changes
to the existing zoning classifications are anticipated, it is the City’s intent to revise
ordinances where needed. The Zoning Code will be updated in preparation for the
TCAAP redevelopment upon selection of a land use plan.
14.4 ADDITIONAL PLANNING EFFORTS
While this Comprehensive Plan provides overall policy direction for the City, additional
planning detail is needed in select areas. In October 2008, the City approved on a
small area plan for the County Road E corridor. This small area plan addressed land
use, future redevelopment, and transportation issues in greater detail in this area.
In September 2017, the City accepted the Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education
study. The study recommended the creation of an INST – Institutional District for the
Bethel University and University of Northwestern campuses, which was adopted in
September 2017. The City may consider if additional campuses, such as the Mound
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-3
View High School or the Ramsey County multiple jurisdictional public works facility,
could be included into the INST – Institutional District.
The City may also move forward with a more detailed plan for the Lexington
Avenue/Red Fox/Grey Fox business area. Although there has been some new
development in this area, many of the buildings are aging and are likely to be
redeveloped in the future. An additional plan to address issues in this area may be
warranted.
14.5 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
Community involvement is an important part of implementing this Comprehensive Plan.
While the City can adopt policies and programs, successful implementation requires
solid communication as well as input and participation from residents and businesses.
The City currently utilizes a number of methods to facilitate communication between the
residents, elected officials, and City staff, including surveys, direct mailings, regular City
newsletters, public comment times at Council meetings, Town Hall meetings, cable
television, and the City’s website.
The City also uses volunteer commissions, committees, and special task forces to
include residents and businesses in the project development and decision-making
process:
o Communications Committee;
o Economic Development Commission;
o Financial Planning and Analysis Committee;
o Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee;
o Planning Commission;
These groups allow more direct involvement and participation from the community to
help advance and create programs that work toward implementing the Comprehensive
Plan. In addition to these groups, the City can create other types of committees as
needed to work on specific projects or policies. These committees are created by the
City Council and exist throughout the duration of the project.
14.6 INTERGOVERNMENTAL COORDINATION
Coordinating with the adjacent communities, Ramsey County, the Metropolitan Council,
and the State are needed to help advance local as well as regional goals. The City’s
water, sewer, transportation, park, and recreation systems are linked to other public
entities. Where feasible, the City seeks to cooperate with other governments to help
ensure efficient use of public resources and reduce overlapping government services.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-4
14.7 FUTURE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS
As a policy and planning document, text and/or map amendments to this
Comprehensive Plan will be needed. This Plan is meant to be a dynamic document that
can respond to unforeseen changes, priorities, and opportunities.
Amendments may be needed for a future Lexington Avenue/Red Fox/Grey Fox Guiding
Plan. Additional amendments may be considered where appropriate to advance the
overall City vision and goals.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
2018-2022
Proposed
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT PLAN
CITY OF ARDEN HILLS
Council Work Session September 18, 2017
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Capital Improvement Plan SUMMARY
Capital Improvement Project Details Sheet
Equipment Replacement Program
Projects by Funding Source
Sources and Uses of Funds Summary for CIP
Summary and Detail without TCAAP
Summary and Detail TCAAP only
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Capital Improvement Plan
City of Arden Hills, Minnesota
PROJECTS BY DEPARTMENT
2018 2022thru
Total2018 2019 2020 2021 2022DepartmentProject# Priority
Economic Development
16-EDA-001 80,00080,000Gateway Signs n/a
80,00080,000Economic Development Total
Government Buildings
17-Bldg-005 250,00050,000 200,000City Hall Maintenance 2
250,00050,000 200,000Government Buildings Total
Parks Department
11-Park-003 290,000125,000 120,000 45,000Playground Structure Replacement n/a
17-Park-001 15,000,0005,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000Development of TCAAP Park Facilities 3
18-Park-001 285,00050,000 55,000 60,000 60,000 60,000Hard Court Reconstruction 3
18-Park-002 25,00025,000Hazelnut Park 3
18-Park-004 150,000150,000Park Improvements - TBD 2
15,750,000325,000 200,000 5,105,000 5,060,000 5,060,000Parks Department Total
Public Safety
09-Pub-001 10,4687,418 3,050LJFD General Equipment n/a
17-Pub-001 183,000183,000LJFD Engine/Ladder Replacement n/a
17-Pub-002 138,31447,580 15,582 50,752 24,400LJFD Rescue/Chief/Utility Vehicle Replacement n/a
17-Pub-004 25,62015,860 9,760LJFD Station Capital n/a
357,40270,858 28,392 50,752 24,400 183,000Public Safety Total
Sanitary Sewer Department
09-Sew-002 1,000,000200,000 400,000 400,000Sewer Lining/Rehabilitation 3
16-Sew-001 1,200,0001,200,000TCAAP Trunk Sanitary Sewer & Lift Station 3
2,200,000200,000 1,600,000 400,000Sanitary Sewer Department Total
Street Department
17-Str-004 1,750,0001,750,000Old Snelling Ave PMP w/ Bridge Reconstruction 3
18-Str-003 932,000932,000County Road E Trail and Old Snelling (Bethel)3
18-Str-005 5,000,0002,500,000 2,500,000Future PMP 2
18-Str-006 100,000100,000Lexington Improvements 2
18-Str-007 100,000100,000County Road E2 Trail 3
18-Str-008 1,090,0001,090,000Old Snelling Trail - Bethel to E2 3
18-Str-065 2,200,0002,200,000Indian Oaks/Floral Drive PMP - 2018 PMP 3
11,172,0004,322,000 1,750,000 2,600,000 2,500,000Street Department Total
Surface Water Management Dept
18-Storm-001 200,000200,000Surface Water Project 3
Wednesday, September 13, 2017Page 1Produced Using the Plan-It Capital Planning Software
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Total2018 2019 2020 2021 2022DepartmentProject# Priority
200,000200,000Surface Water Management Dept Total
Technology
12-Tec-001 25,0005,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000Springbrook Software Upgrades n/a
12-Tec-002 25,0005,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000Technology and Office Equipment n/a
12-Tec-003 10,0002,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000Communications Equipment n/a
60,00012,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000Technology Total
Water Department
12-W-001 520,000520,000Water Towers Repair and Repainting 3
16-W-001 1,000,0001,000,000TCAAP New Booster Station 3
16-W-003 4,800,0004,800,000TCAAP Water Tower 3
16-W-005 1,000,0001,000,000TCAAP Trunk Water Improvements (Spine Road)3
17-W-001 855,000855,000CR E2 Water Replacement/Old Hwy 10 Water Loop 3
18-W-001 554,000400,000 154,000Booster Station Repair/Upgrade - Roseville 2
18-W-002 300,000300,000County Road F Watermain Replacement 3
9,029,0002,075,000 6,954,000Water Department Total
GRAND TOTAL 39,098,4027,334,858 10,744,392 7,767,752 5,496,400 7,755,000
Wednesday, September 13, 2017Page 2Produced Using the Plan-It Capital Planning Software
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-1
APPENDIX B: TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS
The transportation system principles and standards included in this Plan create the
foundation for improving the transportation system, evaluating its effectiveness,
determining future system needs, and implementing strategies to fulfill the goals and
policies identified.
1. FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
It is recognized that individual roads and streets do not operate independently in any
major way. Most travel involves movement through a network of roadways. It becomes
necessary to determine how this travel can be channelized within the network in a logical
and efficient manner. Functional classification defines the nature of this channelization
process by defining the part that any particular road or street should play in serving the
flow of trips through a roadway network. It is the process by which streets and highways
are grouped into classes according to the character of service they are intended to
provide. Functional classification involves determining what function each roadway
should perform prior to determining its design features, such as street widths, speed, and
intersection control. The functional classification system typically consists of five major
classes of roadways: Principal Arterials, Minor Arterials, Major Collectors, Minor
Collectors, and Local roadways. The existing roadways are described in this section and
illustrated in Figure B.1 – Existing Roadway Functional Classification.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-2
Figure B.1 – Existing Roadway Functional Classification
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-3
1.1 PRINCIPAL ARTERIALS
Roadways of this classification typically connect large urban areas to other large urban
areas or they connect metro centers to regional business concentrations via a
continuous roadway without stub connections. They are designed to accommodate the
longest trips. Their emphasis is focused on mobility rather than access and as such,
private access should not be allowed. They connect only with other Principal Arterials,
interstate freeways, some Minor Arterials, and Collector Streets. There are two
Principal Arterials within Arden Hills, Interstates I-35W and I-694.
1.2 MINOR ARTERIALS
Roadways of this classification typically link urban areas and rural Principal Arterials to
larger towns and other major traffic generators capable of attracting trips over similarly
long distances. Minor Arterials service medium length trips, and their emphasis is on
mobility as opposed to access in urban areas. They connect with Principal Arterials,
other Minor Arterials, and Collector Streets. Connections to Local Streets should be
avoided if possible, and private access should not be allowed. Minor Arterials are
responsible for accommodating through-trips, as well as trips beginning or ending
outside the Arden Hills area. Minor Arterial roadways are typically spaced
approximately one to two miles apart in urbanized communities similar to Arden Hills.
Within Arden Hills there are 15 roadways classified as Minor Arterials. These roadways
are US Highway 10, TH 51, Old US-10, County State Aid Highway (CSAH)
46/Cleveland Avenue, CSAH 47/New Brighton Road, CSAH 50/Hamline Avenue, CSAH
51/Lexington Avenue, CSAH 76/Snelling Avenue, CSAH 96 (CR G), CSAH 149/Lake
Johanna Boulevard, County Road (CR) D (CSAH 19), CR E (CSAH 15, CSAH 149, CR
99), CR E2 (CSAH 73), CR F (CSAH 12), CR H (CSAH 9), and CR I (CSAH 3). The
Spine Road is a Planned A Minor Arterial.
In the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, there is a further breakdown of Minor Arterial
roadways to establish federal funding priorities, “A Minor” and
“Other” (previously referred to as “B Minor”). The A Minor Arterial classifications include
Relievers, Expanders, Connectors, and Augmenters. As defined by the Twin Cities
Metropolitan Council, Relievers provide ‘open up’ capacity for traffic on Metropolitan
Highway Principal Arterials. Augmenters supplement the Principal Arterials within the
beltway. Expanders provide connection between developing areas outside the beltway,
and connect Principal Arterials. Connectors provide links between rural town centers in
the urban reserve and rural area. Other Minor Arterials have a lower priority than A
Minor Arterials and are not eligible for federal funding.
Within Arden Hills, the A Minor Arterial Relievers are US Highway 10, CSAH
46/Cleveland Avenue, CSAH 73/CR E2 (west of CSAH 46), and CSAH 96 (west of US
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-4
Highway 10). The A Minor Arterial Expanders are CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue (north of
I-694) and CSAH 96 (east of US Highway 10). The Spine Road is a Planned A Minor
Expander. The A-Minor Arterial Augmenters are TH 51, CR D (west of I - 35W), and
CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue (south of I-694). The Other Minor Arterials are Old US-10,
CR E, CR E2 (east of Cleveland Avenue), Hamline Avenue, Snelling Avenue (north of
CR E), and New Brighton Road.
1.3 MAJOR COLLECTORS
Roadways of this classification typically link neighborhoods together within a city or they
link neighborhoods to business concentrations. In highly urban areas, they also provide
connectivity between major traffic generators. A trip length of less than five miles is
most common for Major Collector roadways. A balance between mobility and access is
desired. Major Collector street connections are predominately to Minor Arterials, but
they can be connected to any of the other four roadway functional classes. Local
access to Major Collectors should be provided via public streets and individual property
access should be avoided. Major Collector streets are predominantly responsible for
providing circulation within a city. Major Collectors that are a part of the road network in
Arden Hills includes Valentine Lake Road, west of CSAH 76/Snelling Avenue; and
CSAH 149/Lake Johanna Boulevard from CR D to CR E. Old Hwy 8 is designated as a
Major Collector.
1.4 MINOR COLLECTORS
Roadways of this classification facilitate the collection of local traffic and convey it to
Major Collectors and Minor Arterials. Minor Collector streets serve short trips at
relatively low speeds. Their emphasis is focused on access rather than mobility. Minor
Collectors are responsible for providing connections between neighborhoods and the
Major Collector/Minor Arterial roadways. There are no roadways designated as Minor
Collector roadways in the City of Arden Hills.
1.5 LOCAL STREETS
Roadways of this classification typically include city streets that facilitate the collection
of local traffic and convey it to collectors and Minor Arterials. Their emphasis is to
provide direct property access. The City’s Pavement Management Program adopts a
four-classification system of local streets generally based on the average length of trip
on the street: Community Street, Neighborhood Street, Residential Street, and Special
Cases. The street width varies per street classification and the Pavement Management
Program includes a list of additional considerations for additional street width deviations.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-5
2. ROADWAY CAPACITY
Capacities of roadway systems vary based on roadway functional classifications,
roadway design (number of lanes, divided or undivided), and system connectivity. A
two-lane divided arterial roadway has a daily capacity of 15,000 to 17,000 vehicles per
day, a four-lane divided arterial street has a daily capacity of 28,000 to 32,000 vehicles
per day, and a four-lane freeway has a daily capacity of approximately 60,000 to 80,000
vehicles per day. The variability in capacities are directly related to many roadway
characteristics including access spacing, traffic control, adjacent land uses, as well as
traffic flow characteristics, such as percentage of trucks and number of turning vehicles.
Therefore, it is important that the peak hour conditions are reviewed to determine the
actual volume-to-capacity on roadway segments with average daily traffic volumes
approaching these capacity values.
Major Collector and Minor Collector streets have physical capacities similar to those of a
two-lane arterial street; however the acceptable level of traffic on a residential street is
typically significantly less than the street’s physical capacity. The acceptable level of
traffic volumes on Major Collectors and Minor Collector streets vary based on available
right-of-way width, housing densities and setbacks, locations of parks and schools, and
overall resident perceptions. Typically, traffic levels on Major Collector streets in
residential/educational areas are acceptable when they are at or below 50 percent of
the roadway’s physical capacity, resulting in an acceptable capacity of 6,000 to 9,000
vehicles per day. In most communities, acceptable traffic levels on Minor Collector
streets are considerably less. Typically, a daily traffic volume of 1,000 to 1,500 vehicles
per day is acceptable on Minor Collector streets in residential areas.
In the City of Arden Hills, the roadways that function as Major Collectors currently carry
50 percent or less than the roadway capacity, except Valentine Lake Road, west of
Mounds View High School, which has a volume to capacity ratio of 51 Percent. Even
though the capacity ratio is over 50 percent, the volumes on the major collectors in
Arden Hills are considered to generally be accepted and the roadways are interpreted
as operating at or below their capacity.
2.1 ESTIMATED DAILY CAPACITIES
Table B.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity in Arden Hills, identifies various roadway
types and the estimated daily capacities that the given roadway in the City of Arden Hills
can accommodate. A capacity deficiency exists when traffic volumes approach or
exceed the capacity of the roadway.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-6
Table B.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity
Facility Type
Daily Two-Way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials
Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane divided or three-lane
undivided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment
by segment basis
2.2 LEVEL OF SERVICE
Roadway Level of Service (LOS) is used to assign a value to the level of congestion
and efficiency of the roadway. The LOS is determined by the ratio of the actual
roadway volume to the established capacity. In general, the higher the volume, the
lower the LOS. There are six LOS, depending on the extent of congestion and service
on the roadway. The LOS are defined in Table B.2 – Roadway Level of Service as
follows:
Table B.2 – Roadway Level of Service
Level of Service Volume to Capacity
Ratio (v/c)
A 0.00 to 0.35
B 0.35 to 0.49
C 0.50 to 0.74
D 0.75 to 0.89
E 0.90 to 0.99
F > 1.00
Source: Based on Highway Capacity Manual
Generally, the City of Arden Hills should consider capacity improvements on roadways
with a LOS D or worse and volume-to-capacity ratios over 0.75 during the peak hours.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-7
2.3 ACCESS MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES
Access management guidelines are developed to maintain traffic flow on the network so
each roadway can provide its functional duties, while providing adequate access for
private properties to the transportation network. This harmonization of access and
mobility is the keystone to effective access management.
Mobility, as defined for this Transportation Plan, is the ability to move people, goods,
and services via a transportation system component from one place to another. The
degree of mobility depends on a number of factors, including the ability of the roadway
system to perform its functional duty, the capacity of the roadway, and the operational
level of service on the roadway system.
Access, as applied to the roadway system in Arden Hills, is the relationship between
local land use and the transportation system. There is an inverse relationship between
the amount of access provided and the ability to move through-traffic on a roadway. As
higher levels of access are provided, the ability to move traffic is reduced. The graphic
below illustrates the relationship between access and mobility.
Figure B.2 – Roadway Mobility/Access Relationship
Roadway Mobility/Access Relationship
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-8
Each access location (i.e. driveway and/or intersection) creates a potential point of
conflict between vehicles moving through an area and vehicles entering and exiting the
roadway. These conflicts can result from the slowing effects of merging and weaving
that takes place as vehicles accelerate from a stop turning onto the roadway, or
deceleration to make a turn to leave the roadway. At signalized intersections, the
potential for conflicts between vehicles is increased, because through-vehicles are
required to stop at the signals. If the amount of traffic moving through an area on the
roadway is high and/or the speed of traffic on the roadway is high, the number and
nature of vehicle conflicts are also increased.
Accordingly, the safe speed of a road, the ability to move traffic on that road, and safe
access to cross streets and properties adjacent to the roadway all diminish as the
number of access points increases along a specific segment of roadway. Because of
these effects, there must be a balance between the level of access provided and the
desired function of the roadway.
In Arden Hills, access standards and spacing guidelines are recommended as a
strategy to effectively manage existing ingress/egress onto streets and to provide
access controls for new development and redevelopment. While the City of Arden Hills
has access authority for those roadways under its jurisdiction, Ramsey County and the
Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) have access authority for roadways
under their jurisdiction. The permitted width of accesses to County or State streets or
roads is subject to County or State regulations. The State regulations for access
standards and spacing are included in the MnDOT State-Aid design standards and the
MnDOT Access Category System and Spacing Guidelines (referenced in Table B.3 and
B.4).
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-9
Table B.3 – MnDOT Access Management Manual – Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for
Interregional Corridors
Category Area or
Facility Type
Typical
Functional Class
Public Street Spacing
Signal Spacing Primary
Full-Movement
Intersection
Secondary
Intersection
1 High Priority Interregional Corridors & Interstate System (IRCs)
1F Interstate Freeway
Principal Arterials
Interchange Access Only
1AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing)
See Section 3.2.5 for
Signalization on
Interregional Corridors
1A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile
1B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile
1C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length
2 Medium Priority Interregional Corridors
2AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(See Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) See Section 3.2.5 for
Signalization on
Interregional Corridors
2A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile
2B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile
2C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length ¼ mile
3 Regional Corridors
3AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal and
Minor Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim
3A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5
3B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile
3C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/4 mile
Source: MnDOT
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-10
Table B.4 – MnDOT Access Management Manual – Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for
Non-Interregional Corridors
Category Area or
Facility Type
Typical
Functional
Class
Public Street Spacing
Signal Spacing Primary
Full-Movement Intersection
Secondary
Intersection
4 Principal Arterials in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
and Primary Regional Trade Centers (Non-IRCs)
4AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal
Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim
4A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5
4B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile
4C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length 1/4 mile
5 Minor Arterials
5A Rural
Minor
Arterials
1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5
5B Urban/Urbanizing 1/4 mile 1/8 mile 1/4 mile
5C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/4 mile
6 Collectors
6A Rural
Collectors
1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5
6B Urban/Urbanizing 1/8 mile Not Applicable 1/4 mile
6C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/8 mile
7 Specific Area Access Management Plans
7 All All By adopted plan
Source: MnDOT
Ramsey County has developed a draft set of access management policies. Rather than
a set of specific standards, Ramsey County’s draft policies “are intended to apply
accepted access management principles in a context-sensitive manner to maximize the
possible benefits as development occurs or as existing properties are modified.” The
draft policies are as follows.
• A parcel has the legal right to one access from a public street. If access can be
obtained from an adjacent street, rather than from a County Road or County
State Aid Highway, access should be directed to the minor street.
• Opportunities to combine or eliminate accesses shall be considered when new
accesses are proposed.
• Where feasible, the access spacing standards of the MnDOT Access
Management Manual shall be met.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-11
• Where possible, new driveways shall be aligned with existing driveways or
streets.
• Any proposed new access or modification of an existing access to a Ramsey
County Road or County State Aid Highway requires a County access permit, with
approval subject to review by the County Engineer.
• Any change in land use of a property with access to any County Road or County
State Aid Highway, requires review of the access, in accordance with Minnesota
Rules 8810.5200, which states in full, “In the event of a change in the land use or
major change in the traffic pattern of the existing facility, existing driveways are
not automatically perpetuated and new driveway access applications shall be
submitted.”
• Unless no other option for access to a property exists, access will not be allowed
within the functional area of a street intersection, or within the functional area of
another existing access. As defined by MnDOT, the functional areas of
intersections are defined as follows:
o On roadways with posted speed limits less than 45 MPH, 435 feet.
o On roadways with posted speed limits of 45 MPH or greater, 650 feet.
• The interpretation of the functional area of an intersection shall be made by the
County Engineer and adjustments to these distances shall be made, as
appropriate to the particular situation. Diagrams of intersection functional areas
are shown below:
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-12
Figure B.3 – Intersection Functional Areas
• If no access to a parcel can be obtained, except from a County Road or County
State Aid Highway, Ramsey County acknowledges that a parcel has the right to
one access, subject to approval by the County Engineer. More than one access
may be approved, but should not be assumed.
• The need for turn lanes, bypass lanes, medians or median improvements,
signage, or any other accommodations necessary for safe operation of an
access shall be determined by the County Engineer and incorporated into access
permit provisions. All construction costs shall be paid for by the permit applicant.
Ramsey County will not contribute to the costs of necessary improvements.
• The need for a Traffic Impact Study for any proposed access shall be determined
by the County Engineer. The County Engineer may require installation of any
mitigation measures recommended by a Traffic Impact Study.
• The County Engineer may require dedication of access control over the
remainder of a parcel as a condition of granting access in a particular location.
It should be noted that there are existing access points within the City that are
inconsistent with Ramsey County’s draft access management policies. In many cases
these access points were established prior to agency access spacing
guidelines/policies. In other cases the agency has granted an exception to the existing
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-13
guidelines. As roadways are reconstructed and as development or redevelopment
occurs, Ramsey County and MnDOT generally work to modify and/or relocate access
points that do not meet current access spacing guidelines, recognizing that this may not
be feasible in all instances.
To further the relationship of access and mobility throughout Arden Hills, the City
supports managing access consistent with the roadway mobility and access relationship
(Figure B.2) and supports the access spacing guidelines of the State and County. The
City of Arden Hills agrees to work with Ramsey County and MnDOT to achieve
desirable access and spacing standards. Table B.5 presents the access spacing
guidelines for the roadway network in Arden Hills.
Table B.5 – Access Spacing Guidelines for Collector Roadways in Arden Hills (1)
Type of Access Major Collector (2) Minor Collector (3)
Private Residential Not Permitted As Needed
Private
Commercial/Industrial Not Permitted As Needed
Minimum Corner Clearance
from a Collector Street 660’ 300’
(1) These guidelines apply to City streets only. Ramsey County has access
authority for roadways under their jurisdiction.
(2) Access to Major Collectors is limited to public street access. Steps should
be taken to redirect private accesses on Major Collectors to other local
streets. New private access to Major Collectors is not permitted unless
deemed necessary.
(3) Private access to Minor Collectors is to be evaluated by other factors.
Whenever possible, residential access should be directed to non-continuous
streets rather than Minor Collector roadways. Commercial/Industrial
properties are encouraged to provide common accesses with adjacent
properties when access is located on the Minor Collector system. Cross-
traffic between adjacent compatible properties is to be accommodated when
feasible.
Providing direct access from private property onto collectors and arterials should be
minimized in order to minimize conflict points and increase safety and mobility.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-14
3. GEOMETRIC DESIGN STANDARDS
Geometric design standards are directly related to a roadway’s functional classification
and the amount of traffic that the roadway is designed to carry. For the City of Arden
Hills, geometric design standards are based on MnDOT State-Aid standards. The
following geometric design standards for Major and Minor Collector roadways are
illustrated in Figures B.4 and B.5 A and B respectively. These design standards
achieve adequate capacity within the roadway network, as well as a level of acceptance
by adjacent land uses, given the constraints associated with the existing development
pattern. Each component identified in the typical sections helps establish a roadway’s
ability to perform its function in the roadway network.
Figure B.4 – Major Collector Design Standards
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-15
Figure B.5a – Minor Collector Design Standards
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-16
Figure B.5b – Minor Collector Design Standards
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-17
3.1 ROADWAY WIDTH
Roadway and travel lane widths are directly associated with a roadway’s ability to carry
vehicular traffic. On Major Collector roadways and Minor Collector streets, a 12’ lane is
recommended for each direction of travel. The 24’ total travel width is recommended to
accommodate anticipated two-way traffic volumes. In addition to the travel width, a
minimum 6’ shoulder lane width accommodates pedestrian and bicycle traffic, parked or
stalled vehicles, and maintenance activity. Roadway widths not meeting the Geometric
Design Standards results in decreased performance of the particular roadway and
additional travel demand on the adjacent roadway network components. For example,
a sub-standard Major Collector roadway may result in additional travel demand on an
adjacent Minor Collector or local street, resulting in an overburden for adjacent
landowners. Similarly, additional local circulation on an adjacent Minor Arterial results
in reduced mobility for regional trips. Due to the varying right-of-way widths present in
Arden Hills, Figure B.5A and B.5B identify four different typical sections for Minor
Collector roadways to be considered as reconstruction is pursued.
3.2 PATHWAYS
Pathways, including bikeways, sidewalks, trails, and some roadway shoulders, are
recommended to be on or adjacent to Major Collector and Minor Arterial roadways, and
most Minor Collector roadways to accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and other non-
motorized travel in a safe and comfortable manner. These roadways carry a
considerable amount of vehicular traffic and non-motorized facilities are recommended.
Design and accommodations for non-motorized traffic facilities in Arden Hills follow the
MnDOT Bikeway Facility Design Manual; Americans’ with Disabilities Act (ADA);
AASHTO Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities; FHWA
Designing Sidewalks and Trails, Part II, Best Practices Design Guide; and FHWA
Design Guidance, Accommodating Bicycle and Pedestrian Travel: A Recommended
Approach. The City will continue to work with Ramsey County and MnDOT to plan,
evaluate, and design non-motorized facilities and integrate the facilities into
reconstruction efforts. At the discretion of the City, the requirements for trails,
sidewalks, bikeways, and shoulders may vary. The non-motorized traffic facilities will
provide connectivity as shown in the Arden Hills Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan.
3.3 DESIGN SPEED
The design speed of a roadway is directly related to the roadway’s function in the
roadway system. The focus of Minor Arterial roadways is mobility; therefore these
roadways should be designed to accommodate higher travel speeds. Likewise, Minor
Collector roadways are more focused on accessibility and should be designed to
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-18
accommodate lower travel speeds. The function of Major Collectors is balanced
between mobility and accessibility; therefore these roadways should be designed
accordingly. Table B.6 below presents the recommended design speed for the Arden
Hills roadway network:
Table B.6 – Roadway Design Speed Guidelines
3.4 RIGHT-OF-WAY WIDTH
Right-of-way width is directly related to the roadway’s width and its ability to carry
vehicular and pedestrian traffic in a safe and efficient manner. The roadway right-of-
way widths identified in Figures B.4 and B.5 A and B are the minimum required for
Major and Minor Collector streets, respectively. For Minor Collector streets in
residential areas, a minimum right-of-way width of 66’ is necessary for the added
roadway width, as well as to provide added setback distance between the roadway and
homes along the roadway. Right-of-way widths greater than 66’ may be required on
Major Collector roadways within commercial areas to accommodate the potential for
higher traffic volumes and the need for additional through or turning lanes. All right-of-
way requirements may be increased at the discretion of the City Engineer, with approval
by the City Council. Please refer to Ramsey County’s right-of-way requirements for
county roads in their current Transportation Plan. The City should obtain identified local
and county right-of-way through any proposed redevelopment process to accommodate
long-term roadway and sidewalk/trail needs.
3.5 ROADWAY JURISDICTION
Roadway jurisdiction directly relates to functional classification of roadways. Generally,
roadways with higher mobility functions (such as arterials) should fall under the
jurisdiction of a regional level of government. In recognizing these roadways serve
greater areas resulting in longer trips and higher volumes, jurisdiction of Principal
Arterial and Minor Arterial roadways should fall under the jurisdiction of the State and
County, respectively. Similarly, roadways with more emphasis on local circulation and
Functional Classification Design Speed (1)
Minor Collector Street 30 mph
Major Collector Roadway 35 – 40 mph
Minor Arterial Roadway 45 – 55 mph
(1) At the discretion of the City Engineer for City roadways,
with approval by the City Council.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-19
access (such as collectors) should fall under the jurisdiction of the local government
unit. These roadways serve more localized areas and result in shorter trip lengths and
lower volumes. Major Collector and Minor Collector roadways should fall under the
jurisdiction of the City of Arden Hills. As roadway segments are considered for turn-
back to the City, efforts will be taken to evaluate the roadway features for conformance
to current standards, structural integrity, and safety. This effort will help the City
develop short and long-range programs to assume the responsibilities of jurisdictional
authority. In the City of Arden Hills, three jurisdictions have responsibility for the overall
road network. The Minnesota Department of Transportation is responsible for I-35W, I-
694, TH 10, and TH 51, while Ramsey County is responsible for routes D, E, E2, F, H, I,
46, 47, 50, 51, 76, 96, and 149. Both the Spine Road and Old Hwy 8 are anticipated to
be under Ramsey County’s jurisdiction (CSAH 13) once constructed. The City of Arden
Hills is responsible for all remaining roadways. Figure B.6 shows existing roadway
jurisdiction.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-20
Figure B.6 – Existing Roadway Jurisdiction
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-1
APPENDIX C: TRANSPORTATION PLAN FORECASTS
To determine future roadway capacity needs, year 2040 traffic forecasts were
prepared using the Metropolitan Council travel demand model. The model was
refined for application specifically for Arden Hills. The 2040 projections were
compared against the assumed 2040 roadway network to see where roadway
segment capacity deficiencies may result. The 2040 roadway network assumed
capacity improvements to I-35W (managed lane) and I-694 east of Lexington
Avenue to I-35E as identified in the 2040 Transportation Policy Plan.
While the travel demand model is a valuable tool for identifying future traffic based
on the proposed land use impacts, it is not meant for use in detailed traffic
operations studies. For a more accurate representation of the transportation
impacts from specific developments, detailed traffic studies should be conducted to
determine the operational impacts on adjacent roadways and intersections.
A central concept of travel demand forecasting is the use of Transportation
Analysis Zones (TAZs). Each forecast study area, in this case the City of Arden
Hills, is divided into a series of TAZs. Each TAZ has land use data which indicates
trip generation and trip attraction including population, household, and employment
data. Figure C.1 displays Metropolitan Council TAZs within Arden Hills.
The results of the Arden Hills modeling process are summarized on Figure C.2,
which displays 2040 projected average daily traffic volumes compared to the
existing (2014) traffic volumes. Table C.1 provides the population, household, and
employment allocations by TAZ assumed in the Metropolitan Council model.
Although not used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis, Table C.2 provides
the population, household, and employment allocations by TAZ based on the
Arden Hills Land Use Plan. These revisions incorporate the population,
household, and employment assumptions used in the TCAAP AUAR minimum
development scenario, which has been utilized by the City and Ramsey County
throughout the planning and implementation of the TCAAP development area. The
values provided in Table C.2 can be used by the Metropolitan Council to assist in
allocating socio-economic data for future updates to the regional travel demand
model. Table C.3 provides a summary of changes between Table C.1 and Table
C.2.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-2
Figure C.1 – TAZs within City of Arden Hills
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-3
Figure C.2 – Existing and Forecasted Traffic Volumes
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-4
Table C.1 – Metropolitan Council Current TAZ Data - City of Arden Hills (Raw Data - Unadjusted)
2010 Census 2020 Forecast 2030 Forecast 2040 Forecast
TAZ Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment
1698 0 0 36 159 66 94 220 93 98 194 79 91
1699 0 0 0 148 61 22 205 86 57 181 73 99
1700 0 0 64 15 6 152 21 9 181 19 8 167
1708 0 0 0 197 82 23 903 390 170 1721 730 510
1709 0 0 21 199 83 96 612 264 121 924 390 82
1710 757 265 5402 697 273 4906 736 297 5229 753 295 5504
1711 1377 579 54 1237 545 199 1325 607 327 1372 614 443
1712 866 356 902 707 318 895 801 362 967 864 373 1030
1732* 802 320 20 743 318 57 779 348 77 784 345 96
1733* 481 189 482 483 206 847 596 265 1062 688 301 1215
1734* 57 29 80 67 29 60 74 33 103 76 33 140
1735 1065 407 19 1199 405 23 1250 434 29 1264 427 33
1736 561 189 67 439 188 116 463 206 160 467 204 202
1737 581 218 339 505 199 349 561 230 406 597 239 456
1738 1965 62 1152 2083 64 1093 2279 83 1104 2409 94 1107
1739 256 0 2695 360 53 4849 379 58 4859 387 58 4854
1740* 774 338 1069 751 300 1218 785 330 1350 787 332 1471
1857* 10 5 0 11 4 0 11 5 0 13 5 0
Totals 9,552 2,957 12,402 10,000 3,200 15,000 12,000 4,100 16,300 13,500 4,600 17,500
*Portion of TAZ boundaries extend beyond Arden Hills. Values only reflect estimates for area within the City of Arden Hills per Metropolitan
Council data.
This data was used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis reflected in Figure C.2.
Source: Metropolitan Council
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-5
Table C.2 – City of Arden Hills 2040 Land Use Plan Allocation of Forecasts by TAZ - TCAAP AUAR Minimum Development Scenario*
2010 Census 2020 Forecast 2030 Forecast 2040 Forecast
TAZ Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment
Population
Households
Employment
1698 0 0 36 159 66 94 220 93 98 194 79 91
1699 0 0 0 148 61 22 205 86 57 181 73 99
1700 0 0 64 0 0 344 0 0 2163 0 0 2862
1708 0 0 0 299 115 269 2244 863 2018 2990 1150 2691
1709 0 0 21 80 31 102 605 233 627 805 310 829
1710 757 265 5402 697 273 4906 736 297 5229 753 295 5504
1711 1377 579 54 1237 545 199 1325 607 327 1372 614 443
1712 866 356 902 707 318 895 801 362 967 864 373 1030
1732** 802 320 20 743 318 57 779 348 77 784 345 96
1733** 481 189 482 483 206 847 596 265 1062 688 301 1215
1734** 57 29 80 67 29 60 74 33 103 76 33 140
1735 1065 407 19 1199 405 23 1250 434 29 1264 427 33
1736 561 189 67 439 188 116 463 206 160 467 204 202
1737 581 218 339 505 199 349 561 230 406 597 239 456
1738 1965 62 1152 2083 64 1093 2279 83 1104 2409 94 1107
1739 256 0 2695 360 53 4849 379 58 4859 387 58 4854
1740** 774 338 1069 751 300 1218 785 330 1350 787 332 1471
1857** 10 5 0 11 4 0 11 5 0 13 5 0
2040
Land Use
Plan Totals
9,552 2,957 12,402 9,968 3,175 15,444 13,313 4,533 20,636 14,631 4,932 23,123
Metropolitan
Council
Forecasts
9,552 2,957 12,402 10,000 3,200 15,000 12,000 4,100 16,300 13,500 4,600 17,500
*Light-orange shaded cells highlight growth adjustments made per TCAAP AUAR minimum development scenario. All other numbers shown are
from Metropolitan Council. This data was not used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis reflected in Figure C.2.
**Values only reflect estimates for area within the City of Arden Hills per Metropolitan Council data.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-6
Table C.3 – Summary of TAZ Adjustments by Forecast Year
2020 Growth Adjustments 2030 Growth Adjustments 2040 Growth Adjustments
TAZ 1700: Added 280 employment TAZ 1700: Added 1,819 employment TAZ 1700: Added 699 employment
TAZ 1708: Added 115 households TAZ 1708: Added 748 households TAZ 1708: Added 287 households
TAZ 1708: Added 299 population TAZ 1708: Added 2,416 population TAZ 1708: Added 746 population
TAZ 1708: Added 269 employment TAZ 1708: Added 1,749 employment TAZ 1708: Added 673 employment
TAZ 1709: Added 31 households TAZ 1709: Added 202 households TAZ 1709: Added 77 households
TAZ 1709: Added 80 population TAZ 1709: Added 525 population TAZ 1709: Added 200 population
TAZ 1709: Added 81 employment TAZ 1709: Added 525 employment TAZ 1709: Added 202 employment
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
C-7
1. 2040 FUTURE ROADWAY CAPACITY IMPROVEMENT NEEDS
To identify the need for potential future capacity improvements, Metropolitan Council
2040 forecasts were compared to planning-level roadway capacities for Principal and A-
Minor Arterial Roadways. Planning-level roadway capacities used for this analysis are
illustrated in Table C.4 below. Based on this comparison, I-35W and I-694 are expected
to continue experiencing congestion based on the forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040
travel demands. Recent and programmed improvements on these roadways will ease
but not alleviate congestion levels over the 20-year planning horizon due to regional
population growth.
Table C.4 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity
Facility Type
Daily Two-Way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane divided or three-lane
undivided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment
by segment basis
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
DRAFT
COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
COMPREHENSIVE SANITARY
SEWER PLAN
CITY OF ARDEN HILLS | MINNESOTA
February 23, 2018
Prepared for:
City of Arden Hills
1245 West Highway 96
Arden Hills, MN 55112
WSB PROJECT NO. 3455-20
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 1
BACKGROUND ......................................................................................... 2
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM .................................................. 2
Service Districts ...................................................................................................................... 2
Gravity Sewer ......................................................................................................................... 2
Lift Stations ............................................................................................................................ 3
Community Treatment Systems .............................................................................................. 3
Intercommunity Flows ............................................................................................................. 3
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems ................................................................................... 6
FORECASTS ............................................................................................. 8
Population .............................................................................................................................. 8
Wastewater Flows .................................................................................................................. 9
SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA ................................................. 10
Land Use ...............................................................................................................................10
Estimated Average Flows – Existing ......................................................................................10
Estimated Average Flows – 2040 Build Out ...........................................................................10
Peak Flow Factors .................................................................................................................11
SANITARY SEWER TRUNK RECOMMENDATIONS .............................. 12
Lift Station Analysis ...............................................................................................................12
Trunk Sewer Analysis ............................................................................................................13
MCES Interceptor Facility Forecasts .....................................................................................14
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems ..................................................................................14
INFLOW AND INFILTRATION ................................................................. 16
General .................................................................................................................................16
I/I Analysis .............................................................................................................................17
I/I Reduction ..........................................................................................................................18
COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING ..................................................... 20
SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES ................................................................. 20
FIGURES
Figure 1 Existing Sanitary Sewer System
Figure 2 Sanitary Sewer Districts
Figure 3 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems
Figure 4 MCES Peak Factors
Figure 5 2040 Sanitary Sewer System
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 1
INTRODUCTION
The City of Arden Hills is required to prepare a Comprehensive Plan that aligns with the
Metropolitan Council’s Metropolitan System Plan every ten years per Minnesota Rule 473.858.
One component of the Comprehensive Plan is the Sanitary Sewer Plan, which describes the
existing sanitary sewer system and outlines the timing and sequence of future improvements.
The Sanitary Sewer Plan allows the City and the Metropolitan Council to build and improve their
sanitary sewer collection and treatment systems in the most efficient and cost-effective manner.
The City of Arden Hills is entirely within the 2040 Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA), so
sanitary sewer interceptors and treatment are provided by the Metropolitan Council
Environmental Services (MCES) system. The City is responsible for local wastewater collection
and conveyance, which has historically been self-supporting through fees paid by users.
The City of Arden Hills’ Sanitary Sewer Plan was developed to conform to the Metropolitan
Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 Water Resources Policy Plan. The Thrive MSP 2040 Plan was
approved in May 2015 and outlines regional goals for the wastewater system, including
environmental sustainability, water reuse, and water conservation. Additionally, the Thrive MSP
2040 Plan includes population, household, and employment projections, and projected
wastewater flows.
As a result of projected population and land use changes in Arden Hills, the Metropolitan
Council estimates that sanitary sewer flows will increase approximately 19 percent between now
and 2040. The greatest increase in flow is expected from the development of the Twin Cities
Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site in the north part of the City. This Sanitary Sewer Plan
outlines the locations in which the Metropolitan Council can expect to see increased wastewater
flows, allowing the Council to determine if capacity upgrades will be required at regional
wastewater treatment plants and interceptors. This plan also serves as a guiding document for
City infrastructure improvements and expansion.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 2
BACKGROUND
The City of Arden Hills is located in Ramsey County north of the Twin Cities. Arden Hills is
bordered by the Cities of Shoreview, Roseville, New Brighton, and Mounds View. Much of
Arden Hills is residential, with commercial, industrial, and office development located along its
eastern border and Interstate Highway 694. Approximately 11 percent of the area of the City is
occupied by lakes and wetlands.
Arden Hills has been designated entirely as a suburban community. This designation indicates
that the City experienced continued growth through the 1980s and 1990s. The Metropolitan
Council expects Arden Hills to, “plan for forecasted population and household growth at average
densities of at least 5 units per acre for new development and redevelopment … and to target
opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments.”
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
The City of Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system is a collection system only, as described
previously. The existing sanitary sewer system is shown in Figure 1. The system collects and
conveys the City’s wastewater to five MCES Meters (M051, M052, M054, M059, and M203) and
their associated MCES Interceptors (1-RV-432, 1-RV-432, 1-RV-431, 2-NB-100, and 4-NS-524),
as shown in Figure 2. MCES Meter M203 does not currently receive flow from Arden Hills, but
is planned to receive future flows from the TCAAP development.
All of the wastewater collected in the City of Arden Hills is conveyed through the MCES system
to the MCES Metropolitan Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) located southeast of St. Paul
on the Mississippi River. The Metropolitan WWTP has a capacity of 251 MGD, provides
advanced secondary treatment with chlorination/dechlorination, and discharges treated effluent
to the Mississippi River. It also generates energy from the residual biosolids for in-plant use.
Service Districts
The sanitary sewer system has been divided into eighteen (18) sewer districts. These districts,
shown in Figure 2, correspond to the fourteen (14) lift stations, two existing gravity networks
(MCES 54, MCES 59), and two future networks for the TCAAP development (North, South). The
Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) discharges via a private forcemain into district MCES
59.
Gravity Sewer
The City of Arden Hills’ gravity sewer system consists of 8-inch to 21-inch diameter polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) pipe, reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), vitrified clay pipe (VCP), and cured-in-
place pipe (CIPP). Nearly the entire system has been televised over the last twenty years, and
approximately one quarter of the pipes in the system have been lined over the last fifteen years.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 3
Lift Stations
The City’s current system includes fourteen lift stations, as summarized in Table 1. All but one
of the City’s lift stations are either new or have been rehabilitated since 1990; the rehabilitation
of Lift Station 11 was completed in 2017.
Table 1. Existing Lift Station Summary
Lift
Station Location Year
Built
Pump
Rehab.
Wet Well
Rehab.
Controls
Rehab.
LS 1 Cleveland Ave N near
Elmer L. Anderson Memorial Tr 1961 2012 2012 2012
LS 2 New Brighton Rd in Charles Perry Park 1983 2011 2003 2011
LS 3 Lake Johanna Blvd near Siems Court 1999 - - -
LS 4 Ridgewood Rd and Arden Pl 1998 2013 2005 2013
LS 5 Tony Schmidt Regional Park and
Lake Johanna Blvd 1977 2011 2003 2011
LS 6 Lake Johanna Blvd south of Stowe Ave Unknown 1996 - 1996
LS 7 Shorewood Dr Unknown 2004 2004 2013
LS 8 Ingerson Rd 1976 2011 2001 2011
LS 9 Ridgewood Rd and Edgewater Ave Unknown 2013 2005 2013
LS 10 Cleveland Ave N and County Rd E2 1989 - - -
LS 11 Hwy 96 and Prior Ave N near
Arden Manor Park 1971 2017 2017 2017
LS 12 Thom Dr and New Brighton Rd 1970 2012 2012 2012
LS 13 Karth Lake Dr and Pleasant Dr Unknown 2012 2012 2012
LS 14 Hamline Ave N and Paul Kirkwood Dr 1995 - - -
Community Treatment Systems
There are no public or private community treatment system within the City of Arden Hills. All
properties within the City are served by the public collection system or by individual sewage
treatment systems.
Intercommunity Flows
The City of Arden Hills has intercommunity sanitary sewer connections with three other
communities, as listed in Table 2 and indicated in Figure 2.
Table 2. Intercommunity Flows
City Flow TO Arden Hills Flow FROM Arden Hills
Mounds View - TCAAP Area
Roseville 58 services 53 services
Shoreview - 2 services
Total 58 services 55 services + TCAAP
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
"
"
"
"
"
Xä
Xä Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valentine R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
LangtonLake
OwassoLake
JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake
MarsdenLake
TurtleLake
BrennansPond Lake
MarthaLake
SunfishLake
LongLake
RushLake
PikeLake
RoundLake
ValentineLake
KarthLake
SnailLake
IslandLake
JonesLake
PoplarLake JohannaLake
ShoreviewLake
EmilyLake
JudyLake
Farrel'sLake
PolynesianLake
LittleJosephineLake
GramsiePond Lake
LS 3
LS 1 LS 7
LS 4
LS 9
LS 13LS 11
LS 10
LS 2
LS 5
LS 12
LS 6
LS 8
LS 14
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
S
a
n
i
t
a
r
y
S
e
w
e
r
_
E
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
9
/
1
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
5
0
:
0
6
A
M
2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN
Gravity Main
Diameter8"10"
12"15"
18"21"Unknown
Forcemain
Xä Lift Station
Figure 1 - Existing Sanitary Sewer System 0 2,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
"
"
"
"
"
"
Xä
Xä Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
!(
!(
!(
!(
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valentine R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Flow into Arden Hillsfrom Roseville Flow into Arden Hillsfrom RosevilleFlow out of Arden Hillsto RosevilleFlow out of Arden Hillsto Roseville
Future flow out of Arden Hillsto Mounds View (TCAAP)
Flow out of Arden Hillsto Shoreview
Flow out of Arden Hillsto Shoreview
LangtonLake
OwassoLake
JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake
MarsdenLake
TurtleLake
BrennansPond Lake
MarthaLake
SunfishLake
LongLake
RushLake
PikeLake
RoundLake
ValentineLake
KarthLake
SnailLake
IslandLake
JonesLake
PoplarLake JohannaLake
ShoreviewLake
EmilyLake
JudyLake
Farrel'sLake
PolynesianLake
LittleJosephineLake
GramsiePond Lake
MCES 54
MCES 59
MCES 51
MCES 52
LS 3
LS 1 LS 7
LS 4
LS 9
LS 13LS 11
LS 10
LS 2
LS 5
LS 12
LS 6
LS 8
LS 14
M054
M052
M051
M059
M203
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
S
a
n
i
t
a
r
y
S
e
w
e
r
_
D
i
s
t
r
i
c
t
s
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
9
/
1
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
4
4
:
0
3
A
M
2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN
Meter Service Area
M051
M052
M054
M059
M203
Sanitary Sewer District
Gravity Main
Forcemain
Xä Lift Station
!(MCES Flow Meter
Figure 2 - Sanitary Sewer Districts 0 2,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 6
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems
Nearly all properties within the City of Arden Hills are served by the public collection system.
Currently, there are only two (2) individual sewage treatment systems (ISTS) in operation in the
northwest corner of the City. The locations of these ISTS are shown in Figure 3. The two
properties are:
• 5400 Highway 8 (State of Minnesota)
• 5420 Highway 8 (State of Minnesota)
These two State of Minnesota properties are exempt from City requirements. The TCAAP
development includes a proposed sanitary sewer extension which will be able to serve these
two facilities, enabling the abandonment of their ISTS.
The City Code requiring connection to the public collection system is excerpted below.
1010.02 Connections Required.
Subd. 1 Existing Buildings. Any building used for human habitation and located on
property adjacent to a sewer main, or in a platted block through which the system
extends, shall be connected to the municipal sanitary sewer system within two (2) years
from the date on which a connection is available to the building.
Subd. 2 New Buildings. All buildings constructed after the adoption of this code within
the City on property adjacent to a sewer main or in a platted block through which the
municipal sanitary sewer system extends, shall be provided with a connection to the
sewer system for the disposal of all human wastes.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
!(
!(
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valentine R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Two (2) State of MinnesotaIndividual Sewage Treatment SystemsTwo (2) State of MinnesotaIndividual Sewage Treatment Systems
LangtonLake
OwassoLake
JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake
MarsdenLake
TurtleLake
BrennansPond Lake
MarthaLake
SunfishLake
LongLake
RushLake
PikeLake
RoundLake
ValentineLake
KarthLake
SnailLake
IslandLake
JonesLake
PoplarLake JohannaLake
ShoreviewLake
EmilyLake
JudyLake
Farrel'sLake
PolynesianLake
LittleJosephineLake
GramsiePond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
S
a
n
i
t
a
r
y
S
e
w
e
r
_
I
S
T
S
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
8
/
1
5
/
2
0
1
7
9
:
4
5
:
3
1
A
M
2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN
!(Individual SewageTreatment System
Figure 3 - Individual Sewage Treatment Systems 0 2,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 8
FORECASTS
Population
The Metropolitan Council publishes population and sewer usage forecasts for each city in the
Metropolitan Area. These forecasts serve to help cities prepare infrastructure for growth and to
promote continued maintenance of municipal infrastructure. The forecast data in Table 3 is from
the Metropolitan Council’s Local Planning Handbook Community Page for Arden Hills and
includes the total and sewered population, number of households, and employment. In the case
of Arden Hills, where effectively the entire City is sewered, these values are the same.
Table 3. Population Projections
Total & Sewered
Year Population Households Employment
2010 9,552 2,957 12,402
2020 10,000 3,200 15,000
2030 12,000 4,100 16,300
2040 13,500 4,600 17,500
*Interpolated values
These projections are separated by MCES Meter Service Area in Tables 4-A and 4-B.
Table 4-A. Projections by Meter Service Area & Interceptor
M051
1-RV-432
M052
1-RV-432
M054
1-RV-431
Year Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl.
2010 1,999 619 7,158 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
2020 1,999 619 7,258 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
2030 2,184 682 7,278 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
2040 2,184 682 7,298 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
*Interpolated value
Table 4-B. Projections by Meter Service Area & Interceptor
M059
2-NB-100
M203
4-NS-524
Year Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl.
2010 3,955 1,224 2,304 0 0 0
2020 3,956 1,264 2,324 447 203 2,478
2030 4,008 1,368 2,414 2,210 936 3,668
2040 4,008 1,368 2,504 3,710 1,460 4,758
*Interpolated value
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 9
Wastewater Flows
All of the wastewater flow from the City of Arden Hills is treated at the Metropolitan WWTP, and
any increase in wastewater flow will be treated at the Metropolitan WWTP as well. Table 5 lists
the projected total average wastewater flow for Arden Hills from MCES and from this Sanitary
Sewer Plan. Note that the projections used in this report are greater than the MCES projections
since they rely on flow estimates for each parcel of developable land.
Table 5. Total Wastewater Projections
2020 Average
Flow (MGD)
2030 Average
Flow (MGD)
2040 Average
Flow (MGD)
MCES 0.93 1.04 1.09
Sanitary Sewer Plan 0.90 1.13 1.37
MGD = millions of gallons per day
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 10
SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA
Land Use
The City’s existing and 2040 land use maps were used in the development of this plan. Detailed
information and figures regarding Arden Hills’ land use is included in the City’s 2040
Comprehensive Land Use Plan. Using existing land use, metering data, and future land use
information, current and future flows were calculated and divided by service area as described
below.
Estimated Average Flows – Existing
To estimate the flows in trunk mains throughout the City, metering data was obtained from the
Metropolitan Council. Flows were assigned proportionally to each service district based on the
acreage of residential, mixed use, commercial/industrial/office, and institutional land within each
area and typical flows per acre for each particular land use.
Estimated Average Flows – 2040 Build Out
Once average flows were estimated, future flows were projected based on the planned 2040
land use from the Land Use Plan. Parcels that are planned to be developed were assigned
wastewater flow rates in accordance to their land use type. Table 6 lists the assigned flows,
which include design considerations for inflow and infiltration (I/I). Refer to the Inflow and
Infiltration section of this report for more information about I/I as it relates to Arden Hills’ sanitary
sewer system.
Table 6. Assumed Wastewater Generation by Land Use Type
Land Use Average Flow
(gpd/acre)
Low Density Residential 720
Neighborhood Residential 900
Medium Density Residential 1,350
High Density Residential 1,890
Town Center 7,380
Public/Institutional 250
Commercial/Industrial/Office 800
Future flows from areas of redevelopment were added to existing flows to determine if existing
pipe capacities will be sufficient. In locations in which development will lead to pipes that are
under capacity, recommendations are made to address the issue. Areas that will need to be
served in the future were evaluated to determine the required sewer diameters and
improvements to serve these areas.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 11
Peak Flow Factors
To ensure that the sanitary sewer system is capable of handling flow fluctuations throughout the
day, peak flow factors are assigned based on average flows. The peak factors are provided by
the Metropolitan Council and are based on average flow volumes. Pipes that serve small
generator customers are more likely to experience large fluctuations in flows. Therefore, the
peak factor decreases as average flow increases. The Metropolitan Council peak flow factors
used in this report are shown in Figure 4 below. These factors include consideration of inflow
and infiltration.
Figure 4. MCES Peak Factors for Sanitary Sewer Design
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
MC
E
S
P
e
a
k
F
l
o
w
F
a
c
t
o
r
Average Flow (MGD)
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 12
SANITARY SEWER TRUNK RECOMMENDATIONS
The proposed future sewer system for the City of Arden Hills, including gravity mains,
forcemains, and lift stations, is shown in Figure 5, as follows. The required infrastructure
additions were determined based on the areas that the City is planning to redevelop by 2040.
This report includes only oversized sewer lines (greater than 8-inch) and does not depict lateral
lines. The design and siting for lateral lines should be completed in conjunction with
development plans and platting. The location of such lines will be dependent on parcel layout
and the design of new roads. It is possible that small scale lift stations will be required within
developments.
The exact alignment of the proposed mains and lift stations may change during the design
phase of each project. The purpose of this report is to provide the City with a document that can
be used to plan for large infrastructure additions and replacements.
Lift Station Analysis
The estimated 2040 peak flows and subsequent remaining capacity for each of the City’s
fourteen (14) lift stations are shown in Table 7. The peak flows listed include the pumping rates
of any lift stations directly upstream in order to be conservative. All lift stations are projected to
have adequate pumping capacity to convey peak wastewater flows through the year 2040.
Table 7. Projected 2040 Peak Flows by Lift Station
Lift Station Pumping Capacity
(gpm)
2040 Peak Flow
(gpm)
Remaining Capacity
(gpm)
LS 1 240 28 212
LS 2 970 647 323
LS 3 240 52 188
LS 4 240 218 22
LS 5 660 473 187
LS 6 80 3 77
LS 7 220 86 134
LS 8 1,170 1,050 120
LS 9 280 81 199
LS 10 80 21 59
LS 11 350 204 146
LS 12 120 33 87
LS 13 460 87 373
LS 14 180 16 164
LS 15 * 1,010 *
gpm = gallons per minute
*Future lift station to serve the TCAAP development south of County Road H. The
2040 peak flow projected in this report is less than that listed in the TCAAP Site
Redevelopment Infrastructure Preliminary Design Report from June 2015 because
a lower flow per SAC unit of 180 gallons per day was used.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 13
Trunk Sewer Analysis
The estimated 2040 peak flows and subsequent remaining capacity in the City’s trunk sewer
lines are shown in Table 8. Trunk sewers of sub-districts served by a small network of 8-inch
gravity main are not included in this analysis. None of the trunk gravity sewers are expected to
exceed their capacity by the year 2040.
Table 8. Trunk Sewer Capacity Analysis
District Location Diameter Capacity
(gpm)
2040 Peak Flow
(gpm)
Remaining
Capacity (gpm)
LS 2 Perry Park 15" 1,120 647 473
LS 5 Yard Waste Collection Site 15" 1,120 473 647
LS 8 Ingerson Rd 18" 1,630 1,050 580
LS 9 Ridgewood Rd 10" 520 81 439
MCES 54 N Prior Ave 21" 2,250 605 1,645
MCES 59 Gateway Blvd 18" 1,630 1,223 407
gpm = gallons per minute
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 14
MCES Interceptor Facility Forecasts
The MCES Interceptors used by the City of Arden Hills and the 2040 forecasted flows to those
interceptors are listed in Table 9. The wastewater flow projections listed include only the flow
generated within the City of Arden Hills.
Table 9. Projected 2040 MCES Interceptor Use
MCES Meter MCES Interceptor 2040 Average
Flow (MGD)
2040 Max Flow
(MGD)
M051 1-RV-432 0.37 1.34
M052 1-RV-432 0.03 0.12
M054 1-RV-431 0.19 0.73
M059 2-NB-100 0.31 1.13
M203 4-NS-524 0.46 1.61
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems
As future development occurs and the sanitary sewer system is expanded to cover the northern
portion of the City, the two (2) remaining State of Minnesota ISTS in the northwest corner of the
City can be disconnected and properly abandoned.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
"
"
"
"
"
Xä
Xä
Xä Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
Xä
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valentine R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
LangtonLake
OwassoLake
JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake
MarsdenLake
TurtleLake
BrennansPond Lake
MarthaLake
SunfishLake
LongLake
RushLake
PikeLake
RoundLake
ValentineLake
KarthLake
SnailLake
IslandLake
JonesLake
PoplarLake JohannaLake
ShoreviewLake
EmilyLake
JudyLake
Farrel'sLake
PolynesianLake
LittleJosephineLake
GramsiePond Lake
LS 3
LS 1 LS 7
LS 4
LS 9
LS 13LS 11
LS 10
LS 2
LS 5
LS 12
LS 6
LS 8
LS 14
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
S
a
n
i
t
a
r
y
S
e
w
e
r
_
P
r
o
p
o
s
e
d
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
9
/
1
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
5
1
:
3
4
A
M
2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN
Proposed Gravity Main
Diameter8"
12"
15"
18"
Proposed Forcemain
Xä Proposed Lift Station
Existing Gravity Main
Diameter8"
10"
12"
15"
18"
21"
Unknown
Existing Forcemain
Xä Existing Lift Station
Figure 5 - Proposed Sanitary Sewer System 0 2,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 16
INFLOW AND INFILTRATION
General
Inflow is water, typically stormwater, which enters the sewer system through broken manhole
covers, sewer cleanouts, sump pumps, foundation drains, and rain leaders. Infiltration is water,
typically groundwater, which leaks into the sewer system through cracks in the sewer mains,
laterals, joints, and manholes.
Water from inflow and infiltration (I/I) can consume available capacity in the wastewater
collection system and increase the flow into treatment facilities. In extreme cases, the added
flow can cause bypasses or overflows of raw wastewater. This extra flow also requires a larger
capacity in the city’s collection and treatment components, which results in increased capital,
operation and maintenance, and replacement costs. As a sewer system ages and deteriorates,
I/I can become an increasing burden on a City’s system. Therefore, it is imperative that I/I be
reduced whenever it is cost effective to do so.
In 2006, the MCES began an Ongoing I/I Program which requires communities within their
service area to eliminate excessive I/I. The MCES establishes annual I/I goals for each
community discharging wastewater into the Metropolitan Disposal System (MDS) based on
average daily flows, adjustments for community growth, and I/I mitigation peaking factors.
The City of Arden Hills was assessed a surcharge in 2007 and initiated an I/I identification
program that year to diagnose the extent and location of the I/I and to prepare a reduction plan.
The City also had exceedances in MCES Metershed M051 from a June 21, 2013 storm and in
MCES Metersheds M051 and M054 from a June 19, 2014 storm. Over the past ten years, the
City has performed flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising, manhole rehabilitation, sump
pump inspections, sewer lining, and sewer replacement. More details on these activities is
provided in the I/I Reduction section.
Flow metering data is available for the MCES Meters that measure the City’s wastewater flow,
and an analysis of this data as it relates to I/I is presented on the following page. The City’s
strategies, programs, investments, and goals for reducing I/I are listed in this section as well.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 17
I/I Analysis
Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system currently consists of approximately 49 miles of gravity main,
14 lift stations, and 3.6 miles of forcemain. Approximately 26 percent of the gravity mains have
been lined in the last fifteen years, primarily in the southern half of the system. Approximately 38
percent of the residential housing in the City was constructed before 1970. The only I/I
evaluation that has been done for pre-1970 era private services is the televising of their wye
connection during the trunk main televising listed in Table 11 in the next section. I/I reduction
activities are discussed in greater detail in the next section.
The amount of clearwater flow generated within the City was estimated by calculating the
average annual and peak month I/I rates, equal to the average wastewater flow minus the base
wastewater flow, using data from 2012-2016. The average flow, both annual and monthly, was
calculated from MCES meter data. The peak month flow was determined for each year from
2012-2016, and then those peak month flows were averaged to give the value listed in Table
10. The base flow was calculated as the difference between average dry weather flow and
groundwater infiltration, based on hourly meter data from a period of nine days of dry weather
(three days since a rain event) and high groundwater level (spring) in March 2017. The
groundwater infiltration rate was calculated as the average flow from 1:00-6:00 AM over the
same nine-day period.
Table 10. Estimated I/I Rate
Metershed M051 M052 M054 M059 Total
Average Flow (MGD) 0.345 0.029 0.192 0.261 0.826
Peak Month Flow (MGD) 0.498 0.039 0.278 0.318 1.134
Base Flow (MGD) 0.142 0.015 0.078 0.108 0.344
Average Annual I/I Rate
(MGD (%))
0.202
(59%)
0.014
(48%)
0.114
(59%)
0.153
(58%)
0.482
(58%)
Peak Month I/I Rate
(MGD (%))
0.356
(71%)
0.024
(62%)
0.201
(72%)
0.210
(66%)
0.790
(70%)
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 18
I/I Reduction
The City’s strategy for preventing excess I/I includes requiring all development to conform to
City standards. Arden Hills City Code prohibiting the discharge of stormwater to the sanitary
sewer system and requiring the disconnection of existing I/I sources is excerpted below.
Subd. 8 Prohibited Connections of Surface Water and Ground Water Discharge Facilities to the
City's Sanitary Sewer System.
A. No person, owner, lessee or occupant of any parcel of land, building, or premises shall
discharge, or permit to be discharged, directly or indirectly, into the sanitary sewer system any
surface water or groundwater including water from roofs, yards, lawns, streets, alleys,
groundwater sump pumps, footing tile, or other natural precipitation.
…
Subd. 10 Removal of Prohibited Connections; Surcharge; City Reimbursement. Any person,
owner, lessee or occupant, and any plumber or building contractor who has presently made or
permitted to be made, or shall make or permit to be made, any connection or installation in
violation of subdivision 8, shall immediately remove such connection or correct such an
installation. …
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 19
The City has several programs in place to both identify and reduce I/I and has completed
projects nearly every year since 2007 to that end. A summary of these I/I reduction projects and
their costs, as known, is given in Table 11.
Table 11. I/I Reduction Activities
Year Project Cost
(if known)
2007 I/I Investigation,
I/I Study by Bonestroo
2008
Flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising,
lift station pump calibration
Manhole Rehabilitation Project
Sewer Lining Project
2009
Sump pump inspections, manhole inspections,
televising
Manhole Rehabilitation Project
Sewer Lining Project $82,989.50
2010
Sump pump inspections, manhole inspections
Sewer Lining & Replacement Project
(chimney seals) $111,765.00
2011 Sump pump inspections
Sewer Lining Project $399,444.50
2012 Grant applications for 2013
2013 Sewer Lining Project $625,526.05
2014 Grant applications for 2015
2015 Sewer Lining Project $507,465.50
2017 Sewer Lining Project $200,000.00
2018 Street & Utility Project
(sewer lining and spot repairs) Est. $285,600
The City has ongoing reviews of flows and discussions with consulting engineers to develop
the next stage of improvement plans. As noted above, project areas have been identified for
2018. Significant improvements have been made over the last ten years, and the City of Arden
Hills remains committed to identifying and eliminating sources of I/I in its sanitary sewer
system.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 20
COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING
The bulk of the improvements to the City’s sanitary sewer system will be made in conjunction
with TCAAP development, including new trunk gravity mains and one lift station. The City has
also budgeted for routine I/I reduction work and other system maintenance and rehabilitation.
The proposed capital improvements to the sanitary sewer system and their estimated costs are
listed in Table 12.
Table 12. Capital Improvements
Year Item Estimated Cost
Biennial Sewer Lining and Rehabilitation $400,000
2019 TCAAP Spine Rd Trunk Sewer & Lift Station $1,200,000
SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES
The analysis provided in this Sanitary Sewer Plan is aimed to provide the City of Arden Hills and
the Metropolitan Council assistance in planning for wastewater collection and treatment,
including the planned development of the TCAAP area. It is anticipated that the design flows
and criteria outlined will be used for utility planning as development continues within the City.
Tables and figures can be utilized to create budget-level estimates and schematic
representations of infrastructure improvements, with specific sizing and routing to be determined
during the design phase.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY ................................................................................................ 1
Introduction.................................................................................................................................................... 1
Existing System ............................................................................................................................................. 1
Population and Water Demand ..................................................................................................................... 1
Growth and Demand Projections .................................................................................................................. 1
Proposed Improvements ............................................................................................................................... 1
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 2
Purpose ......................................................................................................................................................... 2
Background ................................................................................................................................................... 2
Data Available ............................................................................................................................................... 2
General Contact Information ......................................................................................................................... 3
Water Use Categories and Definitions .......................................................................................................... 3
EXISTING SYSTEM ........................................................................................................ 4
Water Sources and Treatment ...................................................................................................................... 4
Water Storage ............................................................................................................................................... 4
Water Distribution .......................................................................................................................................... 4
POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND ......................................................................... 6
Existing Water Conservation Policies ........................................................................................................... 7
GROWTH AND DEMAND PROJECTIONS .................................................................... 8
Future Water Conservation Policies ............................................................................................................. 9
PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS .................................................................................... 11
Proposed Sources and Treatment .............................................................................................................. 11
Proposed Storage ....................................................................................................................................... 11
Proposed Booster Station ........................................................................................................................... 11
Proposed Distribution .................................................................................................................................. 11
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURES ...................................................... 13
Federal Emergency Response Plan ........................................................................................................... 13
Operational Contingency Plan .................................................................................................................... 13
Emergency Response Procedures ............................................................................................................. 13
Procedures for Augmenting Water Supplies ............................................................................................... 14
FIGURES
Figure 1 Existing Water Supply System
Figure 2 Proposed Water Supply System
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 TABLE OF CONTENTS
APPENDIX
Appendix A Water Supply Plan
Appendix 1 Well Records and Maintenance Summaries (Not Applicable)
Appendix 2 Water Level Monitoring Plan (Not Applicable)
Appendix 3 Water Level Graphs
Appendix 4 Capital Improvement Plan
Appendix 5 Emergency Telephone List
Appendix 6 Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services
Appendix 7 Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance
Appendix 8 Water Demand by Customer Category
Appendix 9 Water Rate Structure
Appendix 10 Water Conservation Regulations
Appendix 11 Implementation Checklist
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 1
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Introduction
The City of Arden Hills’ Comprehensive Water Supply Plan describes the City’s existing water
distribution system and water demand, projects future water demand through the year 2040,
and proposes infrastructure improvements to meet that demand. This Plan has been prepared
according to the guidelines established by the Metropolitan Council and the Minnesota
Department of Natural Resources (DNR). The Water Supply Plan immediately following this
report follows the template provided by the DNR, while this Comprehensive Water Supply Plan
expands upon the template and provides further information for City and Metropolitan Council
planning.
Existing System
The City of Arden Hills’ water distribution system provides over 300 million gallons of water each
year to approximately 2,600 service connections. The City purchases its water from the City of
Roseville, which in turn purchases it from Saint Paul Regional Water Services (SPRWS). The
treated water received through three service connections along the southern boundary of the
City is distributed in two pressure zones, south and north. Each pressure zone has one water
tower, and a booster station located beside the South Tower supplies the north pressure zone.
Population and Water Demand
The population of the City of Arden Hills has been growing steadily since 2008. Despite this
growth, total water use and per capita water use in the City have been decreasing since 2012.
High efficiency appliances, decreased irrigation, general attitudes toward conservation, rainfall
and climate likely all play a role in these trends.
Growth and Demand Projections
The Metropolitan Council projects that the City of Arden Hills wi ll continue to develop and grow
over the lifetime of this Plan. The population served by the City of Arden Hills’ water distribution
system is expected to increase to 13,500 people by the year 2040, at which time the projected
total per capita water use of 123 gallons per capita per day will result in an average day demand
of 2.41 million gallons per day and a maximum day demand of 7.23 million gallons per day.
Proposed Improvements
In addition to regular system maintenance and rehabilitation, the development of the TCAAP
site in the north part of the City will require significant improvements to the water supply system.
The recommended improvements include the installation of a new booster station, the extension
of trunk watermain, and the construction of a new one million gallon water tower.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 2
INTRODUCTION
Purpose
This Comprehensive Water Supply Plan is a section of the City’s 2040 Comprehensive Plan.
The purpose of the Comprehensive Water Supply Plan is to provide an overview of the City’s
current drinking water resources, infrastructure, policies, and challenges, and to present future
plans.
This Comprehensive Water Supply Plan has been prepared according to the guidelines
established by the Metropolitan Council and the Minnesota Department of Natural Resources
(DNR) per Minnesota Statute 473.859, which requires that Water Supply Plans be completed by
all local units of government in the seven-county Metropolitan Area. The attached Water Supply
Plan conforms to the template provided by the DNR, while this Comprehensive Plan expands
upon the template and provides further information for City and Metropolitan Council planning.
Background
The City of Arden Hills, ten square miles in area, is located in Ramsey County to the north of the
Twin Cities. All of the properties within the City limits are currently serviced by the City’s water
distribution system which receives its water supply from the City of Roseville, which in turn
receives its supply from SPRWS.
This study uses population projections consistent with the MCES System Statement for the City
of Arden Hills. Historical data and projected water demands are used to estimate water demand
through the year 2040 and to evaluate the existing water distribution system with respect
tothose demands. The planned 2040 land use from the Land Use Plan was used to identify
specific areas of development and the associated improvements that will be required to serve
those areas.
Data Available
The following sources of information were used to prepare this report:
Water Supply Plan for the City of Arden Hills, prepared by WSB & Associates, Inc.
MCES System Statement for the City of Arden Hills
MCES Community Profile for the City of Arden Hills
Water usage data as reported by the City to the DNR’s Minnesota Permitting and
Reporting System (MPARS)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 3
General Contact Information
City of Arden Hills Water System
DNR Water Appropriation Permit Numbers: 1975-6227
Ownership: Public
Metropolitan Council Area, Hennepin County
MDH Supplier Classification: Municipal
Public Works Director & City Engineer: Sue Polka
1245 W Highway 96
Arden Hills, MN 55112
Phone: (651) 792-7846
Water Use Categories and Definitions
General water use categories and definitions used in this report, as defined by the Department
of Natural Resources, are as follows:
Residential uses consist of water being used for normal household purposes, such as
drinking, food preparation, bathing, washing clothes and dishes, flushing toilets, and
watering lawns and gardens.
Institutional uses consist of those for hospitals, nursing homes, day care centers, and
other facilities that use water for essential domestic requirements. This includes public
facilities and public metered uses. Institutional water-use records are typically
maintained for emergency planning and allocation purposes.
Commercial uses consist of water used by motels, hotels, restaurants, office buildings,
and commercial facilities.
Industrial uses consist of water used for thermoelectric power (electric utility generation)
and other industrial uses such as steel, chemical and allied products, food processing,
paper and allied products, mining, and petroleum refining.
Wholesale deliveries consist of bulk water sales to other public water suppliers.
Unaccounted water is the volume of water withdrawn from all sources minus the
volume sold.
Non-essential water uses as defined by Minnesota Statutes 103G.291, include lawn
sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other non-essential uses.
Some of the above categories also include non-essential uses of water.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 4
EXISTING SYSTEM
The existing water distribution system for the City of Arden Hills is shown in Figure 1. It
currently serves nearly 9,800 customers. The system consists of approximately 55 miles of
watermain, including CIP, DIP, and PVC pipe ranging from 4-inch to 16-inch diameter. The
existing water system is divided into two pressure zones, north and south. The north zone is
supplied by a booster station, and each pressure zone has one elevated storage facility.
Water Sources and Treatment
The City of Arden Hills receives its water supply from the City of Roseville, which in turn
receives its supply from SPRWS. The SPRWS Water Supply Plan is included with this report by
reference. Water treatment is provided by SPRWS, and no further treatment is required by the
City of Arden Hills.
The City has three service connection points with the City of Roseville:
1. Cleveland Avenue and County Road D (12-inch)
2. Fairview Avenue and County Road D (16-inch to 12-inch)
3. Hamline Avenue North and Glenhill Road (16-inch)
In addition to the three service connection points with the City of Roseville, Arden Hills also has
three emergency interconnections:
1. City of Shoreview – North of Grey Fox Road on Lexington Avenue (8-inch)
2. City of Shoreview – North of Cummings Park Drive on Lexington Avenue (8-inch)
3. City of New Brighton – East of Cleveland Avenue on Stowe Avenue (8-inch)
Water Storage
Each pressure zone in the system has one elevated storage facility. The North Tower at the
intersection of Innovation Way and Cummings Park Drive was constructed in 1968 and has a
capacity of 500,000 gallons. The South Tower on Red Fox Road was constructed in 1986 and
has a capacity of 1,000,000 gallons. The east side booster station is located at the site of the
South Tower.
Water Distribution
The City’s water distribution system includes CIP, DIP, and PVC watermain of 4-inch to 16-inch
nominal diameter. The trunk watermain between the two towers is 16-inch, the trunk watermain
elsewhere is 12-inch, and the remainder of the watermain is largely 6-inch and 8-inch diameter.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!®
!®
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valentine R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
LangtonLake
OwassoLake
JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake
MarsdenLake
TurtleLake
BrennansPond Lake
MarthaLake
SunfishLake
LongLake
RushLake
PikeLake
RoundLake
ValentineLake
KarthLake
SnailLake
IslandLake
JonesLake
PoplarLake JohannaLake
ShoreviewLake
EmilyLake
JudyLake
Farrel'sLake
PolynesianLake
LittleJosephineLake
GramsiePond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
W
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
p
l
y
_
E
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
8
/
9
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
3
7
:
0
6
A
M
2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN
Watermain
Diameter
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
Other
!®Water Tower
!(Intercommunity Connection
Arden Hills City Boundary
Figure 1 - Existing Water Supply System 0 2,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 6
POPULATION AND WATER DEMAND
The population served by the City of Arden Hills water system has grown steadily over the last
five years. The total population served by the system in 2015 was 9,780. Population and water
use and demand data from the past ten years are listed in Table 1.
Despite the growth in the population served by the City’s water system, residential and total per
capita water demands have decreased over the last five years. It is likely that high efficiency
appliances, decreased irrigation, general attitudes toward conservation, rainfall and climate all
play a role in this trend.
Table 1 – Historical Water Demand
Year Pop.
Served
Total
Connections
Total
Water
Use
(MG)
Total
Water
Pumped
(MG)
Percent
Unmetered/
Unaccounted
Average
Daily
Demand
(MGD)
Residential
Per Capita
Demand
(GPCD)
Total Per
Capita
Demand
(GPCD)
2005 9,565 est. 2,564 - 452 - 1.24 50 130
2006 9,564 est. 2,429 - 480 - 1.31 53 137
2007 9,563 est. 2,521 421 465 9.5% 1.27 60 133
2008 9,562 est. - 374 454 17.6% 1.24 55 130
2009 9,561 est. - 375 483 22.4% 1.32 57 138
2010 9,560 2,558 349 424 17.6% 1.16 47 122
2011 9,604 est. 2,558 355 415 14.6% 1.14 50 118
2012 9,648 est. 2,581 386 464 16.8% 1.27 54 132
2013 9,692 est. 2,596 321 424 24.2% 1.16 46 120
2014 9,736 est. 2,601 300 359 16.5% 0.98 39 101
2015 9,780 est. 2,608 306 322 4.8% 0.88 37 90
Avg. 2010-
2015 9,670 2,584 336 401 15.7% 1.10 46 114
MG – Million Gallons MGD – Million Gallons per Day GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 7
Table 2 lists the top 10 water users by volume, from largest to smallest, for the City of Arden
Hills.
Table 2 – Large Volume Users
Customer Category
Water Use
(gallons per
year)
Percent of
Total Water
Use
Bethel University Institutional 19,559,954 6.2%
Arden Manor Mobile Home Residential 19,282,614 6.1%
University of Northwestern Institutional 9,776,996 3.1%
Boston Scientific (Bldg. 5, 7, 9) Industrial 9,684,739 3.1%
Boston Scientific (Bldg. B & C) Industrial 9,657,338 3.0%
Johanna Shores Residential 9,071,148 2.9%
International Paper Industrial 6,774,002 2.1%
Land O' Lakes Industrial 5,720,401 1.8%
Boston Scientific (Bldg 10) Industrial 4,418,409 1.4%
Mounds View High School Institutional 4,124,607 1.3%
Existing Water Conservation Policies
Although Minnesotans benefit from the state’s abundant water supplies, those supplies are finite
and potential threats exist that could impact the quality of our drinking water. Factors that can
potentially limit water supply include population increases, economic trends, uneven statewide
availability of groundwater, climate change, and degraded water quality. There are many
benefits to enacting water conservation policies that the City has already implemented and will
continue to pursue.
The average total water used per year in the City of Arden Hills from 2010 to 2015 was 336
million gallons, with an average of 15.7 percent of that usage being unmetered or unaccounted.
The average residential per capita demand has been decreasing steadily since 2012. From
2010 to 2015 the average residential per capita use was 46 gallons per day, which is well below
the DNR’s recommended residential demand target of 75 gallons per capita per day. As
previously discussed, the decrease in residential per capita demand may be attributed to high
efficiency appliances, decreased irrigation, general attitudes toward conservation, rainfall and
climate.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 8
GROWTH AND DEMAND PROJECTIONS
The City of Arden Hills is currently experiencing new development and growth. The City’s
projected population and demands are listed in Table 3. The population projections were
linearly extrapolated from the Metropolitan Council estimates for the years 2020, 2030, and
2040. It was assumed that all new population growth will be serviced by the municipal water
system. The projected total per capita water demand was obtained from MCES and the peaking
factor used to calculate maximum day demand was determined from the City’s historical water
use data. The maximum day demand is expected to increase to 7.23 MGD by the year 2040.
Table 3 – Projected Annual Water Demand
Year
Projected
Total
Population
Projected
Population
Served
Projected
Total Per
Capita Water
Demand
(GPCD)
Projected
Average Day
Demand
(MGD)
Projected
Maximum Day
Demand
(MGD)
2017 9,870 9,870 123 1.21 3.64
2018 9,910 9,910 123 1.22 3.66
2019 9,960 9,960 123 1.23 3.68
2020 10,000 10,000 123 1.23 3.69
2021 10,200 10,200 123 1.33 3.99
2022 10,400 10,400 123 1.43 4.29
2023 10,600 10,600 123 1.53 4.59
2024 10,800 10,800 123 1.63 4.89
2025 11,000 11,000 123 1.73 5.18
2030 12,000 12,000 123 2.23 6.68
2040 13,500 13,500 123 2.41 7.23
GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day MGD – Million Gallons per Day
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 9
Future Water Conservation Policies
The Minnesota DNR has established eight water conservation objectives and strategies. These
are listed below with comments on the City of Arden Hills’ progress towards the completion of
each.
1. Reduce unaccounted (non-revenue) water loss to less than 10 percent.
• The City’s average unaccounted water use from 2010 to 2015 was 15.7 percent,
which is above the recommended target of 10 percent. The City performs leak
detection and water audits periodically as needed and will consider metering water
use during hydrant flushing, ice rink flooding, and other water supplier service
activities.
• A total of 2,620 metered connections in Arden Hills are tested as needed. The
average age of the City’s existing meters is three years, and meters are replaced as
needed.
2. Achieve residential demand of less than 75 gallons per capita per day.
• The average residential per capita water demand for the City of Arden Hills from 2010
to 2015 was 46 gallons per capita per day (gpcd), which is less than the 75 gpcd
target. This demand has been decreasing steadily since 2012.
• In order to continue reducing residential demand, the City will revise its ordinances on
water efficient landscaping and water reuse, revise its ordinance to limit irrigation,
continue to make water system improvements, continue to provide incentives for
installing water efficient appliances and fixtures, and continue to conduct water
conservation education and outreach.
3. Achieve at least a 15 percent reduction in per capita daily demand across all customer
categories over the next 10 years.
• Although the City of Arden Hills residential per capita water demand is already quite
low and achieving this level of reduction may be infeasible, the City will conduct
facility water use audits annually, install enhanced water meters, install conservation
fixtures and appliances, repair leaking system components, investigate water reuse,
reduce outdoor water use, and train employees on how to conserve water.
4. Achieve a decreasing trend in total per capita demand.
• Total per capita, residential, and commercial/industrial/institutional water demands
have all shown a decreasing trend since 2012. Residential demand has shown a
more marked trend, and conservation measures that target household water use are
likely the reason for this trend. A graph showing total per capita water demand by
customer category is included in Appendix 8.
5. Reduce peak day demand so that the ratio of maximum to average day demand is less
than 2.6.
• The City does not have the ability to measure maximum day demands, so this ratio is
unknown.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 10
6. Implement a conservation water rate structure
• The water rates in Arden Hills are based on an increasing block rate structure. This
rate structure promotes water conservation because the price is volume-tiered. W ater
billing in Arden Hills is done on a quarterly schedule, and the billing structure is
evaluated every year with the last change made in January 2016, included in
Appendix 9.
7. Additional strategies to reduce water use and support wellhead protection planning
• The City of Arden Hills will participate in the GreenStep Cities program, implement a
water conservation outreach program, and implement a rebate program for water
efficient appliances and fixtures.
8. Tracking success
• The City will continue to monitor water usage by customer category and participate in
the GreenStep Cities program.
Regulation
The City of Arden Hills has implemented several regulations to reduce demand and improve
efficiency in its water system. Water efficient plumbing fixtures are required in new
development, air conditioning systems connected to the public water system must be equipped
with water conserving and water regulating devices, and a critical water deficiency ordinance is
in place. A summary of these regulations is included in Appendix 10.
Retrofitting Programs
The Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) has cost-share funds available for stormwater
management projects that improve surface water quality, such as rain gardens, rain barrels, and
water efficient landscaping.
Education and Outreach
The City has implemented, or plans to implement, the following education and outreach
programs:
• Consumer Confidence Reports prepared annually
• Press releases to local news outlets every six months
• Staff training includes awareness of conservation goals
• Arden Notes newsletters prepared every four months
• Information available on the City website (http://www.cityofardenhills.org/)
• Additional programs by SPRWS
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 11
PROPOSED IMPROVEMENTS
The City of Arden Hills’ existing water system will require improvements to satisfy future
development and demand, particularly related to the TCAAP development in the north part of
the City. Table 4 lists the improvements proposed, along with their estimated timing and costs.
The proposed system is shown in Figure 2. In addition, a copy of the City’s Capital
Improvement Plan for 2017-2021 is included in Appendix 4.
Table 4 – Proposed Capital Improvements
Year(s) Improvement Estimated Cost*
Annual Valve Replacement $35,000
Biennial Hydrant Replacement $40,000
2018 Water Tower Repair and Repainting $900,000
County Road E2/Old Hwy 10 Water Loop $855,000
2019
TCAAP Booster Station $1,000,000
TCAAP Trunk Improvements $1,000,000
TCAAP Water Tower $3,400,000
*Values listed include both direct and indirect costs.
Proposed Sources and Treatment
There are no improvements planned for the City’s three existing service connections to the City
of Roseville, which in turn receives its water supply from SPRWS.
Proposed Storage
As a result of water system modeling with WaterCAD by WSB & Associates, Inc. using the
projected water demands with the TCAAP development, it was determined that the system will
require an additional one million gallons of storage capacity in the north pressure zone. It is
recommended that the City begin the planning process for this 1 MG water tower as soon as
possible. Modeling also indicated that the existing North Tower will require the installation of an
altitude valve concurrent with the construction of the TCAAP Tower.
Proposed Booster Station
The north pressure zone is currently maintained by the east side booster station. The projected
water demand with the TCAAP development will require an additional west side booster station
along Snelling Ave N / Old Hwy 10, with a firm capacity of 1,500 gpm.
Proposed Distribution
In order to satisfy projected water demands and fire flows for the TCAAP development,
modeling indicates that two 12-inch trunk watermains will be required. The approximate routing
of the proposed watermain is shown in Figure 2.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
!(
!(!(
!(
!(
!(
!®
!®
!®
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valentine R
d
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h
w
a
y
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
LangtonLake
OwassoLake
JosephineLakeLittleJohannaLake
MarsdenLake
TurtleLake
BrennansPond Lake
MarthaLake
SunfishLake
LongLake
RushLake
PikeLake
RoundLake
ValentineLake
KarthLake
SnailLake
IslandLake
JonesLake
PoplarLake JohannaLake
ShoreviewLake
EmilyLake
JudyLake
Farrel'sLake
PolynesianLake
LittleJosephineLake
GramsiePond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
W
a
t
e
r
S
u
p
p
l
y
_
P
r
o
p
o
s
e
d
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
8
/
9
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
3
2
:
5
2
A
M
2040 Comprehensive PlanArden Hills, MN
Proposed WatermainDiameter
6"
8"
12"Existing WatermainDiameter
4"
6"
8"
10"
12"
16"
Other
!®Proposed Water Tower
!®Existing Water Tower
!(Intercommunity Connection
Arden Hills City Boundary
Figure 2 - Proposed Water Supply System 0 2,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 13
EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PROCEDURES
Water emergencies can occur as a result of vandalism, sabotage, accidental contamination,
mechanical problems, power failures, drought, flooding, and other natural disasters. The
purpose of emergency planning is to develop emergency response procedures and to identify
actions needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of a municipality, these
procedures should be in support of, and part of, an all-hazard emergency operations plan.
Federal Emergency Response Plan
Community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people are required to prepare an Emergency
Response Plan by Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, as amended by the Public
Health Security and Bioterrorism Preparedness and Response Act of 2002 (Public Law 107-
188, Title IV – Drinking Water Security and Safety).
The City of Arden Hills has a Federal Emergency Response Plan that was certified in 2005. The
contacts for this plan are:
Emergency Response Lead: Bill Joynes
Phone: (651) 792-7810
Email: wjoynes@cityofardenhills.org
Alternate Emergency Response Lead: Jeff Frid
Phone: (651) 755-1461
Email: jfrid@cityofardenhills.org
Operational Contingency Plan
The State recommends that all utilities develop an operational contingency plan that describes
measures to be taken for water supply mainline breaks and other common system failures, as
well as for routine maintenance. A contact list for contractors and suppliers and a water
emergency telephone list that act as an Operational Contingency Plan are included in
Appendix 5.
Emergency Response Procedures
In the case of an emergency, City staff must have quick access to concise and detailed
information on the water supply system, including maps and operation and maintenance
manuals. This information should be maintained in secured central and back-up locations, in
both electronic and hard copy formats.
The City of Arden Hills maintains records and maps of the water system. City staff can access
these resources from a central secured location in the event of an emergency, and appropriate
staff know where these resources are located.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 14
Procedures for Augmenting Water Supplies
The City of Arden Hills has three emergency interconnections with other communities, in
addition to its three service connections with the City of Roseville. Two emergency
interconnections are with the City of Shoreview at the intersections of Lexington & Grey Fox and
Lexington & Cummings Park through 8-inch watermain, each with a capacity of 500 gpm. The
third emergency interconnection is with the City of New Brighton at the intersection of Cleveland
& Stowe through 8-inch watermain, also with a capacity of 500 gpm. Copies of the cooperative
agreements for these interconnections are included in Appendix 6.
In the case of an emergency, the City will coordinate its response with SPRWS. Additional
information can be found in the SPRWS Water Supply Plan.
Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures and Triggers
The City must prepare procedures to address gradual decreases in water supply, as well as
emergencies and the sudden loss of water due to line breaks, power failures, sabotage, etc.
These allocation and demand reduction procedures must be consistent with Minnesota State
Statute 103G.261, that identifies and defines the priorities in which water usage will be allocated
in the event of an emergency. They are defined as follows:
1. Domestic water supply only, excluding industrial and commercial uses of municipal
water supply. The first priority also includes uses for power production that meet
contingency requirements. Domestic use is defined by MN Rules 6115.0630, Subp. 9, as
use for general household purposes for human needs such as cooking, cleaning,
drinking, washing, and waste disposal, and uses for on-farm livestock watering excluding
commercial livestock operations which use more than 10,000 gallons per day or one
million gallons per year.
2. Consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day.
3. Agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products of more than 10,000 gallons
per day.
4. Power production in excess of the use provided for in the contingency plan.
5. All other water use of more than 10,000 gallons per day.
6. Non-essential uses. These uses are defined by Minnesota Statutes 103G.291 as lawn
sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and park irrigation, and other non-essential uses.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 15
Table 5 lists the priority ranking, average day demand, and demand reduction potential for each
customer category in the City.
Table 5 – Water Use Priorities
Customer Category Allocation
Priority
Average Day
Demand (GPD)
Short-Term Emergency
Demand Reduction
Potential (GPD)
Residential 1 440,900 *
Comm./Ind./Inst. 2 480,200 *
Non-Essential 3 - 177,200
Total - 921,100 177,200
GPD – Gallons per Day
* Non-essential use calculated as increased summer demand across all customer categories
The City of Arden Hills will use the following conditions to trigger an emergency response:
Contamination
Loss of Production
Infrastructure Failure
Governor’s Executive Order
The City of Arden Hills has identified the following short-term and long-term actions to be
implemented as part of an emergency response:
Short-term Actions Long-term Actions
Enforce its critical water deficiency
ordinance
Allocate water through emergency
action of the City Council
Encourage voluntary reduction through
public service announcements
Supply augmentation through
interconnections
Enforce its critical water deficiency
ordinance
Allocate water through emergency
action of the City Council
Meet with large water users to discuss
their contingency plan
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Water Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 PAGE 16
Notification Procedures
The City of Arden Hills has developed the following plan to inform customers regarding
conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions; with the support of City staff,
neighboring communities, and local news outlets:
Short-term demand reduction
declared (within one year)
Long-term demand reduction
declared (over one year)
Governor’s Critical water
deficiency declared
Frequency: Monthly Frequency: Annually Frequency: As Needed
Website
Social media (e.g.
Twitter, Facebook)
Direct customer
mailing
Press release (TV,
radio, newspaper)
Website
Social media (e.g.
Twitter, Facebook)
Direct customer
mailing
Press release (TV,
radio, newspaper)
Website
Social media (e.g.
Twitter, Facebook)
Direct customer
mailing
Press release (TV,
radio, newspaper)
Enforcement
Minnesota Statutes require public water supply authorities to adopt and enforce water
conservation restrictions during periods of critical water shortages. As stated in Minnesota
Statutes 103G.291, Subdivision 1, regarding public water supply appropriation during
deficiency, if the governor determines and declares by executive order that there is a critical
water deficiency, public water supply authorities appropriating water must adopt and enforce
water conservation restrictions within their jurisdiction that are consistent with rules adopted by
the commissioner. The restrictions must limit lawn sprinkling, vehicle washing, golf course and
park irrigation, and other nonessential uses, and have appropriate penalties for failure to comply
with the restrictions.
The City has a critical water deficiency ordinance defined in Arden Hills City Code, Chapter 10 –
Utilities, Section 1000 – Water. A copy of this ordinance is included in Appendix 7. The City has
authorized the City Administrator to have standing authority to implement water restrictions,
which improves response times for dealing with water emergencies.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix A
Water Supply Plan
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
1
Local Water Supply Plan Template
Third Generation for 2016 -2018
Formerly called Water Emergency & Water Conservation Plan
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
2
Cover photo by Molly Shodeen
For more information on this Water Supply Plan Template, please contact the DNR Division of Ecological
and Water Resources at (651) 259-5034 or (651) 259-5100.
Copyright 2015 State of Minnesota, Department of Natural Resources
This information is available in an alternative format upon request.
Equal opportunity to participate in and benefit from programs of the Minnesota Department of Natural
Resources is available to all individuals regardless of race, color, creed, religion, national origin, sex,
marital status, public assistance status, age, sexual orientation, disability or activity on behalf of a local
human rights commission. Discrimination inquiries should be sent to Minnesota DNR, 500 Lafayette
Road, St. Paul, MN 55155-4049; or the Equal Opportunity Office, Department of the Interior,
Washington, DC 20240.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
3
Table of contents
INTRODUCTION TO WATER SUPPLY PLANS (WSP) ............................................................. 6
Who needs to complete a Water Supply Plan .......................................................................................... 6
Groundwater Management Areas (GWMA) ............................................................................................. 6
Benefits of completing a WSP ................................................................................................................... 6
WSP Approval Process .............................................................................................................................. 7
PART 1. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION ................................ 9
A. Analysis of Water Demand................................................................................................................ 9
B. Treatment and Storage Capacity .................................................................................................... 11
Treatment and storage capacity versus demand ................................................................12
C. Water Sources ................................................................................................................................. 12
Limits on Emergency Interconnections ...............................................................................13
D. Future Demand Projections – Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark ............................................ 13
Water Use Trends ..............................................................................................................13
Projection Method ..............................................................................................................14
E. Resource Sustainability ................................................................................................................... 14
Monitoring – Key DNR Benchmark ....................................................................................14
Water Level Data ...............................................................................................................15
Potential Water Supply Issues & Natural Resource Impacts – Key DNR & Metropolitan
Council Benchmark ............................................................................................................15
Wellhead Protection (WHP) and Source Water Protection (SWP) Plans ............................18
F. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) ...................................................................................................... 19
Adequacy of Water Supply System ....................................................................................19
Proposed Future Water Sources ........................................................................................20
Part 2. Emergency Preparedness Procedures ..........................................................................22
A. Federal Emergency Response Plan ................................................................................................. 22
B. Operational Contingency Plan ........................................................................................................ 22
C. Emergency Response Procedures ................................................................................................... 22
Emergency Telephone List ................................................................................................23
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
4
Current Water Sources and Service Area ..........................................................................23
Procedure for Augmenting Water Supplies ........................................................................23
Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures ..................................................................24
Notification Procedures ......................................................................................................26
Enforcement ......................................................................................................................26
PART 3. WATER CONSERVATION PLAN ...............................................................................28
Progress since 2006 ................................................................................................................................ 28
A. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Actions ................................................................. 29
B. Conservation Objectives and Strategies – Key benchmark for DNR ............................................... 30
Objective 1: Reduce Unaccounted (Non-Revenue) Water loss to Less than 10% ..............30
Objective 2: Achieve Less than 75 Residential Gallons per Capita Demand (GPCD) .........32
Objective 3: Achieve at least a 1.5% per year water reduction for Institutional, Industrial,
Commercial, and Agricultural GPCD over the next 10 years or a 15% reduction in ten
years. .................................................................................................................................33
Objective 4: Achieve a Decreasing Trend in Total Per Capita Demand ..............................34
Objective 5: Reduce Peak Day Demand so that the Ratio of Average Maximum day to the
Average Day is less than 2.6..............................................................................................34
Objective 6: Implement a Conservation Water Rate Structure and/or a Uniform Rate
Structure with a Water Conservation Program ...................................................................35
Objective 7: Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use and Support Wellhead Protection
Planning .............................................................................................................................37
Objective 8: Tracking Success: How will you track or measure success through the next ten
years? ................................................................................................................................37
A. Regulation ....................................................................................................................................... 38
B. Retrofitting Programs ..................................................................................................................... 39
Retrofitting Programs .........................................................................................................39
C. Education and Information Programs ............................................................................................. 40
Proposed Education Programs ..........................................................................................40
Part 4. ITEMS FOR METROPOLITAN AREA COMMUNITIES .................................................43
A. Water Demand Projections through 2040 ...................................................................................... 43
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
5
B. Potential Water Supply Issues ........................................................................................................ 43
C. Proposed Alternative Approaches to Meet Extended Water Demand Projections ....................... 43
D. Value-Added Water Supply Planning Efforts (Optional) ................................................................. 44
Source Water Protection Strategies ...................................................................................44
Technical assistance ..........................................................................................................44
GLOSSARY ..............................................................................................................................45
Acronyms and Initialisms ........................................................................................................................ 47
APPENDICES TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE WATER SUPPLIER ............................................49
Appendix 1: Well records and maintenance summaries – see Part 1C ................................................. 49
Appendix 2: Water level monitoring plan – see Part 1E ........................................................................ 49
Appendix 3: Water level graphs for each water supply well - see Part 1E ............................................. 49
Appendix 4: Capital Improvement Plan - see Part 1E ............................................................................. 49
Appendix 5: Emergency Telephone List – see Part 2C ........................................................................... 49
Appendix 6: Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services – see Part 2C ....................................... 49
Appendix 7: Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance – see Part 2C ............................................ 49
Appendix 8: Graph showing annual per capita water demand for each customer category during the
last ten-years – see Part 3 Objective 4.................................................................................................... 49
Appendix 9: Water Rate Structure – see Part 3 Objective 6 .................................................................. 49
Appendix 10: Adopted or proposed regulations to reduce demand or improve water efficiency – see
Part 3 Objective 7 .................................................................................................................................... 49
Appendix 11: Implementation Checklist – summary of all the actions that a community is doing, or
proposes to do, including estimated implementation dates – see www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
................................................................................................................................................................ 49
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
6
DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES – DIVISION OF ECOLOGICAL AND
WATER RESOURCES AND METROPOLITAN COUNCIL
INTRODUCTION TO WATER SUPPLY PLANS (WSP)
Who needs to complete a Water Supply Plan
Public water suppliers serving more than 1,000 people, large private water suppliers in designated
Groundwater Management Areas, and all water suppliers in the Twin Cities metropolitan area are
required to prepare and submit a water supply plan.
The goal of the WSP is to help water suppliers: 1) implement long term water sustainability and
conservation measures; and 2) develop critical emergency preparedness measures. Your community
needs to know what measures will be implemented in case of a water crisis. A lot of emergencies can be
avoided or mitigated if long term sustainability measures are implemented.
Groundwater Management Areas (GWMA)
The DNR has designated three areas of the state as Groundwater Management Areas (GWMAs) to focus
groundwater management efforts in specific geographies where there is an added risk of overuse or
water quality degradation. A plan directing the DNRs actions within each GWMA has been prepared.
Although there are no specific additional requirements with respect to the water supply planning for
communities within designated GWMAs, communities should be aware of the issues and actions
planned if they are within the boundary of one of the GWMAs. The three GWMAs are the North and
East Metro GWMA (Twin Cities Metro), the Bonanza Valley GWMA and the Straight River GWMA (near
Park Rapids). Additional information and maps are included in the DNR webpage at
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/gwmp/areas.html
Benefits of completing a WSP
Completing a WSP using this template, fulfills a water supplier’s statutory obligations under M.S.
M.S.103G.291 to complete a water supply plan. For water suppliers in the metropolitan area, the WSP
will help local governmental units to fulfill their requirements under M.S. 473.859 to complete a local
comprehensive plan. Additional benefits of completing WSP template:
• The standardized format allows for quicker and easier review and approval.
• Help water suppliers prepare for droughts and water emergencies.
• Create eligibility for funding requests to the Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) for the
Drinking Water Revolving Fund.
• Allow water suppliers to submit requests for new wells or expanded capacity of existing wells.
• Simplify the development of county comprehensive water plans and watershed plans.
• Fulfill the contingency plan provisions required in the MDH wellhead protection and surface
water protection plans.
• Fulfill the demand reduction requirements of Minnesota Statutes, section 103G.291 subd 3
and 4.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
7
• Upon implementation, contribute to maintaining aquifer levels, reducing potential well
interference and water use conflicts, and reducing the need to drill new wells or expand
system capacity.
• Enable DNR to compile and analyze water use and conservation data to help guide decisions.
• Conserve Minnesota’s water resources
If your community needs assistance completing the Water Supply Plan, assistance is available from your
area hydrologist or groundwater specialist, the MN Rural Waters Association circuit rider program, or in
the metropolitan area from Metropolitan Council staff. Many private consultants are also available.
WSP Approval Process
10 Basic Steps for completing a 10-Year Water Supply Plan
1. Download the DNR/Metropolitan Council Water Supply Plan Template
www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
2. Save the document with a file name with this naming convention:
WSP_cityname_permitnumber_date.doc.
3. The template is a form that should be completed electronically.
4. Compile the required water use data (Part 1) and emergency procedures information (Part 2)
5. The Water Conservation section (Part 3) may need discussion with the water department,
council, or planning commission, if your community does not already have an active water
conservation program.
6. Communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area should complete all the
information discussed in Part 4. The Metropolitan Council has additional guidance information
on their webpage http://www.metrocouncil.org/Handbook/Plan-Elements/Water-
Resources/Water-Supply.aspx. All out-state water suppliers do not need to complete the
content addressed in Part 4.
7. Use the Plan instructions and Checklist document to insure all data is complete and attachments
are included. This will allow for a quicker approval process. www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
8. Plans should be submitted electronically – no paper documents are required.
https://webapps11.dnr.state.mn.us/mpars/public/authentication/login
9. DNR hydrologist will review plans (in cooperation with Metropolitan Council in Metro area) and
approve the plan or make recommendations.
10. Once approved, communities should complete a Certification of Adoption form, and send a copy
to the DNR.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
8
Complete Table 1 with information about the public water supply system covered by this WSP.
Table 1. General information regarding this WSP
Requested Information Description
DNR Water Appropriation Permit Number(s) 1975-6227
Ownership Public
Metropolitan Council Area Ramsey County
Street Address 1245 W. Highway 96
City, State, Zip Arden Hills, MN, 55112
Contact Person Name Sue Polka
Title Public Works Director/City Engineer
Phone Number 651-792-7846
MDH Supplier Classification Municipal
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
9
PART 1. WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM DESCRIPTION AND EVALUATION
The first step in any water supply analysis is to assess the current status of demand and availability.
Information summarized in Part 1 can be used to develop Emergency Preparedness Procedures (Part 2)
and the Water Conservation Plan (Part 3). This data is also needed to track progress for water efficiency
measures.
A. Analysis of Water Demand
Complete Table 2 showing the past 10 years of water demand data.
• Some of this information may be in your Wellhead Protection Plan.
• If you do not have this information, do your best, call your engineer for assistance or if
necessary leave blank.
If your customer categories are different than the ones listed in Table 2, please describe the differences
below:
The City’s customer categories are only residential and commercial.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
10
Table 2. Historic water demand (see definitions in the glossary after Part 4 of this template)
Year Pop.
Served
Total
Connections
Residential
Water
Delivered
(MG)
C/I/I
Water
Delivered
(MG)
Water
used for
Non-
essential
Total Water
Delivered
(MG)
Total Water
Pumped (MG)
Percent Unmetered/
Unaccounted
Average Daily
Demand
(MGD)
Max. Daily
Demand *
(MGD)
Date of Max.
Demand
Residential
Per Capita
Demand
(GPCD)
Total per
capita
Demand
(GPCD)
2005 9,565 est. 2,564 174.50 - - 452.40 - 1.24 n/a n/a 49.98 129.58
2006 9,564 est. 2,429 185.90 - - 479.50 - 1.31 n/a n/a 53.25 137.36
2007 9,563 est. 2,521 210.38 210.41 420.79 464.84 9.48% 1.27 n/a n/a 60.27 133.17
2008 9,562 est. - 190.63 183.80 374.43 454.20 17.56% 1.24 n/a n/a 54.62 130.14
2009 9,561 est. - 197.52 177.32 374.84 483.05 22.40% 1.32 n/a n/a 56.60 138.42
2010 9,560 2,558 164.03 185.41 349.45 424.24 17.63% 1.16 n/a n/a 47.01 121.58
2011 9,604 est. 2,558 174.29 180.22 354.51 414.93 14.56% 1.14 n/a n/a 49.72 118.37
2012 9,648 est. 2,581 191.82 194.04 385.86 463.52 16.75% 1.27 n/a n/a 54.47 131.62
2013 9,692 est. 2,596 162.05 159.38 321.43 424.09 24.21% 1.16 n/a n/a 45.81 119.88
2014 9,736 est. 2,601 139.76 159.92 299.68 358.93 16.51% 0.98 n/a n/a 39.33 101.00
2015 9,780 est. 2,608 133.66 172.27 306.31 321.70 4.78% 0.88 n/a n/a 37.44 90.12
Avg.
2010-
2015
9,670 2,584 160.94 175.27 336.21 401.24 15.74% 1.10 n/a n/a 45.63 113.76
MG – Million Gallons MGD – Million Gallons per Day GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day; *City does not record daily readings on interconnection with Roseville
See Glossary for definitions
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
11
Complete Table 3 by listing the top 10 water users by volume, from largest to smallest. For each user,
include information about the category of use (residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, or
wholesale), the amount of water used in gallons per year, the percent of total water delivered, and the
status of water conservation measures.
Table 3. Large volume users
Customer Use Category
(Residential, Industrial,
Commercial,
Institutional,
Wholesale)
Amount Used
(Gallons per
Year)
Percent of Total
Annual Water
Delivered
Implementing Water
Conservation
Measures?
(Yes/No/Unknown)
Bethel University Institutional 19,559,954 6.16% Unknown
Arden Manor
Mobile Home
Residential 19,282,614 6.08% Unknown
University of
Northwestern
Institutional 9,776,996 3.08% Unknown
Boston Scientific
(Bldg. 5, 7, 9)
Industrial 9,684,739 3.05% Unknown
Boston Scientific
(Bldg. B & C)
Industrial 9,657,338 3.04% Unknown
Johanna Shores Residential 9,071,148 2.86% Unknown
International
Paper
Industrial 6,774,002 2.13% Unknown
Land O' Lakes Industrial 5,720,401 1.80% Unknown
Boston Scientific
(Bldg 10)
Industrial 4,418,409 1.39% Unknown
Mounds View
High School
Institutional 4,124,607 1.30% Unknown
B. Treatment and Storage Capacity
Complete Table 4 with a description of where water is treated, the year treatment facilities were
constructed, water treatment capacity, the treatment methods (i.e. chemical addition, reverse osmosis,
coagulation, sedimentation, etc.) and treatment types used (i.e. fluoridation, softening, chlorination,
Fe/MN removal, coagulation, etc.). Also describe the annual amount and method of disposal of
treatment residuals. Add rows to the table as needed.
Table 4. Water treatment capacity and treatment processes
Treatment
Site ID
(Plant
Name or
Well ID)
Year
Constructed
Treatment
Capacity
(GPD)
Treatment
Method
Treatment
Type
Annual
Amount of
Residuals
Disposal
Process
for
Residuals
Do You
Reclaim
Filter
Backwash
Water?
See Saint Paul Regional Water Service (SPRWS)
Total NA NA NA NA
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
12
Complete Table 5 with information about storage structures. Describe the type (i.e. elevated, ground,
etc.), the storage capacity of each type of structure, the year each structure was constructed, and the
primary material for each structure. Add rows to the table as needed.
Table 5. Storage capacity, as of the end of the last calendar year
Structure Name Type of Storage
Structure
Year Constructed Primary Material Storage Capacity
(Gallons)
North Tower Elevated storage 1968 Steel 500,000
South Tower Elevated Storage 1986 Steel 1,000,000
Total NA NA NA 1,500,000
Treatment and storage capacity versus demand
It is recommended that total storage equal or exceed the average daily demand.
Discuss the difference between current storage and treatment capacity versus the water supplier’s
projected average water demand over the next 10 years (see Table 7 for projected water demand):
The City of Arden Hills currently has 1.5 MG of storage between two elevated storage tanks. Ten State Standards
recommends that a city’s storage capacity be equal to or greater than the average day demand. From 2010 to 2015,
the average day demand was 1.10 MG; the City’s current storage capacity exceeds the average day demand by 0.40
MG. It is anticipated that the highest average day demand over the proceeding ten years will be approximately 2.13
MG, which will require additional storage capacity. The City proposes to add a 1.0 MG elevated storage facility in
the northern section of the City.
The City purchases water from the City of Roseville, who directly purchases the water from the Saint Paul Regional
Water Utility Service (SPRWS).
C. Water Sources
Complete Table 6 by listing all types of water sources that supply water to the system, including
groundwater, surface water, interconnections with other water suppliers, or others. Provide the name
of each source (aquifer name, river or lake name, name of interconnecting water supplier) and the
Minnesota unique well number or intake ID, as appropriate. Report the year the source was installed or
established and the current capacity. Provide information about the depth of all wells. Describe the
status of the source (active, inactive, emergency only, retail/wholesale interconnection) and if the
source facilities have a dedicated emergency power source. Add rows to the table as needed for each
installation.
Include copies of well records and maintenance summary for each well that has occurred since your last
approved plan in Appendix 1.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
13
Table 6. Water sources and status
Resource Type
(Groundwater,
Surface water,
Interconnection)
Resource Name MN Unique
Well # or
Intake ID
Year
Installed
Capacity
(Gallons
per
Minute)
Well
Depth
(Feet)
Status of Normal
and Emergency
Operations (active,
inactive,
emergency only,
retail/wholesale
interconnection))
Does this Source
have a Dedicated
Emergency Power
Source? (Yes or
No)
Interconnection City of Roseville n/a n/a 19,445 n/a Wholesale
Interconnection
Yes
Limits on Emergency Interconnections
Discuss any limitations on the use of the water sources (e.g. not to be operated simultaneously,
limitations due to blending, aquifer recovery issues etc.) and the use of interconnections, including
capacity limits or timing constraints (i.e. only 200 gallons per minute are available from the City of Prior
Lake, and it is estimated to take 6 hours to establish the emergency connection). If there are no
limitations, list none.
The City has an agreement with the City of Roseville that the water supplied at interconnections will be at Roseville’s
line pressure and that Arden Hills shall provide supplemental pumpage to meet pressure requirements for the Arden
Hills system.
D. Future Demand Projections – Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark
Water Use Trends
Use the data in Table 2 to describe trends in 1) population served; 2) total per capita water demand; 3)
average daily demand; 4) maximum daily demand. Then explain the causes for upward or downward
trends. For example, over the ten years has the average daily demand trended up or down? Why is this
occurring?
The historic trend shows a consistent increase in population served within the City of Arden Hills. As the population
served increased, the total number of connections also increased.
The City has seen an overall decreasing trend in total per capita and average day water demands which can be
observed from Table 2. Since the City is not able to record the amount of water pumped on individual days, trends
in maximum daily demands are not available. It is likely that improved appliances, decrease in irrigation, general
attitude towards conservation, rainfall and climate play a much larger role in water usage than other factors.
Use the water use trend information discussed above to complete Table 7 with projected annual
demand for the next ten years. Communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area must
also include projections for 2030 and 2040 as part of their local comprehensive planning.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
14
Projected demand should be consistent with trends evident in the historical data in Table 2, as discussed
above. Projected demand should also reflect state demographer population projections and/or other
planning projections.
Table 7. Projected annual water demand
Year Projected
Total
Population1
Projected
Population
Served
Projected Total Per
Capita Water Demand
(GPCD)
Projected
Average Daily
Demand1
(MGD)
Projected Maximum
Daily Demand (MGD)
2016 9,820 9,820 123 1.21 3.62
2017 9,870 9,870 123 1.21 3.64
2018 9,910 9,910 123 1.22 3.66
2019 9,960 9,960 123 1.23 3.68
2020 10,000 10,000 123 1.23 3.69
2021 10,200 10,200 123 1.33 3.99
2022 10,400 10,400 123 1.43 4.29
2023 10,600 10,600 123 1.53 4.59
2024 10,800 10,800 123 1.63 4.89
2025 11,000 11,000 123 1.73 5.18
2030 12,000 12,000 123 2.23 6.68
2040 13,500 13,500 123 2.41 7.23
GPCD – Gallons per Capita per Day MGD – Million Gallons per Day;
1Projected average daily demands include MetCouncil projections with the addition of 0.75 MGD for fully developed TCAAP site
Projection Method
Describe the method used to project water demand, including assumptions for population and business
growth and how water conservation and efficiency programs affect projected water demand:
Population projections were obtained from the Metropolitan Council and from the assumption that the TCAAP
redevelopment project will increase the average daily demand by 0.75 MGD by 2030. An average total per capita
demand was determined from the City’s historic water usage data and was assumed to remain constant at 123
gallons per capita per day through 2040. Since the City is unable to record the amount of water pumped on individual
days, trends were in maximum day demands were not available. Therefore, a maximum day peaking factor of 3.0
was assumed to calculate the City’s projected maximum day water demands.
E. Resource Sustainability
Monitoring – Key DNR Benchmark
Complete Table 8 by inserting information about source water quality and quantity monitoring efforts.
List should include all production wells, observation wells, and source water intakes or reservoirs. Add
rows to the table as needed. Find information on groundwater level monitoring program at:
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/waters/groundwater_section/obwell/index.html
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
15
Table 8. Information about source water quality and quantity monitoring
MN Unique Well # or
Surface Water ID
Type of monitoring
point
Monitoring program Frequency of
monitoring
Monitoring Method
See SPRWSP ☐ production well
☐ observation well
☐ source water
intake
☐ source water
reservoir
☐ routine MDH
sampling
☐ routine water
utility sampling
☐ other
☐ continuous
☐ hourly
☐ daily
☐ monthly
☐ quarterly
☐ annually
☐ SCADA
☐ grab sampling
☐ steel tape
☐ stream gauge
Water Level Data
A water level monitoring plan that includes monitoring locations and a schedule for water level readings
must be submitted as Appendix 2. If one does not already exist, it needs to be prepared and submitted
with the WSP. Ideally, all production and observation wells are monitored at least monthly.
Complete Table 9 to summarize water level data for each well being monitored. Provide the name of the
aquifer and a brief description of how much water levels vary over the season (the difference between
the highest and lowest water levels measured during the year) and the long-term trends for each well. If
water levels are not measured and recorded on a routine basis, then provide the static water level when
each well was constructed and the most recent water level measured during the same season the well
was constructed. Also include all water level data taken during any well and pump maintenance. Add
rows to the table as needed.
Provide water level data graphs for each well in Appendix 3 for the life of the well, or for as many years
as water levels have been measured. See DNR website for Date Time Water Level
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/groundwater/hydrographs.html
Table 9. Water level data
Unique Well
Number or Well ID
Aquifer Name Seasonal Variation
(Feet)
Long-term Trend in
water level data
Water level
measured during
well/pumping
maintenance
Unique # 225652 MTPL 2.4-feet ☐ Falling
☒ Stable
☐ Rising
See Appendix 3
See SPRWS ☐ Falling
☐ Stable
☐ Rising
MM/DD/YY:____
MM/DD/YY:____
MM/DD/YY:____
Potential Water Supply Issues & Natural Resource Impacts – Key DNR & Metropolitan Council
Benchmark
Complete Table 10 by listing the types of natural resources that are or could be impacted by permitted
water withdrawals. If known, provide the name of specific resources that may be impacted. Identify
what the greatest risks to the resource are and how the risks are being assessed. Identify any resource
protection thresholds – formal or informal – that have been established to identify when actions should
be taken to mitigate impacts. Provide information about the potential mitigation actions that may be
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
16
taken, if a resource protection threshold is crossed. Add additional rows to the table as needed. See
glossary at the end of the template for definitions.
Some of this baseline data should have been in your earlier water supply plans or county comprehensive
water plans. When filling out this table, think of what are the water supply risks, identify the resources,
determine the threshold and then determine what your community will do to mitigate the impacts.
Your DNR area hydrologist is available to assist with this table.
For communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area, the Master Water Supply Plan
Appendix 1 (Water Supply Profiles, provides information about potential water supply issues and natural
resource impacts for your community.
Table 10. Natural resource impacts
Resource Type Resource
Name
Risk Risk Assessed
Through
Describe
Resource
Protection
Threshold*
Mitigation
Measure or
Management
Plan
Describe
How
Changes to
Thresholds
are
Monitored
☒ River or
stream
☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ Other: _____
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
See
SPRWS
☒ Calcareous
fen
☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
See
SPRWS
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
17
Resource Type Resource
Name
Risk Risk Assessed
Through
Describe
Resource
Protection
Threshold*
Mitigation
Measure or
Management
Plan
Describe
How
Changes to
Thresholds
are
Monitored
☐ Other: _____
☒ Lake ☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ Other: _____
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
See
SPRWS
☐ Wetland ☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ Other: _____
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
☐ Trout
stream
☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ Other: _____
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
18
Resource Type Resource
Name
Risk Risk Assessed
Through
Describe
Resource
Protection
Threshold*
Mitigation
Measure or
Management
Plan
Describe
How
Changes to
Thresholds
are
Monitored
☒ Aquifer ☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ Other:
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
See
SPRWS
☐
Endangered,
threatened, or
special
concern
species
habitat, other
natural
resource
impacts
☐ Flow/water
level decline
☐ Degrading
water quality
trends and/or
MCLs exceeded
☐ Impacts on
endangered,
threatened, or
special concern
species habitat
or other natural
resource
impacts
☐ Other: _____
☐ GIS analysis
☐ Modeling
☐ Mapping
☐ Monitoring
☐ Aquifer
testing
☐ Other: ___
☐ Revise
permit
☐ Change
groundwater
pumping
☐ Increase
conservation
☐ Other
* Examples of thresholds: a lower limit on acceptable flow in a river or stream; water quality outside of an accepted range; a
lower limit on acceptable aquifer level decline at one or more monitoring wells; withdrawals that exceed some percent of the
total amount available from a source; or a lower limit on acceptable changes to a protected habitat.
Wellhead Protection (WHP) and Surface Water Protection (SWP) Plans
Complete Table 11 to provide status information about WHP and SWP plans.
The emergency procedures in this plan are intended to comply with the contingency plan provisions
required in the Minnesota Department of Health’s (MDH) Wellhead Protection (WHP) Plan and Surface
Water Protection (SWP) Plan.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
19
Table 11. Status of Wellhead Protection and Surface Water Protection Plans
Plan Type Status Date Adopted Date for Update
WHP ☐ In Process
☐ Completed
☒ Not Applicable
SWP ☐ In Process
☒ Completed1
☐ Not Applicable
May, 2005 N/A
1 City of St. Paul Source Water Protection Plan
F. Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)
Please note that any wells that received approval under a ten-year permit, but that were not built, are
now expired and must submit a water appropriations permit.
Adequacy of Water Supply System
Complete Table 12 with information about the adequacy of wells and/or intakes, storage facilities,
treatment facilities, and distribution systems to sustain current and projected demands. List planned
capital improvements for any system components, in chronological order. Communities in the seven-
county Twin Cities metropolitan area should also include information about plans through 2040.
The assessment can be the general status by category; it is not necessary to identify every single well,
storage facility, treatment facility, lift station, and mile of pipe.
Please attach your latest Capital Improvement Plan as Appendix 4.
Table 12. Adequacy of Water Supply System
System Component Planned action Anticipated
Construction
Year
Notes
Wells/Intakes ☐ No action planned - adequate
☐ Repair/replacement
☐ Expansion/addition
Water Storage Facilities
☐ No action planned - adequate
☒ Repair/replacement
☒ Expansion/addition
2016-2020 -South and North
Water Tower
repairs
-TCAAP Water
Tower
Water Treatment Facilities ☐ No action planned - adequate
☐ Repair/replacement
☐ Expansion/addition
Distribution Systems
(pipes, valves, etc.)
☐ No action planned - adequate
☒ Repair/replacement
☐ Expansion/addition
2017-2021 -Trunk water
improvements
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
20
System Component Planned action Anticipated
Construction
Year
Notes
Pressure Zones ☐ No action planned - adequate
☐ Repair/replacement
☒ Expansion/addition
2017 -Booster station
Other: ☐ No action planned - adequate
☐ Repair/replacement
☐ Expansion/addition
Proposed Future Water Sources
Complete Table 13 to identify new water source installation planned over the next ten years. Add rows
to the table as needed.
Table 13. Proposed future installations/sources
Source Installation
Location
(approximate)
Resource
Name
Proposed
Pumping
Capacity (gpm)
Planned
Installation Year
Planned
Partnerships
Groundwater See SPRWS
Surface Water
Interconnection
to another
supplier
Water Source Alternatives - Key Metropolitan Council Benchmark
Do you anticipate the need for alternative water sources in the next 10 years? Yes ☐ No ☒
For metro communities, will you need alternative water sources by the year 2040? Yes ☐ No ☒
If you answered yes for either question, then complete table 14. If no, insert NA.
Complete Table 14 by checking the box next to alternative approaches that your community is
considering, including approximate locations (if known), the estimated amount of future demand that
could be met through the approach, the estimated timeframe to implement the approach, potential
partnerships, and the major benefits and challenges of the approach. Add rows to the table as needed.
For communities in the seven-county Twin Cities metropolitan area, these alternatives should include
approaches the community is considering to meet projected 2040 water demand.
Table 14. Alternative water sources
Alternative Source
Considered
Source and/or
Installation
Location
(approximate)
Estimated
Amount of
Future
Demand (%)
Timeframe
to
Implement
(YYYY)
Potential
Partners
Benefits Challenges
☐ Groundwater N/A
☐ Surface Water N/A
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
21
Alternative Source
Considered
Source and/or
Installation
Location
(approximate)
Estimated
Amount of
Future
Demand (%)
Timeframe
to
Implement
(YYYY)
Potential
Partners
Benefits Challenges
☐ Reclaimed stormwater N/A
☐ Reclaimed wastewater N/A
☐ Interconnection to
another supplier
N/A
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
22
Part 2. Emergency Preparedness Procedures
The emergency preparedness procedures outlined in this plan are intended to comply with the
contingency plan provisions required by MDH in the WHP and SWP. Water emergencies can occur as a
result of vandalism, sabotage, accidental contamination, mechanical problems, power failings, drought,
flooding, and other natural disasters. The purpose of emergency planning is to develop emergency
response procedures and to identify actions needed to improve emergency preparedness. In the case of
a municipality, these procedures should be in support of, and part of, an all-hazard emergency
operations plan. Municipalities that already have written procedures dealing with water emergencies
should review the following information and update existing procedures to address these water supply
protection measures.
A. Federal Emergency Response Plan
Section 1433(b) of the Safe Drinking Water Act, (Public Law 107-188, Title IV- Drinking Water Security
and Safety) requires community water suppliers serving over 3,300 people to prepare an Emergency
Response Plan.
Do you have a federal emergency response plan? Yes ☒ No ☐
If yes, what was the date it was certified? ____2005_________
Complete Table 15 by inserting the noted information regarding your completed Federal Emergency
Response Plan.
Table 15. Emergency Preparedness Plan contact information
Emergency Response Plan Role Contact
Person
Contact Phone
Number
Contact Email
Emergency Response Lead Bill Joynes 651.792.7810 wjoynes@cityofardenhills.org
Alternate Emergency Response
Lead
Jeff Frid 651.755.1461 jfrid@cityofardenhills.org
B. Operational Contingency Plan
All utilities should have a written operational contingency plan that describes measures to be taken for
water supply mainline breaks and other common system failures as well as routine maintenance.
Do you have a written operational contingency plan? Yes ☒ No ☐
At a minimum, a water supplier should prepare and maintain an emergency contact list of contractors
and suppliers.
C. Emergency Response Procedures
Water suppliers must meet the requirements of MN Rules 4720.5280 . Accordingly, the Minnesota
Department of Natural Resources (DNR) requires public water suppliers serving more than 1,000 people
to submit Emergency and Conservation Plans. Water emergency and conservation plans that have been
approved by the DNR, under provisions of Minnesota Statute 186 and Minnesota Rules, part 6115.0770,
will be considered equivalent to an approved WHP contingency plan.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
23
Emergency Telephone List
Prepare and attach a list of emergency contacts, including the MN Duty Officer (1-800-422-0798), as
Appendix 5. A template is available at www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
The list should include key utility and community personnel, contacts in adjacent water suppliers, and
appropriate local, state and federal emergency contacts. Please be sure to verify and update the
contacts on the emergency telephone list and date it. Thereafter, update on a regular basis (once a year
is recommended). In the case of a municipality, this information should be contained in a notification
and warning standard operating procedure maintained by the Emergency Manager for that community.
Responsibilities and services for each contact should be defined.
Current Water Sources and Service Area
Quick access to concise and detailed information on water sources, water treatment, and the
distribution system may be needed in an emergency. System operation and maintenance records should
be maintained in secured central and back-up locations so that the records are accessible for emergency
purposes. A detailed map of the system showing the treatment plants, water sources, storage facilities,
supply lines, interconnections, and other information that would be useful in an emergency should also
be readily available. It is critical that public water supplier representatives and emergency response
personnel communicate about the response procedures and be able to easily obtain this kind of
information both in electronic and hard copy formats (in case of a power outage).
Do records and maps exist? Yes ☒ No ☐
Can staff access records and maps from a central secured location in the event of an emergency?
Yes ☒ No ☐
Does the appropriate staff know where the materials are located?
Yes ☒ No ☐
Procedure for Augmenting Water Supplies
Complete Tables 16 – 17 by listing all available sources of water that can be used to augment or replace
existing sources in an emergency. Add rows to the tables as needed.
In the case of a municipality, this information should be contained in a notification and warning
standard operating procedure maintained by the warning point for that community. Municipalities are
encouraged to execute cooperative agreements for potential emergency water services and copies
should be included in Appendix 6. Outstate Communities may consider using nearby high capacity wells
(industry, golf course) as emergency water sources.
WSP should include information on any physical or chemical problems that may limit interconnections
to other sources of water. Approvals from the MDH are required for interconnections or the reuse of
water.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
24
Table 16. Interconnections with other water supply systems to supply water in an emergency
Other Water
Supply System
Owner
Capacity (GPM
& MGD)
Note Any Limitations On
Use
List of services, equipment, supplies
available to respond
City of Shoreview
(Lexington & Grey
Fox)
500/0.72 Different supply source 8-inch watermain connection
City of Shoreview
(Lexington &
Cummings Park)
500/0.72 Different supply source 8-inch watermain connection
City of New Brighton
(Cleveland & Stowe)
500/0.72 Different supply source 8-inch watermain connection
GPM – Gallons per minute MGD – million gallons per day
Table 17. Utilizing surface water as an alternative source
Surface Water
Source Name
Capacity
(GPM)
Capacity
(MGD)
Treatment Needs Note Any Limitations
On Use
See SPRWS
If not covered above, describe additional emergency measures for providing water (obtaining bottled
water, or steps to obtain National Guard services, etc.)
See SPRWS
Allocation and Demand Reduction Procedures
Complete Table 18 by adding information about how decisions will be made to allocate water and
reduce demand during an emergency. Provide information for each customer category, including its
priority ranking, average day demand, and demand reduction potential for each customer category.
Modify the customer categories as needed, and add additional lines if necessary.
Water use categories should be prioritized in a way that is consistent with Minnesota Statutes 103G.261
(#1 is highest priority) as follows:
1. Water use for human needs such as cooking, cleaning, drinking, washing and waste disposal; use
for on-farm livestock watering; and use for power production that meets contingency
requirements.
2. Water use involving consumption of less than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from private wells
or surface water intakes)
3. Water use for agricultural irrigation and processing of agricultural products involving
consumption of more than 10,000 gallons per day (usually from private high-capacity wells or
surface water intakes)
4. Water use for power production above the use provided for in the contingency plan.
5. All other water use involving consumption of more than 10,000 gallons per day.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
25
6. Nonessential uses – car washes, golf courses, etc.
Water used for human needs at hospitals, nursing homes and similar types of facilities should be
designated as a high priority to be maintained in an emergency. Lower priority uses will need to address
water used for human needs at other types of facilities such as hotels, office buildings, and
manufacturing plants. The volume of water and other types of water uses at these facilities must be
carefully considered. After reviewing the data, common sense should dictate local allocation priorities to
protect domestic requirements over certain types of economic needs. Water use for lawn sprinkling,
vehicle washing, golf courses, and recreation are legislatively considered non-essential.
Table 18. Water use priorities
Customer Category Allocation Priority
Average Daily Demand
(GDP)
Short-Term Emergency
Demand Reduction
Potential (GPD)
Residential 1 440,900
C/I/I 2 480,200
Non-Essential 3 177,200*
TOTAL NA NA 177,200*
GPD – Gallons per Day; *Non-essential calculated as increased summer demand between all customer categories
Tip: Calculating Emergency Demand Reduction Potential
The emergency demand reduction potential for all uses will typically equal the difference between
maximum use (summer demand) and base use (winter demand). In extreme emergency situations,
lower priority water uses must be restricted or eliminated to protect priority domestic water
requirements. Emergency demand reduction potential should be based on average day demands for
customer categories within each priority class. Use the tables in Part 3 on water conservation to help
you determine strategies.
Complete Table 19 by selecting the triggers and actions during water supply disruption conditions.
Table 19. Emergency demand reduction conditions, triggers and actions (Select all that may apply and describe)
Emergency Triggers Short-term Actions Long-term Actions
☒ Contamination
☒ Loss of production
☒ Infrastructure failure
☒ Executive order by
Governor
☐ Other: _____________
☐ Supply augmentation through
____
☒ Adopt (if not already) and
enforce a critical water
deficiency ordinance to penalize
lawn watering, vehicle washing,
golf course and park irrigation &
other nonessential uses.
☒ Water allocation through
emergency action of City Council
☒ Voluntary reduction measures
encouraged by public service.
☒ Supply augmentation through
interconnection
☒ Adopt (if not already) and
enforce a critical water
deficiency ordinance to penalize
lawn watering, vehicle washing,
golf course and park irrigation &
other nonessential uses.
☒ Water allocation through
emergency action of City Council
☒ Meet with large water users to
discuss their contingency plan.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
26
Notification Procedures
Complete Table 20 by selecting trigger for informing customers regarding conservation requests, water
use restrictions, and suspensions; notification frequencies; and partners that may assist in the
notification process. Add rows to the table as needed.
Table 20. Plan to inform customers regarding conservation requests, water use restrictions, and suspensions
Notification
Trigger(s)
Methods (select all that apply) Update
Frequency
Partners
☒ Short-term
demand reduction
declared (< 1
year)
☒ Website
☐ Email list serve
☒ Social media (e.g. Twitter,
Facebook)
☒ Direct customer mailing,
☒ Press release (TV, radio,
newspaper),
☐ Meeting with large water users
(> 10% of total city use)
☐ Other: ________
☐ Daily
☐ Weekly
☒ Monthly
☐ Annually
• City Staff
• Neighboring
communities
• Local news outlets
☒ Long-term
Ongoing demand
reduction
declared
☒ Website
☐ Email list serve
☒ Social media (e.g. Twitter,
Facebook)
☒ Direct customer mailing,
☒ Press release (TV, radio,
newspaper),
☐ Meeting with large water users
(> 10% of total city use)
☐ Other: ________
☐ Daily
☐ Weekly
☐ Monthly
☒ Annually
• City Staff
• Neighboring
communities
• Local news outlets
☒ Governor’s critical
water deficiency
declared
☒ Website
☐ Email list serve
☒ Social media (e.g. Twitter,
Facebook)
☒ Direct customer mailing,
☒ Press release (TV, radio,
newspaper),
☐ Meeting with large water users
(> 10% of total city use)
☐ Other: ________
☐ Daily
☐ Weekly
☐ Monthly
☐ Annually
☒ As needed
• City Staff
• Neighboring
communities
• Local news outlets
Enforcement
Prior to a water emergency, municipal water suppliers must adopt regulations that restrict water use
and outline the enforcement response plan. The enforcement response plan must outline how
conditions will be monitored to know when enforcement actions are triggered, what enforcement tools
will be used, who will be responsible for enforcement, and what timelines for corrective actions will be
expected.
Affected operations, communications, and enforcement staff must then be trained to rapidly implement
those provisions during emergency conditions.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
27
Important Note:
Disregard of critical water deficiency orders, even though total appropriation remains less than
permitted, is adequate grounds for immediate modification of a public water supply authority’s water
use permit (2013 MN Statutes 103G.291)
Does the city have a critical water deficiency restriction/official control in place that includes
provisions to restrict water use and enforce the restrictions? (This restriction may be an ordinance,
rule, regulation, policy under a council directive, or other official control) Yes ☒ No ☐
If yes, attach the official control document to this WSP as Appendix 7.
If no, the municipality must adopt such an official control within 6 months of submitting this WSP and
submit it to the DNR as an amendment to this WSP.
Irrespective of whether a critical water deficiency control is in place, does the public water supply
utility, city manager, mayor, or emergency manager have standing authority to implement water
restrictions? Yes ☒ No ☐
If yes, cite the regulatory authority reference: ______Chapter 10, Section 1000.05 & 1000.13_______.
If no, who has authority to implement water use restrictions in an emergency?
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
28
PART 3. WATER CONSERVATION PLAN
Minnesotans have historically benefited from the state’s abundant
water supplies, reducing the need for conservation. There are
however, limits to the available supplies of water and increasing
threats to the quality of our drinking water. Causes of water supply
limitation may include: population increases, economic trends,
uneven statewide availability of groundwater, climatic changes, and
degraded water quality. Examples of threats to drinking water
quality include: the presence of contaminant plumes from past land
use activities, exceedances of water quality standards from natural
and human sources, contaminants of emerging concern, and
increasing pollutant trends from nonpoint sources.
There are many incentives for conserving water; conservation:
• reduces the potential for pumping-induced transfer of contaminants into the deeper aquifers,
which can add treatment costs
• reduces the need for capital projects to expand system capacity
• reduces the likelihood of water use conflicts, like well interference, aquatic habitat loss, and
declining lake levels
• conserves energy, because less energy is needed to extract, treat and distribute water (and less
energy production also conserves water since water is use to produce energy)
• maintains water supplies that can then be available during times of drought
It is therefore imperative that water suppliers implement water conservation plans. The first step in
water conservation is identifying opportunities for behavioral or engineering changes that could be
made to reduce water use by conducting a thorough analysis of:
• Water use by customer
• Extraction, treatment, distribution and irrigation system efficiencies
• Industrial processing system efficiencies
• Regulatory and barriers to conservation
• Cultural barriers to conservation
• Water reuse opportunities
Once accurate data is compiled, water suppliers can set achievable goals for reducing water use. A
successful water conservation plan follows a logical sequence of events. The plan should address both
conservation on the supply side (leak detection and repairs, metering), as well as on the demand side
(reductions in usage). Implementation should be conducted in phases, starting with the most obvious
and lowest-cost options. In some cases one of the early steps will be reviewing regulatory constraints to
water conservation, such as lawn irrigation requirements. Outside funding and grants may be available
for implementation of projects. Engage water system operators and maintenance staff and customers
in brainstorming opportunities to reduce water use. Ask the question: “How can I help save water?”
Progress since 2006
Is this your community’s first Water Supply Plan? Yes ☐ No ☒
Priority 1:
Significant water
reduction; low
cost
Priority 2: Slight
water reduction,
low costs (low
hanging fruit)
Priority 2:
Significant water
reduction;
significant costs
Priority 3: Slight
water reduction,
significant costs
(do only if
necessary)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
29
If yes, describe conservation practices that you are already implementing, such as: pricing, system
improvements, education, regulation, appliance retrofitting, enforcement, etc.
If no, complete Table 21 to summarize conservation actions taken since the adoption of the 2006 water
supply plan.
Table 21. Implementation of previous ten-year Conservation Plan
2006 Plan Commitments Action Taken?
Change water rates structure to provide conservation pricing ☒ Yes
☐ No
Water supply system improvements (e.g. leak repairs, valve replacements, etc.) ☒ Yes
☐ No
Educational efforts ☒ Yes
☐ No
New water conservation ordinances ☐ Yes
☒ No
Rebate or retrofitting Program (e.g. for toilet, faucets, appliances, showerheads, dish
washers, washing machines, irrigation systems, rain barrels, water softeners, etc.
☒ Yes
☐ No
Enforcement
☐ Yes
☒ No
Describe other ☐ Yes
☐ No
What are the results you have seen from the actions in Table 21 and how were results measured?
The City updated the master meters tracking water that is being delivered from the City of Roseville.
Based on utility billing City wide total per capita demand has been trending down.
A. Triggers for Allocation and Demand Reduction Actions
Complete table 22 by checking each trigger below, as appropriate, and the actions to be taken at various
levels or stages of severity. Add in additional rows to the table as needed.
Table 22. Short and long-term demand reduction conditions, triggers and actions
Objective Triggers Actions
Protect surface water flows ☐ Low stream flow conditions
☒ Reports of declining
wetland and lake levels
☒ Other: declining surface
water quality
☒ Increase promotion of conservation
measures
☒ Other: Consider water
reuse/stormwater irrigation projects
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
30
Objective Triggers Actions
Short-term demand reduction
(less than 1 year
☒ Extremely high seasonal
water demand (more than
double winter demand)
☐ Loss of treatment capacity
☒ Lack of water in storage
☒ State drought plan
☐ Well interference
☐ Other:
_____________
☒ Adopt (if not already) and enforce the
critical water deficiency ordinance to
restrict or prohibit lawn watering,
vehicle washing, golf course and park
irrigation & other nonessential uses.
☒ Supply augmentation through
emergency interconnections
☒ Water allocation through emergency
interconnections
☐ Meet with large water users to discuss
user’s contingency plan.
Long-term demand reduction
(>1 year)
☒ Per capita demand
increasing
☐ Total demand increase
(higher population or more
industry) Water level in
well(s) below elevation of
_____
☒ Other: Declared emergency
☒ Develop a critical water deficiency
ordinance that is or can be quickly
adopted to penalize lawn watering,
vehicle washing, golf course and park
irrigation & other nonessential uses.
☒ Enact a water waste ordinance that
targets overwatering (causing water to
flow off the landscape into streets,
parking lots, or similar), watering
impervious surfaces (streets, driveways
or other hardscape areas), and
negligence of known leaks, breaks, or
malfunctions.
☐ Meet with large water users to discuss
user’s contingency plan.
☒ Enhanced monitoring and reporting:
audits, meters, billing, etc.
Governor’s “Critical Water
Deficiency Order” declared
☒ Governor declaration as
needed
☒ Take action as directed by the governor
B. Conservation Objectives and Strategies – Key benchmark for DNR
This section establishes water conservation objectives and strategies for eight major areas of water use.
Objective 1: Reduce Unaccounted (Non-Revenue) Water loss to Less than 10%
The Minnesota Rural Waters Association, the Metropolitan Council and the Department of Natural
Resources recommend that all water uses be metered. Metering can help identify high use locations
and times, along with leaks within buildings that have multiple meters.
It is difficult to quantify specific unmetered water use such as that associated with firefighting and
system flushing or system leaks. Typically, water suppliers subtract metered water use from total water
pumped to calculate unaccounted or non-revenue water loss.
Is your five-year average (2005-2014) unaccounted Water Use in Table 2 higher than 10%?
Yes ☒ No ☐
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
31
What is your leak detection monitoring schedule? (e.g. monitor 1/3rd of the city lines per year)
Periodic as needed.
Water Audits - are intended to identify, quantify and verify water and revenue losses. The volume of
unaccounted-for water should be evaluated each billing cycle. The American Water Works Association
(AWWA) recommends that ten percent or less of pumped water is unaccounted-for water. Water audit
procedures are available from the AWWA and MN Rural Water Association www.mrwa.com . Drinking
Water Revolving Loan Funds are available for purchase of new meters when new plants are built.
What is the date of your most recent water audit? _n/a___
Frequency of water audits: ☐ yearly ☒ other (specify frequency) _periodic as needed__
Leak detection and survey: ☐ every year ☐ every other year ☒ periodic as needed
Year last leak detection survey completed: ___n/a____
If Table 2 shows annual water losses over 10% or an increasing trend over time, describe what actions
will be taken to reach the <10% loss objective and within what timeframe
City will consider metering water during hydrant flushing, flooding ice rinks, etc..
Metering -AWWA recommends that every water supplier install meters to account for all water taken
into its system, along with all water distributed from its system at each customer’s point of service. An
effective metering program relies upon periodic performance testing, repair, maintenance or
replacement of all meters. AWWA also recommends that water suppliers conduct regular water audits
to ensure accountability. Some cities install separate meters for interior and exterior water use, but
some research suggests that this may not result in water conservation.
Complete Table 23 by adding the requested information regarding the number, types, testing and
maintenance of customer meters.
Table 23. Information about customer meters
Customer
Category
Number of
Customers
Number of
Metered
Connections
Number of
Automated
Meter
Readers
Meter testing
intervals
(years)
Average
age/meter
replacement
schedule (years
Residential 2,486 2,486 2,486 As needed 3 years / Replace
as needed
Commercial 134 134 134 As needed 3 years / Replace
as needed
TOTALS 2,620 2,620 2,620 N/A N/A
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
32
For unmetered systems, describe any plans to install meters or replace current meters with advanced
technology meters. Provide an estimate of the cost to implement the plan and the projected water
savings from implementing the plan.
None, the entire system is metered.
Table 24. Water source meters
Number of
Meters
Meter testing
schedule
(years)
Number of Automated
Meter Readers
Average age/meter
replacement schedule (years
Water source
(wells/intakes)
See SPRWS ___ / ___
Treatment plant N/A ___ / ___
Objective 2: Achieve Less than 75 Residential Gallons per Capita Demand (GPCD)
The 2002 average residential per capita demand in the Twin Cities Metropolitan area was 75 gallons per
capita per day.
Is your average 2010-2015 residential per capita water demand in Table 2 more than 75? Yes ☐ No ☒
What was your 2010 – 2015 five-year average residential per capita water demand? 45.63
gallons/person/day
Describe the water use trend over that timeframe:
Residential per capita water use did not show a strong trend from 2005-2012, but it has been decreasing steadily
since 2012. At no time in the last ten years was the residential per capita water use higher than the DNR’s
recommended maximum of 75 gallons per capita per day.
Complete Table 25 by checking which strategies you will use to continue reducing residential per capita
demand and project a likely timeframe for completing each checked strategy (Select all that apply and
add rows for additional strategies):
Table 25. Strategies and timeframe to reduce residential per capita demand
Strategy to reduce residential per capita demand Timeframe for completing work
☒ Revise city ordinances/codes to encourage or require water
efficient landscaping.
1-3 years following adoption of this plan
☒ Revise city ordinance/codes to permit water reuse options,
especially for non-potable purposes like irrigation,
groundwater recharge, and industrial use. Check with
plumbing authority to see if internal buildings reuse is
permitted
Annually
☒ Revise ordinances to limit irrigation. Describe the restricted
irrigation plan:
3-6 years following adoption of this plan
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
33
Strategy to reduce residential per capita demand Timeframe for completing work
☐ Revise outdoor irrigation installations codes to require high
efficiency systems (e.g. those with soil moisture sensors or
programmable watering areas) in new installations or system
replacements.
☒ Make water system infrastructure improvements Ongoing
☐ Offer free or reduced cost water use audits) for residential
customers.
☐ Implement a notification system to inform customers when
water availability conditions change.
☒ Provide rebates or incentives for installing water efficient
appliances and/or fixtures indoors (e.g., low flow toilets, high
efficiency dish washers and washing machines, showerhead
and faucet aerators, water softeners, etc.)
Ongoing
☐ Provide rebates or incentives to reduce outdoor water use
(e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens, rain barrels,
smart irrigation, outdoor water use meters, etc.)
☐ Identify supplemental Water Resources
☒ Conduct audience-appropriate water conservation education
and outreach.
Ongoing
☐ Describe other plans
Objective 3: Achieve at least a 1.5% per year water reduction for Institutional, Industrial,
Commercial, and Agricultural GPCD over the next 10 years or a 15% reduction in ten years.
Complete Table 26 by checking which strategies you will used to continue reducing non-residential
customer use demand and project a likely timeframe for completing each checked strategy (add rows
for additional strategies).
Where possible, substitute recycled water used in one process for reuse in another. (For example, spent
rinse water can often be reused in a cooling tower.) Keep in mind the true cost of water is the amount
on the water bill PLUS the expenses to heat, cool, treat, pump, and dispose of/discharge the water.
Don’t just calculate the initial investment. Many conservation retrofits that appear to be prohibitively
expensive are actually very cost-effective when amortized over the life of the equipment. Often
reducing water use also saves electrical and other utility costs. Note: as of 2015, water reuse, and is not
allowed by the state plumbing code, M.R. 4715 (a variance is needed). However several state agencies
are addressing this issue.
Table 26. Strategies and timeframe to reduce institutional, commercial industrial, and agricultural and non-revenue use
demand
Strategy to reduce total business, industry, agricultural demand Timeframe for completing work
☒ Conduct a facility water use audit for both indoor and outdoor
use, including system components
Annually
☒ Install enhanced meters capable of automated readings to
detect spikes in consumption
Ongoing
☐ Compare facility water use to related industry benchmarks, if
available (e.g., meat processing, dairy, fruit and vegetable,
beverage, textiles, paper/pulp, metals, technology, petroleum
refining etc.)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
34
Strategy to reduce total business, industry, agricultural demand Timeframe for completing work
☒ Install water conservation fixtures and appliances or change
processes to conserve water
Ongoing
☒ Repair leaking system components (e.g., pipes, valves) Ongoing
☒ Investigate the reuse of reclaimed water (e.g., stormwater,
wastewater effluent, process wastewater, etc.)
Ongoing
☒ Reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction,
rain gardens, rain barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use
meters, etc.)
Ongoing
☒ Train employees how to conserve water Ongoing – include for new employee training
☐ Implement a notification system to inform non-residential
customers when water availability conditions change.
☐ Rainwater catchment systems intended to supply uses such as
water closets, urinals, trap primers for floor drains and floor
sinks, industrial processes, water features, vehicle washing
facilities, cooling tower makeup, and similar uses shall be
approved by the commissioner. Proposed plumbing code
4714.1702.1 http://www.dli.mn.gov/PDF/docket/4714rule.pdf
☐ Describe other plans:
Objective 4: Achieve a Decreasing Trend in Total Per Capita Demand
Include as Appendix 8 one graph showing total per capita water demand for each customer category
(i.e., residential, institutional, commercial, industrial) from 2005-2014 and add the calculated/estimated
linear trend for the next 10 years.
Describe the trend for each customer category; explain the reason(s) for the trends, and where trends
are increasing.
There is a decreasing trend in total per capita water demand, as well as decreasing trends for both the
residential and the C/I/I customer categories. The decreasing trend has been most pronounced in the
last five years, since 2012. Residential demand shows a slightly clearer decreasing trend, so conservation
and education efforts that impact household water use, such as rebate programs for improved fixtures
and appliances and ordinance governing water use for air conditioning, are likely the reason for this
trend.
Objective 5: Reduce Peak Day Demand so that the Ratio of Average Maximum day to the
Average Day is less than 2.6
Is the ratio of average 2005-2014 maximum day demand to average 2005-2014 average day demand
reported in Table 2 more than 2.6? Yes ☐ No ☐ Unknown ☒
Calculate a ten year average (2005 – 2014) of the ratio of maximum day demand to average day
demand: _Unknown_
The position of the DNR has been that a peak day/average day ratio that is above 2.6 for in summer
indicates that the water being used for irrigation by the residents in a community is too large and that
efforts should be made to reduce the peak day use by the community.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
35
It should be noted that by reducing the peak day use, communities can also reduce the amount of
infrastructure that is required to meet the peak day use. This infrastructure includes new wells, new
water towers which can be costly items.
Objective 6: Implement a Conservation Water Rate Structure and/or a Uniform Rate
Structure with a Water Conservation Program
Water Conservation Program
Municipal water suppliers serving over 1,000 people are required to adopt demand reduction measures
that include a conservation rate structure, or a uniform rate structure with a conservation program that
achieves demand reduction. These measures must achieve demand reduction in ways that reduce
water demand, water losses, peak water demands, and nonessential water uses. These measures must
be approved before a community may request well construction approval from the Department of
Health or before requesting an increase in water appropriations permit volume (Minnesota Statutes,
section 103G.291, subd. 3 and 4). Rates should be adjusted on a regular basis to ensure that revenue of
the system is adequate under reduced demand scenarios. If a municipal water supplier intends to use a
Uniform Rate Structure, a community-wide Water Conservation Program that will achieve demand
reduction must be provided.
Current Water Rates
Include a copy of the actual rate structure in Appendix 9 or list current water rates including
base/service fees and volume charges below.
Volume included in base rate or service charge: _1,000_ gallons or ____ cubic feet ___ other
Frequency of billing: ☐ Monthly ☐ Bimonthly ☒ Quarterly ☐ Other: _________________
Water Rate Evaluation Frequency: ☒ every year ☐ every ___ years ☐ no schedule
Date of last rate change: __January 2016__
Table 27. Rate structures for each customer category (Select all that apply and add additional rows as needed)
Customer
Category
Conservation Billing Strategies
in Use *
Conservation Neutral
Billing Strategies in Use **
Non-Conserving Billing
Strategies in Use ***
Residential ☐ Monthly billing
☒ Increasing block rates
(volume tiered rates)
☐ Seasonal rates
☐ Time of use rates
☐ Water bills reported in
gallons
☐ Individualized goal rates
☐ Excess use rates
☐ Drought surcharge
☐ Use water bill to provide
comparisons
☐ Uniform
☐ Odd/even day watering
☐ Service charge based on water
volume
☐ Declining block
☐ Flat
☐ Other (describe)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
36
Customer
Category
Conservation Billing Strategies
in Use *
Conservation Neutral
Billing Strategies in Use **
Non-Conserving Billing
Strategies in Use ***
☐ Service charge not based on
water volume
☐ Other (describe)
Commercial/
Industrial/
Institutional
☐ Monthly billing
☒ Increasing block rates
(volume tiered rates)
☐ Seasonal rates
☐ Time of use rates
☐ Water bills reported in
gallons
☐ Individualized goal rates
☐ Excess use rates
☐ Drought surcharge
☐ Use water bill to provide
comparisons
☐ Service charge not based on
water volume
☐ Other (describe)
☐ Uniform ☐ Service charge based on water
volume
☐ Declining block
☐ Flat
☐ Other (describe)
☐ Other
* Rate Structures components that may promote water conservation:
• Monthly billing: is encouraged to help people see their water usage so they can consider changing
behavior.
• Increasing block rates (also known as a tiered residential rate structure): Typically, these have at least
three tiers: should have at least three tiers.
o The first tier is for the winter average water use.
o The second tier is the year-round average use, which is lower than typical summer use. This rate
should be set to cover the full cost of service.
o The third tier should be above the average annual use and should be priced high enough to
encourage conservation, as should any higher tiers. For this to be effective, the difference in
block rates should be significant.
• Seasonal rate: higher rates in summer to reduce peak demands
• Time of Use rates: lower rates for off peak water use
• Bill water use in gallons: this allows customers to compare their use to average rates
• Individualized goal rates: typically used for industry, business or other large water users to promote
water conservation if they keep within agreed upon goals. Excess Use rates: if water use goes above an
agreed upon amount this higher rate is charged
• Drought surcharge: an extra fee is charged for guaranteed water use during drought
• Use water bill to provide comparisons: simple graphics comparing individual use over time or compare
individual use to others.
• Service charge or base fee that does not include a water volume – a base charge or fee to cover universal
city expenses that are not customer dependent and/or to provide minimal water at a lower rate (e.g., an
amount less than the average residential per capita demand for the water supplier for the last 5 years)
• Emergency rates -A community may have a separate conservation rate that only goes into effect when
the community or governor declares a drought emergency. These higher rates can help to protect the city
budgets during times of significantly less water usage.
**Conservation Neutral**
• Uniform rate: rate per unit used is the same regardless of the volume used
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
37
• Odd/even day watering –This approach reduces peak demand on a daily basis for system operation, but
it does not reduce overall water use.
*** Non-Conserving ***
• Service charge or base fee with water volume: an amount of water larger than the average residential
per capita demand for the water supplier for the last 5 years
• Declining block rate: the rate per unit used decreases as water use increases.
• Flat rate: one fee regardless of how much water is used (usually unmetered).
Provide justification for any conservation neutral or non-conserving rate structures. If intending to adopt
a conservation rate structure, include the timeframe to do so:
Objective 7: Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use and Support Wellhead Protection
Planning
Development and redevelopment projects can provide additional water conservation opportunities,
such as the actions listed below. If a Uniform Rate Structure is in place, the water supplier must provide
a Water Conservation Program that includes at least two of the actions listed below. Check those actions
that you intent to implement within the next 10 years.
Table 28. Additional strategies to Reduce Water Use & Support Wellhead Protection
☒ Participate in the GreenStep Cities Program, including implementation of at least one of the 20
“Best Practices” for water
☐ Prepare a master plan for smart growth (compact urban growth that avoids sprawl)
☐ Prepare a comprehensive open space plan (areas for parks, green spaces, natural areas)
☐ Adopt a water use restriction ordinance (lawn irrigation, car washing, pools, etc.)
☐ Adopt an outdoor lawn irrigation ordinance
☐ Adopt a private well ordinance (private wells in a city must comply with water restrictions)
☐ Implement a stormwater management program
☐ Adopt non-zoning wetlands ordinance (can further protect wetlands beyond state/federal laws-
for vernal pools, buffer areas, restrictions on filling or alterations)
☐ Adopt a water offset program (primarily for new development or expansion)
☒ Implement a water conservation outreach program
☐ Hire a water conservation coordinator (part-time)
☒ Implement a rebate program for water efficient appliances, fixtures, or outdoor water
management
☐ Other
Objective 8: Tracking Success: How will you track or measure success through the next ten
years?
Continue to monitor water usage by customer category and participation in the GreenStep Cities
program.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
38
Tip: The process to monitor demand reduction and/or a rate structure includes:
a) The DNR Hydrologist will call or visit the community the first 1-3 years after the water supply plan is
completed.
b) They will discuss what activities the community is doing to conserve water and if they feel their
actions are successful. The Water Supply Plan, Part 3 tables and responses will guide the discussion.
For example, they will discuss efforts to reduce unaccounted for water loss if that is a problem, or go
through Tables 33, 34 and 35 to discuss new initiatives.
c) The city representative and the hydrologist will discuss total per capita water use, residential per
capita water use, and business/industry use. They will note trends.
d) They will also discuss options for improvement and/or collect case studies of success stories to share
with other communities. One option may be to change the rate structure, but there are many other
paths to successful water conservation.
e) If appropriate, they will cooperatively develop a simple work plan for the next few years, targeting a
couple areas where the city might focus efforts.
A. Regulation
Complete Table 29 by selecting which regulations are used to reduce demand and improve water
efficiencies. Add additional rows as needed.
Copies of adopted regulations or proposed restrictions or should be included in Appendix 10 (a list with
hyperlinks is acceptable).
Table 29. Regulations for short-term reductions in demand and long-term improvements in water efficiencies
Regulations Utilized When is it applied (in effect)?
☐ Rainfall sensors required on landscape irrigation systems ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during declared Emergencies
☒ Water efficient plumbing fixtures required (All air conditioning
systems which are connected directly or indirectly with the public
water system shall be equipped with water conserving and water
regulating devices as approved by the City Administrator.)
☒ New development
☒ Replacement
☐ Rebate Programs
☒ Critical/Emergency Water Deficiency ordinance ☒ Only during declared Emergencies
☐ Watering restriction requirements (time of day, allowable days, etc.) ☐ Odd/even
☐ 2 days/week
☐ Only during declared Emergencies
☐ Water waste prohibited (for example, having a fine for irrigators
spraying on the street)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during declared Emergencies
☐ Limitations on turf areas (requiring lots to have 10% - 25% of the
space in natural areas)
☐ New development
☐ Shoreland/zoning
☐ Other
☐ Soil preparation requirement s (after construction, requiring topsoil
to be applied to promote good root growth)
☐ New Development
☐ Construction Projects
☐ Other
☐ Tree ratios (requiring a certain number of trees per square foot of
lawn)
☐ New development
☐ Shoreland/zoning
☐ Other
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
39
Regulations Utilized When is it applied (in effect)?
☐ Permit to fill swimming pool and/or requiring pools to be covered (to
prevent evaporation)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during declared Emergencies
☐ Ordinances that permit stormwater irrigation, reuse of water, or
other alternative water use (Note: be sure to check current plumbing
codes for updates)
☐ Describe
B. Retrofitting Programs
Education and incentive programs aimed at replacing inefficient plumbing fixtures and appliances can
help reduce per capita water use, as well as energy costs. It is recommended that municipal water
suppliers develop a long-term plan to retrofit public buildings with water efficient plumbing fixtures and
appliances. Some water suppliers have developed partnerships with organizations having similar
conservation goals, such as electric or gas suppliers, to develop cooperative rebate and retrofit
programs.
A study by the AWWA Research Foundation (Residential End Uses of Water, 1999) found that the
average indoor water use for a non-conserving home is 69.3 gallons per capita per day (gpcd). The
average indoor water use in a conserving home is 45.2 gpcd and most of the decrease in water use is
related to water efficient plumbing fixtures and appliances that can reduce water, sewer and energy
costs. In Minnesota, certain electric and gas providers are required (Minnesota Statute 216B.241) to
fund programs that will conserve energy resources and some utilities have distributed water efficient
showerheads to customers to help reduce energy demands required to supply hot water.
Retrofitting Programs
Complete Table 30 by checking which water uses are targeted, the outreach methods used, the
measures used to identify success, and any participating partners.
Table 30. Retrofitting programs (Select all that apply)
Water Use Targets Outreach Methods Partners
☐ Low flush toilets,
☐ Toilet leak tablets,
☐ Low flow showerheads,
☐ Faucet aerators;
☐ Education about
☐ Free distribution of
☐ Rebate for
☐ Other
☐ Gas company
☐ Electric company
☐ Watershed organization
☐ Water conserving washing machines,
☐ Dish washers,
☐ Water softeners;
☐ Education about
☐ Free distribution of
☐ Rebate for
☐ Other
☐ Gas company
☐ Electric company
☐ Watershed organization
☒ Rain gardens,
☒ Rain barrels,
☒ Native/drought tolerant landscaping, etc.
☒ Education about grant
and cost share
opportunities
☐ Free distribution of
☐ Rebate for
☒ Other: grants and cost-
share programs
☐ Gas company
☐ Electric company
☒ Watershed organization:
RCWD
☒ Blue Thumb
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
40
Briefly discuss measures of success from the above table (e.g. number of items distributed, dollar value
of rebates, gallons of water conserved, etc.):
RCWD has cost-share funds available to assist cities and individual landowners to implement stormwater
management projects that will improve the quality of surface waters.
C. Education and Information Programs
Customer education should take place in three different circumstances. First, customers should be
provided information on how to conserve water and improve water use efficiencies. Second,
information should be provided at appropriate times to address peak demands. Third, emergency
notices and educational materials about how to reduce water use should be available for quick
distribution during an emergency.
Proposed Education Programs
Complete Table 31 by selecting which methods are used to provide water conservation and information,
including the frequency of program components. Select all that apply and add additional lines as
needed.
Table 31. Current and Proposed Education Programs
Education Methods General summary of
topics
#/Year Frequency
Billing inserts or tips printed on the actual bill ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Consumer Confidence Reports Report of City’s water quality 1/year ☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Press releases to traditional local news
outlets (e.g., newspapers, radio and TV)
2/year ☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Social media distribution (e.g., emails,
Facebook, Twitter)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Paid advertisements (e.g., billboards, print
media, TV, radio, web sites, etc.)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Presentations to community groups See SPRWS ☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
41
Education Methods General summary of
topics
#/Year Frequency
Staff training General awareness among
staff about the City’s goals for
conservation
☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Facility tours See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Displays and exhibits RCWD Stormwater Reuse
workshop
☐ Ongoing
☒ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Marketing rebate programs (e.g., indoor
fixtures & appliances and outdoor practices)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Community news letters Arden Notes newsletter 3/year ☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Direct mailings (water audit/retrofit kits,
showerheads, brochures)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Information kiosk at utility and public
buildings
2/year ☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Public service announcements ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Cable TV Programs ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Demonstration projects (landscaping or
plumbing)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
K-12 education programs (Project Wet,
Drinking Water Institute, presentations)
See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Community events (children’s water festivals,
environmental fairs)
See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
42
Education Methods General summary of
topics
#/Year Frequency
Community education classes See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Water week promotions ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Website (include address:
http://www.cityofardenhills.org )
Description of projects the
City has completed, as well as
future projects; Sustainability
Report;
Consumer Confidence Report
☒ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Targeted efforts (large volume users, users
with large increases)
☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Notices of ordinances See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Emergency conservation notices See SPRWS ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Other: ☐ Ongoing
☐ Seasonal
☐ Only during
declared emergencies
Briefly discuss what future education and information activities your community is considering in the
future:
The City of Arden Hills will continue to provide educational opportunities for residents on water
conservation through different forms of media.
See SPRWS for additional educational information.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
43
Part 4. ITEMS FOR METROPOLITAN AREA COMMUNITIES
Minnesota Statute 473.859 requires WSPs to be completed for all local units of
government in the seven-county Metropolitan Area as part of the local
comprehensive planning process.
Much of the information in Parts 1-3 addresses water demand for the next 10 years. However,
additional information is needed to address water demand through 2040, which will make the WSP
consistent with the Metropolitan Land Use Planning Act, upon which the local comprehensive plans are
based.
This Part 4 provides guidance to complete the WSP in a way that addresses plans for water supply
through 2040.
A. Water Demand Projections through 2040
Complete Table 7 in Part 1D by filling in information about long-term water demand projections through
2040. Total Community Population projections should be consistent with the community’s system
statement, which can be found on the Metropolitan Council’s website and which was sent to the
community in September 2015.
Projected Average Day, Maximum Day, and Annual Water Demands may either be calculated using the
method outlined in Appendix 2 of the 2015 Master Water Supply Plan or by a method developed by the
individual water supplier.
B. Potential Water Supply Issues
Complete Table 10 in Part 1E by providing information about the potential water supply issues in your
community, including those that might occur due to 2040 projected water use.
The Master Water Supply Plan provides information about potential issues for your community in
Appendix 1 (Water Supply Profiles). This resource may be useful in completing Table 10.
You may document results of local work done to evaluate impact of planned uses by attaching a
feasibility assessment or providing a citation and link to where the plan is available electronically.
C. Proposed Alternative Approaches to Meet Extended Water Demand
Projections
Complete Table 12 in Part 1F with information about potential water supply infrastructure impacts (such
as replacements, expansions or additions to wells/intakes, water storage and treatment capacity,
distribution systems, and emergency interconnections) of extended plans for development and
redevelopment, in 10-year increments through 2040. It may be useful to refer to information in the
community’s local Land Use Plan, if available.
Complete Table 14 in Part 1F by checking each approach your community is considering to meet future
demand. For each approach your community is considering, provide information about the amount of
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
44
future water demand to be met using that approach, the timeframe to implement the approach,
potential partners, and current understanding of the key benefits and challenges of the approach.
As challenges are being discussed, consider the need for: evaluation of geologic conditions (mapping,
aquifer tests, modeling), identification of areas where domestic wells could be impacted, measurement
and analysis of water levels & pumping rates, triggers & associated actions to protect water levels, etc.
D. Value-Added Water Supply Planning Efforts (Optional)
The following information is not required to be completed as part of the local water supply plan, but
completing this can help strengthen source water protection throughout the region and help
Metropolitan Council and partners in the region to better support local efforts.
Source Water Protection Strategies
Does a Drinking Water Supply Management Area for a neighboring public water supplier overlap your
community? Yes ☒ No ☐
If you answered no, skip this section. If you answered yes, please complete Table 32 with information
about new water demand or land use planning-related local controls that are being considered to
provide additional protection in this area.
Table 32. Local controls and schedule to protect Drinking Water Supply Management Areas
Local Control Schedule to
Implement
Potential Partners
☐ None at this time
☒ Comprehensive planning that guides development in
vulnerable drinking water supply management areas
Comprehensive Plan
update
St. Anthony Village,
New Brighton, Mounds
View, Shoreview
☐ Zoning overlay
☐ Other:
Technical assistance
From your community’s perspective, what are the most important topics for the Metropolitan Council to
address, guided by the region’s Metropolitan Area Water Supply Advisory Committee and Technical
Advisory Committee, as part of its ongoing water supply planning role?
☒ Coordination of state, regional and local water supply planning roles
☐ Regional water use goals
☒ Water use reporting standards
☒ Regional and sub-regional partnership opportunities
☐ Identifying and prioritizing data gaps and input for regional and sub-regional analyses
☐ Others: ___________________________________________________________________
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
45
GLOSSARY
Agricultural/Irrigation Water Use - Water used for crop and non-crop irrigation, livestock watering,
chemigation, golf course irrigation, landscape and athletic field irrigation.
Average Daily Demand - The total water pumped during the year divided by 365 days.
Calcareous Fen - Calcareous fens are rare and distinctive wetlands dependent on a constant supply of
cold groundwater. Because they are dependent on groundwater and are one of the rarest natural
communities in the United States, they are a protected resource in MN. Approximately 200 have been
located in Minnesota. They may not be filled, drained or otherwise degraded.
Commercial/Institutional Water Use - Water used by motels, hotels, restaurants, office buildings,
commercial facilities and institutions (both civilian and military). Consider maintaining separate
institutional water use records for emergency planning and allocation purposes. Water used by multi-
family dwellings, apartment buildings, senior housing complexes, and mobile home parks should be
reported as Residential Water Use.
Commercial/Institutional/Industrial (C/I/I) Water Sold - The sum of water delivered for
commercial/institutional or industrial purposes.
Conservation Rate Structure - A rate structure that encourages conservation and may include increasing
block rates, seasonal rates, time of use rates, individualized goal rates, or excess use rates. If a
conservation rate is applied to multifamily dwellings, the rate structure must consider each residential
unit as an individual user. A community may have a separate conservation rate that only goes into
effect when the community or governor declares a drought emergency. These higher rates can help to
protect the city budgets during times of significantly less water usage.
Date of Maximum Daily Demand - The date of the maximum (highest) water demand. Typically this is a
day in July or August.
Declining Rate Structure - Under a declining block rate structure, a consumer pays less per additional
unit of water as usage increases. This rate structure does not promote water conservation.
Distribution System - Water distribution systems consist of an interconnected series of pipes, valves,
storage facilities (water tanks, water towers, reservoirs), water purification facilities, pumping stations,
flushing hydrants, and components that convey drinking water and meeting fire protection needs for
cities, homes, schools, hospitals, businesses, industries and other facilities.
Flat Rate Structure - Flat fee rates do not vary by customer characteristics or water usage. This rate
structure does not promote water conservation.
Industrial Water Use - Water used for thermonuclear power (electric utility generation) and other
industrial use such as steel, chemical and allied products, paper and allied products, mining, and
petroleum refining.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
46
Low Flow Fixtures/Appliances - Plumbing fixtures and appliances that significantly reduce the amount
of water released per use are labeled “low flow”. These fixtures and appliances use just enough water to
be effective, saving excess, clean drinking water that usually goes down the drain.
Maximum Daily Demand - The maximum (highest) amount of water used in one day.
Metered Residential Connections - The number of residential connections to the water system that
have meters. For multifamily dwellings, report each residential unit as an individual user.
Percent Unmetered/Unaccounted For - Unaccounted for water use is the volume of water withdrawn
from all sources minus the volume of water delivered. This value represents water “lost” by
miscalculated water use due to inaccurate meters, water lost through leaks, or water that is used but
unmetered or otherwise undocumented. Water used for public services such as hydrant flushing, ice
skating rinks, and public swimming pools should be reported under the category “Water Supplier
Services”.
Population Served - The number of people who are served by the community’s public water supply
system. This includes the number of people in the community who are connected to the public water
supply system, as well as people in neighboring communities who use water supplied by the
community’s public water supply system. It should not include residents in the community who have
private wells or get their water from neighboring water supply.
Residential Connections - The total number of residential connections to the water system. For
multifamily dwellings, report each residential unit as an individual user.
Residential Per Capita Demand - The total residential water delivered during the year divided by the
population served divided by 365 days.
Residential Water Use - Water used for normal household purposes such as drinking, food preparation,
bathing, washing clothes and dishes, flushing toilets, and watering lawns and gardens. Should include all
water delivered to single family private residences, multi-family dwellings, apartment buildings, senior
housing complexes, mobile home parks, etc.
Smart Meter - Smart meters can be used by municipalities or by individual homeowners. Smart
metering generally indicates the presence of one or more of the following:
• Smart irrigation water meters are controllers that look at factors such as weather, soil, slope,
etc. and adjust watering time up or down based on data. Smart controllers in a typical summer
will reduce water use by 30%-50%. Just changing the spray nozzle to new efficient models can
reduce water use by 40%.
• Smart Meters on customer premises that measure consumption during specific time periods and
communicate it to the utility, often on a daily basis.
• A communication channel that permits the utility, at a minimum, to obtain meter reads on
demand, to ascertain whether water has recently been flowing through the meter and onto the
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
47
premises, and to issue commands to the meter to perform specific tasks such as disconnecting
or restricting water flow.
Total Connections - The number of connections to the public water supply system.
Total Per Capita Demand - The total amount of water withdrawn from all water supply sources during
the year divided by the population served divided by 365 days.
Total Water Pumped - The cumulative amount of water withdrawn from all water supply sources during
the year.
Total Water Delivered - The sum of residential, commercial, industrial, institutional, water supplier
services, wholesale and other water delivered.
Ultimate (Full Build-Out) - Time period representing the community’s estimated total amount and
location of potential development, or when the community is fully built out at the final planned density.
Unaccounted (Non-revenue) Loss - See definitions for “percent unmetered/unaccounted for loss”.
Uniform Rate Structure - A uniform rate structure charges the same price-per-unit for water usage
beyond the fixed customer charge, which covers some fixed costs. The rate sends a price signal to the
customer because the water bill will vary by usage. Uniform rates by class charge the same price-per-
unit for all customers within a customer class (e.g. residential or non-residential). This price structure is
generally considered less effective in encouraging water conservation.
Water Supplier Services - Water used for public services such as hydrant flushing, ice skating rinks,
public swimming pools, city park irrigation, back-flushing at water treatment facilities, and/or other
uses.
Water Used for Nonessential Purposes - Water used for lawn irrigation, golf course and park irrigation,
car washes, ornamental fountains, and other non-essential uses.
Wholesale Deliveries - The amount of water delivered in bulk to other public water suppliers.
Acronyms and Initialisms
AWWA – American Water Works Association
C/I/I – Commercial/Institutional/Industrial
CIP – Capital Improvement Plan
GIS – Geographic Information System
GPCD – Gallons per capita per day
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
48
GWMA – Groundwater Management Area – North and East Metro, Straight River, Bonanza,
MDH – Minnesota Department of Health
MGD – Million gallons per day
MG – Million gallons
MGL – Maximum Contaminant Level
MnTAP – Minnesota Technical Assistance Program (University of Minnesota)
MPARS – MN/DNR Permitting and Reporting System (new electronic permitting system)
MRWA – Minnesota Rural Waters Association
SWP – Source Water Protection
WHP – Wellhead Protection
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Water Supply Plan Template –July 8, 2016
49
APPENDICES TO BE SUBMITTED BY THE WATER SUPPLIER
Appendix 1: Well records and maintenance summaries – see Part 1C
Appendix 2: Water level monitoring plan – see Part 1E
Appendix 3: Water level graphs for each water supply well - see Part 1E
Appendix 4: Capital Improvement Plan - see Part 1E
Appendix 5: Emergency Telephone List – see Part 2C
Appendix 6: Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services – see Part 2C
Appendix 7: Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance – see Part 2C
Appendix 8: Graph showing annual per capita water demand for each
customer category during the last ten-years – see Part 3 Objective 4
Appendix 9: Water Rate Structure – see Part 3 Objective 6
Appendix 10: Adopted or proposed regulations to reduce demand or improve
water efficiency – see Part 3 Objective 7
Appendix 11: Implementation Checklist – summary of all the actions that a
community is doing, or proposes to do, including estimated implementation
dates – see www.mndnr.gov/watersupplyplans
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 3
Water Level Graphs for Production and Observation Wells
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
83
6
83
7
83
8
83
9
84
0
84
1
84
2
84
3
84
4
84
5
84
6
W
a
t
e
r
L
e
v
e
l
E
l
e
a
v
a
t
i
o
n
(
f
t
)
Da
t
e
DN
R
Ob
s
e
r
v
a
t
i
o
n
We
l
l
:
Un
i
q
u
e
# 22
5
6
5
2
Draft
11/20/2017
Appendix 4
Capital Improvements Plan
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 5
Emergency Telephone List
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills
Water Emergency Telephone List
Emergency Response Team Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Emergency Response Lead
Bill Joynes 651.792.7810 612.860.4950
Alternate Emergency
Response Lead
Jeff Frid 651.792.7852 651.755.1461
Water Operator Joe Mooney 651.755.0211
Alternate Water Operator Max Arvidson 651.755.0217
Alternate Water Operator Michael Christofore 651.755.0209
Alternate Water Operator Thomas Mikacevich 651.755.0221
Alternate Water Operator Mark Moser 651.755.0223
Alternate Water Operator Tony Nowlan 651.755.0229
Alternate Water Operator Darien Schifsky 651.755.0213
Public Communications William S. Joynes 651.792.7811
State and Local Emergency
Response Contacts
Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
State Incident Duty Officer Minnesota Duty Officer 800.422.0798 Out State 651.649.5451 Metro
County Emergency Director Judd Freed 651.266.1014 952.203.5919
National Guard Minnesota Duty Officer 800.422.0798 Out State 651.649.5451 Metro
Mayor David Grant 651.538.0747
Fire Chief Tim Boehlke 651.481.7024 911
Sheriff Jack G. Serier 651.484.3366 911
Ambulance Jeff Lanenberg 952.894.5492 911
Hospital Regions 651.254.3456
Hospital St. Johns 651.232.7000
Hospital Unity 763.421.2222
State and Local Agencies Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
MDH District Engineer Chad Kolstad 651.201.5000 651.201.3972
MDH Drinking Water Protection 651.201.4700
State Testing Laboratory Minnesota Duty Officer 800.422.0798 Out State 651.649.5451 Metro
MPCA 651.296.8100
DNR Area Hydrologist Kate Drewry 651.259.5753
St. Paul Regional Water
Utility
Steve Schneider 651.266.6274 651.266.6868
Utilities Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Electric Company Xcel Energy 800.895.1999
Gas Company Xcel Energy 800.895.2999
Telephone Company Qwest 800.954.1211
Gopher State One Call Utility Locations 800.252.1166 651.454.0002
Highway Department MnDOT 651.779.1168
Mutual Aid Agreements Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Neighboring Water System Mark Maloney – City of
Shoreview
651.490.4650
Neighboring Water System Scott Boller - City of New
Brighton
651.638.2119
Emergency Water Connection Marc Culver – City of Roseville 651.792.7196
Materials
Technical/Contracted
Services/Supplies
Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
MRWA Technical Services MN Rural Water Association 800.367.6792
Pump Repair Pete Rearden - Electric Pump 952.758.7778 952.220.1611
Electrician Peoples Electric 651.227.7711
Excavation/Repair Mike Frost – Nova Frost 612.919.7177
Excavation/Repair Scott Coffin – Valley-Rich Co. 952.448.3002 612.839.8504
Meter Repair Robin Boros – Midwest Meter
Repair
763.561.7681 612.799.4348
Security Alarm Johnson Controls 800.753.4524
Pipe & Fittings/Valves Ferguson 763.560.5200
Leak Detection Tony – Water Conservation 612.600.8716
Tree Removal Precision 651.484.2726
MRWA Technical Services MN Rural Wa. Association 800.367.6792
Insurance Mark Lenz – Bearance 651.379.7843
Insurance Phil Trebattoski – LMCIT 651.215.4060 651.357.5699
Engineering Sue Polka – City of Arden Hills 651.792.7846 651.612.1175
Engineering firm WSB & Associates – Andy
Broztler
763.287.7191 612.360.1291
Communications Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
News Paper
Radio Station MPR 651.290.1500
School Superintendent Chris Lennox 651.621.6000
Critical Water Users Name Work Telephone Alternate Telephone
Bethel College Bruce Kunkel 651.638.6999 651.638.6259
Boston Scientific 651.582.6295 651.895.0548
Land O Lakes Kevin Taaffe 651.481.2087 612.685.8218
Moundview High School 651.633.4031
Valentine Elementary School 651.631.0737
Presbyterian Homes Wayne Hardison 651.636.5042 651.238.2555
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 6
Cooperative Agreements for Emergency Services
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 7
Municipal Critical Water Deficiency Ordinance
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances
Chapter 10 - Utilities
Section 1000 - Water
1000.01 General Operation and Administration.
Subd. 1 Public Utility. The City water system, hereinafter called "the water system," shall be operated as a public utility and
convenience from which revenue will be derived, subject to the provisions of this section.
Subd. 2 General Administration. The general administration of the water system shall be under the direction and control of the City
Administrator, who shall report to the Council upon request of the Council. The City Administrator is hereinafter referred to as the
Administrator. He or she shall be authorized to appoint representatives, either salaried or nonsalaried, to discharge the duties provided
by this section and such other responsibilities as may arise in administration of the water system. The City Administrator shall be
promptly and fully advised as to the appointment of the representatives.
Subd. 3 Records. The City Administrator shall be responsible for the keeping of records relating to the water system, including
records of permits and finances in connection therewith.
Subd. 4 Engineer. The City Engineer shall perform the duties provided for him or her in this section and shall provide additional
consultation and advice as the City Administrator shall request from time to time.
Subd. 5 Private Wells. References in this section to the water system shall not be deemed to apply to privately owned wells unless
the language used specifically requires such application.
1000.02 Use of Water Restricted to Authorized Persons.
No person shall make, construct or install any water service installation or make use of any water service which is connected to the
water system except in the manner provided in this section.
1000.03 Willful Damage to Water System.
No person shall remove, alter, damage or trespass upon any structure, appurtenance or property of the water system, or cause water
to be consumed, diverted, restricted, wasted or contaminated in any manner unless permitted pursuant to written authorization or a
permit from the City.
1000.04 Discontinuance of Service for Violations.
Subd. 1 General. Subject to the provisions of this subsection, water service may be shut off at any stop box connection whenever:
A. The owner or occupant of the premises served, or any other person working on any pipes or equipment thereon connected
with the water system, has violated or threatens to violate any of the provisions of this section.
B. Any charge for water, service meter, or any other financial obligations imposed on the present or former owner or occupant
of premises served by the connection are unpaid.
C. Fraud or misrepresentation by the owner or occupant of the premises served in connection with the application for service.
D. The property is unsecured and/or vacant.
Subd. 2 Notice.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
A. Water shall not be shut off under Subd. 1 above until notice and an opportunity for a hearing shall have first been given to the
owner and/or occupant (the "customer") of the premises involved. The notice shall be personally served in the same manner as
summonses in civil actions and shall state that if payment, proof of payment or proof of no violation of Subd. 1 above have not been
made before a date specified in the notice, but not less than thirty (30) days after the date on which the notice has been given, the
water supply to the premises shall be shut off.
B. The notice shall clearly inform the customer of the available opportunities to present to the City his or her objections to the bill
or the violation claimed in the notice and shall identify the telephone number, address and officer or employee of the City who will
receive the customer's payment and/or review the customer's facts and files and has authority to decide whether payment has in fact
been made or a violation has not occurred, to correct any errors in billing and to arrange for credit terms. The notice shall also state
that the customer may, before the date, demand in writing (which shall contain the customer's return address) a hearing on the matter.
C. If the property is unsecured and/or vacant, then Subd. 2 A and B above shall not apply and the City may shut off the water to
protect the safety of the premise or property. A good faith effort will be made by the City to notify the owner prior to the water being
shut off.
Subd. 3 Restriction on Shut-off. If, by the date specified in the notice, the City has received the customer's demand for a hearing,
then the City shall not shut off the customer's water supply until after the hearing has been held, and the panel required by this
subsection has determined that the water supply should be discontinued. If the customer has paid to the City his or her delinquencies,
plus the cost of serving the aforesaid notice upon him or her, or has furnished the City with proof of the payment satisfactory to the
officer specified in the notice, or has cured any nonmonetary violations to the satisfaction of the officer by the date specified in the
notice, then the City shall not shut off the customer's water supply.
Subd. 4 Hearing.
A. If the customer demands a hearing in writing, the demand must be received by the City before the date specified in the notice
provided in Subd. 2 and must specify the customer's return address or post office address for purposes of the notice of hearing. The
City Administrator shall bring it to the City Council. The notice of hearing shall specify the date, time and place of the hearing and the
purpose thereof. It shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. The date it is deposited in the U.S. mail
system is the date that it shall be deemed to have been given.
B. If, as a result of the hearing, the City Council finds that the amount claimed to be owed is actually due or that the customer
has committed one (1) of the nonmonetary violations described in Subd. 1 above, and that there is no legal reason why the water
supply of the delinquent customer may not be shut off in accordance with this section, then the City shall be authorized to shut off the
supply. Where the violation is a nonmonetary one, the panel shall specify the cure for the violation, if any, and give the customer a
reasonable opportunity to effect the cure before authorizing the City to disconnect the water supply.
Subd. 5 Cold Weather Rule. Where a customer's water service is essential to his or her primary heating service, water shall not be
shut off between October 15 of any year and the following April 15 except in accordance with the Minnesota Cold Weather Rule
found in M.S. § 216B.097, as amended from time to time.
Subd. 6 Restoration of Service. When water service to any premises has been discontinued, service shall not be restored except
upon payment of all delinquent amounts due, or correction of the nonmonetary violation of Subd. 1 hereof to the satisfaction of the City
Administrator, plus the costs for serving the notices required herein above and plus a fee for disconnection and reconnection in the
amounts as are from time to time established by resolution of the Council.
1000.05 Deficiency and Temporary Shut-off Water.
The City shall not be liable for any deficiency or failure in the supply of water to consumers, whether occasioned by shutting the
water off for the purpose of making repairs or connections, or from any other cause whatever. In case of fire, or alarm of fire, or in
making repairs or construction of new works, water may be shut off at any time and kept shut off as long as necessary.
1000.06 Supply from One Service.
No more than one housing unit or building shall be supplied from one service connection except by special permission of the City
Administrator. Whenever two (2) or more housing units or buildings are supplied from one pipe connecting to a distribution main each
building or part of building shall have a separate stop box and a separate meter.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1000.07 Tapping of Mains Prohibited.
No person except those duly authorized by the City shall tap any distributing main or pipe of the water supply system, or insert stop
cocks or ferrules in any such pipe.
1000.08 Repair of Leaks.
It shall be the responsibility of the consumer or owner to maintain the service pipe from the curb box into the house or building. In
case of failure upon the part of any consumer or owner to repair any leak occurring in his or her pipe within twenty four (24) hours
after verbal or written notice thereof, the water shall be shut off and shall not be turned on until the sum listed in the fee schedule
appendix to this code has been paid and the leak repaired. When the waste of water is great, or when damage is likely to result from
the leak, the water may be turned off immediately pending repairs.
1000.09 Abandoned Services.
Subd. 1 Disconnection. All service installations that have been abandoned or have not been used for three (3) years shall be
disconnected at the main by the City. All pipe and appurtenances removed from such connections shall be the property of the City and
any expense of the City in connection with the disconnection shall be charged to the property.
Subd. 2 New Buildings. When new buildings are erected on the site of abandoned services, and it is desired to increase or change
the old water service, no connections with the mains shall be made until all the old service shall have been removed and the main
connection plugged by the property owner. City inspection of the plug will be required. The City Administrator shall have the power,
in his or her discretion, to permit continuance of the old service until the new service is connected to the property, when immediate
removal of the old service would constitute a hardship
1000.10 Service Pipes.
Every service pipe shall be laid in such manner as to allow not less than one foot of extra length and in such manner as to prevent
rupture by settlement or otherwise. The service pipe shall be placed no less than seven (7) feet below the surface and in all cases so
arranged as to prevent rupture by freezing. Joints in service pipe or tubing shall be kept to a minimum, with no slice or coupling
allowed in service lines less than one hundred (100) feet in length on one-inch lines. Large diameter service lines may be spliced as
necessary according to available manufactured lengths.
1000.11 Use Confined to Premises.
No person shall permit water from the water system to be used for any purpose except upon his or her own premises unless written
consent is obtained from the City Administrator.
1000.12 Connections at or Beyond City Limits.
Where water mains of the City or an adjacent municipality are in any street or alley adjacent to or outside the corporate limits of the
City, the City Administrator may issue permits to the owners or occupants of properties at or beyond the City limits and accessible to
the water mains to make water service pipe connections with the mains and to be supplied with water from the mains in accordance
with the applicable provisions of this section and all pertinent and applicable contract provisions.
1000.13 Restrictions and Limitations of Water Use.
All water customers shall be subject to applicable regulations of the City or other regulations to which the City is subject by contract
relating to limitations in the time and manner of using water or relating to the preservation, regulation and protection of the water
supply.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 8
Graph Showing Historical and Projected Annual Water Demand for
Each Customer Category
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
0.
0
0
20
.
0
0
40
.
0
0
60
.
0
0
80
.
0
0
10
0
.
0
0
12
0
.
0
0
14
0
.
0
0
16
0
.
0
0
20
0
5
2
0
1
0
2
0
1
5
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
5
2
0
3
0
P
e
r
C
a
p
i
t
a
D
e
m
a
n
d
(
g
a
l
l
o
n
s
p
e
r
c
a
p
i
t
a
p
e
r
d
a
y
)
Ye
a
r
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
'
s
Hi
s
t
o
r
i
c
a
l
an
d
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
e
d
Wa
t
e
r
Us
e
by
Cu
s
t
o
m
e
r
Category Residential Per Capita C/I/I Per Capita Total Per Capita ResidentialTrend C/I/I Trend Total Trend
Draft
11/20/2017
Appendix 9
Water Rate Structure
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Meter Charge 3/4” Meter Size or Smaller $23.88
Meter Charge 1” Meter Size $57.69
Meter Charge 1.5” Meter Size $122.02
Meter Charge 2” Meter Size $196.58
Meter Charge 3” Meter Size $427.89
Meter Charge 4” Meter Size $641.43
Meter Charge 6” Meter Size $1,068.45
Meter Charge 8” Meter Size $2,153.91
Meter Charge 10” Meter Size $3,061.33
Meter Charge 12” Meter Size $4,342.49
Consumption: 1-10,000 gals. per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$2.65
Consumption: 10,001-35,000 gals. per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$3.45
Consumption: Over 35,000 gals. per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$6.10
Water Test Fee set by MN State Health Dept $1.59
Base Charge – Single Family per lot $90.79
Base Charge – Multiple Family per dwelling $90.79
Usage Over 15,000 gals. – Single
Family/Multiple Family per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated)$5.23
Sanitary Sewer – Commercial
Apartment/Condominium per 1,000 gallons (pro-rated) $5.66
Sanitary Sewer - Mobile Home per unit $98.20
Residential - Single Family per lot $14.29
Residential – Multiple Family per dwelling $18.52
Apartment / Condominium per acre $116.61
Industrial / Commercial per acre $182.06
Undeveloped per acre $21.42
Standby 1” Service Line or smaller $8.16
Standby 1.25” Service Line $11.78
Standby 1.5” Service Line $16.24
Standby 2” Service Line $24.81
Standby 3” Service Line $55.97
Standby 4” Service Line $99.81
Standby 6” Service Line $223.80
Standby 8” Service Line $398.29
Standby 10” Service Line $623.02
Standby 12” Service Line $895.40
Standby Shared 6.95 $26.68
Surface Water Per Quarter:
Standby Per Quarter:
2016 WATER AND SEWER UTILITY RATES
Water Per Quarter:
Sanitary Sewer Per Quarter:
(Effective January 1, 2016)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 10
Adopted or Proposed Regulations to Reduce Demand or Improve Water
Efficiency
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Regulations to Reduce Demand or Improve Water Efficiency
Arden Hills City Code, Chapter 10 – Utilities (http://www.cityofardenhills.org/Index.aspx?NID=136)
1000.13 Restrictions and Limitations of Water Use.
All water customers shall be subject to applicable regulations of the City or other
regulations to which the City is subject by contract relating to limitations in the time and
manner of using water or relating to the preservation, regulation and protection of the water
supply.
1000.16 Use of Water for Air Conditioning.
All air conditioning systems which are connected directly or indirectly with the public
water system shall be equipped with water conserving and water regulating devices as
approved by the City Administrator.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix 11
Implementation Checklist
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Action Description
on
g
o
i
n
g
an
n
u
a
l
l
y
1-
3
y
r
s
1-
5
y
r
s
3-
6
y
r
s
Review city ordinances/codes To encourage or require water efficient
landscaping.P
Review city ordinance/codes To permit water reuse options, especially for non-
potable purposes like irrigation, groundwater
recharge, and industrial use. P
Revise ordinances to limit irrigation Review outdoor irrigation installations codes to
require high efficiency systems (e.g. those with
soil moisture sensors or programmable watering
areas) in new installations or system
replacements
P
Make water system infrastructure
improvements P
Provide rebates or incentives for installing
water efficient appliances and/or fixtures
indoors
e.g. low flow toilets, high efficiency dish washers
and washing machines, showerhead and faucet
aerators, water softeners, etc.
P
Conduct audience-appropriate water
conservation education and outreach P
Conduct a facility water use audit For both indoor and outdoor use, including
system components P
Install enhanced meters Capable of automated readings to detect spikes in
consumption P
Install water conservation fixtures and
appliances or change processes to conserve
water
Toilets, faucets, etc.
P
Repair leaking system components (e.g., pipes, valves) P
Investigate the reuse of reclaimed water (e.g., stormwater, wastewater effluent, process
wastewater, etc.)P
Reduce outdoor water use (e.g., turf replacement/reduction, rain gardens,
rain barrels, smart irrigation, outdoor water use
meters, etc.) P
Train employees how to conserve water Include for new employee training
P
Increasing block rates billing strategy Rate structure for Residential, Commercial,
Industrial, and Institutional customers P
Consider participating in the GreenStep
Cities Program
Voluntary program to aid cities in achieving their
sustainability and quality-of-life goals P
City of Arden Hills
Implementation Checklist
Timeframe
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Conservation Outreach Implement a water conservation outreach
program P
Consumer Confidence Reports Report of City’s water quality P
Community education Press releases to traditional local news outlets;
Arden Notes newsletters; information kiosks at
utility and public buildings; website
P
RCWD Stormwater Reuse Workshop Rice Creek Watershed District workshop to
educate on stormwater reuse P
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
LOCAL SURFACE WATER
MANAGEMENT PLAN
FOR THE CITY OF
ARDEN HILLS, MINNESOTA
WSB Project No. 3455-200
DRAFT September 2017
PREPARED BY
City of Arden Hills
1245 West Highway 96
Arden Hills, MN 55112
(651) 792-7800
WSB & Associates, Inc.
701 Xenia Avenue – Suite 300
Minneapolis, MN 55416
(763) 541-4800
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
CERTIFICATION
Surface Water Management Plan Certification
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
I hereby certify that this plan, specification or report was prepared by me
or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Registered
Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Minnesota.
XXXXXXXX, PE Reg. No. ####
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Surface Water Management Plan Table of Contents
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
Title Page
Certification
Table of Contents
SECTION 1: EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
SECTION 2: LAND AND WATER RESOURCE INVENTORY
SECTION 3: AGENCY COOPERATION
SECTION 4: ASSESSMENT OF ISSUES
SECTION 5: GOALS AND POLICIES
SECTION 6: IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM
SECTION 7: ADMINISTRATION
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2-1 – Average Monthly Temperature and Precipitation Data
Table 2-2 – Atlas 14 Rainfall Frequencies
Table 2-3 – Summary of City Soil Groups
Table 2-4 – Lake Tier Classification
Table 2-5 – Lake Recreational Suitability Measures (Southwest Urban Lakes Study)
Table 2-6 – MPCA Impaired Waters Summary
Table 2-7 – Benchmark Inter-community Flow Rates
Table 5-1 – Summary Data on Lakes in Arden Hills
Table 5-2 – Minimum Control Measures (MCM) and Best Management Practices (BMPs) Summary
Sheets
Table 6-1 – Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Funding Alternatives
Table 6-2 – Surface Water Management Implementation Plan
LIST OF APPENDICES
Appendix A – Figures
Figure 1 – Location Map
Figure 2 – Soils Map
Figure 3 – 2010 Existing Land Use
Figure 4 – 2040 Future Land Use
Figure 5 – MLCCS
Figure 6 – Protected Waterways Map
Figure 7 – Subwatersheds and Drainage System
Figure 8 – Flood Hazard Areas Map
Figure 9 – Drinking Water Supply Management Areas (DWSMA)
Figure 10 – Special and Impaired Waters Map
Figure 11 – Groundwater Appropriations
Figure 12 – Pollutant Source Location Map
Appendix B – Relevant City Ordinances
Appendix C – Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines
Appendix D – Karth Lake Improvement District
Appendix E – MPCA Listed Pollutant Sources
Appendix F – Previous Pond Modeling and Reference Materials
Appendix G – Southwest Urban Lakes Study – Arden Hills Lake Assessments and MAPs
Appendix H – Previous Study Summary – Lake Josephine
Appendix I – Grant Opportunities
Appendix J – 2012-Present SWPPPs
Appendix K – Current MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 1
Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-220 Page 1
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
1.1. Local Surface Water Management Plan Purpose
This Local Surface Water Management Plan (LSWMP, Plan, local plan) for the City of Arden Hills
has been developed to meet local watershed management planning requirements of Minnesota
Statutes 103B.201-103B.255 (Appendix B), Minnesota Rule Chapter 8410 (Appendix B), the
Metropolitan Council, and the Rice Creek Watershed Management Plan. Local water
management plans must be prepared by the respective local governments and be consistent with
the watershed’s plan. The Arden Hills LSWMP has been prepared according to State statutory
and rule requirements. This document and its referenced literature is intended to provide a
comprehensive inventory of pertinent water resource related information that affects the City and
management of those resources as well as serve as a guide to reach goals related to water
quality, volume reduction, and flood management. The purposes of the water management
programs are to:
Protect, preserve, and use natural surface and groundwater storage and retention
systems;
Minimize public capital expenditures needed to correct flooding and water quality
problems;
Identify and plan for means to effectively protect and improve surface and groundwater
quality;
Establish more uniform local policies and official controls for surface and groundwater
management;
Prevent erosion of soil into surface water systems;
Promote groundwater recharge, where beneficial;
Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreational facilities; and
Secure the other benefits associated with the proper management of surface
and groundwater.
The Arden Hills Local Storm Water Management Plan addresses these purposes.
The boundaries of Arden Hills lie entirely within the RCWD. The City adopted the objectives and
policies of the RCWD as their own as part of the 2002 update. Since the City and RCWD will
share authority in implementing surface water management objectives, the City will reference the
RCWD rules as their own and adopt objectives and policies consistent with RCWD goals and
objectives which are included in Section 3. The City had updated its 2030 Comprehensive Plan in
September 2009, which must include the LSWMP as required by Minnesota Statutes, Section
473.859, Subdivision 2, and be reviewed by the Metropolitan Council.
1.2. Executive Summary
The Arden Hills Local Storm Water Management Plan organized as follows:
Section 1 Executive Summary provides background information and
summarizes the plan contents.
Section 2 Land and Water Resource Inventory describes the physical setting;
the history, natural resources and land uses within the City.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 1
Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-220 Page 2
Section 3 Agency Cooperation outlines other governmental controls and
programs that affect stormwater management.
Section 4 Assessment of Problems and Issues presents the City's water
management related problems and issues.
Section 5 Goals and Policies outlines the City's goals and policies pertaining
to water management.
Section 6 Implementation Program the implementation program for the City
of Arden Hills, which includes defining responsibilities, prioritizing, and listing the
program elements.
Section 7 Administration outlines the continued administration of this plan with
respect to plan updates and amendments.
Figures are referenced in the plan and can be found before the appendices. Appendices are
included in the back of the plan and are summarized below. These documents are included
because they provide supporting information to the main body of the plan.
Appendix A: Figures. All figures referenced in the report.
Appendix B: Relevant City Ordinances. A copy of the City’s water resource related
ordinances.
Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines. A summary of
the various agency responsibilities in reviewing water analysis data and reporting.
Appendix D: Karth Lake Improvement District. The resolution establishing the Karth
Lake Improvement District and adopting the board bylaws.
Appendix E: MPCA Listed Pollutant Sources. Active and inactive pollutant sites in
Arden Hills.
Appendix F: Previous Pond Modeling and Reference Materials. A summary of
hydraulic and water quality analysis of regional ponds that were identified in a past
comprehensive drainage study.
Appendix G: Southwest Urban Lakes Study – Arden Hills Lake Assessments and
MAPs. Rice Creek Watershed District’s study on lake water quality and the development
of management action plans for each lake.
Appendix H: Previous Study Summary – Lake Josephine. Summarizes findings on
Lake Josephine’s Lake Assessment Report.
Appendix I: Grant Opportunities. State grant opportunities for future projects within the
City.
Appendix J: 2012-Present SWPPPs. Past SWPPPs from the prior LSWMP to current.
Appendix K: Current MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter. The Issuance of Coverage letter
under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System
(NPDES/SDS) General Permit MNR040000 for Municipal Separate Storm Sewer
Systems for the City of Arden Hills MS4.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 1
Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-220 Page 3
Additional material is referenced within this report and is available from the Engineering
Department.
1.3. Personnel Contacts
To implement this plan, a coordinated water resource management approach must be used. This
approach utilizes the services of staff personnel within the City and surrounding communities, as
well as staff associated with RCWD.
The primary implementation responsibility will lie with the appropriate staff members at the City.
Assistance from RCWD will also be expected. Outlined below are the names, addresses,
telephone numbers, and website address for personnel having responsibilities for overseeing or
implementing various aspects of the Plan.
City of Arden Hills
William Joynes
City Administrator
1245 West Highway 96
Arden Hills, MN 55112
(612) 792-7810
wjoynes@cityofardenhills.org
City of Arden Hills
Department of Public Works
Sue Polka
1245 West Highway 96
Arden Hills, MN 55112
(612) 792-7846
spolka@cityofardenhills.org
Rice Creek Watershed District
Administrator
Phil Belfiori
4325 Pheasant Ridge Drive NE #611
Blaine, MN 55449
(763) 398-3071
pbelfiori@ricecreek.org
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 1
Surface Water Management Plan Section 1: Executive Summary
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-220 Page 4
1.4. Background
The land that became the City of Arden Hills was originally part of Mounds View Township. The
area was first settled in the mid-1800s. In 1906, Joseph Hackney, a State senator and millionaire,
settled on the land and built Arden Farms. This farm and the terrain would eventually give the City
its name. In 1951, the City of Arden Hills was created.
The City of Arden Hills is in Ramsey County, approximately eight miles north of the
downtown areas of Minneapolis and St. Paul (Figure 1). The City’s area covers approximately
9.4 square miles.
The lakes have always been the focus of the Arden Hills community. There are eight lakes that lie
entirely or partially within the City limits. Lake Johanna is the largest lake in the City, covering
approximately 230 acres. There are also public ditches and wetland complexes throughout the
City. The lakes have always been a focus of the City, and the protection of its water resources is
a high priority. The City has ordinances for shoreland protection, floodplain management and
sediment and erosion control in place, which can be reviewed in Appendix B.
The southern portion of Arden Hills is fully developed. Plans for redevelopment of the TCAAP
property in the northern portion of the City continue to evolve at the time of this report. The
redevelopment of TCAAP will have a significant impact on the future nature of the City. A
large portion of the City is residential, but Arden Hills also consists of lakes and parks, and serves
as home to many businesses of multiple sizes, along with two private colleges. The City of Arden
Hills aims to maintain its existing residential neighborhoods, strengthen its commercial and
industrial areas, and incorporate the redevelopment of TCAAP into the City’s long range planning.
A sketch plan for the reuse of the TCAAP property was developed as part of the City’s 2030
Comprehensive Plan (located on the City of Arden Hills Internet Web Site at http://www.ci.arden-
hills.mn.us/ under Departments > Community Development > Planning & Zoning) to address up-
to-date planning efforts for the property. The TCAAP Redevelopment Code was approved by
City Council on July 13, 2015 and revised on December 12, 2016. This plan establishes goals
and objectives associated with the TCAAP redevelopment.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1
2. LAND AND WATER RESOURCE INVENTORY
In conformance with the Metropolitan Surface Water Management Act and as required in Minnesota
Rules Section 8410.0060, this section of the plan provides a general description and summary of the
climate, geology, surficial topography, surface and ground water resource data, soils, land use, public
utilities services, water-based recreation, fish and wildlife habitat, unique features, scenic areas, and
pollutant sources. This section also identifies where detailed information can be obtained for many of
these areas of concern.
2.1. Physical Setting
2.1.1. Climate
The climate within the Minneapolis/St. Paul metropolitan area is described as a humid continental
climate with moderate precipitation, wide daily temperature variations, warm humid summers, and
cold winters. The total average annual precipitation is approximately 31 inches, of which
approximately one-third occurs in the months of June, July, and August. The annual snowfall
average is about 54 inches and is equivalent to approximately 5.4 inches of water. Average
monthly temperature and precipitation are shown in Table 2-1. Additional climatological
information for the area can be obtained from State Climatologist website at
http://climate.umn.edu/.
Table 2-1 Average Monthly Temperature and Precipitation Data
Months Average Temp (F°) Precipitation (inches) Snowfall (inches)
January 15.6 0.9 12.2
February 20.8 0.77 7.7
March 32.8 1.89 10.3
April 47.5 2.66 2.4
May 59.1 3.36 0
June 68.8 4.25 0
July 73.8 4.04 0
August 71.2 4.3 0
September 62 3.08 0
October 48.9 2.43 0.6
November 33.7 1.77 9.3
December 19.7 1.16 11.9
Totals 46.2 30.61 54.4
Source: Minnesota Climatology Working Group, MSP Airport (1981-2010)
2.1.2. Precipitation
Rainfall frequency estimates are used as design tools in water resource projects. In 2013, the
National Oceanic Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) published the Atlas 14 Precipitation-
Frequency document that showed an increase in rainfall intensity and design storms from the
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2
previous Technical Paper 40 precipitation values. Selected rainfall frequencies for Arden Hills are
listed in Table 2-2.
Table 2-2 Atlas 14 Rainfall Frequencies
Recurrence
Interval (years)
24-hr Rainfall
Depth (in)
Chance of
Occurrence
Each Year
1 2.45 99%
2 2.82 50%
10 4.21 10%
50 6.27 2%
100 7.35 1%
100-year 10-day
Runoff 7.3 1%
Additional precipitation information for the area can be obtained from the NOAA website at
http://hdsc.nws.noaa.gov/.
2.1.3. Geology and Topography
Arden Hills is located in Ramsey County, which is dominated by the Eastern St. Croix Moraine.
This glacial and terminal moraine is characterized by steep hills interspersed with deep
depressions. The depressions are occupied by small lakes or are filled with peat.
The topography of the City is relatively diverse, with undulating to steep slopes. The highest point
in Ramsey County is in Arden Hills on the TCAAP property. The entire City is ultimately tributary
to Rice Creek. The specific drainage patterns, which depict topography for areas within the City,
are shown on the subwatershed delineation map (Figure 7). As can be observed from the
subwatershed delineation map, the City is divided into many small watersheds.
Detailed descriptions of the City’s bedrock geology can be obtained from the RCWD. In addition,
the Minnesota Geological Survey can provide maps detailing the bedrock hydrogeology of
Minnesota, addressing rock formations and aquifers.
2.1.4. Soils
Most of the soils within Arden Hills are glacial tills. The soils tend to be well drained and
moderately coarse textured.
The main source of information on existing soils found within the City of Arden Hills was prepared
by the Natural Resource Conservation Service (NRCS). The hydrologic soil classification map is
shown in Figure 2. The NRCS has established four general types of soil groups based on texture
and slope as described below:
Group A - These soils have high infiltration rates even when thoroughly wetted. The infiltration
rates generally range from 0.8 to 1.63 inches per hour. These soils consist chiefly of deep, well
drained to excessively drained sands and gravel. Group A soils have a high rate of water
transmission, therefore resulting in a low runoff potential.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3
Group B - These soils have moderate infiltration rates generally ranging from 0.3 to 0.45 inches
per hour when thoroughly wetted. Group B soils consist of deep moderately well to well drained
soils with moderately fine to moderately coarse textures.
Group C - These soils have slow infiltration rates generally ranging from 0.06 to 0.2 inches per
hour when thoroughly wetted. Group C soils have a moderately fine to fine texture.
Group D - These soils have very slow infiltration rates generally ranging from 0 to 0.06 inches per
hour when thoroughly wetted. Group D soils are typically clay soils with high swelling potential,
soils with high permanent water table, soils with a clay layer at or near the surface, or shallow
soils over nearly impervious material.
The runoff potential of an area is determined using these general soil characteristics in
combination with land use classifications, vegetation of the area, and rainfall intensity determined
from charts for the various design storms.
A summary of the soil group classifications in Arden Hills can be found in Table 2-3. Figure 2
shows a soils map for the City.
Urban Land generally consists of fill that has been placed in urban areas. It tends to not fit under
a soil group. Areas where the land was unable to be surveyed fall under the “unknown” category,
due to the inability to classify the soil groups.
Soil characteristics are also considered when developing erosion control plans. Special
procedures for erosion and sediment control should be incorporated into all construction projects
per the City’s Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance (Appendix B).
Table 2-3 Summary of City Soil Groups
Soil Group Percentage of
Total
A 7.8%
A/D 6.0%
B 20.9%
B/D 4.6%
C 0.1%
C/D 0.0%
D 0.0%
Urban 46.5%
Water 7.9%
Unknown 6.2%
Various resources on sediment and erosion control are available through several agencies,
Institutions, and trade groups as follows:
Minnesota Local Road Research Board (LRRB): The 2003 Erosion Control Handbook for
Local Roads.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA): Design guidance is available through
several MPCA publications.
o The Minnesota Stormwater Manual
o The March 1, 2000 document entitled Protecting Water Quality in Urban Areas:
Best Management Practices for Dealing with Storm Water Runoff from Urban,
Suburban and Developing Areas of Minnesota.
University of Minnesota (U of M): The U of M offers training seminars and certification
classes for various entities involved in storm water regulation compliance and
enforcement. Courses include training for Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
Certification, NPDES courses, and training on water quality modeling and monitoring.
These courses are available through the U of M Internet web site at
http://www.erosion.umn.edu.
Minnesota Erosion Control Association (MECA): MECA is an organization comprised of
design professionals, contractors, vendors and government agencies devoted to
encouraging the use of erosion control and storm water management practices. They
offer various resources such as workshops, conferences and a directory of vendors. This
information is available through the MECA Internet web site at http://mnerosion.org.
2.1.5. Land Use
2.1.5.1. General
Arden Hills is a stable community and foresees minimal amount of development and
population growth with exception of the TCAAP property.
Disregarding the TCAAP area, most the City of Arden Hills is residential. There are also
many large corporations, various sized businesses, two private colleges, and parks and
open areas in the City. Figure 3 shows the 2010 existing land use, while the potential
2040 future land use is shown in Figure 4. Figure 5 shows the Minnesota Land Cover
Classification System (MLCCS) for the portion of the City where it has been created.
2.1.5.2. Parks
The City of Arden Hills has 14 City-maintained parks and designated open spaces
totaling approximately 145 acres. Within the City limits is Tony Schmidt Regional Park,
which is 217 acres of Ramsey County-maintained park space along the northern shore of
Lake Johanna. As part of the TCAAP Park and Open Space Plan, the City has
tentatively planned for approximately 25 acres of parks, with additional acreage reserved
for open spaces and wildlife corridor lands. The City intends to maintain their designated
park areas, make necessary improvements to the park system, continue to expand the
trail system to connect the neighborhoods to these parks, and collaborate with other
agencies to connect the system to area regional trails. The parks are a vital part of the
Arden Hills community.
2.1.5.3. TCAAP
The Twin Cities Army and Ammunition Plant property occupies northernmost portion of
the city. The TCAAP redevelopment area amounts to 427 acres of the total area of 2,371
acres according to the 2015 approved land reuse proposal:
151 acres of residential
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5
168 acres of commercial/industrial
24 acres of parks and other open space
84 acres of institutional, roads, and other public use
The other 1,944 acres outside of the proposed redevelopment area is preliminarily
proposed for the following uses:
221 acres owned by Ramsey County for the Rice Creek Trail Corridor
1,611 acres will remain as the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) and kept as
park preserve space.
113 acres adjacent to the creek were transferred to Ramsey County in 2006 for the
development of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail.
2.1.5.4. MLCCS
The Minnesota Land Cover Classification System, or MLCCS, categorizes urban and
built up areas in terms of land cover rather than land use. MLCCS serves as a tool for
City staff to integrate natural area preservation into land planning, land use, and zoning
decisions. Figure 5 provides MLCCS coverage for Arden Hills.
2.2. Surface Water Resources
Residents of Arden Hills enjoy a high quality of natural resources with numerous lakes, creeks and
wetlands within the City limits. Available surface water resource data within the City is summarized in this
section. Detailed information has been included either in the appendices to this report or has been
identified by reference and is available from the Engineering Department.
2.2.1. Unique Features and Scenic Areas
Unique features and scenic areas include State-designated Scientific and Natural Areas,
designated scenic areas, areas containing rare and endangered species, biologically diverse
areas, and historic areas.
The City has many natural areas, water bodies, and city or regional parks. Some of these areas
contain a moderate significance of biodiversity and special habitats. Reference Figure 3 for the
existing land use which indicates park locations. Reference Figure 6 for the protected waters
map indicating wetlands, ponds, and public waters.
The City does not have historical and architectural resources as identified by the Minnesota State
Historical Preservation Office.
2.2.2. Fish and Wildlife Habitat
The City provides habitat for a variety of small mammals, reptiles, birds, amphibians, and insects.
Maintenance of habitat for wildlife species is important in maintaining the ecological stability of the
City’s natural areas.
The Department of Natural Resources (DNR) has developed fish management plans for Lake
Johanna and Lake Josephine within the City of Arden Hills. The plans include existing or
proposed management practices such as fish stocking, winter oxygen monitoring, lake
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6
investigations, and other similar things. Further information can be found on the DNR’s Lake
Finder website at www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind/index.html.
The DNR has also prepared limited lake depth maps for certain lakes. The reports, management
plans, and lake depth maps are available at DNR’s Lake Finder at
www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind/index.html.
2.2.3. DNR Protected Waterbodies
The DNR Designated Public Waters which lie within the City limits are shown in Figure 6. The
DNR Protected Waters are comprised of watercourses such as Rice Creek, lakes, and wetlands
as defined in Minnesota State Statutes 103G.005. The DNR has jurisdiction over these water
bodies at and below the Ordinary High Water (OHW) level, which is defined as the elevation
delineating the highest water level which has been maintained for sufficiently long periods of time
to leave evidence upon the landscape.
2.2.4. Creeks
Rice Creek traverses the extreme northwestern portion of the City through the TCAAP area. The
location of Rice Creek is shown in Figure 6.
2.2.5. Lakes
There are eight lakes which lie entirely or partially within the Arden Hills city limits: Lake Johanna,
Lake Josephine, Little Lake Johanna, Valentine Lake, Round Lake, Karth Lake, Sunfish Lake,
and Marsden Lake. RCWD has prioritized lakes within the district into four management tiers
based on trophic state indices, recreational facilities, and lake capability:
Tier I lakes consistently provide regional public recreation opportunities including boating
activities and swimming facilities. Tier I lakes also represent a high-quality resource for
fisheries and wildlife.
Tier II lakes have the capability to provide passive regional public recreation opportunities
including aesthetic enjoyment or other special purpose uses.
Tier III lakes have minimal public access and have negligible regional recreational
opportunities unless improvements are made to increase access or install facilities. The
quality of fisheries within these lakes are limited by depth, presence of invasive species, and
area land use.
Tier IV lakes are all other lakes that do not fit into Tiers I, II and III. These lakes are typically
unable to provide public access and are suited primarily for stormwater conveyance.
Table 2-4 lists the tier identification of the lakes within the City of Arden Hills, according to the
Rice Creek Watershed District Watershed Management Plan.
Table 2-4 Lake Tier Classification
Lake Tier
Johanna I
Josephine I
Karth II
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 7
Little Johanna II
Round II
Marsden IV
Sunfish Not Assigned
Valentine II
2.2.6. Monitored Water Quality and Quantity Data
Water quality data for the City has been obtained from the MPCA’s Environmental Data Access
site at https://www.pca.state.mn.us/environmental-data. This database is utilized by participating
agencies to compile water quality testing data and is almost entirely used for the storage of water
quality parameters.
Some of the available water quality information is summarized below and in Appendix F. Table
2-5 provides summary data from the Southwest Urban Lakes Study on the each of the lakes in
Arden Hills.
Table 2-5 Lake Recreational Suitability Measures (Southwest Urban Lakes Study)
Lake Name MnDNR
Number TP (µg/L) Chl (µg/L) Secchi Depth
(m)
Josephine 62-0057 36 11 2.0
Round 62-0070 -- -- --
Valentine 62-0071 70 18 1.7
Sunfish 62-0065 37 -- --
Marsden 62-0059 -- -- --
Karth 62-0072 54 18 1.0
Johanna 62-0078 31 12 2.0
Little Johanna 62-0058 80 25 1.5
Shading indicates that the measurement does not meet State Water
Quality Standards.
Also available is a 1998 Lake Assessment Report on Lake Josephine (Appendix G) – the result
of a collaboration between Ramsey County, RCWD, MPCA and the Lake Josephine Improvement
Association.
2.2.7. Impaired Waters
The MPCA lists the following waterbodies/water courses in Table 2-6 within and near the City as
having impaired uses due to excess pollutant(s):
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 8
Table 2-6 MPCA Impaired Waters Summary
Waterbody/Watercourse
Year
Added
to List Affected Use Pollutant/Stressor
TMDL
Status
Rice Creek 2006 Aquatic Life
Aquatic macroinvertebrate
bioassessments Approved
Rice Creek 2004 Aquatic Life Fishes bioassessments Approved
Valentine Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Approved
Valentine Lake 2002
Aquatic
Recreation
Nutrient/eutrophication
biological indicators Approved
Lake Johanna 2002
Aquatic
Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Approved
Lake Johanna 2010
Aquatic
Consumption PFOS in fish tissue Underway
Little Johanna Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Approved
Little Johanna Lake 2004
Aquatic
Recreation
Nutrient/eutrophication
biological indicators Approved
Little Johanna Lake 2012
Aquatic
Consumption PFOS in fish tissue Underway
Lake Josephine 1998
Aquatic
Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Approved
Upper Mississippi River 1996
Aquatic
Recreation Fecal Coliform Approved
Upper Mississippi River 1998
Aquatic
Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Underway
Upper Mississippi River 1998
Aquatic
Consumption Mercury in water column Underway
Upper Mississippi River 1998
Aquatic
Consumption PCB in fish tissue Underway
Upper Mississippi River 2014 Aquatic Life Total suspended solids Underway
South Long Lake 2014 Aquatic Life Chloride Underway
South Long Lake 1998
Aquatic
Consumption Mercury in fish tissue Underway
South Long Lake 2002
Aquatic
Recreation
Nutrient/eutrophication
biological indicators Underway
Figure 10 shows the location of the impaired waters within Arden Hills. A full list of both active
and inactive MPCA listed pollutant sources in Arden Hills can be found in Appendix E.
RCWD’s Southwest Urban Lakes Study developed Lake Management Action Plans to summarize
lake characteristics and existing lake data, provide a diagnostic assessment of the data,
summarize public input, identify water quality issues, and recommend remedial strategies on a
lake-watershed basis. These Lake Management Action Plans will be used as guidance for retrofit
water quality improvements to address TMDL goals. An opportunity to improve resource
management exists with the redevelopment of the TCAAP site, which requires an environmental
overhaul due to contaminated soils and groundwater. With the office, retail, and housing
redevelopment, the natural resources are brought back into compliance. The master development
concept incorporates more than 50 acres of green space and connections to parks and trails.
The MPCA and DNR also maintain lake information databases. The MPCA database is located
at http://www.pca.state.mn.us under Water > Water Types and Programs > Surface Water >
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 9
Lakes > Data and Reporting. The DNR Lakefinder is located at
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind/. Summary water quality data is available for all the lakes in
Arden Hills except Sunfish Lake (no data) on the TCAAP property. This lake has the potential to
be studied and monitored as part of the redevelopment of TCAAP.
2.2.8. Shoreland and Floodplain Ordinances
Arden Hills has DNR-approved Shoreland and Floodplain Ordinances (Appendix B). It is
important that the shoreland of lakes be protected and developed in a manner consistent with the
DNR management standards to maintain or improve the quality of the water bodies within the
City.
The relevant Flood Insurance Rate Map (FIRM) panels prepared by the Federal Emergency
Management Agency (FEMA) are attached in the City’s Official Zoning Map. This material is on
file in the Office of the City Administrator. The floodplain boundaries for the City are shown in
Figure 8. Flood maps are available showing the different flood zones mentioned in the ordinance
by going to FEMA’s website at https://msc.fema.gov/portal.
Based on the FEMA flood insurance study, the City has adopted a Shoreland Management
District. This District regulates the development of public water shoreland to preserve and
enhance surface water quality. A copy of these regulations can be found on the City’s website at
in Chapter 13 of the Zoning Code and in Appendix B.
2.2.9. Flood Hazard Zones
Figure 8 shows areas of flood hazard according to the FEMA FIRMs. These areas surround
water bodies and wetlands that are subject to inundation by the one percent annual chance flood
event. Zone AE areas have established base flood elevations, while Zone A areas do not.
Valentine Lake, Lake Johanna, Little Lake Johanna, and Lake Josephine have established base
flood elevations according to FEMA and are labeled on Figure 8.
RCWD has one percent flood elevations based on both modeling and monitoring data separate
from FEMA. RCWD determines the high water elevations comparing current modeling/monitoring
data against FEMA data and taking the highest elevation of the two.
2.2.10. Wetlands
Figure 6 shows the wetlands within the City of Arden Hills that are included in the National
Wetlands Inventory (NWI) prepared by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. Areas shown on the
DNR and NWI maps indicate the presence of wetlands, but show only their general locations. Site
visits for delineation of wetland boundaries are required for permitting. It should be noted that
some of these wetlands may have been created as stormwater detention basins in conjunction
with urban development.
2.3. Surface Drainage Utilities
2.3.1. Public Ditches (RCWD)
The City of Arden Hills has public ditches within the City limits. Most of the ditches in the RCWD
were constructed primarily to drain land for agricultural purposes. Ramsey County Ditch 4 drains
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 10
into Little Johanna Lake and subsequently outlets into Lake Johanna. Ramsey County Ditch 4
flows from the south end of the City towards the northwest.
2.3.2. City-maintained Drainage Systems
The existing drainage system for Arden Hills is shown in Figure 7. The system consists of various
city-maintained catch basins, piping conveyances, and constructed stormwater ponds. Drainage
systems are evaluated, installed, upgraded, and maintained as feasible and practical on a
project-by-project basis. Evaluations for new projects are conducted during yearly CIP planning
cycles.
2.3.3. Inter-Community Flows
Three points of discharge from the City of Arden Hills into other municipalities have been
identified by the RCWD as part of district-wide modeling finalized on February 24, 2012. These
points of inter-community discharge as well as their associated peak flow rates are identified in
Table 2-7 and in Appendix F. These flows have been established by RCWD as benchmark flow
rates based on current land use. Through its goals and policies as well as deference to RCWD
rules, the City will regulate to either maintain or reduce flow rates relative to the established
benchmarks.
RCWD is continuously updating the district model. Any significant outcomes of the model may
need to be addressed in Arden Hills’ plan.
Table 2-7 Benchmark Inter-community Flow Rates
Receiving
City Watercourse
Peak Flows (cfs)
2-
year/24-
hour
Rainfall
10-
year/24-
hour
Rainfall
100-
year/24-
hour
Rainfall
100-
year/10-
day
Snowmelt
Mounds View Rice Creek 225 460 761 1377
New Brighton Lake Johanna
Outfall 40 72 96 109
Shoreview RCD 1 Main Trunk 3 9 12 29
2.4. Hydrologic Modeling
There are 13 proposed potential regional ponds in Arden Hills that were identified in a 1999
comprehensive drainage study by BRW Inc. TCAAP property was not considered or modeled as
part of this plan. Two ponds on TCAAP property were completed as part of the reconstruction of
Highway 96. Conceptual HydroCAD modeling was completed for the remaining eleven proposed
regional ponds.
The hydrologic modeling effort quantifies the 5-, 10-, and 100-year, 24-hour design storms using
antecedent moisture conditions. The 100-year design storm was used to calculate the peak
height of each pond and to determine if any potential damage or flooding could occur in
neighboring structures.
Stormwater quality and treatment modeling was undertaken using the P8 Urban Catchment
model. The ponds were designed to meet Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) standards,
which are removal of 90 percent of total suspended solids (TSS) and 65 percent of total
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 11
phosphorus (TP). The ponds were modeled using only the immediate drainage areas, therefore, it
is recommended to model the entire drainage system during either a feasibility study or final
design to calculate the pollutant removal efficiencies of the entire system.
Additional hydrological modeling is needed to identify subdrainage basins within the RCWD. Also
needed is expanded modeling of the City as the current model does not analyze or determine
flood elevations along the creeks streams or ditches.
The results of these models can be seen in Appendix F.
2.5. Water-Based Recreation Areas
Lakes Johanna and Josephine provide the most in terms of water-based recreation within the City
of Arden Hills. The main public access points are through Ramsey County regional parks. Tony
Schmidt Regional Park located on County Road E provides a swimming beach and boat ramp to
Lake Johanna. Lake Josephine Park along Lexington Avenue within the City of Roseville
provides a swimming beach and boat ramp to Lake Josephine.
Rice Creek also offers recreational opportunities through a major recreational canoe route from
George Watch Lake to Long Lake. A portion of this canoe route traverses the western portion of
the TCAAP property owned and operated by Ramsey County Parks and Recreation.
Lakes Valentine, Little Johanna, and Karth have limited use and public access with non-
motorized boat recreation from surrounding property owners. Round Lake has no public access
due to bottom sediment contamination. Marsden and Sunfish Lakes are within the TCAAP area,
and are currently inaccessible to public use. Maintenance access in some TCAAP development’s
stormwater features will be provided in form of a recreational, multi-use trail.
2.6. Groundwater
Information on groundwater protection in Ramsey County is available on the Ramsey County
website at https://www.ramseycounty.us/residents/environment/ramsey-conservation-
district/groundwater-protection. According to the Ramsey County Groundwater Protection Plan
(RCGPP) developed in 2010, municipal drinking water wells, which extract water from the deep
Prairie du Chien-Jordan aquifer, are susceptible to contamination from the shallow groundwater
table providing recharge to the aquifer. The main area of point-source within the City of Arden
Hills responsible for groundwater contamination is the TCAAP area. The Groundwater Plume
Map (Figure 1-1, p. 4 of the RCGPP) indicates a contamination plume extending westward from
the site.
Saint Paul Regional Water Services (SPRWS) provides water to the Arden Hills water utility
through the City of Roseville. Apart from the TCAAP land, all areas of the city have access to the
municipal water supply. When the TCAAP land is developed, it will have access to the same
municipal water supply. Since SPRWS provides water service to the City, a wellhead protection
plan for municipal wells is not necessary.
Even though the City does not extract its water supply from wells, the City and RCWD will need to
consider the possible down-gradient impacts of infiltrated storm water on groundwater quality.
Development and redevelopment within the City relies more on infiltration best management
practices for treatment of storm water runoff and increases risks for contamination of down-
gradient wellheads in other municipalities. The Minnesota Department of Health (MDH) has
developed guidelines for evaluating stormwater infiltration projects in vulnerable wellhead
protection areas (July 2007). MDH provides a flow chart with six steps focusing on the location of
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 12
the infiltration BMPs as well as land use and spill containment. Questions ask if the proposed
infiltration site is in a vulnerable wellhead protection area or Drinking Water Supply Management
Area (DWSMA). Figure 9 illustrates the locations of Drinking Water Supply Management Areas
in the City of Arden Hills.
2.6.1. Groundwater Appropriations
Ground water resource data for areas within the City is contained within the Ramsey County
Geologic Atlas. The primary aquifers within the City are the Prairie Du Chien-Jordan Aquifer, the
St. Peter Aquifer, the Franconia-Ironton-Galesville Aquifer, and the Mt. Simon Aquifer. The Prairie
Du Chien-Jordan Aquifer is of special concern since it is the most heavily used ground water
source in Ramsey County.
Figure 11 shows the types and locations of the DNR permitted ground water appropriation sites
within the City.
2.7. Resources of Interest
Arden Hills has many public waters within the City. The lakes and wetlands provide an
environmental habitat for fish and wildlife within the City.
2.7.1. Protection of Natural Resources
A natural resources assessment conducted by the RCWD was included in the City of Arden Hills
2030 Comprehensive Plan. This includes a natural resource inventory and species of interest.
According to the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, approximately 168 acres of the TCAAP property are
anticipated for sale to the City for the purposes of parks, wetlands, stormwater areas, recreational
areas, and a wildlife corridor.
2.7.2. Protected Species and Habitat
The DNR maintains a list of animal and plant species of interest through its Natural Heritage
Information System (NHIS) database. The RCWD Watershed Management Plan references
several species of interest within the district.
The City of Arden Hills is home to several species with legally protected status by the DNR.
These are Black Huckleberry (threatened plant), Blanding’s Turtle (threatened animal), Plains
Pocket Mouse (special animal of concern), Small Green Wood Orchid (special plant of concern),
Swamp Blackberry (threatened plant), and Trumpeter Swan (special animal of concern). The
Upland Sandpiper is on the watch list.
The Kame glacial formation is a high value habitat residing on the TCAAP property (under the
AHATS jurisdiction). It has been identified as an important natural community.
2.8. Water Appropriation Permits
There are 35 water appropriation permits issued by the DNR in the City of Arden Hills. Water
appropriation permits are issued to the permittees who pump greater than 10,000 gallons per day
or over one million gallons of water per year. The locations of the City’s water appropriation
permits and other water use information is located on the DNR website at
http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/waters/watermgmt_section/appropriations/wateruse.html.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 2
Surface Water Management Plan Section 2: Land and Water Resource Inventory
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 13
2.9. Pollutant Sources
The MPCA maintains lists of the generators of hazardous waste, decommissioned municipal
dumps, above ground and underground storage tanks, and leaking underground storage tanks.
A map of this information is shown on Figure 12. There is no known water quality information
about these sites. Many of the sites on the figure have been cleaned up or are in the process of
being cleaned up. The MPCA should be contacted for site-specific details. Maps of active and
inactive sites is located on the MPCA website at http://www.pca.state.mn.us.
2.9.1. TCAAP
The most well-known of these pollution sources within the City limits is the TCAAP land, which
has been deemed a federal Superfund cleanup site. As stated on the MPCA website devoted to
the TCAAP remediation:
“Contamination resulting from past ammunition manufacturing operations at the facility
has been identified in groundwater, soil, sediment and surface water. The U.S. Army,
U.S. EPA, and MPCA have worked jointly to determine the contaminants involved, the
extent of the contamination, and the cleanup that is required.
TCAAP operated for several decades during a time when there were no laws governing
disposal of chemicals. During these years, the Army generated industrial wastes that
were disposed of using accepted practices of the times, which included on-site dumping,
burial, and open burning. The manufacturing processes and historical disposal areas at
the facility caused contamination of groundwater, soil, sediment, and to a lesser extent
surface water.”
More specific information and answers to frequently asked questions are available on the MPCA
website at https://www.pca.state.mn.us/waste/superfund-program.
Specific information on the groundwater contamination from the site are available in the RCGPP.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 3
Surface Water Management Plan Section 3: Agency Cooperation
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1
3. AGENCY COOPERATION
There are a number of local, State, and Federal agencies that have rules and regulations related to local
water management. The City recognizes the roles of these other agencies and will cooperate, coordinate,
and when possible partner with these agencies. This section describes the City’s current surface water
management program and practices and identifies the agencies and organizations having roles in the
City’s management of these resources.
3.1. Support Agencies
The City recognizes these other agencies’ role in this endeavor and will cooperate and coordinate
with these agencies as necessary. This Plan is in conformance with but does not restate all other
agency rules that are applicable to water quality and natural resource protection. The other
agency rules and policies include rules, policies, and guidelines associated with the following
organizations:
● Rice Creek Watershed District (www.ricecreek.org)
● Minnesota Department of Health (www.health.state.mn.us)
● Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (www.pca.state.mn.us)
● Board of Water and Soil Resources www.bwsr.state.mn.us and the Wetland
Conservation Act (www.bwsr.state.mn.us/wetlands/wca/index.html)
● Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (www.dnr.state.mn.us)
● US Army Corps of Engineers (www.mvp.usace.army.mil)
● Minnesota Department of Agriculture (www.mda.state.mn.us)
● US Fish and Wildlife Service (www.fws.gov)
● Minnesota Environmental Quality Board (www.eqb.state.mn.us)
● Metropolitan Council (www.metrocouncil.org)
● Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) (www.dot.state.mn.us)
● U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) (www.epa.gov)
● Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) (https://msc.fema.gov/portal)
● Natural Resources Conservation Service (NRCS) (https://www.nrcs.usda.gov)
● U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (https://www.usgs.gov/)
While these other agency rules, policies, and guidelines are not restated in this Plan, they are
applicable to projects, programs, and planning within the City. The Minnesota Stormwater
Manual, which is a document intended to be frequently updated, is incorporated and referenced
into this Plan and can be found at https://stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php?title=Main_Page.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 3
Surface Water Management Plan Section 3: Agency Cooperation
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2
3.1.1. Regulation
The policies developed in this strategy outline specific storm water management
elements that are required to be implemented through the development and/or permitting
process. The regulation strategy is targeted at the public, developers, City Staff, and City
Council.
The City’s website (http://www.cityofardenhills.org/) contains information about how to
obtain a permit from the City. Permits and/or approvals from the RCWD may also be
necessary. They should be contacted for additional permitting information. If there is a
conflict between the City requirements and RCWD, a variance from RCWD will need to
be obtained by the applicant or the project will need to be revised.
3.2. Water Resources Related Agreements
The City has entered into water resource-related ordinances complying with RCWD that govern in
part how the City must manage its water resources.
3.3. NPDES Permitting Process
The NPDES Storm Water Permit Program is a federal regulatory program that requires owners of
MS4s to prepare and implement a Storm Water Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) and
apply for the permit with the administrative agency. The MPCA administers the Phase II MS4
program in the state. The MPCA has designated the City of Arden Hills as an NPDES Phase II
Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4) community (MN Rules Chapter 7090). The City
submitted its updated permit application in late 2013. The permit revision is under public notice
for comments from February 4, 2014 to March 6, 2014. A revised coverage letter was issued by
the MPCA on March 17, 2014 and can be reviewed in Appendix J. The MS4 contains six
minimum control measures by which a SWPPP must comply:
1. Public Education and Outreach on Storm Water Impacts
2. Public Involvement/Participation
3. Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination
4. Construction Site Storm Water Runoff Control
5. Post-Construction Storm Water Management in New Development and Redevelopment
6. Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations
The SWMP does not specifically incorporate all the best management practices identified in the
City’s SWPPP. Instead, the Plan builds on the existing activities by specifying projects and
management approaches to achieve the City’s water resource goals. The City’s annual reports
from 2012 through 2016 are included in Appendix I.
The City will continue to file annual reports and collect the data necessary for compliance with the
NPDES MS4 permit. The Minimum Control Measures (MCM) and associated goals are described
in Section 5.
3.4. Comparison of Regulatory Standards
3.4.1. Rice Creek Watershed District Rules
Rice Creek Watershed District updated their Water Management Plan in 2010 and finalized their
new rules in July of 2013. A significant revision added limits on the volume of runoff leaving
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 3
Surface Water Management Plan Section 3: Agency Cooperation
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3
development sites. This is consistent with regional trends discussed in the Minnesota Stormwater
Manual. In particular, low-impact development, better site design, and on-site infiltration of runoff
are recommended to offset the adverse impacts created by additional impervious surfaces. The
City will continue to defer to RCWD for review and permitting of the stormwater management and
wetland aspect of developments in the part of the city within the RCWD boundary. Another major
change to the rules was the consolidation of the individual Resource Management Plans (RMP’s)
into the Comprehensive Wetland Protection and Management Plan (CWPMP) in Rule F for
consistency. Specific stormwater requirements were dropped from the CWPMP as well.
3.4.2. Wetland Management
RCWD is the Local Government Unit (LGU) for the Wetland Conservation Act, and will continue
to administer WCA permits. WCA regulations generally focus on the prevention or mitigation of
wetland fill, while watershed standards focus on wetland buffers and stormwater impacts. As
discussed previously, wetland classification systems and management standards vary among the
watersheds. RCWD enforces its rules through approval of watershed permits.
3.4.3. Consistency
The City is committed to working with RCWD in facilitating their land disturbance permits. The
City is also committed to working with the watershed in administering WCA permits.
3.4.4. Summary of Findings
In the months and years ahead, the City will face multiple challenges in surface water
management. Having received NPDES permit coverage, the City must now begin to implement
new programs to address stormwater pollution. Completion of local TMDL studies will lead to
challenging implementation projects throughout the City. Growth in and around the City will put
additional pressure on local surface water resources.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 4
Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1
4. ASSESSMENT OF ISSUES
Outlined below is an assessment of existing and potential local water resource-related problems that are
known as of September 2017. These problems have been identified based on an analysis of the land and
water resource data collected during the preparation of this plan and through information provided by the
City, its residents, and the watershed organizations. A description of any existing or potential problem
within the City has been listed and potential future corrective actions have been incorporated into an
implementation plan.
This Plan documents city-wide drainage issues identified by City staff. The City will evaluate each
drainage issue as part of a feasibility study and address them accordingly.
4.1. Water Quality
Problem 4.1.A. The City discharges to the following impaired waters as listed by the Minnesota
Pollution Control Agency (MPCA):
Rice Creek
Valentine Lake
Lake Johanna
Little Johanna Lake
Lake Josephine
Upper Mississippi
Long Lake South
Section 2 provides additional information on the impairments for each water body.
Corrective Action 4.1.A The MPCA completed a statewide mercury TMDL in 2007. As
stormwater point sources account for less than 1% of the mercury (majority is atmospheric), the
City contributes an insignificant amount to this TMDL. This TMDL is relevant for Lake Johanna
and Lake Josephine.
Per the RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes TMDL Study by the MPCA, the City has been given a
categorical waste load allocation (WLA) for Little Lake Johanna, Long Lake South, and Lake
Valentine excessive nutrient impairment TMDL requiring a 55% reduction for Little Lake Johanna,
36% reduction for Long Lake South, and 29% reduction for Lake Valentine from the base year
(2003). The City will outline improvements constructed since 2003 that will be used to
demonstrate compliance and where necessary construct improvements aimed at improving water
quality discharged toward these lakes. In addition, the City will work with neighboring
communities and the RCWD to meet its waste load allocations once the TMDL has been
completed.
The City will work with the MPCA, RCWD, and neighboring communities to address any future
impairments, TMDLs, and discharge to impaired waters as necessary.
4.2. Flooding and Stormwater Rate Control
Problem 4.2.A. Charles Perry Park trail floods, and this trail is the access to Lift Station #12.
Corrective Action 4.2.A. The City will investigate causes for the flooding and work both internally
and with designers to fix the flooding.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 4
Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2
Problem 4.2.B. A resident on Floral Drive states that an outlet was raised at the end of Floral
Drive, causing standing water on the property.
Corrective Action 4.2.B. The City will investigate the outlet and determine if the flooding on the
property was intended or not, and if so, will determine potential solutions.
Problem 4.2.C. During large storm events, the Indian Oaks Court and Indian Oaks Trail pond
outlet overflows across Indian Oaks Court and continues into a drainage easement. The flow can
at times become restricted by construction that has occurred within the easement.
Corrective Action 4.2.C. in 2017, the City dredged the pond to allow for more water volume. The
City is looking into solutions to remove the constructed blockage from the drainage easement.
Problem 4.2.D. A bituminous swale from Norma Circle drains the street into a drainage
easement which outlets to the MnDOT right-of-way. The resident is concerned about standing
water.
Corrective Action 4.2.D. The City is looking into potential solutions in the 2018 PMP project.
Problem 4.2.E. Drainage from forested areas south of a home at the intersection of Briarknoll
Drive and Norma Avenue at times flows from the forest and into the structure, which is depressed
in relation to the forested area.
Corrective Action 4.2.E. The City is proposing storm sewer, grading, or otherwise redirecting the
stormwater away from the home in the 2018 PMP project.
4.3. Adequacy of Existing Regulations and Programs to Address Adverse Impacts on Local
Water Resources
Problem 4.3.A The City has adopted a floodplain ordinance, illicit discharge ordinance,
stormwater ordinance, wetland buffer ordinance, wetland buffer ordinance, and shoreland
ordinance. These ordinances can be found in Appendix B.
Corrective Action 4.3.A The City will continue to enforce and update all ordinances as necessary.
Problem 4.3.B The adequacy of existing capital improvement programs to correct problems.
Corrective Action 4.3.B The implementation program located in Section 6 of this plan presents
the projects and other implementation tasks that are considered to actively manage local water
resource issues in the City. The City will incorporate into its annually updated CIP these
stormwater projects/tasks and any future projects/tasks. The City's CIP, combined with the
RCWD implementation program, should be sufficient to address stormwater issues in the City of
Arden Hills.
4.4. Erosion and Sediment Control
Problem 4.4.A. Preserve the existing ditch system.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 4
Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3
Corrective Action 4.4.A. The City will work with RCWD to maintain ongoing inspections, repair
of erosion, monitoring, and routine maintenance.
Problem 4.4.B. A parking lot south of Karth Lake serving a manufacturing business drains to a
private road into a flume on a steep hillside, severely undercutting the flume and introducing
hillside sediment to Karth Lake.
Corrective Action 4.4.B. The City has met with RCWD and the business, and the business is
drafting plans for fixing the erosion and constructing side slope stabilization.
4.5. Impact of Land Use Practices and Development
Problem 4.5.A As Arden Hills nears full development, it can be challenging for the City to
implement stormwater management BMPs to efficiently meet watershed requirements on a site
by site basis.
Corrective Action 4.5.A The City will investigate opportunities to implement water quality and
volume reduction BMPs during new development and future reconstruction projects. In areas
where project specific BMPs will be unfeasible, the City will look into completing regional water
quality improvement projects to help meet future stormwater management requirements.
Problem 4.5.B The Arden Hills Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site is in the
process of being redeveloped. The site was affected by numerous contaminants that has affected
soils, sediment, and groundwater.
Corrective Action 4.5.B As the redevelopment occurs, the City will coordinate with various
agencies including RCWD, MPCA, USACE, and Ramsey County to identify groundwater
treatment and surface BMPs to treat runoff from the site.
Problem 4.5.C Wetland degradation caused by urbanization. When the quality of the incoming
stormwater declines, the wetland’s plant community may become less diverse, retaining only
those species that are tolerant of high nutrient and sediment loads.
Corrective Action 4.5.C Degraded wetlands will be identified and potential restoration sites will
be prioritized. In Arden Hills, RCWD acts as Local Governmental Unit (LGU) in charge of
administering the WCA in their respective jurisdictions. RCWD has completed wetland
assessments in recent years and have management plans that the City follows.
Problem 4.5.D Valentine Park rain gardens are not functioning as designed. The rain gardens do
not drain when lake levels are high.
Corrective Action 4.5.D The City will investigate the reason behind the rain gardens not
functioning and will implement improvements as needed.
4.6. Education Program
Problem 4.6.A The City of Arden Hills recognizes the need for local water education programs to
increase public awareness of local water management and improve the quality of stormwater
runoff.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 4
Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4
Corrective Action 4.6.A The City will continue to provide educational content and opportunities
to residents, businesses, developers, and others. These efforts may include regular notices in the
City's monthly newsletter, articles in the local paper, postings on the City website, and flyers in
the utility bill. The City may work with Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) to improve the
efficiency of educational efforts and reduce duplication. Educational topics may include but are
not limited to:
Wetland buffers
Yard/Pet waste management
Illicit discharge to stormwater
Utility Easements
Stormwater Pond Function
Controlling invasive species
Sustainable groundwater and recharge
4.7. Identification of Potential Problems to Occur in the Next 20 Years
Problem 4.7.A Inspecting and maintaining existing stormwater infrastructure throughout the City.
Corrective Action 4.7.A The City of Arden Hills is responsible for maintenance of its stormwater
system in conformance with the MCPA’s MS4 Program. This includes maintenance of pipes,
constructed ponds, lakes, wetlands, ditches, swales, and other drainageways. Proper
maintenance will ensure that the stormwater system continues to provide the necessary flood
control and water quality treatment. Refer to Appendix J for a copy of the City SWPPP. Other
units of government are responsible for maintaining the stormwater systems under their control.
Problem 4.7.B Prioritizing inspection and maintenance of stormwater ponds as well as
determining the performance of existing stormwater ponds throughout the City.
Corrective Action 4.7.B The City of Arden Hills will consider establishing a pond program that
identifies pond maintenance activities and prioritizes pond inspections.
Problem 4.7.C Increasing prevalence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) in stormwater
ponds from runoff of roadways and other surfaces.
Corrective Action 4.7.C Identify stormwater ponds that are contaminated and follow protocol for
disposal of dredged material. The City also bans the use of materials for paved surfaces that
contain PAHs for future development and redevelopment.
4.8. Availability and Adequacy of Existing Technical Information to Manage Local Water
Resources
Problem 4.8.A Atlas 14 (updated precipitation probability information) was recently released by
NOAA (National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration).
Corrective Action 4.8.A Previously developed areas within the City (designed to meet TP-40
hydrologic demands) will continue to operate under this design criteria. New development,
redevelopment, and areas where problems may exist will be evaluated (as needed) by completing a
risk assessment using Atlas 14. The City will update its policies, codes, ordinances, and other
appropriate documents accordingly.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 4
Surface Water Management Plan Section 4: Assessment of Issues
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5
Problem 4.8.B The City has not yet completed City-wide wetland functional assessments.
Corrective Action 4.8.B Until this City-wide study is complete, the City will continue to require a
MnRAM assessment on a site-by-site basis for development or construction activity that is
impacting wetlands.
Problem 4.8.C The City has mapped a majority of its storm sewer system. As new and
redevelopment projects are completed, the storm sewer GIS database needs to continually be
updated.
Corrective Action 4.8.C The City will annually update its storm sewer GIS database to
incorporate recent projects and associated storm sewer improvements.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1
5. GOALS AND POLICIES
The City has developed several goals, strategies, and policies for the management of storm water within
the City consistent with the RCWD Water Management Plan of 2010.
The goals and policies are used as a guide in the design and construction of private and public
developments impacting water resources in the City. They also address the routine operations of the City.
A goal is a desired end toward which water management efforts are directed. The Mission Statement of
Rice Creek Watershed District is to “prevent flooding and enhance water quality in harmony with
development for the common good.” This section of the Arden Hills plan identifies the objectives for water
resources planning and management functions applicable to municipal operations.
Each goal has several corresponding policies. Policies are governing principles that provide the means
for achieving established objectives. RCWD’s Watershed Management Plan provides the guidance and
implementation for the RCWD to manage the water and natural resources of the District into the
foreseeable future.
The RCWD and the City will share authority over all water resource issues within the City of Arden Hills.
The City will reference the RCWD rules as their own and reference those goals and policies of the RCWD
plan as applicable to the operations of the City. However, RCWD reserves the right to approve local plan
amendments and changes in local regulations. The City will inform private developers of RCWD rules
while balancing the need to protect the health, safety, and welfare of the community. The community
requests the RCWD to continue to implement its rules and regulations and issue permits within the
community. The RCWD’s rules, permit application and other pertinent information can be found on the
District’s web site at http://www.ricecreek.org. Regulatory responsibilities and developer guidelines
specific to the City of Arden Hills can be found in Appendix B.
5.1. Previous Stormwater Pond Models
Thirteen regional ponds were proposed as part of a 1999 comprehensive drainage study and
modeled for water quality in the 2003 SWMP update. The narrative, treatment pond locations,
and modeling from the 2003 study have been included in Appendix E.
The City will evaluate the feasibility of implementing regional ponding to meet city-wide surface
water management goals and RCWD rules on a project-by-project basis.
5.2. Lakes and Ponds
Table 5-1 provides summary data on the lakes within the City. The Southwest Urban Lakes Study
(Appendix F) provides relatively new, detailed data on lakes within the City including
management action plans for each lake. The study also lays out detailed management action
plans for each of the lakes and possible locations for BMP retrofits. All eight lakes within the City
of Arden Hills are covered in the RCWD study. The City will consider the feasibility of these
management action plans as part of its CIP, balancing the availability of land (i.e., public versus
private) with the cost-benefit associated with each retrofit possibility.
Table 5-1 Summary Data on Lakes in Arden Hills
Lake Name DNR
Number
Max Depth
/ Mean
Depth (ft)
Surface
Area
(acres)
Recreational
Suitability
Josephine 62-0057 44/20 116 Full Support (M)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2
Round 62-0070 7/shallow 130 Full Support (M)
Valentine 62-0071 14/4.5 64 Non-Supported
Sunfish 62-0065 5/shallow 14 Non-Supported
Marsden 62-0059 5.5/shallow 271 Non-Supported
Karth 62-0072 14/shallow 20 Non-Supported
Johanna 62-0078 41/17 214 Partial Support
Little Johanna 62-0058 28/shallow 17 Non-Supported
Lake Josephine boasts a fully supported swimmable use classification, although it is sensitive to
increases in phosphorus nutrient loading. Round Lake has been known to contain pollutants from
the former TCAAP plant in the bottom sediment. There is no access to Round Lake for swimming
use due to physical restrictions. Lake Johanna only partially supports swimmable use
classification due to algae blooms and low transparency for a significant portion of the summer.
Karth, Little Lake Johanna, and Valentine lakes do not support swimmable use classification due
to severe and frequent algae blooms and low transparency for most of the summer. Round,
Karth, Little Lake Johanna and Valentine lakes have either small surface areas or are quite
shallow in average depth and therefore would not be considered likely candidates for swimmable
use. However, water quality data in support or non-support of this use is important for wildlife
management of these water bodies.
Under the federal Clean Water Act, the State of Minnesota is required to monitor and assess their
waters to determine if they meet water quality standards and support the beneficial uses they are
intended to provide. The MPCA has developed a draft Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) list per
Title 303(d) of the Clean Water Act.
5.3. NPDES Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Minimum Control Measures
The MPCA has identified the goals of the MS4 permit to restore and maintain the chemical,
physical, and biological integrity of waters of the state through management and treatment of
urban storm water runoff. This is accomplished by requiring the preparation of a Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) from MS4’s.
Phase II requires municipal separate storm sewer systems (MS4s) in urban areas with
populations over 10,000 and under 100,000 to obtain an NPDES permit. Permits for construction
sites greater than one acre will also be required as part of the Phase II. The City has submitted its
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan and Notice of Intent in conformance with the MPCA
guidelines. The application that was sent to the MPCA is included in Appendix J. The current
MPCA MS4 Coverage Letter is included in Appendix K.
The City of Arden Hills has identified best management practices (BMPs) and measurable goals
associated with specific minimum control measures (MCM). The following table summarizes the
BMPs for each MCM. Reference Arden Hill’s SWPPP for specific information on implementing the
BMPs.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3
Table 5-2 MCM and BMPs Summary Sheets
Key to
Unique BMP
ID Numbers Required BMP Title
MCM 1: Public Education and Outreach
1a-1 Distribute Educational Materials
1b-1 Implement an Education Program
1c-1 Education Program: Public Education and Outreach
1c-2 Education Program: Public Participation
1c-3 Education Program: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination
1c-4 Education Program: Construction Site Run-off Control
1c-5 Education Program: Post-Construction Stormwater Management in
New Development and Redevelopment
1c-6 Education Program: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for
Municipal Operations
1d-1 Coordination of Education Program
1e-1 Annual Public Meeting
MCM 2: Public Participation & Involvement
2a-1 Comply with Public Notice Requirements
2b-1 Solicit Public Input and Opinion on the Adequacy of the SWPPP
2c-1 Consider Public Input
MCM 3: Illicit Discharge, Detection, and Elimination
3a-1 Storm Sewer System Map
3b-1 Regulatory Control Program
3c-1 Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination Plan
3d-1 Public and Employee Illicit Discharge Information Program
3e-1 Identification of Non-Stormwater Discharges and Flows
MCM 4: Construction Site Runoff Control
4a-1 Ordinance or other Regulatory Mechanism
4b-1 Construction Site Inspection of Erosion and Sediment Control BMPs
4c-1 Waste Controls for Construction Site Operators
4d-1 Procedure for Site Plan Review
4e-1 Establishment of Procedures for the Receipt and Consideration of
Reports of Stormwater Noncompliance
4f-1 Establishment of Procedures for Site Inspections and Enforcement
MCM 5: Post-Construction Site Runoff Control
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4
Key to
Unique BMP
ID Numbers Required BMP Title
5a-1 Development and Implementation of Structural and/or Nonstructural
BMPs
5b-1 Regulatory Mechanism to Address Post Construction Runoff from
New Development and Redevelopment
5c-1 Long-Term Operation and Maintenance of BMPs
MCM 6: Pollution Prevention & Good Housekeeping
6a-1 Municipal Operations and Maintenance Program
6a-2 Street Sweeping
6b-2 Annual Inspection of All Structural Pollution Control Devices
6b-3 Inspection of a Minimum of 20 percent of the MS4 Outfalls,
Sediment Basins, and Ponds Each Year on a Rotating Basis
6b-4 Annual Inspection of All Exposed Stockpile, Storage, and Material
Handling Areas
6b-5 Inspection Follow-up Including the Determination of Whether Repair,
Replacement, or Maintenance Measures are Necessary and the
Implementation of the Corrective Measures
6b-6 Record Reporting and Retention of all Inspections and Responses to
the Inspections
6b-7 Evaluation of Inspection Frequency
5.4. Goals
5.4.1. Goal #1: Education and Public Involvement
The purpose of public participation, information and education is to:
Disseminate information regarding the LSWMP’s content;
Create support for the implementation of the LSWMP’s goals and policies; and
Collaborate with RCWD and other agencies in disseminating information regarding storm
water best management practices.
Goal Statement: To increase the awareness, understanding, and involvement in water
resource management issues throughout the City.
Policy Goal #1: Education and Public Involvement Policies
1
Develop and distribute educational materials to the public and targeted groups about
city ordinances, policies, and programs related to surface and ground water resource
management.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5
2 Cooperate and collaborate with RCWD to provide information and educational
opportunities to the community.
3
Utilize all available modes of communication including the City newsletter, social
media, website, public access television, water bill flyers, signage programs, and
other creative methods to disseminate educational materials related to water resource
management.
4
Cooperate and collaborate with local Lake Associations and other lake homeowners
to encourage participation in lake protection, shoreline restoration/protection, and
water quality improvement plans and initiatives.
5 Develop and provide means for distribution of informational materials for property
owners and parties interested in development or redevelopment.
5.4.1.1. Karth Lake Improvement District
Karth Lake is a landlocked water body and has a pumped outfall. The pump discharge
enters a storm sewer system on Fernwood Street, which discharges into a pond and
ditch system connected to Valentine Lake. The lift station was upgraded in 2003 and
included bank stabilization improvements.
The Karth Lake Improvement District was established in 2003 by Resolution No. 03-60 of
the Arden Hills City Council. The resolution is attached as Appendix D. The
improvement district has many functions relative to Karth Lake which includes the
construction and operation of water control structures, improvement projects on the lake
itself, and the development of plans for the reduction of lake pollution and management
of the lake water levels. The district encompasses those property owners with frontage
along Karth Lake.
The City will continue to draw upon and utilize this improvement district for the purposes
of managing water quality and quantity and disseminating educational information
regarding Karth Lake.
5.4.1.2. Lake Johanna Improvement Society
The Lake Johanna Improvement Society is an association of lake property owners. This
group coordinates lake issues with the City through an informal process. This lake
association is a tool the City can use to provide educational opportunities.
5.4.1.3. Lake Josephine Improvement Association
The Lake Josephine Improvement Association consists of the area’s lake property
owners. The Cities of Roseville and Arden Hills have adopted joint regulations for the
lake, which include a maximum speed limit and a no wake zone 150 feet from shoreline.
This lake association is a tool the City can work with to provide educational opportunities.
5.4.2. Goal #2: Lakes
The City will adopt policy statements to reflect the intent to collaborate with RCWD on the
management and treatment of stormwater runoff entering the City’s area lakes.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6
In 2009, the RCWD conducted the Southwest Urban Lakes Study and developed management
action plans which encompass all lakes within the southwestern leg of the RCWD with primarily
urban runoff contributions. This detailed study collected data and modeled nutrient loading on the
lakes from their respective subwatersheds. The report is attached in Appendix G. The City will
analyze and implement opportunities presented in the Southwest Urban Lakes Study’s
management action plans for each lake for feasibility and in conjunction with capital improvement
projects.
Goal Statement: Manage lake systems for their ecological and community value in a
manner consistent with user expectations and technically achievable goals and the
resources available for preservation, maintenance, and restoration consistent with
RCWD goals and policies.
Policy Goal #2: Lakes Policies
1 Utilize and engage citizens to promote sustainable stewardship of lakes.
2
Collaboratively manage lakes and shoreland resources by empowering lake
associations, lakeshore residents, and cities, and engaging state agency and
watershed management officials.
3
Work with RCWD to develop attainable lake water quality targets while recognizing
water quality standards developed by the State of Minnesota and natural year-to-year
variability in water quality.
4 Promote and foster activities which result in sustainable and healthy aquatic eco-
systems.
5
Manage lake levels in a manner which enhances ecological integrity and function
(e.g., shallow lake systems) and acknowledge the effect of water levels on
recreational use, lakefront property, and flooding.
5.4.3. Goal #3: Wetlands
Rice Creek Watershed District will act as the Local Governing Unit (LGU) for the City with regards
to managing the wetlands under the Wetland Conservation Act. RCWD will also handle
stormwater permitting for the City.
Goal Statement: Manage wetlands in a manner which improves diversity and ecological
integrity on a city-wide basis consistent with the Wetland Conservation Act (WCA) and
opportunities for preservation, enhancement, and restoration while balancing multiple
resource issues.
Policy Goal #3: Wetlands Policies
1 Adopt the goals and policies of the RCWD and collaborate on wetland management
and enforcement initiatives consistent with the RCWD goals and policies.
5.4.4. Goal #4: Maintenance, Inspection, and Municipal Operation of City-Owned Drainage
Systems
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 7
Inspections help spot potential problems before they become major problems. Routine
maintenance reduces the long-term costs related to drainage system maintenance while helping
to achieve water quality and quantity goals. The application of development standards ensures
consistency in the work produced and the documentation of the constructed systems.
The City will establish policies to develop an effective storm drainage maintenance program that
will help it meet water quality and quantity goals as well as meet federal, state, and local
watershed requirements.
Goal Statement: Manage and operate municipal drainage systems in a manner which
recognizes Federal, State, and watershed regulations, downstream impacts, legally
established property rights, and cost-effectiveness.
Policy Goal #4: Maintenance, Inspection, and Municipal Operation of City-Owned
Drainage Systems Policies
1 Apply methods, procedures, standards, and criteria for the maintenance, repair,
restoration, rehabilitation, and improvement of drainage systems within the City.
2 Implement routine maintenance measures to reduce long-term capital improvement
costs while achieving water quality and quantity goals.
3
Manage public drainage systems in a manner that recognizes the need to provide a
functional level of service to benefitted properties within the context of local, state,
and federal laws and programs.
4
Require maintenance of privately constructed water quality treatment ponds and
infiltration best management practices through formal development or maintenance
agreements. The City will collaborate with RCWD programs that may overlap.
5
Manage public drainage systems with original design purposes, periodically review
these purposes, and modify operation in consideration of current resource
management objectives.
6
Continue to implement a maintenance and inspection program for city-owned and
operated water resource facilities meeting the requirements of the NPDES Phase II
program.
7 Require adequate maintenance-related access for public and private water resource
management facilities.
8
Continue operations and maintenance activities that preserve water quality including
street sweeping, pond and grit chamber maintenance, and appropriate application of
deicing compounds balancing public safety and environmental protection.
5.4.5. Goal #5: Data and Information Management
With more stringent NPDES Phase II reporting requirements on the horizon, the pressure to
improve customer service, and the ever-demanding need to properly manage drainage
infrastructure, the City recognizes that it will need effective and efficient protocols for collecting,
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 8
organizing, and managing data. These policies will assist the City in fulfilling these needs.
Goal Statement: Provide the most efficient and effective means available for collecting,
sharing and managing data and information.
Policy Goal #5: Data and Information Management Policies
1 Collect and manage data in an effective and efficient manner in accordance with
applicable Federal, State, and Local regulations.
2 Provide a mechanism for organizing and sharing information developed through the
MS4 program for City-owned and operated facilities.
3
Provide data in the most efficient manner possible while maximizing use by the public
and partner agencies and minimizing duplication of data through cooperative data
collection and sharing.
5.4.6. Goal #6: Excess Runoff Management and Flood Control
Development can increase runoff rates and volumes due to additional impervious surface. As
areas develop or redevelop at a higher density, stormwater runoff generally increases. This
increase in runoff rates and volumes can cause localized and/or large scale flooding issues in the
downstream system. It is important to control these increased runoff rates and volumes to ensure
reduction of flooding in the downstream system and to control the potential effects of erosive
flows in streams and waterways.
The City of Arden Hills will adopt the rules of the RCWD requiring volume reduction for new
development and redevelopment. The City has also adopted a floodplain ordinance, and will
adopt RCWD rules and regulations that regulate minimum building elevations regarding proximity
to surface waters.
Goal Statement: Minimize the potential damage to public and private infrastructure,
property, land, and other important water-related natural resources caused by excess
runoff and flooding.
Policy Goal #6: Excess Runoff Management and Flood Control Policies
1
Minimize, avoid, and reduce flood damages by adopting the RCWD floodplain
management program including analyses focused on identifying and assessing flood
prone areas, characterizing flood damages, and regulating the placement of
structures within the floodplain.
2
Adopt and reference the RCWD permit rules and permit program to mitigate the
increase in rate and volume of runoff resulting from land disturbance, land
development, increases in the amount of impervious surface, and other changes to
the landscape.
3
Preserve and manage the storage associated with the 100-year floodplain along and
within waterbodies to minimize the frequency and severity of flooding caused by high
water.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 9
4
Recognize the potential uncertainty associated with managing water resources and
understand the implications of emerging issues, the use of monitoring data, and the
interpretation of scientific and technical data in the decision-making process.
5 Foster and encourage the use of both regional and small-scale single-property
focused best management practices to reduce the rate and volume of runoff.
5.4.7. Goal #7: Groundwater
The St. Paul Water Utility provides drinking water to Arden Hills through the City of Roseville.
Once in the city, the City’s Water Utility has jurisdiction over the system. All areas of the city are
served with city water service. Residents who move to the TCAAP redevelopment area will get
their drinking water from St. Paul Regional Water Services, so the groundwater contamination will
not affect residential water quality.
Sanitary sewer interceptor and treatment is provided to the City via the Metropolitan Council
Environment Services (MCES) system. The City’s Sanitary Sewer Utility has jurisdiction over the
sanitary sewer collection system within the City’s borders. The City owns and operates 14
sanitary lift stations.
In 2010, the Ramsey County Conservation District published the Ramsey County Groundwater
Protection Plan. It identifies groundwater contaminated areas and predicts areas that are
potentially susceptible to groundwater contamination. It also contains a comprehensive
topographic and geological overview describing ground water aquifers in the county.
The City, utilizing the guidance of the Ramsey County Groundwater Protection Plan and
collaborating with RCWD will proceed with measures to protect groundwater resources within the
City that will also have an impact on the groundwater quality of other cities.
Goal Statement: Incorporate ground water considerations into the decision-making
process.
Policy Goal #7: Groundwater Policies
1 Collaborate with the RCWD and Ramsey County on efforts to manage groundwater
resources consistent with district and county-wide groundwater protection initiatives.
5.4.8. Goal #8: Erosion and Sediment Control
These policies are intended to help the City achieve the erosion and sediment control goals of
this Plan. The City has an Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance as well as its NPDES MS4
Phase II SWPPP. The City partners with the Ramsey Conservation District to implement its
construction site erosion control inspection program.
Goal Statement: To address and enforce both temporary and permanent sediment and
erosion control practices throughout the City.
Policy Goal #8: Erosion and Sediment Control Policies
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 5
Surface Water Management Plan Section 5: Goals and Policies
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 10
1 Require erosion and sediment control plans for all land disturbance activities as
defined by city ordinance.
5.4.9. Goal #9: TCAAP Redevelopment
While the future of the exact usage and redevelopment of the TCAAP lands is still in flux, the
City’s SWMP should address, at least on a high level, the need to plan for storm water quality and
quantity provisions within the master planning process for TCAAP.
Goal Statement: Provide an effective storm water management master plan accounting
for the redevelopment of the TCAAP lands.
Policy Goal #9: TCAAP Redevelopment Policies
1
Include as a part of a master planning process for the redevelopment of designated
TCAAP lands an approved master plan for the effective management of stormwater
runoff in compliance with RCWD requirements and applicable state and federal
regulations.
5.4.10. Goal #10: Financing
Paying for water management projects has become more complex. More agencies have begun to
utilize partnerships as a method to fund and construct projects. In the past, special assessments
against benefitting properties financed most of the necessary improvements. However, the
financial options have broadened considerably. The City utilizes a surface water management
utility as a component of their overall approach to funding storm water related projects. These
policies are intended to help the City achieve the financing goals of this plan.
Goal Statement: Maintain sustainable financing for the City’s stormwater
infrastructure.
Policy Goal #10: Financing Policies
1
Maintain a financing strategy for surface water improvements including a wide array
of financing sources including ad-valorem levies, surface water utility fees, special
assessments, connection charges, developer charges, and grants.
2
Encourage partnerships with the RCWD and other agencies to finance drainage
projects where appropriate and to participate in the design, planning, and funding
where appropriate.
3
Encourage the coordination of City capital improvement projects with RCWD drainage
projects and roll all work into a single construction contract where feasible and
expedient.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 6
Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1
6. IMPLEMENTATION PROGRAM
6.1. Overview
The Implementation Plan is the final section of the Plan, and one which is intended to provide
guidance in carrying out the Plan goals and policies. This section summarizes ongoing
maintenance, inspection, monitoring and other management activities. The Plan is intended to
serve the City for at least the next ten years and many of the program activities will continue out
to the year 2040. Procedures for amending the Plan are provided.
Arden Hills has developed its implementation program to address issues identified earlier in this
Local Surface Water Management Plan. This program reflects the needs and concerns of many
stakeholders including the City Council, City Staff, citizens, and RCWD. The program also
considers Arden Hills’ ability to fund these items through its general levy, environmental fund, or
stormwater utility. The implementation program consists of the following components:
Capital Improvement Projects (CIP)
Operation and Maintenance
Official Controls
Monitor and Study
Capital Improvements consist of “on-the-ground” projects intended to remedy issues identified as
current problems. The capital projects focus on phosphorus reduction within the TMDL
subwatersheds and areas identified in the City’s Non-Degradation Report.
Operation and Maintenance items consist primarily of the general maintenance of Arden Hills’
drainage system including ponds, storm sewer, and culverts. Operation and maintenance also
includes activities related to NPDES MS4 Permit compliance such as annual meetings, SWPPP
updates, and SWPPP implementation.
Official Controls include ordinance and policy revisions intended to achieve water quality benefits.
Each proposed implementation item has a specific driver, which are identified in the tabulated
implementation program later in this section. The overarching goal of Arden Hills’ implementation
program is to improve the quality of its surface waters, its surface water discharge, and to achieve
sustainable site development practices. Over time, codes must be updated to remain consistent
with goals, policies and practices. City ordinances are revised as needed to stay current with the
MS4 permit requirements and revisions to the two watershed district rules.
Monitor and Study items consist primarily of projects designed to collect water resource data such
as water quality monitoring projects, and projects to evaluate cost benefits for various stormwater
treatments or planning opportunities.
Development of the implementation plan follows the guidelines in Minnesota Rules Chapter 8410,
the RCWD, and Metropolitan Council. The City identified problem areas to coordinate feasibility
studies to address these issues.
6.2. Implementation Priorities and Cost
The Implementation Plan includes identification and prioritization of capital improvements,
administration, permitting, plan amendments, financing alternatives, and monitoring programs.
Public education and operation and maintenance costs are considered separately under annual
operating costs. Prioritization of improvements is based on a review of all recommended actions.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 6
Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 2
Planning-level estimates of capital expenditures has been made. Future anticipated projects are
also listed. The activities have been distributed throughout a 10-year implementation plan.
The Implementation Plan is summarized in Table 6-2. The Implementation Plan is not a hard and
fast commitment to complete each and every activity in the time frame suggested. Rather, it is a
suggested course of action that will accomplish the major goals of this plan, accommodate growth
and redevelopment in the community while protecting the environment and water resources, and
complying with local, state, and federal regulations.
The basis for cost considerations within the implementation plan are estimates of possible indirect
costs associated with a project. Indirect costs may include feasibility studies, drainage studies, or
other analyses needed to develop a project that meets a goal. In most cases, the program is
either already implemented, is an MS4 requirement, or is something that is addressed on an as-
needed basis (i.e., proposed development or redevelopment). Typically, City staff time is involved
with most tasks; staff time on individual activities may vary according to workload and other
competing priorities outside of this Plan.
The City developed a five-year Pavement Management Program, prioritizing projects based on a
composite rating which accounts for RCWD Lake Tiers. A significant factor in determining the
composite rating is the Storm Water Index, which reflects whether or not the street has drainage
infrastructure, whether the runoff from the street enters a natural water body treated or untreated,
and whether localized flooding occurs on a regular basis. The City will conduct studies on the
feasibility of water treatment areas as part of individual improvement projects.
6.3. Funding Alternatives
6.3.1. Surface Water Management Fund
The City currently has a Surface Water Utility Fund, which funds storm water related costs
including educational efforts, construction of treatment systems, and maintenance of the overall
stormwater treatment and conveyance systems including storm sewer maintenance, ditch
maintenance, and street sweeping. Fees are reviewed on an annual basis to ensure adequate
funding for the activities set forth in this Plan and those required by law.
6.3.2. Ad Valorem Tax
General taxation is the most common revenue source used to finance government services
including minor maintenance measures for drainage and water quality facilities. Using property
tax has the effect of spreading the cost over the entire tax base of a community. Special tax
districts can also be used to raise revenue. The special tax district is similar to the administrative
structure under general taxation except that all or part of the community may be placed in the tax
district. The principle is to better correlate improvement costs to benefited or contributing
properties.
6.3.3. Special Assessments
Municipalities are familiar with the use of special assessments to finance special services from
maintenance to construction of capital improvements. The assessments are levied against
properties benefiting from the special services. The philosophy of this method is that the
benefited properties pay in relation to benefits received. The benefit is the increase in the market
value of the properties.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 6
Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 3
6.3.4. Developer Charges
Fees required for new development which generate runoff can be charged to finance
infrastructure needed to serve the development. This is a useful tool in communities that are
rapidly developing.
6.3.5. Grants
Grants are available for surface water management and non-point source pollution. However, it
is generally not a good financial practice to rely on grants for a service program. This source of
revenue is not dependable and requires constant speculation as to availability. Grants are useful
but only should be utilized as a supplement to a planned local revenue source. Select grant
programs most applicable to City stormwater management and their outlets are summarized in
Appendix I. Websites for grant opportunities are as follows:
MPCA: http://www.pca.state.mn.us. Index to Water > Water Types and Programs >
Surface Water > Surface Water Financial Assistance.
D N R : http://www.dnr.state.mn.us/grants/
USEPA: https://www.epa.gov/grants
Minnesota Board of Soil and Water Resources: http://www.bwsr.state.mn.us/grants/
Metropolitan Council: https://metrocouncil.org/Communities/Grants-Funding-
Finance.aspx
U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service: http://www.fws.gov/grants
Grant opportunities and cost-share opportunities are most readily available to the City for
stormwater improvement projects through the RCWD, which include:
The Water Quality BMP Cost-Share Program created to assist property owners with
implementation of BMPs is aimed at improving the quality of surface waters within the
District.
The Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program assistance to counties,
townships, school districts, libraries, and other public and private entities located within
the District is aimed at redevelopment, roadway, and storm sewer improvement projects.
More information and applications for grants through RCWD are available on their website at
http://www.ricecreek.org under Grant Opportunities.
Assistance and cost-share funding is also available through the Ramsey Conservation District at
their web site https://www.ramseycounty.us/residents/environment/ramsey-conservation-
district/cost-share-funding-assistance. Cost share programs include:
Abandoned Water Well Sealing for Ramsey County Residents to assist owners in sealing
unused wells within Drinking Water Supply Management Areas (DWSMA) and Wellhead
Protection Areas.
Native Plantings, Rain Gardens, and Shoreline Restoration includes technical assistance
and funds available for Ramsey County residents interested in implementing projects to
protect area lakes, streams, and wetlands.
6.3.6. Pros and Cons
Each funding method has its advantages and drawbacks. Table 6-1 provides a summary of the
advantages and disadvantages of each type of funding method. Funding alternatives should be
viewed as a toolbox of resources and evaluated according to the needs of each specific project.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 6
Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 4
Table 6-1 Advantages and Disadvantages of Different Funding Alternatives
Funding Method Advantages Disadvantages
Ad Valorem Tax 1. Administrative structure for collection
in place.
2. Simple and accepted source of
revenue.
3. Allows for a larger revenue base.
4. Contributors pay through tax districts.
1. No incentive to reduce runoff or
pollution.
2. No relationship to level of benefits
received.
3. Discontinuous source of revenue.
4. Limitations on amount of expenditures
due to budget constraints.
5. Competition with other City services (i.e.,
police, fire).
Surface Water
Management Utility
1. Charges based on land usage rather
than property value.
2. Simple and consistent source of
revenue.
3. Contributors pay on their utility bills.
4. Incentive to reduce runoff or pollution
if credit procedure is in place.
1. New fees are perceived as taxes.
2. Basis for computing fee may be
controversial.
3. May place an unfair burden on some
segments of the population.
4. Administrative costs for billing and setup.
Special Assessments 1. Only benefited properties pay.
2. Revenues from assessment are
applied to a specific project cost. No
competition with general services.
3. Benefits directly related to cost for
service.
4. Assessment can be deferred in
hardship cases.
1. Rigid procedural requirements.
2. Runoff contributions cannot be
assessed.
3. Difficult to determine and prove benefit.
4. May place an unfair burden on some
segments of the population.
Development
Charges
1. New development generating runoff
pays for runoff management.
2. Administrative structure for reviewing
plans and collecting fees is in place.
3. Systems can be tailored to the
specific needs through regulatory
changes.
4. Revenues are applied to water
management. No competition with
general services.
1. Only address problems within the vicinity
of the new development, not usually
existing developments.
2. Only address prevention not correction
of major problems.
3. Limited usefulness as a financing
mechanism.
4. Limited new development pressure
within existing City limits.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 6
Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 5
Funding Method Advantages Disadvantages
Grants 1. Reduce cost burden to residents in
the community.
1. Undependable source of revenue.
2. Increase administrative costs for
securing and managing the funds.
3. Most often grants require cost sharing
and thus additional funding source. This
results in double administrative costs due
to several funding sources.
4. Limited availability on an irregular
schedule.
5. Requires considerable lead time from
application to receiving funds.
6.4. Plan Amendments
6.4.1. Amendment Procedures
The Arden Hills Local Stormwater Management Plan is intended to extend through the year 2026.
For the plan to remain dynamic, an avenue must be available to implement new information,
ideas, methods, standards and management practices. Persons either residing or doing business
within the City shall be able to request amendment proposals at any time.
6.4.2. Request for Amendments
Written requests for plan amendment are submitted to the City staff. The request shall outline the
need for the amendment as well as additional materials that the City will need to consider before
making its decision.
6.4.3. Staff Review
A decision is made to the validity of the request. Three options exist:
a. Reject the amendment
b. Accept the amendment as a minor issue, with minor issues collectively added to the plan
at a later date
c. Accept the amendment as a major issue, with major issues requiring an immediate
amendment. In acting on an amendment request, staff shall recommend to City Council
whether or not a public hearing is warranted.
6.4.4. City Council Consideration
The amendment and the need for a public hearing shall be considered at a regular or special City
Council meeting. Staff recommendations should also be considered before decisions on
appropriate action(s) are made.
6.4.5. Public Hearing, City Council, and RCWD Approval
This step allows the public input based on the public sentiment. City Council shall determine
when the public hearing should occur in the process. Based on the public hearing, City Council
could approve the amendment, and, if necessary, refer the amendments to the RCWD Board for
comment and approval.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SECTION 6
Surface Water Management Plan Section 6: Implementation Program
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 6
6.4.6. City Council Adoption
Final action on an amendment following approval by the RCWD is Council adoption. However,
prior to the adoption, an additional public hearing could be held to review the plan changes and to
notify the appropriate stakeholders.
6.4.7. Annual Report to City Council
A brief annual report should be made by City staff summarizing development changes, capital
improvements and other water management-related issues that have occurred over the past
year. The review should also include an update on available funding sources for water resource
issues. Grant programs are especially important to review since they may change annually.
These changes do not necessarily require individual amendments. The reports can, however, be
considered when the plan is brought up to date. The report should be completed by June 1st of
each year to allow implementation items to be considered in the normal budget process. Copies
of the report should be filed with the RCWD. The annual update can also serve as an important
public information tool. A summary could be published in the City’s newsletter.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
SE
C
T
I
O
N
V
I
20
1
7
2
0
1
8
2
0
1
9
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
1
2
0
2
2
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
4
2
0
2
5
2
0
2
6
1
Ci
t
y
S
t
o
r
m
W
a
t
e
r
P
r
o
g
r
a
m
a
n
d
A
n
n
u
a
l
N
P
D
E
S
P
e
r
m
i
t
Me
e
t
i
n
g
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
An
n
u
a
l
l
y
,
p
r
i
o
r
t
o
Ju
n
e
3
0
t
h
XX
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2
Pr
o
v
i
d
e
a
n
d
u
p
d
a
t
e
w
a
t
e
r
r
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
-
r
e
l
a
t
e
d
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
00
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
$
1
0
,
0
0
0
3
Co
l
l
a
b
o
r
a
t
i
o
n
w
i
t
h
a
g
e
n
c
i
e
s
a
n
d
c
i
t
i
z
e
n
g
r
o
u
p
s
o
n
e
d
u
c
a
t
i
o
n
in
i
t
i
a
t
i
v
e
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
n
u
e
(
l
o
c
a
l
r
o
a
d
)
r
e
c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
(
s
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
tr
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
d
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
)
f
e
a
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
s
t
u
d
y
.
$1
,
5
0
0
,
0
0
0
2
0
1
9
$1
,
5
0
0
,
0
0
0
2
Ed
g
e
w
a
t
e
r
-
R
i
d
g
e
w
a
t
e
r
a
r
e
a
s
t
r
e
e
t
s
(
s
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
an
d
d
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
)
f
e
a
s
ib
i
l
i
t
y
s
t
u
d
y
.
$1
,
4
5
0
,
0
0
0
2
0
1
7
$
1
,
4
5
0
,
0
0
0
3
Fl
o
r
a
l
P
a
r
k
a
r
e
a
s
t
r
e
e
t
s
(
s
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
d
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
)
fe
a
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
s
t
u
d
y
.
$1
,
8
5
0
,
0
0
0
2
0
1
8
$1
,
8
5
0
,
0
0
0
4
Pa
r
t
i
c
i
p
a
t
e
i
n
T
M
D
L
s
t
u
d
i
e
s
a
n
d
i
m
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
p
l
a
n
de
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
e
f
f
o
r
t
s
i
n
i
t
i
a
t
e
d
b
y
R
C
W
D
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
5
Su
p
p
o
r
t
w
a
t
e
r
q
u
a
l
i
t
y
m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
s
o
n
C
i
t
y
l
a
k
e
s
a
n
d
ke
y
r
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
A
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
6
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
o
a
d
m
i
n
i
s
t
e
r
t
h
e
C
i
t
y
'
s
F
l
o
o
d
p
l
a
i
n
a
n
d
S
h
o
r
e
l
a
n
d
Or
d
i
n
a
n
c
e
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
TA
B
L
E
6
-
2
SU
R
F
A
C
E
W
A
T
E
R
M
A
N
A
G
E
M
E
N
T
I
M
P
L
E
M
E
N
T
A
T
I
O
N
P
L
A
N
No
.
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
D
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
Sc
h
e
d
u
l
e
Comments
Pr
o
p
o
s
e
d
C
o
s
t
B
y
Y
e
a
r
1
10
Y
e
a
r
T
o
t
a
l
Co
s
t
E
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
1
Ed
u
c
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
P
u
b
l
i
c
I
n
v
o
l
v
e
m
e
n
t
(
G
o
a
l
1
)
La
k
e
s
(
G
o
a
l
2
)
We
t
l
a
n
d
s
(
G
o
a
l
3
)
Lo
c
a
l
S
u
r
f
a
c
e
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
P
l
a
n
Ci
t
y
o
f
A
r
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
W
S
B
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
N
o
.
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
TABLE 6-2
Draft
11/20/2017
SE
C
T
I
O
N
V
I
20
1
7
2
0
1
8
2
0
1
9
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
1
2
0
2
2
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
4
2
0
2
5
2
0
2
6
No
.
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
D
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Comments
Pr
o
p
o
s
e
d
C
o
s
t
B
y
Y
e
a
r
1
10
Y
e
a
r
T
o
t
a
l
Co
s
t
E
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
1
1
Up
d
a
t
e
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
a
n
d
p
o
n
d
i
n
v
e
n
t
o
r
y
c
o
n
s
i
s
t
e
n
t
w
i
t
h
M
S
4
Pe
r
m
i
t
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
A
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
2
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
o
s
u
p
p
o
r
t
R
C
W
D
W
C
A
p
e
r
m
i
t
t
i
n
g
w
i
t
h
i
n
t
h
e
C
i
t
y
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
w
i
c
e
p
e
r
y
e
a
r
s
t
r
e
e
t
s
w
e
e
p
i
n
g
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
A
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
$
3
0
,
0
0
0
2
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
a
n
n
u
a
l
d
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
s
y
s
t
e
m
i
n
s
p
e
c
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
ma
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
s
i
n
c
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
w
i
t
h
N
P
D
E
s
M
S
4
Pe
r
m
i
t
i
n
c
l
u
d
i
n
g
c
l
e
a
n
i
n
g
o
f
p
r
o
p
r
i
e
t
a
r
y
h
y
d
r
o
d
y
n
a
m
i
c
se
p
a
r
a
t
o
r
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
A
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
$
4
0
,
0
0
0
3
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
b
i
a
n
n
u
a
l
p
o
n
d
i
n
s
p
e
c
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
1
0
-
y
e
a
r
b
a
t
h
y
m
e
t
r
i
c
po
n
d
s
u
r
v
e
y
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
B
i
a
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5
,
0
0
0
$
5,000 $5,000 $5,000
4
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
i
m
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
p
r
i
v
a
t
e
s
y
s
t
e
m
m
a
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
a
n
d
in
s
p
e
c
t
i
o
n
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
5
Co
l
l
a
b
o
r
a
t
e
w
i
t
h
R
C
W
D
o
n
W
C
A
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
f
o
r
p
o
n
d
i
n
g
ar
e
a
s
t
o
b
e
u
s
e
d
f
o
r
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
r
e
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
c
r
e
d
i
t
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
6
Ev
a
l
u
a
t
e
a
n
d
u
p
d
a
t
e
e
n
g
i
n
e
e
r
i
n
g
st
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
d
e
v
o
t
e
d
t
o
t
h
e
im
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
r
e
h
a
b
il
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
d
r
a
i
na
g
e
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
i
n
t
h
e
Ci
t
y
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
7
An
n
u
a
l
l
y
r
e
v
i
e
w
a
n
d
i
m
p
l
e
m
e
n
t
s
n
o
w
a
n
d
i
c
e
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
p
o
l
i
c
i
e
s
an
d
d
e
-
i
c
i
n
g
c
o
m
p
o
u
n
d
a
p
p
l
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
A
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
o
d
e
v
el
o
p
G
I
S
i
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
o
n
Ci
t
y
d
r
a
i
na
g
e
u
t
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
an
d
m
a
p
p
i
n
g
i
n
c
o
m
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
w
i
t
h
M
S
4
r
e
p
o
r
t
i
n
g
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
m
e
n
t
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
2
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
d
e
v
e
l
o
p
i
n
g
e
f
f
i
c
i
e
n
t
a
n
d
e
f
f
e
c
t
i
v
e
m
e
a
n
s
o
f
s
h
a
r
i
n
g
da
t
a
w
i
t
h
o
t
h
e
r
l
o
c
a
l
a
g
e
n
c
i
e
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
Ma
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
,
I
n
s
p
e
c
t
i
on
,
a
n
d
M
u
n
i
c
i
p
a
l
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
C
i
t
y
-
O
w
n
e
d
Dr
a
i
n
a
g
e
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
(
G
o
a
l
4
)
Da
t
a
a
n
d
I
n
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
(
G
o
a
l
5
)
Lo
c
a
l
S
u
r
f
a
c
e
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
P
l
a
n
Ci
t
y
o
f
A
r
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
W
S
B
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
N
o
.
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
TABLE 6-2
Draft
11/20/2017
SE
C
T
I
O
N
V
I
20
1
7
2
0
1
8
2
0
1
9
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
1
2
0
2
2
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
4
2
0
2
5
2
0
2
6
No
.
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
D
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Comments
Pr
o
p
o
s
e
d
C
o
s
t
B
y
Y
e
a
r
1
10
Y
e
a
r
T
o
t
a
l
Co
s
t
E
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
1
1
Ev
a
l
u
a
t
e
l
o
c
a
l
i
z
e
d
f
l
o
o
d
i
n
g
a
n
d
d
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
i
s
s
u
e
s
.
$5
,
0
0
0
t
o
$1
0
,
0
0
0
An
n
u
a
l
l
y
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
$
7
,
5
0
0
2
Re
v
i
e
w
e
a
s
e
m
e
n
t
c
o
v
e
r
a
g
e
o
n
C
i
t
y
o
w
n
e
d
a
n
d
m
a
i
n
t
a
i
n
e
d
st
o
r
m
s
e
w
e
r
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e
t
o
t
h
e
1
0
0
-
y
e
a
r
H
W
L
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
3
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
o
e
n
f
o
r
c
e
f
l
o
o
d
p
l
a
i
n
o
r
d
i
n
a
n
c
e
a
n
d
p
r
e
s
e
r
v
e
vo
l
u
m
e
s
r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e
t
o
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
s
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
f
a
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
,
wa
t
e
r
b
o
d
i
e
s
,
a
n
d
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
4
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
o
m
a
n
a
g
e
t
h
e
K
a
r
t
h
L
a
k
e
e
l
e
v
a
t
i
o
n
(
n
o
o
u
t
l
e
t
)
ba
l
a
n
c
i
n
g
e
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
l
w
i
t
h
p
r
o
p
e
r
t
y
o
w
n
e
r
c
o
n
s
i
d
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
5
Ev
a
l
u
a
t
e
t
h
e
f
e
a
s
ib
i
l
i
t
y
o
f
B
M
P
s
f
o
r
t
h
e
m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
ex
c
e
s
s
r
u
n
o
f
f
a
n
d
f
l
o
o
d
i
n
g
a
s
p
a
r
t
o
f
t
h
e
C
I
P
s
t
r
e
e
t
im
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
A
n
n
u
a
l
l
y
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Ev
a
l
u
a
t
e
i
m
p
a
c
t
s
o
n
g
r
o
u
n
d
w
a
t
e
r
r
e
l
a
t
i
v
e
t
o
B
M
P
in
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
B
y
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Co
n
t
i
n
u
e
t
o
a
p
p
l
y
t
h
e
C
i
t
y
'
s
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
e
r
o
s
i
o
n
c
o
n
t
r
o
l
or
d
i
n
a
n
c
e
a
n
d
c
o
l
l
a
b
o
r
a
t
e
w
i
t
h
R
C
W
D
o
n
e
n
f
o
r
c
e
m
e
n
t
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Pl
a
n
n
i
n
g
e
f
f
o
r
t
f
o
r
s
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
o
n
T
C
A
A
P
la
n
d
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
1
Re
v
i
e
w
s
u
r
f
a
c
e
w
a
t
er
u
t
i
l
i
t
y
fu
n
d
n
e
e
d
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
O
n
g
o
i
n
g
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
Er
o
s
i
o
n
a
n
d
S
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
(
G
o
a
l
8
)
TC
A
A
P
R
e
d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
(
G
o
a
l
9
)
Fi
n
a
n
c
i
n
g
(
G
o
a
l
1
0
)
Ex
c
e
s
s
R
u
n
o
f
f
M
a
na
g
e
m
e
n
t
a
n
d
Fl
o
o
d
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
(
G
o
a
l
6
)
Gr
o
u
n
d
w
a
t
e
r
(
G
o
a
l
7
)
Lo
c
a
l
S
u
r
f
a
c
e
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
P
l
a
n
Ci
t
y
o
f
A
r
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
W
S
B
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
N
o
.
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
TABLE 6-2
Draft
11/20/2017
SE
C
T
I
O
N
V
I
20
1
7
2
0
1
8
2
0
1
9
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
1
2
0
2
2
2
0
2
3
2
0
2
4
2
0
2
5
2
0
2
6
No
.
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
D
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Comments
Pr
o
p
o
s
e
d
C
o
s
t
B
y
Y
e
a
r
1
10
Y
e
a
r
T
o
t
a
l
Co
s
t
E
s
t
i
m
a
t
e
1
2
Tr
a
c
k
g
r
a
n
t
o
p
p
o
r
t
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
a
n
d
a
p
p
l
y
f
o
r
g
r
a
n
t
s
a
s
p
a
r
t
o
f
im
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
.
St
a
f
f
t
i
m
e
B
y
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X X
TO
T
A
L
$1
,
5
4
2
,
5
0
0
$
1
,
9
4
2
,
5
0
0
$
1
,
5
9
2
,
5
0
0
$
9
2
,
50
0
$
9
2
,
5
0
0
$
9
2
,
5
0
0
$
9
2
,
5
0
0
$
9
2
,
5
0
0
$
9
2
,
5
0
0
$
9
2
,
5
0
0
1 Co
s
t
es
t
i
m
a
t
e
s
ar
e
pr
e
l
i
m
i
n
a
r
y
an
d
su
b
j
e
c
t
to
re
v
i
e
w
an
d
re
v
i
s
i
o
n
as
en
g
i
n
e
e
r
'
s
re
p
o
r
t
s
ar
e
co
m
p
l
e
t
e
d
an
d
mo
r
e
in
f
o
r
m
a
t
i
o
n
be
c
o
m
e
s
av
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
.
Ta
b
l
e
re
f
l
e
c
t
s
20
1
7
co
s
t
s
an
d
do
e
s
no
t
ac
c
o
u
n
t
fo
r
inflation. Costs generally include labor, equipment, materials, and all other costs necessary to complete
ea
c
h
ac
t
i
v
i
t
y
.
So
m
e
of
th
e
co
s
t
s
ou
t
l
i
n
e
d
ab
o
v
e
ma
y be
in
c
l
u
d
e
d
in
ot
h
e
r
op
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
co
s
t
s
bu
d
g
e
t
e
d
by
th
e
Ci
t
y
.
Lo
c
a
l
S
u
r
f
a
c
e
W
a
t
e
r
M
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
P
l
a
n
Ci
t
y
o
f
A
r
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
W
S
B
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
N
o
.
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
TABLE 6-2
Draft
11/20/2017
SECTION 7
Surface Water Management Plan Section 7: Administration
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200 Page 1
7. ADMINISTRATION
7.1. Review and Adoption Process
Review and adoption of this Surface Water Management Plan will follow the procedure outlined in
Minnesota Statutes 103B.235:
‘After consideration but before adoption by the governing body, each local government unit shall
submit its water management plan to the watershed management organization[s] for review for
consistency with the watershed plan. The organization[s] shall have 60 days to complete its review.’
‘Concurrently with its submission of its local water management plan to the watershed management
organization, each local government unit shall submit its water management plan to the Metropolitan
Council for review and comment. The council shall have 45 days to review and comment upon the
local plan. The council’s 45-day review period shall run concurrently with the 60-day review period by
the watershed management organization. The Metropolitan Council shall submit its comments to the
watershed management organization and shall send a copy of its comments to the local government
unit.’
‘After approval of the local plan by the watershed management organization[s], the local government
unit shall adopt and implement its plan within 120 days, and shall amend its official controls
accordingly within 180 days.’
7.2. Plan Amendments and Future Updates
This Local Surface Water Management Plan will be incorporated into the City’s 2040 Comprehensive
Plan update in 2018. The Plan is intended to be in effect for 10 years, at which time an updated plan
will be required. Following review by RCWD and the formal adoption process outlined above, the
Arden Hills SWMP will be current. The City of Arden Hills my revise/amend the plan in response to
City-identified needs.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX A
Figures
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GâWX
GiWX
?ÖA@
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
ArdenHills
BirchwoodVillage
Blaine
Bloomington
Centerville
CirclePines
ColumbiaHeights
CottageGrove
Dellwood
Eagan
FalconHeights
FortSnelling
Fridley
GemLake
Grant
Grey Cloud Island
Hilltop
Hugo
InverGroveHeights
LakeElmo
Landfall
Lauderdale
Lexington
Lilydale
LinoLakes
LittleCanada
Mahtomedi
Maplewood
Mendota
MendotaHeights
Minneapolis
MoundsView
New Brighton
Newport
NorthOaks
NorthSaintPaul
Oakdale
PineSprings
Richfield
Roseville
SaintAnthony
SaintPaul
SaintPaul Park
Shoreview
SouthSaintPaul
SpringLake Park
SunfishLake
VadnaisHeights
WestSaintPaul
WhiteBear
WhiteBearLake
Willernie
Woodbury
¬«3
¬«5
¬«5
¬«120
¬«36
¬«55 ¬«110
¬«13
¬«77
¬«149
¬«65
¬«62
¬«280
¬«96
¬«51
¬«156
¬«5
¬«244
£¤10
£¤52
£¤10
£¤61
£¤952
£¤61
§¨¦94
§¨¦35E
§¨¦694
§¨¦35E
§¨¦35W
§¨¦694
§¨¦494
1 inch = 8,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
1
_
L
o
c
a
t
i
o
n
M
a
p
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
5
/
3
1
/
2
0
1
7
2
:
0
7
:
3
3
P
M
Figure 1 - Location Map Arden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryCity/Township BoundaryCounty BoundaryLakesStreams/Rivers
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 8,000Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
2
_
S
o
i
l
s
M
a
p
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
5
/
3
1
/
2
0
1
7
4
:
5
7
:
2
3
P
M
Figure 2 - Soils MapArden Hills, MN
City BoundaryNot rated or not availableAA/DBB/DCC/DD
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
3
_
E
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
L
a
n
d
U
s
e
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
6
/
2
1
/
2
0
1
7
7
:
1
6
:
5
6
A
M
Figure 3 - 2010 Existing Land UseArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundarySingle Family AttachedSingle Family DetachedMultifamilyManufactured Housing ParksMixed Use ResidentialRetail and Other CommercialOfficeMixed Use IndustrialIndustrial and UtilityPark, Recreational, or PreserveInstitutitionalUndevelopedOpen WaterRailway
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
4
_
F
u
t
u
r
e
L
a
n
d
U
s
e
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
8
/
2
5
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
3
5
:
4
8
A
M
Figure 4 - 2040 Future Land UseArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryVLDR - Very Low Density ResidentialLDR - Low Density ResidentialMDR - Medium Density ResidentialHDR - High Density ResidentialNR - Neighborhood ResidentialTC - Town CenterNB - Neighborhood BusinessMB - Mixed BusinessCOM - CommercialCMU - Community Mixed UseCC - Campus CommercialRMU - Retail Mixed UseOMU - Office Mixed UseFO - Flex OfficeIND - Light Industrial & OfficePI - Public & InstitutionalUTL - UtilityPOS - Park & Open SpacePP - Park PreserveWAT - WaterRR - RailroadROW - Right of Way
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
5
_
M
L
C
C
S
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
6
/
1
5
/
2
0
1
7
1
2
:
1
4
:
0
6
P
M
Figure 5 - MLCCSArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryMLCCS TypeDeveloped AreaForestHerbaceousShrublandSand FlatsWetlandsWater
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
6
_
P
o
t
e
c
t
e
d
W
a
t
e
r
s
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
9
/
2
7
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
3
0
:
3
4
A
M
Figure 6 - Protected WaterbodiesArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryPublic Water BasinWatercourseFreshwater Emergent WetlandFreshwater Forested/Shrub WetlandFreshwater PondRiverine
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
Turtle
Marsden
Long
Rush
Rush Round
Karth
Island
Valentine
Josephine
Langton
Johanna
LittleJohanna
Jones
Pike
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
7
_
S
u
b
w
a
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
s
S
t
o
r
m
S
y
s
t
e
m
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
9
/
2
7
/
2
0
1
7
2
:
3
8
:
0
8
P
M
Figure 7 - Subwatersheds and Drainage SystemArden Hills, MN
Storm SewerStorm StructureSubwatershed Area
")PondPond Drainage AreasArden Hills City Boundary
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
EL 881EL 880EL 879
EL 879
EL 880 EL 886
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
8
_
F
l
o
o
d
H
a
z
a
r
d
A
r
e
a
s
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
6
/
2
1
/
2
0
1
7
1
0
:
5
7
:
2
2
A
M
Figure 8 - Flood Hazard Areas MapArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryFlood ZoneZone AZone AE
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
9
_
D
W
S
M
A
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
6
/
1
6
/
2
0
1
7
2
:
1
8
:
4
3
P
M
Figure 9 - Drinking Water Supply Management Areas (DWSMA)Arden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryWell VulnerabilityVery HighHighModerateLowVery Low
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GâWX
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
t
e
s
t
_
S
p
e
c
i
a
l
I
m
p
a
i
r
e
d
W
a
t
e
r
s
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
7
/
1
3
/
2
0
1
7
8
:
0
8
:
1
3
A
M
Figure 10 - Special and Impaired Waters MapArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryImpaired Streams (2016)Impaired Wetlands (2016)Impaired Lakes (2016)
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
1
1
_
G
r
o
u
n
d
w
a
t
e
r
A
p
p
r
o
p
r
i
a
t
i
o
n
s
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
9
/
2
8
/
2
0
1
7
8
:
2
0
:
2
4
A
M
Figure 11 - Groundwater AppropriationsArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City Boundary
#*Air Conditioning
#*Non-Crop Irrigation
#*Special Categories
#*Temporary
#*Water Level Maintenance
#*Waterworks
#*Industrial Processing
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX
Lake Johanna
Round Lake
Valentine Lake
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
1
2
_
P
o
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
S
o
u
r
c
e
L
o
c
a
t
i
o
n
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
7
/
1
3
/
2
0
1
7
3
:
4
7
:
5
3
P
M
Figure 12 - Pollutant Source Location MapArden Hills, MN
Arden Hills City BoundaryMPCA
"Air
!Investigation and Cleanup
#Water
"Feedlot
"Hazardous Waste
!Solid Waste
#Tanks and Leaks
!.Multiple Activities
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
?÷A@
GiWX Turtle
Marsden
Long
Rush Round
Karth
Island
Valentine
Josephine
Langton
Johanna
LittleJohanna
Jones
Pike
1 inch = 1,800 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
S
W
M
P
\
F
i
g
u
r
e
1
3
_
S
u
b
w
a
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
D
e
l
i
n
e
a
t
i
o
n
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
8
/
2
5
/
2
0
1
7
1
1
:
4
5
:
0
3
A
M
Figure 13 - Subwatershed AreasArden Hills, MN
Legend
Subwatershed AreaArden Hills City Boundary
Arden Hills Surface Water Management Plan 0 1,800Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX B
Relevant City Ordinances
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 1/6
Print
Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances
Section 1330 - Shoreland Regulations
1330.01 General Provisions.
Subd. 1 Intent. The uncontrolled use of shorelands within the City of Arden Hills affects the public health, safety
and general welfare not only by contributing to pollution of public waters, but also by impairing the local tax base.
Therefore, it is in the best interest of the public health, safety and welfare to provide for the wise development of
shorelands of public waters. The Legislature of Minnesota has delegated responsibility to the municipalities of the
State to regulate the subdivision, use, and development of the shorelands of public waters and thus preserve and
enhance the quality of surface waters, preserve the economic and natural environmental values of shorelands, and
provide for the wise utilization of waters and related land resources. This responsibility shall hereby be recognized
by the City of Arden Hills.
Subd. 2 Purpose. To achieve the policies described in the City's Comprehensive Plan and State and Federal
policies and statutes, the City intends to determine, control and guide future development within and surrounding
those land areas which are contiguous to designated bodies of public water and areas of as herein defined and
regulated. Specifically, the City of Arden Hills Purports to:
A. Regulate the placement of sanitary and storm water disposal facilities on lots;
B. Regulate the area of a lot, the length of water frontage suitable for a building site, and setbacks;
C. Regulate alteration of the shorelands and wetlands of public waters;
D. Control natural environment areas of ecological value to maintain existing aquatic, vegetation, and wildlife
conditions to the maximum extent possible;
E. Promote the use of native vegetation as a means to increase stormwater infiltration, provide natural view
sheds, and screen structures and parking areas as viewed from public waters.
1. Statutory Authorization. This Section is adopted pursuant to the authorization contained in furtherance of
the policies declared in Minnesota Statutes Chapters 105 and 462 and Minnesota Regulations Parts 6120.2500-
6120.3900.
2. Abrogation and Greater Restrictions. It shall not be intended by this Section to repeal, abrogate or impair
any existing easements, covenants or deed restrictions. However, where this Section imposes greater restrictions, the
provisions of this Section shall prevail.
3. Jurisdiction. This Section shall apply to all lands located within the boundaries of the shoreland.
1330.02 Shoreland Management Districts and Uses.
Subd. 1 Classification of Lakes. In order to guide the wise development and utilization of shorelands of protected
waters for the preservation of water quality, natural characteristics, economic values and general health, safety and
welfare, certain protected waters in the City have been given a shoreland management classification. These
protected waters of the City have been classified below consistent with the criteria found in Minnesota Regulations,
Part 6120.3300, and the Protected Waters Inventory Map for Ramsey County, Minnesota.
DNR I.D. No.
General Development Lakes:
Josephine 62-57
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 2/6
Johanna 62-78
Karth 62-72
Recreational Development Lakes:
Little Johanna 62-58
Round Lake 62-70
Natural Environmental Lakes:
Sunfish 62-65
Valentine 62-71
Subd. 2 Establishment of Shoreland Management Districts; Zoning Map. The boundaries of the Shoreland
Management Districts are hereby continued as shown on the map entitled "Official Zoning Map of Arden Hills,
Minnesota," which map shall be properly approved and filed in the office of the City Administrator. The shoreland
management districts overlay existing zoning districts of the City also shown on the official zoning map pursuant to
this Code and the City of Arden Hills Zoning Code. As indicated in this Section, certain portions of the shorelands
in the shoreland management districts are classified general development, recreational development, or natural
environment lakes. The map and all of the notations, references and other information shown thereon shall have the
same force and effect as if set forth in this Section at length.
Subd. 3 Boundaries of Shoreland Management Districts. The boundaries of the shoreland management districts
shall be determined by scaling distances on the official zoning map. Where interpretation is needed as to the exact
location of the boundaries of a shoreland management district shown on the official zoning map, for example where
there appears to be a conflict between a mapped boundary and actual field conditions, the City Council shall make
the necessary interpretation based upon topographic elevations and other available technical data. Persons
contesting the location of the shoreland management district boundaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity to
present their case to the City Council and to submit technical evidence.
1330.03 General Provisions.
Subd. 1 District Requirements. The following standards shall apply to all shorelands of the protected waters
listed in this Section. Where the requirements of the underlying zoning district as shown on the official zoning map
are more restrictive than those set forth in this Section, then the more restrictive standards shall apply:
Natural
Environmental
Waters
Recreational
Development
Waters
General Development
Waters
Lot Area (square feet):
Riparian Lot
40,000 20,000 14,000
Lot Area (square feet): Non-
Riparian Lot
14,000 14,000
14,000 (for District R-1)
11,000 (for Districts R-2,
R-3, R-4)
Minimum Water Frontage and
Width at Building Line (feet)
125 75 75
Structure Minimum Setback
from Ordinary High Water
Level (feet)
150*75*50*
Structure Minimum Setbacks
from Streets and Highways
(feet)
40 for Districts R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4
50 for Districts B-1, B-2, I-2
55 for District I-1
Structure Maximum Height
(feet)
35 for District R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4, B-1, B-2, I-1
45 for District I-2
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 3/6
Maximum Lot Area Covered by
Impervious Surface (%)
35 for District R-1, R-2, R-3, R-4
65 for District I-1
75 for District B-1, B-2, I-2
*See Section 1330.03, Subd. 4 for Exceptions to the Structure Setback Requirement
Subd. 2 Roads and Parking Areas. Roads and parking areas shall be located to retard the runoff of surface waters
and nutrients in accordance with the following criteria:
A. All roads and parking areas shall meet the setback requirements established for structures of this Section.
B. Natural vegetation or other natural materials shall be used to screen parking areas when viewed from the
water.
Subd. 3 Elevation of Lowest Floor.
A. Structures shall be placed at an elevation consistent with the City's flood plain management controls as set
forth in Section 1335 of this Code.
B. In areas not regulated by flood plain management controls, the elevation to which the lowest floor,
including basements, shall be placed shall be determined as follows:
1. For lakes, ponds, and flowages, by (a) an elevation of available flood information and consistent with
"Statewide Standards and Criteria for Management of Flood Plain Areas of Minnesota," or (b) placing the lowest
floor at a level at least three (3) feet above the highest known water level. In those instances where sufficient data on
known high water levels are not available, the ordinary high water level shall be used.
2. For streams, by an evaluation of available flood information and consistent with "Statewide Standards
and Criteria for Management of Flood Plain Areas of Minnesota."
Subd. 4 Adjacent Lots. On any shoreland lot where the adjacent lots have existing dwellings that exceed the
minimum setback from the OHW level, the shoreline setback for a new dwelling unit or an addition to an existing
dwelling unit shall not be less than the average of the setbacks from the OHW level for such adjacent dwellings
minus ten (10) feet subject to the following:
A. In no case shall the new structure or addition be within the minimum setback from the OWH level as stated
in Section 1330.03 Subd 1.
B. In no case shall the new structure or addition be nearer to the OHW level than the nearest adjacent structure.
C. The minimum structure setback in Section 1330.03 Subd. 1 shall be used for the adjacent lot when
calculating the setback if an adjacent lot is:
1. Vacant;
2. Has a use other than single or two-family residential; or,
3. Has a dwelling unit that encroaches on the minimum structure setback.
Subd. 5 Exceptions to Structure Setback Requirements. No structure shall be placed within the structure setback
requirements of the shoreland management district. The following are not classified as structures for the purposes
of this section:
A. Docks and Boatlifts. Setback requirements from the ordinary high water level shall not apply to docks and
boatlifts. Location of docks and boatlifts shall be controlled by applicable State and local regulations.
B. Stairways, access lifts, and landings. Setback requirements from the ordinary high water level shall not
apply to stairways, access lifts, or landings. Stairways and access lifts are the preferred alternative to major
topographic alterations for achieving access up and down bluffs and steep slopes to shore areas. Stairways, access
lifts and landings located within the Shore Impact Zone shall meet the following design standards:
1. Landings for stairways and lifts shall not exceed 40 square feet in area.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 4/6
2. Canopies or roofs are not allowed on stairways, access lifts, docks, or landings.
C. Uncovered patios. At grade uncovered patios that have an underside surface that is entirely in contact with
and wholly supported by the ground may be placed within the structure setback requirements from the ordinary high
water level but shall not be placed within the Shore Impact Zone. Uncovered patios shall not be considered
landscaped area when calculating lot coverage.
D. Fences. Chain link, or other types of fences with a transparency of at least 75 percent, may be placed
within the structure setback requirements from the ordinary high water level but shall not be placed within the Shore
Impact Zone.
E. Lakeshore lots may be permitted one (1) accessory storage shed within the required structure setback from
the ordinary high water level, provided that it:
1. Is not located within the Shore Impact Zone.
2. Does not exceed 64 square feet in size and eight (8) feet in height, measured to the highest point of the
structure.
3. Is not designed or used for human habitation and does not contain a water supply or sewage treatment
facilities.
Subd. 6 Maintenance of shoreland. The shoreland shall be protected from adverse conditions affecting the
public. Keeping the shoreland in a natural state and the use of native vegetation is encouraged.
A. Up to ten (10) percent of the shoreline of a property may be utilized for docks, but no property shall be
limited to less than four feet of the shoreline for the utilization of a dock, subject to DNR regulations.
B. Docks shall be setback a minimum of five (5) feet from side property lines at the point of attachment to the
shoreline. This requirement may be adjusted by the Zoning Administrator in cases where topography or lot width
significantly limits the placement of docks.
C. Watercraft and other water equipment shall be stored in accordance with Section 1325.12, Recreational
Vehicle, Utility Trailer, Riding Lawn Mower, and Watercraft Outdoor Storage, and be kept in a neat and orderly
manner.
D. Boatlifts, docks, watercraft, accessory structures, and any other equipment that is in a state of disrepair,
inoperable, or otherwise unusable shall not be stored outdoors.
E. Grading or otherwise removing natural cover from the Shore Impact Zone or cutting or filling which
changes the natural shoreline shall be prohibited without proper permits.
F. The accumulation of debris, the creation or maintenance of safety hazards, and similar activities shall be
prohibited.
Subd. 7 Shoreland Alterations.
A. Removal of Vegetation. The removal of vegetation shall be restricted to prevent erosion into protected
waters, to consume nutrients in the soil, and to preserve shoreland aesthetics. Removal of vegetation in the
shoreland management districts shall be subject to the following provisions:
1. In Shore Impact Zones and on steep slopes, limited clearing of trees and shrubs for access to the shoreline,
and cutting, pruning, and trimming of trees is allowed provided that a minimum of seventy-five (75) percent of the
Shore Impact Zone be left in its natural state.
2. The minimal amount of vegetation shall be altered and sufficient vegetative cover shall remain to screen
cars, dwellings and other structures when viewed from public waters.
3. Except for the removal of invasive species, clear cutting of vegetation shall be prohibited.
4. Native vegetation shall be restored insofar as feasible after any construction project is completed to retard
surface runoff and soil erosion.
5. All disturbed areas are restored to prevent soil erosion.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 5/6
6. The above provisions are not applicable to the removal of trees, limbs, or branches that are dead, diseased,
or pose safety hazards.
B. Grading and Filling. All land disturbance activity in the Shoreland Management District shall be subject to
the provisions of Chapter 15 of the City Code, Erosion and Sediment Control.
C. Shoreline Alterations. Any work which shall change or diminish the course, current or cross section of a
protected water or wetland, or shall alter the shoreline below the ordinary high water level, shall be subject to
approval by the Commissioner of Natural Resources, and the approval shall be construed to mean the issuance by
the Commissioner of Natural Resources of a permit under the procedures of Minnesota Statutes.
D. Permeable Surface Credit. At the discretion of the Zoning Administrator, up to five percent of a lot's
required landscaped area, but not exceeding 700 square feet, may be covered with pervious hard surfaces subject to
the approval of a Shoreland Mitigation Plan.
E. Shoreland Mitigation. A shoreland mitigation plan must be submitted for residential development that
requires land use approval including, but not limited to, variances; conditional use permits; subdivisions; rezonings;
or a permeable surface credit. The plan shall be designed to mitigate the adverse effects land development has on
water quality and the lake environment. The mitigation plan shall be signed by the property owner, approved by the
Zoning Administrator, and a Mitigation Affidavit recorded with the Register of Deeds prior to the commencement of
development activity. Furthermore, mitigation plans shall be completed within one year of the plan's approval unless
otherwise approved by the City. An escrow fee that shall be held for a minimum of two years shall also be
submitted. The mitigation plan shall include at a minimum two of the following practices:
1. Vegetation Restoration. Vegetation restoration areas may be established which at a minimum shall
include land within the shore and the bluff impact zones or steep slopes. Land area shall be restored from lawn,
beach or other disturbances using native or natural landscaping.
a) Steep Slope/Bluff Restoration. Steep slopes and bluffs that are vegetated with turf may be restored with
deciduous and ornamental trees, evergreens and shrubs that are native to the area.
b) Shoreline Buffer Restoration. A buffer zone of at least 25 feet from and parallel to the ordinary high
water mark shall be planted or restored and maintained with vegetation native to the area to fullest practicable extent
possible with effective erosion and sediment control. Existing natural beaches or beaches which have been
permitted by the DNR shall be allowed to continue and be maintained. A minimum of 30 percent of the lot's
shoreline area shall be restored. This restoration area shall be contiguous unless otherwise approved as part of the
mitigation plan.
2. Architectural Mass. The use of natural color(s) and/or materials on the exterior of the structure shall be
used to reduce the visual impact. Natural colors are shades of brown, gray, and green. Natural materials include
wood or stone that complement the setting of the structure.
3. Removal of Nonconforming Structures. The mitigation plan may include the removal of structures that
do not comply with the required structure setbacks from the ordinary high water line or are located within a shore
impact zone or bluff impact zone.
4. Reduction of Impervious Surface Coverage. The mitigation plan may include a minimum five percent
reduction of the existing impervious surface coverage. The preferable location of this reduction is within that
portion of the lot that drains to the lake.
5. Other Practices. At the discretion of the Zoning Administrator, other restoration or protection activities
may be approved as part of a mitigation plan provided they meet the objectives of this ordinance. Examples include
the removal of artificial sand beaches, stormwater management and replacement of seawalls with bioengineering
structures.
Subd. 8 Subdivisions. No land shall be subdivided which shall be held unsuitable by the City for the proposed
use because of flooding, inadequate drainage, soil and rock formations with severe limitations for development,
severe erosion potential, unfavorable topography, inadequate water supply or sewer access, or any other feature
likely to be harmful to the health, safety, or welfare of future residents of the proposed subdivision or of the
community.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 6/6
Subd. 9 Planned Unit Developments. Planned Unit Developments may be permitted in accordance with this
Code and the City of Arden Hills Zoning Code, provided that preliminary plans are approved by the Commissioner
of Natural Resources prior to their approval by the City, and further provided that:
A. Open space is preserved through the use of restrictive deed covenants, public dedications, or other methods.
B. The following factors shall be carefully evaluated to ensure the increased density of development shall be
consistent with the resource limitations of the protected water:
1. Suitability of the site for the proposed use;
2. Physical and aesthetic impact of increased density;
3. Level of current development;
4. Amount and ownership of undeveloped shoreland;
5. Levels and types of water surface use and public accesses;
6. Possible effects on overall public use.
1330.04 Notification of the Commissioner of Natural Resources.
Subd. 1 Variances. A copy of any request for a variance to the provisions of this Section or plats which propose
any lots which require variances to the lot area and dimensional requirements of this Section or the notice of a
public hearing to consider a conditional use permit or planned unit development permit shall be sent to the
Commissioner of Natural Resources such that notice shall be received by the commissioner at least ten (10) days
prior to the hearing or action on the request.
Subd. 2 Amendments. A copy of all amendments to this Section and final decisions granting variances or
conditional uses within the shoreland management districts shall be sent to the Commissioner of Natural Resources
within ten (10) days of the amendment or final action.
Subd. 3 Plats. Copies of all plats within the shoreland management districts shall be submitted to the
Commissioner of Natural Resources within ten (10) days of final approval by the City.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 1/17
Print
Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances
Section 1335 - Flood Plains
1335.01 Statutory Authorization.
The legislature of the State of Minnesota has, in Minnesota Statutes Chapter 103F and Chapter 462
delegated the responsibility to local government units to adopt regulations designed to minimize flood
losses. Therefore, the City Council of the City of Arden Hills, Minnesota does ordain as follows:
1335.02 Findings of Fact.
Subd. 1 Hazards Exist. The flood hazard areas of the City are subject to periodic inundation which
results in potential loss of life, loss of property, health and safety hazards, disruption of commerce and
governmental services, extraordinary public expenditures or flood protection and relief, and impairment of
the tax base, all of which adversely affect the public health, safety, and general welfare.
Subd. 2 Method Used to Analyze Flood Hazards. There regulations of this Section are based upon a
reasonable method of analyzing flood hazards which is consistent with the standards established by the
Minnesota Department of Natural Resources.
Subd. 3 National Flood Insurance Program Compliance. This Ordinance is adopted to comply with the
rules and regulations of the National Flood Insurance Program codified as 44 Code of Federal Regulations
Parts 59 -78, as amended, so as to maintain the community's eligibility in the National Flood Insurance
Program.
1335.03 Statement of Purpose.
It shall be the purpose of this Section to promote the public health, safety, and general welfare and
minimize those losses described in Section 1335.02 Subd 1.
1335.04 Zoning Code.
The City of Arden Hill's Zoning Code is adopted by reference and made a part of this Section as if set out
in full.
1335.05 Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation.
The Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation shall be an elevation no lower than one foot above the
elevation of the regional flood plus any increases in flood elevation caused by encroachments on the flood
plain that result from designation of a floodway.
1335.06 Lands to Which Regulations Apply.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 2/17
These regulations of this Section shall apply to all lands within the City as shown on the Official Zoning
Map and/or the attachments thereto as being located within the boundaries of the Floodway, Flood Fringe,
or General Flood Plain Districts.
1335.07 Establishment of Official Zoning Map.
The Official Zoning Map together with all materials attached thereto shall be adopted by reference and
declared to be a part of this Section as if set out here in full. The attached material shall include the Flood
Insurance Study for Ramsey County, Minnesota (All Jurisdictions) and Flood Insurance Rate Map panels
therein numbered 27123C0004G, 27123C0005G, 27123C0010G, 27123C0012G, 27123C0016G and
27123C0020G, all dated June 4, 2010, and prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The
Official Zoning Map shall be on file in the Office of the City Administrator.
1335.08 Interpretation.
Subd. 1 Minimum Standards. In their interpretation and application, these regulations of this Section
shall be held to be minimum requirements and shall be liberally construed in favor of the City and shall not
be deemed a limitation or repeal of any other powers granted by State Statutes.
Subd. 2 Boundaries. The boundaries of the zoning districts shall be determined by scaling distances on
the Official Zoning Map. Where interpretation is needed as to the exact location of the boundaries of the
district as shown on the Official Zoning Map, as for example where there appears to be a conflict between a
mapped boundary and actual field conditions and there is a formal appeal of the decision of the Zoning
Administrator, the Board of Adjustment shall make the necessary interpretation. All decisions shall be
based on elevations on the regional (100-year) flood profile, the ground elevations that existed on the site at
the time the City adopted its initial floodplain ordinance or on the date of the first National Flood Insurance
Program map showing the 100-year floodplain if earlier, and other available technical data. Any person
contesting the location of the district boundaries shall be given a reasonable opportunity to present his or
her case to the Board and to submit technical evidence.
1335.09 Abrogation and Greater Restrictions.
It is not intended by this Ordinance to repeal, abrogate, or impair any existing easements, covenants, or
deed restrictions. However, where this Ordinance imposes greater restrictions, the provisions of this
Ordinance shall prevail. All other ordinances inconsistent with this Ordinance are hereby repealed to the
extent of the inconsistency only.
1335.10 Warning and Disclaimer of Liability.
This Ordinance does not imply that areas outside the flood plain districts or land uses permitted within
such districts will be free from flooding or flood damages. This Ordinance shall not create liability on the
part of the City of Arden Hills or any officer or employee thereof for any flood damages that result from
reliance on this Ordinance or any administrative decision lawfully made there under.
1335.11 Severability.
If any section, clause, provision, or portion of this Ordinance is adjudged unconstitutional or invalid by a
court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of this Ordinance shall not be affected thereby.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 3/17
1335.12 Annexations.
The Flood Insurance Rate Map panels adopted by reference into Section 1335.07 above may include
floodplain areas that lie outside of the corporate boundaries of the City of Arden Hills at the time of
adoption of this Ordinance. If any of these floodplain land areas are annexed into the City of Arden Hills
after the date of adoption of this Ordinance, the newly annexed floodplain lands shall be subject to the
provisions of this Ordinance immediately upon the date of annexation into the City of Arden Hills.
1335.13 Establishment of Zoning Districts.
Subd. 1 Floodway District. The floodway District shall include those areas designated as floodway on
the Flood Insurance Rate Map adopted in this Section. For lakes, wetlands and other basins, the Floodway
District shall include those areas designated as Zone AE (that do not have a floodway designated) and Zone
A on the Flood Insurance Rate Map panels adopted in this Section that are below the ordinary high water
level as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 103G.005, subdivision 14.
Subd. 2 Flood Fringe District. The Flood Fringe District shall include those areas designated as
floodway fringe, which shall include the areas shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Map, adopted in this
Section, as being within Zone AE but being located outside of the floodway. For lakes, wetlands and other
basins, the Flood Fringe District shall include those areas designated as Zone AE (that do not have a
floodway designated) and Zone A on the Flood Insurance Rate Map panels adopted in this Section that are
below the 1% annual chance flood elevation (100-year flood elevation) but above the ordinary high water
level as defined in Minnesota Statutes, Section 103G.005, subdivision 14.
Subd. 3 General Flood Plain District. The General Flood Plain District shall include those areas
designated as Zone A and Zone AE (without a floodway designation) on the Flood Insurance Rate Map
adopted in this Section, which are not subject to the criteria in Subd 1 and Subd 2 above.
1335.14 Compliance with District Regulations.
No new structure or land shall be used and no structure shall be constructed, located, extended, converted,
or structurally altered without full compliance with the terms of this Section and other applicable
regulation. Within the Floodway, Flood Fringe and General Flood Plain Districts, all uses not listed as
permitted uses or Conditional Uses shall be prohibited. In addition, a caution shall be provided here that:
Subd. 1 New manufactured homes, replacement manufactured homes and certain travel trailers and
travel vehicles shall be subject to the general provisions of this Zoning Code.
Subd. 2 Modifications, additions, structural alterations, normal maintenance and repair, or repair after
damage to existing nonconforming structures and nonconforming uses of structures or land are regulated by
the general provisions of this Section; and
Subd. 3 As-built elevations for elevated or flood proofed structures shall be certified by ground surveys
and flood proofing techniques shall be designed and certified by a registered professional engineer or
architect as specified in the general provisions of this Section.
1335.15 Floodway District.
Subd. 1 Permitted Uses.
A. General farming, pasture, grazing, outdoor plant nurseries, horticulture, truck farming, forestry, sod
farming, and wild crop harvesting.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 4/17
B. Industrial-commercial loading areas, parking areas, and airport landing strips.
C. Private and public golf courses, tennis courts, driving ranges, archery ranges, picnic grounds, boat
launching ramps, swimming areas, parks, wildlife and nature preserves, game farms, fish hatcheries,
shooting preserves, target ranges, trap and skeet ranges, hunting and fishing areas, and single or multiple
purpose recreational trails.
D. Residential lawns, gardens, parking areas, and play areas.
Subd. 2 Standards for Floodway Permitted Uses.
A. The use shall have low flood damage potential.
B. The use shall be permissible in the underlying zoning district if one exists.
C. The use shall not obstruct flood flows or increase flood elevations and shall not involve structures,
fill, obstructions, excavations or storage of material or equipment.
Subd. 3 Conditional Uses. Structures accessory to the uses listed as permitted uses, and the specific uses
listed below:
A. Structures accessory to the uses listed in Section 1335.16.
B. Extraction and storage of sand, gravel, and other materials.
C. Marinas, boat rentals, docks, piers, wharfs, and water control structures.
D. Railroads, streets, bridges, utility transmission lines, and pipelines.
E. Storage yards for equipment, machinery or materials.
F. Placement of fill or construction fences.
G. Recreational vehicles either on individual lots of record or in existing or new subdivisions or
condominium type campgrounds, subject to the exemptions and provisions of this Section.
H. Structural works for flood control such as levees, dikes and floodwalls constructed to any height
where the intent shall be to protect individual structures and levees or dikes where the intent shall be to
protect agricultural crops for a frequency flood event equal to or less than the 10-year frequency flood
event.
Subd. 4 Standards for Floodway Conditional Uses.
A. No structure (temporary or permanent), fill (including fill for roads and levees), deposit,
obstruction, storage of materials or equipment, or other uses may be allowed as a conditional use that will
cause any increase in the stage of the one hundred (100) year or regional flood or cause an increase in flood
damages in the reach or reaches affected
B. All floodway conditional uses shall be subject to the procedures and standards contained in this
Section.
C. The conditional use shall be permissible in the underlying zoning district if one exists.
D. Fill.
1. Fill, dredge spoil and all other similar materials deposited or stored in the flood plain shall be
protected from erosion by vegetative cover, mulching, riprap or other acceptable method.
2. Dredge spoil sites and sand and gravel operations shall not be allowed in the floodway unless a
long term site development plan is submitted which includes an erosion/sedimentation prevention element
to the plan.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 5/17
3. As an alternative, and consistent with Paragraph 2 above, dredge spoil disposal and sand and
gravel operations may allow temporary, onsite storage of fill or other materials which would have caused
an increase to the stages of the one hundred (100) year or regional flood
but only after the City has received an appropriate plan which assures the removal of the materials from the
floodway based upon the flood warning time available. The Conditional Use Permit shall be title registered
with the property in the Office of the County Recorder.
E. Accessory Structures.
1. Accessory structures shall not be designed for human habitation.
2. Accessory structures, if permitted, shall be constructed and placed on the building site so as to
offer the minimum obstruction to the flow of flood waters.
a) Whenever possible, structures shall be constructed with the longitudinal axis parallel to the
direction of flood flow; and
b) So far as practicable, structures shall be placed approximately on the same flood flow lines as
those of adjoining structures.
3. Accessory structures shall be elevated or fill or structurally dry flood proofed in accordance with
the FP-1 or FP-2 flood proofing classifications in the State Building Code. As an alternative, an accessory
structure may be flood proofed to the FP-3 or FP-4 flood proofing classification in the State Building Code
provided the accessory structure constitutes a minimal investment, does not exceed five hundred (500)
square feet in size at its largest projections, and for a detached garage, the detached garage shall be used
solely for parking of vehicles and limited storage. All flood proofed accessory structures shall meet the
following additional standards:
a) The structure shall be adequately anchored to prevent flotation, collapse or lateral movement of
the structure and shall be designed to equalize hydrostatic flood forces on exterior walls; and
b) Any mechanical and utility equipment in a structure shall be elevated to or above the Regulatory
Flood Protection Elevation or properly flood proofed.
c) To allow for the equalization of hydrostatic pressure, there must be a minimum of two
"automatic" openings in the outside walls of the structure having a total net area of not less than one square
inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to flooding. There must be openings on at least two
sides of the structure and the bottom of all openings must be no higher than one foot above the lowest
adjacent grade to the structure. Using human intervention to open a garage door prior to flooding will not
satisfy this requirement for automatic openings.
F. Storage of Materials and Equipment.
1. The storage or processing of materials that are, in time of flooding, flammable, explosive, or
potentially injurious to human, animal, or plant life shall be prohibited.
2. Storage of other materials or equipment may be allowed if readily removable from the area within
the time available after a flood warning and in accordance with a plan approved by the City Council.
G. Structural works for flood control that will change the course, current or cross section of protected
wetlands or public waters shall be subject to the provisions of Minnesota Statute, Section 103G.
Community-wide structural works for flood control intended to remove areas from the regulatory flood
plain shall not be allowed in the floodway.
H. A levee, dike or floodwall constructed in the floodway shall not cause an increase to the 100-year
or regional flood and the technical analysis shall assume equal conveyance or storage loss on both sides of
a stream.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 6/17
1335.16 Flood Fringe District.
Subd. 1 Permitted Uses. Permitted uses shall be those uses of land or structures listed as Permitted Uses
in the underlying zoning use district(s). If no preexisting, underlying zoning use districts exist, then any
residential or non-residential structure or use of a structure or land shall be a Permitted Use in the Flood
Fringe District provided such use does not constitute a public nuisance. All Permitted Uses shall comply
with the standards for Flood Fringe "Permitted Uses" listed in this Section and the "Standards for all Flood
Fringe Uses" listed in this Subsection.
Subd. 2 Standards for Flood Fringe Permitted Uses.
A. All structures, including accessory structures, shall be elevated on fill so that the lowest floor
including any basement floor is at or above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. The finished fill
elevation for structures shall be no lower than one (1) foot below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation
and the fill shall extend at an elevation of at least fifteen (15) feet beyond the outside limits of the structure
erected thereon.
B. As an alternative to elevation on fill, accessory structures that constitute a minimal investment and
that do not exceed five hundred (500) square feet at its largest projection for the outside dimension at
ground level may be internally flood proofed in accordance with this Section.
C. The cumulative placement of fill where at any one time in excess of one thousand (1,000) cubic
yards of fill is located on the parcel shall be allowable only as a conditional use, unless the fill is
specifically intended to elevate a structure in accordance with this Section.
D. The storage of any materials or equipment shall be elevated on fill to the Regulatory Flood
Protection Elevation.
Subd. 3 Conditional Uses. Any structure that is not elevated on fill or flood proofed in accordance with
this Section or any use of land that does not comply with the standards in this Subsection shall only be
allowable as a conditional use. An application for a conditional use shall be subject to the standards and
criteria and evaluation procedures specified in this Section.
Subd. 4 Standards for Flood Fringe Conditional Use
A. Alternative elevation methods other than the use of fill may be utilized to elevate a structure's
lowest floor above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. These alternative methods may include the
use of stilts, pilings, parallel walls, etc., or above-grade, enclosed areas such as crawl spaces or tuck under
garages. The base or floor of an enclosed area shall be considered above-grade and not a structure's
basement or lowest floor if:
1. The enclosed area is above-grade on at least one side of the structure;
2. It is designed to internally flood and is constructed with flood resistant materials; and
3. It is used solely for parking of vehicles, building access or storage.
B. The above-noted alternative elevation methods shall be subject to the following additional
standards:
1. Design and Certification. The structure's design and as-built condition shall be certified by a
registered professional engineer or architect as being in compliance with the general design standards of the
State Building Code and, specifically, that all electrical, heating, ventilation, plumbing and air conditioning
equipment and other service facilities shall be at or above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation or be
designed to prevent flood water from entering or accumulating within these components during times of
flooding.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 7/17
2. Specific Standards for Above-Grade, Enclosed Areas. Above grade, fully enclosed areas such as
crawl spaces or tuck under garages shall be designed to internally flood and the design plans shall stipulate:
a) The minimum area of openings in the walls where internal flooding is to be used as a flood
proofing technique. There shall be a minimum of two openings on at least two sides of the structure and the
bottom of all openings shall be no higher than one-foot above grade. The automatic openings shall have a
minimum net area of not less than one square inch for every square foot of enclosed area subject to
flooding unless a registered professional engineer or architect certifies that a smaller net area would
suffice. The automatic openings may be equipped with screens, louvers, valves, or other coverings or
devices provided that they permit the automatic entry and exit of flood waters without any form of human
intervention; and
b) That the enclosed area shall be designed of flood resistant materials in accordance with the FP-3
or FP-4 classifications in the State Building Code and shall be used solely for building access, parking of
vehicles or storage.
C. Basements, as defined by this Section, shall be subject to the following:
1. Residential basement construction shall not be allowed below the Regulatory Flood Protection
Elevation.
2. Non-residential basements may be allowed below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation
provided the basement is structurally dry flood proofed in accordance with this Section.
D. All areas of non-residential structures including basements to be placed below the Regulatory Flood
Protection Elevation shall be flood proofed in accordance with the structurally dry flood proofing
classifications in the State Building Code. Structurally dry flood proofing shall meet the FP-1 or FP-2 flood
proofing classification in the State Building Code and this shall require making the structure watertight
with the walls substantially impermeable to the passage of water and with structural components having the
capability of resisting hydrostatic and hydrodynamic loads and the effects of buoyancy. Structures flood
proofed to the FP-3 and FP-4 classification shall not be permitted.
E. When at any one time more than one thousand (1,000) cubic yards of fill or other similar material is
located on a parcel for such activities as on-site storage, landscaping, sand and gravel operations, landfills,
roads, dredge spoil disposal or construction of flood control works, an erosion/sedimentation control plan
shall be submitted unless the community is enforcing a State-approved shoreland management ordinance.
In the absence of a State-approved shoreland ordinance, the plan shall clearly specify methods to be used to
stabilize the fill on site for a flood event at a minimum of the 100-year or regional flood event. The plan
shall be prepared and certified by a registered professional engineer or other qualified individual acceptable
to the City. The plan may incorporate alternative procedures for removal of the material from the flood
plain if adequate flood warning time exists.
F. Storage of Materials and Equipment.
1. The storage or processing of materials that are, in time of flooding, flammable, explosive, or
potentially injurious to human, animal, or plant life shall be prohibited.
2. Storage of other materials may be allowed if readily removable from the area within the time
available after a flood warning and in accordance with a plan approved by the City Council.
Subd. 5 Standards for All Flood Fringe Uses.
A. All new principal structures shall have vehicular access at or above an elevation not more than two
(2) feet below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. If a variance to this requirement is granted, the
Board of Adjustment shall specify limitations on the period of use or occupancy of the structure for times
of flooding and only after determining that adequate flood warning time and local flood emergency
response procedures exist.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 8/17
B. Commercial Uses. Accessory land uses, such as yards, railroad tracks, and parking lots may be at
elevations lower than the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. However, a permit for such facilities to
be used by the employees or the general public shall not be granted in the absence of a flood warning
system that provides adequate time for evacuation if the area would be inundated to a depth and velocity
such that when multiplying the depth (in feet) times velocity (in feet per second) the product number
exceeds four (4) upon occurrence of the regional flood.
C. Manufacturing and Industrial Uses. Measures shall be taken to minimize interference with normal
plans operations especially along streams having protracted flood durations. Certain accessory land uses
such as yards and parking lots may be at lower elevations subject to requirements set out in Paragraph B
above. In considering permit applications, due consideration shall be given to needs of an industry whose
business requires that it be located in flood plain areas.
D. Fill shall be properly compacted and the slopes shall be properly protected by the use of riprap,
vegetative cover or other acceptable method. The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) has
established criteria for removing the special flood hazard areas designation for certain structures properly
elevated on fill above the 100-year flood elevation - FEMA's requirements incorporate specific fill
compaction and side slope protection standards for multi-structure or multi-lot developments. FEMA's
standards should be investigated prior to the initiation of site preparation if a change of special flood hazard
area designation will be requested.
E. Flood plain developments shall not adversely affect the hydraulic capacity of the channel and
adjoining flood plain of any tributary watercourse or drainage system where a floodway or other
encroachment limit has not been specified on the Official Zoning Map.
F. Standards for recreational vehicles are contained in Section 1325.12.
G. All manufactured homes shall be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation system
that resists flotation, collapse and lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not to be
limited to, use of over-the-top or frame times to ground anchor. This requirement shall be in addition to
applicable state of local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces.
1335.17 General Flood Plain District.
Subd. 1 Permitted Uses.
A. The uses listed as permitted uses for Floodway Districts, shall be permitted uses in a General Flood
Plain District.
B. All other uses shall be subject to the 1% annual chance flood (100-Year Flood Elevations) and/or
Floodway and Flood Fringe determinations criteria pursuant to Subd 2 below. Section 1335.25 shall apply
if the proposed use is in the Floodway District, and Section 1335.26 shall apply is the proposed use is in the
Flood Fringe District.
Subd. 2 Procedures for 1% annual chance (100-Year Flood Elevations) and/or Floodway and Flood
Fringe determinations for streams within the General Flood Plain District.
A. Upon receipt of an application for a Conditional Use Permit for a use within the General Flood
Plain District, the applicant shall be required to furnish the following information as is deemed necessary
by the City Administrator for the determination of the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and whether
the proposed use is within the Floodway or Flood Fringe District.
1. A typical valley cross-section showing the channel of the stream, elevation of land areas adjoining
each side of the channel, cross-sectional areas to be occupied by the proposed development, and high water
information; and
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 9/17
2. Plan (surface view) showing elevations or contours of the ground; pertinent structure, fill, or
storage elevations; size, location, and spatial arrangement of all proposed and existing structures on the site,
and location and elevations of streets.
3. Photographs showing existing land uses and vegetation upstream and downstream; and soil types;
and
4. Profile showing the slope of the bottom of the channel or flow line of the stream for at least five
hundred (500) feet in either direction from the proposed development.
B. The applicant shall be responsible to submit one (1) copy of the above information to a designated
engineer or other expert person or agency for technical assistance in determining whether the proposed use
is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District and to determine the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation.
Procedures consistent with Minnesota Regulations 1983, Parts 6120.5000-6120.6200 and 44 Code of
Federal Regulations Part 65 shall be followed in this expert evaluation. The designated engineer or expert is
strongly encouraged to discuss the proposed technical evaluation methodology with the respective
Department of Natural Resources' Area Hydrologist prior to commencing the analyst. The designated
engineer or expert shall:
1. Estimate the peak discharge of the regional flood.
2. Calculate the water surface profile of the regional flood based upon a hydraulic analysis of the
stream channel and overbank areas.
3. Compute the floodway necessary to convey or store the regional flood without increasing flood
stages more than 0.5 foot. A lesser stage increase than 0.5 foot shall be required if, as a result of the
additional State increase, increased flood damages would result. An equal degree of encroachment on both
sides of the stream within the reach shall be assumed in computing floodway boundaries.
C. The City Administrator shall present the technical evaluation and findings of the designated
engineer or expert to the City Council. The City Council shall formally accept the technical evaluation and
the recommended Floodway and/or Flood Fringe District boundary or deny the permit application. The
City Council, prior to official action, may submit the application and all supporting data and analyses to the
Federal Emergency Management Agency, the Department of Natural Resources or the Planning
Commission for review and comment. Once the Floodway and Flood Fringe Boundaries have been
determined, the City Council shall refer the matter back to the City Administrator who shall process the
permit application consistent with the applicable provisions of this Section.
1335.18 Zone A Lakes.
Procedures for determining 1% annual chance flood elevations (100-YR flood elevations) for lakes
located in Zone A:
Subd. 1 Upon receipt of an application for a permit or other approval within a Zone A, the Zoning
Administrator will use the 1% annual chance flood elevation for that basin that has previously been
determined in accordance with approved FEMA methods, if available. If the 1% annual chance flood
elevation has not been previously determined, the applicant shall be required to furnish all necessary
information as deemed necessary by the Zoning Administrator for the determination for the 1% annual
chance flood elevation in accordance with approved FEMA methods.
Subd. 2 The applicant shall be responsible to submit one copy of the above information to a designated
engineer or other expert person or agency for technical assistance in determining whether the proposed use
is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District and to determine the 1% annual chance flood elevation (100-
year flood elevation). Procedures consistent with Minnesota Regulations 1983, Parts 6120.5000 -
6120.6200 and 44 Code of Federal Regulations Part 65 shall be followed in this expert evaluation. The
designated engineer or expert is strongly encouraged to discuss the proposed technical evaluation
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 10/17
methodology with the respective Department of Natural Resources' Area Hydrologist prior to commencing
the analysis.
Subd. 3 Once the 1% annual chance flood elevation (100-year flood elevation) has been determined, the
Zoning Administrator shall process the permit application consistent with the applicable provisions of this
Section.
1335.18 Subdivisions.
Subd. 1 Review Criteria. No land shall be subdivided which is unsuitable for the reason of flooding,
inadequate drainage, water supply or sewage treatment facilities. All lots within the flood plain districts
shall be able to contain a building site outside of the Floodway District at or above the Regulatory Flood
Protection Elevation. All subdivisions shall have water and sewage treatment facilities that comply with the
provisions of this Section and have road access both to the subdivision and to the individual building sites
no lower than two (2) feet below the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation. For all subdivisions in the
flood plain, the Floodway and Flood Fringe boundaries, the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and the
required elevation of all access roads shall be clearly labeled on all required subdivisions drawings and
platting documents.
Subd. 2 Floodway/Flood Fringe Determinations in the General Flood Plain District. In the General
Flood Plain District applicants shall provide the information required to determine the one hundred (100)
year flood elevation, the Floodway and Flood Fringe District boundaries and the Regulatory Flood
Protection Elevation for the subdivision site.
Subd. 3 Removal of Special Flood Hazard Area Designation. The Federal Emergency Management
Agency (FEMA) has established criteria for removing the special flood hazard area designation for certain
structures properly elevated on fill above the one hundred (100) year flood elevation. FEMA's
requirements incorporate specific fill compaction and side slope protection standards for multi-structure or
multi-lot developments. These FEMA standards should be investigated prior to the initiation of site
preparation if a change of special flood hazard area designation will be requested.
1335.19 Public Utilities, Railroads, Roads, and Bridges.
Subd. 1 All public utilities and facilities such as gas, electrical, sewer, and water supply systems to be
located in the flood plain shall be flood proofed in accordance with the State Building Code or elevated to
above the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation.
Subd. 2 Public Transportation Facilities. Railroad tracks, roads, and bridges to be located within the
flood plain shall comply with this code. Elevation to the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation shall be
provided where failure or interruption of the transportation facilities would result in danger to the public
health or safety of where such facilities are essential to the orderly functioning of the area. Minor or
auxiliary roads or railroads may be constructed at a lower elevation where failure or interruption of
transportation services would not endanger the public health or safety.
Subd. 3 On-Site Sewage Treatment and Water Supply Systems. Where public utilities are not provided:
A. On-site water supply systems shall be designated to minimize or eliminate infiltration of flood
waters in the systems; and
B. New or replacement on-site sewage treatment systems shall be designed to minimize or eliminate
infiltration of flood waters into the systems and discharges from the systems into flood waters and they
shall not be subject to impairment of contamination during times of flooding. Any sewage treatment
system designed in accordance with the State's current statewide standards for on-site sewage treatment
systems shall be determined to be in compliance with this Section.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 11/17
1335.21 Manufactured Homes.
The placement of new or replacement manufactured homes in existing manufactured home parks or on
individual lots of record that are located in flood plain districts will be treated as a new structure and may
be placed only if elevated in compliance with Section 5.0 of this Ordinance. If vehicular road access for
pre-existing manufactured home parks is not provided in accordance with Section 5.51, then replacement
manufactured homes will not be allowed until the property owner(s) develops a flood warning emergency
plan acceptable to the Governing Body.
Subd. 1 New manufactured home parks and expansions to existing manufactured home parks shall be
subject to the provisions placed on subdivisions by this code.
Subd. 2 All manufactured homes must be securely anchored to an adequately anchored foundation
system that resists flotation, collapse and lateral movement. Methods of anchoring may include, but are not
to be limited to, use of over-the-top or frame ties to ground anchors. This requirement is in addition to
applicable state or local anchoring requirements for resisting wind forces.
1335.22 Recreational Vehicles.
Subd. 1 Exemption. Recreational vehicles are exempt from the provisions of this Ordinance if they are
placed in any of the areas listed in Section 9.32 below and further they meet the following criteria:
A. Have current licenses required for highway use.
B. Are highway ready meaning on wheels or the internal jacking system, are attached to the site only
by quick disconnect type utilities commonly used in campgrounds and recreational vehicle parks and the
recreational vehicle has no permanent structural type additions attached to it.
C. The recreational vehicle and associated use must be permissible in any pre-existing, underlying
zoning use district.
Subd. 2 Areas Exempted For Placement of Recreational Vehicles:
A. Individual lots or parcels of record.
B. Existing commercial recreational vehicle parks or campgrounds.
C. Existing condominium type associations.
Subd. 3 Recreational vehicles exempted in this Section lose this exemption when development occurs
on the parcel exceeding $500 for a structural addition to the recreational vehicle or exceeding $500 for an
accessory structure such as a garage or storage building. The recreational vehicle and all additions and
accessory structures will then be treated as a new structure and shall be subject to the elevation/flood
proofing requirements and the use of land restrictions specified in Sections 1335.4.0 and 5.0 of this
Ordinance. There shall be no development or improvement on the parcel or attachment to the recreational
vehicle that hinders the removal of the recreational vehicle to a flood free location should flooding occur.
Subd. 4 New commercial recreational vehicle parks or campgrounds and new residential type
subdivisions and condominium associations and the expansion of any existing similar use exceeding five
(5) units or dwelling sites shall be subject to the following:
A. Any new or replacement recreational vehicle will be allowed in the Floodway or Flood Fringe
Districts provided said recreational vehicle and its contents are placed on fill above the regulatory flood
protection elevation and proper elevated road access to the site exists in accordance with Section 5.51 of
this Ordinance. No fill placed in the floodway to meet the requirements of this Section shall increase flood
stages of the 100-year or regional flood.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 12/17
B. All new or replacement recreational vehicles not meeting the criteria of (a) above may, as an
alternative, be allowed as a conditional use if in accordance with the following provisions and the
provisions of 10.4 of the Ordinance. The applicant must submit an emergency plan for the safe evacuation
of all vehicles and people during the 100 year flood. Said plan shall be prepared by a registered engineer or
other qualified individual, shall demonstrate that adequate time and personnel exist to carry out the
evacuation, and shall demonstrate the provisions of Section 9.31 (a) and (b) of this Ordinance will be met.
All attendant sewage and water facilities for new or replacement recreational vehicles must be protected or
constructed so as to not be impaired or contaminated during times of flooding in accordance with Section
8.3 of this Ordinance.
1335.23 Administration.
The City Administrator or other official designated by the City Council shall administer and enforce this
Section. If the City Administrator finds a violation of the provisions of this Section the City Administrator
shall notify the person responsible for the violation in accordance with the procedures.
Subd. 1 Permit Required. A Permit issued by the City Administrator in conformity with the provisions
of this Section shall be secured prior to the erection, addition, modification, rehabilitation (including
normal maintenance and repair), or alteration of any building, structure, or portion thereof; prior to the
construction of a dam, fence, or on-site septic system; prior to the change or extension of a nonconforming
use; prior to the repair of a structure that has been damaged by flood, fire, tornado, or any other source; and
prior to the placement of fill, excavation of materials, or the storage of materials or equipment within the
flood plain.
Subd. 2 Application for Permit. Application for a Permit shall be made in duplicate to the City
Administrator on forms furnished by the City Administrator and shall include the following where
applicable: plans in duplicate drawn to scale, showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevations of
the lot; existing or proposed structures, fill, or storage of materials; and the location of the foregoing in
relation to the stream channel.
Subd. 3 State and Federal Permits. Prior to granting a Permit or processing an application for a
Conditional Use Permit or Variance, the City Administrator shall determine that the applicant has obtained
all necessary State and Federal Permits.
Subd. 4 Certificate of Zoning Compliance for a New, Altered, or Nonconforming Use. It shall be
unlawful to use, occupy, or permit the use or occupancy of any building or premises or part thereof
hereafter created, erected, changed, converted, altered, or enlarged in its use or structure until a certificate
of zoning compliance shall have been issued by the Zoning Administrator stating that the use of the
building or land conforms to the requirements of this Ordinance.
Subd. 5 Construction and use to be as provided on applications, plans, permits, variances and certificates
of zoning compliance. Permits, conditional use permits, or certificates of zoning compliance issued on the
basis of approved plans and applications authorize only the use, arrangement, and construction set forth in
such approved plans and applications, and no other use, arrangement, or construction. Any use,
arrangement, or construction at variance with that authorized shall be deemed a violation of this Ordinance,
and punishable as provided by this Section of this Ordinance.
Subd. 6 Certification. The applicant shall be required to submit certification by a registered professional
engineer, registered architect, or registered land surveyor that the finished fill and building elevations were
accomplished in compliance with the provisions of this Section. Flood proofing measures shall be certified
by a registered professional engineer or registered architect.
Subd. 7 Record of First Floor Elevation. The Zoning Administrator shall maintain a record of the
elevation of the lowest floor (including basement) of all new structures and alterations or additions to
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 13/17
existing structures in the flood plain. The Zoning Administrator shall also maintain a record of the
elevation to which structures or alterations and additions to structures are flood proofed.
Subd. 8 Notifications for Watercourse Alterations. The Zoning Administrator shall notify, in riverine
situations, adjacent communities and the Commissioner of the Department of Natural Resources prior to
the community authorizing any alteration or relocation of a watercourse. If the applicant has applied for a
permit to work in the beds of public waters pursuant to Minnesota Statute, Chapter 103G, this shall suffice
as adequate notice to the Commissioner of Natural Resources. A copy of said notification shall also be
submitted to the Chicago Regional Office of the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA).
Subd. 9 Notification to FEMA When Physical Changes Increase or Decrease the 100-year Flood
Elevation. As soon as is practicable, but not later than six (6) months after the date such supporting
information becomes available, the Zoning Administrator shall notify the Chicago Regional Office of
FEMA of the changes by submitting a copy of said technical or scientific data.
1335.24 Board of Adjustment.
Subd. 1 Rules. The Board of Adjustment shall adopt rules for the conduct of business and may exercise
all of the powers conferred on such Boards by State law.
Subd. 2 Administrative Review. The Board of Adjustment shall hear and decide appeals where it is
alleged there is error in any order, requirement, decision, or determination made by an administrative
official in the enforcement or administration of this Ordinance.
Subd. 3 Variances. The City may authorize in specific cases such relief or variance from the terms of
this section and code in accordance with Section 1355. No variance shall have the effect of allowing in any
district uses that are prohibited in that district, permit a lower degree of flood protection than the
Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation for the particular area, or permit standards lower than those required
by State law. The following additional variance criteria of the Federal Emergency Management Agency
must be satisfied:
A. Variances shall not be issued by a community within any designated regulatory floodway if any
increase in flood levels during the base flood discharge would result.
B. Variances shall only be issued by a community upon (i) a showing of good and sufficient cause, (ii)
a determination that failure to grant the variance would result in exceptional hardship to the applicant, and
(iii) a determination that the granting of a variance will not result in increased flood heights, additional
threats to public safety, extraordinary public expense, create nuisances, cause fraud on or victimization of
the public, or conflict with existing local laws or ordinances.
C. Variances shall only be issued upon a determination that the variance is the minimum necessary,
considering the flood hazard, to afford relief.
Subd. 4 Conditional Uses. The City Council shall hear and decide applications for conditional uses
permissible under this Section. Applications shall be submitted to the City Administrator who shall
forward the application to the City Council for consideration.
Subd. 5 Hearings. Upon filing with the Board of Adjustment of an appeal from a decision of the City
Administrator, or an application for a variance or conditional use permit, the Board shall fix a reasonable
time for a hearing and give due notice to the parties in interest as specified by law. The Board shall submit
by mail to the Commissioner of Natural Resources a copy of the application for proposed variances
sufficiently in advance so that the Commissioner shall receive at least ten (10) days notice of the hearing.
Subd. 6 Decisions. The Board shall arrive at a decision on the appeal, variance, or conditional use
permit in accordance with Section 1355. In granting a variance or conditional use permit the City may
prescribe appropriate conditions and safeguards, which shall be in conformity with the purposes of this
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 14/17
Section. Violations of such conditions and safeguards, when made a part of the terms under which the
variance or conditional use permit is granted, shall be punishable as described in Section 1335.36. A copy
of all decisions granting variances or conditional use permits shall be forwarded by mail to the Commission
of Natural Resources within ten (10) days of the action.
Subd. 7 Appeals. Appeals from any decision of the Board may be made, as specified in the City's
Official Controls and also Minnesota Statutes.
Subd. 8 Flood Insurance Notice. The City Administrator shall notify the applicant for a variance that:
A. The issuance of a variance to construct a structure below the base flood level will result in
increased premium rates for flood insurance up to amounts as high as $25.00 for $100.00 of insurance
coverage; and
B. Such construction below the 100-year or regional flood level increases risks to life and property.
The notification shall be maintained with a record of all variance actions. A community shall maintain a
record of all variance actions, including justification for their issuance, and report such variances issued in
its annual or biennial report submitted to the Administrator of the National Flood Insurance Program.
Subd. 9 Procedures to be Followed by the City Council in Passing on Conditional Use Permit
Applications within all Flood Plain Districts:
A. The applicant shall furnish the following information and additional information as deemed
necessary by the City Council for determining the suitability of the particular site for the proposed used:
1. Plans in triplicate drawn to scale showing the nature, location, dimensions, and elevation of the
lot, existing or proposed structures, fill, storage of materials, flood proofing measures, and the relationship
of the above to the location of the stream channel.
2. Specifications for building construction and materials, flood proofing, filling, dredging, grading,
channel improvement, storage of materials, water supply and sanitary facilities.
B. Transmit one copy of the information described above to a designated engineer or other expert
person or agency for technical assistance, where necessary, in evaluating the proposed project in relation to
flood heights and velocities, the seriousness of flood damage to the use, the adequacy of the plans for
protection, and other technical matters.
C. Based upon the technical evaluation of the designated engineer or expert, the City Council shall
determine the specific flood hazard at the site and evaluate the suitability of the proposed use in relation to
the flood hazard.
Subd. 10 Factors upon Which the Decision of the City Council shall be based. In passing upon
conditional use applications, the City Council shall consider all relevant factors specified in this Section,
and:
A. The danger to life and property due to increased flood heights or velocities caused by
encroachments.
B. The danger that materials may be swept onto other lands or downstream to the injury of others or
they may block bridges, culverts or other hydraulic structures.
C. The proposed water supply and sanitation systems and the ability of these systems to prevent
disease, contamination, and unsanitary conditions.
D. The susceptibility of the proposed facilities and its contents to flood damage and the effect of the
damage on the individual owner.
E. The importance of the services provided by the proposed facility to the community.
F. The requirements of the facility for a waterfront location.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 15/17
G. The availability of alternative locations not subject to flooding for the proposed use.
H. The compatibility of the proposed use with existing development and development anticipated in
the foreseeable future.
I. The relationship of the proposed use to the comprehensive plan and flood plain management
program for the area.
J. The safety of access to the property in times of flood for ordinary and emergency vehicles.
K. The expected heights, velocity, duration, rate of rise, and sediment transport of the flood waters
expected at the site.
L. Any other factors which shall be relevant to the purposes of this Section.
Subd. 11 Time for Acting on Application. The City Council shall act on an application in the manner
described above in accordance with Section 1355.
Subd. 12 Conditions Attached to Conditional Use Permits. Upon consideration of the factors listed
above and the purpose of this Section, the City Council shall attach such conditions to the granting of
Conditional Use Permits as it deems necessary to fulfill the purposes of this Section. The conditions may
include, but shall not be limited to, the following:
A. Modifications of waste treatment and water supply facilities.
B. Limitations on period of use, occupancy, and operation.
C. Imposition of operational controls, sureties, and deed restrictions.
D. Requirements for construction of channel modifications, compensatory storage, dikes, levees, and
other protective measures.
E. Flood proofing measures, in accordance with the State Building Code and this Section. The
applicant shall submit a plan or document certified by a registered professional engineer or architect that
the flood proofing measures are consistent with the Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation and associated
flood factors for the particular area.
1335.35 Non-Conforming Uses.
A structure or the use of a structure or premises which was lawful before the passage or amendment of
this Code but which shall not be in conformity with the provisions of this Section shall be subject to the
following. Historic structures, as defined in Section 1305.04, Subd. 182, shall be subject to the provisions
of Subds. 1 thru 5 of this Section
Subd. 1 No such use shall be expanded, changed, enlarged, or altered in a way that increases its
nonconformity.
Subd. 2 Any structural alteration or addition to a nonconforming structure or nonconforming use which
would result in increasing the flood damage potential of that structure or use shall be protected to the
Regulatory Flood Protection Elevation in accordance with any of the elevation on fill or flood proofing
techniques (i.e., FP-1 thru FP-4 floodproofing classifications) allowable in the State Building Code, except
as further restricted in Subd 3 and Subd 5 below.
Subd. 3 The cost of all structural alterations or additions to any nonconforming structure over the life of
the structure shall not exceed 50 percent of the market value of the structure unless the conditions of this
Section are satisfied. The cost of all structural alterations and additions must include all costs such as
construction materials and a reasonable cost placed on all manpower or labor. If the cost of all previous
and proposed alterations and additions exceeds 50 percent of the market value of the structure, then the
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 16/17
structure must meet the standards of Sections 1335.25 and 1335.26 of this Ordinance for new structures
depending upon whether the structure is in the Floodway or Flood Fringe District, respectively.
Subd. 4 If any nonconforming use is discontinued for l2 consecutive months, any future use of the
building premises shall conform to this Ordinance. The Assessor shall notify the Zoning Administrator in
writing of instances of nonconforming uses that have been discontinued for a period of l2 months.
Subd. 5 If any nonconforming use or structure is substantially damaged, as defined in this Ordinance, it
shall not be reconstructed except in conformity with the provisions of this Ordinance. The applicable
provisions for establishing new uses or new structures in Sections 1335.25, 1335.26, and 1335.27 will
apply depending upon whether the use or structure is in the Floodway, Flood Fringe or General Flood Plain
District, respectively.
Subd. 6 If a substantial improvement occurs, as defined in this Ordinance, from any combination of a
building addition to the outside dimensions of the existing building or a rehabilitation, reconstruction,
alteration, or other improvement to the inside dimensions of an existing nonconforming building, then the
building addition and the existing nonconforming building must meet the requirements of Sections 1335.25
and 1335.26 of this Ordinance for new structures, depending upon whether the structure is in the Floodway
or Flood Fringe District, respectively.
1335.36 Enforcement and Penalties for Violation.
Subd. 1 Misdemeanor. Violation of the provisions of this Ordinance or failure to comply with any of its
requirements (including violations of conditions and safeguards established in connection with grants of
variances or conditional uses) shall constitute a misdemeanor and shall be punishable as defined by state
law.
Subd. 2 Other Remedies. Nothing contained shall prevent the City from taking any other lawful action
as is necessary to prevent or remedy any violation. Such actions may include but shall not be limited to:
A. In responding to a suspected Code violation, the City Administrator and City Council may utilize
the full array of enforcement actions available to it, including but not limited to, prosecution and fines,
injunctions, after-the-fact permits, orders for corrective measures or a request to the National Flood
Insurance Program for denial of flood insurance availability to the guilty party. The City shall act in good
faith to enforce these official controls and to correct Code violations to the extent possible so as not to
jeopardize its eligibility in the National Flood Insurance Program.
B. When a Code violation is either discovered by or brought to the attention of the City Administrator,
the City Administrator shall immediately investigate the violation of the official control. As soon as is
reasonably possible, this information shall be submitted to the appropriate Department of Natural
Resources' and Federal Emergency Management Agency Regional Office along with the City's plan of
action to correct the violation to the degree possible.
C. The City Administrator shall notify the suspected party of the requirements of this Section and all
other Official Controls and the nature and extent of the suspected violation of these controls. If the structure
and/or use is under construction or development, the City Administrator may order the construction or
development immediately halted until a proper permit or approval is granted by the City. If the construction
or development is already completed, then the City Administrator may either:
1. Issue an order identifying the corrective actions that shall be made within a specified time period
to bring the use of structure into compliance with the official controls, or
2. Notify the responsible party to apply for an after-the-fact permit/development approval within a
specified period of time not to exceed thirty (30) days.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 13 - Zoning Code
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 17/17
D. If the responsible party does not appropriately respond to the City Administrator within the
specified period of time, each additional day that lapses shall constitute an additional violation of this
Section and shall be prosecuted accordingly. The City Administrator shall also upon the lapse of the
specified response period notify the land owner to restore the land to the condition which existed prior to
the violation of this Section.
1335.37 Amendments.
Subd. 1 Designation Removal. The flood plain designation of the Official Zoning Map shall not be
removed from flood plain areas unless it can be shown that the designation is in error or that the area has
been filled to or above the elevation of the regulatory flood protection elevation and is contiguous to lands
outside the flood plain. Special exceptions to this rule may be permitted by the Commissioner of Natural
Resources if he or she determines that, through other measures, lands are adequately protected for the
intended use.
Subd. 2 Agency Approval. All amendments to this Section, including amendments to the Official
Zoning Map, shall be submitted to and approved by the Commissioner of Natural Resources prior to
adoption. Changes in the Official Zoning Map shall meet the Federal Emergency Management Agency's
(FEMA) Technical Conditions and Criteria and shall receive prior FEMA approval before adoption. The
Commissioner of Natural Resources shall be given ten (10) days written notice of all hearings to consider
an amendment to this Section and the notice shall include a draft of the Section amendment or technical
study under consideration.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 1/8
Print
Arden Hills, MN Code of Ordinances
Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
Section 1500 - Purpose and Scope
1500.01 Purpose.
The purpose of this regulation is to control or eliminate soil erosion and sedimentation within the City of
Arden Hills. The regulation establishes standards and specifications for conservation practices and
planning activities which minimize soil erosion and sedimentation and work to protect the City's natural
resources for the health, safety, and welfare of the public.
1500.02 Scope.
Except as exempted by the definition of the term "land disturbance activity" in Section 1510.01, any
person, firm, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, state agency, or political subdivision thereof
proposing land disturbance activity within the City shall apply to the Public Works Director or appointed
designee (herein called "PWD") for the approval of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan. No land shall
be disturbed until the Plan is approved by the PWD and conforms to the standards set forth in this article.
Section 1510 - Definitions
1510.01 Definitions.
For the purposes of this ordinance, the following terms have the meanings given them in this section:
∙ Best Management Practices (BMP). Schedules of activities, prohibitions of practices, general good
housekeeping practices, pollution prevention and educational practices, maintenance procedures, and other
management practices to prevent or reduce the discharge of pollutants directly or indirectly to stormwater,
receiving waters, or stormwater conveyance systems. BMPs also include treatment practices, operating
procedures, and practices to control site runoff, spillage or leaks, sludge or water disposal, or drainage from
raw materials storage.
∙ Non-structural BMP: Practices that focus on preserving open space, protecting natural systems, and
incorporating existing landscape features such as wetlands and stream corridors to manage storm water at
its source. Other practices include clustering and concentrating development, minimizing disturbed areas,
and reducing the size of impervious areas.
∙ Structural BMP: a physical device that is typically designed and constructed to trap or filter
pollutants from runoff, or reduce runoff velocities.
∙ Bluff. A topographic feature such as a hill, cliff, or embankment having the following characteristics
(an area with an average slope of less than 18 percent over a distance for 50 feet or more shall not be
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 2/8
considered part of the bluff):
∙ Part or all of the topographic feature is located in a shoreland area;
∙ The slope rises at least twenty five (25) feet above the ordinary high water level of the waterbody;
∙ The grade of the slope from the toe, or bottom, of the bluff to a point twenty five (25) feet or more
above the ordinary high water level averages thirty percent (30%) or greater; and
∙ The slope must drain toward the waterbody.
∙ Certificate of Completion. The certificate issued after the final inspection of the site has been
completed, temporary erosion control has been removed and the site has been fully restored.
∙ Clearing and grubbing. The cutting and removal of trees, shrubs, bushes, windfalls and other
vegetation including removal of stumps, roots, and other remains in the designated areas.
∙ Erosion. Any process that wears away the surface of the land by the action of water, wind, ice,
gravity and/or land disturbance activities. Erosion can be accelerated by the activities of man and nature.
∙ Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Plan) is a plan which includes a set of best management
practices or equivalent measures designed to control surface runoff and erosion and to retain sediment on a
particular site during the period in which pre-construction and construction related land disturbances, fills,
and soil storage occur, and before final improvements are completed, all in accordance with the specific
requirements set forth in Section 1520. This Plan shall also include permanent measures and Best
Management Practices to control post-construction surface runoff and sediment.
∙ Erosion and sediment control practice specifications and erosion and sediment control practices. The
management procedures, techniques, and methods to control soil erosion and sedimentation as officially
adopted by the City.
∙ Excavation. The mechanical removal of earth material.
∙ Fill. The deposit of soil or other earth materials placed by artificial means.
∙ General Storm Water Permit. The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency's (MPCA) general National
Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) construction storm water permit covering anyone
conducting a land disturbing activity which disturbs one (1) or more acres of total land area.
∙ Grading. Excavation or fill of material, including the resulting conditions thereof.
∙ Land Disturbance Activity. Any land change greater than 5,000 square feet or 50 cubic yards, or
land change on a parcel of land located within a shoreland area or adjacent to a surface water that may
result in soil erosion from wind, water and/or ice and the movement of sediments into or upon waters or
lands of the city, including but not limited to construction, clearing and grubbing, grading, excavating,
transporting and filling of land. Land Disturbance Activity does not mean the following:
∙ Minor land disturbance activities such as home gardens and an individual's home landscaping,
repairs and maintenance work;
∙ Additions or modifications to existing single-family dwellings or accessory structures that will result
in creating under 2,500 square feet of exposed soil and/or impervious surface and less than 50 cubic yards
in a shoreland area;
∙ Construction, installation and maintenance of electric, telephone, and cable television utility lines or
individual service connection to these utilities, except where a minimum of 5,000 square feet of land
disturbance can be anticipated;
∙ Tilling, planting or harvesting of agricultural, horticultural, or silvicultural crops;
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 3/8
∙ Installation of fence, sign, telephone, and electric poles and other kinds of posts, bollards or poles;
and
∙ Emergency work to protect life, limb, or property and emergency repairs. However, if the land
disturbing activity would have required an approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan except for the
emergency, then the land area disturbed shall be shaped and stabilized in accordance with the requirement
of the PWD when applicable.
∙ Outfall. The point source where a storm sewer system discharges from a pipe, ditch, or other discrete
conveyance to receiving waters, or to a storm sewer system owned and operated by another party.
∙ Permittee. A person, firm, sole proprietorship, partnership, corporation, state agency or political
subdivision thereof engaged in a land disturbance activity who submits an application to the PWD for a
permit pursuant to this ordinance.
∙ Phasing. Clearing a parcel of land in distinct phases, with the stabilization of each phase before the
clearing of the next.
∙ Ramsey Conservation District. The Ramsey Soil and Water Conservation District.
∙ Rice Creek Watershed District. An organization which oversees the activities in the Rice Creek
watershed as defined by Minnesota Statutes, Sections 103B,and 103D.
∙ Runoff. Rainfall, snowmelt, or irrigation water flowing over the ground surface.
∙ Sediment. Solid mineral or organic material that, in suspension, is being transported, or has been
moved from its original site by air, water, gravity, or ice, and has been deposited at another location.
∙ Sedimentation. The process or action of depositing sediment, caused by erosion.
∙ Site. The entire area of land on which the land disturbance activity is proposed in the permit
application.
∙ Site Plan. A plan or set of plans showing the details of any land disturbance activity of a site
including but not limited to the construction of: structures, open and enclosed drainage facilities,
stormwater management facilities, parking lots, driveways, curbs, pavements, sidewalks, bike paths,
recreational facilities, ground covers, plantings, and landscaping.
∙ Shoreland. The land located within the following distances from protected waters:
∙ One thousand (1,000) feet from the ordinary high water mark of a lake, pond, or flowage;
∙ Three hundred (300) feet from a river or stream, or the landward extent of a flood plain on such
rivers or streams, whichever is greater; and,
∙ The practical limits of shorelands may be less than the statutory limits where the limits are
designated by natural drainage divides at lesser distances, as shown on the official map of the City.
∙ Stabilization. The use of measures which protect soil from the erosion forces of wind, rain and
flowing water.
∙ Steep Slope. Land where agricultural activity or development is either not recommended or
described as poorly suited due to slope steepness and the site's soil characteristics, as mapped and described
in available county soil surveys or other technical reports, unless appropriate design and construction
techniques and farming practices are used in accordance with the provisions of this chapter. Where specific
information is not available, steep slopes are lands having average slopes over twelve percent (12%), as
measured over horizontal distances of fifty (50) feet or more, that are not bluffs.
∙ Surface Water or Waters. All streams, lakes, ponds, marshes, wetlands, reservoirs, springs, rivers,
drainage systems, waterways, watercourses, and irrigation systems whether natural or artificial, public or
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 4/8
private.
∙ Utility. The owner/operator of any underground facility including an underground line, facility,
system, and its appurtenances used to produce, store, convey, transmit, or distribute communications, data,
electricity, power, heat, gas, oil, petroleum products, water (including stormwater), steam, sewage and other
similar substances.
∙ Watercourse. Any natural or improved stream, river, creek, ditch, channel, canal, conduit, gutter,
culvert, drain, gully, swale, or wash in which waters flow either continuously or intermittently.
∙ Watershed. A region draining to a specific river, river system, or body of water.
∙ Wetlands. A lowland area such as a marsh, that is saturated with moisture, as defined in Sec. 404,
Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1987, or the Minnesota Wetland Conservation Act of
1991.
Section 1520 - Erosion and Sediment Control Plans and Review
1520.01 Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.
Subd. 1 Required. An Erosion and Sediment Control Plan must be submitted to the PWD for every
project involving a land disturbance activity. No building permit, site plan approval, subdivision approval,
or permit to allow land disturbing activities shall be issued and no earth disturbing activity shall commence
until approval of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.
Projects coordinated by Ramsey County or Mn/DOT do not require a permit; however, the PWD shall be
notified of the project and be provided a copy of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, as well as an
estimated schedule for commencement and completion. The PWD shall notify the designated contact if
erosion control measures should fail or require maintenance with the expectation that the deficiencies will
be corrected.
If no permit has been obtained, a stop work order may be issued on the construction and a fine may be
issued in an amount equal to twice the required permit fee. A completed Erosion and Sediment Control
Plan and permit application shall be submitted before construction will be allowed to resume.
Obtaining a permit does not exempt the Permittee from obtaining permits required by other governmental
agencies.
Subd. 2 Application Fee. The Permittee shall submit an application fee as specified on the City's Fee
Schedule as adopted and revised annually by the City Council by ordinance. The fee is non-refundable and
shall cover any review costs accrued within one (1) year of the date of payment.
Subd. 3 Criteria. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall minimize soil erosion or sediment from
damaging adjacent land. A Permittee engaged in a Land Disturbance Activity shall submit an Erosion and
Sediment Control Plan that will minimize soil erosion or sediment from damaging adjacent land, bodies of
water, watercourses or wetlands to the PWD for approval.
The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall address the following criteria:
A. Conform to the natural limitations presented by topography and soil so as to create the least
potential for soil erosion.
B. Stabilize all exposed soils and soil stockpiles;
C. Establish permanent vegetation;
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 5/8
D. Prevent sediment damage to adjacent properties and other designated areas;
E. Schedule of erosion and sediment control practices;
F. Use of temporary sedimentation basins;
G. Stabilization of steep slopes and bluffs;
H. Control the storm water leaving a site;
I. Stabilize all waterways and outlets;
J. Protect storm sewers and outfalls from the entrance of sediment, debris and trash;
K. Control waste, such as discarded building materials, concrete truck washout, chemicals, litter and
sanitary waste that may adversely impact water quality;
L. When working in or crossing water bodies, take precautions to contain sediment;
M. Re-stabilize utility construction areas as soon as possible;
N. Protect paved roads from sediment and mud brought in from access routes;
O. Dispose of temporary erosion and sediment control measures;
P. Maintain all temporary and permanent erosion and sediment control practices; and,
Q. Removal of sediment from streets at the end of each day
Subd. 4 Plan Content. The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan content shall include the following
unless waived by the PWD:
A. Contact information for the Permittee;
B. Address of site where the land disturbing activity is proposed;
C. Signature(s) of the owner(s) of the site or an authorized representative;
D. Project description including the nature and purpose of the land disturbing activity and the amount
of grading involved;
E. Phasing of construction and timeline;
F. Existing and proposed site conditions, including topography, vegetation, and drainage;
G. Adjacent areas, neighboring streams, lakes, wetlands, residential areas, roads, etc., which might be
affected by the land disturbing activity;
H. Soil data including soil names, mapping units, erodibility;
I. Critical erosion areas, which are areas on the site that have potential for serious erosion problems;
J. Erosion and sediment control measures to be used on the site, both during and after the construction
process;
K. Temporary and Permanent stabilization to show how the site will be stabilized during and after
construction (is completed), including specifications;
L. Storm water management to show how storm runoff will be managed, including methods to be used
if the development will result in increased peak rates or volume of runoff;
M. Maintenance and schedule of regular inspections and repair of erosion and sediment control
structures; and,
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 6/8
N. Any calculations that were made for the design of such items as sediment basins, diversions,
waterways, and other applicable practices.
O. A land disturbance activity equal to or greater than one (1) acre is required to comply with the
conditions of the NPDES/SDS Construction Stormwater General Permit, Part IV – Construction Activity
Requirements.
1520.02 Review of Permit Application
Subd. 1 General. The PWD shall review the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan to ensure compliance
with the erosion and sediment control practice specifications and erosion and sediment control practices.
Subd. 2 Permit Approval. If the PWD determines that the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan meets the
requirements of this ordinance, the PWD shall issue a permit, valid for a specified period of time that
authorizes the land disturbance activity contingent on the implementation and completion of the Erosion
and Sediment Control Plan.
Subd. 3 Permit Denial. If the PWD determines that the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan does not
meet the requirements of this article, the PWD shall not issue a permit for the land disturbance activity.
The Erosion and Sediment Control Plan must be resubmitted for approval before the land disturbance
activity begins. No land use and building permits shall be issued until the Permittee has an approved
Erosion and Sediment Control Plan.
1520.03 Escrow Requirement.
After approval of an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan, the PWD may require the Permittee to escrow a
sum of money sufficient to ensure the installation, completion, maintenance, inspection, and enforcement
of the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan and practices. Escrow amounts shall be set by Ordinance in the
City fee schedule. Upon project completion, the remaining escrow shall be returned to the Permittee.
1520.04 Modification of Plan.
An approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan may be modified upon submission of an application for
modification to the PWD and subsequent approval by the PWD. In reviewing such application, the PWD
may require additional reports and data.
Section 1530 - Implementation and Maintenance
1530.01 Implementation and Maintenance of Plan.
All storm water pollution controls noted on the approved Erosion and Sediment Control Plan shall be
installed before commencing the land disturbing activity and shall not be removed without PWD approval
or approval of a Certificate of Completion. Noncompliance with the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan
shall constitute grounds for an order from the PWD to halt all construction.
1530.02 Implementation.
The plan implementation shall incorporate the following:
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 7/8
Subd. 1 Existing vegetation shall be retained whenever feasible.
Subd. 2 Land shall be disturbed in increments of workable size such that adequate erosion and sediment
control can be provided and maintained as construction progresses. The area exposed shall be stabilized in
conformance with best management practices and with the maintenance requirements in the NPDES
General Construction Permit. Soil stabilization measures should be selected to be appropriate for the time
of year, site conditions, and estimated duration of use.
Subd. 3 The location of areas not to be disturbed shall be identified with flags, stakes, signs, silt fence,
etc. before construction begins.
Subd. 4 Down-gradient sediment controls shall be in place before up-gradient land disturbing activity
begins.
Subd. 5 All storm drains, inlets and outfalls shall be protected until all sources of potential discharge are
stabilized.
Subd. 6 Temporary stockpiles shall have effective sediment control and cannot be placed in surface
waters or storm water conveyance systems.
Subd. 7 Vehicle tracking from the site shall be minimized with the use of stone pads, concrete or steel
wash racks, or equivalent systems.
Subd. 8 Street sweeping shall be used if BMPs are not adequate to prevent sediment from being tracked
into the street.
1530.03 Responsibility.
The Permittee shall be responsible for proper operation and maintenance of all stormwater pollution
controls and soil stabilization measures in conformance with best management practices and with the
maintenance requirements in the NPDES General Construction Permit. The Permittee is responsible for the
operation and maintenance of temporary erosion at the site. The Permittee is responsible until another
Permittee has assumed control over all areas of the site that have not been finally stabilized or the site has
undergone final stabilization, and has received an approved Certificate of Completion. The Permittee is
responsible for maintenance, clean-up and all damages caused by flooding of the site or surrounding area
due to in-place erosion or sediment control.
Section 1540 - Enforcement
1540.01 Erosion and Sediment Control Permit Enforcement.
If the PWD determines that erosion and sedimentation control is not being implemented or maintained
according to the approved Plan, the Permittee will be notified and provided with a list of corrective work to
be performed. Notification may be given by personal delivery upon the Permittee, or an officer, partner,
manager or designated representative of the Permittee, or by e-mail or facsimile by sending such notice to
the e-mail address or facsimile number provided by the Permittee. Upon the receipt of a Non-Compliance
Notice from the PWD, the Permittee shall undertake a corrective action.
Subd. 1 Types of Corrective Actions.
A. Violations Contained on the Construction Site. Permittee shall complete clean-up and restoration
within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of the Non-Compliance Notice.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
7/21/2017 Chapter 15 - Erosion and Sediment Control
http://library.amlegal.com/alpscripts/get-content.aspx 8/8
B. Violation Impacting Adjoining Property. Permittee shall develop and complete a clean-up and
restoration plan within forty-eight (48) hours of receipt of a Non-Compliance Notice unless the affected
adjoining property owner refuses Permittee access to the adjoining property. In all cases, clean-up and
restoration shall be completed within seven (7) days of receipt of the Non-Compliance Notice, unless an
extension is granted by the PWD.
C. Violations Impacting Streets, Wetlands, or Water Bodies. Permittee shall develop and implement a
clean-up and restoration plan immediately upon receipt of a Non-Compliance Notice.
Subd. 2 Failure to Comply. If Permittee fails to implement the Plan or complete any required corrective
action in a timely manner, the City may pursue one or more of the remedies specified herein. All costs
incurred by the City shall be paid by Permittee. Escrow funds may be used by the City for this purpose
and, if such funds do not adequately cover the City's cost, the Permittee shall reimburse the City for any
deficiency before continuing work on the construction site. The City may:
A. Withhold the scheduling of inspections and/or the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy.
B. Issue a stop work order, ceasing all land disturbance activity on the site until such time as corrective
measures are completed to the satisfaction of the PWD.
C. Revoke any permit issued by the City to the Permittee for the Site.
D. Direct the correction of the deficiency by City forces or by a separate contract.
E. Obtain a Compliance Order from the appropriate court.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX C
Regulatory Responsibilities and
Developer Guidelines
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX C: REGULATORY RESPONSIBILITIES AND DEVELOPER
GUIDELINES
City of Arden Hills Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines
WSB Project No. 3455-200 P a g e 1
The City of Arden Hills developed a Local Stormwater Management Plan to analyze and minimize the
impact of existing and future development on the City’s natural resources. It is important to the City to
have consistent analysis and data collection. Therefore, all hydrologic, hydraulic, and water quality
analysis should be prepared in a common format. Data shall be submitted in a consistent format consistent
with Rice Creek Watershed District guidelines that will allow for a timely review by City staff.
KEY POINTS
When preparing your engineering calculations, please remember these key points:
A pre-design meeting with the City and the appropriate Water Management Organization is
encouraged before ANY data will be accepted. The purpose of the meeting is to specifically
address approvals and permits, pond requirements, trunk storm drain analysis, wetland impacts,
water quality treatment, erosion control and discharge to lakes and sensitive wetland resources.
Rate control is not required IF downstream systems (ponds and storm drains) can be shown to
adequately detain/retain the runoff.
Regional sedimentation ponds may be used for some developments.
ADMINISTRATIVE RESPONSIBILITIES
Several entities will have administrative responsibilities within the planning area. For a local water
management effort to be successful, each entity’s commitment and role must be clearly understood. Those
currently having some level of administration responsibility include the City, Rice Creek Watershed
District, Ramsey County, MnDNR, MPCA, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and BWSR.
City of Arden Hills
The City of Arden Hills is responsible for issuing building permits for all land alteration thereby
enforcing the policies and standards of this plan. The City is responsible for inspecting the construction
sites within its boundaries which may impact water quantity and quality. The City is also responsible for
the maintenance and repair of ditches within their own boundaries.
The City’s administrative responsibilities include, but are not limited to the following:
Comprehensive plan update(s);
Land use regulation;
Ordinance review and amendment;
Local plat review and amendments;
Building permits;
Sediment and erosion control (subdivision ordinance);
Groundwater - wells;
Participation and cooperation with the programs of the WMOs, DNR and Ramsey County;
Hydrologic model update with comprehensive plan changes;
Financing Alternatives;
Capital improvements; and
Conveyance system/pond maintenance.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines
WSB Project No. 3455-200 P a g e 2
Watershed Management Organizations (WMOs)
Responsibilities of Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) include:
Monitoring;
Local plan review and approval;
Projects of regional significance;
Verification of local plan implementation;
Wetland Management as LGU;
Stormwater Permitting; and
Inter-City concerns.
Metropolitan Council: Comprehensive Plan Amendment
Metropolitan Council has a regional review authority regarding surface water management including:
Local Plan Review; and
Regional controls related to nonpoint source pollution.
This plan and all subsequent amendments will become part of the City’s Comprehensive Plan (adopted by
reference), in accordance with Environmental Review 21040, 1995 revisions to Minnesota Statutes
103B.235, Subd. 3A and 473.859, Subd. 2 (Chapter 176, Laws of Minnesota 1995), as part of the
adoption process for this plan.
Metropolitan Council review of this plan is concurrent with the watershed review. Comments are
forwarded to the WMOs. According to Metropolitan Council staff, the plan does not have to be
resubmitted as a formal comprehensive plan amendment, subject to additional review, at a later date. The
adopted City plan will meet Metropolitan Council’s requirements and will be thereby recognized as a
comprehensive plan amendment.
Federal and State Agencies
Federal and state agencies will continue to have certain administrative responsibilities. These
responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
Wetland alteration:
o Department of National Resources for all issues relating to state protected waters and
wetland; and
o U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, U.S. EPA, and U.S. Fish and Wildlife for all issues
related to all wetland are not under the jurisdiction of the DNR.
Ground Water Issues;
Individual sewage treatment systems; and
Hazardous waste/spill response.
LOCAL ORDINANCES
The City has most of the necessary official controls to implement this plan today. The following text
includes a discussion of local controls as required by Rice Creek Watershed District and other agencies.
Shoreland Management
There is a DNR-approved shoreland ordinance in-place (Chapter 14 of the City’s code).
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills Appendix C: Regulatory Responsibilities and Developer Guidelines
WSB Project No. 3455-200 P a g e 3
Floodplain Management
The City of Arden Hills currently does participate in the National Flood Insurance Program. A minimum
requirement for elevations of new structures is currently included in an existing City ordinance (ordinance
number 331), Chapter 13 of the City’s code. In areas not regulated by floodplain management control, the
lowest floor elevation shall be determined by an elevation of available flood information or placing the
lowest floor at a level at least three feet above the highest known water level.
Groundwater (Wellhead) Protection
The groundwater protection ordinance would establish overlay districts for wellhead protection areas and
any areas of spring activity or groundwater/surface water interaction. It would also address permitted uses
in the various protection zones and could be further developed to address abandonment of wells.
Wellhead Protection
Wetland protection is provided by the Minnesota Wetland Conservation Act administrated by Rice Creek
Watershed District acting as Local Government Unit (LGU).
Erosion Control
Arden Hills has adopted an erosion and sediment control ordinance (City Code Chapter 15). The
regulation establishes standards and specifications for conservation practices and planning activities
which minimize soil erosion and sedimentation.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX D
Karth Lake Improvement District
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX E
MPCA Listed Pollutant Sources
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
20
0
9
Pa
v
e
m
e
n
t
Ma
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pr
o
g
r
a
m
C0
0
0
2
7
5
6
6
S
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
20
1
0
Pa
v
e
m
e
n
t
Ma
n
a
g
m
e
n
t
Pr
o
g
r
a
m
C0
0
0
2
9
4
0
8
S
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
20
1
1
Pa
v
e
m
e
n
t
Mg
m
t
Pr
o
g
r
a
m
C0
0
0
3
1
9
7
2
S
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
20
1
3
Pa
v
e
m
e
n
t
Ma
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pr
o
g
r
a
m
C0
0
0
3
5
7
7
2
S
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
3M
Fi
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
/
A
r
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Pl
a
n
t
A0
0
0
0
1
3
8
2
S
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
AB
R
A
Au
t
o
Bo
d
y
& Gl
a
s
s
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Bo
d
y
,
Pa
i
n
t
,
an
d
In
t
e
r
i
o
r
Re
p
a
i
r
an
d
Ma
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
12
3
0
0
6
6
1
;
MN
0
0
0
0
8
0
4
4
9
2
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste N
Ad
h
e
r
e
n
t
La
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
i
e
s
In
c
Te
s
t
i
n
g
La
b
o
r
a
t
o
r
i
e
s
MN
S
0
0
0
1
5
3
8
3
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ad
v
a
n
t
e
k
Eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
Di
v
i
s
i
o
n
MN
D
9
8
5
7
5
3
5
1
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
AH
A
T
S
Fi
e
l
d
Ma
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
Sh
o
p
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Se
c
u
r
i
t
y
C0
0
0
3
3
0
5
0
;
MN
S
0
0
0
1
7
7
0
3
0
;
SU
B
0
0
3
4
4
5
8
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Ah
a
t
s
Mn
a
r
n
g
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Se
c
u
r
i
t
y
MN
S
0
0
0
1
4
9
6
4
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
AH
A
T
S
Re
a
d
i
n
e
s
s
Ce
n
t
e
r
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Se
c
u
r
i
t
y
C0
0
0
2
9
4
7
8
;
MN
S
0
0
0
1
7
7
0
4
8
;
SU
B
0
0
3
2
1
3
3
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Al
l
i
a
n
t
Am
m
u
n
i
t
i
o
n
Sy
s
t
e
m
s
Co
LL
C
Sm
a
l
l
Ar
m
s
,
Or
d
n
a
n
c
e
,
an
d
Or
d
n
a
n
c
e
Ac
c
e
s
s
o
r
i
e
s
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
12
3
0
0
2
3
8
;
78
1
7
1
4
7
6
1
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Al
l
i
a
n
t
Te
c
h
s
y
s
t
e
m
s
In
c
Am
m
u
n
i
t
i
o
n
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Sm
a
l
l
Ar
m
s
)
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
7
2
1
3
8
2
0
9
0
8
;
MN
D
0
0
0
8
1
9
2
6
8
;
SA
0
0
0
8
4
2
4
;
SR
0
0
0
0
1
1
3
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
1
5
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
1
6
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
1
7
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
1
8
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
1
9
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
0
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
1
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
2
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
3
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
4
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
5
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
6
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
2
7
;
SR
0
0
0
0
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ap
s
MN
D
9
8
5
7
1
4
4
6
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
20
0
3
PM
P
C0
0
0
1
0
4
1
3
S
t
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Ar
m
y
Tr
a
i
n
i
n
g
Si
t
e
Re
a
d
i
n
e
s
s
Ce
n
t
e
r
N
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
Se
c
u
r
i
t
y
MN
S
0
0
0
3
0
1
8
4
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
ci
t
y
of
Ot
h
e
r
Ge
n
e
r
a
l
Go
v
e
r
n
m
e
n
t
Su
p
p
o
r
t
MN
D
0
4
0
9
6
8
1
4
1
;
VP
2
2
6
6
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
N
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Cl
u
b
In
c
MN
D
0
3
9
7
9
9
9
6
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Ey
e
Cl
i
n
i
c
HM
O
Me
d
i
c
a
l
Ce
n
t
e
r
s
MN
S
0
0
0
3
1
0
5
7
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Fa
m
i
l
y
Ph
y
s
i
c
i
a
n
s
MN
R
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Ga
t
e
w
a
y
Ce
n
t
e
r
C0
0
0
0
3
9
7
9
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Li
b
r
a
r
y
MN
D
9
8
5
7
5
9
0
2
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Sh
e
l
l
LS
0
0
0
0
1
0
2
;
TS
0
0
0
3
9
3
8
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks Y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Tr
u
c
k
St
a
t
i
o
n
CS
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
;
CS
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
;
LS
0
0
0
2
5
9
3
;
LS
0
0
0
2
8
0
3
;
LS
0
0
1
3
3
3
6
;
LS
0
0
1
4
6
8
8
;
SA
0
0
0
0
1
0
8
;
VP
3
3
3
0
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Vi
l
l
a
g
e
Of
MN
D
9
8
5
6
8
2
3
7
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ar
d
e
n
Me
d
i
c
a
l
Sy
s
t
e
m
s
In
c
Me
a
s
u
r
i
n
g
,
An
a
l
y
z
i
n
g
& Co
n
t
r
o
l
l
i
n
g
In
s
t
r
m
t
s
;
Ph
o
t
o
g
r
,
Me
d
i
c
a
l
& Op
t
i
c
a
l
Go
o
d
s
;
Wa
t
c
h
e
s
&
Cl
o
c
k
s
MN
D
1
0
2
2
8
1
9
1
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ar
d
e
n
Pl
a
z
a
BF
0
0
0
0
1
2
5
;
C0
0
0
3
3
2
1
9
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Stormwater Y
Ar
d
e
n
Pl
a
z
a
‐
Ph
a
s
e
I
C0
0
0
3
3
4
9
2
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Ar
d
e
n
Vi
l
l
a
g
e
C0
0
0
3
5
2
4
7
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Ar
m
y
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Gu
a
r
d
Bl
d
Om
s
LS
0
0
0
3
6
0
9
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
AT
C
Gr
o
u
p
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
En
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
l
Co
n
s
u
l
t
i
n
g
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
MN
S
0
0
0
3
0
2
0
1
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 1 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
AT
S
St
e
e
l
s
In
c
MN
D
9
8
5
7
4
4
2
4
2
;
VP
1
9
9
8
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
N
B & L Fa
b
r
i
c
a
t
i
n
g
MN
D
9
8
2
6
2
9
3
9
6
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Be
t
h
e
l
‐
Ne
l
s
o
n
St
a
i
r
En
t
r
y
Re
p
l
a
c
e
m
e
n
t
C0
0
0
3
6
0
0
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Be
t
h
e
l
Co
l
l
e
g
e
& Se
m
Re
s
i
d
e
n
c
e
Ha
l
l
C0
0
0
1
2
2
1
9
;
LS
0
0
1
4
5
1
2
;
LS
0
0
1
5
2
9
3
;
TS
0
0
0
3
4
8
7
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Stormwater;
Ta
n
k
s
Y
Be
t
h
e
l
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
Co
l
l
e
g
e
s
,
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
i
e
s
,
an
d
Pr
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
Sc
h
o
o
l
s
1
2
3
0
0
4
3
6
;
MN
D
9
8
5
6
8
5
3
1
2
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste Y
Be
t
h
e
l
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
‐
2 Pi
n
e
Tr
e
e
Dr
Co
l
l
e
g
e
s
,
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
i
e
s
,
an
d
Pr
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
Sc
h
o
o
l
s
MN
D
9
8
5
6
6
7
7
8
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Be
t
h
e
l
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
Co
m
m
o
n
s
‐
CS
W
C0
0
0
2
3
0
0
0
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Be
t
h
e
l
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
Ea
s
t
LS
0
0
1
9
3
8
1
;
PB
4
4
9
0
;
TS
0
0
0
3
6
8
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks N
Be
t
h
e
l
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
y
Ma
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
Sh
o
p
Co
l
l
e
g
e
s
,
Un
i
v
e
r
s
i
t
i
e
s
,
an
d
Pr
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
Sc
h
o
o
l
s
M
N
R
0
0
0
0
2
1
6
6
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Bl
u
e
Fo
x
Ba
r
an
d
Gr
i
l
l
LS
0
0
1
9
0
4
1
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Bo
s
t
o
n
Sc
i
e
n
t
i
f
i
c
Bu
i
l
d
i
n
g
3 ‐10
Sk
y
w
a
y
C0
0
0
4
4
0
5
6
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Bu
t
c
h
e
r
'
s
Al
l
o
t
m
e
n
t
VP
8
2
4
0
;
VP
8
2
4
1
;
VP
8
2
4
2
;
VP
8
2
4
3
I
n
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ca
r
d
i
a
c
Pa
c
e
m
a
k
e
r
s
In
c
/
B
o
s
t
o
n
Sc
i
e
n
t
i
f
i
c
Ot
h
e
r
El
e
c
t
r
o
n
i
c
Co
m
p
o
n
e
n
t
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
D
0
5
8
3
2
0
0
1
1
;
TR
‐ge
n
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Pollution Prevention Y
Ca
r
d
i
a
c
Pa
c
e
m
a
k
e
r
s
In
c
/
B
o
s
t
o
n
Sc
i
e
n
t
i
f
i
c
Na
v
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
,
Me
a
s
u
r
i
n
g
,
El
e
c
t
r
o
m
e
d
i
c
a
l
,
an
d
Co
n
t
r
o
l
In
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
s
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
12
3
0
0
6
2
2
;
MN
R
N
E
3
5
7
7
;
MN
R
N
E
3
9
4
6
;
MN
R
N
E
3
B
X
F
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Ca
t
h
o
l
i
c
Ai
d
As
s
o
c
i
a
t
i
o
n
MN
0
0
0
1
0
2
4
7
8
5
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ce
l
e
s
t
i
c
a
Pr
i
n
t
e
d
Ci
r
c
u
i
t
As
s
e
m
b
l
y
(E
l
e
c
t
r
o
n
i
c
As
s
e
m
b
l
y
)
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
R
0
0
0
0
5
4
4
4
5
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ce
r
i
d
i
a
n
Co
r
p
Co
m
p
u
t
i
n
g
MN
T
2
8
0
0
1
0
6
0
4
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ch
a
m
p
i
o
n
Ch
a
r
t
e
r
MN
R
0
0
0
1
1
5
0
8
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ci
t
y
Of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
LS
0
0
0
6
0
3
7
;
TS
0
0
0
3
9
4
6
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks N
Cl
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
Av
e
n
u
e
Br
i
d
g
e
VP
1
0
0
9
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Cl
u
t
c
h
& U ‐Jo
i
n
t
Pr
o
v
e
n
Fo
r
c
e
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
G
e
n
e
r
a
l
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Re
p
a
i
r
MN
S
0
0
0
1
0
5
0
7
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Co
n
t
i
n
e
n
t
a
l
Ca
n
Co
In
c
Me
t
a
l
Ca
n
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
D
0
5
2
7
3
2
7
3
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Co
u
n
t
r
y
In
s
u
r
a
n
c
e
& Fi
n
a
n
c
i
a
l
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
Le
s
s
o
r
s
of
No
n
r
e
s
i
d
e
n
t
i
a
l
Bu
i
l
d
i
n
g
s
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Mi
n
i
w
a
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
s
)
12
3
0
0
7
1
3
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
N
Cr
o
w
n
Au
t
o
In
c
Au
t
o
an
d
Ho
m
e
Su
p
p
l
y
St
o
r
e
s
MN
D
9
8
2
0
6
2
0
3
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
CR
S
Ap
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
Ho
u
s
e
h
o
l
d
Ap
p
l
i
a
n
c
e
St
o
r
e
s
MN
R
0
0
0
0
6
5
9
2
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ct
y
Rd
#1
0
Tr
a
i
l
Se
g
m
e
n
t
s
1 ‐5 Mo
u
n
d
s
Vi
e
w
C0
0
0
2
8
3
3
4
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Cu
b
Fo
o
d
s
16
4
1
Su
p
e
r
m
a
r
k
e
t
s
an
d
Ot
h
e
r
Gr
o
c
e
r
y
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Co
n
v
e
n
i
e
n
c
e
)
St
o
r
e
s
MN
S
0
0
0
1
5
4
1
2
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Cu
m
m
i
n
g
s
Pa
r
k
Dr
i
v
e
C0
0
0
1
0
3
9
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
De
l
t
a
En
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
a
l
Co
n
s
u
l
t
a
n
t
MN
D
9
8
5
7
6
9
5
5
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
De
l
u
x
e
Co
r
p
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Co
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
Pr
i
n
t
i
n
g
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Sc
r
e
e
n
an
d
Bo
o
k
s
)
M
N
D
9
8
5
7
6
8
9
8
5
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Dr
i
v
e
r
Li
c
e
n
s
e
Ex
a
m
i
n
i
n
g
St
a
t
i
o
n
TS
0
0
0
3
4
9
4
Ta
n
k
s
N
Dy
n
a
m
a
r
k
C0
0
0
0
1
8
6
2
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
E St
r
e
e
t
Fl
a
t
s
C0
0
0
3
5
6
1
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
El
l
i
s
Pr
o
p
e
r
t
i
e
s
,
LL
P
No
n
r
e
s
i
d
e
n
t
i
a
l
Pr
o
p
e
r
t
y
Ma
n
a
g
e
r
s
MN
S
0
0
0
3
0
7
3
6
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
El
m
e
r
L An
d
e
r
s
e
n
Me
m
o
r
i
a
l
Tr
a
i
l
Co
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
C0
0
0
2
8
8
4
0
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 2 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
Em
p
i
In
c
MN
D
9
8
5
7
6
3
7
8
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ex
p
e
d
i
t
e
Di
r
e
c
t
Ma
i
l
MN
D
9
8
5
7
4
6
6
0
1
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
F & M De
n
t
a
l
He
a
l
t
h
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
MN
D
9
8
5
6
7
0
2
2
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Fi
r
s
t
Gr
o
u
p
Am
e
r
i
c
a
LS
0
0
0
8
5
9
2
;
LS
0
0
1
0
1
4
2
;
TS
0
0
1
0
2
2
8
I
n
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks Y
Fi
r
s
t
St
u
d
e
n
t
In
c
11
7
3
0
Sc
h
o
o
l
an
d
Em
p
l
o
y
e
e
Bu
s
Tr
a
n
s
p
o
r
t
a
t
i
o
n
M
N
D
9
8
2
2
1
2
3
3
4
;
MN
R
0
5
3
5
5
5
;
MN
R
0
5
3
8
P
K
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Fi
v
e
St
a
r
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Ge
n
e
r
a
l
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Re
p
a
i
r
MN
S
0
0
0
1
6
5
9
5
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Fl
o
r
e
n
Re
s
i
d
e
n
c
e
LS
0
0
1
2
7
8
5
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Fo
r
m
e
r
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Ho
l
i
d
a
y
In
n
VP
2
7
0
8
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Fo
r
m
e
r
Ho
u
s
e
& Of
f
i
c
e
Bu
i
l
d
i
n
g
Pr
i
v
a
t
e
Ho
u
s
e
h
o
l
d
s
LS
0
0
1
8
4
4
4
;
MN
S
0
0
0
1
7
4
6
1
5
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Fo
r
t
Sn
e
l
l
i
n
g
AR
C
OM
S
UH
S
C0
0
0
2
9
4
9
1
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Fo
x
Ri
d
g
e
C0
0
0
3
2
2
2
9
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Fu
t
u
r
e
Sy
s
t
e
m
s
MN
D
9
8
5
7
1
2
5
8
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ga
g
e
To
o
l
Co
Fa
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d
Me
t
a
l
Pr
o
d
u
c
t
s
,
Ex
c
e
p
t
Ma
c
h
i
n
e
r
y
an
d
Tr
a
n
s
p
o
r
t
a
t
i
o
n
Eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
MN
D
0
9
4
0
4
4
8
5
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ga
t
e
w
a
y
Bu
s
i
n
e
s
s
Di
s
t
/
14
t
h
St
NE
C0
0
0
0
4
8
4
3
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
GE
Se
c
u
r
i
t
y
Ot
h
e
r
Co
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
Eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
D
9
8
1
7
9
1
4
3
7
;
MN
R
N
E
3
5
B
B
;
MN
R
N
E
3
8
L
3
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Go
o
d
p
r
i
n
t
e
r
Th
e
MN
D
0
0
1
6
2
7
3
6
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Gr
a
i
n
g
e
r
Mo
t
o
r
Ve
h
i
c
l
e
El
e
c
t
r
i
c
a
l
an
d
El
e
c
t
r
o
n
i
c
Eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
S
0
0
0
1
6
7
0
2
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Gr
e
y
Fo
x
Te
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
MN
R
0
0
0
0
2
3
8
6
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Gu
i
d
a
n
t
Bu
i
l
d
i
n
g
N Ad
d
i
t
i
o
n
C0
0
0
1
1
1
6
6
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Gu
i
d
a
n
t
Co
r
p
Pa
r
k
i
n
g
Ra
m
p
1
C0
0
0
1
1
8
0
1
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Gu
i
d
a
n
t
Co
r
p
o
r
a
t
i
o
n
LS
0
0
0
8
9
3
9
;
PB
4
8
2
0
;
TS
0
0
5
2
4
5
1
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks Y
Ha
r
r
i
s
o
n
Pr
o
p
e
r
t
y
LS
0
0
1
6
3
7
6
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
HB
Fu
l
l
e
r
Co
‐
Da
t
a
Ce
n
t
e
r
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Da
t
a
Pr
o
c
e
s
s
i
n
g
,
Ho
s
t
i
n
g
,
an
d
Re
l
a
t
e
d
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
12
3
0
0
6
9
7
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
Y
He
a
l
t
h
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Of
f
i
c
e
s
of
Ph
y
s
i
c
i
a
n
s
MN
D
9
8
5
7
0
0
7
9
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
He
a
l
t
h
P
a
r
t
n
e
r
s
Ar
d
e
n
Wo
o
d
s
Cl
i
n
i
c
HM
O
Me
d
i
c
a
l
Ce
n
t
e
r
s
MN
S
0
0
0
3
0
3
1
6
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ho
i
g
a
a
r
d
s
In
c
MN
D
9
8
5
6
8
1
8
7
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ho
l
i
d
a
y
St
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
e
#3
6
8
LS
0
0
1
2
5
4
5
;
LS
0
0
1
8
8
9
4
;
TS
0
1
2
4
0
7
3
I
n
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks N
Ho
o
d
Pa
c
k
a
g
i
n
g
Co
r
p
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Co
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
Pr
i
n
t
i
n
g
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Sc
r
e
e
n
an
d
Bo
o
k
s
)
;
Co
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
Sc
r
e
e
n
Pr
i
n
t
i
n
g
; Pl
a
s
t
i
c
s
Ba
g
an
d
Po
u
c
h
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
; Un
l
a
m
i
n
a
t
e
d
Pl
a
s
t
i
c
s
Fi
l
m
an
d
Sh
e
e
t
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Pa
c
k
a
g
i
n
g
)
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
12
3
0
0
7
1
8
;
A0
0
0
0
9
5
6
1
;
MN
R
0
0
0
1
0
2
5
0
9
;
MN
R
N
E
3
3
8
L
;
MN
R
N
E
3
8
M
6
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste; Stormwater Y
Ho
o
d
Pa
c
k
a
g
i
n
g
Co
r
p
o
r
a
t
i
o
n
PB
3
4
8
9
;
TS
0
1
2
4
8
9
8
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks Y
Hw
y
96
bt
w
n
Le
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
& TH
10
C0
0
0
1
0
4
4
3
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Hw
y
Co
r
n
e
r
Si
t
e
LS
0
0
1
4
2
4
5
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
In
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e
Up
g
r
a
d
e
s
& Im
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
s
C0
0
0
4
1
4
8
6
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
In
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
Pa
p
e
r
Co
Co
r
r
u
g
a
t
e
d
an
d
So
l
i
d
Fi
b
e
r
Bo
x
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
12
3
0
0
3
2
3
;
LS
0
0
0
5
7
9
2
;
LS
0
0
0
5
9
0
1
;
MN
D
0
5
3
4
1
7
9
8
6
;
MN
R
0
5
3
6
3
F
;
MN
R
0
5
3
B
8
F
;
SA
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
;
TS
0
0
0
3
4
9
0
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste; Investigation
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
;
Tanks Y
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 3 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
In
t
r
i
C
o
n
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
El
e
c
t
r
o
m
e
d
i
c
a
l
an
d
El
e
c
t
r
o
t
h
e
r
a
p
e
u
t
i
c
Ap
p
a
r
a
t
u
s
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
D
9
8
0
7
9
1
3
7
0
;
MN
R
N
E
3
4
S
2
;
MN
R
N
E
3
9
7
B
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
IN
X
In
t
e
r
n
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
In
k
Co
Pr
i
n
t
i
n
g
In
k
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
D
9
8
5
6
9
4
1
9
9
;
MN
R
N
E
3
5
B
X
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater N
IS
D
62
1
‐
Mo
u
n
d
s
Vi
e
w
Hi
g
h
Sc
h
o
o
l
El
e
m
e
n
t
a
r
y
an
d
Se
c
o
n
d
a
r
y
Sc
h
o
o
l
s
C0
0
0
1
2
0
8
5
;
LS
0
0
0
8
7
0
3
;
MN
D
9
8
2
6
0
3
1
7
7
;
TS
0
0
1
7
4
3
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
;
Tanks Y
Jo
h
a
n
n
a
Sh
o
r
e
s
Br
o
w
n
s
t
o
n
e
s
C0
0
0
3
9
5
5
6
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Jo
h
a
n
n
a
Sh
o
r
e
s
Pr
e
s
b
y
t
a
r
i
a
n
Ho
m
e
s
Nu
r
s
i
n
g
Ca
r
e
Fa
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
(S
k
i
l
l
e
d
Nu
r
s
i
n
g
Fa
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
)
L
S
0
0
1
3
2
8
7
;
MN
D
9
8
5
6
7
2
5
0
0
;
TS
0
0
0
3
6
5
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Ta
n
k
s
Y
Jo
h
n
Wo
i
t
a
s
Pa
i
n
t
i
n
g
MN
S
0
0
0
1
0
0
9
4
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Jo
h
n
s
o
n
Re
s
i
d
e
n
c
e
LS
0
0
0
8
0
2
1
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ke
n
n
e
d
y
Tr
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
TS
0
0
1
3
8
3
8
Ta
n
k
s
Y
Ke
n
n
e
d
y
Tr
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Tr
a
n
s
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
Re
p
a
i
r
MN
D
9
8
5
6
7
6
5
3
5
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
La
b
e
l
Te
c
h
n
o
l
o
g
i
e
s
MN
0
0
0
0
6
9
3
2
8
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
La
i
r
d
Pl
a
s
t
i
c
s
MN
D
0
0
6
2
1
1
0
4
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
La
k
e
Jo
h
a
n
n
a
SA
0
0
0
0
2
8
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
La
n
d
O'
La
k
e
s
‐
We
s
t
Pa
r
k
i
n
g
Ex
p
a
n
s
i
o
n
C0
0
0
3
3
6
8
1
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
La
n
d
O La
k
e
s
In
c
MN
D
9
8
1
5
3
0
5
8
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
La
n
d
O La
k
e
s
,
In
c
.
Co
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
He
a
d
q
u
a
r
t
e
r
s
MN
R
N
E
3
5
Q
6
;
MN
R
N
E
3
B
C
K
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
La
n
d
O'
L
a
k
e
s
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Cr
e
a
m
e
r
y
Bu
t
t
e
r
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
; Ch
e
e
s
e
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
; Dr
y
,
Co
n
d
e
n
s
e
d
,
an
d
Ev
a
p
o
r
a
t
e
d
Da
i
r
y
Pr
o
d
u
c
t
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
00
6
2
5
3
8
3
5
;
12
3
0
0
5
1
5
;
LS
0
0
0
0
1
9
9
;
LS
0
0
2
0
3
1
0
;
MN
D
0
0
6
2
5
3
8
3
5
;
TS
0
0
0
3
4
4
0
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste; Investigation
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
;
Tanks Y
Le
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
St
a
t
i
o
n
‐
Ph
a
s
e
2
C0
0
0
4
6
0
8
2
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Le
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
St
a
t
i
o
n
LL
C
Al
l
Ot
h
e
r
Pr
o
f
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
,
Sc
i
e
n
t
i
f
i
c
,
an
d
Te
c
h
n
i
c
a
l
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
C0
0
0
3
6
3
1
0
;
MN
S
0
0
0
1
9
4
9
6
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Lo
w
r
y
Av
e
n
u
e
Br
i
d
g
e
De
m
o
‐
Mi
n
n
e
a
p
o
l
i
s
C0
0
0
2
7
2
4
4
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Ma
n
e
u
v
e
r
Da
m
a
g
e
Re
p
a
i
r
& Gr
a
v
e
l
St
o
r
a
g
e
C0
0
0
2
8
8
5
3
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Mc
D
o
n
a
l
d
'
s
Re
s
t
a
u
r
a
n
t
C0
0
0
3
2
0
8
8
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Me
a
s
u
r
e
t
e
c
h
MN
0
0
0
0
0
1
7
2
7
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Me
d
t
r
o
n
i
c
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Ea
s
t
& We
s
t
El
e
c
t
r
o
m
e
d
i
c
a
l
an
d
El
e
c
t
r
o
t
h
e
r
a
p
e
u
t
i
c
Ap
p
a
r
a
t
u
s
A0
0
0
1
6
8
4
2
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Me
t
r
o
p
o
l
i
t
a
n
Mo
s
q
u
i
t
o
Co
n
t
r
o
l
Di
s
t
r
i
c
t
MN
D
9
8
5
7
0
1
3
6
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Mi
d
d
l
e
Ri
c
e
Cr
e
e
k
C0
0
0
4
2
2
7
2
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Mi
d
w
e
s
t
Br
a
s
s
& Al
u
m
i
n
u
m
Fo
u
n
d
r
y
Wa
s
t
e
SA
0
0
0
8
4
0
6
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Mi
l
t
o
n
De
m
o
l
i
t
i
o
n
Du
m
p
SA
0
0
0
8
3
3
4
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Mi
n
n
e
s
o
t
a
Po
w
e
r
Ce
n
t
e
r
‐
St
Pa
u
l
MN
R
0
0
0
0
3
1
2
9
4
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Mi
n
u
t
e
Cl
i
n
i
c
26
Ph
a
r
m
a
c
i
e
s
an
d
Dr
u
g
St
o
r
e
s
MN
S
0
0
0
2
1
9
0
9
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Mi
s
c
Si
t
e
Wo
r
k
,
Pa
v
i
n
g
,
Li
g
h
t
i
n
g
C0
0
0
3
8
7
0
9
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
MN
D
O
T
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Re
g
u
l
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Ad
m
i
n
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
of
Tr
a
n
s
p
o
r
t
a
t
i
o
n
Pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
MN
D
9
8
1
9
4
8
3
6
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
MN
D
O
T
TH
10
/
T
C
A
A
P
RO
W
VP
2
6
4
1
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
MN
D
O
T
Tr
a
i
n
i
n
g
Ce
n
t
e
r
Fa
c
i
l
i
t
y
Po
l
i
c
e
Pr
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
MN
0
0
0
0
1
3
4
3
1
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Mo
r
r
i
s
Co
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
VP
1
4
5
7
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Mr
c
Te
l
e
Co
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
In
c
MN
R
0
0
0
0
0
3
5
5
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
MR
P
Pr
o
p
e
r
t
i
e
s
Fa
c
i
l
i
t
y
91
3
7
Pe
t
r
o
l
e
u
m
Re
f
i
n
e
r
i
e
s
MN
G
7
9
0
1
2
3
Wa
t
e
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
N
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 4 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Su
r
f
a
c
e
Cl
e
a
n
i
n
g
In
c
Po
l
i
s
h
an
d
Ot
h
e
r
Sa
n
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
Go
o
d
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
M
N
D
9
8
5
7
1
2
5
0
4
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ne
s
t
l
e
Pu
r
i
n
a
Pe
t
c
a
r
e
Co
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Do
g
an
d
Ca
t
Fo
o
d
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
D
1
3
4
2
3
1
6
7
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ne
w
Br
i
g
h
t
o
n
Om
s
Co
m
p
l
e
x
(t
c
a
a
p
)
LS
0
0
0
5
7
5
3
;
TS
0
0
0
4
0
3
2
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks Y
Ng
u
y
e
n
Re
s
i
d
e
n
c
e
LS
0
0
1
7
4
5
6
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
No
r
t
h
He
i
g
h
t
s
Lu
t
h
e
r
a
n
Ch
u
r
c
h
C0
0
0
0
4
1
7
6
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
No
r
t
h
e
r
n
In
g
r
e
d
i
e
n
t
s
Pa
s
s
e
n
g
e
r
Ca
r
Re
n
t
a
l
LS
0
0
0
5
1
0
6
;
LS
0
0
1
9
3
4
2
;
MN
D
9
8
2
2
0
7
0
6
0
;
TS
0
0
0
3
5
7
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Ta
n
k
s
Y
No
r
t
h
w
e
s
t
Ca
m
e
r
a
Re
p
a
i
r
In
c
MN
D
9
8
5
7
1
2
4
3
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
No
t
t
Co
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
MN
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
5
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
NT
W
LL
C
d/
b
/
a
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Ti
r
e
& Ba
t
t
e
r
y
#4
5
3
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Me
c
h
a
n
i
c
a
l
an
d
El
e
c
t
r
i
c
a
l
Re
p
a
i
r
an
d
Ma
i
n
t
e
n
a
n
c
e
;
Ge
n
e
r
a
l
Au
t
o
m
o
t
i
v
e
Re
p
a
i
r
MN
D
9
8
5
6
7
5
9
5
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ol
d
Hi
g
h
w
a
y
8 an
d
CS
A
H
3 Re
c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
/ Ol
d
Hi
g
h
w
a
y
8 Ex
t
e
n
s
i
o
n
C0
0
0
4
6
8
7
0
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Ol
d
Hi
g
h
w
a
y
Ei
g
h
t
Si
t
e
VP
1
7
6
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Pa
i
n
t
i
n
g
Pe
r
f
e
c
t
i
o
n
Lt
d
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Pa
i
n
t
i
n
g
an
d
Wa
l
l
Co
v
e
r
i
n
g
Co
n
t
r
a
c
t
o
r
s
M
N
S
0
0
0
1
1
8
4
2
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Po
l
a
n
s
k
y
Tr
u
c
k
i
n
g
SA
0
0
0
8
4
0
4
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Pr
e
c
i
s
i
o
n
Pa
i
n
t
i
n
g
Fa
b
r
i
c
a
t
e
d
Me
t
a
l
Pr
o
d
u
c
t
s
,
Ex
c
e
p
t
Ma
c
h
i
n
e
r
y
an
d
Tr
a
n
s
p
o
r
t
a
t
i
o
n
Eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
MN
D
0
8
7
6
8
3
5
1
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Pr
e
c
i
s
i
o
n
Pa
i
n
t
i
n
g
In
c
12
3
0
0
3
3
9
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
Y
Pr
e
s
b
y
t
e
r
i
a
n
Ho
m
e
s
& Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
Re
d
e
v
20
1
1
C0
0
0
3
2
3
3
8
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Pr
o
e
x
15
1
7
Ph
o
t
o
f
i
n
i
s
h
i
n
g
MN
D
9
8
5
7
6
5
4
1
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
Sa
p
p
h
i
r
e
Sk
y
C0
0
0
4
3
7
4
1
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Qw
e
s
t
Co
m
m
u
n
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
MN
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
3
3
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ra
m
s
e
y
Co
u
n
t
y
Pr
o
p
e
r
t
y
Ma
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
LS
0
0
1
7
5
3
8
;
TS
0
1
2
3
9
8
6
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks Y
Ra
m
s
e
y
Co
u
n
t
y
Sh
e
r
i
f
f
'
s
Pa
t
r
o
l
St
a
t
i
o
n
Po
l
i
c
e
Pr
o
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
MN
S
0
0
0
1
7
1
8
7
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ra
m
s
e
y
Ct
y
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Ya
r
d
Wa
s
t
e
‐
SW
Fe
r
t
i
l
i
z
e
r
(M
i
x
i
n
g
On
l
y
)
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
; Ot
h
e
r
No
n
h
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Tr
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
an
d
Di
s
p
o
s
a
l
A0
0
0
1
5
6
4
8
;
PB
R
0
0
0
6
5
3
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
;
So
l
i
d
Waste Y
Ra
m
s
e
y
Ct
y
HH
W
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Si
t
e
A0
0
0
1
8
3
8
0
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Re
d
Fo
x
Bu
s
i
n
e
s
s
Ce
n
t
e
r
C0
0
0
4
0
2
4
9
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Re
d
Fo
x
Ro
a
d
Im
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
s
C0
0
0
3
5
9
2
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Re
s
o
l
u
t
i
o
n
Gr
a
p
h
i
c
s
In
c
Un
l
a
m
i
n
a
t
e
d
Pl
a
s
t
i
c
s
Fi
l
m
an
d
Sh
e
e
t
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Pa
c
k
a
g
i
n
g
)
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
12
3
0
0
7
3
0
;
MN
D
1
2
1
1
9
8
1
5
4
;
MN
R
N
E
3
3
M
4
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste; Stormwater Y
Ri
c
e
Cr
e
e
k
Re
g
i
o
n
a
l
Tr
a
i
l
VP
2
6
6
4
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ro
b
e
r
t
J Pu
g
l
e
a
s
a
Co
In
c
MN
D
9
8
2
2
0
7
0
1
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Ro
c
k
w
o
o
d
Ca
p
i
t
a
l
Ma
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Of
f
i
c
e
s
of
Ot
h
e
r
Ho
l
d
i
n
g
Co
m
p
a
n
i
e
s
; Co
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
,
Su
b
s
i
d
i
a
r
y
,
an
d
Re
g
i
o
n
a
l
Ma
n
a
g
i
n
g
Of
f
i
c
e
s
MN
D
9
8
5
7
1
9
1
8
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ro
u
n
d
La
k
e
Bu
s
i
n
e
s
s
Ce
n
t
e
r
VP
6
8
8
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ro
u
n
d
La
k
e
Ro
a
d
Im
p
r
o
v
e
m
e
n
t
s
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
C0
0
0
3
7
7
1
2
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Sa
i
n
t
Pa
u
l
Me
t
a
l
c
r
a
f
t
In
c
TS
0
0
5
5
6
6
1
Ta
n
k
s
Y
Sc
h
e
r
e
r
Br
o
t
h
e
r
s
Lu
m
b
e
r
Me
d
b
e
r
r
y
Ya
r
d
Ho
m
e
Ce
n
t
e
r
s
; Ot
h
e
r
Bu
i
l
d
i
n
g
Ma
t
e
r
i
a
l
De
a
l
e
r
s
A
0
0
0
0
9
0
0
1
;
MN
D
1
5
6
3
9
7
5
1
5
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 5 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
Se
f
a
r
Pr
i
n
t
i
n
g
So
l
u
t
i
o
n
s
In
c
MN
D
9
8
5
7
2
4
3
6
8
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Se
w
a
l
l
Br
o
s
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Su
p
p
l
y
MN
R
0
0
0
1
0
4
9
2
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Se
w
a
l
l
Br
o
s
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Su
p
p
l
y
Co
Ha
r
d
w
a
r
e
St
o
r
e
s
MN
S
0
0
0
2
2
0
1
1
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Sh
a
w
Lu
m
b
e
r
Co
TS
0
0
0
3
6
3
0
Ta
n
k
s
N
Sh
e
r
w
i
n
Wi
l
l
i
a
m
s
Co
Pa
i
n
t
i
n
g
an
d
Wa
l
l
Co
v
e
r
i
n
g
Co
n
t
r
a
c
t
o
r
s
M
N
D
9
8
2
6
2
7
1
5
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
Si
m
p
l
y
Se
l
f
St
o
r
a
g
e
C0
0
0
4
5
6
1
1
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Si
t
e
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
/
R
e
m
TC
A
A
P
Si
t
e
C0
0
0
3
5
2
8
7
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
SM
I
Ho
l
d
i
n
g
s
In
c
db
a
St
e
a
l
t
h
Ma
r
k
Pa
s
s
e
n
g
e
r
Ca
r
Le
a
s
i
n
g
MN
D
9
8
5
6
7
9
8
6
9
;
MN
R
N
E
3
3
9
3
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater N
Sm
i
t
h
s
Me
d
i
c
a
l
AS
D
In
c
‐
St
Pa
u
l
Su
r
g
i
c
a
l
an
d
Me
d
i
c
a
l
In
s
t
r
u
m
e
n
t
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
M
N
D
1
0
6
7
1
2
7
4
8
;
MN
R
N
E
3
5
7
V
;
MN
R
N
E
3
C
L
J
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
SP
62
8
1
‐47
TH
35
E
MN
P
A
S
S
MA
N
A
G
E
D
LA
N
E
C0
0
0
4
2
8
8
9
;
CS
‐ge
n
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
SP
62
8
4
‐15
9
TH
35
W
C0
0
0
3
3
7
7
0
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
SP
62
8
5
‐13
5
(T
H
69
4
)
C0
0
0
3
2
8
1
3
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
SP
62
8
5
‐14
2
‐
Ne
w
Br
i
g
h
t
o
n
C0
0
0
2
9
2
1
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
SP
62
8
5
‐15
0
C0
0
0
3
3
4
4
7
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Sp
e
c
i
a
l
t
y
La
b
Th
e
MN
R
0
0
0
0
3
3
8
6
0
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Sp
l
i
t
Ro
c
k
St
u
d
i
o
s
In
d
e
p
e
n
d
e
n
t
Ar
t
i
s
t
s
,
Wr
i
t
e
r
s
,
an
d
Pe
r
f
o
r
m
e
r
s
MN
R
0
0
0
1
0
2
6
2
4
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
St
Ju
d
e
Me
d
i
c
a
l
In
c
MN
D
0
8
0
2
3
2
1
6
8
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
St
Pa
u
l
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Pr
o
p
e
r
t
i
e
s
MN
D
0
5
0
7
3
6
7
0
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
St
Pa
u
l
Me
t
a
l
Cr
a
f
t
MN
R
0
0
0
0
0
4
6
7
1
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
St
Pa
u
l
Me
t
a
l
c
r
a
f
t
VP
9
2
1
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
St
a
t
e
Em
e
r
g
e
n
c
y
Op
e
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
Ce
n
t
e
r
VP
2
9
4
7
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
st
a
t
e
pr
o
j
e
c
t
# 62
8
5
‐14
8
C0
0
0
3
9
4
4
0
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
St
r
e
a
m
w
o
r
k
s
MN
R
N
E
3
C
7
B
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
TC
A
A
P
Bi
d
Pa
c
k
a
g
e
#1
Ri
c
e
Cr
e
e
k
Re
m
e
a
n
d
e
r
Co
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
C0
0
0
4
2
1
2
7
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
TC
A
A
P
Bu
i
l
d
i
n
g
57
6
VP
1
5
7
1
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
TC
A
A
P
Re
d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
Ot
h
e
r
Ge
n
e
r
a
l
Go
v
e
r
n
m
e
n
t
Su
p
p
o
r
t
MN
S
0
0
0
1
9
0
2
8
0
;
PB
4
3
0
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
TH
‐10
& CS
A
H
96
In
t
e
r
c
h
a
n
g
e
PB
4
2
1
0
;
VP
2
9
0
3
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Th
e
Go
o
d
p
r
i
n
t
e
r
MN
D
9
8
5
7
0
9
2
3
7
;
MN
R
N
E
3
6
G
6
;
MN
R
N
E
3
9
C
L
H
a
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Th
e
Ta
v
e
r
n
Gr
i
l
l
C0
0
0
4
3
0
0
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
To
n
y
Sc
h
m
i
d
t
Co
u
n
t
y
Pa
r
k
Si
t
e
Im
p
r
o
v
C0
0
0
0
5
8
0
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
To
w
n
h
o
m
e
s
of
La
k
e
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
C0
0
0
0
3
2
4
9
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Tr
a
i
l
w
o
o
d
Wa
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
LL
C
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
MN
R
N
E
3
6
3
V
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Tr
a
v
e
r
s
e
Er
o
s
i
o
n
Co
n
t
r
o
l
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
C0
0
0
4
2
6
2
1
;
CS
‐ge
n
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Tr
w
In
c
MN
D
0
9
2
7
8
4
1
5
6
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Tw
i
n
Ci
t
i
e
s
Ar
m
y
Am
m
u
n
i
t
i
o
n
Pl
a
n
t
Fa
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
Su
p
p
o
r
t
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
12
3
0
0
0
6
7
;
21
3
8
2
0
9
0
8
;
LS
0
0
1
3
8
8
6
;
MN
R
0
0
0
1
1
2
1
0
2
Ai
r
Qu
a
l
i
t
y
;
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Waste; Investigation
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Ty
s
o
n
Co
m
p
a
n
i
e
s
In
c
PB
4
6
5
5
;
TS
0
0
0
3
3
1
6
;
TS
0
0
0
3
4
7
1
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
Tanks N
US
Ar
m
y
Re
s
e
r
v
e
Ce
n
t
e
r
‐
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
Na
t
i
o
n
a
l
Se
c
u
r
i
t
y
MN
7
2
1
0
4
9
0
5
6
4
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
US
Ar
m
y
Re
s
e
r
v
e
Ct
r
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
‐
SW
A0
0
0
1
5
6
5
1
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
US
Ar
m
y
Re
s
e
r
v
e
TC
A
A
P
Ct
r
A0
0
0
1
5
7
6
5
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 6 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
AP
P
E
N
D
I
X
E ‐
MP
C
A
Li
s
t
e
d
Po
l
l
u
t
a
n
t
So
u
r
c
e
s
Si
t
e
Na
m
e
In
d
u
s
t
r
i
a
l
Cl
a
s
s
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
ID
Ty
p
e
Active
US
Ar
m
y
TC
A
A
P
Fa
c
i
l
i
t
i
e
s
Su
p
p
o
r
t
Se
r
v
i
c
e
s
CS
0
0
1
1
7
3
0
;
LS
0
0
0
3
1
8
8
;
LS
0
0
0
3
6
3
5
;
LS
0
0
0
4
8
5
2
;
LS
0
0
0
6
9
9
6
;
LS
0
0
1
7
7
9
7
;
MN
7
2
1
3
8
2
0
9
0
8
;
PB
3
6
6
8
;
PB
4
6
8
7
;
TS
0
0
0
4
0
4
0
;
VP
2
2
8
9
0
;
VP
2
2
8
9
1
;
VP
2
2
8
9
2
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
and
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
;
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
;
Tanks Y
Va
c
a
n
t
Lo
t
LS
0
0
1
1
3
6
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
Bl
u
f
f
C0
0
0
3
9
8
5
4
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
Pa
r
k
C0
0
0
3
3
6
8
7
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
Y
Va
n
d
a
l
Du
m
p
SA
0
0
0
8
4
0
2
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Ve
n
t
u
r
e
Co
m
m
e
r
c
i
a
l
Pr
i
n
t
i
n
g
(e
x
c
e
p
t
Sc
r
e
e
n
an
d
Bo
o
k
s
)
A0
0
0
1
2
2
4
1
;
MN
R
0
0
0
1
1
6
1
9
4
;
MN
R
N
E
3
5
T
B
;
MN
R
N
E
3
C
K
J
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
;
Stormwater Y
Vi
k
i
n
g
s
St
a
d
i
u
m
an
d
Mi
x
e
d
Us
e
De
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
PB
3
9
6
7
;
VP
2
7
3
6
0
In
v
e
s
t
i
g
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
Cl
e
a
n
u
p
Y
Wa
l
g
r
e
e
n
'
s
15
1
2
3
Ph
a
r
m
a
c
i
e
s
an
d
Dr
u
g
St
o
r
e
s
MN
S
0
0
0
1
7
5
1
1
7
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
Y
We
s
t
Ro
u
n
d
La
k
e
Rd
Im
p
r
o
v
Ph
a
s
e
I
C0
0
0
0
5
7
6
9
St
o
r
m
w
a
t
e
r
N
Xc
e
l
Pr
o
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
s
In
c
Pa
p
e
r
Ba
g
an
d
Co
a
t
e
d
an
d
Tr
e
a
t
e
d
Pa
p
e
r
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
MN
S
0
0
0
1
1
6
0
7
9
Ha
z
a
r
d
o
u
s
Wa
s
t
e
N
Ci
t
y
of
Ar
d
e
n
Hi
l
l
s
WS
B
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
No
.
34
5
5
‐20
0
Page 7 of 7
Draft
11/20/2017
APPENDIX F
Previous Pond Modeling and
Reference Materials
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX F
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
HYDRAULIC AND WATER QUALITY ANALYSES
Regional Stormwater Treatment Locations
There are thirteen proposed potential regional ponds in Arden Hills that were identified in a 1999
comprehensive drainage study by BRW Inc. (Dames and Moore Group Company). TCAAP property was
not considered or modeled as part of this Plan. Two ponds within TCAAP, P-1 and P-13, will be
completed as part of the reconstruction of TH 96, and will not be discussed in this Plan. The TCAAP
Reuse Plan will include a preliminary layout of the stormwater management for the TCAAP property,
meeting RCWD and other agencies requirements.
The proposed regional ponds are mostly located in natural low lands or inlets to lakes. It should be noted
that the City would need to further investigate the proposed regional pond locations with respect to
jurisdictional wetlands and regulatory restrictions that may affect the construction of these facilities. Even
though the BRW, Inc. study and this Plan evaluate the proposed construction of regional ponds, other
stormwater treatment best management practices (such as infiltration BMP's) will be addressed in the
feasibility study stage.
The Minnesota Urban Small Sites BMP Manual (Metropolitan Council, 2001) outlines a three-step
process to select a BMP or combination of BMP's for sites less than five acres. This process looks at
stormwater treatment suitability, physical feasibility factors, and community and environmental factors.
Summary Discharge Data
HydroCAD® modeling was completed for the eleven proposed regional ponds. At this stage the ponds
are only concepts, and therefore the modeling consisted of the drainage districts identified in the 1999
comprehensive drainage study by BRW, Inc. and the proposed concept pond. The concept pond was
assumed to be rectangular in shape, with a ten-foot shelf below the normal water level, side slopes of 3:l
everywhere else, and a depth of six feet.
The 5, 10, and 100-year, 24-hour, storms were run, using antecedent moisture conditions II. The results of
these models can be seen further in this Appendix.
The 100-year design storm was used to calculate a peak height of the pond and to determine if any
potential damage or flooding could occur at the neighboring structures. Only one pond as calculated
from this modeling, P-12, has the potential for flooding the low point on North Hamline Avenue and
will need more detailed analysis during the feasibility study/design stage to ensure no damage to the
surrounding structures will occur.
In addition to the HydroCAD modeling, stormwater quality and treatment modeling was undertaken
using the P8 Urban Catchment model.
Water Quality Analyses
P-8 models were created for the proposed regional ponds. The ponds were designed to meet NURP
(Nationwide Urban Runoff Program) standards, which are removal of 90% of total suspended solids
(TSS) and 65% of total phosphorus (TP). As with the hydrologic modeling, no upstream drainage areas
were used in the water quality modeling. The ponds were modeled using only the immediate drainage
areas. Therefore, it is recommended to model the entire drainage system during either a feasibility study
or final design to calculate the pollutant removal efficiencies of the entire system. The results from the P-
8 models can be found in this Appendix.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX F
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
Lakes and Ponds
The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) and Minnesota Department of Natural
Resources (MDNR) maintain lake information databases on many lakes in Minnesota. The
data is available on the web at http://www.pca.state.mn.us/water/lakequality.html and
www.dnr.state.mn.us/lakefind.html.
Summary water quality data is available for all the lakes in Arden Hills except Sunfish Lake (no data) on
the TCAAP property. This lake has the potential to be studied and monitored as part of the redevelopment
of TCAAP. Table 5-1 provides summary data on the each of the lakes in Arden Hills.
Trophic State Index (TSI) combines measures of summer Secchi Disk transparency and epilimnetic
(upper portion of lake characterized by warmer and lighter water) concentrations of chlorophyll-a and
total phosphorus to come up with the value. The index ranges from 0 to 100, with the higher values
indicating more eutrophic (over nourished) conditions in the lake. For the ecoregion Arden Hills is
located in, typically a TSI value of less than 59 fully supports swimming. Swimming is partially
supported between a TSI value of 60 and 65.
Josephine and Round lakes both fully support swimmable use classification, according to their TSI,
although they are sensitive to increases in phosphorus nutrient loading. However, there is no access to
Round Lake for swimming use. Lake Johanna only partially supports swimmable use classification due to
algae blooms and low transparency for a significant portion of the summer. Karth, Little Lake Johanna
and Valentine lakes do not support swimmable use classification due to severe and frequent algae blooms
and low transparency for most of the summer. Round, Karth, Little Lake Johanna and Valentine lakes
have either small surface areas or are quite shallow in average depth and therefore would not be
considered likely candidates for swimmable use. However, water quality data in support or non-support of
this use is important for wildlife management of these water bodies.
Lake Josephine Assessment Report
The MPCA along with MDNR, Ramsey County Public Works, RCWD and Josephine Lake Association
issued a Lake Assessment Report for Josephine Lake in 1998. Pertinent portions from that report are as
follows:
(page iii)
A good historical data base is available for assessing trends in water quality of Lake Josephine. These
data include 22 years of Secchi data and several years of water chemistry data. Based on an analysis of 22
years of CLMP, MPCA, DNR, Met. Council, Ramsey County, and two environmental consulting firm's
Secchi transparency data, Lake Josephine exhibited a significant improvement in transparency over time
(RK = 0.52; p=0.0008). Summer mean Secchi transparency measures ranged from 2.3 to 4.3 feet from
1975-1979. In contrast, from 1981-1989 summer-mean Secchi ranged from 3.0 to 10.2 feet and from
1990-1998 summer-mean Secchi ranged from 5.2 to 12.1 feet. Summer-mean total phosphorus and
chlorophyll-a concentrations exhibited a decline over this time period as well.
(page 3)
Lake Josephine's watershed is relatively small at about 734 acres, excluding the lake. The vast majority
(96%) of the watershed is in urban/residential lake use. This percentage, although not typical for lakes in
the North Central Hardwood Forest ecoregion, is rather typical for lakes in the Twin Cities metro area.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX F
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
Little Lake Josephine is about 12 acres in size, much of which is covered by cattails and emergent
vegetation; however, the open water portion has maximum depth of 25 feet. Originally, about 260 acres
drained through Little Lake Josephine prior to entering Lake Josephine. In 1980, a project conducted by
the RCWD, in consultation with E.A Hickok Engineering, resulted in an additional 220 acres of direct
drainage from Lake Josephine watershed.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Draft
11/20/2017
Draft
11/20/2017
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
EXAMPLE AGREEMENT
(REGARDING STORM WATER MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
WATER QUALITY TREATMENT POND)
I. THIS AGREEMENT made this ______ day of _____, 200__ by and among the City of
Arden Hills, Minnesota (hereinafter referred to as the “City”) and, ______________________, a
__________ corporation (hereinafter referred to as “_____________________________”) with
reference to the following facts and circumstances:
A. (*) is the fee owner of certain real
property situated in the City of __________________, legally described as follows:
(Legal) ,
(*) CAPS ( )
(hereinafter referred to as the “Subject Property”).
B. As a condition of its approval of the development for the Subject Property, the City of
Arden Hills has required that the parties hereto enter into an agreement, which makes
provision for the maintenance of the Storm Water Management Practice located within
the boundaries of the Subject Property as the same is described and depicted in those
certain construction plans drawn by ________________________, approved by the City
and constructed by ________________________. The Storm Water Management
Practice is located in the platted drainage and utility easement in
____________________________.
C. The parties hereto desire to set forth their agreement with respect to the maintenance of
the Storm Water Management Practice and the costs of such maintenance.
II. NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing facts and circumstances, and for
other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
A. For the purposes of this Agreement, maintenance of the Storm Water Management
Practice shall mean the annual inspection and certification by a qualified individual that
the pond is functioning in accordance with the approved plans and, if necessary, the
periodic dredging of the silt buildup in the Storm Water Management Practice as
necessary to maintain function, as established for the Storm Water Management Practice
in the construction plans and to maintain the proper operation of the treatment function of
the Storm Water Management Practice.
B. (*) shall be solely responsible
for the maintenance of the Storm Water Management Practice, and shall bear all costs of
such maintenance, until such time as ________________________ (hereinafter referred
to as the “Association”) is activated pursuant to Article _________________, Section
________________, of the Declaration of Covenants for _________________________,
whereupon the Association shall bear the sole responsibility for such maintenance and
shall bear all costs of such maintenance. If (*) , or after its
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
incorporation, the Association, does not undertake the necessary maintenance within
30 days of notification by the City, or within 30 days provide the City with a schedule for
undertaking the necessary maintenance, the City may undertake such maintenance, and
the costs reasonably incurred by the City for performing such maintenance shall be
reimbursed to the City within 30 days by the party responsible for such maintenance and,
if the responsible party does not timely reimburse the City, then the City may recover its
costs by levying a special assessment against all single family house lots in the Subject
Property, each lot to bear an equal share.
C. (*) , as present owner of the Subject Property,
for itself and respective successors and assigns, hereby waives any statutory right which
it may have to contest any such assessment by the City of its maintenance costs on the
basis of the benefit to portions of the Subject Property.
D. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, in the event the
city shall establish a policy for maintenance by the City of Storm Water Management
Practices located elsewhere in the City of Arden Hills, Minnesota under which policy the
costs of such maintenance are to be paid either out of general City revenues or by
collection of utility or service fees or charges, then any owner of any portion of the
Subject Property shall be entitled to petition the City for the inclusion of the Storm Water
Management Practice under such maintenance program, and the City shall consent to
such request and thereupon authorize the termination of this Agreement. The recording of
a certified copy of the Resolution of the City Council of the City which sets forth the
consent and authorization described in the foregoing sentence shall serve the terminate
this Agreement, without further action on the part of any party hereto.
E. The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall insure to the
benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
III. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this document to be executed
as of the day and year first above written.
THIS INSTRUMENT DRAFTED BY ______________
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Rice Creek Watershed District
District Wide Modeling
Final Report
HEI Project No. R11.5555-060.19 Page 23 of 54
RCWD Account No. 60-19-4500
Table 8
Planning Region Peak Discharges and Runoff Volumes.
Planning
Region
2 year, 24 hour
precipitation
event
10 year, 24 hour
precipitation
event
100 year, 24 hour
precipitation
event
100 year, 10 day
snowmelt runoff
event
Peak
Discharge
(cfs)
Volume*
(ac-ft)
Peak
Discharge
(cfs)
Volume*
(ac-ft)
Peak
Discharge
(cfs)
Volume*
(ac-ft)
Peak
Discharge
(cfs)
Volume*
(ac-ft)
Upper Rice
Creek 178.3 925 289.3 1,734 413.5 2,978 439.4 7,068
Hardwood
Creek 195.0 517 303.2 922 422.0 1,724 413.1 6,003
Clearwater
Creek 91.6 657 180.8 1,436 491.4 3,182 907.5 9,392
Middle Rice
Creek 111.2 1,165 272.6 2,967 575.6 6,315 1,207.2 18,136
Lower Rice
Creek 349.2 2,705 743.5 6,247 1285.7 11,881 1534.7 27,413
*Volume for 24 hour event is the volume over a 7 day period following start of a 24-hr
event, and 13 days following the start of the 10 day event
4.3.3 Intercommunity Flows
The final category identified in the WMP as Regional Assessment Locations are
intercommunity flows. The public drainage systems of the Rice Creek Watershed District
convey much of the stormwater discharge between the cities within the District, and are
relatively easy locations to quantify, assess, and manage stormwater discharge. Figure 10 shows
the locations of intercommunity flows along the public drainage systems and public waterways
of the District. A summary of modeled peak discharges for each of these locations is provided in
Table 9. These discharges are based upon current land uses and provide a benchmark for
evaluating potential intercommunity issues. In the future, the conveyance capacity of these
locations can be compared to current and projected flows, and subsequently be assessed for any
potential deficiencies. These values may also be used by the cities to assess the adequacy of
capacity within the conveyance system.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Rice Creek Watershed District
District Wide Modeling
Final Report
HEI Project No. R11.5555-060.19 Page 24 of 54
RCWD Account No. 60-19-4500
Table 9
Intercommunity Flows.
Discharging
City
Receiving
City Watercourse
Peak Flows (cfs)
2-Year,
24-Hour
Rainfall
10-Year,
24-hour
Rainfall
100-Year,
24-hour
Rainfall
100-Year,
10-Day
Snowmelt
Arden Hills Mounds View Rice Creek 225 460 761 1377
Arden Hills New Brighton Lake Johanna Outlet 40 72 96 109
Arden Hills Shoreview RCD 1 Main Trunk 3 9 12 29
Blaine Circle Pines ACD 53-62 Main Trunk 48 88 132 153
Blaine Lino Lakes
ACD 53-62 overflow to
ACD 10-22-32 (Sunset
Ave.) 3 5 13 24
Blaine Mounds View ARJD 1 Main Trunk 53 72 89 83
Blaine Shoreview Rice Creek 68 145 632 1326
Centerville Lino Lakes AWJD 3 Main Trunk 195 303 422 413
Circle Pines Blaine Rice Creek 113 284 632 1325
Columbus Lino Lakes Rice Creek 158 265 443 426
Columbus Lino Lakes ACD 10-22-32 Branch 4 1 3 7 7
Columbus Lino Lakes ACD 10-22-32 Main Trunk 2 6 14 15
Dellwood White Bear Twp. RWJD 1 Main Trunk 38 101 254 248
Forest Lake Columbus AWJD 4 Branch 4 5 13 20 30
Forest Lake Columbus AWJD 4 Branch 3 4 6 13 28
Forest Lake Columbus AWJD 4 Main Trunk 31 73 140 148
Forest Lake Columbus Rice Creek 11 21 36 37
Forest Lake Hugo AWJD 2 Main Trunk 83 235 713 1044
Grant Dellwood Private Open Channel 34 49 59 64
Grant Dellwood Private Open Channel 2 4 7 13
Hugo Forest Lake AWJD 2 Main Trunk 36 100 469 673
Hugo Grant Private Open Channel 26 47 54 33
Hugo Lino Lakes AWJD 2 Main Trunk 92 186 497 945
Hugo Lino Lakes AWJD 3 Main Trunk 145 245 341 346
Lino Lakes Centerville AWJD 3 Main Trunk 160 266 439 394
Lino Lakes Circle Pines RCD 8 Main Trunk 6 14 29 36
Lino Lakes Circle Pines Rice Creek 111 273 570 1206
Lino Lakes Hugo AWJD 3 Branch 4 25 40 66 34
Lino Lakes Hugo AWJD 3 Branch 1 8 14 25 24
Mounds View New Brighton Rice Creek 243 480 782 1376
Mounds View Shoreview ARJD1 Main Trunk 75 126 202 142
New Brighton Fridley Rice Creek 338 715 1093 1530
Roseville Arden Hills RCD 4 Main Trunk 290 423 594 298
Roseville New Brighton RCD 5 Main Trunk 36 35 36 31
Shoreview Arden Hills Rice Creek 195 397 667 1379
Shoreview Lino Lakes RCD 8 Main Trunk 3 8 19 28
St. Anthony New Brighton RCD 3 Main Trunk 164 225 173 151
White Bear Lake White Bear Twp. RCD 11 Main Trunk 17 29 44 37
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX G
Southwest Urban Lakes Study –
Arden Hills Lake Assessments
and MAPs
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Prepared by:
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc.
for the Rice Creek Watershed District
April 2009
Southwest Urban Lakes Study
water ecology community
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Document Component Specs
Text: Corporate Express • Signature white, 20 lb. text – 30% post-consumer fibers, Green Seal®Certified
Back Cover: Neenah Paper Esse Texture, Sapphire 100 lb. cover 30% post-consumer fibers, Green Seal ® Certified
Wire Binding: Manufactured using recycled high carbon steel
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Table of Contents
1. Executive Summary............................................................................................................1
2. Introduction.........................................................................................................................2
A. RCWD, RMPs, Urban lakes..................................................................................................2
B. Lake Eutrophication Standards.............................................................................................3
C. Impaired Waters Program ....................................................................................................4
3. Phosphorus Analysis .........................................................................................................5
A. Nutrient Loading to Lakes.....................................................................................................5
Purpose of analysis...............................................................................................................5
Watershed loading................................................................................................................5
Internal loading....................................................................................................................11
B. Lake Response Modeling...................................................................................................17
Purpose of modeling...........................................................................................................17
Modeling approach..............................................................................................................17
Results................................................................................................................................19
4. Lake Management Action Plans......................................................................................21
A. Purpose ..............................................................................................................................21
B. Public Meetings ..................................................................................................................21
C. MAPs..................................................................................................................................21
5. Long-Term Management Strategy...................................................................................22
A. Priorities..............................................................................................................................22
B. Recommended Actions for 2009 ........................................................................................23
6. References.........................................................................................................................31
Appendix - Management Action Plans
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study i
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1. Executive Summary
Over the past few years, the Rice Creek Watershed District has prioritized its efforts on Resource
Management Plans in the developing portions of the District. The District’s next focus is on
more urbanized areas. Recently, RCWD has received numerous inquiries for assistance in
cleaning up some fairly degraded urban lakes in the southwest portion of the watershed. These
requests came from lake homeowners and/or associations on lakes that have been subjected to
decades of concentrated urban runoff and are now showing the effects of that pollutant loading.
The goal of this project is to assess the water quality of 24 lakes in the southwest portion of
RCWD, particularly in relation to state standards, and to develop management action plans for
each lake. The intent of the management action plans is to give the District a prioritized list of
projects for further investigation. The prioritization exercise is NOT intended to make a final
determination on the merits of a particular project. For most projects further feasibility
assessments would be needed before the District proceeds with a particular project.
The phosphorus loads to each lake were estimated in order to develop lake response models and
to determine the magnitude of the load reductions that are needed for the lakes to achieve water
quality standards. The watershed loads were estimated using an urban runoff model (P8), and
the internal loads were modeled using sediment data, in-lake nutrient concentrations, and basic
lake morphometry to predict internal loads due to anoxic release. Lake response models were
developed for each lake in order to integrate the watershed loading with the internal loading into
a predictive model.
The Lake Management Action Plans (MAPs) presented here summarize lake characteristics and
existing lake data, provide a diagnostic assessment of the data, summarize public input, identify
water quality issues, and recommend remedial strategies on a lake-watershed basis. As such,
each MAP provides a concise summary of the known issues and recommended management
approaches for each lake. It is envisioned that the MAPs will be used to further define
management strategies, guide development of the District’s Third Generation Plan, and serve as
the basis for seeking project partners and grant funding for retrofit water quality improvements.
Over 200 potential retrofit BMPs are identified in the MAPs. In order to prioritize further
assessment and implementation feasibility, a simplified cost/benefit assessment was performed
to assign each BMP as a Tier 1, 2 or 3 BMP (Tier 1 having the best cost-benefit ratio). Based on
this prioritization, the recommended implementation strategy for 2009 includes:
Initiation of feasibility studies on three Tier 1 BMPs
Coordination with parks departments on six Tier 1 BMPs within community parks
Solicitation of private party interest in potential cost share on nineteen Tier 1 BMPs
Landowner notification of needed maintenance at three Tier 1 BMPs
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
2. Introduction
A. RCWD, RMPS,URBAN LAKES
Over the past few years, the Rice Creek Watershed District has prioritized its efforts on Resource
Management Plans (RMPs) in the developing portions of the District. The RMP projects to date
include topics such as wetland management, water quality to meet TMDL goals, and ditch
repairs. Since RMPs are either approved or in the process of being written for the developing
areas, RCWD’s next focus is on more urbanized areas.
Recently, RCWD has received numerous inquiries for assistance in cleaning up some fairly
degraded urban lakes in the southwest portion of the watershed. These requests come from lake
homeowners and/or associations on lakes that have been subjected to decades of concentrated
urban runoff and are now showing the effects of that pollutant loading. Some of the lakes in
question include Little Johanna, Pike, Long, and Spring.
The goal of this project is to assess the water quality of 24 lakes (Figure 1, Table 1) in the
southwest portion of RCWD, particularly in relation to state standards, and to develop
management action plans for each lake:
Table 1. Study Lakes
Lake Name DNR Lake ID
Hart 02-0081
Island 62-0075
Johanna 62-0078
Jones 62-0076
Josephine 62-0057
Karth 62-0072
Langton 62-0049
Little Johanna 62-0058
Little Josephine 62-0201
Locke 02-0077
Long 62-0067
Marsden 62-0059
Martha 62-0064
Moore 02-0075
Pike 62-0069
Poplar 62-0077
Round 62-0070
Rush 62-0068
Spring 02-0071
Sunfish 62-0065
Turtle 62-0061
Valentine 62-0071
Walsh 62-0214
Zimmerman 62-0053
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Location of Study Lakes
B. LAKE EUTROPHICATION STANDARDS
Water quality standards are established to protect the designated uses of the state’s waters.
Amendments to Minnesota’s Rule 7050, approved in May 2008, include eutrophication
standards for lakes (Table 2).Eutrophication is defined as “a process whereby water bodies
receive excess nutrients that stimulate excessive plant growth” (USGS). “Excessive plant
growth” often refers to algae blooms that can result in deceased water clarity (green, soupy
appearance) or surface scums. Excessive algae growth can lead to a loss of native aquatic plants,
decreased recreational use, unpleasant odors and appearance, and altered fish communities
favoring undesirable species (rough fish). Eutrophication standards were developed for lakes in
general, and for shallow lakes in particular. Standards are less stringent for shallow lakes, due to
naturally higher levels of phosphorus in shallow lakes and different ecological characteristics.
According to the MPCA definition of shallow lakes, a lake is considered shallow if its maximum
depth is less than 15 ft, or if the littoral zone (area where depth is less than 15 ft) covers at least
80% of the lake’s surface area.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Table 2. MN Eutrophication Standards, North Central Hardwood Forests Ecoregion
Parameter Eutrophication
Standard, General
Eutrophication Standard,
Shallow Lakes
Total Phosphorus (µg/l) TP < 40 TP < 60
Chlorophyll-a (algae)
(µg/l)chl < 14 chl < 20
Secchi depth (clarity) (m) SD > 1.4 SD > 1.0
C. IMPAIRED WATERS PROGRAM
Section 303(d) of the Federal Clean Water Act requires that states establish total maximum daily
loads of pollutants to water bodies that do not meet water quality standards. The loading limits
are to be calculated such that, if achieved, the water body would meet the applicable water
quality standard. To comply with the Clean Water Act, the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency
(MPCA) assesses the state’s waters, lists those water bodies that are impaired (i.e. do not meet
water quality standards), and conducts studies to determine the pollutant loading limits for the
impaired water bodies. These studies are known as TMDL studies, or total maximum daily load
studies. In Minnesota, the pollutant that is often the cause of eutrophication is phosphorus.
The MPCA sets target start and completion dates for individual TMDL studies. Studies are
usually funded by either the MPCA or by local units of government. Each TMDL study
describes the impairment, identifies the relevant pollutant(s), inventories the pollutant sources,
calculates the capacity of the water body (i.e. the amount of pollutant the lake can process in its
natural cycle), allocates the allowable loads to the different sources, and prescribes an
implementation strategy to restore the water body to meet water quality standards.
Within a year of completing the TMDL study, the MPCA requires the completion of an
implementation plan, which provides more specific management details than are provided in the
initial TMDL study.
Several waters that are listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters are located within the project
area (Table 3).
Table 3. Impaired Lakes
Lake Name DNR
Lake ID
Year
First
Listed
Impairment
Target
start/
completion
dates
Island Lake 62-0075 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014
Jones Lake 62-0076 2008 Aquatic macroinvertebrate bioassessments 2010 / 2014
Little Lake Johanna 62-0058 2004 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014
Long Lake 62-0067 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014
Moore Lake, East 02-0075 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2009 / 2013
Pike Lake 62-0069 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014
Lake Valentine 62-0071 2002 Nutrient/Eutrophication Biological Indicators 2010 / 2014
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
3. Phosphorus Analysis
A. NUTRIENT LOADING TO LAKES
Purpose of analysis
Phosphorus is the nutrient that, in excessive amounts, leads to eutrophication in lakes in
Minnesota, and it is the nutrient that is used by the MPCA to set numeric standards for lakes. As
such, phosphorus is the pollutant focused on in this report.
The phosphorus loads to each lake were estimated in order to develop lake response models and
to determine the magnitude of the load reductions that are needed for the lakes to achieve water
quality standards. The watershed loads and the internal loads were estimated independently.
Watershed loading
Approach
The general approach for determining the total phosphorus (TP) load entering each of the lakes
in the study area was to estimate the load generated from each lake’s direct watershed and to
account for all additional loads coming from upstream lakes, ponds, or watersheds. Watershed
TP loading was determined using a reconnaissance level P8 Urban Catchment Model. The
model predicts loads generated from urban watersheds based primarily on their size and level of
imperviousness. The P8 model allows the user to account for the degree to which impervious
surfaces are connected throughout the watershed and, ultimately, to the receiving water body.
The portion of the impervious surfaces directly connected to the receiving water body was set at
85% for each of the watersheds in the study area. The other 15% of the area is indirectly
connected to the receiving water body through pervious areas such as lawns or natural areas. No
attempt was made to characterize the water quality treatment being provided by small ponds or
other BMPs, such as street sweeping, throughout the watersheds.
The P8 model was run using the 1995 water year (October 1994 through September 1995). This
water year represents an average year for the Minneapolis-St. Paul area in terms of total
precipitation and distribution of storm events. The NURP50 particle file was used in the P8
model. It represents the 50th percentile particle size distribution based on all NURP data and is
recognized as the standard file for use in this type of analysis. General model parameters were
established for all of the watersheds within the study area (Table 4).
Table 4. P8 Model input parameters
P8 model parameter Setting
Curve Number 61
Pervious
Load Factor 1
Depression Storage 0.02 inches
Runoff Coefficient 0.9Impervious
Load Factor 1
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Subwatersheds for the lakes were delineated from existing resources, based on best available
data for the area. Data sources included:
Ramsey County 2-foot topographic data
USGS 10-foot topographic data (for Anoka and Hennepin County)
1998 RCWD Calibration Study subwatersheds
City Local Plan subwatershed and stormsewer maps
Institutional knowledge of the system
It was originally envisioned that these preliminary subwatersheds would be refined with the
District-wide SWMM modeling effort originally scheduled for the southwest lobe of the District
in 2008. Because this modeling effort was postponed, it is recommended that, when the District
pursues detailed modeling of the southwest area of the District, the watersheds should be refined
utilizing LIDAR and field survey data.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Subwatershed Boundaries and Drainage Direction
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Impervious surface estimates for each watershed were extracted from QuickBird satellite
imagery using digital image processing techniques. A supervised maximum likelihood
classification using a sample priori probability was performed using 79 training samples
representing urban, urban shadow, vegetation, vegetation shadow, and open water land cover
types. Some urban and water features were burned into the classification manually to obtain a
higher accuracy classification. Burned-in water features included modeled lake outlines as well
as polygon areas representing open water MLCCS codes. Some areas classified as urban were
also manually burned into the classification using polygons created by heads up digitizing. After
manual edits were finished, the final classification consisted of urban (100% impervious),
vegetation (0% impervious), and water (100% impervious) land cover types. Percent impervious
weighted averages per subwatershed were then extracted using a zonal statistics routine.
The acreage and percent impervious for each lake’s direct watershed are listed in Table 5 (see
also Figure 2 for subwatershed boundaries). In some cases, additional areas drain to the lakes in
the study area and these areas were modeled separately from the direct watershed area. These
additional areas were separated from the direct lake watershed because they are either large,
distinct areas or contain a significant water body that provides water quality treatment. The
acreage and impervious percentage for these areas are also listed in Table 5.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Table 5. Watershed specific P8 Model input parameters
Direct Lake Watersheds
Watershed Name Area
(acres)
Percent
Impervious
Hart 15.9 55%
Island North 47.95 30%
Island South 91.58 32%
Johanna 207.21 22%
Jones 1699.73 50%
Josephine 279.76 27%
Karth 117.74 35%
Langton North 98.54 27%
Langton South 109.45 69%
Little Johanna 535.85 45%
Little Josephine 449.77 31%
Locke 2679.06 40%
Long North 400.62 27%
Long South 618.32 45%
Marsden 790.38 18%
Martha 76.76 43%
Moore East 701.19 36%
Moore West 47.27 40%
Pike 1228.12 38%
Poplar 108.49 43%
Round 465.07 36%
Rush 276.63 47%
Spring 302.88 35%
Sunfish 111.74 39%
Turtle 287.58 18%
Valentine 1655.41 38%
Walsh 372.2 18%
Zimmerman 531.23 46%
Additional drainage areas - no treatment
Watershed Name Area
(acres)
Percent
Impervious
Johanna East 325.45 35%
Johanna West 114.52 28%
Marsden East 116.41 26%
Marsden North 86.38 30%
Farrels 433.4 45%
Farrels East 104.59 24%
Farrels South 348.08 22%
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Additional drainage areas - with treatment
Watershed Name Area
(acres)
Percent
Impervious
7th Street 1156.66 41%
96 & Lexington 71.86 47%
Cleveland & C2 53.7 63%
Iona 280.93 71%
Oasis 663.97 59%
Richmond 96.03 36%
The P8 Model was used to calculate the volume of stormwater and the total phosphorus loading
from each lake’s direct watershed as well as the additional areas that drain to the lakes. The
model was also used to calculate the reduction in total phosphorus loading provided by the ponds
located in the drainage areas with treatment shown in Table 5. Ponds in these drainage areas
were modeled using configuration assumptions derived from their surface area shown in Table 6.
Table 6. Pond Configuration Assumptions
Permanent Pool Flood Pool Bottom
Surface
Area
(known)
Volume
Surface
Area x 2 feet
deep
Area
110% of the
permanent
pool area
Volume
Flood Pool
area ½ foot
deep
Area
~ 1/2
Permanent
Pool
Pond
Acres Acre-feet Acres Acre-feet Acres
Oasis 6.94 13.88 7.63 3.82 3
Richmond Pond 11.59 23.18 12.75 6.37 6
Iona Pond 4.15 8.3 4.57 2.28 2
7th Street Pond 5.37 10.74 5.91 2.95 2.5
Cleveland C2 Pond 3.18 6.36 3.5 1.75 1.6
96Lex Pond 10.68 21.36 11.75 5.87 5.5
The volume of stormwater and the loading of total phosphorus to each lake were calculated as
indicated in Table 7. In many cases, the direct drainage area was the only source of stormwater
and TP loading. Other lakes have more complex drainage systems (see Figure 2 for
subwatershed boundaries and drainage directions) and receive loading from upstream lakes,
ponds, or drainage areas. The outflow volume and TP concentrations from upstream lakes were
calculated using the Bathtub in-lake model as described in Section B: Lake Response Modeling,
Modeling Approach (#2). Volume and TP loads from upstream ponds were calculated using the
P8 model as described above. .
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Table 7. Source of TP Load Estimates to Lakes
Lake TP Load Calculation Approach
Hart Direct drainage area only
Island North Direct drainage area only
Island South Direct drainage area only
Johanna Direct drainage area, Johanna West drainage area, Johanna East outflow, Little
Johanna Lake outflow
Jones Direct drainage area, Poplar Lake outflow, Cleveland C2 Pond outflow, Walsh Lake
outflow
Josephine Direct drainage area, Little Josephine Lake outflow
Karth Direct drainage area only
Langton North Direct drainage area only
Langton South Direct drainage area only
Little Johanna Direct drainage area, Oasis Lake outflow, Zimmerman Lake outflow
Little Josephine Direct drainage area only
Locke Direct drainage area, Rice Creek inflow (drainage area x 6 in. runoff x monitored
Rice Creek TP conc of 117 µg/L)
Long North Direct drainage area, Long Lake South outflow, Rice Creek inflow (drainage area x
6 in. runoff x monitored Rice Creek TP conc of 153 µg/L)
Long South Direct drainage area, Pike Lake outflow, Farrels drainage area
Marsden Direct drainage area, Marsden East drainage area, Marsden North drainage area,
96Lex Pond outflow, Turtle Lake outflow, Sunfish Lake outflow
Martha Direct drainage area only
Moore East Direct drainage area only
Moore West Direct drainage area only
Pike Direct drainage area, 7th Street Pond outflow
Poplar Direct drainage area only
Round Direct drainage area only
Rush Direct drainage area only
Spring Direct drainage area only
Sunfish Direct drainage area only
Turtle Direct drainage area only
Valentine Direct drainage area, Karth Lake outflow, Round Lake outflow, North Island Lake
outflow
Walsh Direct drainage area only
Zimmerman Direct drainage area only
Results
Results from the P8 watershed modeling are presented as part of the lake modeling discussion,
Section 2B. Lake Response Modeling.
Internal loading
Internal loading in lakes refers to the phosphorus load that originates in the bottom sediments
and is released back into the water column. The phosphorus in the sediments was originally
deposited in the lake sediments through the settling of particulates (attached to sediment that
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
entered the lake from watershed runoff, or as phosphorus incorporated into biomass) out of the
water column. Internal loading can occur through various mechanisms:
Anoxic (lack of oxygen) conditions in the overlying waters. Water at the sediment-water
interface may remain anoxic for a portion of the growing season, and low oxygen
concentrations result in phosphorus release from the sediments. If a lake’s hypolimnion
(bottom area) remains anoxic for a portion of the growing season, the phosphorus
released due to anoxia will be mixed throughout the water column when the lake loses its
stratification at the time of fall mixing. Alternatively, in shallow lakes, the periods of
anoxia can last for short periods of time; wind mixing can then destabilize the temporary
stratification, thus releasing the phosphorus into the water column.
Physical disturbance by bottom-feeding fish such as carp and bullhead. This is
exacerbated in shallow lakes since bottom-feeding fish inhabit a greater portion of the
lake bottom than in deeper lakes.
Physical disturbance due to wind mixing. This is more common in shallow lakes than in
deeper lakes. In shallower depths, wind energy can vertically mix the lake at numerous
instances throughout the growing season.
Phosphorus release from decaying curly-leaf pondweed (Potamogeton crispus). This is
more common in shallow lakes since shallow lakes are more likely to have nuisance
levels of curly-leaf pondweed.
Internal loading due to the anoxic release in the epilimnion of each lake was estimated in this
study. Internal loading due to physical disturbance and decaying curly-leaf pondweed is difficult
to estimate reliably and was therefore not included in the lake phosphorus analyses. In lakes
where internal loading due to these sources is believed to be substantial, the internal load
estimates presented here are likely an underestimate of the actual internal load.
Approach
Internal loads due to anoxic release in the hypolimnion were calculated based on an approach
developed by Nürnberg (1988, 1995) in which an anoxic factor is calculated based on in-lake TP
concentrations, lake surface area, and lake mean depth, and a sediment phosphorus release rate is
calculated based on sediment phosphorus concentrations.
The internal load of a lake can be estimated by the following equation:
Internal P loading rate = AF x RR
Where AF = anoxic factor, and RR = release rate (Nürnberg 1987). These two parameters were
calculated as follows.
Anoxic Factor
The anoxic factor describes the length of time (in days) that a sediment area equal to the lake’s
surface area is anoxic (Nürnberg 1995). The correction for lake surface area makes the anoxic
factor comparable among lakes of different sizes. The anoxic factor can be calculated by
knowing the spatial extent and duration of anoxia. Nürnberg (1996) estimated the anoxic factor
with the following equation, developed from a data set of lakes in central Ontario and eastern
North America:
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
AFsummer = -36.2 + 50.1 log(TP) + 0.762z / A0.5,
where Afsummer = summer anoxic factor (days/yr), TP = average summer in-lake TP concentration
(µg/L), z = lake mean depth (m), and A = lake surface area (km2).
Release Rate
The release rate of phosphorus from lake sediments can be predicted by the phosphorus
concentrations within the sediments (Nürnberg 1988) with the following equation:
RR = -0.58 + 13.72(BD-P),
where RR = release rate (mg/m2-day), and BD-P = bicarbonate dithionite extractable phosphorus
(mg/g dry weight). BD-P analyzes iron-bound phosphorus, and has a better predictive ability
than the total phosphorus in the sediment.
Sediment collection
Lake sediment samples were collected at each lake using a WaterMark Universal Core Head
sediment corer.
At the lakes that had a well-defined deep hole, two to three locations in the vicinity of the deep
hole were sampled. At each location, two to three replicates were taken. All of the samples
taken from these lakes were composited before preserving on ice. The deep hole samples were
composited since lake sediments tend to be concentrated over time in the deepest part of the lake.
At some of the more shallow lakes that did not have a well-defined deep hole, multiple samples
were taken in different locations in the lake and were not composited, but rather were analyzed
individually. This was done to examine spatial variability in the sediment phosphorus
concentrations, since there is not one single location within the lake where the sediments tend to
concentrate. At the remaining shallow lakes, sediment was sampled in only one location. When
there was more than one sample analyzed per lake, the results were averaged for purposes of
estimating the internal loading in the lake.
Sediment samples were analyzed for total phosphorus, aluminum-adsorbed phosphorus, calcium-
adsorbed phosphorus, iron-adsorbed phosphorus, labile phosphorus, percent organic matter, and
percent solids. The iron-adsorbed phosphorus fraction (also known as BD-P, or bicarbonate
dithionite extractable phosphorus) was used to predict the phosphorus release rate of the
sediments.
Results
The iron-adsorbed phosphorus ranged from 17 to 1400 mg P/kg sediment (dry weight), and was
positively correlated with total phosphorus (R2 = 0.91, Figure 3). The highest internal loading
rates (anoxic factor x release rate) were in Little Lake Johanna, Little Lake Josephine, Long Lake
North, and Pike Lake (Table 9). The lowest rates were in Langton Lake, Martha Lake, Moore
Lake West, Spring Lake, and Turtle Lake.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Table 8. Sediment Laboratory Results
Lake Name
TP
(mg/kg
dry)
P,
Aluminum
Adsorbed
(mg/kg
dry)
P,
Calcium
Adsorbed
(mg/kg
dry)
P, Iron
Adsorbed
(mg/kg
dry)
P,
Labile
(mg/kg
dry)
Percent
Organic
(%)
%
Solids
Hart 770 180 280 120 <19 7.7 20
Island N 670 300 89 120 <17 13.3 20
Island S 680 370 61 120 <30 18.5 13
Johanna 950 30 180 250 <30 16.5 12
Jones 1200 390 130 420 <36 27.3 11
Josephine 1600 370 160 560 <59 32.6 6.3
Karth 750 240 150 130 <20 9.7 19
Langton N 560 360 42 86 <15 14 24
Langton S 88 33 23 17 <5.9 1 64
Little Johanna 2700 780 230 1200 <24 18 16
Little Josephine 2100 550 220 1400 <41 23.2 9.7
Locke 770 120 330 300 <13 8.7 30
Long N 2300 450 90 1300 74 32.6 7.8
Long S 2500 700 240 1300 <30 16 13
Marsden 690 180 38 310 <61 56.6 6.4
Martha 610 160 23 72 <53 63.9 7.4
Moore E 870 290 280 220 <16 10.8 24
Moore W 610 190 53 66 <37 46.5 11
Moore W 540 220 42 48 <37 53.2 10
Moore W 680 270 56 69 <35 49.7 11
Pike 2400 540 280 1200 <22 14.3 17
Poplar 790 150 290 140 <23 8.7 17
Poplar 870 170 270 150 <21 7.4 18
Poplar 640 150 210 100 <20 10.1 20
Round 850 230 81 170 <47 33.7 8.2
Rush 1500 560 75 460 <69 40.7 5.3
Spring 470 260 23 55 <110 34.2 16
Sunfish 630 260 110 130 <18 9.5 21
Turtle 1100 200 59 85 <90 28.5 4.1
Valentine 1100 140 320 360 <62 33.6 6.3
Walsh 1000 370 130 290 <29 15.0 13
Walsh 840 99 22 300 <13 9.1 28
Zimmerman 920 310 280 190 <19 11.0 20
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
TP (mg P/kg dry weight)
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
P,
I
r
o
n
-
A
d
s
o
r
b
e
d
(
m
g
P
/
k
g
d
r
y
w
e
i
g
h
t
)
Each point represents one lake
Figure 3. TP and Iron-Adsorbed Phosphorus Relationship.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 15
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Table 9. Internal Load Calculations
Release Rate
Calculations Anoxic Factor Calculations
Lake Name Iron-
Adsorbed
Phosphorus
(mg/kg)
P Release
Rate, RR
(mg/m2-
day)
Lake
Area
(ac)
Mean
depth
(m)
TP
mean,
GS
(µg/L)
AF
(days/
summer)
AF x
RR
(mg/m2-
yr)
Internal
load
(lbs/yr)
Hart 120 1.07 8.1 0.61 168 77.9 83 6.
Island N 120 1.07 18.6 0.86 100 66.4 71 12
Island S 120 1.07 43.6 1.43 84 62.9 67 26
Johanna 250 2.85 213.5 4.92 33 44.0 125 239
Jones1 420 5.18 37.5 0.24 207 80.3 416 139
Josephine 560 7.10 116.4 3.22 36 45.3 322 334
Karth 130 1.20 20.5 1.50 54 54.6 66 12
Langton N 86 0.60 13.3 1.20 66 58.9 35 4
Langton S 17 -0.35 10.3 1.20 55 55.5 -19 -22
Little
Johanna 1,200 15.88 17.3 3.04 80 68.0 1,080 166
Little
Josephine1 1,400 18.63 44.2 0.68 84 61.4 1,144 452
Locke1 300 3.54 22.4 1.20 117 70.5 249 50
Long N 1,300 17.26 73.1 1.65 145 74.4 1,284 838
Long S 1,300 17.26 118.9 3.44 54 54.4 938 995
Marsden1 310 3.67 271.5 0.50 61 53.6 197 477
Martha1 72 0.41 34.0 0.50 59 53.5 22 7
Moore E 220 2.44 29.5 1.66 44 49.9 122 32
Moore W 61 0.26 70.3 0.61 58 53.2 14 9
Pike 1,200 15.88 37.2 1.87 88 65.0 1,032 342
Poplar1 130 1.20 12.6 0.50 101 65.9 79 9
Round1 170 1.75 130.5 0.79 55 51.8 91 106
Rush1 460 5.73 54.7 0.50 85 61.3 351 172
Spring 55 0.17 46.4 1.50 29 39.4 7 3
Sunfish1 130 1.20 14.3 0.50 95 64.5 78 10
Turtle 85 0.59 447.7 3.21 21 31.9 19 75
Valentine 360 4.36 63.9 1.05 70 57.8 252 144
Walsh1 295 3.47 8.5 1.00 102 68.5 238 18
Zimmerman1 190 2.03 13.2 1.00 143 75.1 152 18
1In-lake phosphorus data not available and TP based on lake modeling; therefore internal loads should be considered
preliminary.
2Low iron-adsorbed P lead to negative internal loading rate, assumed to be zero
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 16
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
B. LAKE RESPONSE MODELING
Purpose of modeling
Lake response models were developed for each lake in order to integrate the watershed loading
with the internal loading into a predictive model. For those lakes that do not have in-lake
monitoring data, the model was used to estimate the in-lake phosphorus concentrations. The
model can also be used to predict the effect of phosphorus loading changes on the lakes’ water
quality.
Modeling approach
In-lake water quality models were developed using Bathtub (Version 6.1), an empirical model of
reservoir eutrophication developed by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. The following steps
were taken to calibrate the models. Table 10 indicates the lakes that followed the different types
of calibration approaches described under step 4 below.
1) Summarize available monitoring data: The 1998-2007 averages of total phosphorus (TP),
chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth were used for model calibration.
2) Input watershed load: For those lakes that do not have another modeled lake in their
watershed, the watershed load was determined from the P8 watershed model. For those
lakes with another modeled lake in the watershed, the load from the direct drainage area
was determined from the P8 watershed model. The load from the upstream lake and its
watershed was determined by multiplying the volume of runoff draining to the lake (from
the P8 model) by the observed in-lake phosphorus concentration. If there were no in-lake
monitoring data, the volume was multiplied by the in-lake phosphorus concentration
predicted by the Bathtub model of the upstream lake.
3) Select phosphorus sedimentation model: The phosphorus model that best predicted the
in-lake TP concentration was selected. The models most frequently used were the
following: Second Order, Available P; Second Order, Fixed; and Canfield & Bachmann,
General.
4) Calibrate phosphorus model:
o If the T-statistic (absolute value) was < 2.0, no changes were made to the
phosphorus calibration coefficient (Approach A in Table 10). In some cases the
predicted TP was quite different from the observed TP; this is acceptable for
model calibration due the amount of variability in the monitoring data and the
level of error in the models. However, if the observed TP was above the lake TP
standard and therefore it was necessary to calculate the phosphorus load
reductions needed to meet the standard, a closer match of observed and predicted
values was needed:
If the predicted TP concentration was greater than the observed
concentration, the inflow TP concentration (estimated in P8) was lowered
(Approach B in Table 10).
If the observed TP concentration was greater than the predicted
concentration, an additional internal load was added to the model
(Approach C in Table 10).
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 17
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
o If the T-statistic (absolute value) was > 2.0, the phosphorus calibration coefficient
was adjusted so that T < 2.0 (Approach D in Table 10). In one case it was still
necessary to lower the inflow TP concentration in order to obtain a closer match
of observed and predicted values to estimate the load reductions needed to attain
the standard (Approach E in Table 10).
o If there were no in-lake monitoring data for model calibration, the phosphorus
model most common in the lake set (Second Order, Fixed) was used and further
adjustments were not made (Approach F in Table 10).
Table 10. Model Calibration Approaches
Approach* Lakes
A Island S, Johanna, Josephine, Karth, Long N, Moore W, Turtle
B Langton, Little Johanna, Long S, Pike, Valentine
C Island N
D Spring
E Moore E
F Hart, Jones, Little Josephine, Locke, Martha, Marsden, Poplar,
Round, Rush, Sunfish, Walsh, Zimmerman
*Approaches outlined in above modeling discussion
5) Incorporate internal loading: An average rate of internal loading is implicit in Bathtub
since the model is based on empirical data. In the majority of the lake models,
adjustments to internal loading were not necessary for model calibration. The internal
loading estimate calculated from the lake sediment data was therefore not directly entered
into the model, but was used to represent internal loading in the overall lake nutrient
balance. In the case of Island N, an additional rate of internal loading was needed
(Approach C above); this internal load was assumed to be in addition to the internal load
calculated from the sediment data.
6) Calibrate chlorophyll and Secchi depth models: The chlorophyll and Secchi depth
models that best predicted the observed concentrations were selected for each model. If
there were no in-lake monitoring data for model calibration, the models most common in
the lake set (chlorophyll: P, Linear; Secchi: vs. chl-a & turbidity) were used and further
adjustments were not made.
7) Estimate watershed load reductions for lakes not currently meeting standards: After the
model was calibrated to all parameters (TP, chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth), the TP
standard was then used as an endpoint, and the TP loads were adjusted until the model
predicted that the in-lake TP standard would be reached. The model output also includes
predictions of chlorophyll-a concentration and Secchi depth at the TP standard, in
addition to predicted algal bloom frequencies, which are based on chlorophyll-a
concentration.
8) Estimate internal load reductions for lakes not currently meeting standards: Since the
internal loads were not directly incorporated into the lake response models, the internal
load reductions weren’t based on the lake response model but rather were based on a
target phosphorus release rate, set to 7 mg/m2-day for each lake. This rate is derived
from the range of release rates in lakes of varying trophic state reported in Nürnberg
(1988). The median release rate for mesotrophic lakes was approximately 5 mg/m2-day,
and the median release rate for eutrophic lakes was approximately 10 mg/m2-day
(Nürnberg 1988). The release rate goal of 7 mg/m2-day was selected to be fall in
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 18
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 19
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
between the two medians. If the calculated release rate was less than 7 mg/m2-day, then
there were no recommended internal load reductions. If the rate was greater than 7
mg/m2-day, the internal loading goal was estimated based on the difference between the
calculated rate and 7 mg/m2-day.
Results
Table 11. Lake Water Quality Data and Standard Summary
TP = total phosphorus, chl-a = chlorophyll-a (a measure of algae), Secchi = clarity or transparency
Water Quality Data
Means, 1998-2007 Water Quality Standards Meeting Standards
Lake TP
(µg/L)
Chl-a
(µg/L)
Secchi
(m)
TP
(µg/L)
Chl-a
(µg/L)
Secchi
(m)
TP
(µg/L)
Chl-a
(µg/L)
Secchi
(m)
Hart*168 75 0.4 * * * N N N
Island N 102 25 1.3 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N N N
Island S 86 34 1.1 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N N Y
Johanna 31 12 2.0 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 Y Y Y
Jones ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Josephine 36 11 2.0 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 Y Y Y
Karth 54 18 1.0 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y
Langton N 60 17 1.1 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y
Langton S 60 14 1.2 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y
Little Johanna 80 25 1.5 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N Y
Little
Josephine ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Locke* ND ND ND * * * ND ND ND
Long N 145 57 0.6 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N N
Long S 54 25 1.4 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N Y
Marsden ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Martha ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Moore E 44 18 1.7 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 N N Y
Moore W 58 11 1.3 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y
Pike 91 53 0.8 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N N N
Poplar ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Round ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Rush ND ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 ND ND ND
Spring 29 2.9 2.4 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y Y Y
Sunfish 37 ND ND < 60 < 20 > 1.0 Y ND ND
Turtle 20 4.9 2.4 < 40 < 14 > 1.4 Y Y Y
Valentine 70 18 1.7 < 60 < 20 > 1.0 N Y Y
Walsh* ND ND ND * * * ND ND ND
Zimmerman* ND ND ND * * * ND ND ND
*No bathymetric data available. Since water quality standards are based on depths, the standards are undefined at
this time.
ND = No data available
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
20
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
Ta
b
l
e
1
2
.
E
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
L
o
a
d
a
n
d
L
o
a
d
G
o
a
l
S
u
m
m
a
r
y
La
k
e
Wa
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
TP
l
o
a
d
(l
b
s
/
y
r
)
In
t
e
r
n
a
l
lo
a
d
(l
b
s
/
y
r
)
To
t
a
l
lo
a
d
(l
b
s
/
y
r
)
%
Wa
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
Lo
a
d
%
In
t
e
r
n
a
l
Lo
a
d
Wa
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
Lo
a
d
G
o
a
l
(l
b
s
/
y
r
)
In
t
e
r
n
a
l
Lo
a
d
G
o
a
l
(l
b
s
/
y
r
)
Wa
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
Lo
a
d
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
Re
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
In
t
e
r
n
a
l
Lo
a
d
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
Re
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
To
t
a
l
Lo
a
d
Pe
r
c
e
n
t
Re
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
Ha
r
t
13
6
1
9
68
%
3
2
%
2
6
8
8
%
0%
6
0
%
Is
l
a
n
d
S
47
2
6
7
3
64
%
3
6
%
47
26
0%
0%
0%
Is
l
a
n
d
N
23
9
6
1
2
0
20
%
8
0
%
23
18
0%
8
2
%
6
6
%
Is
l
a
n
d
70
1
2
2
1
9
3
36
%
6
4
%
70
44
0%
6
4
%
4
1
%
Jo
h
a
n
n
a
67
0
2
3
9
9
0
8
74
%
2
6
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Jo
n
e
s
*
1
,
6
4
7
1
3
9
1
,
7
8
6
92
%
8
%
39
6
13
9
7
6
%
0%
7
0
%
Jo
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
17
8
3
3
4
5
1
3
35
%
6
5
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Ka
r
t
h
66
1
2
7
9
85
%
1
5
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
La
n
g
t
o
n
N
21
4
2
5
84
%
1
6
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
La
n
g
t
o
n
S
46
0
4
6
1
0
0
%
0
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
La
n
g
t
o
n
68
4
7
2
94
%
6
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
62
5
1
6
6
7
9
1
79
%
2
1
%
22
6
73
6
4
%
5
6
%
6
2
%
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
*
2
2
8
4
5
2
6
7
9
34
%
6
6
%
12
2
17
0
4
6
%
6
2
%
5
7
%
Lo
c
k
e
*
1
7
,
3
6
4
50
1
7
,
4
1
4
1
0
0
%
0%
9
,
0
5
3
50
4
8
%
0%
4
8
%
Lo
n
g
N
19
,
1
2
9
8
3
6
1
9
,
9
6
6
96
%
4
%
6
,
8
3
2
34
0
6
4
%
5
9
%
6
4
%
Lo
n
g
S
47
6
9
9
6
1
4
7
2
32
%
6
8
%
47
6
40
4
0%
5
9
%
4
0
%
Lo
n
g
1
9
,
6
0
6
1,
8
3
2
2
1
,
4
3
8
91
%
9
%
7
,
3
0
8
74
3
6
3
%
5
9
%
6
2
%
Ma
r
s
d
e
n
*
5
0
9
4
7
7
9
8
6
52
%
4
8
%
Ma
r
t
h
a
*
53
7
5
9
89
%
1
1
%
Mo
o
r
e
E
17
3
3
2
2
0
5
84
%
1
6
%
12
1
32
3
0
%
0%
2
5
%
Mo
o
r
e
W
39
9
4
7
82
%
1
8
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Mo
o
r
e
21
2
4
1
2
5
2
84
%
1
6
%
16
0
41
2
4
%
0%
2
1
%
Pi
k
e
1,
6
0
5
3
4
2
1
,
9
4
7
82
%
1
8
%
95
1
15
1
4
1
%
5
6
%
4
3
%
Po
p
l
a
r
*
7
5
1
0
8
5
88
%
1
2
%
30
10
6
1
%
0%
5
3
%
Ro
u
n
d
*
2
6
8
1
0
6
3
7
4
72
%
2
8
%
Ru
s
h
*
2
1
0
1
7
2
3
8
1
55
%
4
5
%
10
8
17
2
4
8
%
0%
2
7
%
Sp
r
i
n
g
17
1
3
1
7
4
98
%
2
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Su
n
f
i
s
h
*
69
1
0
7
9
88
%
1
2
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Tu
r
t
l
e
84
7
5
1
5
9
53
%
4
7
%
la
k
e
m
e
e
t
i
n
g
W
Q
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
s
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
5
7
5
1
4
4
7
1
9
80
%
2
0
%
42
9
14
4
2
5
%
0%
2
0
%
Wa
l
s
h
*
1
0
8
1
8
1
2
6
86
%
1
4
%
44
18
5
9
%
0%
5
1
%
Zi
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
*
3
9
4
1
8
4
1
2
96
%
4
%
10
5
18
7
3
%
0%
7
0
%
*L
i
m
i
t
e
d
o
r
n
o
m
o
n
i
t
o
r
i
n
g
d
a
t
a
a
v
a
i
l
a
b
l
e
,
l
o
a
d
s
a
r
e
b
a
s
e
d
o
n
mo
d
e
l
i
n
g
o
n
l
y
a
n
d
s
h
o
u
l
d
b
e
c
o
n
s
i
d
e
r
e
d
p
r
e
l
i
m
i
n
a
r
y
.
Wa
t
e
r
s
h
e
d
l
o
a
d
i
n
g
v
a
l
u
e
s
a
r
e
s
u
m
m
a
r
i
z
e
d
f
r
o
m
Ba
t
h
t
u
b
m
o
d
e
l
i
n
g
o
u
t
p
u
t
.
V
a
l
u
e
s
m
a
y
b
e
s
l
i
g
h
t
l
y
d
i
f
f
e
r
e
n
t
f
r
o
m
P
8
o
u
t
p
u
t
d
u
e
t
o
r
ou
n
d
i
n
g
i
n
s
e
v
e
r
a
l
u
n
i
t
c
o
n
v
e
r
s
i
o
n
st
e
p
s
.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
4. Lake Management Action Plans
A. PURPOSE
Lake Management Action Plans (MAPs) summarize lake characteristics and existing lake data,
provide a diagnostic assessment of the data, summarize public input, identify water quality
issues, and recommend remedial strategies on a lake-watershed basis. As such, each MAP
provides a concise summary of the known issues and recommended management approaches for
each lake. It is envisioned that the MAPs will be used to further define management strategies,
guide development of the District’s Third Generation Plan, and serve as the basis for seeking
project partners and grant funding for retrofit water quality improvements.
B. PUBLIC MEETINGS
Two public input meetings for each lake were conducted during the development of the MAPs.
The first series of meetings, held in the summer of 2008, solicited input from citizens and LGU
staff and officials regarding water quality concerns to further define impairments. At the second
series of public meetings, held in January 2009, draft MAPs were reviewed, impairments
described, and in-lake and watershed management strategies were summarized. Input received
during the meetings as well as comments from LGU in response to draft MAPs were
incorporated into the final MAPs.
C. MAPS
The appendix of the report presents the finalized MAPs. For each MAP one will find:
An overview of the lake and watershed characteristics
A summary of existing water quality data and comparison to applicable water quality
standards
A summary of public input received
Identification of water quality issues
Recommended management approaches for both watershed and in-lake activities
A listing of additional data to be collected to tailor the management recommendations
Because all 24 lakes are within fully or nearly fully developed watersheds, management of land
in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the identified impairments. Therefore, the
identification of opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as
routine maintenance occurs is a significant element of each MAP. To that end, a preliminary
field reconnaissance for each watershed was conducted to identify likely regional, local, and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. It should be noted that the assigned BMP classifications (regional,
local or site-specific) are qualitative in nature, intended to give perspective to the relative scale of
the feature and potential treatment area. Potential BMP locations identified during this field
investigation are identified on Figure 1 of each MAP and detailed in the field reconnaissance
supplement at the end of each MAP.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 21
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
5. Long-Term Management Strategy
A. PRIORITIES
Over 200 potential retrofit BMPs are identified in the Field Reconnaissance Supplements
appended to the Management Action Plans. The preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted
to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities that could be implemented
to reduce watershed pollutant loading to downstream receiving waters. Again, it should be noted
that the assigned BMP classifications (regional, local or site-specific) are qualitative in nature,
intended to give perspective to the relative scale of the feature and potential treatment area.
In order to prioritize the projects, a simplified cost/benefit assessment was performed. The
following criteria were used to prioritize the projects:
Landownership – the ease of acquiring the needed permissions to utilize the land required
to implement the proposed BMP.
Studies/Planning – the amount of effort needed to assess the feasibility of a project and
generate the requirements needed to implement.
Construction Cost – the cost to construct the potential BMP.
Pollutant Removal Potential – the amount of pollutants the proposed BMP would have
the potential to remove.
Pollutant Removal Potential relative to the Lake – the potential pollutant removal relative
to the total subwatershed loading to the lake.
Qualitative rankings were based on the field investigations and institutional knowledge of the
system. Projects within upstream lake subwatersheds were also considered as potential
implementation projects for downstream lakes. The diminishing return of a potential project
further upstream in the system was qualitatively taken into account when looking at upstream
projects relative to a particular lake.
The intent of this exercise is to give the District a prioritized list of projects for further
investigation. The prioritization exercise is NOT intended to make a final determination on the
merits of a particular project. For most projects further feasibility assessments would be needed
before the District proceeds with a particular project. Using the raw rankings as general
guidance, projects were prioritized in three tiers by lake as described below:
Tier 1
Tier 1 projects consist of those projects that appear to have a very good cost benefit ratio based
on the criteria described above. The projects included in Tier 1 for a particular lake are
recommended as high priority for potential projects that could benefit that water body.
Tier 2
Tier 2 projects are projects that appear to have good cost benefit ratios; however, they either
were projects that fell below other higher priority projects or are projects that are more suited to
be implemented during road reconstruction or redevelopment projects.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 22
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Tier 3
Tier 3 projects are projects that appeared to have lower cost benefit ratios than Tier 1 or Tier 2
projects and would not be recommended as current priorities. However, these projects would still
warrant investigation particularly during permit review related to redevelopment or road
reconstruction projects. Also, should Tier 1 and Tier 2 projects be implemented or determined to
be unfeasible, Tier 3 projects could then be assessed (as needed) to meet the water quality goals
of a particular lake. Projects within upstream watersheds of other lakes were not considered as
candidates for Tier 3 projects.
B. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS FOR 2009
1. For 2009 it is recommended that the District initiate feasibility studies on three of the
projects included in Tier 1. These Tier 1 projects have the highest likely benefit, for a low
level of additional feasibility.
Little Johanna 2
Moore 7 combined with Moore 10 & 11
Pike 2
2. Contact the Parks Departments and solicit interest in partnerships for the following Tier 1
projects:
Island 1 & 5
Langton 1
Long 17
Spring 2
Turtle 4
3. Solicit private party interest in cost shares through the Urban Stormwater Remediation
Program for the following site-specific BMPs that were prioritized as Tier 1 projects.
Jones 22
Karth 5 & 7
Josephine 3
Little Josephine 9
Langton 3 & 6
Locke 19 & 24
Long 14
Marsden 2 & 3
Moore 12
Pike 11
Poplar 4
Valentine 11
Walsh 7
Zimmerman 5 & 8
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 23
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 24
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
4. Landowners should be notified of needed maintenance/attention at the following facilities.
Karth 6
Little Johanna 17
Turtle 3
The following tables include all of the projects broken down by tiers for each lake. These tables
can be used a guide for future planning and implementation of CIP projects. Estimated cost
ranges for Tier 1 projects were included to give a general feel for the magnitude of the projects.
Further feasibility assessment and cost estimates will be needed as the District moves towards
implementation of a particular project.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
La
k
e
Ti
e
r
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
I
D
Ra
n
g
e
o
f
Pr
o
b
a
b
l
e
C
o
s
t
(
$
)
De
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
/
N
o
t
e
s
H
a
r
t
No
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Is
l
a
n
d
1
5-
1
5
k
(
B
i
o
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
b
a
s
i
n
o
r
s
w
a
l
e
b
e
t
w
e
e
n
b
i
t
u
m
i
n
o
u
s
t
r
a
i
l
a
n
d
l
a
k
e
Is
l
a
n
d
2
5-
3
0
k
M
u
l
t
i
p
l
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
s
o
r
l
a
r
g
e
r
r
e
t
e
n
t
i
o
n
b
a
s
i
n
Ti
e
r
1
Is
l
a
n
d
5
2
-
2
0
k
R
e
p
a
i
r
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
b
a
s
i
n
s
k
i
m
m
e
r
a
n
d
e
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
2
nd
c
e
l
l
d
o
w
n
s
t
r
e
a
m
o
f
t
r
a
i
l
Ti
e
r
2
I
s
l
a
n
d
3
,
4
,
6
&
7
I
s
l
a
n
d
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Jo
n
e
s
1
2
25
-
1
0
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
r
y
p
o
n
d
t
o
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
a
t
e
r
q
u
a
l
i
t
y
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
Jo
n
e
s
2
1
25
-
5
0
k
Re
t
r
o
f
i
t
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
s
y
s
t
e
m
a
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
w
o
o
d
e
d
de
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
1
Jo
n
e
s
2
2
2
-
5
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
i
n
t
o
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
t
u
r
f
-
g
r
a
s
s
s
w
a
l
e
Ti
e
r
2
J
o
n
e
s
7
,
9
,
1
0
,
1
1
,
1
4
,
1
5
,
1
6
,
1
7
&
1
8
,
P
o
p
l
a
r
1
J
o
n
e
s
Ti
e
r
3
J
o
n
e
s
1
,
2
,
3
,
4
,
5
,
6
,
8
,
1
3
,
1
9
,
2
0
,
2
3
&
2
4
Jo
h
a
n
n
a
2
50
-
2
0
0
k
E
x
c
a
v
a
t
i
o
n
o
f
a
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
e
d
s
e
d
i
m
e
nt
a
n
d
c
a
t
t
a
i
l
s
f
r
o
m
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
b
a
s
i
n
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
1
30
-
6
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
r
y
b
a
si
n
t
o
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
1
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
2
1
0
-
2
0
0
k
W
e
i
r
r
e
p
a
i
r
o
r
m
a
j
o
r
b
a
s
i
n
e
n
h
a
n
c
e
m
e
n
t
,
e
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
&
r
e
d
u
c
e
s
h
o
r
t
-
c
i
r
c
u
i
t
i
n
g
Ti
e
r
2
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
1
,
4
,
5
,
&
7
,
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
3
,
6
,
8
,
&
9
,
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
1
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
Ti
e
r
3
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
3
&
6
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
25
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
26
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
La
k
e
Ti
e
r
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
I
D
Ra
n
g
e
o
f
Pr
o
b
a
b
l
e
C
o
s
t
(
$
)
De
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
/
N
o
t
e
s
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
1
30
-
6
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
r
y
b
a
si
n
t
o
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
1
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
2
1
0
-
2
0
0
k
W
e
i
r
r
e
p
a
i
r
o
r
m
a
j
o
r
b
a
s
i
n
e
n
h
a
n
c
e
m
e
n
t
,
e
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
&
r
e
d
u
c
e
s
h
o
r
t
-
c
i
r
c
u
i
t
i
n
g
Ti
e
r
2
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
3
,
4
,
6
,
8
,
9
,
1
2
,
1
3
,
1
4
,
1
8
&
1
9
,
Z
i
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
5
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
Ti
e
r
3
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
5
,
7
,
1
0
,
1
1
,
1
5
,
1
6
,
&
1
7
Jo
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
2
15
-
4
0
k
(I
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
w
a
l
e
o
r
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
b
a
s
i
n
a
l
o
n
g
l
o
t
-
l
i
n
e
s
Ti
e
r
1
Jo
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
3
10
-
4
0
k
Re
t
r
o
f
i
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
r
y
b
a
s
i
n
t
o
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
Ti
e
r
2
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
1
&
4
,
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
1
,
3
&
6
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
1
5
0
-
2
0
0
k
S
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
f
o
r
e
b
a
y
,
e
n
e
r
g
y
d
i
s
s
i
p
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
p
o
n
d
i
n
g
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
4
1
0
-
2
5
k
C
o
n
v
e
r
t
s
w
a
l
e
t
o
f
i
l
t
e
r
w
i
t
h
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
,
c
o
n
s
i
d
e
r
w
i
t
h
L
J
o
s
5
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
5
1
0
-
2
5
k
E
x
p
a
n
d
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
p
o
n
d
,
c
o
n
s
i
d
e
r
c
o
m
b
i
n
e
d
p
r
o
j
e
c
t
w
i
t
h
L
J
o
s
4
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
6
2
0
-
5
0
k
E
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
s
e
d
i
me
n
t
f
o
r
e
b
a
y
a
n
d
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
p
o
n
d
i
n
g
Ti
e
r
1
Li
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
9
2
-
1
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
i
n
t
o
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
t
u
r
f
-
g
r
a
s
s
s
w
a
l
e
Ti
e
r
2
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
3
,
7
&
1
2
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
Ti
e
r
3
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
s
e
p
h
i
n
e
2
,
8
,
1
0
&
1
1
Ka
r
t
h
1
35
-
5
0
k
P
o
n
d
i
n
g
,
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
a
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
e
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
Ka
r
t
h
5
25
-
1
5
0
k
I
s
l
a
n
d
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
f
e
a
t
u
r
e
s
o
r
p
o
r
o
u
s
p
a
v
e
m
e
n
t
/
u
n
d
e
r
g
r
o
u
n
d
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Ka
r
t
h
6
<1
k
V
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
v
e
a
m
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
Ti
e
r
1
Ka
r
t
h
7
1
-
2
k
O
u
t
f
a
l
l
/
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
2
K
a
r
t
h
2
,
3
&
4
K
a
r
t
h
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
27
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
La
k
e
Ti
e
r
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
I
D
Ra
n
g
e
o
f
Pr
o
b
a
b
l
e
C
o
s
t
(
$
)
De
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
/
N
o
t
e
s
La
n
g
t
o
n
1
15
-
3
0
k
R
e
l
o
c
a
t
e
p
l
a
y
g
r
o
u
n
d
,
i
n
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
a
t
e
r
q
u
a
l
i
t
y
p
o
n
d
i
n
g
La
n
g
t
o
n
3
15
-
4
0
k
R
e
m
o
v
e
t
r
e
e
,
i
n
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
a
t
e
r
q
u
a
l
i
t
y
p
o
n
d
i
n
g
La
n
g
t
o
n
4
15
-
3
0
k
S
m
a
l
l
e
r
a
l
t
e
r
n
a
t
e
t
o
L
a
n
g
t
o
n
3
Ti
e
r
1
La
n
g
t
o
n
6
2
5
-
4
0
k
P
a
v
e
m
e
n
t
re
d
u
c
t
i
o
n
,
l
i
n
e
a
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
2
L
a
n
g
t
o
n
5
L
a
n
g
t
o
n
Ti
e
r
3
L
a
n
g
t
o
n
2
Lo
c
k
e
2
20
-
7
5
k
1
o
r
2
c
e
l
l
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
p
o
n
d
i
n
g
Lo
c
k
e
1
4
15
-
5
0
k
R
e
r
o
u
t
e
s
t
o
r
m
s
e
w
e
r
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
e
a
s
t
,
u
n
d
e
r
t
r
a
i
l
,
t
o
f
l
o
o
d
p
l
a
i
n
t
e
r
r
a
c
e
f
o
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Lo
c
k
e
1
9
2-
5
k
L
i
n
e
a
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
l
o
n
g
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
l
o
t
-
l
i
n
e
s
w
a
l
e
Ti
e
r
1
Lo
c
k
e
2
4
5
-
2
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
r
y
p
o
n
d
,
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
2
L
o
c
k
e
1
,
1
3
,
1
6
,
1
7
,
1
8
,
2
3
,
2
5
,
&
2
7
,
L
o
n
g
1
,
P
i
k
e
1
L
o
c
k
e
Ti
e
r
3
L
o
c
k
e
3
,
4
,
5
,
6
,
7
,
8
,
9
,
1
0
,
1
1
,
1
2
,
1
5
,
2
0
,
2
1
,
2
2
&
2
6
Lo
n
g
1
10
0
-
5
0
0
k
R
e
c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
w
e
i
r
,
c
o
n
s
i
d
e
r
a
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
u
p
st
r
e
a
m
i
m
p
o
u
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
&
e
x
c
a
v
a
t
i
o
n
Lo
n
g
1
4
5-
2
5
k
E
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
s
h
a
l
l
o
w
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
a
r
e
a
s
a
d
j
a
c
e
n
t
t
o
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
o
n
s
i
t
e
c
a
t
c
h
b
a
s
i
n
s
Lo
n
g
1
7
10
-
3
0
k
E
x
p
a
n
d
a
n
d
e
n
h
a
n
c
e
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
r
o
c
k
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
/
f
i
l
t
e
r
f
e
a
t
u
r
e
Pi
k
e
1
50
-
3
0
0
k
H
a
n
s
o
n
P
o
n
d
-
E
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
,
e
x
p
a
n
d
,
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
c
a
r
p
m
g
m
t
.
Ti
e
r
1
Pi
k
e
2
5
0
-
2
5
0
k
M
i
r
r
o
r
P
o
n
d
-
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
s
e
a
l
i
n
g
a
n
d
/
o
r
c
h
e
m
i
c
a
l
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
(
a
d
d
a
n
n
u
a
l
c
o
s
t
s
)
Ti
e
r
2
L
o
n
g
3
,
4
,
5
&
1
0
,
L
i
t
t
l
e
J
o
h
a
n
n
a
2
,
P
i
k
e
9
&
2
7
L
o
n
g
Ti
e
r
3
L
o
n
g
2
,
6
,
7
,
8
,
9
,
1
1
,
1
2
,
1
3
,
1
5
&
1
6
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
28
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
La
k
e
Ti
e
r
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
I
D
Ra
n
g
e
o
f
Pr
o
b
a
b
l
e
C
o
s
t
(
$
)
De
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
/
N
o
t
e
s
Ma
r
s
d
e
n
2
5-
1
5
k
(
I
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
f
o
r
l
o
c
a
l
d
r
a
i
n
a
g
e
Ti
e
r
1
Ma
r
s
d
e
n
3
5
-
1
5
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
d
r
y
b
a
s
i
n
t
o
i
n
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
2
M
a
r
s
d
e
n
4
,
M
a
r
t
h
a
1
,
2
&
3
M
a
r
s
d
e
n
Ti
e
r
3
M
a
r
s
d
e
n
1
Ti
e
r
1
M
a
r
t
h
a
1
5-
2
0
k
V
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
v
e
f
i
l
t
e
r
a
n
d
/
o
r
s
h
a
l
l
o
w
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
Ti
e
r
2
M
a
r
t
h
a
2
&
3
M
a
r
t
h
a
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Mo
o
r
e
7
10
-
4
0
k
E
n
h
a
n
c
e
/
e
x
p
a
n
d
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
sw
a
l
e
,
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
f
o
r
e
b
a
y
w
i
t
h
d
o
w
n
s
t
r
e
a
m
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
Mo
o
r
e
1
0
5-
1
0
k
C
o
n
v
e
r
t
t
u
r
f
t
o
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
s
Mo
o
r
e
1
1
10
-
2
0
k
R
e
m
o
v
e
b
i
t
u
m
i
n
o
u
s
f
l
u
m
e
,
c
r
e
a
t
e
l
i
n
e
a
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
w
a
l
e
Ti
e
r
1
Mo
o
r
e
1
2
1
-
3
k
E
x
p
a
n
d
e
d
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
a
n
d
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
m
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
Ti
e
r
2
M
o
o
r
e
1
,
2
,
4
,
5
,
8
&
9
M
o
o
r
e
Ti
e
r
3
M
o
o
r
e
3
&
6
Pi
k
e
1
50
-
3
0
0
k
E
x
c
a
v
a
t
e
a
c
c
u
m
u
l
a
t
e
d
s
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
,
e
x
p
a
n
d,
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
c
a
r
p
m
a
n
a
g
e
m
e
n
t
Pi
k
e
2
50
-
2
5
0
k
S
e
d
i
m
e
n
t
s
e
a
l
i
n
g
a
n
d
/
o
r
c
h
e
m
i
c
a
l
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
(
a
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
a
n
n
u
a
l
c
o
s
t
s
)
Pi
k
e
9
5-
1
5
k
D
i
v
e
r
t
w
e
s
t
s
t
o
r
m
s
e
w
e
r
&
7
th
S
t
r
u
n
o
f
f
t
o
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
a
t
e
r
q
u
a
l
i
t
y
b
a
s
i
n
Pi
k
e
1
1
5-
2
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
st
o
r
a
g
e
i
n
t
o
d
r
y
b
a
s
i
n
Pi
k
e
1
3
20
-
5
0
k
E
x
p
a
n
d
o
r
c
r
e
a
t
e
u
p
s
t
r
e
a
m
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
c
e
l
l
a
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
b
a
s
i
n
/
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
Pi
k
e
2
7
10
-
2
5
k
R
a
m
s
e
y
C
o
u
n
t
y
D
i
t
c
h
3
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
e
n
e
r
g
y
d
i
s
s
i
p
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
b
a
n
k
s
t
a
b
i
l
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
Ti
e
r
1
Jo
n
e
s
1
2
2
5
-
1
0
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
d
r
y
p
o
n
d
t
o
p
r
o
v
i
d
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
o
r
w
a
t
e
r
q
u
a
l
i
t
y
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
Ti
e
r
2
P
i
k
e
6
,
1
0
,
1
2
,
1
4
,
1
6
,
1
9
,
2
0
,
2
1
,
2
3
,
2
5
&
2
6
P
i
k
e
Ti
e
r
3
P
i
k
e
3
,
4
,
5
,
7
,
8
,
1
5
,
1
7
,
1
8
,
2
2
&
2
4
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
29
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
La
k
e
Ti
e
r
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
I
D
Ra
n
g
e
o
f
Pr
o
b
a
b
l
e
C
o
s
t
(
$
)
De
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
/
N
o
t
e
s
Po
p
l
a
r
1
20
-
1
0
0
k
N
e
e
d
t
o
f
i
r
s
t
d
e
t
e
r
m
i
n
e
i
f
an
d
w
h
e
n
t
h
e
p
o
n
d
d
i
s
c
h
a
r
g
e
s
t
o
P
o
p
l
a
r
L
a
k
e
Ti
e
r
1
Po
p
l
a
r
4
5
-
2
0
k
D
e
p
r
e
s
s
i
o
n
a
l
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
a
n
d
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
m
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
Ti
e
r
2
P
o
p
l
a
r
2
&
3
P
o
p
l
a
r
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Ti
e
r
1
N
o
T
i
e
r
1
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Ti
e
r
2
R
o
u
n
d
1
,
2
&
3
R
o
u
n
d
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Ru
s
h
2
5-
2
0
k
W
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
o
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
t
s
t
o
r
m
s
e
w
e
r
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
,
a
s
s
e
s
s
w
i
t
h
3
&
4
Ru
s
h
3
5-
2
0
k
W
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
o
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
t
s
t
o
r
m
s
e
w
e
r
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
,
a
s
s
e
s
s
w
i
t
h
2
&
4
Ti
e
r
1
Ru
s
h
4
5
-
2
0
k
W
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
o
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
a
t
s
t
o
r
m
s
e
w
e
r
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
,
a
s
s
e
s
s
w
i
t
h
2
&
3
Ti
e
r
2
R
u
s
h
1
R
u
s
h
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Ti
e
r
1
S
p
r
i
n
g
2
5-
1
5
k
D
e
m
o
n
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n/
E
d
u
c
a
t
i
o
n
r
a
i
n
g
a
r
d
e
n
a
t
p
a
r
k
i
n
g
l
o
t
o
u
t
f
a
l
l
Ti
e
r
2
S
p
r
i
n
g
1
,
3
,
4
,
5
&
6
S
p
r
i
n
g
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
S
u
n
f
i
s
h
No
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RC
W
D
S
o
u
t
h
w
e
s
t
U
r
b
a
n
L
a
k
e
s
S
t
u
d
y
30
Em
m
o
n
s
&
O
l
i
v
i
e
r
R
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
,
I
n
c
.
Ap
r
i
l
2
0
0
9
La
k
e
Ti
e
r
Pr
o
j
e
c
t
I
D
Ra
n
g
e
o
f
Pr
o
b
a
b
l
e
C
o
s
t
(
$
)
De
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
/
N
o
t
e
s
Tu
r
t
l
e
3
<1
k
M
a
y
n
e
e
d
m
i
n
o
r
s
i
t
e
m
o
d
i
f
i
c
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
e
n
s
u
r
e
w
a
t
e
r
i
s
r
o
u
t
e
d
t
o
e
x
i
s
t
i
n
g
B
M
P
Ti
e
r
1
Tu
r
t
l
e
4
5
-
2
0
k
I
n
c
r
e
a
s
e
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
c
a
p
a
c
i
t
y
&
c
r
e
a
t
i
v
e
l
y
t
u
c
k
s
e
c
o
n
d
c
e
l
l
t
o
s
o
u
t
h
Ti
e
r
2
T
u
r
t
l
e
1
&
2
T
u
r
t
l
e
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
2
10
-
2
0
k
S
m
a
l
l
w
e
t
l
a
n
d
t
r
e
a
t
m
e
n
t
s
y
s
t
e
m
o
r
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
b
a
s
i
n
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
3
5-
2
0
k
(
I
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
&
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
e
n
h
a
n
c
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
s
w
a
l
e
u
p
s
t
r
e
a
m
o
f
c
u
l
v
e
r
t
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
4
20
-
6
0
k
E
x
p
a
n
d
&
e
n
h
a
n
c
e
s
w
a
l
e
t
o
c
r
e
a
t
e
s
h
a
l
l
o
w
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
b
a
s
i
n
,
r
e
l
o
c
a
t
e
p
a
r
k
i
n
g
Ti
e
r
1
Va
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
1
1
5-
2
0
k
R
e
t
r
o
f
i
t
a
d
d
i
t
i
o
n
a
l
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
ve
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
m
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
t
o
r
e
d
u
c
e
g
e
e
s
e
Ti
e
r
2
V
a
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
1
,
6
,
8
,
9
,
1
0
,
1
3
&
1
4
V
a
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
Ti
e
r
3
V
a
l
e
n
t
i
n
e
5
,
7
&
1
2
Wa
l
s
h
6
5-
1
5
k
Se
d
i
m
e
n
t
e
x
c
a
v
a
t
i
o
n
,
p
o
n
d
e
x
p
a
n
s
i
o
n
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
m
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
a
n
d
sk
i
m
m
e
r
Ti
e
r
1
Wa
l
s
h
7
3
-
6
k
N
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
b
u
f
f
e
r
Ti
e
r
2
W
a
l
s
h
1
,
2
,
3
,
4
,
5
&
8
W
a
l
s
h
Ti
e
r
3
N
o
T
i
e
r
3
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
s
I
d
e
n
t
i
f
i
e
d
Zi
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
5
5-
1
0
k
Re
t
r
o
f
i
t
d
r
y
b
a
s
i
n
,
i
n
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
am
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
Ti
e
r
1
Zi
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
8
2
-
5
k
Re
t
r
o
f
i
t
d
r
y
s
w
a
l
e
,
i
n
c
o
r
p
o
r
a
t
e
(
i
n
)
f
i
l
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
s
t
o
r
a
g
e
,
n
a
t
i
v
e
v
e
g
e
t
a
t
i
o
n
am
e
n
d
m
e
n
t
s
Ti
e
r
2
Z
i
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
1
,
3
,
4
&
6
Z
i
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
Ti
e
r
3
Z
i
m
m
e
r
m
a
n
2
&
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
6. References
Nürnberg, G.K. 1987. A comparison of internal phosphorus loads in lakes with anoxic
hypolimnia: Laboratory incubation versus in situ hypolimnetic phosphorus accumulation.
Limnol. Oceanogr. 32(5): 1160-1164.
Nürnberg, G.K. 1988. Prediction of phosphorus release rates from total and reductant-soluble
phosphorus in anoxic lake sediments. Can. J. Fish. Aquat. Sci. 45:453-462.
Nürnberg, G.K. 1995. Quantifying anoxia in lakes. Limnol. Oceanogr. 40(6):1100-1111.
Nürnberg, G.K. 1996. Trophic state of clear and colored, soft- and hardwater lakes with special
consideration of nutrients, anoxia, phytoplankton and fish. Journal of Lake and Reservoir
Management 12(4):432-447.
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study 31
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Appendix – Management Actions Plans
RCWD Southwest Urban Lakes Study Appendix
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. April 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Hart Lake Management Action Plan
Hart Lake (02-0081) is located in the City of Columbia Heights, Hennepin County, Minnesota
(Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 8 acres, a maximum depth of 5 feet 1 . Based on its low
estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition. The
lake has a very small watershed of only 14 acres and is tributary to Silver Lake. A TMDL study
for Silver Lake is currently being completed and will contain allowable phosphorus loading
within the entire Silver Lake watershed, which includes Hart Lake. Because the drainage area to
Hart Lake is predominantly residential backyards or commercial areas that have recently
retrofitted water quality treatment BMPs, it is not anticipated that additional water quality
improvements will be made within the Hart Lake watershed as a result of the TMDL.
The surrounding watershed area is a mix commercial and residential land use. The east shore of
the lake is a very steep, slightly vegetated slope. Exposed fill rubble has been observed.
The primary use of the lake is for local lakeshore owner enjoyment. The DNR does not stock the
lake with fish, and a fisheries survey is not available.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No
bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during
sediment sampling.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Hart Lake
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Hart Lake were collected through the Metropolitan Council’s Citizen
Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP) from 2004-2006. A summary of the three years of
monitoring data suggest that the lake is not currently meeting lake water quality standards (Table
1).
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2004-2006) and Standards
Parameter Hart Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 168 60
Chl (µg/L) 75 20
Secchi Depth (m) 0.4 1.0
Figures 2 through 4 show the growing season total phosphorous (TP), chlorophyll-a and Secchi
depth (clarity) data from Hart Lake. The average water quality did not vary much during the
three years of data collection. The large error bars are due to small sample size in some years
(n~3).
During an August 2007 site visit, the lake was chocolate brown from construction runoff from
the east side of the lake. Data were not collected during 2007 when the effects of construction
were seen.
2004 2005 2006
Year
-300
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 2. Hart Lake Total Phosphorus
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2004 2005 2006
Year
-200
-100
0
100
200
300
400
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Hart Lake Chlorophyll-a
2004 2005 2006
Year
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Hart Lake Secchi Depth
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that
watershed inputs account for approximately 68% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 32% (Figure 5). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, the
phosphorous loading to the lake would need to be reduced by approximately 60%.
Internal, 32%
Watershed, 68%
Internal, 32%
Watershed, 68%
Figure 5. Hart Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, no attendees spoke on issues related to Hart
Lake.
Water Quality Issues
Watershed runoff can negatively impact the water quality, as observed in 2007 by local
construction east of the lake.
Judging by the small watershed to lake ratio and the very high in-lake phosphorus
concentrations, internal loading is likely a problem in Hart Lake.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
It appears that most of the runoff entering the lake does so untreated, except for the recently
redeveloped commercial area east of the lake. This area is now served by a water quality pond
near the south east corner of the lake. While no BMP retrofit opportunities were identified
during the preliminary field reconnaissance, there are several options known to successfully
reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that will allow more
targeted management. These general practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate and erosion control
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control. The RCWD is currently working to remedy insufficient stormwater
treatment from the construction site to the east.
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Hart Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Hart Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Hart
Lake. There are only two years of in-lake data for Hart Lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data
would be needed and should be considered a high priority.
Bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for one to two additional years, with
at least five sampling dates per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Hart Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Island Lake Management Action Plan
Island Lake (62-0075) is located in the City of Shoreview, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The lake is divided by I-694 into two basins, north and south. The south basin is 43.6 acres
(Figure 2), with a maximum depth of 9 feet 1 . The north basin is 18.6 acres in size, with a
maximum depth of 9 feet. Both basins are 100% littoral and, based on the maximum depth, are
both considered shallow lakes according to MPCA’s definition. Island Lake is listed as an
impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies. It is impaired for aquatic
recreation due to high nutrients.
The watershed draining to the south basin of Island Lake is approximately 92 acres and the
watershed draining to the north basin is approximately 183 acres. Both sub-watersheds are quite
small compared to the size of the lake. The east side of the south basin is bordered by Island
Lake County Park. This park provides swimming, boating, fishing, and passive recreational
access to Island Lake. The west side of the south basin and most of the north basin are
surrounded by residential area, with some open space and ponds. I-694 cuts between the two
basins and spans a small bridge connection between them. The south basin is bordered on the
northwest side by Island Lake Golf Center. On the northwest side of the lake, Island Lake
discharges out of the north basin to the northwest. It discharges into the Valentine Lake
watershed and eventually to Long Lake. Both Valentine and Long are on the EPA’s list of
impaired water bodies due to high nutrients.
Eurasian watermilfoil was detected in Island Lake beginning in 1991 and was treated with 2, 4-D
herbicide in 1994. A Eurasian watermilfoil management plan was completed by Ramsey County
in the late 1990s. An August 2004 DNR Lake Survey found that Eurasian watermilfoil and
coontail are the most abundant aquatic plants present in Island Lake.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
The lake is stocked by DNR with walleye, yellow perch, channel catfish, tiger muskellunge, and
bluegill. A 2004 fisheries survey indicated a high density of bluegill and indicated the presence
of carp in the lake. A 1995 DNR Lake Management Plan states that the long range goal for the
lake is “to provide a gamefish population of legal size hybrid muskellunge that will support 225
man-hours/acre of fishing.” The report lists a 1974 rotenone fish eradication as a past
management as well as the use of Antimycin partial chemical treatments to decrease young-of-
the-year bluegills from 1975-1977. In 1989 an aeration system was installed by the county to
prevent winter fish kills.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Island Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Island Lake Bathymetry
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Island Lake were collected from 1985-2007. Data were collected by
Ramsey County Public Works and the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency. A summary of the
most recent 10 years of monitoring data (Table 1) suggests that the total phosphorous (TP) and
chlorophyll-a concentrations did not meet the MPCA water quality standards, while the Secchi
depth (clarity) narrowly met standards.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter Island Lake
North Basin
Island Lake
South Basin Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 102 86 60
Chl (µg/L) 25 34 20
Secchi Depth (m) 1.3 1.1 1.0
Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi
depth (clarity) data over that period for the north basin of Island Lake. The same series of data is
shown in Figures 6 through 8 for the south basin. Overall, the water quality of Island Lake has
worsened since the 1990s.
1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005
Year
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Island Lake North Basin Total Phosphorus
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005
Year
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Island Lake North Basin Chlorophyll-a
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Island Lake North Basin Secchi Depth
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 6. Island Lake South Basin Lake Total Phosphorus
1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007
Year
-80
0
20
40
60
80
180
C
h
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 7. Island Lake South Basin Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
-1
0
1
2
3
4
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 8. Island Lake South Basin Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that
watershed inputs account for approximately 36% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for 64% (Figure 9). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, phosphorus loading
would need to be reduced by approximately 41%.
Watershed, 36%
Internal, 64%
Watershed, 36%
Internal, 64%
Figure 9. Island Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 5, 2008, no attendees spoke on issues related to Island
Lake.
Water Quality Issues
Internal loading is high and likely has a big influence on the lake’s water quality
conditions.
Although Island Lake has a relatively small watershed, it appears that the watershed load
is still negatively impacting water quality.
Both basins of the lake are directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receive highway
runoff.
The presence of carp and high densities of bluegill likely contribute to the high rates of
internal loading, through the disturbance of bottom sediments and through high grazing
pressure on the zooplankton community.
The prevalence of Eurasian watermilfoil displaces native plants and negatively impacts
the habitat quality in the lake.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment.
Because the Island Lake watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs
into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that
end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, seven BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Reduce runoff coming directly from the parking lots and impervious areas at the county
park.
Coordinate with Mn/DOT during the MS4 process when highway upgrades and re-
construction occurs to seek out opportunities to decrease runoff from the I-694 bridge.
Develop BMPs between the road surface of CSAH 52 and the lake to decrease runoff.
Coordinate with Ramsey County on opportunities to reduce runoff from Ramsey County
property surrounding the lake.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan, focusing on Eurasian watermilfoil.
The bluegill population size is well above the medial level for this type of lake.
Planktivore size structure outlined in the DNR fisheries survey suggests that the
population is dominated by small individuals; 97% of bluegills were less than 5 inches.
This could indicate planktivore ‘stunting,’ where intraspecific competition limits growth.
Dense populations of small planktivores are capable of limiting zooplankton populations,
leaving no biological check on algae growth. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries
management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable
fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Island Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Island Lake, additional
data collection is not a high priority at this time.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The
TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected
after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete macrophyte surveys before and after aquatic vegetation
management practices are implemented.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the existing fisheries information regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
Work with city to identify all stormwater input locations.
The watershed drainage to Island Lake is all direct drainage; there are no incoming tributaries
that could be monitored to better define the watershed phosphorus loads to the lake. Occasional
grab samples could be taken from the many stormwater outfalls to the lake to provide
information on the TP concentration in the watershed’s runoff.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Island Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Island #1
Location: South end of Milton Street west of Island
Lake
Description: Area at stormsewer outlet
Possible Improvements: Squeeze in feature to treat
piped outlet at this location
Island #2
Location: South of County Road E and east of Vivian
Avenue
Description: Ditch / swale areas at corner
Possible Improvements: Rain gardens for roof outlet
(seen in pic) or larger feature at corner also picking up
adjacent street and parking (larger feature would need to
be quite deep and may not be practical).
Island #3
Location: South side of Randy Avenue north of Island
Lake
Description: Small green space areas
Possible Improvements: Incorporate small treatment
areas for street runoff going directly to the lake
Island #4
Location: South side of Randy Avenue north of Island
Lake
Description: Small green space areas
Possible Improvements: Incorporate small treatment
areas for street runoff going directly to the lake
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Site Specific Management BMPs
Island #5
Location: In park on east side of Island Lake
Description: Existing water quality pond
Possible Improvements: Excavation of second cell of
pond downstream of bituminous trail; fix existing
skimmer that has been heaved by ice and has been
rendered ineffective.
Island #6
Location: South of County Road E and west of Vivian
Avenue
Description: Green space next to parking lot
Possible Improvements: Provide treatment for parking
lot in open space
Island #7
Location: In park west side of Island Lake
Description: Parking lot at boat launch draining via
curb cut
Possible Improvements: Lower grade downstream of
curb cut to improve drainage and consider enhancement
of existing treatment area
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Island Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Lake Johanna Management Action Plan
Lake Johanna (62-0078) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota
(Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 214 acres, a maximum depth of 41 feet, and a mean
depth of approximately 17 feet (Figure 2)1 . Lake Johanna is listed on the EPA’s 303(d) list of
impaired waters due to the mercury content in fish. The MPCA completed a statewide TMDL
study and implementation plan to address the state’s mercury impairments.
The watershed draining to Lake Johanna is 3,413 acres. The surrounding watershed area is
primarily residential with some commercial and transportation land uses. The campus of
Northwestern College sits on the south shore of the lake.
An aquatic vegetation survey was performed by the DNR in late July of 2001. Coontail, bushy
pondweed, and water celery were listed as common in abundance, while curly-leaf pondweed
was listed as rare.
In past years the lake has been stocked with walleye, tiger muskellunge, and northern pike.
According to a 2002 DNR fisheries assessment, the most abundant species of fish within Lake
Johanna is bluegill. Other fish found in the lake include yellow perch, pumpkinseed sunfish,
hybrid sunfish, green sunfish, northern pike and black crappie. The City of Arden Hills’s 2030
Comprehensive Plan states that the fish within Lake Johanna had elevated levels of
perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS) in 2007; however, the source is unknown.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Lake Johanna and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Lake Johanna Bathymetry
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Lake Johanna have been collected from 1971-2007. Data are collected by
Ramsey County Public Works, Metropolitan Council Environmental Services, and the Minnesota
Pollution Control Agency. A summary of the most recent 10 years of monitoring data suggest
that the lake is currently meeting water quality standards (Table 1).
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter Lake
Johanna Standard
TP (µg/L) 31 40
Chl (µg/L) 12 14
Secchi Depth (m) 2.0 1.4
Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll- a, and Secchi
depth (clarity) for Lake Johanna.
1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Lake Johanna Total Phosphorus
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007
Year
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Lake Johanna Chlorophyll-a
1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005 2007
Year
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Lake Johanna Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
watershed inputs account for approximately 74% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 26% (Figure 6).
Internal, 26%
Watershed, 74%
Internal, 26%
Watershed, 74%
Figure 6. Lake Johanna Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public meeting held on June 5, 2008 issues facing Lake Johanna were addressed. Some of
the comments refer to a previous Clean Water Partnership study for Long Lake that included
recommendations for the Johanna and Little Johanna watershed. Many of the recommendations
in that project were implemented and have proven successful to some degree, but problems
continue to exist with the lake.
Many of the comments for Lake Johanna pertained to the need to clean-up Little Lake
Johanna so that it would stop discharging highly nutrient-laden water into Lake Johanna
and degrading its quality. The lake has traditionally been very good quality, but this year
has started off recognizably bad and all fingers pointed to Little Johanna inflows. The
attendees indicated their top priority would be cleaning up the Little Johanna inflow into
the south side of the lake.
It was pointed out that runoff from essentially all of the land on the west side of the lake
enters the lake untreated. This should be a focal point for retrofitting BMPs with a
phosphorus reduction emphasis. Lametti’s Addition, Northwestern College (east side of
the lake), and Bussard Ct. were mentioned as examples of locations in need of treatment.
There was mention that at times the outlet to the lake plugs and is in need of
maintenance, but no one knew who to call. It has since been determined that the RCWD
owns the structure. Field staff from the District inspected and cleaned the outlet in
August 2008. District personnel will regularly inspect the structure in the future.
Several residents are concerned that the DNR will eliminate the ability of lakeshore
owners to chemically treat weeds. They believe that the agency has cut back their
permitting of these applications and might eventually eliminate this as a macrophyte
management tool. The residents currently spray three times a year with a chemical they
could not off-hand identify. They do not currently harvest plants. The suggestion should
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
be made that the homeowners work with the RCWD and DNR on an overall macrophyte
management plan to identify a long-term plan for nuisance weed control on the lake.
This approach would allow the homeowners to engage in direct communication with
DNR on which approaches will be allowed in the future and which might be curtailed.
The smell of algae on the lake was raised by some attendees. Solving the nutrient influx
into the lake would go a long way toward reducing algal blooms, but it was recognized
that short-term improvements are not likely. However, due to the fact that Little Johanna
is impaired for excess nutrients, the MPCA will be required to complete a TMDL study
in the future.
Street sweeping was a popular recommendation by meeting attendees. It was stated that
the City of Roseville sweeps its streets only once per year and that the Rosedale shopping
Center does not do a good job of keeping its parking lots clean. Attendees recommended
that the city increase its sweeping frequency and that the shopping center(s), including
others in the sub-watershed, also be asked to do a better job of sweeping. Spot sweeping
of critical areas, such as those directly tributary to lakes, was encouraged.
It was noted that detention ponds on the Northwestern College campus, one located west
of Snelling and south of Co. Rd. C, and at EagleCrest Retirement Community, were in
need of deepening to restore their ability to adequately handle runoff.
Some attendees expressed their unhappiness with runoff leaving some of the construction
underway at the Northwestern College campus. The attendees urged the RCWD to do a
better job of site inspection for construction activities within the watershed.
Residents would like some attention placed on fish management. Nuisance rough fish are
currently a problem. The number of panfish (planktivores) is unusually high, although
most are very small in size.
In addition to the public input provided at the meeting held on June 5, 2008, members of both the
Lake Johanna Improvement Society and the Arden Hills Beach Club expressed concern about
the condition of Lake Johanna’s outlet structure. Visits by RCWD staff revealed that the
structure had been damaged, and was allowing water to pass approximately 0.02 feet lower than
designed (Figure 7). RCWD engineers produced a technical memo recommending repair of the
structure. Repair is slated for 2009.
Figure 7. Photos of damaged outlet structure, Sept 9, 2008
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Issues
Curly-leaf pondweed was found in the lake at a rare abundance in a late July 2001 aquatic
plant survey. Since curly-leaf pondweed usually dies back after June, its presence in late
July could indicate that it is abundant earlier in the growing season. Curly-leaf pondweed
can contribute to internal loading.
The poor water quality of Little Lake Johanna may negatively influence the water quality
of Lake Johanna. Approximately half of the watershed load comes from the Little Lake
Johanna outlet.
High densities of bluegill and other panfish may contribute to periodic high algal
concentrations through grazing pressure on the zooplankton community. Nuisance rough
fish have also been observed, which can increase internal loading rates.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment
of Little Lake Johanna and the overall health of Johanna. Because the Lake Johanna watershed
is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops
or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field
reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit
opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are identified on
Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In
summary, seven BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
As stated in The City of Arden Hills 2030 Comprehensive Plan, stormwater treatment
systems are being evaluated as part of the city’s pavement management program to
reduce pollutants entering Lake Johanna.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan to prevent curly-leaf pondweed
abundance from increasing within the lake.
The bluegill population size is well above the medial level for lakes of this type.
Planktivore size structure outlined in the DNR fisheries survey suggests that the
population is dominated by small individuals; 65% of bluegills were less than 5 inches,
and no black crappie larger than 8 inches were sampled. This could indicate planktivore
‘stunting,’ where intraspecific competition limits growth. Dense populations of small
planktivores are capable of limiting zooplankton populations, leaving no biological check
on algae growth. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that
places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Lake
Johanna. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Lake Johanna, additional
data collection is not a high priority at this time.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Continue to collect at least five sampling dates
per year.
Macrophyte surveys: A late spring / early summer macrophyte survey should be
completed to better assess plant communities, especially in regards to curlyleaf pondweed
occurrence and abundance. Macrophyte surveys should also be conducted pre-planning
and post-implementation of an aquatic vegetation management plan.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the existing fisheries information regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Johanna Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Johanna #1
Location: North of the intersection of Richmond
Avenue and Richmond Court
Description: Wetland areas receiving upstream
stormwater discharges.
Potential Improvements: Enhancements to the
existing wetlands to provide more saturation and reduce
ditched conditions that may exist in the complex. An
assessment of the water quality leaving the wetland
complex and the quality of the existing wetland
vegetation should be assessed to determine the need for
alterations.
Johanna #2
Location: Northeast of the intersection of Edgewater
Avenue and Ridgewood Road
Description: Large wetland area, currently receiving
water from a sizable drainage area.
Potential Improvements: Potential excavation/cattail
removal. Assess the current water quality treatment
being provided by the basin and assess options for
improvement if warranted.
Local Management BMPs
Johanna #3
Location: North of County Road E and west of Oak
Avenue
Description: Low open area at the corner
Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of
adjacent roadways.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Johanna #4
Location: North of Harriet Avenue and west of
Lexington Avenue
Description: Mowed swale area
Potential Improvements: Use and enhance to provide
treatment for adjacent business and/or roadway.
Johanna #5
Location: South of Ingerson Road and east of
Hamline Avenue
Description: Open green space at the corner
Potential Improvements: Incorporate large
raingarden to provide treatment for adjacent roadways.
Johanna #6
Location: West of Snelling Avenue and north of
Hamline Avenue
Description: Open space at corner
Potential Improvements: Use for wetland treatment
or ponding for Snelling Avenue.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Johanna #7
Location: North of County Road E and west of
Lexington Avenue
Description: Green space at edge of parking lot
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden areas
for treatment of adjacent parking lot.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Johanna 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Jones Lake Management Action Plan
Jones Lake (62-0076) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota
(Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 37.5 acres (Figure 2) and a maximum depth of
approximately 1 foot 1 . The lake has a very large watershed of about 2,775 acres and is tributary
to Pike and Long Lakes.
Jones Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland)
water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water
Wetland [“W” 62-76] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic
recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality
of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the
designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is
protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based
aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do
not apply to Class 2D wetlands.
Jones Lake is listed as an impaired wetland on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. It is
impaired for aquatic life, based on aquatic macroinvertebrate and aquatic plant bioassessments.
In the 2008 listing cycle, the MPCA began listing wetlands that are tributary to other impaired
water bodies; in the case of Jones Lake, both Pike Lake and Long Lake are on the 303(d) list of
impaired water bodies. The intent of listing wetlands is to highlight the potential of wetland
restoration within the context of restoring the downstream impaired water body, while avoiding
the use of the wetland as a treatment basin, which might improve the downstream resource but
would further degrade the wetland. The MPCA will be developing guidance on how an impaired
wetland will be addressed through the TMDL program. In its report on the reasoning behind the
recommendation to list Jones Lake as an impaired wetland, the MPCA acknowledged that the
potential to restore Jones Lake will be limited due to history of watershed disturbance and
management practices in the Jones Lake watershed.
The primary use of the wetland is for temporary detention of stormwater. The biological
impairment is likely the result of years of urban runoff passing into and through this stormwater
feature, in addition to substantial water level fluctuations. In the 1960s, the water level in Jones
Lake dropped by approximately 18 inches after projects were implemented in the Jones Lake
watershed to alleviate flooding. In response to the lowered water level, a weir was installed in
the late 1970s to restore the lake’s water level.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Jones Lake is a wetland with a dense population of cattails around the fringes and open water in
the middle. It is currently used to treat stormwater runoff from an urbanized watershed and has
suffered from water level fluctuations and high nutrient loading.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Jones Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Jones Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date.
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data for Jones Lake are very limited. A watershed model (P8) was
used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was
used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring
data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account
for approximately 92% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining
8% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling
results should be considered preliminary.
In 2001, RCWD undertook a phosphorus budget study of Jones Lake, which concluded that
Jones Lake was capturing approximately 13% of the TP entering it. The study noted the dense
plant growth in the lake, with even the open water areas having almost complete coverage from
the dense amount of submerged macrophytes.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Internal, 8%
Watershed, 92%
Internal, 8%
Watershed, 92%
Figure 3. Jones Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, no attendees spoke on issues related to Jones
Lake.
Water Quality Issues
Historically, Jones Lake has been used for stormwater management and not treated as its
own water body. The resulting water level fluctuations and the stormwater runoff to the
lake have degraded the ecological health of the wetland.
In addition to decreasing phosphorus loading to the lake, the degraded plant community
in Jones Lake will need to be restored. This will provide improved habitat for aquatic
macroinvertebrates and will lead to an overall improved ecological health.
Recommended Management Approach
A watershed-level TMDL study should be completed for the Jones Lake, Pike Lake, and Long
Lake impairments. Although the approach to developing a wetland TMDL has not yet been
defined by the MPCA 2 , this watershed could be used as a pilot study that would demonstrate
how to incorporate a wetland biological impairment with other downstream impairments. The
following recommendations would be further refined in a TMDL study.
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed may not be as critical an element as in-lake management in
addressing the biotic impairment of Jones Lake. However, improvements within the watershed
will have effects not only for Jones Lake but also on nutrient impaired downstream receiving
waters (i.e. Pike and Long Lakes). The Jones Lake watershed is fully developed, with the bulk
of the watershed developed without any onsite water quality treatment. Therefore, opportunities
for retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs
should be sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify
2 US EPA has recently (Dec 2008) developed draft guidance for watershed TMDLs. The document is titled
“Handbook for Developing Watershed TMDLs,” and can be found at www.epa.gov/owow/tmdl.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
likely regional, local, and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified
during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance
supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 24 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified
in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued
to reduce external loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the three potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
The sub-watershed draining to Jones Lake contains a long ditch paralleling railroad tracks
on the west side of I-35W. There is a small detention pond on the ditch near the top of
the watershed; this pond has a substantial sediment delta and is not likely operating at its
design capacity. At a minimum, this pond should be restored to its original design. A
retrofit opportunity should also be assessed to increase its storage capacity and
stormwater treatment effectiveness.
Runoff from the sub-watershed to the southeast of Jones Lake is delivered by Ramsey
County Ditch 5 (RCD 5). This ditch drains the Langton Lake sub-watershed, as well as
other areas adjacent to the I-35W corridor. This part of the Jones Lake watershed
contains some small-scale drainage ponds that should be evaluated for performance.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization and runoff management.
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
The poor plant and macroinvertebrate communities in Jones Lake suggest that in-lake
management practices will be needed to address the poor quality habitat. However, the water
level fluctuations and the high nutrient loading create an environment that makes it difficult for
the establishment of native plant communities, and supports cattail dominance. Any in-lake
restoration project will have a greater likelihood of success after the rate and volume of
stormwater runoff to Jones Lake is controlled.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Jones Lake:
RCWD should use the recent draft EPA Handbook for Developing Watershed TMDLs
and work with the MPCA to define data needs for a potential watershed TMDL.
TMDLs for wetland impairments have not yet been completed by the MPCA and
therefore the process is not well-defined. Work closely with MPCA on data collection
efforts aimed at completing the TMDL for Jones Lake.
Ramsey County Ditch 5 should be monitored close to the inlet to Jones Lake to provide
flow and phosphorus loading estimates.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Jones Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Jones Lake #1
Location: North of County Road D and west of
Cleveland Avenue
Description: Large open area south of an apartment
complex
Potential Improvements: Area could be used for a
significantly sized feature depending on the drainage
area that could be routed to this area.
Jones Lake #2
Location: South of County Road D and west of New
Brighton Blvd
Description: Large open/wooded area with drainage
running southeast under New Brighton Blvd.
Potential Improvements: Create regional treatment
feature for drainage area west of this location. An
assessment of grades and routing would be required.
Jones Lake #3
Location: South of Terminal Road and west of railroad
tracks
Description: Large vacant lot
Potential Improvements: A large treatment area could
be incorporated here to serve untreated industrial areas.
Further assessment of the drainage area that could be
routed to this location would be required.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Management BMPs
Jones Lake #4
Location: County Road B and TH 280
Description: Road closed off due to TH 280 expansion
Potential Improvements: If County Road B and TH
280 will no longer be connected, this area could be
converted to a stormwater BMP
Jones Lake #5
Location: North of County Road B and west of Saint
Stephen Street
Description: Open corner lot
Potential Improvements: Route road runoff to this
area and provide treatment
Jones Lake #6
Location: South of County Road B and east of
Cleveland Avenue
Description: Large open green space with no apparent
current use
Potential Improvements: Use this area to treat
adjacent roads. The site sits higher than roads so
additional excavation would be required if this site were
to be used.
Jones Lake #7
Location: West side of Rosegate and south of County
Road B2
Description: Large grass swales along Rosegate with
catch basins at the bottom
Potential Improvements: Convert into treatment areas
to provide storage/infiltration
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Jones Lake #8
Location:East of Long Lake Road and north of County
Road B2
Description: Green space at the corner
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/water
quality treatment BMP to treat roads or the adjacent
business
Jones Lake #9
Location:West of the intersection of Oakcrest Avenue
and Cleveland Avenue
Description: Triangular open space between 35W and
Cleveland Avenue
Potential Improvements: Potentially incorporate large
treatment area. Would need to assess what areas could
be routed to this area.
Jones Lake #10
Location:East of Cleveland Avenue and South of
Brenner Avenue
Description: Low wetland area
Potential Improvements: Enhance wetland to provide
additional water quality treatment. Would need
assessment to evaluate need, the quality of the wetland,
and what could be routed to it.
Jones Lake #11
Location:South of the intersection of Brenner Avenue
and Mount Ridge Road
Description: Green space that could be used to treat
adjacent roads
Potential Improvements: Infiltration or ponding
feature.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Jones Lake #12
Location: South of County Road D and east of Mount
Ridge Road
Description: Large dry pond
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide
infiltration or water quality storage.
Jones Lake #13
Location: North of County Road D and west of New
Brighton Blvd
Description: Large open area
Potential Improvements: Use area to treat New
Brighton road and/or adjacent businesses.
Jones Lake #14
Location: West side of New Brighton Blvd and north
of County Road D
Description: Large grass swale areas
Potential Improvements: Could easily be enhanced to
provide additional treatment and infiltration.
Jones Lake #15
Location: North of the intersection of Manson Street
and Stanbridge Street
Description: Green space next to trail
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Jones Lake #16
Location:North of County Road C2 and east of New
Brighton Blvd
Description: Large grass swale area
Potential Improvements: Could be enhanced to
provide additional treatment.
Jones Lake #17
Location:South of Foss Road and west of 9th Avenue
Description: Low green space
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide treatment
for adjacent roads.
Jones Lake #18
Location:North of 5th Street and east of Old Highway
8
Description: Open space behind water tower
Potential Improvements: Use area to treat adjacent
untreated industrial areas. Would need to assess
adjacent drainage area to evaluate what could be routed
here.
Jones Lake #19
Location:East side of Jones Lake
Description: Large open area, perhaps used as
raspberry patch.
Potential Improvements: Use to treat industrial areas
to the north. Would need further assessment of the
drainage area and would have to get water under railroad
tracks. A smaller feature north of this location and
closer to the drainage connection under the railroad
tracks might be more practical.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Site Specific Management BMPs
Jones Lake #20
Location: North of Lakeview Point Drive just south of
Jones Lake
Description: Large amounts of impervious area routed
directly to Jones Lake
Potential Improvements: Remove some impervious
area and install treatment features or incorporate
underground treatment devices.
Jones Lake #21
Location: North of County Road D and west of New
Brighton Blvd
Description: Large amounts of impervious areas from
warehouse site routed through wooded area directly into
culvert with no treatment.
Potential Improvements: Plenty of room to
incorporate wetland treatment or an infiltration feature
depending on site soils.
Jones Lake #22
Location: West of St. Croix Street and North of
Frontage (north of I-35W)
Description: Grass swale to pipe outlet
Potential Improvements: Easy retrofit into raingarden
area for adjacent business.
Jones Lake #23
Location: West of Walnut Street and south of Terminal
Road
Description: Large parking lot routed directly to piped
outlet. Area in front of pipe has been collecting
sediment with vegetation growing.
Potential Improvements: Remove this corner of flood-
prone parking and incorporate a ponding or infiltration
feature.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Jones Lake #24
Location: West of Long Lake Road and south of
Terminal Road
Description: Parking area draining straight to a catch
basin.
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide treatment
in the available green space.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Jones Lake 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Lake Josephine Management Action Plan
Lake Josephine (62-0057) is located in the cities of Arden Hills and Roseville, Ramsey County,
Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 116 acres (Figure 2), a maximum depth of
44 feet, and a mean depth of approximately 20 feet 1 . The watershed that drains to Lake
Josephine is 774 acres. The surrounding watershed area is primarily residential with some
commercial and transportation land uses. The lake is bordered on the southeast side by Lake
Josephine Park. Little Lake Josephine and its watershed are contained within the Lake Josephine
watershed.
Lake Josephine is on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters due to the mercury content in fish.
The MPCA completed a statewide TMDL study and implementation plan to address the state’s
mercury impairments.
An aquatic vegetation survey was performed by the DNR in late July of 2001. Coontail was
found to be abundant and clasping-leaf pondweed was common. The lake has a history of
aquatic vegetation control, including the treatment of approximately 10 acres of aquatic
vegetation in 1996.
In the last 4 years, the DNR has stocked Lake Josephine with walleye and largemouth bass.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Lake Josephine and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Josephine (and Little Josephine) Lake Bathymetry
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Lake Josephine has an abundance of water quality data that have been collected over recent
years. Data are collected by Ramsey County Public Works, Metropolitan Council
Environmental Services, and the Pollution Control Agency. A summary of the most recent 10
years of monitoring data suggests that the lake is currently meeting water quality standards
(Table 1), although the average water quality conditions are close to the standards.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter Lake
Josephine Standard
TP (µg/L) 36 40
Chl (µg/L) 11 14
Secchi Depth (m) 2.0 1.4
Figures 3 through 5 show the total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity)
data for Lake Josephine. The figures show that in some years the standards are exceeded. Water
quality improved through the 1980s and 1990s and appears to have stabilized. However, the last
two years of chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth data show that water quality worsened during that
time period.
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Lake Josephine Total Phosphorus
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Lake Josephine Chlorophyll-a
1978 1981 1984 1987 1990 1993 1996 1999 2002 2005
Year
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Lake Josephine Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
watershed inputs account for approximately 35% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for 65% (Figure 6).
Watershed, 35%
Internal, 65%
Watershed, 35%
Internal, 65%
Figure 6. Lake Josephine Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 5, 2008, issues facing Lake Josephine were addressed.
Preparation for this meeting and some comments offered refer to a previous Clean Water
Partnership study for Long Lake that included recommendations for the Lake Josephine
watershed. Many of the recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven
successful to some degree, but problems continue to exist with the lake.
Attendees at the public meeting recognized the good quality of Lake Josephine and
acknowledged their desire to keep it clean. Lake residents did note the presence of
nuisance algae this year. Also noted were problems with carp and dense curly-leaf
pondweed. A DNR 2001 survey from late July did not identify the presence of curly-leaf
pondweed. However, curly-leaf pondweed dies back after June and therefore could have
been missed in the late July survey.
Runoff management programs in the watershed focusing on nutrient control were
indicated as a desirable approach to pursue.
The attendees also indicated the need for more education on runoff control for residents
of the watershed.
Water Quality Issues
Algae reaches nuisance levels in mid-summer.
Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake and likely contributes to internal loading.
Bluegill are present in high densities in the lake, potentially leading to overgrazing of
zooplankton.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Because the Lake Josephine watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs
into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that
end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, 4 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the two potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Although the water quality of Lake Josephine is relatively good, it is close to water quality
standards and should be managed to prevent any degradation in water quality.
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
The abundance of coontail and other macrophytes have in the past created conflicts with
the recreational use of the lake, in that they inhibit boating. Efforts to remove vegetation
could be potential stressors to the stability of the lake’s water quality; aquatic
macrophytes tend to hold back the growth of planktonic algae and stabilize lake
sediments from re-suspension. If removal of aquatic vegetation besides curly-leaf
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
pondweed is desired by residents, care should be taken to only remove nuisance species,
and to encourage the growth of non-invasive native species. All vegetation management
actions should be coordinated and permitted with the DNR.
Although there is a substantial population of northern pike and other piscivorous fish in
the lake, there are also very high densities of planktivores, including bluegill and sunfish.
In addition to the high numbers, planktivores are mostly small in size – 97% of bluegill
were less than 5 inches. This could indicate planktivore ‘stunting,’ where intraspecific
competition limits growth. High densities of small planktivores can overgraze
zooplankton, which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll
concentrations in balance. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy
that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Lake
Josephine. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Lake Josephine,
additional data collection is not a high priority at this time.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Continue to collect at least five sampling dates
per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the existing fisheries information regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Josephine Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Josephine #1
Location: South of Josephine Road and east of
Hamline Avenue
Description: Large openspace at church
Potential Improvements: Use area for treatment of
church or adjacent roads.
Josephine #2
Location: East of the intersection of Hamline Avenue
and Clarmar Lane
Description: Stormsewer outfall through large estate
lot(s). Roseville apparently installed a control structure
at this location.
Potential Improvements: Assess effectiveness of
structure and consider if additional opportunities exist to
provide treatment prior to discharge to the lake.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Josephine #3
Location: South of Cannon Avenue and east of
Lexington Avenue
Description: Large dry pond on church lot
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide
infiltration / water quality treatment.
Josephine #4
Location: Lake Josephine Park
Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot and
boat launch.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area
in green space. (Note: impervious areas are routed to a
ponding area to the north.)
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Lake Josephine 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Karth Lake Management Action Plan
Karth Lake (62-0072) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The surface area of the lake is approximately 20 acres (Figure 2) and the lake has a
maximum depth of 14 ft.1 Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake
according to MPCA’s definition.
The watershed draining to Karth is approximately 118 acres and includes mixed commercial and
residential areas, while the immediate lakeshore is primarily residential with a city park (Karth
Lake Park) on the south and southwest sides. The primary use of the lake is by the residents or
the public visiting the park. No motors are allowed on the lake. Public access for non-motorized
boating is available from the park. Flooding has occurred in the past at Karth Lake so an outlet
pump was installed in 2004 on the south side of the lake. This is the only current outlet from the
lake and it flows to Valentine Lake.
Limited environmental and fish monitoring data are available, with a single DNR Lake Survey
Summary available from 1980. This survey notes a problem with winter fish-kills, but no
information is available on the fish community in the lake. DNR does not currently stock the
lake with fish.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from DNR files.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Karth Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Karth Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date.
Water Quality Summary
Limited historic data exist on the quality of Karth Lake. The Metropolitan Council’s Citizen
Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP) has had the lake as part of its program since 2006. A
summary of the CAMP data taken over the last two years (Table 1) shows that Karth Lake is
meeting the water quality standards for shallow lakes.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2006-2007) and Standards
Parameter Karth Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 54 60
Chl (µg/L) 18 20
Secchi Depth (m) 1.0 1.0
Figures 3 through 5 show the total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi depth (clarity)
data from Karth Lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2006 2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Karth Lake Total Phosphorus
2006 2007
Year
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Karth Lake Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2007
Year
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Karth Lake Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the
watershed inputs account for approximately 85% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 15% (Figure 6).
Internal, 15%
Watershed, 85%
Internal, 15%
Watershed, 85%
Figure 6. Karth Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on May 29, 2008, lake residents offered local insight on Karth
Lake. Residents are very interested in keeping the lake at its current quality or even in reducing
the TP level further. A homeowners group, the Karth Lake Improvement District, has attempted
to establish technical assistance from RCWD in framing issues and defining problems and
solutions.
Attendees noted that they have seen an orange discharge entering the lake occasionally
from the Cummings stormsewer outlet on the southeast side of the lake. The nature of
this discharge is unknown. The RCWD was urged to collect a sample if this colored
discharge is seen again by residents. It was mentioned that it could be simply an iron
coloring from groundwater seepage into the pipe.
The residents felt that additional BMPs should be identified and retrofit opportunities
sought. Several general approaches were recognized within the immediate watershed for
retrofits whenever redevelopment or road projects are undertaken.
The residents were also interested in undertaking a fish stocking program to attain a
better ecological balance. They would like to either invite DNR to stock the lake or do
some stocking themselves if an affordable supplier could be found and permission
granted from DNR. The residents were interested in conducting a fish survey to see what
fish are present and then determining a proper mix that would restore ecological balance
among the planktivores (plankton eaters) and piscivores (fish eaters).
The presence of curly-leaf pondweed (a nuisance macrophyte) was noted by attendees at
the meeting. RCWD staff confirmed the presence of curly-leaf, but also noted that some
native macrophytes (like coontail) were also present in the lake. A plant management
program could target curly-leaf pondweed eradication and fostering of natives. Residents
would like to pursue curly-leaf pondweed control either through chemical addition or
control of sediment pH. The residents are interested in how such a program could be
initiated, perhaps in cooperation with the RCWD. Various methods of chemical control
were discussed at the meeting.
Residents are currently controlling buckthorn along the shore of the lake to improve
overall habitat and bank stability.
Water Quality Issues
Curly-leaf pondweed, a nuisance macrophyte, is present in the lake. Curly-leaf may
contribute to internal loading of phosphorus.
Soil erosion has been observed at the site of the outlet pump on the south side of the lake.
There is an access/parking street between the commercial/industrial area and the lake that
slopes steeply to the east and discharges water at a high velocity into a channel draining
to the lake.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Because the Karth Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into
the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end,
a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, four BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the 4 potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to FairIssac (business area south of the lake) educating them of potential
grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
All of this area (BMP #5) discharges directly to the lake untreated. There would be
opportunity for easy (surface) retrofits in this area during pavement maintenance
activities.
Erosion control measures could be put in place to address soil erosion at the site of the
outlet pump (BMP #6) on the south side of the lake.
Erosion at the bottom of the slope that discharges water at a high velocity into a channel
(BMP #7) draining to the lake should be stabilized.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Karth Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Karth Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Karth Lake. Since there are only two years of in-lake data on Karth Lake and the lake is close to
the water quality standards, additional in-lake data collection on the lake should be considered
high priority.
Updated bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for one to two additional years, with
at least five sampling dates per year. Continued support of data collection through the
CAMP program will provide sufficient information.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Karth Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Karth #1
Location: South end of Karth Lake
Description: Low wooded area that could be used to
treat the large manufacturing business south of lake.
There is room to incorporate a good sized feature, which
would be needed for that large amount of impervious
draining to this location.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding,
infiltration, or wetland treatment depending on soils and
water table.
Karth #2
Location: Cul-de-sac at the end of Karth Lake Drive
Description: Catch basins drain directly to lake
Potential Improvements: Incorporate island with
treatment in cul-de-sac to treat adjacent impervious.
Karth #3
Location: North of Nursery Hill Court and west of
Dellwood Street
Description: Low wooded wetland area
Potential Improvements: Incorporate treatment for
adjacent roads (would need to asses current quality and
function of the wetland)
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Karth #4
Location: Cul-de-sac on Nursery Hill Lane
Description: A lot of unnecessary impervious, typical
of several neighborhood streets around Karth Lake.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate islands with
treatment in cul-de-sacs and reduce street widths.
Reclaimed green space could also be used for
raingardens.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Karth #5
Location: Parking lot serving manufacturing business
south of Karth Lake
Description: The flume for storm water runoff from the
large parking area currently discharges offsite untreated.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate stormwater
treatment retrofits onsite during pavement maintenance.
Vegetation Management BMPs
Karth #6
Location: South end of Karth Lake
Description: Outlet pump and associated erosion.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate erosion control
measures to prevent sediments from entering the lake.
No Photo
Karth #7
Location: East end of private drive on FairIssac site
Description: Erosion at the bottom of the slope that
discharges water at a high velocity into a channel.
Potential Improvements: Stabilize outfall to prevent
further erosion.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Karth Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Langton Lake Management Action Plan
Langton Lake (62-0049) is located in the City of Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The 30-acre lake has three connected basins defined by trail crossings. There is a wetland to
the north of the lake that is dominated by wetland macrophytes; this wetland is connected to the
other lake basins but is isolated under low flow conditions. The north and south basins of the
lake are separated by the southern-most trail crossing. Langton Lake has a maximum depth of 5
feet, and is 100% littoral 1 . The watershed area draining to Langton is approximately 208 acres
with a mixed commercial-residential landuse, while the immediate lakeshore is primarily a city
park.
Langton Lake meets the MPCA definition of a wetland and used to be classified as a Class 2D
(wetland) water. In 2001, it was reclassified as a public water (not a wetland) as the request of a
local legislator. Due to its shallow depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s
definition and, as a public water, is held to the state nutrient standards.
An aquatic plant survey was completed by the DNR in late June of 2000. The plant community
consisted of both submerged vegetation (flatstem pondweed, Canada waterweed, sago
pondweed, and narrowleaf pondweed) and emergent vegetation (cattail, arrowhead, bulrush, and
spikerush). White waterlily is abundant in the northern wetland and common in the middle basin
(referred to as Langton North in this report). The DNR field notes from the survey indicate that
the City of Roseville has cooperated with local residents to control waterlily; this effort was
initiated in 1996 to control white waterlily in the northern wetland, and the effort was expanded
in 2000 to portions of the middle basin.
The DNR manages the fishery on Langton Lake as part of their Fishing in the Neighborhood
(FIN) program. The FIN program provides fishing opportunities to local residents by stocking
panfish and providing access; a fishing pier is located on the west shore of the south basin.
Langton is a shallow lake subject to winterkill, so stocking efforts are active and continuous to
replace fish that are caught or killed. The most recent DNR fisheries survey was conducted in
2000. In addition to high numbers of bluegill and sunfish, black bullheads were also sampled.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Langton Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Langton Lake has been collected by the Metropolitan Council’s Citizen
Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP) since 2005. A summary of the monitoring data suggests
that the lake is currently meeting lake water quality standards (Table 1). The phosphorus
concentration is just meeting the standard, while the chlorophyll and Secchi depth are slightly
better than the standards.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2005-2007) and Standards
Parameter Langton Lake
North Basin
Langton Lake
South Basin Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 60 60 60
Chl (µg/L) 17 14 20
Secchi Depth (m) 1.1 1.2 1.0
Figures 2-7 show the TP, chlorophyll-a, and clarity (Secchi depth) data from both basins of
Langton Lake.
2005 2006 2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake
Water Quality
Standard
Figure 2. Langton Lake North Basin TP
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2005 2006 2007
Year
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake
Water Quality
Standard
Figure 3. Langton Lake North Basin Chlorophyll-a.
1984 1986 1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006
Year
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake
Water Quality
Standard
Figure 4. Langton Lake North Basin Secchi Depth
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2005 2006 2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake
Water Quality
Standard
Figure 5. Langton Lake South Basin TP.
2005 2006 2007
Year
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake
Water Quality
Standard
Figure 6. Langton Lake South Basin Chlorophyll-a.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
2008
Year
-1.0
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 7. Langton Lake South Basin Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the
watershed inputs account for approximately 94% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 6% (Figure 8). (The northern wetland was not included in lake
modeling.)
Internal, 6%
Watershed, 94%
Internal, 6%
Watershed, 94%
Figure 8. Langton Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, a lake resident offered her insight on Langton
Lake.
This resident discussed the lake’s water quality problems and suggested that untreated
runoff from the surrounding area directly discharging into the lake was the obvious
source of the problem. She suggested identifying major stormsewer inlets and getting
some treatment upstream of those points. Specifically, she identified as one possible
retrofit BMP site the parking lot on the west side of the lake that runs directly off into the
lake. Installation of a treatment swale or rain garden would be an easy and inexpensive
retrofit for this situation. The citizen urged that any new BMPs be adequately maintained
because she has noticed that they often are ignored after installation.
The resident also noted that there is an area in the south basin where there is no evident
plant life. She also noted there is at least one barrel and some assorted debris (fence, old
dock) visible in the south basin. Because she did not know the nature of the barrel or
whether it was structurally intact, it is recommended that the MPCA or the county be
contacted to assess it prior to removal. The barrel was reported to an MPCA Duty
Officer on January 6, 2009 – reference #100698.
The attendee also noted that her feeling is that concerned citizens want to do as much as
they can to protect their lakes of interest, but often do not know what they can or should
do. Some guidance from the RCWD, the city, and MPCA on lake protection activities
for citizens would be appreciated. She also noted a past problem with agency
responsiveness, wherein the buck was often passed to some other agency when action is
requested. She specifically mentioned this in terms of the city, RCWD, the county, and
MPCA. Although specific details were not offered, frustration resulted when she tried to
find out which agency should be addressing the problems with Langton Lake.
The resident also noted that she has observed the degradation of the wildlife corridor
extending from Langton Lake to the east to Little Johanna Lake. She attributes the
decline to development and the lack of concern for maintenance of the corridor.
Shoreline erosion, especially near the access point on the south basin, is an issue.
Rapid expansion of white waterlily, particularly in the north basin, has been noted as a
problem by both the DNR and local residents.
Residents suggested that the clarity (Secchi) data could be misleading. Dense aquatic
vegetation often blocks viewing of the disk, suggesting that the average Secchi depth may
be better than what the data indicate.
Water Quality Issues
There appears to be a high phosphorus load originating in the watershed and several areas
that are untreated that drain directly to the lake.
The lake is meeting water quality standards, but a slight degradation in water quality
could cause the lake to not meet standards. Additionally, a slight degradation in water
quality could cause the lake to shift from the clear-water, macrophyte dominated phase to
the turbid, algal-dominated phase common in shallow lakes.
The waterlily removal effort is a potential stressor to the stability of the lake’s water
quality, in that aquatic macrophytes tend to stabilize the lake in the clear-water phase.
White waterlily also provides excellent fish habitat.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
High densities of planktivores (bluegill and sunfish) can also stress the stability of the
lake’s water quality through overgrazing zooplankton, which normally keep the algal
density under control. Although the lake is subject to winterkill, the continual stocking of
the lake with panfish and the lack of piscivores in the lake ensure that the panfish
densities remain high throughout the growing season.
Although they don’t appear to be a nuisance in Langton Lake, black bullhead are present
in the lake. Black bullhead are benthivorous fish that can disturb bottom sediments,
releasing sediment phosphorus into the water column.
Recommended Management Approach
Lake improvements could be achieved if additional watershed and internal lake management
practices are pursued.
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the water quality of
Langton Lake. Because the Langton Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for
retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be
sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely
regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during
this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance
supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 6 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in
this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to
reduce external loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Continue to coordinate closely with the City of Roseville and developers of the Twin
Lakes Area to ensure that District Rules are achieved or exceeded as this area develops.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management.
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs.
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Although the lake is currently in the clear-water, macrophyte dominated phase, several stressors
currently exist in the lake that could tip the balance and lead to a shift to the turbid, algal-
dominated phase. Internal lake management should address these stressors and prevent the
accumulation of additional stressors.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. Floating macrophytes can help keep a
shallow lake in the clear-water phase by shading out algae and keeping the nutrients
within aquatic macrophyte biomass instead of algal biomass. Although dense populations
of white waterlily (a floating macrophyte) can inhibit boating, lake management should
balance the recreational uses of the lake against the lake’s water quality. Removal of
aquatic macrophytes can destabilize the lake and make it more likely to shift to the turbid
algal-dominated state commonly observed in shallow lakes.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
The fisheries stocking plan should take into account the potential impact of high densities
of panfish. The black bullhead population should be tracked to determine if it reaches
nuisance levels. Work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Langton Lake.
Bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for one to two additional years, with
at least five sampling dates per year. Continued support of the CAMP program should
ensure sufficient water quality data are collected.
Macrophyte surveys: To update the survey from 2000, complete one macrophyte survey
during June to evaluate the presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive
aquatic vegetation. Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the
macrophytes after senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may
dominate.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the existing fish data regarding the food web,
which influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can
then be targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Langton Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Langton #1
Location: West of Arthur Place and north of County
Road C2
Description: Playground area on the east side of
Langton Lake Park.
Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville
Parks & Rec to incorporate water quality BMP at the
location of the playground equipment. Capture adjacent
parking and street runoff. Move playground equipment
to the east on higher ground.
Langton #2
Location: Brenner Avenue just north of Langton Lake
Description: Open area currently being used as small
basketball court.
Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville
Parks & Rec., consider this area for treatment of street
runoff prior to discharge to lake. An assessment would
need to be made with respect to how much drainage area
could be routed to this location.
Langton #3
Location: Industrial area west of Langton Lake and
north of County Road C2
Description: Open space with trees just north of
County Road C2.
Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville
Parks & Rec and private landowner. Consider tree
remove tree and excavation of large filtration or
ponding. This location could potentially pick up a large
amount of impervious area from the adjacent roads and
industrial sites.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Langton #4
Location: South of County Road C2 and west of
Langton Lake
Description: Open space with trees just south of
County Road C2. (Note: area to the left of fire hydrant
is lower and more suitable than the area in the center of
the photo.)
Potential Improvements: Coordinate with Roseville
Parks & Rec Dept. Consider tree remove tree and
excavation of large filtration or ponding. This location
could potentially pick up a large amount of impervious
area from the adjacent roads and industrial sites.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Langton #5
Location: Eagle Crest at the corner of Brenner Avenue
and Arthur Street
Description: Open area with swale currently receiving
parking runoff
Potential Improvements: Swale could be enhanced to
provide more treatment / depressional storage prior to
discharge to the lake.
Langton #6
Location: Industrial area west of Langton Lake north of
County Road C2
Description: Large amounts of impervious (parking
and roof top) ponding in parking area before discharging
to Langton Lake.
Potential Improvements: Create a ponding/treatment
area for this runoff at discharge location. This would
require removal of trees and/or pavement area.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Langton Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Little Lake Johanna Management Action Plan
Little Lake Johanna (62-0058) is located in the cities of Arden Hills and Roseville, Ramsey
County, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 17 acres, a maximum depth of 28
feet (Figure 2)1 .
The watershed area draining to Little Lake Johanna is 1,751 acres; the majority of the watershed
runoff reaches the lake through Ramsey County Ditch 4. The watershed’s land use is primarily
residential with some commercial and transportation uses.
Little Lake Johanna is listed as impaired on the EPA’s 303(d) list for aquatic recreation due to
high nutrient concentrations.
According to a 1984 DNR fisheries assessment, the carp, black bullhead, and black crappie are
abundant. The lake also supports populations of northern pike and brown bullhead. A more
current fisheries assessment is not available. Currently the lake is not stocked by the DNR.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the DNR Lake Finder website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Little Lake Johanna and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Little Lake Johanna Bathymetry
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data were collected for Lake Johanna from 2001 through 2006. Data were
collected by volunteers through the Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP). A summary
of the six years of monitoring data (Table 1) suggests that the lake is not meeting the state water
quality standards for total phosphorus (TP) or chlorophyll-a, but is meeting the standard for
Secchi depth (clarity).
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2001-2006) and Standards
Parameter Little Lake
Johanna Standard
TP (µg/L) 80 40
Chl (µg/L) 25 14
Secchi Depth (m) 1.5 1.4
Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi
depth (clarity) for Little Lake Johanna.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Little Lake Johanna Total Phosphorus
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
Year
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Little Lake Johanna Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006
Year
-0.5
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Little Lake Johanna Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that
watershed inputs account for approximately 79% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 21% (Figure 6). To reach the in-lake goal of 40 µg/L TP, the
phosphorous load needs to be reduced by 62%. Water quality and flow were measured in
Ramsey County Ditch 4 during the summer of 2008. The RCWD plans to use this data to better
estimate watershed loading.
Internal, 21%
Watershed, 79%
Internal, 21%
Watershed, 79%
Figure 6. Little Lake Johanna Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting on June 5, 2008 issues facing Little Lake Johanna were addressed.
Some comments offered refer to a previous Clean Water Partnership study for Long Lake that
included recommendations for the Johanna and Little Johanna watershed. Many of the
recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven successful to some degree,
but problems continue to exist with the lake.
Residents around the lake referenced the successful repair of the lake outlet by Ramsey
County in early 2008. This repair appears to have addressed a low water problem that
affected the lake for the last three years. Some residents supported the idea of dredging
within the lake to remove material accumulated from the many years of watershed
discharge. They also spoke of the fact that a 30+ foot hole still exists in the lake even
though several areas of sediment accumulation also exist. The inflow from Ramsey
County Ditch 4 (RCD 4) is the major input for problems encountered on the lake.
Complaints about the erosive nature of this ditch and the lack of runoff treatment for the
area draining to it are the basis for many of the recommendations for improvement.
Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake at relatively high densities, and the lake was
chemically treated for it in 2008.
The smell of algae on the lake was raised by some attendees. Solving the nutrient influx
into the lake would go a long way toward reducing algal blooms, but it was recognized
that short-term improvements are not likely. However, the attention that Little Johanna is
receiving now and will receive as an impaired water makes the future look a lot better.
Street sweeping was a popular recommendation by meeting attendees. It was stated that
the City of Roseville sweeps its streets only once per year and that the Rosedale shopping
center does not do a good job of keeping its parking lots clean. Attendees recommended
that the city increase its sweeping frequency and that the shopping center(s), including
others in the sub-watershed, also be asked to do a better job of sweeping. Spot sweeping
of critical areas, such as those directly draining to lakes, was encouraged.
It was noted that detention ponds on the Northwestern College campus, one located west
of Snelling Avenue and south of County Road C, and one at EagleCrest Retirement
Homes, were in need of deepening to restore their ability to adequately handle runoff.
Some attendees expressed their unhappiness with runoff leaving some of the construction
underway at the Northwestern College campus. The attendees urged the RCWD to do a
better job of site inspection for construction activities within the watershed.
Residents suggested that the clarity (Secchi) data could be misleading. Although water
clarity appears to meet state standards, dense algae colonies are often observed during the
middle of summer. Colonies tend to be pushed to one shore or another (depending on
wind), and clarity readings are usually taken in the middle of the lake, thus
underestimating algal productivity (Figure 7).
Finally, residents would like some attention placed on fish management. Nuisance rough
fish are currently a problem.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 7. Dense algae mats in the Little Lake Johanna outlet on June 29, 2008.
Water Quality Issues
Ramsey County Ditch 4 likely carries a high phosphorus and sediment load to Little Lake
Johanna. Portions of the ditch are eroding, and portions of the watershed draining to it
remain untreated. Shopping centers and construction sites in the watershed may also be
substantial sources of phosphorus and sediment.
Detention ponds within the watershed are in need of maintenance.
Carp densities were high in the 1984 fisheries survey. They are likely still a problem in
the lake, contributing to internal loading rates.
Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake and likely contributes to internal loading.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment.
Because the Little Lake Johanna watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting
BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought.
To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local
and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field
investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the
end of this report. In summary, 19 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary
field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the three potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the six potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
The entire reach of Ramsey County Ditch 4 (RCD 4) from Co. Rd. C to Terrace Drive
should be cleaned of debris scattered throughout. Within this reach, numerous adjacent
commercial/transportation sites discharge runoff without any controls. Several areas of
channel erosion also exist because of this unmanaged runoff. The use of rate reduction
BMPs and BMPs to treat oil and grease and other toxic runoff components from these
hot-spot locations is recommended. Oil and grease separators, and BMPs with sorbent
pads, are needed to address the polluted runoff noted at these sites. Although these
recommendations specifically address the more toxic content of urban stormwater runoff,
they are also fairly effective at phosphorus removal and should benefit both Little
Johanna and Johanna Lakes.
The amount of untreated impervious runoff from the quadrant generally encompassed by
Terrace Drive, Snelling Avenue, County Road C and Fairview is significant. While this
area is routed to the Oasis Pond, additional field reconnaissance and cost-share
opportunities should be identified as it is unlikely that Oasis Pond can adequately remove
all of the pollutants being generated by this area. In addition, it is not anticipated that the
Oasis Pond outlet could be retrofitted to provide substantially more water quality storage
than exists today considering the lack of freeboard from streets, stormsewer and low
floors north of the pond.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
The lake survey from 1984 showed an abundance of carp and high densities of panfish such as
bluegill and black crappie. If this is still the case, the fisheries composition likely leads to high
rates of internal loading, which should be addressed.
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be continued. Curly-leaf
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Little
Lake Johanna. Six years of in-lake water quality data exist for the lake and therefore additional
in-lake data collection is not a priority at this time. Data collection at the lake’s inlet (Ramsey
County Ditch 4) is a high priority so that watershed loads can be estimated and loading goals
developed for the future TMDL study.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The
TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected
after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during early June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
Ramsey County Ditch 4 should continue to be monitored close to the inlet to Little Lake
Johanna to provide flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in
order to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study. In
addition, the data could serve to evaluate watershed BMP effectiveness.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Johanna Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Little Johanna #1
Location: South of Oakcrest Avenue and west of
Herschel Street
Description: Ramsey County Ditch 4 concrete flume,
appears to be designed as a surge basin. Located on City
drainage parcel
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide
additional infiltration/filtration for small storm events.
Convert to native vegetation and get low flows out of
the concrete flume.
Little Johanna #2
Location: North of Terrace Drive and west of Lincoln
Drive
Description: Oasis Pond (Outlet maintained by
Roseville)
Potential Improvements: Reroute inlet to reduce short
circuiting; maintenance of sheetpile weir outlet. The
sheet piling has some holes in it that were plugged but
have rusted out, allowing water to pass at a lower-than-
intended elevation.
Little Johanna #3
Location: East of Snelling Avenue and south of County
Road C
Description: Treatment pond inline with Ramsey
County Ditch 4
Potential Improvements: It appears that there may be
potential area available for expansion. It would make
sense to first monitor the outlet of this pond to determine
the need for additional treatment.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Management BMPs
Little Johanna #4
Location: West of Snelling Avenue and south of
County Road C2
Description: Green space
Potential Improvements: Use for infiltration/
biofiltration features to treat adjacent drives/parking.
Little Johanna #5
Location: East of Snelling Avenue and north of
County Road C2
Description: Green space
Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of
Snelling Avenue. Note: There are several green space
areas that appear to have the potential to be better used
for treatment.
Little Johanna #6
Location: North of the intersection of Sharondale
Avenue and Prior Avenue
Description: Swale area
Potential Improvements: Convert to raingarden.
Little Johanna #7
Location: South of Gluek Lane N
Description: Low areas adjacent and behind homes in
this neighborhood. Stormwater from Gluek Lane
appears to be routed directly to stormsewer and does
not use these low areas.
Potential Improvements: Consider retrofits to
provide treatment for Gluek Lane.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Johanna #8
Location: Intersection of Highway 36 and Fairview
Avenue
Description: Green space in ramp loops
Potential Improvements: All three loops at this
location could potentially be better used for treatment
of adjacent roadways.
Little Johanna #9
Location: North of Rose Place and west of Wheeler
Street
Description: City owner lot – open green space.
Ramsey County Ditch 4 flows through a pipe below the
green space.
Potential Improvements: Depending on depth and
location of the pipe, a surface feature could be
incorporated to treat local street runoff from Rose Place
and Beacon Street.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Little Johanna #10
Location: East of Fairview Avenue and south of
Terrace Drive
Description: Open space adjacent to parking areas
Potential Improvements: Use for area infiltration or
biofiltration feature to treat adjacent parking.
Little Johanna #11
Location: East of Lincoln Drive and south of County
Road C2
Description: Green space
Potential Improvements: Use for infiltration/
biofiltration features to treat adjacent drives/parking.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Johanna #12
Location: East of Snelling Avenue and south of County
Road C2
Description: Green space adjacent to church parking
lot
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration or
biofiltration feature for treatment of church parking lot.
Little Johanna #13
Location: East of Snelling Drive and south of Lydia
Avenue
Description: Green space adjacent to parking.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden areas
to treat adjacent parking.
Little Johanna #14
Location: South of Lydia Avenue and west of Lincoln
Drive on the Presbyterian Homes property.
Description: A small detention pond on the SW side of
the Presbyterian Homes looks as though it drains a
portion of the parking lot for the home and possibly the
street.
Potential Improvements: Retrofit existing pond, but
only a small amount of local storage would likely result.
Little Johanna #15
Location: SALA truck/loading facility just south of
Terrace Drive
Description: Runoff from the entire lot drains to some
lot inlets and a surface pipe at the RCD 4 ditch bank.
Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a
proprietary treatment device that both settles solids and
adsorbs hydrocarbons.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Johanna #16
Location: Monarch Bus Company parking lot south of
RCD 4.
Description: Parking lot runoff flows to northwest
corner of site. Outfall in picture has been reconstructed
to prevent bank erosion; however, parking lot is still not
afforded any treatment before discharge to RCD 4.
Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a
proprietary treatment device that both settles solids and
adsorbs hydrocarbons.
Vegetation Management / Stabilization BMPs
Little Johanna #17
Location: Stormsewer outfall to RCD 4.
Description: Hanging stormsewer pipe on the west side
of the channel midway between Lydia and the lake.
Potential Improvements: Outfall stabilization with
reinforcement (ex. rip-rap, concrete, blocks) between the
outlet and the channel; also the pipe itself should be
supported so that it does not collapse. Roseville noted it
will address this stability issue.
Little Johanna #18
Location: RCD 4 Outfall to Little Lake Johanna
Description: As the channel transitions from ditch to
lake inflow, there is a break in the concrete and a drop of
approximately one foot.
Potential Improvements: Stabilize with additional
rock and/or concrete repair to stop undercutting and
movement upstream.
Little Johanna #19
Location: Upstream of the Lydia Avenue crossing of
RCD 4
Description: Homeowners west of the channel have
removed a lot of the trees and planted grass down to the
level of the rock emplacement; there is some erosion
where the grass (sod) stops and the channel starts.
Potential Improvements: Education and buffer
establishment in this stretch would address this erosion
potential before a big event causes some wash-out.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Johanna 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Little Lake Josephine Management Action Plan
Little Lake Josephine (62-0201) is located in Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1).
The lake has a surface area of 44 acres (Figure 2), a maximum depth of 25 feet, and is 90%
littoral 1 .
Little Lake Josephine meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D
(wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a
Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-201] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an
aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the
Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates
the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource
is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based
aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do
not apply to Class 2D wetlands.
The watershed area draining to Little Lake Josephine is 450 acres. The watershed is primarily
residential with some commercial and transportation uses. The lake is surrounding by much of
Lake Josephine Park. Little Lake Josephine and its watershed are contained within the Lake
Josephine watershed.
According to a 1984 DNR fisheries survey, the lake has an abundance of bluegill, bullhead, carp,
and green sunfish. A more recent fisheries survey is not available. The DNR does not stock this
lake.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth and percent littoral were taken from the DNR Lake Finder website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Little Lake Josephine and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Little Lake Josephine Bathymetry
Water Quality Summary
There are no water quality data for Little Lake Josephine, and biological data are very limited. A
watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-
lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There
are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that
watershed inputs account for approximately 34% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 66% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for
model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Watershed, 34%
Internal, 66%
Watershed, 34%
Internal, 66%
Figure 3. Little Lake Josephine Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public input meeting on June 5, 2008 issues facing Little Lake Josephine were addressed.
Preparation for this meeting and some comments offered refer to a previous Clean Water
Partnership study for Long Lake that included recommendations for the Little Lake Josephine
watershed. Many of the recommendations in that project were implemented and have proven
successful to some degree, but problems continue to exist with the lake.
The attendees also indicated the need for more education on runoff control for residents
of the watershed.
Water Quality Issues
The fish community in 1984 was composed mainly of bluegill, bullhead, carp, and green
sunfish. If the fish community composition is similar today, this prevalence of rough fish
and planktivorous fish could lead to high rates of internal loading due to disturbance of
the lake bottom sediments.
Without further data or public input, additional water quality issues were not able to be
defined.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Because the Little Josephine Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting
BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought.
To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local
and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field
investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the
end of this report. In summary, 11 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary
field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the two potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the seven potential local
BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
A trunk stormsewer from the west discharges to Little Josephine north of County Road
C2. This trunk stormsewer could be further investigated for possible daylighting to a
regional treatment pond within Cottontail Park and/or the open space east of the park.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Little Lake Josephine, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Little
Lake Josephine. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and
should be considered a high priority.
TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause
to believe that the water body is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer
algae blooms) AND the waterbody is contributing flow to adjacent lakes.
Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the
MPCA to determine if the water body is meeting the “healthy aquatic community
standards.”
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Josephine Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Little Josephine #1
Location: South of the intersection of Brenner Avenue
and Churchill Street
Description: Large piped outlet that flows through
woods and then into Little Josephine Lake.
Potential Improvements: Install wetland treatment
ponding between outfall and Little Josephine Lake.
Little Josephine #2
Location: South of County Road C2 and east of
Lexington Avenue
Description: Low wooded area
Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of the
neighborhood to the west and County Road C2.
Little Josephine #3
Location: Cottontail Park
Description: The trunk stormsewer line that runs
through the park and across subwatershed divides per
City of Roseville storm sewer mapping.
Potential Improvements: Daylight and provide
treatment within Cottontail park or open space east of
the park. The depth of this trunk line has not been
investigated and will have significant effects on the
feasibility and cost of this potential project.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Management BMPs
Little Josephine #4
Location: North of County Road D and east of
Richmond Avenue
Description: Swale running through school property.
Swale receives runoff from adjacent neighborhood.
Potential Improvements: Convert swale into a series
of raingardens.
Little Josephine #5
Location: North of County Road D and east of
Richmond Avenue
Description: Pond at the end of the swale (#4) appears
to be undersized.
Potential Improvements: Expand pond (however it
would seem to make sense to explore Little Josephine
#4 first).
Little Josephine #6
Location: West of the intersection of Chatsworth Street
North and Millwood Avenue
Description: Stormsewer outflow swaled to lake
Potential Improvements: Incorporate wetland
treatment feature at outlet
Little Josephine #7
Location: North of Woodhill Drive and east of Griggs
Street
Description: Open green space adjacent to Veterans
Park parking lot and VFW
Potential Improvements: Use area for volume
control/infiltration BMP. (This area is routed to a
treatment pond.)
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Josephine #8
Location: North of Millwood Avenue and west of
Hamline Avenue
Description: Vacant Lot (redeveloping)
Potential Improvements: Use part of lot to provide
treatment for adjacent roads / neighbor hood areas.
Little Josephine #9
Location: East of Hamline Avenue and south of Lydia
Avenue
Description: Catch basin at the bottom of green space
area
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide
infiltration and better treatment.
Little Josephine #10
Location: Intersection of Glen Paul Court and
Churchill Street
Description: Large cul-de-sec
Potential Improvements: Incorporate center island and
provide infiltration/treatment for adjacent impervious.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Little Josephine #11
Location: North of Woodlynn Avenue and east of
Milton Street
Description: Open green space adjacent to parking lot
Potential Improvements: Use area for treatment of
parking lot.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Little Josephine #12
Location: East of Lexington Avenue and just north of
Jones Lake
Description: Parking areas sheet flowing to Little
Josephine
Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality
treatment prior to discharge to Little Josephine.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Little Lake Josephine 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke Lake Management Action Plan
Locke Lake (02-0077) is located in the City of Fridley, Hennepin County, Minnesota (Figure 1).
Locke Lake is a flow-through lake located on Rice Creek and is at the end of the creek just
before its confluence with the Mississippi River. The lake has a surface area of approximately
26.5 acres and a maximum depth of 6 feet 1 . Based on its low estimated maximum depth, it is
considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s definition.
The watershed draining to Locke Lake is 115,583 acres and includes the entire Rice Creek
drainage area and all of the various rural to urban land uses within it. The watershed to lake area
ratio is approximately 4361:1. There are many improvements and studies underway in the
watershed, all of which should lead in the long-term to improvement of Locke Lake. The east
basin of Locke Lake essentially acts as a sediment basin for the lake.
Locke Lake is predominantly an aesthetic and habitat lake that residents use for recreational
boating.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No
bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during
sediment sampling.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Locke Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data were collected by RCWD in 2008. Preliminary phosphorus data were
available at the time of the report, and are shown in Table 1. In 2008, Locke Lake was not
meeting the MPCA phosphorus standard for shallow lakes.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2008) and Standards
Parameter Locke Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 84 60
Figure 2 shows the total phosphorus (TP) data for Locke Lake.
2008
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 2. Locke Lake Total Phosphorus
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading.
Modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for nearly the entire nutrient load, with internal
loading accounting for a negligible amount (Figure 3). Phosphorus data collected in 2008 were
not used in the P8 model, and modeling results should be considered preliminary.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Internal, 0%
Watershed, 100%
Internal, 0%
Watershed, 100%
Figure 3. Locke Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
A public input meeting was held on June 3, 2008, no attendee spoke on issues concerning Locke
Lake. A second public input meeting was held on January 19, 2008, during which a resident
described difficulty reestablishing macrophytes and continuing shoreline erosion due to water
elevation bounce on the lake.
Water Quality Issues
The phosphorus concentration in Locke Lake is high due to its location as a flow-through
lake along Rice Creek.
Although secondary to watershed loading, the lack of aquatic shoreline vegetation
coupled with water level fluctuations contributes to shoreline erosion and additional
phosphorus inputs to the lake.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Because the Locke Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into
the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end,
a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. Note that most retrofit opportunities identified in the supplement would not only address
Locke Lake, but lower Rice Creek as well. In summary, 27 BMP retrofit opportunities were
identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could
be pursued to reduce external loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the two potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the 21 potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Routine monitoring of sediment accumulation and maintenance excavation of the in-lake
sedimentation basin in eastern portion of the lake.
Lower Rice Creek bank stability assessment and installation of bank stabilization
amendments for areas with severe bank erosion.
Continued project related improvements and the studies currently underway in the
watershed. Various structural projects, such as critical weir replacements, maintenance
projects, such as routine clean-out of the Long Lake sediment basin, and studies with
implementation plans, such as the numerous TMDL studies, should all result in
incremental improvements within the watershed.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Continued shoreline restoration / buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore
(good for both runoff problems and fish survival)
Continued public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in
landscaping, lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Locke Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Locke Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Locke Lake. If the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward,
bathymetric data would be needed and should be considered a high priority.
Bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Locke 1
Location: East of Old Central Avenue and north of 81st
Avenue
Description: Large existing wetland receiving drainage
from adjacent industrial area.
Potential Improvements: Assess current treatment
capacity and assess options for enhancements to
improve water quality treatment.
Locke 2
Location: North of the intersection of Brookview Drive
Rice Creek Terrace
Description: Stormsewer outfall from adjacent
roadways from the south, runs through woods/swale into
Rice Creek
Potential Improvements: Create wetland treatment/
ponding area to provide treatment for stormsewer flows.
Local Management BMPs
Locke 3
Location: West of Hayes Street and north of 80th
Avenue
Description: Green space on corner
Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a large
raingarden for treatment of adjacent roadways.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke 4
Location: West of Silver Lake Road and south of
Woodcrest Drive
Description: Open space/small trees on corner
Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a large
raingarden to treat street runoff.
Locke 5
Location: West of Silver Lake Road and north of
Woodcrest Drive
Description: Open space/small trees on corner
Potential Improvements: Incorporation of a large
raingarden to treat street runoff.
Locke 6
Location: West of Stinson Boulevard and south of
Onondaga Street
Description: Open low area at the corner.
Potential Improvements: Incorporation of infiltration
basin or ponding area for treatment of adjacent
roadways.
Locke 7
Location: East of the intersection of Arthur Street and
76th Avenue
Description: Large vacant lot.
Potential Improvements: Utilize area for treatment of
adjacent roadways.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke 8
Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of
76th Avenue
Description: Large vacant lot adjacent to industrial
areas.
Potential Improvements: Utilize for a large treatment
basin for Old Central Avenue and or adjacent industrial
sites.
Locke 9
Location: West of Old Central Avenue and north of
Lakeview Lane
Description: Large vacant lot adjacent to industrial
and residential areas.
Potential Improvements: Utilize for a large treatment
basin for Old Central Avenue and or adjacent
impervious areas.
Locke 10
Location: East of Old Central Avenue and north of
81st Avenue
Description: Large open and wooded areas (current
use unknown)
Potential Improvements: Utilize for treatment of
adjacent highway and/or adjacent industrial park.
Locke 11
Location: North of Fireside Drive and east of
Highway 65
Description: Example of large swales along Highway
65 providing treatment.
Potential Improvements: Maintain and or enhance
rural section drainage.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke 12
Location: North of the intersection of Mississippi
Street and Mississippi Circle
Description: Green space between Mississippi Street
and existing trail.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area
for treatment of a portion of Mississippi Street.
Locke 13
Location: North of Mississippi Street and east of
Violet Lane
Description: Wooded area west of the creek.
Potential Improvements: Route stormsewer to this
area and construct a wetland treatment area.
Locke 14
Location: South of the intersection of Anoka Street
and Timber Ridge South
Description: Stormsewer discharge from Timber
Ridge Condos and Rice Creek Condos routed directly
into Rice Creek.
Potential Improvements: Reroute outlet into existing
wetland area and eliminate direct connection to creek.
The quality of the existing wetland and potential
impacts from stormsewer discharges would need to be
assessed before rerouting/reconfiguring the system.
Locke 15
Location: South of Mississippi Street and west of
Ashton Avenue
Description: Open green space at the corner.
Potential Improvements: Utilize for treatment of
adjacent roadways with a large raingarden.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke 16
Location: South of 66 ½ Way and west of Ashton
Avenue
Description: Open space adjacent to an existing
church.
Potential Improvements: Utilize area for treatment of
the church parking lot or the adjacent roadways.
Locke 17
Location: East of Ashton Avenue and north of 66th
Way
Description: Open space within Edgewater Gardens
Park
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens
along right-of-way to treat Ashton Avenue.
Locke 18
Location: East of 7th Street and south of 63rd Avenue
Description: Large open space located within
Commons Park
Potential Improvements: Incorporate treatment
features for adjacent parking lot and/or 7th Avenue.
Locke 19
Location: North of the cul-de-sac at the end of
Thorndale Avenue
Description: Stormsewer outlet discharging through
swale along lot line into Rice Creek
Potential Improvements: Create a linear treatment
feature along the lot line prior to discharge to Rice
Creek.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke 20
Location: North of Mound Avenue and west of
Thorndale Avenue
Description: Stormsewer pipe running along lot line
and discharging into Rice Creek
Potential Improvements: Daylight stormsewer
discharge and create at raingarden providing treatment
prior to discharge to Rice Creek.
Locke 21
Location: North of Rice Creek Terrace and east of
Pleasant View Drive
Description: Unnecessary impervious area
Potential Improvements: Extend driveways to road
and use remaining area for creation of raingardens to
treat adjacent roadway.
Locke 22
Location: North of the intersection of Stinson
Boulevard and 66 ½ Avenue
Description: Stormsewer outfall discharging in woods
flowing into Rice Creek
Potential Improvements: Create wetland
treatment/ponding areas at stormsewer outfall.
Locke 23
Location: North of the intersection of Brookview
Drive Rice Creek Terrace
Description: Local street discharge into PVC pipe
connecting into stormsewer.
Potential Improvements: Convert area into a
raingarden.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Site Specific Management BMPs
Locke 24
Location: North of Fireside Drive and west of Old
Central Avenue
Description: Existing treatment facility adjacent to
Fridley Chevrolet parking lot. Appears that the feature
may provide rate control but limited water quality
benefit.
Potential Improvements: Feature could be enhanced
to provide additional infiltration and water quality
treatment.
Locke 25
Location: West of Main Street and south of Rice Creek
Terrace
Description: Low open space adjacent to industrial
building
Potential Improvements: Enhance/retrofit low area
and utilize for treatment of adjacent building.
Stabilization / Other BMPs
Locke 26
Location: Locke Lake Outlet
Description: Dam controlling water levels in Locke
Lake. The dam is an obstruction to natural fish
migration upstream.
Potential Improvements: Consider reestablishment of
fish passage from the Mississippi into Locke Lake and
Rice Creek. Establish a smallmouth fishery in the lower
stretch of Rice Creek. The pros and cons of allowing
Mississippi River fish (game and rough) to migrate
upstream would need to be considered before
proceeding with any studies/assessments.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Locke 27
Location: Rice Creek South of Timber Ridge South
Description: Ground water seepage beneath an
undercut bank. Just one example of a failing bank
along Rice Creek.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate bank
stabilization for areas along Rice Creek with severe
bank erosion. Continue to reduce rates and flows from
upstream sources that are the cause accelerated bank
erosion.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Locke Lake 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Long Lake Management Action Plan
Long Lake (62-0067) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The lake consists of a north and a south basin. The north basin has a surface area of
approximately 73 acres, a maximum depth of 24 feet. (Figure 2)1 . The south basin has a surface
area of 119 acres, a maximum depth of 24 feet.
The watershed area draining to Long Lake is 105,082 acres (164 square miles) and includes the
entire Rice Creek watershed draining into the lake from the northeast, plus the contributing area
from the south, including the Lake Johanna, Valentine Lake, and Jones Lake sub-watersheds.
The watershed to lake area ratio is approximately 547:1.
Long Lake is surrounded on the west, north, and south sides by residential, transportation, and
some open space. I-694 is in close proximity to the southern side of the lake. The east side of
the lake is contained within the Long Lake Regional Park and a municipal park managed by the
City of New Brighton. Recreational facilities on the east side include a swimming beach, boat
launch, and fishing pier. The use of the east side as a major recreational resource in the region is
a primary reason for seeking to improve Long Lake.
Long Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters. It is
impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. There are other impaired waters tributary
to the south basin of Long Lake, including Pike Lake (nutrients), Valentine Lake (nutrients),
Jones Lake (wetland impaired for aquatic life), Little Lake Johanna (nutrients), Silver Lake
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from DNR files.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
(nutrients), and Island Lake (nutrients). The remaining impaired waters in RCWD are tributary
to the north basin of Long Lake.
Long Lake was the subject of a major Clean Lakes Partnership study in the 1980-90s that
resulted in the implementation of numerous projects. The completion and follow-up report
indicated some progress being made toward clean-up, but also acknowledged that many of the
watershed improvements did not result in measureable success.
Curly-leaf pondweed reaches a moderate growth level in Long Lake. A macrophyte survey
completed in early August of 2008 by the Ramsey Conservation District and Ramsey County
Public Works showed light densities of curly-leaf pondweed in many of the littoral areas of the
lake. Since curly-leaf pondweed usually dies back after June, it was assumed that peak densities
are higher in June than what was observed in the August survey. A lack of vegetation was
observed in some of the shallow areas of both basins.
Extensive fisheries data exist for Long Lake in surveys dating back to 1953. The most recent
information from 2003 indicates that a mix of fish exist in the lake as a result of migration up
from the Mississippi River when the Locke Lake dam was being repaired. The lake supports
populations of rough fish (carp, bullhead, sucker, and buffalo) and bluegill. Survey data indicate
that the carp population size is above the normal range (i.e. higher than the third quartile)
expected for lakes of this type. The bluegill population, although higher than the medial level for
lakes of this type, exhibits good growth rates and a well balanced size structure. The DNR
stocks the lake with walleye and northern pike.
Low concentrations of trichloroethylene (TCE) and cis-1,2-dichloroethylene (DCE), a
breakdown product of TCE, have been found in Long Lake and local ground water. The
occurrence of these chemicals is likely due to industries in the watershed that in the past handled
solvents, degreasers, and petroleum products. The in-lake concentrations are lower than the TCE
water quality standards and the DCE water quality guidance value, both based on protecting
aquatic organisms and human health for fish consumption and incidental intake of water during
swimming. The Minnesota Department of Health completed the Long Lake Health Consultation
and concluded that levels of TCE, DCE, and vinyl chloride were well below levels of health
concern. The concentrations have been decreasing over time, but it appears that there is a
continuing source of the contaminants. The source is currently unknown. Recent MPCA
monitoring of shallow aquifers did not show any elevated concentrations of TCE or DCE in
shallow groundwater that would explain the detections found in Long Lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Long Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Long Lake Bathymetry
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Long Lake in recent history has been collected since the 1980s. Data were
collected by Ramsey County Public Works. A summary of the most recent ten years of water
quality information for the north and south basins of the lake suggest that the state water quality
standards are not being met except for the Secchi depth (clarity) of the south basin. The north
basin drains the entire upper Rice Creek watershed and reflects a high phosphorus load coming
into the basin from the northeast. The south basin drains a large sub-watershed, but is buffered
by flow through from many lakes in the sub-watershed and by Pike Lake immediately upstream
of the inflow into the south basin.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter
Long Lake,
North
Basin
Long Lake,
South
Basin
Standard
TP (µg/L) 145 54 40
Chl (µg/L) 57 25 14
Secchi Depth (m) 0.6 1.4 1.4
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi
depth (clarity) data for the north basin of Long Lake. The same series of data is shown in
Figures 6 through 8 for the south basin.
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Long Lake North Basin Total Phosphorus
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Long Lake North Basin Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.6
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Long Lake North Basin Secchi Depth
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 6. Long Lake South Basin Total Phosphorus
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 7. Long Lake South Basin Chlorophyll-a
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
-2
-1
0
1
2
3
4
5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 8. Long Lake South Basin Secchi Depth
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to both basins of
the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the basins to
phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data.
Water quality modeling indicates that for the north basin, watershed inputs account for 96% of
the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 4% (Figure 9). To reach the
in-lake goal of 40µg/L TP, the phosphorus loading to the lake would need to be reduced by
approximately 64%.
Internal, 4%
Watershed, 96%
Internal, 4%
Watershed, 96%
Figure 9. Long Lake North Phosphorus Load Distribution
The south basin modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for 68% of the nutrient load,
with internal loading accounting for the remaining 32% (Figure 10). To reach the in-lake goal of
40µg/L TP, the phosphorus loading to the lake would need to be reduced by approximately 40%.
Watershed, 32%
Internal, 68%
Watershed, 32%
Internal, 68%
Figure 10. Long Lake South Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meetings on June 3, 2008 and January 19, 2009 issues facing Long Lake were
addressed.
The attendees were in support of continued follow-up maintenance for the many Long
Lake Chain of Lakes Clean Lakes Partnership (CLP) BMPs that were installed in the
1990s. This effort is intended to keep the installed BMPs in optimum working order.
Some attention to macrophyte management was also suggested to supplement the
practices already in place.
The sediment basin that treats Rice Creek inflow just prior to discharge to the lake was
cleaned in early 2008. The very large load of TP entering the north basin of the lake can
be reduced through effective and routine cleaning of this sediment trap. The attendees
acknowledged this key maintenance operation and would like to see it happen as often as
needed.
Residents from around the lake stated their dissatisfaction with the “weedy and green”
characteristic of the lake after so much attention was paid to improving it in the CLP
effort. Actions they supported include additional BMPs, effective implementation of city
and RCWD rules, volume control and infiltration practices, cost-share initiatives, BMP
retrofits, and plan coordination. Attendees agreed with staff that no quick fixes are
available, but that a long term effort is needed.
The attendees were interested in what might happen to spur things forward as a result of
the lake’s impaired status. RCWD staff explained that the Southwest RCWD Lake Study
has many attributes of a pre-TMDL study and will likely set the stage for a full-scale
TMDL study.
Shoreline erosion occurs due to wakes from motorized boating.
Water Quality Issues
The north basin of Long Lake has high phosphorus concentrations mostly due to the high
load from Rice Creek, which flows through Long Lake. Both basins are impaired.
Curly-leaf pondweed is present in moderate densities in both basins. There is a lack of
vegetation in many of the shallow areas of the lake.
High densities of both black bullhead and carp stir up bottom sediments and lead to high
rates of internal loading.
The south basin is directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receives highway runoff.
Low levels of TCE and DCE have been found in Long Lake. The concentrations are not
high enough to warrant concern for human or aquatic life health; however, it appears that
there is a continuing source of the chemicals into the lake and it is not known what the
source is.
The lack of aquatic shoreline vegetation coupled with water level fluctuations increases
susceptibility to shoreline erosion from motorized recreation and results in additional
phosphorus inputs to the lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment.
To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local
and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field
investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the
end of this report. In summary, 17 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary
field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
The entire southeast portion of the Long Lake watershed flows through Farrel’s Wetland,
also known as the E-2 Wetland from the Long Lake Chain of lakes CLP. This large
wetland serves as a principal treatment site for the flow originating in the Lake Johanna
and Valentine Lake chains. In a memo from EOR to RCWD dated January 29, 2008, the
poor condition of the weir controlling flow out of the wetland was documented. Figure
11 illustrates the corrosion noted in the memo. It is clear from this picture that the level
of water in the wetland is largely controlled by the corroded holes rather than the design
weir elevations. Repair or replacement of this structure to its original or revised design is
recommended for the treatment of Farrel’s Wetland to again be effective. The
recommendation in the memo was that RCWD consider replacement of the weir for an
approximate cost of $80,000. The memo also indicates that restoring the weir at a
slightly higher elevation than current could remove an additional 345 pounds of TP per
year, or roughly 60% of the load reductions needed to achieve the water quality standard
in the south basin of Long Lake. In addition to repair/replacement of the E-2 outlet,
additional assessment of the upstream wetland basins within the overall wetland complex
could be completed with an eye towards additional control structures to provide added
treatment storage.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the three potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the 10 potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Follow-up inspection, operation and maintenance of all Long Lake Chain of Lakes Clean
Lakes Partnership (CLP) BMPs.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 11. Outlet Weir Corrosion at Farrel’s (E-2) Wetland.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan, focusing on curly-leaf pondweed.
Shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be undertaken. Submerged and
emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the sediments and provide
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
refugia for zooplankton, but the macrophyte communities are sparse in the shallow
regions of the lake.
Local ordinances to control motorized boating could be developed to reduce the amount
of shoreline erosion occurring from boat wakes.
A fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of
fish in the lake. The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can
influence the lake’s water quality, and benthivores have been found at high densities in
Long Lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus into the
water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which
normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. Work
with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water
quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Work with MPCA and MDH to further investigate the source of TCE and DCE in Long
Lake and to ensure that it does not become a human or aquatic life health risk.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Long
Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Long Lake, additional in-lake
data collection is not a high priority at this time. Watershed phosphorus loading data are a high
priority, as they will be needed for the future TMDL study.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The
TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected
after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during early June to evaluate the
density of curly-leaf pondweed. Complete macrophyte surveys after aquatic vegetation
management practices are implemented, to monitor the success.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
Ramsey County Ditch 2 should be monitored close to the inlet to Long Lake South, and
Rice Creek should be monitored close to the inlet to Long Lake North, to provide flow
and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the
watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Long Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Long 1
Location: E2 wetland looking from the east
Description: E2 wetland looking from 6th Street and 1st
Avenue across freeway
Potential Improvements: Enhancements or
improvements throughout the E2 wetland complex. An
assessment of current effectiveness of the upstream
wetland systems should be completed and outlet
structure should be replaced.
Long 2
Location: West of New Brighton Road and south of
RR tracks
Description: Large low green space (appears to not get
much use, except for some storage)
Potential Improvements: Potentially could construct a
regional treatment feature (infiltration basin or wetland
treatment basin) to serve the drainage area to the south.
Long 3
Location: East of Long Lake Road and south of 17th
Street
Description: Large stormsewer pipe running beneath
green space.
Potential Improvements: Daylight pipe and create
wetland treatment/ponding area.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Management BMPs
Long 4
Location: South of 6th Street and west of 1st Avenue
Description: Open green space
Potential Improvements: Pick up street runoff and
incorporate a large raingarden.
Long 5
Location: North of County Road E and east of New
Brighton Road
Description: Large open green space (appears to be
park property)
Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding or
infiltration areas, however appears slightly high and may
not be able to route much drainage area to this site.
Long 6
Location: West side of Cleveland Avenue south of 2nd
Street
Description: Large open green space
Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding or
infiltration areas for treatment of adjacent roads.
Long 7
Location: West side of Cleveland Avenue south of 1st
Street
Description: Large open green space
Potential Improvements: Incorporate ponding or
infiltration areas for treatment of adjacent roads.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Long 8
Location: West of Round Lake Road and south of
County Road 96
Description: Green space along Round Lake Road
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens for
treatment of adjacent roadway.
Long 9
Location: North of 10th Street and east of Old Highway
8
Description: Green space at the corner.
Potential Improvements: Use area for treatment of
adjacent roadways.
Long 10
Location: North of 10th Street and west of 9th Avenue
Description: Existing ponding basin receiving
stormsewer discharges from the east and south.
Potential Improvements: Excavate to provide
additional dead storage.
Long 11
Location: South of 10th Street and west of 9th Avenue
Description: Low area adjacent to a small ditch
running from south to north.
Potential Improvements: Use low area for creation of
a small wetland treatment feature.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 15
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Long 12
Location: North of Mississippi Street and east of Long
Lake Road
Description: Open space adjacent to roadway
Potential Improvements: Install raingarden to treat a
portion of Mississippi Street.
Long 13
Location: East of the intersection of Long Lake Road
and 14th Street
Description: Open space adjacent to Long Lake Road.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingarden areas
for treatment of a portion of Long Lake Road (note: this
would require the removal of some trees).
Site Specific Management BMPs
Long 14
Location: East of 8th Avenue and south of 7th Street
Description: Catch basin located at the edge of the
parking lot.
Potential Improvements: Use green space behind
catch basin to provide treatment. Numerous areas are
available onsite for treatment of impervious area.
Long 15
Location: North of 10th Street and west of 7th Street
Description: Green space adjacent to apartment
parking lots.
Potential Improvements: Create raingarden or sand
filter area for treatment of adjacent parking lots.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 16
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Long 16
Location: North of 10th Street and east of Old Highway
8
Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot.
Potential Improvements: Use green space for a
raingarden to treat a portion of the adjacent parking lot
(note: this maybe within railroad ROW).
Long 17
Location: At the east end of the I-694 service road.
Description: The service road and parking lot at the
boat launch all drain to a small treatment feature before
discharging to Long Lake. Feature appears undersized
for its drainage area.
Potential Improvements: Expand and enhance
existing feature.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Long Lake 17
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Marsden Lake Management Action Plan
Marsden Lake (62-0059) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota
(Figure 1) and is within the boundaries of the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS).
Although termed a lake, Marsden is physically and ecologically closer to a wetland. The surface
area of the lake is approximately 271 acres with an estimated maximum depth of 5.5 ft 1 . Based
on its low estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s
definition. The watershed draining to the lake is approximately 2285 acres.
Marsden Lake is surrounded on all sides by the AHATS facility, although its watershed extends
beyond the AHATS property to the east and south. Marsden Lake has very limited public use at
the current time because of its location within the AHATS boundaries. There is some limited
access granted by the federal government for study and nature walks, but the general public is
not allowed within the AHATS property.
1 No bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected
during sediment sampling. The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot
resolution air photos.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Marsden Lake Potential BMP Location
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data are not available for Marsden Lake. Water clarity data inferred
from satellite imagery suggest that the water clarity depth of Marsden Lake is approximately 3 to
6 feet. A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake,
and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus
loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Modeling indicates
that watershed inputs account for approximately 52% of the nutrient load, with internal loading
accounting for the remaining 48% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for
model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary.
Internal, 48%
Watershed, 52%
Internal, 48%
Watershed, 52%
Figure 2. Marsden Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
In 2007, the U.S. Army tested Marsden Lake for TSS (total suspended solids), total and
dissolved aluminum, total and dissolved lead, and total hardness. The total lead standard was
exceeded once at two of the three monitoring sites; all other lead samples and all aluminum
samples were below the state standard for Class 2B waters. The U.S. Army has completed an
ecological risk assessment on Marsden Lake.
Public Input
No attendees spoke on issues related to Marsden Lake at the public input meeting on May 29,
2008.
Water Quality Issues
Sediment within the lake may be contaminated with toxic substances due to past land use.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Residential and commercial areas east of Lexington Avenue were developed prior to water
quality BMP rules and regulations. While the City of Shoreview retrofitted a regional pond
north of and to serve the Shoreview Mall site, further targeting of areas east of Lexington
Avenue for future BMP retrofits or for redevelopment attention will help to improve runoff
quality reaching the lake. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to
identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations
identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field
reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 4 BMP retrofit opportunities
were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that
could be pursued to reduce external loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the three potential local
BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowner educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Currently all of the area directly surrounding Marsden Lake is under the control of the U.S.
Army because the lake is entirely within the AHATS boundary. The Army should maintain its
existing management plan for the lake unless water quality data collected in the future dictates
that a need in management is warranted.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Marsden Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Marsden Lake:
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Marsden Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and
should be considered a high priority.
Bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Marsden Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Marsden #1
Location: South of County Road I and west of
Chatsworth Street N
Description: Large open area in front yard along
County Road I.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/
biofiltration feature for treatment of County Road I
(note: treatment may already be occurring in
downstream wetlands and ponds)
Marsden #2
Location: Southwest of Carmel Court loop
Description: Shallow swale flowing from pavement
area back to wetland.
Potential Improvements: Create raingarden for local
drainage or pick up stormsewer from Carmel Court and
incorporate a slightly larger treatment feature.
Marsden #3
Location: Inside Carmel Court loop
Description: Grass depressional area with catch basin
at the bottom.
Potential Improvements: Retrofit to provide
infiltration/water quality treatment.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Marsden #4
Location: North of County Road 96 and west of
Churchill Street
Description: Appears to be an existing infiltration
feature, which outlets to the road.
Potential Improvements: Might be working as is,
however the vegetation and storage of features onsite
could likely be enhanced to provide more infiltration
and treatment.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Marsden Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Martha Lake Management Action Plan
Martha Lake (62-0064) is located in the City of Shoreview, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The surface area of the lake is approximately 34 acres with a maximum depth of 3.5 feet 1
(Figure 2). The lake is a mix of standing water in pools and vegetation (mostly cattails and lily
pads).
Martha Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland)
water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water
Wetland [“W” 62-64] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic
recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality
of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the
designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is
protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based
aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do
not apply to Class 2D wetlands.
The watershed draining to Martha Lake is approximately 77 acres and is primarily a mix of light
industrial, neighborhood commercial, single family and multi-family residential uses. The lake
drains into the Marsden Lake watershed.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from DNR files.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Martha Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Martha Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date.
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data are not available for Martha Lake. A watershed model (P8)
was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub)
was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake
monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed
inputs account for approximately 89% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for
the remaining 11% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model
calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary.
Internal, 11%
Watershed, 89%
Internal, 11%
Watershed, 89%
Figure 3. Martha Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
No attendees spoke on issues related to Martha Lake at the public input meeting on May 29,
2008.
Water Quality Issues
The high density of cattails in Martha Lake suggests that the wetland has been impacted
by nutrient enrichment and/or modified surface hydrology.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Because the Martha Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into
the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end,
a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, three BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the three potential local
BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to landowners in the commercial/industrial area in the southwest area of the
lake educating them of potential grant funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater
Remediation Cost-Share Program. All of this is area running directly to the lake
untreated. While there is little opportunity for easy (surface) retrofits, this area could be
considered for subsurface retrofits during pavement maintenance or redevelopment
activities.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
The water level fluctuations and/or the high nutrient loading presumed in Martha Lake create an
environment that makes it difficult for the establishment of native plant communities and
supports a dense stands of cattails. Any in-lake restoration project will have a greater likelihood
of success after the rate and volume of stormwater runoff to Martha Lake is controlled.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Martha Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and
should be considered a high priority.
Updated bathymetric data collection
TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause
to believe that the water body is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer
algae blooms) AND the waterbody is contributing flow to adjacent lakes.
Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the
MPCA to determine if the water body is meeting the “healthy aquatic community
standards.”
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Martha Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Martha #1
Location: Southeast corner of Martha Lake
Description: Backside of Shoreview Public Works /
Maintenance building. The yard area is immediately
adjacent to the lake and appears to be draining to the
lake untreated.
Potential Improvements: Assess runoff reaching lake
and install BMPs prior to discharge to the lake as
needed.
Martha #2
Location: North end of Martha Lake, south of
Monterey Drive
Description: Stormsewer from Monterey Drive outlets
directly to Martha Lake.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality
BMP in green space.
Martha #3
Location: South of Monterey Drive and east of
Monterey Court
Description: Stormsewer from Monterey Court outlets
directly to Martha Lake.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality
BMP in green space.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Martha Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Moore Lake Management Action Plan
Note: This document was updated in November of 2009 by the RCWD to add Possible BMP
Location #13 – Fridley Middle School stormwater infiltration.
Moore Lake (02-0075) is located in the City of Fridley, Anoka County, Minnesota (Figure 1).
The lake is bisected by Highway 65 into eastern and western basins connected by a storm-pipe.
The western basin is 70 acres, has a maximum depth of 5 feet and is 100% littoral (Figure 2)1.
Based on its low maximum depth, the western basin is considered a shallow lake according to
MPCA’s definition. The eastern basin of Moore Lake is approximately 30 acres with a
maximum depth of 22 feet and is 79% littoral, and it is not considered a shallow lake according
to MPCA’s definition. East Moore Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of
impaired waters. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients.
The lake was bordered by a floating bog to the north in the 1960s but today open water is present
up to the developed northern shore. East Moore Lake’s watershed is 664 acres; West Moore
Lake’s watershed is 778 acres (including East Moore Lake and its watershed, which both drain to
West Moore Lake). Both watersheds are a highly developed mix of residential and commercial
uses with some areas of municipal park. There is a municipal beach on the eastern shore of the
lake that is the most visited park in Fridley. There is a smaller park on the western basin
connected to the larger Fridley Common Park, primarily composed of managed turf-grass sports
fields.
Both East and West Moore Lakes have ditched inflows adjacent to Highway 65 at the south end
of the basins, with the western basin receiving runoff from the Medtronic facility along I-694 and
the eastern basin receiving runoff from commercial and residential areas. Four additional
stormwater inlets to the lake were re-engineered in the late 1980s to improve water quality.
These changes were effective in reducing some nutrient and sediment problems according to
DNR reports.
A DNR aquatic vegetation survey was performed on Moore East during the end of July in 2004.
Curly-leaf pondweed was listed as rare. Water quality in Moore Lake has been consistently
recorded as poor, with eutrophic conditions prevailing and frequent fecal coliform and E. Coli
alerts at the public beaches (mentioned in the minutes of the Fridley City Parks and Recreation
Commission meeting in 2005). Excretion by waterfowl was noted by local stakeholders as the
primary cause of bacterial outbreaks and beach closings. In 2005 the Fridley City Parks and
Recreation Commission discussed a ban on feeding geese and other waterfowl. The City of
Fridley participates in a fowl removal program and plans to continue this program as part of their
2030 Comprehensive Plan.
DNR documents show that, in the late 1980s, stormwater system changes appeared to improve
total phosphorus (TP) and Secchi depth (but not algal concentrations) in both basins of the lake.
In 1986 a plastic sheet was installed in the bottom of the east basin to control macrophytes,
including invasive species. In 2004, the DNR reported that this sheet was present but failing.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. The
maximum depth was taken from the DNR Lake Finder.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
The fishery of Moore Lake has been managed by the DNR and the City of Fridley as part of the
Fishing in the Neighborhood (FIN) program since 1986. The FIN program creates neighborhood
fishing opportunities by stocking and providing fishing access. The lake is stocked with bluegill,
black crappie, largemouth bass, and channel catfish. Walleye, northern pike, and carp have been
sampled in DNR fisheries surveys, but in low numbers. The most recent fisheries survey was
conducted in 2004. Spawning habitat is poor for centrarchids (bluegill and crappie) and pike.
The major inflow tributary in the southeast corner of East Moore Lake has been the best known
spawning run, but now drains a highly developed area, and recent images show that it may no
longer exist.
Bullhead dominated fish composition until 1986, when chemical agents were used to kill off fish
before re-stocking with centrarchids. Both basins of Moore Lake are subject to winterkill, the
western basin likely due to freezing and the eastern due to anoxic hypolimnion (suggested by
2004 data from the DNR). Aeration has been implemented by the City of Fridley for both the
east and west basins. The west basin aerator is an on-shore unit that pulls water from the lake. It
is under assessment for replacement and typically runs from November to April. The east basin
aerator is in the lake and runs year-round.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Figure 1. Moore Lake and Potential BMP Locations
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Figure 2. Moore Lake Bathymetry
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Moore Lake has been collected since the mid-1970s. Data were collected
by the Anoka Conservation District, the MPCA, and the MPCA’s Citizen Lake Monitoring
Program. Table 1 summarizes the most recent 10 years of water quality information for the lake.
Moore West appears to be meeting its standards for all three values, while Moore East is not
meeting the standards for TP or chlorophyll-a.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter Moore East Lake Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 44 40
Chl (µg/L) 18 14
Secchi Depth (m) 1.7 1.4
Parameter Moore West Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 58 60
Chl (µg/L) 11 20
Secchi Depth (m) 1.3 1.0
Figures 3 through 5 show the growing season total phosphorus (TP), chlorophyll-a, and Secchi
depth (clarity) data for the west basin of Moore Lake. The same series of data is shown in
Figures 6 through 8 for the east basin. Recent trends show increasing chlorophyll concentrations
in both basins.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. West Moore Lake Total Phosphorus
1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005
Year
-20
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. West Moore Lake Chlorophyll-a
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1993
1994
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2005
Year
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. West Moore Lake Secchi Depth
1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005
Year
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Water Quality Standard
Figure 6. East Moore Lake Total Phosphorus
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003
Year
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Water Quality Standard
Figure 7. East Moore Lake Chlorophyll-a
1981 1983 1985 1987 1989 1991 1993 1995 1997 1999 2001 2003 2005
Year
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Water Quality Standard
Figure 8. East Moore Lake Secchi Depth
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to both basins of
the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the basins to
phosphorus loading. The lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data.
Water quality modeling for West Moore Lake indicates watershed inputs account for 82% of the
nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 18% (Figure 9).
Internal, 18%
Watershed, 82%
Internal, 18%
Watershed, 82%
Figure 9. West Moore Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
The modeling for East Moore Lake indicates that watershed inputs account for 84% of nutrient
loading, with only 16% coming from internal loading (Figure 10). In order to achieve a water
quality goal of 40 µg/L TP, phosphorus loads in East Moore Lake need to be reduced by 25%.
Internal, 16%
Watershed, 84%
Internal, 16%
Watershed, 84%
Figure 10. East Moore Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 3, 2008, no attendees were present to comment on
Moore Lake.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Water Quality Issues
High densities of planktivorous centrarchids (panfish) can result in higher algal
concentrations and/or shift algal species toward more noxious groups. Aeration to
prevent winterkill and to reduce the anoxic release of sediment may agitate sediment and
also keep non-target (rough) fish alive. These factors can have a large impact on internal
phosphorus loading.
Watershed phosphorus loads contribute to the high phosphorus concentrations observed
in East Moore Lake.
Waterfowl contribute to the high E. Coli in the lake.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment.
Because the Moore Lake watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs
into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that
end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, twelve BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the three potential local
BMP locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
The City of Fridley manages the park near Moore Lake. BMPs could be implemented at
the park to manage stormwater as well as serve as an example for homeowners within the
watershed to institute positive changes. An example of a BMP would be conversion of
the channel that drains to the lake through the south-central part of the park (Figure 11 &
Field Recon Supplement BMP #7). This channel currently accommodates runoff with
very little, if any, water quality treatment. Converting this to a water quality BMP, such
as a bioretention swale, could yield some movement toward the 25% TP reduction
needed for the lake to meet its goal.
Identify possible retrofitting opportunities in some of the less effective detention ponds
throughout the East Moore sub-watershed.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Figure 11. Drainage Channel through Moore Lake Park
The Moore Lake watershed is almost 70% impervious surface. There are several options known
to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested even before data are available that
will allow more targeted management. These general practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
The internal biology of Moore Lake needs to be better understood to identify the factors
mediating the causal chain from nutrient input to algal blooms. After the storm drainage changes
in the late 1980s, nutrient conditions improved but algal conditions did not (based on DNR
records and narrative), most likely because they were mediated by other factors. Internal
recycling of phosphorus and low densities of zooplankton are likely culprits.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Attention to aeration policy is recommended to be able to balance the benefit to fisheries
of preventing winterkills and reducing the anoxic release of phosphorus with the
drawbacks of sediment disturbance and the absence of winterkill (winterkills can help
water quality). More detailed biological information would make a more rigorous
assessment of these processes possible. Evaluate long term impacts of winter aeration,
particularly if it is linked to anoxic summer stratification. Work with DNR to promote a
fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while maintaining
a viable fishery.
Lake-shore development has decreased the spawning habitat for fish as well as removed
buffers that reduce nutrient impacts. These changes increase eutrophication and reduce
the value of the lake for fishing and swimming. Future management plans should clearly
identify the target uses and coordinate efforts to improve water quality while addressing
fishing concerns. Involving all the stakeholders is critical to success in this regard.
Evaluate the benefits and costs (ecologically and economically) of the plastic lining
relative to primary user objectives. In order to control non-native macrophytes, a plastic
lining was installed in the 1980s in the eastern basin, but this lining is now degrading.
The dominance of invasive macrophytes does not appear to have changed due to this
management practice. A detailed evaluation of the relative merits of maintaining the
lining should be studied and discussed publicly. Other, more natural methods of
removing invasive macrophytes and encouraging native plant species ought to be
discussed as well. Native macrophyte stands and buffer zones would act as refugia for
zooplankton, which can help reduce algal production and increase water clarity.
Increase buffers (particularly of native macrophytes) along the lakeshore. Waterfowl are
targeted as contributing a large portion of the nutrient load and causing fecal coliform
outbreaks. Managing waterfowl is notoriously difficult, but buffer zones seem to help
greatly with this input as well.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Moore Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Moore Lake,
additional data collection is not a high priority at this time.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The
TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected
after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete macrophyte surveys after aquatic vegetation management
practices are implemented, to monitor the success.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from fish surveys regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality. If a
better understanding of internal loading is needed for an eventual TMDL, collection of
these data will be a high priority.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey during the same year as the plankton survey to
evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
The inlets (or a subset) to East Moore Lake should be monitored to provide flow and
phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the
watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study.
Monitor dissolved oxygen profiles on East Moore Lake during winter and summer to
evaluate effectiveness of the aerator. If the aerator is not effective at alleviating
hypolimnetic anoxia during the summer, sediment-phosphorus release may be
contributing to internal loading.
Monitor TSS (with attention to volatile:non-volatile ratios) at the surface and at depth on
East Moore to determine if the aerator is disturbing sediment.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Moore Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Moore 1
Location: South of Mississippi Street and west of
Fridley Street
Description: Green space in Harris Lake Park
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens to
provide treatment of Mississippi Street.
Moore 2
Location: East of Rice Creek Drive and south of
Briardale Road
Description: Green space in Briardale Park
Potential Improvements: Use open space for treatment
of adjacent roadways.
Moore 3
Location: South of Rice Creek Road and east of Old
Central Avenue
Description: Open wooded lot adjacent to Rice Creek
Road.
Potential Improvements: Use to provide treatment for
Rice Creek Road.
Moore 4
Location: North of Rice Creek Road and east of Old
Central Avenue
Description: Wetland area adjacent to Rice Creek Road
Potential Improvements: Enhance and use for
treatment of adjacent roadways.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Moore 5
Location: South of Moore Lake Drive and east of
Highway 65
Description: Existing basin providing minimal
treatment.
Potential Improvements: Enhance to provide
additional water quality treatment.
Moore 6
Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of
Heather Place
Description: Large open space adjacent to Old Central
Avenue
Potential Improvements: Use for treatment of adjacent
roadways.
Moore 7
Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of
Gardena Avenue
Description: Stormsewer discharge through park into
Moore Lake
Potential Improvements: Enhance area to provide
additional treatment (note: current configuration of
bridge could limit treatment capacity). If dissolved
phosphorus is an issue a permeable limestone weir could
potentially be considered as an option.
Moore 8
Location: East of Fillmore Street and north of Regis
Lane
Description: Green space on school property
Potential Improvements: Use area for infiltration
and/or ponding for adjacent roads and school parking
lot.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 15
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Moore 9
Location: East of Hackman Avenue and west of
Hackman Circle
Description: Open space within Hackman Park
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration areas
for treatment of Hackman Circle.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Moore 10
Location: West of Old Central Avenue and south of
Gardena Lane
Description: Green space currently receiving runoff
from the park parking lot.
Potential Improvements: Enhance area and convert to
raingardens prior to discharge to Moore Lake.
Moore 11
Location: Moore Lake
Description: Looking west from park
Potential Improvements: Remove bituminous flume
and incorporate treatment.
Moore 12
Location: South of Moore Lake Drive and west of
Highway 65
Description: Treatment swale south of Saint Phillips
Lutheran Church parking lot
Potential Improvements: Enhance vegetation and
treatment storage prior to discharge to Moore Lake.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Moore Lake 16
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Moore 13
Location:Fridley Middle School and surrounding
property
Description: Raingardens adjacent to Fridley Middle
School parking lot and West Moore Lake Drive
Potential Improvements: Infiltrate stormwater from
Fridley Middle school rooftop and parking lot, as well
as West Moore Lake Drive. Would divert water that
current is discharged to West Moore Lake without
treatment
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Pike Lake Management Action Plan
Pike Lake (62-0069) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The lake has a surface area of about 37 acres, a maximum depth of 16 feet 1 and is 91%
littoral (Figure 2). Based on its high percentage of littoral habitat, it is considered a shallow lake
according to MPCA’s definition. Pike Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list
of impaired water bodies. It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients.
The watershed draining to Pike Lake is about 5,888 acres, extending all the way southward to
Falcon Heights. The watershed to lake area ratio for Pike Lake is about 160:1. The watershed is
fully developed; land use consists primarily of residential and industrial/utility. Interstate 694 is
adjacent to the lake on the south side, and the Pike Lake watershed includes portions of Interstate
35E and Minnesota Highway 36. Pike Lake flows directly east into Long Lake, which is
impaired for nutrients.
In the period from 1978 to 1990 the RCWD completed an in-depth study of the Long Lake Chain
of Lakes. This federally and state funded study evaluated the entire Long Lake watershed,
including Pike Lake, and implemented a channel stabilization project (Hansen Park Pond) on
RCD2 in New Brighton south of the lake. A city project also increased the size of the detention
pond on the south side of Pike Lake. Both of these projects likely reduce the amount of sediment
reaching the lake from the watershed.
In an early August 1995 aquatic plant survey completed by the DNR, curly-leaf pondweed was
identified in rare abundance. Other plants found were Canada waterweed, blue flag, and
narrowleaf pondweed.
A 1995 DNR fisheries survey noted that occasional winter fish kills occurred in Pike Lake. The
survey indicated that panfish (mostly black crappie and bluegill), carp, and bullhead were
dominant. Some piscivores (perch, walleye, and northern pike) were present, but in small
numbers; the piscivores likely migrated from Long Lake. Pike Lake has no public access and the
DNR has not conducted a fish stocking program on the lake.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Pike Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Pike Lake Bathymetry
Water Quality Summary
Data have been collected for Pike Lake water quality from 1980 to 2007. Data are collected by a
volunteer through the Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP). A summary of the 10
most recent years of water quality data for the lake suggest that Pike Lake is not meeting state
water quality standards for any parameters (Table 1).
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998 – 2007) and Standards
Parameter Pike Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 91 60
Chl (µg/L) 53 20
Secchi Depth (m) 0.8 1.1
Figure 3-5 shows the growing season TP, chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data for the
lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Pike Lake Total Phosphorus
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Pike Lake Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1981
1983
1985
1987
1989
1991
1993
1995
1997
1999
2001
2003
2005
2007
Year
0.0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1.0
1.2
1.4
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Pike Lake Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that 82%
of nutrient input to Pike Lake comes from its watershed, with the remaining 18% coming from
internal lake loading (Figure 6). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, the phosphorous load
needs to be reduced by 43%.
Internal, 18%
Watershed, 82%
Internal, 18%
Watershed, 82%
Figure 6. Pike Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting on June 2, 2008, concerns regarding Pike Lake were addressed. Pike
Lake has been impacted by its watershed as it developed. Long-time residents of the lake have
remarked on its gradual slip in water quality as they watched the watershed develop.
One attendee stated that she is still concerned about the runoff entering the lake from I-
694 and the Venetian Village apartment complex south of the highway. She referenced a
long list of objectionable debris and litter that move through the detention pond on the
south end of the lake. She would like the RCWD to investigate measures to decrease this
debris. She also requested a study of the effectiveness of the detention pond because she
does not believe that it is effective in reducing any pollution. The pond is in place to treat
runoff coming from I-694.
The same attendee verified the deterioration in water quality since she has lived on the
lake and mentioned that she no longer swims or fishes in the lake because of it. She
asked for both a fish survey to see why the fish population is so bad and for a macrophyte
survey to document why little vegetation of any kind is currently in the lake.
The same attendee identified the need for more BMPs and for better management of
those BMPs already in place. She has watched as BMPs were installed and subsequently
forgotten. She hoped that more attention to BMPs might clear-up the pea-soup condition
that dominates the lake during the growing season.
She asked the RCWD to take charge and actually get something done, stating that
nothing has really happened to improve the lake since she moved there in the 1970s; it
continues to degrade. The resident told her story of repeated passing of the buck for
responsibility for Pike Lake with none of the agencies she has contacted ever taking
charge. Her requests to the city have not been followed through on behalf of the city,
leading again to her frustration in trying to find an agency responsible for the lake. She
reiterated several times that the lake owners are willing to do their part, but they need
agency action to lead the way.
A common theme expressed by lake residents at the public meeting dealt with
government cooperation. All residents felt that state and local government entities
needed to improve cooperation related to water quality monitoring, BMP maintenance,
and improvement projects.
Water Quality Issues
Pike Lake is the first lake downstream of Ramsey County Ditch 3, which would appear to
be a source of high nutrient concentrations (photo below).
Pike Lake is directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receives highway runoff.
DNR surveys and resident comments suggest a lack of aquatic vegetation in the lake.
This could indicate that the lake is currently in the turbid, algal-dominated phase common
in shallow lakes.
Curly-leaf pondweed was found in the lake at a rare abundance in an early August 1995
aquatic plant survey. Since curly-leaf pondweed usually dies back after June, its
presence in August could indicate that it is abundant earlier in the growing season.
Curly-leaf pondweed can contribute to internal loading.
The fish community in 1995 was composed mainly of bullhead, carp, crappie, and
bluegill, with low densities of piscivorous fish. If the fish community composition is
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
similar today, this prevalence of rough fish and planktivorous fish could lead to high rates
of internal loading due to disturbance of the lake bottom sediments and overgrazing of
zooplankton.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment.
Because the Pike Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into the
watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end, a
preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific
retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation are
identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, 28 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the four potential regional BMP locations
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Perform an evaluation of the effectiveness of the I-694 detention pond to make sure it is
as effective as it was designed to be. There are also now available on the market sewer
and catch basin inserts that effectively remove debris and litter from stormwater. This
kind of device should be installed on all of the runoff inlets coming from the Venetian
Village apartment complex.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
The original project on RCD2 (Hansen Park Pond) should be inspected by the RCWD
and City of New Brighton to see if any repairs or upgrades are needed at this time. This
facility (wetland enhancement) drains a very large watershed and should be removing a
lot of the suspended material that otherwise makes its way to Pike Lake. Some additional
retrofitted storage could be available at this facility. Additionally, RCWD staff has
observed high carp densities in the pond. Re-suspension of fine sediment associated with
carp feeding behavior may be limiting the pond’s effectiveness. Work with DNR to
develop a carp management strategy for the pond.
The New Brighton 2000 Surface Water Management Plan mapped the areas of the city
that are not treated with any runoff BMPs. The largest amount of this acreage occurs
directly adjacent to Pike Lake, entering the lake from direct runoff, and in small parcels
scattered throughout the city. The date on the map is 1999, so some efforts to treat this
previously untreated area could have occurred since then. Work with New Brighton to
update the map, and use this map to help target areas that do not currently treat
stormwater runoff.
The City of New Brighton has a street sweeping priority system that has as highest
priority the sweeping of streets that directly discharge to major water bodies, which
includes some streets around Pike Lake and RCD2. Work with New Brighton to
continue this program and encourage additional street sweeping in the area.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management.
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs.
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control.
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Pike Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Pike Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep algae populations in check. Despite the
high densities of panfish, their size structure was more balanced than other lakes in the
area; 46% of crappie and 27% of bluegill were larger than 6 inches. Work with DNR to
promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality, while
maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Pike
Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Pike Lake, additional data
collection is not a high priority at this time.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The
TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected
after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake. Continued
support of the CAMP program should ensure sufficient water quality data collection in
the future.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
Ramsey County Ditch 2 should be monitored close to the inlet to Pike Lake to provide
flow and phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate
the watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study.
Water quality monitoring of discharge from Ramsey County Ditch 3.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Pike Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Pike Lake #1
Location: Hanson Park
Description: Large wetland/pond treatment area
previously enhanced by RCWD
Potential Improvements: An assessment of the current
storage capacity versus the original design and the need
for maintenance/excavation of accumulated material
could be done. Other vegetation enhancements or
management strategies could also be evaluated. Carp
management/eradication options for small ponds should
be reviewed.
Pike Lake #2
Location: North of County Road D and east of
Oakwood Drive
Description: Mirror Pond – the water was very green
the day of the site visit. This could potentially be a
contributing source of the poor water quality at the
outlet of RCD 3.
Potential Improvements: Assessment of Mirror Pond
should be done. Options could be to chemically treat the
outlet or seal sediments to reduce downstream loading.
Pike Lake #3
Location: Immediately southeast of Pike Lake
Description: Fenced-in play area on wooded lot.
Potential Improvements: This area could potentially
be used as a regional treatment facility.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Local Management BMPs
Pike Lake #4
Location: North of Wendhurst Ave and east of
Chelmsford Road
Description: Open grass area next to recently repaved
church parking lot
Potential Improvements: Raingarden/water quality
BMPs could be installed for runoff from the church
parking area or adjacent road. The sloped nature of the
area would limit the opportunities to utilize the space.
Pike Lake #5
Location: South of 1st Street and west of Old
Highway 8
Description: Large grass area on corner.
Potential Improvements: This site could be used for
infiltration or ponding for runoff from adjacent road
ways.
Pike Lake #6
Location: North of 5th Street and east of 8th Avenue
Description: Open grass area at New Brighton Public
works building.
Potential Improvements: Raingarden/water quality
BMPs could be installed for runoff from adjacent
roads/buildings.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Pike Lake #7
Location: East of 8th Avenue and north of 6th Street
Description: Large open areas
Potential Improvements: Install ponding or infiltration
areas for runoff from adjacent roads
Pike Lake #8
Location: East of 8th Avenue and north of 6th Street
Description: Large open areas.
Potential Improvements: Install ponding or infiltration
areas for runoff from adjacent roads.
Pike Lake #9
Location: South of 7th Street and east of 17th Avenue
Description: Open grass area (current use is unclear).
Potential Improvements: Pick up pipe inlet from
southwest and provide additional treatment prior to
discharge to the regional pond. This area could also be
used to treat 7th Street runoff.
Pike Lake #10
Location: South of 14th Street and west of 20th Avenue
Description: Open grass area on school grounds.
Potential Improvements: Utilize this area to treat
school runoff or adjacent roads.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Pike Lake #11
Location: Northwest of intersection of Robin Lane and
12th Street
Description: Dry ponding area along with additional
swales/green space onsite.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate water quality
treatment prior to discharge (e.g. infiltration and/or
ponding).
Pike Lake #12
Location: South of 14th Street and east of Silver Lake
Road
Description: Greenspace on school property behind
baseball field.
Potential Improvements: Use this area to treat runoff
from school or adjacent streets.
Pike Lake #13
Location: West of the intersection of Robin Lane and
13th Street
Description: Large dry pond.
Potential Improvements: Retrofit this site to include
water quality treatment and infiltration.
Pike Lake #14
Location: South of the intersection of 5th Street and
Driftwood Road
Description: Large open green space.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate a large
infiltration area for adjacent road runoff (area is likely
already treated by water quality ponds).
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Pike Lake #15
Location: East of Heights Drive and south of Maiden
Lane
Description: Open green space.
Potential Improvements: Utilize to treat runoff from
the adjacent roadway.
Pike Lake #16
Location: East of the intersection of Heights Drive and
Golf Place
Description: Open green space.
Potential Improvements: Utilize to treat runoff from
the adjacent roadway.
Pike Lake #17
Location: South of 3rd Street and west of 23rd Avenue
Description: Wooded lot
Potential Improvements: Utilize to treat runoff from
the adjacent roadways or impervious areas from the
south and west (note: the lot has significant grade
change from south to north).
Pike Lake #18
Location:South of 1st Street and east of 13th Avenue
Description: Large unused green space.
Potential Improvements: Possibly use the area to treat
runoff from the adjacent neighborhood to the west.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 14
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Pike Lake #19
Location: South of Windsor Way and west of 20th
Avenue
Description: Large grass area at Winsor Park (private
common area)
Potential Improvements: Incorporate a large
infiltration/filtration feature for treatment of runoff from
adjacent roadways.
Pike Lake #20
Location: 11th Avenue looking north from 4th Street
Description: A general example of a neighborhood that
would be easy to retrofit raingardens into.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate raingardens
throughout the area during road reconstruction projects.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Pike Lake #21
Location: North of 7th Street and east of 22nd Avenue
Description: Existing ponding area on church site.
Potential Improvements: Clean out and expand the
pond for additional treatment.
Pike Lake #22
Location: North of 7th Street and west of Oakwood
Drive
Description: Grass swale on church site.
Potential Improvements: Retrofit the swale to an
infiltration area treating runoff from the adjacent drive.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 15
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Pike Lake #23
Location: North of 7th Street and east of Patton Road
Description: Ramsey County Ditch #2 and offline pond
(in the background), parking lot flumes straight to ditch
(in the foreground). The adjacent Venetian Village
apartment complex and parking drains directly to RCD-
2 and receives no treatment prior to reaching Pike Lake
Potential Improvements: Assess options that would, at
a minimum, remove debris before entering the ditch.
Pike Lake #24
Location: South of 694 and east of Patton Road
Description: Swale adjacent to apartment drive with
exposed soils.
Potential Improvements: Improve/enhance the swale
to provide treatment for runoff from the adjacent drive.
Pike Lake #25
Location: West of 8th Avenue and south of 5th Street
Description: Roof drainage directed to parking area @
J & B Auto Repair
Potential Improvements: Green space could easily be
converted into a raingarden area that could treat the roof
top and possibly some of the parking area.
Pike Lake #26
Location: West of Macalaster Drive and south of 39th
Avenue
Description: Open green space areas around apartment
complex.
Potential Improvements: This location along with
other areas onsite could be converted to raingarden areas
for treatment of the adjacent apartments and associated
parking.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 16
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Vegetation Management/Stabilization BMPs
Pike Lake #27
Location: West of Old Highway 8 and south of 1st
Street
Description: Confluence of Ramsey County Ditch #2
and Ramsey County Ditch #3
Potential Improvements: Bank Stabilization is needed
at the outlet of Ramsey County Ditch #3.
Additional Regional BMP suggested by New Brighton
Pike Lake #28
Location: West of 3rd Terrace NW
Description: Future treatment area suggested by City
of New Brighton, existing open space area in Hansen
Park
Potential Improvements: Excavation of large,
shallow biofiltration feature potentially receiving
runoff from redirected stormsewer outfalls currently
discharging directly to Ramsey County Ditch 2 from
3rd and 4th Streets NW.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Pike Lake 17
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Poplar Lake Management Action Plan
Poplar Lake (62-0077) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota
(Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of 13 acres and a maximum depth of 5 feet 1 (Figure 2).
Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s
definition. Poplar lake watershed is approximately 108 acres and is tributary to Jones Lake, Pike
Lake, and Long Lake, which are all on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters.
The area immediately surrounding the lake is a mobile home park on the west and south sides,
with railroad tracks on the north and a commercial facility on the northeast. The rest of the
watershed area, predominantly to the south, is single family residential.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from DNR files.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Poplar Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Poplar Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date.
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data are not available for Poplar Lake. A watershed model (P8)
was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub)
was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake
monitoring data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed
inputs account for approximately 88% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for
the remaining 12% (Figure 3).
Internal, 12%
Watershed, 88%
Internal, 12%
Watershed, 88%
Figure 3. Poplar Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on June 2, 2008, no attendees were present to discuss Poplar
Lake. In a phone conversation, a representative of Lakeside Homes, Inc., the mobile home park,
mentioned there is a well/pump appropriating water from the lake for the industrial area on the
northeast side of the lake. He wondered if the appropriations were related to the low water levels
observed in the lake that year (2007).
Water Quality Issues
Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the water quality of
Poplar Lake. Because the Poplar Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for
retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be
sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely
regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during
this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance
supplement at the end of this report. In summary, 4 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in
this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to
reduce external loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the potential regional BMP location
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Re-establishing a vegetated buffer strip around the lakeshore would help stabilize the
shoreline and prevent erosion and sediment wash-off.
The existing BMPs on the south side of the lake and in the southern part of the watershed
should be evaluated as to their effectiveness in reducing nutrient inflow to the lake.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With no in-lake biological data for Poplar Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations
can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will
likely apply to Poplar Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Poplar Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data
would be needed and should be considered a high priority
Updated bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Poplar Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Poplar Lake #1
Location: South of Foss Road and west of Imperial
Lane
Description: Large ponding area receiving runoff from
neighborhoods to the south. Pond was pea-soup green
the day of the photo.
Potential Improvements: Assess the effectiveness and
perform maintenance or other improvements as needed
to ensure that the pond is providing the treatment needed
before discharging to Poplar Lake.
Local Management BMPs
Poplar Lake #2
Location: Near parking area north of Mooney Drive
and just east of Poplar Lake
Description: Curb cut from parking area and an
additional piped discharge enter a grassed swale that
then flows through a small patch of woods before
reaching Poplar Lake.
Potential Improvements: A raingarden could be
incorporated in the available green space. Removal of
some trees would allow for a larger feature.
Appropriate sizing would be dependent on a
determination of the drainage area from the piped
discharge.
Poplar Lake #3
Location: Intersection of Champion Drive and West
Road
Description: Stormsewer discharge into swale area
flows into wooded swale and eventually discharges at
the northwest corner of Poplar Lake.
Possible Improvements: Swale could easily be
expanded into a treatment feature providing storage or
infiltration as needed.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Site Specific Management BMPs
Poplar Lake #4
Location: Trend Enterprises west of 9th Avenue SW
Description: Site has swales and low areas currently
collecting stormwater.
Possible Improvements: Some fairly simple retrofits
and vegetation enhancements onsite may provide water
quality/quantity benefits for Poplar Lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Poplar Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Round Lake Management Action Plan
Round Lake (62-0070) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The lake has a surface area of 130 acres, a maximum depth of 7 feet and is 100% littoral 1 .
Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s
definition. The watershed draining into Round Lake is 465 acres.
Round Lake is located within a transportation triangle bounded by Highway 10 to the east and
north, I-35W to the west, and I-694 to the south. It has some homes located along its shoreline
and in the watershed to the north, and commercial uses to the west. It also drains the southwest
corner of the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP), which is under consideration for
re-development by the City of Arden Hills.
Round Lake drains southeast into the Valentine Lake sub-watershed, which eventually drains to
Long Lake. Both Long Lake and Valentine Lake are on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired
waters, due to excessive nutrients.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Round Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data are not available for Round Lake within the past 10 years.
MPCA collected water quality data between 1985 and 1992. The mean TP concentration over
that time period was 49 µg/L.
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading.
Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 70% of the
nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining 30% (Figure 2). The model
suggests that the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP is being met. Without current in-lake nutrient data
for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary.
Internal, 28%
Watershed, 72%
Internal, 28%
Watershed, 72%
Figure 2. Round Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At the public input meeting on June 3, 2008 issues facing Round Lake were addressed.
Round Lake has received toxic material input from past industrial land use in its
watershed related to the production of ammunition. It was stated that the U.S. Army still
controls the lake surface and that use of the surface for any recreation is not allowed
because of the potential to disturb bottom sediments and re-introduce settled
contaminants. This was not verified with the US Army.
A City of Arden Hills employee spoke about the purchase of TCAAP land by the city.
Arden Hills is in the process of acquiring over 500 acres from the western part of
TCAAP. A portion of this property drains into Round Lake.
Water Quality Issues
Sediment within the lake may be contaminated with toxic substances due to past land use.
The purchase of TCAAP land by the City of Arden Hills may lead to increased
development in the watershed.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
The primary management recommendation for the lake’s watershed is to make sure strict
application of RCWD and local runoff related regulations are followed throughout the watershed
draining to the lake, especially during the future re-development of the TCAAP site. RCWD and
the city should also look for BMP retrofit opportunities as they review other re-development and
transportation projects within the watershed. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was
conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP
locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the
field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, three BMP retrofit
opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific
actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the potential local BMP
location identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Any assessment of internal management control should include the consideration of possible re-
suspension of toxic contamination from the sediment. With no in-lake biological data for Round
Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a
number of shallow lake management principles will likely apply to Round Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep algae populations in check. If there is
an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of
planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore
the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR
to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality,
while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Round Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data
would be needed and should be considered a high priority.
Sediment analysis: If in-lake management practices are implemented, further study of the
lake sediments should be completed to determine the extent of the contamination and the
possibilities of containing the contamination so as not to release it or transport it
downstream. This work would be done in cooperation with state agencies, such as the
MPCA and MN Department of Health.
Bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Round Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Round 1
Location: North of County Road 96 and west of
Highway 10
Description: Cul-de-sac at the south end of the
Highway 10 service road. Southern end of road (and
cul-de-sac) does not appear to serve any homes or
businesses.
Possible Improvements: Shorten roadway and
remove or relocate cul-de-sac. Use current cul-de-sac
area for treatment of Highway 10.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Round 2
Location: South of County Road 96 and west of
Snelling Avenue
Description: Open space adjacent to church parking
lot.
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingardens
(likely filtration) to treat sheet flow runoff from the
northern North Heights Lutheran Church parking lot.
Round 3
Location: East of Round Lake Road and north of
Gateway Court
Description: Green space east of parking lot
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden to
treat adjacent parking lot.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Round Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Rush Lake Management Action Plan
Rush Lake (62-0068) is located in the City of New Brighton, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The surface area of the lake is about 55 acres, with a maximum depth estimated at 6 feet 1 .
Based on its low estimated maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to
MPCA’s definition. Rush Lake drains to the north, eventually into Rice Creek.
The watershed draining to Rush Lake is approximately 277 acres and includes Long Lake
Regional Park and surrounding commercial/residential land. A portion of the drainage area
contains the Northwest Quadrant re-development project in New Brighton. This effort involves
the re-development of underutilized land into a mixed-used neighborhood with retail, residential,
office, and parkland uses. The project also addresses some long-standing contamination
problems from a previous dump site.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No
bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during
sediment sampling.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Rush Lake and Potential BMP Location
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data are not available for Rush Lake. A watershed model (P8) was
used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was
used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring
data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account
for approximately 55% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining
45% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the
modeling results should be considered preliminary.
Internal, 45%
Watershed, 55%
Internal, 45%
Watershed, 55%
Figure 2. Rush Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
At a public meeting held on June 3, 2008 by the RCWD, an attendee offered his opinion that the
former stockyards surrounding Rush Lake likely contributed a large amount of nutrient-laden
runoff that probably still resides in the lake sediments.
Water Quality Issues
Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
The primary management recommendation for the lake’s watershed is to make sure strict
application of RCWD and local runoff related regulations are followed throughout the watershed
draining to the lake, especially during the future re-development of the TCAAP site. RCWD and
the city should also look for BMP retrofit opportunities as they review other re-development and
transportation projects within the watershed. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was
conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP
locations identified during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the
field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this report. In summary, four BMP retrofit
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
opportunities were identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific
actions that could be pursued to reduce external loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With no in-lake biological data for Rush Lake, specific in-lake management recommendations
can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management principles will
likely apply to Rush Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for Rush
Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of management
practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data would be needed
and should be considered a high priority.
Bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Rush Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Rush 1
Location: West of the intersection of Old Highway 8
and Mound Street
Description: Large open space behind an existing
home.
Possible Improvements: Use for treatment of
adjacent businesses or Old Highway 8.
Rush 2
Location: West of the intersection of Old Highway 8
and County Road 96
Description: Open space near outlet of stormsewer
from Old Highway 8
Possible Improvements: Incorporate wetland
treatment/ponding area.
Rush 3
Location: West of Old Highway 8 and south of
County Road 96
Description: Open space near outlet of stormsewer
from Old Highway 8
Possible Improvements: Incorporate wetland
treatment/ponding area.
Rush 4
Location: West of Old Highway 8 and north of 1st
Avenue
Description: Open space near outlet of stormsewer
from Old Highway 8
Possible Improvements: Incorporate wetland
treatment/ponding area.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Rush Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Spring Lake Management Action Plan
Spring Lake (02-0071) is located in the Cities of Spring Lake Park and Mounds View, on the
boundary of Anoka and Ramsey Counties, Minnesota (Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of
approximately 46 acres, a maximum depth of 18 feet and is over 95% littoral (Figure 2). Based
on its high percentage of littoral habitat it is classified as a shallow lake according to MPCA’s
definition.1 The watershed draining to Spring Lake is approximately 303 acres and consists of
primarily residential, with some commercial, institutional, and mixed use areas. Much of the
north western shoreline is Lakeside Park, a park managed by the City of Spring Lake Park,
which includes a swimming beach and a fishing dock.
A presence of curly-leaf pondweed has been reported by residents. A macrophyte survey
completed in late June of 2007 by RCWD did not show a presence of curly-leaf pondweed, but
instead an abundance of coontail, white water lily, and clasping leaf pondweed. Another
macrophyte survey completed by DNR in early June 2008 found curlyleaf at nearly all sampling
locations throughout the lake, but in moderate density. A 2003 DNR lake survey found the lake
to have northern pike and abundant populations of bluegill and black bullheads. Largemouth
bass have also been observed by RCWD staff. The lake is susceptible to winterkill. In 2007 a
winter aeration pump was installed in the lake to prevent winterkill.
Water level in Spring Lake has fluctuated dramatically over the years (Figure 3). Most of the
periods of low water level are preceded by periods of low precipitation, suggesting that the lake
is fed by surficial groundwater and that water levels are tied to long-term precipitation patterns.
Historical records show that water levels in the lake used to be maintained by the county through
groundwater pumping. However, after this practice contributed to the spread of several non-
native plant and animal species in other water bodies, the DNR restricted pumping of
groundwater for the maintenance of surface water levels in the late 1980s. Currently, other than
encouraging practices that infiltrate water in the watershed, there are few (if any) options for
augmenting surface water levels.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. The
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Spring Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Spring Lake Bathymetry
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
02/18/82 11/14/84 08/11/87 05/07/90 01/31/93 10/28/95 07/24/98 04/19/01 01/14/04 10/10/06 07/06/09
Date
El
e
v
a
t
i
o
n
(
f
t
)
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
An
n
u
a
l
P
r
e
c
i
p
i
t
a
t
i
o
n
(
i
n
)
Elevation
Precipitation
Figure 3. Spring Lake Water Levels
Water Quality Summary
One full year of water quality data exist for Spring Lake. Data were collected by MPCA. Water
quality data were also collected in 2008 by RCWD, although only the phosphorus data were
ready in time for this report. A summary of data from 2001 suggests that the lake is meeting all
of the shallow lake water quality standards (Table 1).
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2001) and Standards
Parameter Spring
Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 33 2
60
Chl (µg/L) 2.9 20
Secchi Depth (m) 2.4 1.0
Figures 4-6 show the growing season available TP, chlorophyll-a, and clarity (Secchi depth) data
from Spring Lake.
2 Includes preliminary data collected in 2008 by RCWD.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
2001 2008
Year
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Spring Lake Total Phosphorus
2001
Year
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Spring Lake Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004
Year
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 6. Spring Lake Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the
primary source of nutrients affecting the lake’s quality originates from watershed runoff.
Watershed inputs account for about 98% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting
for the remaining 2% (Figure 7). With only one year of monitoring data for model calibration,
these results should be considered preliminary.
Internal, 2%
Watershed, 98%
Internal, 2%
Watershed, 98%
Figure 7. Spring Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
The water level of Spring Lake has been a point of discussion for the past few years and is a
main concern of residents.
The decrease in water levels is promoting the growth of vegetation that does not support
the recreational goals of the lake.
Residents suggest that curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake.
According to a certificate of title from 1955, the county is responsible for maintaining or
attempting to maintain the water level at 903 feet above sea level. The most current
water level data from the MPCA from June of 2007 has the water level at 899.81 feet
above sea level. Data show that, over time, there is a natural fluctuation in the water
levels of Spring Lake. Further study needs to be done to look into what the natural water
level should be and what is a natural amount of water level fluctuation for this particular
lake.
Residents have discussed that if water is needed to bring the lake level up, water could be
supplied to the lake from the Mississippi River with DNR approval. RCWD felt this
option was not feasible, and it was unlikely that DNR would permit it.
Additional concerns have been shared over erosion filling in the northwest portion of the
lake and continued development in that area. Residents feel that the increased runoff and
sediment coming from the northwest area could be causing the decrease in water levels.
It should be noted that these areas were developed in accordance with RCWD stormwater
management rules.
Residents worked to get a winter aerator to prevent the winter kill of fish due to the low
water levels.
Water Quality Issues
Water levels in the lake fluctuate over time, impeding certain recreational uses of Spring
Lake. These fluctuations have been determined to be driven by natural changes in
groundwater levels and precipitation.
Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake, and contributing to internal loading.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Because the Spring Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting BMPs into
the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought. To that end,
a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local and site-
specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field investigation
are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the end of this
report. In summary, six BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary field
reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the two potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Given the concerns regarding lake levels, and the likelihood that lake levels are dependent on
surficial groundwater, RCWD should work to educate local land owners on the importance of
infiltration features. Infiltrating rainwater in hopes of boosting local surficial groundwater levels
is likely the best course of action for increasing lake water levels.
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
Develop an aquatic vegetation management plan. Shoreline restoration should be
undertaken and actively managed to improve the habitat of the areas of the lake that dry
up under low water conditions.
A model and monitoring plan could be developed that would predict changes in lake level
based on parameters such as precipitation and nearby groundwater levels. This would
allow proactive management of the lake’s shoreline in anticipation of low surface water
levels.
Assess the feasibility and cost of curly-leaf pondweed control options. Whole lake
treatments would require an aquatic vegetation management plan. Controlling curlyleaf
pondweed may be the key to reducing internal loading. (The internal loading estimate
presented here is based solely on sediment phosphorus release and does not include
internal loads from curlyleaf pondweed senescence. The actual internal load therefore
may be greater than indicated here.)
Recommended Data Collection
With two years of in-lake data showing that Spring Lake has high water quality, additional data
collection is not a high priority at this time.
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
density of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation. . Complete another
survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after senescence of
curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Although the focus of this study is on water quality, water levels are also addressed here since it
is an issue that local residents are concerned about. To confirm the cause of the water level
fluctuations, groundwater data could be collected to better identify the surrounding shallow
groundwater depths, flow patterns, natural fluctuations, and the groundwater connection to
Spring Lake. From the results of the study, targeted BMP recommendations addressing water
level fluctuations could be made.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Spring Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Site Specific Management BMPs
Spring 1
Location: North of Hill View Road and east of Pleasant
View Drive
Description: Open space adjacent to church.
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area
for treatment of church and/or adjacent roadways.
Spring 2
Location: South of the intersection of Pleasant View
Drive and 79th Avenue
Description: Swale receiving runoff from the Lakeside
Park parking lot located within the park north of Spring
Lake.
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden prior
to discharge to Spring Lake.
Spring 3
Location: West of Pleasant View Drive and south of
81st Avenue
Description: Large bituminous parking lot at VFW
Possible Improvements: Remove east stalls or
southeast corner of parking and incorporate treatment
feature.
Spring 4
Location: East of Spring Lake Road and south of
County Road 10
Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area
for treatment of adjacent parking lot.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Spring 5
Location: East of Spring Lake Road and south of
County Road 10
Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot at
Spring Lake Park Auto
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area
for treatment of adjacent parking lot.
Spring 6
Location: West of Spring Lake Road and north of
County Road 10
Description: Green space adjacent to parking lot at
Thrifty Car Rental
Possible Improvements: Incorporate raingarden area
for treatment of adjacent parking lot.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Spring Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Sunfish Lake Management Action Plan
Sunfish Lake (02-0065) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1) and fully within the borders of the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS). The surface
area of the lake is about 14 acres, with a maximum depth of approximately 5 feet (Figure 2)1 .
Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow lake according to MPCA’s
definition.
The watershed draining into Sunfish Lake is approximately 112 acres and contains a stretch of
Highway 96 and part of the Ramsey County Public Works facility. The majority of runoff from
impervious surfaces is served by the treatment pond located on the southeast corner of the Public
Works facility before discharge to Sunfish Lake.
Sunfish Lake has very limited public use at the current time because of its location within the
AHATS boundaries. There is some limited access granted by the federal government for study
and nature walks, but the general public is not allowed within the AHATS property.
A significant portion of the Sunfish Lake watershed is impervious, most notably the Ramsey
County government building complex to the west. This facility stores large salt piles in the
winter and all stormwater from this complex is routed through a large stormwater pond, located
just west of Hamline Avenue, to Sunfish Lake.
1The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from DNR files.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Sunfish Lake
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Sunfish Lake Bathymetry. Map from DNR files, unknown date.
Water Quality Summary
Water quality in Sunfish Lake was monitored by the RCWD in 2008. A preliminary data
summary (Table 1) suggests that that lake is meeting the state water quality standards for total
phosphorus (TP). Chlorophyll-a data were not available at the time of the report. Secchi depth
(clarity) data were deemed unreliable; dense macrophyte growth in the lake prevented accurate
readings. Field observations suggest good clarity, generally 3 to 5 feet. Water clarity data
inferred from satellite imagery suggest that the water clarity depth of Sunfish Lake is
approximately 3 to 6 feet, and it has ranged from the 1.5 to 3 feet category to the 6 to 12 feet
category since 1985. Low phosphorus concentrations, good clarity, and abundant macrophyte
growth suggest that Sunfish Lake is functioning as a healthy shallow lake in the “clear-water”
state.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (2008) and Standards
Parameter Sunfish Standard
TP (µg/L) 37 60
Chl (µg/L) n/a 20
Secchi Depth (m) n/a 1.0
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading.
There were no in-lake monitoring data available to calibrate the lake model. Water quality
modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for approximately 88% of the nutrient load,
with internal loading accounting for the remaining 12% (Figure 3). Without any in-lake nutrient
data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should be considered preliminary.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Internal, 12%
Watershed, 88%
Internal, 12%
Watershed, 88%
Figure 3. Sunfish Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
In 2008, high levels of conductivity (~750 to 780 µS/cm) were measured in Sunfish Lake. It is
not known if the high conductivity is due to high chloride concentrations in the lake or due to
other dissolved solids. Chloride should be sampled in the lake to help identify the cause of the
high conductivity.
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on May 29, 2008, the following was brought up by the
participants:
Some speculation was heard that the sediment in the lake is contaminated from past waste
on the AHATS property.
Water Quality Issues
Sediment within the lake may be contaminated with toxic substances due to past land use.
There is some evidence of a sediment delta in the stormwater pond pipe inlet at the west
end of the lake.
High conductivity has been observed in the lake, although cause is unknown.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Currently all of the area directly surrounding Sunfish Lake is under the control of the U.S. Army
because the lake is entirely within the AHATS boundary. The Army should maintain its existing
management plan for the lake unless water quality data collected in the future dictates that a need
in management is warranted.
The following are general practices will decrease nutrient loads to the lake:
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Sunfish Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Sunfish Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Sunfish Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
The balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in the lake can influence the
lake’s water quality. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments and release phosphorus
into the water column, and high densities of planktivores can overgraze zooplankton,
which normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance.
If there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an
overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that
will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is
possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy that places
importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
If it is determined that there is a sediment delta on the west inlet to the lake, removal
should be considered.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Sunfish Lake. There is currently only one year of in-lake water quality data for Sunfish Lake; if
the implementation of management practices for the lake were to move forward, updated
bathymetric data and at least an additional year of in-lake data (including chloride data) would be
needed and should be considered a high priority.
Updated bathymetric data collection
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect data for several years, with at least five
sampling dates per year.
Chloride data: Collect data for at least one year (including early spring during snowmelt
runoff) to determine if chloride in the lake is high.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Turtle Lake Management Action Plan
Turtle Lake (62-0061) is located in the City of Shoreview, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure
1). The lake has a surface area of 447 acres, a maximum depth of 28 feet, and a mean depth of
about 10 feet 1 (Figure 2). Turtle Lake is on the state’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies due
to the mercury content in fish. The MPCA has completed a statewide TMDL study and
implementation plan to address the state’s mercury impairments.
The watershed draining to Turtle Lake is approximately 288 acres. The watershed is relatively
small compared to the surface area of the lake. This leads to a smaller amount of surface water
runoff into the lake, but also means water levels can be hard to maintain. The surrounding
watershed area is primarily residential with some commercial uses nearby. Turtle Lake Park is
on the southeast side of the lake and is a major recreation attraction for swimming, boating, and
picnicking.
A macrophyte survey performed by the DNR during the first week of July in 2002 indicated that
Eurasian watermilfoil is present but rare.
The lake is popular as a recreational fishing lake. A 2007 DNR fisheries survey indicates that
bluegills are the most abundant species in the lake, although the average size is smaller than
normal. Crappies, sunfish, largemouth bass, and northern pike are also present. The lake has
been stocked by the DNR in the past with walleye. The lake has been managed as a largemouth
bass experimental lake since 1997. The goal of this program is to establish a population
characterized by 40% of the bass exceeding 16 inches in length. A DNR regulation requires the
release of all largemouth bass. Overall, Turtle Lake has a healthy and balanced fish population
that helps maintain the lake’s excellent quality.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth and percent littoral were taken from the DNR Lake Finder website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Turtle Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Turtle Lake Bathymetric Map
Water Quality Summary
Turtle Lake has an abundance of water quality data that have been collected over recent years.
Data are collected by Ramsey County Public Works and Metropolitan Council Environmental
Services. A summary of the most recent ten years of water quality data suggest that it is meeting
all of the state standards. The lake is the second highest quality lake in the RCWD (behind only
White Bear Lake).
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter Turtle Lake Standard
TP (µg/L) 20 40
Chl (µg/L) 4.9 14
Secchi Depth (m) 2.4 1.4
Figures 3 through 5 show the TP, chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data from Turtle Lake
for the period of record for the CAMP data. Turtle Lake has exceeded the TP standard of 40
µg/L only once since 1980 (Figure 3), and it has never exceeded the chlorophyll or Secchi depth
standards.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Turtle Lake Total Phosphorus
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
-6
-4
-2
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Turtle Lake Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1978
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Turtle Lake Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality modeling indicates that the
sources of nutrients affecting overall lake quality are almost evenly split between watershed
runoff (53%) and internal (47%) loading (Figure 6).
Internal, 47%
Watershed, 53%
Internal, 47%
Watershed, 53%
Figure 6. Turtle Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Public Input
At the public input meeting held on May 29, 2008, lake residents offered local insight into Turtle
Lake. Residents are very interested in keeping the lake at its current excellent quality,
recognizing the value that this lake holds for the watershed.
Attendees noted that there are some opportunities for BMP retrofitting that could yield
further nutrient load reductions for the lake. The northeast corner of the lake receives
runoff that passes through what was referred to as a treatment chamber. The resident
noted that the chamber is very ineffective and that it could be supplemented with
additional treatment possibly via a bioretention system. The resident also referenced the
Lexicon BMP system as likely an effective approach and suggested that the RCWD work
with Ramsey County (Terry Noonan) to monitor its effectiveness. The Lexicon BMP
system was installed in 2008 near the SW stormwater inlet to the lake.
Residents at the meeting also wondered if water levels in the lake decrease as a result of
pervious lake sediment in the southeast corner of the lake and if this could be sealed.
RCWD and EOR staff discussed the small watershed draining to the lake and the
difficulty of maintaining lake levels with the small contributing drainage area. Under
these situations, it is not likely that lowered lake levels result from seepage out the
bottom of the lake.
Also with respect to water levels in the lake, residents question whether the
reconstruction of County Road I has limited the influx of groundwater from the north.
Based on the information available, shallow groundwater flow in this area is northwest
towards Rice Creek. Therefore it is unlikely that the reconstruction of County Road I
have negatively impacted the groundwater influx to Turtle Lake.
Subsequent communications from one of the attendees indicates that he is interested in
seeing if the pump and treat system at TCAAP is affecting the water level of Turtle Lake.
Figure 7 shows the water levels for the lake: the top graph illustrates data since 1929, and
the bottom graph focuses in on the last ten years of data. An overall fluctuation of over
2.5 feet has occurred over this ten year period.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1913 1927 1941 1954 1968 1982 1995 2009 2023
Date
888.5
889.0
889.5
890.0
890.5
891.0
891.5
892.0
892.5
893.0
893.5
El
e
v
a
t
i
o
n
(
f
t
)
1998 1999 2001 2002 2004 2005 2006 2008 2009
Date
889.5
890.0
890.5
891.0
891.5
892.0
892.5
893.0
El
e
v
a
t
i
o
n
(
f
t
)
Figure 7. Turtle Lake Water Levels
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Issues
Residents are concerned about water level fluctuation. However, water levels have
fluctuated over the years, and the current downward trend in water level fits within the
historical range of water levels observed since the 1930s. Precipitation has been low over
the last several years, and, due to the lake’s small watershed size, the lake takes longer
than other nearby lakes to return to higher water levels.
The lake sediment data suggests that internal loading rates in Turtle Lake are high.
However, due to the good water quality of the lake, internal loading does not appear to be
an issue.
Recommended Management Approach
Turtle Lake is overall a high quality lake that is used for different types of recreation. New
runoff control efforts are not needed to meet state standards, but managers and residents should
protect the existing water quality conditions and prevent any degradation of lake water quality.
Effective enforcement of RCWD Rules should help protect the lake as development and re-
development occur.
Watershed Management Recommendations
Some of the runoff entering Turtle Lake is untreated or under-treated. Opportunities to
incorporate or improve BMPs would ensure that the existing conditions are at least maintained or
potentially improved. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify
likely regional, local, and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified
during this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance
supplement at the end of this report. In summary, four BMP retrofit opportunities were
identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could
be pursued to reduce external loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
The Turtle Lake Pre-treatment Facility Project (Local BMP #3) was recently constructed
by the City of Shoreview for the southwest side of the lake, through the RCWD Urban
Remediation Grant Program. This project on Turtle Lane treats stormwater from an 11-
acre area via an underground infiltration system. The RCWD predicts that about 65% of
the TP from this area would be eliminated. Survey of the pavement elevations is
warranted to ensure that runoff is not bypassing the infiltration system.
Another possibility is in the Birch St. neighborhood on the east side of the lake (BMP#5).
Although some infiltration tubes exist in this neighborhood, residual stormwater enters
the lake via a rip-rap channel. Retrofit of this rip-rap channel to incorporate biofiltration
could improve the runoff from this sub-watershed and help to further improve the lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
The following general practices will decrease nutrient loads to the lake:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
No specific internal lake management recommendations are warranted, due to the high quality of
Turtle Lake. The existing water quality conditions should be protected to prevent any
degradation of lake water quality.
Recommended Data Collection
Turtle Lake is fortunate to have a large amount of water quality and fish data collected in the
past. At this time, continuing the current level of data collection is sufficient. If problems persist
with water levels and citizens remain concerned, a water level study looking at runoff into the
lake and losses from it could be undertaken to quantify the fluctuation and its causes.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Turtle Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Turtle #1
Location: West of Saint Albans Street and north of
Taylor Avenue
Description: Open area in front/side yard
Potential Improvements: Incorporate large raingarden
to treat adjacent roadways.
Turtle #2
Location: West of Carlson Street and south of County
Road I
Description: Stormwater discharge into Turtle Lake
from adjacent neighborhood.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/
biofiltration BMPs at this location. This site would
require using areas that already appear to have uses (e.g.
tennis court or garden areas).
Turtle #3
Location: North end of Turtle Lane Loop
Description: Catch basin intended to route water across
the street to an underground infiltration feature. It
appears that some of the runoff may bypass to the inlet
behind the catch basin that flow directly to Turtle Lake.
Potential Improvements: Assess whether flows are
bypassing the treatment feature, and if so, modify grades
to ensure that runoff is directed to the treatment feature
prior to discharge to Turtle Lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Site Specific Management BMPs
Turtle #4
Location: West of Hodgson Road and north of
Schifsky Road
Description: Existing small treatment feature (4-6
inches of storage with a skimming structure) treating a
large amount of the park’s drives and parking lots
Potential Improvements: Increase treatment capacity.
The onsite oak trees are an issue; however, with some
creativity another cell could be added to the south of the
existing feature.
Turtle #5
Location: Western terminus of Birch Lane South
Description: Existing grouted rip rap open channel
with dead pool storage
Potential Improvements: Retrofit this channel to
incorporate biofiltration in lieu of dead pool storage.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Turtle Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Valentine Lake Management Action Plan
Valentine Lake (62-0071) is located in the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, Minnesota
(Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of about 64 acres, with a maximum depth of 14 feet and a
mean depth of 4.5 ft 1 (Figure 2). Based on its low maximum depth, it is considered a shallow
lake according to MPCA’s definition.
The watershed that flows into Valentine Lake is approximately 2,566 acres and is fully
developed with mixed use commercial, transportation, industrial and residential land uses.
Valentine Lake is directly surrounded on three sides by Bethel University.
Valentine Lake is listed as an impaired lake on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired water bodies.
It is impaired for aquatic recreation due to high nutrients. High chloride concentrations may also
be an issue. Valentine Lake is the only monitored lake in Ramsey County that has an average
chloride concentration near the state standard.
Bethel University has collected data on plants in or near Lake Valentine from 1986 through
2000. Of the species identified, curly-leaf pondweed has the potential to become a nuisance
species.
A 2000 fish survey available from Bethel University shows a presence of bluegills, bullhead,
pumpkinseed sunfish, crappie, perch, and shiners. In 2001, the university reported a partial
winter fish kill that included carp, northern pike, and bluegills.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; the
maximum depth was taken from the Rice Creek Watershed District website.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Valentine Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 2. Valentine Lake Bathymetry
Water Quality Summary
Water quality data for Valentine Lake are available from 1980-2007. Data are collected by
Ramsey County Public Works and through the Citizen Assisted Monitoring Program (CAMP).
A summary of the most recent 10 years of water quality information for the lake suggest that
Valentine Lake is meeting water quality standards for chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity)
but not for total phosphorus (TP). Although the TP is moderately high, the lake appears to be
functioning as a healthy shallow lake, with suspended algal growth under control and relatively
high water clarity.
Table 1. Average Water Quality Data (1998-2007) and Standards
Parameter Valentine
Lake Shallow Lakes Standard
TP (µg/L) 70 60
Chl (µg/L) 18 20
Secchi Depth (m) 1.7 1.0
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figures 3-5 show the growing season TP, chlorophyll-a and Secchi depth (clarity) data over that
period. Water quality was poorer in the early 1990s and has improved since then.
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
To
t
a
l
P
h
o
s
p
h
o
r
u
s
(
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 3. Valentine Lake Total Phosphorus
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
Ch
l
o
r
o
p
h
y
l
l
-
a (
µ
g
/
L
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 4. Valentine Lake Chlorophyll-a
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
1980
1982
1984
1986
1988
1990
1992
1994
1996
1998
2000
2002
2004
2006
Year
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
Se
c
c
h
i
D
e
p
t
h
(
m
)
Mean
Mean±0.95 Conf. Interval
Shallow Lake Water
Quality Standard
Figure 5. Valentine Lake Secchi Depth
A watershed model (P8) was used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an
in-lake model (Bathtub) was used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. The
lake model was calibrated to in-lake monitoring data. Water quality indicates that watershed
inputs account for approximately 80% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for
the remaining 20% (Figure 6). To reach the in-lake goal of 60 µg/L TP, the phosphorus load
needs to be reduced by 13%.
Internal, 20%
Watershed, 80%
Internal, 20%
Watershed, 80%
Figure 6. Valentine Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Average chloride concentrations are available in Valentine Lake from 1990 – 2007 (Figure 7).
The data seems to indicate an upward trend, with the most recent year’s data exceeding the water
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
quality standard. However, the state chloride standard is based on a 4-day average, not a
seasonal average; it is possible that the chloride concentrations exceeded the 4-day standard in
many years during spring runoff. Prolonged chloride concentrations exceeding approximately
230 mg/L can have lethal effects for fish and invertebrates.
1988 1990 1992 1994 1996 1998 2000 2002 2004 2006 2008
Year
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
Ch
l
o
r
i
d
e
(
m
g
/
L
)
,
M
e
a
n
E
p
i
l
i
m
n
e
t
i
c
Water Quality Standard
Figure 7. Valentine Lake Chloride Concentrations
Public Input
At the public input meeting on May 29, 2008, concerns surrounding Valentine Lake were
addressed.
A possible shift from a turbid lake condition to a clear lake condition might have
occurred when a new diversion cut off flow from a large portion of the watershed to the
east and was diverted through a wetland treatment system prior to discharge into the lake.
Concerns were expressed over the possible change back to turbid conditions since the
lake is still over the 60 µg/L TP goal. Continued careful monitoring of the lake’s
condition, with some additional ecological monitoring was noted as important.
The possible shift from the turbid- to clear-water state was observed in the late 1980s –
these observations are consistent with observed changes in the water quality dataset. At
the time of the “switch,” large colonies of filamentous blue-green algae were replaced
with coontail.
A Bethel University representative discussed some of the efforts underway on the campus
to improve water quality of runoff to the lake. The university is also undertaking a
buckthorn removal effort on the lake shoreline.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
It was noted that occasional high flow and assumedly high nutrient input problems have
occurred when the outflow of Round Lake (tributary to Valentine) is plugged and
suddenly releases. The outflow from Valentine similarly plugs.
Water Quality Issues
Total phosphorus concentrations in the lake exceed the standard and the lake is listed as
impaired.
Bullhead are present in the lake and may contribute to high internal loading rates.
Bluegill are the most abundant fish found in Valentine Lake. Without any piscivorous
fish, the bluegill density may get high enough to overgraze the lake’s zooplankton.
Sudden inflows from Round Lake may be leading to water quality problems within Lake
Valentine.
Curly-leaf pondweed is present in the lake, potentially contributing to internal
phosphorus loading.
The north lobe of the lake is directly adjacent to Interstate-694 and likely receives
highway runoff.
High concentrations of chloride have been measured in Valentine Lake, possibly having
negative effects on biota.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the nutrient impairment.
Because the Valentine Lake watershed is nearly fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting
BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought.
To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local
and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field
investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the
end of this report. In summary, 14 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary
field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Feasibility and Benefit Level Assessment of the potential regional BMP location
identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Continue working with Bethel University on water quality stewardship to Valentine
Lake. In 2001, a study was done by the RCWD looking at infiltration BMP feasibility on
the Bethel University Campus. After finding that the soils were not conducive for large-
scale infiltration BMPs, the report suggests a number of non-infiltration BMPs, such as
bio-swales, rain gardens and biofiltration, along with stability measures to control swale
slope.
Continue working with Boston Scientific (formerly Guidant Campus) on the Master
Stormwater Management Plan for phased redevelopment of the site.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Work with the Minnesota Department of Transportation during road improvement
projects to provide additional treatment for sections of Interstate 694 and Highway 10.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
A number of shallow lake management principles likely apply to Valentine Lake:
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
A more recent fisheries survey will indicate the balance of benthivores, planktivores, and
piscivores in the lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments thereby releasing
phosphorus into the water column, and planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which
normally graze on phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If
there is an overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as bullhead, which were found in
the 2000 survey) or an overabundance of planktivores, a fisheries management plan
should be developed that will aim to restore the balance of these types of fish in the lake.
If cooperation is possible, work with DNR to promote a fisheries management strategy
that places importance on water quality, while maintaining a viable fishery.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Valentine Lake. Since there is a long record of in-lake water quality data for Valentine Lake,
additional in-lake data collection is not a high priority at this time. Watershed phosphorus
loading data are a high priority, as they will be needed for the future TMDL study
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
TP, chlorophyll, and Secchi depth data: Collect at least five sampling dates per year. The
TMDL can be based on the existing monitoring data; additional data should be collected
after management actions are implemented to track the response of the lake.
Chloride data: Collect chloride data for at least one year (including early spring during
snowmelt runoff) to determine if chloride in the lake is high. Due to the proximity of the
northern part of the lake to highways and other roads, samples should be taken from this
northern lobe, in addition to the main sampling location. Since high chloride can be due
to road salt in watershed runoff or to high chloride concentrations in the groundwater,
samples should be taken throughout the year to examine fluctuations in chloride and how
they relate to weather and road salt.
Macrophyte surveys: Complete one macrophyte survey during June to evaluate the
presence/absence of curly-leaf pondweed and other invasive aquatic vegetation.
Complete another survey during August to evaluate the quality of the macrophytes after
senescence of curly-leaf pondweed, when native macrophytes may dominate.
Fish survey: Complete a fish survey to evaluate the fish species composition of the lake.
Plankton survey: Collect zooplankton and phytoplankton data for one full season. This
will supplement the information from the fish survey regarding the food web, which
influences nutrient cycling within the lake. Management recommendations can then be
targeted towards manipulating the food web dynamics to improve water quality.
The following inlets to Valentine Lake should be monitored to provide flow and
phosphorus loading estimates. These data will be needed in order to estimate the
watershed phosphorus load to the lake for the TMDL study; the data will also provide
guidance on site selection for larger scale improvement projects.
o Northern inlet from Round Lake: This inlet also receives drainage from the
developed area to the northeast of Valentine Lake. Additional data collection
could be undertaken further upstream in this subwatershed to differentiate the
Round Lake load from the northeast load.
o Eastern inlet from Bethel Ditch: This inlet receives drainage from the large
portion of the subwatershed to the east of the lake, including Bethel University.
Additional data collection could be undertaken further upstream in this
subwatershed to differentiate loads between the two branches of the ditch.
There are multiple other smaller-scale inlets (ditches and pipes) to the lake that have a
lower monitoring priority.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 9
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Valentine Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Regional Management BMPs
Valentine #1
Location: North of I-694 and west of Highway 10
Description: Large open space with ditch running to
the south under I-694 and then into Valentine Lake
(large contributing drainage area).
Potential Improvements: Use space for large regional
facility to treat the highways and upstream discharges.
An assessment should first be done to assess the
effectiveness of the upstream treatment features and
determine if this ditch is a significant source of
phosphorous to the Lake. Additional treatment may not
be needed for upstream discharges because portions of
the drainage area are already routed through wetland
treatment features, however the area should at a
minimum be considered for treatment of the adjacent
highways when this area is reconstructed.
Local Management BMPs
Valentine #2
Location: North end of Valentine Lake
Description: Area receiving stormwater from I-694.
Potential Improvements: Enhance area to provide
better treatment prior to discharge to Valentine Lake
Valentine #3
Location: North end of Valentine Lake
Description: Rusted out pipe delivering runoff from
Mn/DOT right-of-way
Potential Improvements: Repair pipe and look into
upstream BMPs to reduce sediment transport from I-
694 to Valentine Lake.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 10
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Valentine #4
Location: West of Snelling Avenue and south of
Valentine Road
Description: Swale/ditch draining neighborhood from
the west and draining under Snelling Avenue to
Valentine Lake. Parking lot is in poor shape and not
much higher than Valentine Lake. Water in photo is
backwater from Valentine Lake.
Potential Improvements: Enhance/expand swale or
remove parking and incorporate larger wetland
treatment feature. Parking could be potentially moved
out along Valentine Road.
Valentine #5
Location: West of Snelling Avenue and north of Lake
Johanna Boulevard
Description: Low open space northwest of the
intersection of Snelling Avenue and Lake Johanna
Boulevard
Potential Improvements: Use for infiltration/
treatment of adjacent roadway
Valentine #6
Location: Dunlap street between Grey Fox Road and
Red Fox Road
Description: Large green spaces between road and
adjacent businesses
Potential Improvements: Use green spaces to treat
impervious from adjacent businesses.
Valentine #7
Location: South of Gramsie Road and west of Randy
Avenue
Description: Open space
Potential Improvements: Use to provide treatment
for Gramsie Road
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 11
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Valentine #8
Location: North of County Road E
Description: Large gravel area adjacent to County
Road E
Potential Improvements: Use area for a new
treatment feature when County Road E is repaired or
upgraded.
Valentine #9
Location: SE Loop at Snelling and County Road E
Description: Both loops at Snelling and County Road
E could be better used for stormwater treatment.
Potential Improvements: Provide additional treatment
within loops (e.g. infiltration or ponding)
Site Specific Management BMPs
Valentine #10
Location: South of Grey Fox Road and east of Dunlap
Street
Description: Treatment swale receiving runoff from
adjacent parking areas.
Potential Improvements: Maintain/enhance to provide
additional treatment.
Valentine #11
Location: North of Grey Fox Road and west of Dunlap
Street
Description: Existing treatment pond
Potential Improvements: Maintain and retrofit to
provide additional treatment. Remove concrete, add
native vegetation, and get rid of geese.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 12
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Valentine #12
Location: North of Red Fox Road and east of
Northwoods Drive
Description: Open areas adjacent parking lot.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/
water quality treatment BMPs
Valentine #13
Location: North of County Road F and east of
Lexington Avenue
Description: Apartment complex, no onsite treatment.
This area is treated by a downstream pond; however,
infiltration/biofiltration could be incorporated in the
onsite green spaces to provide volume control and
additional water quality treatment for a large amount of
impervious area routed directly to stormsewer.
Potential Improvements: Incorporate infiltration/
biofiltration BMPs.
Valentine #14
Location: Mounds View High School
Description: Large swale running to a dry pond
Potential Improvements: Enhance swale and dry pond
to provide additional infiltration/water quality treatment.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Valentine Lake 13
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2008
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Walsh Lake Management Action Plan
Walsh Lake (62-0214) is located in the City of Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota (Figure 1).
The lake has a surface area of about 8.5 acres, a maximum depth of 16 ft 1 , and a watershed of
372 acres.
Walsh Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D (wetland)
water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a Public Water
Wetland [“W” 62-214] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an aquatic
recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the Quality
of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates the
designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource is
protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based
aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do
not apply to Class 2D wetlands.
The watershed draining to Walsh Lake includes residential area, the Midland Hills Country Club
golf course, and the University of Minnesota Les Bolstad golf course. The lake consists of a
north and smaller south basin. The lake has two outlets to control water levels on the lake with
the lift station utilized to control the bounce of Walsh Lake. The lift station pumps water north
into the Jones Lake watershed and a small gravity pipe drains west leaving the Rice Creek
Watershed District. The drainage to the north eventually drains to Jones Lake via a series of
holding ponds and drainage ditches entering Jones Lake just after joining RCD 5. Jones Lake is
on the EPA’s 303(d) list of impaired waters as an impaired wetland, and therefore Walsh Lake
and its watershed will be addressed in the Jones Lake TMDL study.
Walsh Lake is at times used by the Midland Hills Country Club for golf course irrigation.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos; No
bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated from the depth data collected
during sediment sampling.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Walsh Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
Water quality and biological data are not available for Walsh Lake. A watershed model (P8) was
used to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was
used to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring
data to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account
for approximately 86% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for the remaining
14% (Figure 2). Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the
modeling results should be considered preliminary.
Internal, 14%
Watershed, 86%
Internal, 14%
Watershed, 86%
Figure 2. Walsh Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Public Input
No attendees spoke on issues related to Walsh Lake at the public input meeting on June 5, 2008.
However, a resident lakeshore homeowner indicated in the past that there is occasional flooding
of the west side of the south basin. The homeowner described flow coming from Roselawn
Avenue and north on Pleasant Street. The homeowner has seen water mid-way up his driveway
on past flooding occasions. The property is located in Roseville, with runoff water causing the
problem originating in both Roseville and Falcon Heights adjacent to Roselawn Ave. It is the
District’s understanding that this concern has been minimized to the extent feasible through a
modeling and pump operation assessment by the City of Lauderdale.
Water Quality Issues
Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing the water quality of
Walsh Lake. Because the Walsh Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for retrofitting
BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be sought.
To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely regional, local
and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during this field
investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance supplement at the
end of this report. In summary, 8 BMP retrofit opportunities were identified in this preliminary
field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could be pursued to reduce external
loading.
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
The primary management recommendation for the lake’s watershed is to make sure strict
application of RCWD and local runoff related regulations are followed throughout the
watershed draining to the lake. BMP retrofit opportunities should be identified during
future re-development processes within the watershed.
Nutrient management for the two golf courses (Midland Hills Country Club and the
University of Minnesota) with tributaries to the lake should be considered. The U of M
course is located to the east of the lake, on the south side of Roselawn Ave. and is slightly
buffered from directly discharging to the lake. It does, however, contribute runoff to the
lake via runoff down Roselawn. The Midland Hills Country Club directly surrounds the
north basin of the lake. Nutrient management practices on this course directly affect the
quality of the lake.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With very little in-lake biological data for Walsh Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Walsh Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
A fisheries survey will indicate the balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in
the lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments thereby releasing phosphorus into the
water column, and planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on
phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an
overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of
planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore
the balance of these types of fish in the lake.
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Walsh Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data would be needed and
should be considered a high priority.
Bathymetric data collection
TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause
to believe that the waterbody is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer
algae blooms) AND the water body is contributing flow to adjacent lakes.
Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the
MPCA to determine if the water body is meeting the “healthy aquatic community
standards.”
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Walsh Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Walsh Lake #1
Location: South of Summer Street and east of Carl
Street
Description: Private corner lot
Potential Improvements: Create stormwater treatment
feature for adjacent street runoff.
Walsh Lake #2
Location: West side of Lauderdale Community Park
off of Pleasant Street
Description: Open park space
Potential Improvements: Create stormwater treatment
feature for adjacent street runoff.
Walsh Lake #3
Location: Fulham Street-between Ione St. and
Roselawn Avenue
Description: Swales/green space in right-of-way
Potential Improvements: Maintain/improve routing
of runoff through green space or convert to raingarden
areas.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Walsh Lake #4
Location: East side of Lauderdale Community Park
off of Fulham Street
Description: Large grass swale areas both north and
south of parking lot drive. The swale north of the
entrance is supposed to be filled with sandy soils and a
large raingarden was to be created in northeast corner
to promote infiltration per RCWD Permit 00-001.
Potential Improvements: Verify presence of sandy
soils in swale, and improve treatment via excavation of
depressional storage and vegetation enhancement in
northeast corner.
Walsh Lake #5
Location: East of Midland Hills Road and North of
Rosewood Lane North
Description: Wetland area
Potential Improvements: Looks fairly good as is,
however an assessment could be made to determine the
benefit of increasing storage or other modifications that
could be made to provide additional treatment. (Note:
there may have low floor issues with 2211 Rosewood
Lane.) Roseville has identified this area for
implementation of an expansion project in 2009.
Walsh Lake #6
Location: Midland Hills Golf course, north of Walsh
Lake
Description: Ponding area that receives several
stormsewer inputs and discharges to Walsh Lake
Potential Improvements: Excavation/maintenance to
increase storage, native vegetation around pond
perimeter, and the addition of a skimming structure at
the outlet.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Vegetation Management BMPs
Walsh Lake #7
Location: West side of Walsh Lake
Description: Golf course area immediately adjacent to
Walsh Lake
Potential Improvements: Replace turf with native
vegetation buffer along western shore of the lake.
Walsh Lake #8
Location: Pond at the corner of Roselawn Avenue and
Cleveland Avenue
Description: Large pond, very green, and several geese
on the day of the site visit.
Potential Improvements: Replace grass with native
vegetation along the shoreline on the adjacent church
property.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Walsh Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 1
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Zimmerman Lake Management Action Plan
Zimmerman Lake (62-0053) is located in the City of Roseville, Ramsey County, Minnesota
(Figure 1). The lake has a surface area of about 13 acres with a mean depth of approximately 4
feet.1
Zimmerman Lake meets the MPCA definition of wetland and is classified as a Class 2D
(wetland) water in accordance with Minn. Rules Ch. 7050. Furthermore its designation as a
Public Water Wetland [“W” 62-53] by the DNR Protected Water Inventory and the lack of an
aquatic recreational resource management history (MPCA (Guidance Manual for Assessing the
Quality of Minnesota Surface Waters for the Determination of Impairment, 2007) substantiates
the designation as a Class 2D water. The Class 2D designation means that the wetland resource
is protected for the “maintenance of a healthy wetland aquatic community and for wetland based
aquatic recreation.” Numeric nutrient standards developed for shallow lakes (i.e. 60 µg/L TP) do
not apply to Class 2D wetlands.
The watershed draining to Zimmerman Lake is 531 acres and is a heavily developed mix of
commercial, transportation, and residential uses. It drains northward through Ramsey County
Ditch 4, eventually draining to Little Johanna Lake, which is on the EPA’s 303(d) list of
impaired waters.
Zimmerman Lake provides an amenity to the golf course located to its east and the Mn/DOT
office building to its west.
1 The lake areas were determined by digitizing lake boundaries using 2006 1-foot resolution air photos. No
bathymetric data were available for this lake. The maximum depth was estimated using depth data collected during
sediment sampling.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Figure 1. Zimmerman Lake and Potential BMP Locations
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 2
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Water Quality Summary
There are no nutrient or biological data for Zimmerman Lake. A watershed model (P8) was used
to estimate the watershed phosphorus load to the lake, and an in-lake model (Bathtub) was used
to predict the response of the lake to phosphorus loading. There are no in-lake monitoring data
to calibrate the lake model. Water quality modeling indicates that watershed inputs account for
approximately 96% of the nutrient load, with internal loading accounting for 4% (Figure 2).
Without any in-lake nutrient data for the lake for model calibration, the modeling results should
be considered preliminary. Water clarity data inferred from satellite imagery suggest that the
water clarity depth of Zimmerman Lake is less than 1.5 feet.
Figure 2. Zimmerman Lake Phosphorus Load Distribution
Internal, 4%
Watershed, 96%
Internal, 4%
Watershed, 96%
Public Input
No attendees spoke on issues related to Zimmerman Lake at the public input meeting on June 5,
2008.
Water Quality Issues
Without further data or public input, water quality issues were not able to be defined.
Recommended Management Approach
Watershed Management Recommendations
Management of land in the watershed is a critical element in addressing downstream
impairments. Because the Zimmerman Lake watershed is fully developed, opportunities for
retrofitting BMPs into the watershed as it re-develops or as routine maintenance occurs should be
sought. To that end, a preliminary field reconnaissance was conducted to identify likely
regional, local and site-specific retrofit opportunities. Potential BMP locations identified during
this field investigation are identified on Figure 1 and detailed in the field reconnaissance
supplement at the end of this report. In summary, eight BMP retrofit opportunities were
identified in this preliminary field reconnaissance. The following are specific actions that could
be pursued to reduce external loading.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 3
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Consideration of local partnerships for further assessment of the four potential local BMP
locations identified in the field reconnaissance supplement.
Notice/letter to potential site-specific BMP landowners educating them of potential grant
funding through the District’s Urban Stormwater Remediation Cost-Share Program.
Ensure that strict application of RCWD and other local stormwater regulations are
followed throughout the watershed draining to the lake.
There are several options known to successfully reduce nutrient runoff that can be suggested
even before data are available that will allow more targeted management. These general
practices include:
Stormwater management retrofits for better nutrient, volume, rate, and erosion control
Nutrient and stormwater volume absorbing raingardens
Increased frequency of street-sweeping and targeted prioritization to direct runoff areas
Buffer zones of native vegetation along the lake-shore (good for both runoff problems
and fish survival)
Public education programs to encourage voluntary land-owner changes in landscaping,
lawn fertilization, and runoff management
Active inspection programs for and routine maintenance of previously installed
stormwater BMPs
Compliance monitoring and inspection of active construction sites for adequate erosion
and sediment control
Internal Lake Management Recommendations
With no biological or water quality data for Zimmerman Lake, specific in-lake management
recommendations can not be made at this time. However, a number of shallow lake management
principles will likely apply to Zimmerman Lake:
If curly-leaf pondweed is present in high densities, it likely contributes to internal
loading, and curly-leaf pondweed removal activities should be considered. Curly-leaf
pondweed releases a pulse of phosphorus into the water column in June when the plants
senesce.
Submerged and emergent aquatic macrophytes in the lake normally stabilize the
sediments and provide refugia for zooplankton. If the macrophyte communities are
determined to be sparse, shoreline and littoral zone restoration practices should be
undertaken.
A fisheries survey will indicate the balance of benthivores, planktivores, and piscivores in
the lake. Benthivores disturb the bottom sediments thereby releasing phosphorus into the
water column, and planktivores can overgraze zooplankton, which normally graze on
phytoplankton and keep chlorophyll concentrations in balance. If there is an
overabundance of benthivorous fish (such as carp or bullhead) or an overabundance of
planktivores, a fisheries management plan should be developed that will aim to restore
the balance of these types of fish in the lake. If cooperation is possible, work with DNR
to promote a fisheries management strategy that places importance on water quality,
while maintaining a viable fishery.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 4
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Recommended Data Collection
The following in-lake data collection will help tailor the management recommendations for
Zimmerman Lake. There are no in-lake water quality data for the lake; if the implementation of
management practices for the lake were to move forward, in-lake data and bathymetric data
would be needed and should be considered a high priority.
Bathymetric data collection
TP and chlorophyll data: Grab water quality samples should be collected if there is cause
to believe that the water body is enriched with nutrients (as evidenced by mid-summer
algae blooms) AND the waterbody is contributing flow to adjacent lakes.
Macrophyte and/or aquatic invertebrate data should be collected in cooperation with the
MPCA to determine if the waterbody is meeting the “healthy aquatic community
standards.”
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 5
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Zimmerman Lake Field Reconnaissance Supplement
Local Management BMPs
Zimmerman #1
Location: South side of Ryan Avenue W and west of
Hamline Avenue N
Description: Example of large open areas in front
yards
Potential Improvements: Install raingardens along
road corridors; many opportunities in this area will
exist when streets are reconstructed. (Note: there are
also large boulevard trees limiting some areas.)
Zimmerman #2
Location: North of Eldridge Avenue W and west of
Hamline Avenue N
Description: Large open lot
Potential Improvements: Room for good-sized
infiltration or water quality feature (might not be able
to get enough drainage area to the location to
necessitate using the entire lot).
Zimmerman #3
Location: North of County Road B2 W and east of
Snelling Avenue
Description: Southeast exit ramp loop
Potential Improvements: It appears that the loop
areas adjacent to Snelling Ave. could be better used for
treatment. These areas should be assessed for
opportunities during road improvement projects.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 6
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Zimmerman #4
Location: South of County Road B and west of
Midlothian Road
Description: Large open area at school
Potential Improvements: Incorporate feature for
school and or adjacent roads. Note there are lots of
opportunities on the school site to provide treatment (as
needed). It appears that a raingarden was recently
incorporated for a small paving project on site.
Site Specific Management BMPs
Zimmerman #5
Location: North of Commerce Street and west of
Albert Street (or commerce Street to EB Hwy 36)
Description: Swale and dry pond picking up large
parking area
Potential Improvements: Improve feature to include
infiltration and/or water quality improvement.
Zimmerman #6
Location: West of Snelling Avenue and South of Hwy
36
Description: Swale picking up parking via curb cuts.
No storage currently provided and curb cuts not draining
properly.
Potential Improvements: Enhance area to provide
depressional storage / create raingardens or bio-filtration
areas.
Zimmerman #7
Location: West of Snelling Avenue and south of Hwy
36
Description: Green space area in apartment complex
Potential Improvements: Green space areas in
apartment ground could be better used to provide
treatment.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 7
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Zimmerman #8
Location: South of County Road B and east of
Midlothian Road
Description: Swale flowing to storm sewer at St.
Michael Church
Potential Improvements: Convert to raingarden/
biofiltration area.
RCWD SW Urban Lakes Study Zimmerman Lake 8
Emmons & Olivier Resources, Inc. 2009
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX H
Previous Study Summary – Lake
Josephine
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX H
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
PREVIOUS STUDY SUMMARY – LAKE JOSEPHINE
Lake Josephine Assessment Report
The MPCA along with MDNR, Ramsey County Public Works, RCWD and Josephine Lake Association
issued a Lake Assessment Report for Josephine Lake in 1998. Pertinent portions from that report are as
follows:
(page iii)
A good historical data base is available for assessing trends in water quality of Lake
Josephine. These data include 22 years of Secchi data and several years of water
chemistry data. Based on an analysis of 22 years of CLMP, MPCA, DNR, Met. Council,
Ramsey County, and two environmental consulting firm’s Secchi transparency data, Lake
Josephine exhibited a significant improvement in transparency over time (Rк = 0.52;
p=0.0008). Summer mean Secchi transparency measures ranged from 2.3 to 4.3 feet
from 1975-1979. In contrast, from 1981-1989 summermeanSecchi ranged from 3.0 to
10.2 feet and from 1990-1998 summer-mean Secchi ranged from 5.2 to 12.1 feet.
Summer-mean total phosphorus and chlorophyll-a concentrations exhibited a
decline over this time period as well.
(page 3)
Lake Josephine’s watershed is relatively small at about 734 acres, excluding the lake. The
vast majority (96%) of the watershed is in urban/residential lake use. This percentage,
although not typical for lakes in the North Central Hardwood Forest ecoregion, is rather
typical for lakes in the Twin Cities metro area. Little Lake Josephine is about 12 acres in
size, much of which is covered by cattails and emergent vegetation; however, the open
water portion has maximum depth of 25 feet. Originally, about 260 acres drained
through Little Lake Josephine prior to entering Lake Josephine. In 1980, a project
conducted by the RCWD, in consultation with E.A. Hickok Engineering, resulted in an
additional 220 acres of direct drainage from Lake Josephine watershed to Little Lake
Josephine. As a result, about 480 acres (65%) drained through Little Lake Josephine prior
to entering Lake Josephine. This would result in dramatic improvements in the quality of
Lake Josephine (emphasis added).
It is noted that only half of Lake Josephine is within the boundaries of the City of Arden Hills while
the remainder is within the City of Roseville. Also, the RCWD storm sewer diversion project took
place in Roseville. This importance of this discussion is three-fold. First, a value judgement was made
by all agencies involved in the 1980 project that resulted in diverting storm water from one public
water into another for treatment. Second, Little Lake Josephine has operated much like a NURP storm
water detention pond and thus has improved Lake Josephine’s water quality. Third and most
important, some of the proposed eleven ponds may involve existing wetlands similar, but much
smaller in surface area and depth than Little Lake Josephine, and their use may come into play
with implementation of the City’s LSWMP.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX I
Grant Opportunities
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX I
City of Arden Hills
WSB Project No. 3455-200
GRANT OPPORTUNITIES
Grants
State grants are available for surface water management and non-point source pollution. Examples of
some available grants include:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA): Section 319 Grants
The MPCA applies annually to the United States EPA for Clean Water Act Section 319(h) grant funds. A
significant portion of these funds are competitively awarded to local government units and other groups to
work on projects that address nonpoint-source water pollution. Fund availability varies. Some programs
include:
319 Developmental, Education and Research matching grants to support education, training and
research projects that are implementation oriented.
319 Implementation (non-TMDL) matching grants to support BMP implementation and technical
assistance.
319 TMDL Implementation matching grants to support the implementation of TMDL’s.
MPCA Clean Water Partnership Grants
These are funds appropriated by the Minnesota State Legislature. Funds are awarded to local government
units or other groups for work on projects that address non-point source water pollution. Fund
availability varies.
MPCA Clean Water Legacy
These are funds established through the Minnesota Clean Water Legacy Act of 2006. Appropriations
fund a variety of projects including:
Surface Water Assessments
TMDL Development
TMDL Implementation
Local Wastewater and Stormwater Projects
MPCA Low Interest Loans
Typically used for wastewater treatment and collection systems, MPCA’s State Revolving Loan Fund
dollars can be used in watershed or non-point source control.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX J
2012-Current SWPPPs
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
You are currently logged in as:
Arden Hills City MS4
If this is correct, click the 'Next' button. If this information is incorrect, contact Cole Landgraf (6517572880,
cole.landgraf@state.mn.us) or Rachel Stangl (6517572879, rachel.stangl@state.mn.us).
Before you begin...
The MS4 Annual Report for 2014 will automatically save your answers when you hit the ‘Next’ button at the
bottom of each page.
If you wish to leave the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 and complete the document at another time, you may
do so by hitting ‘Next’ at the bottom of your current page to save your progress before exiting the document.
Return to the survey by following the previously used web link, and again login using your email and
assigned password credentials. Once you successfully log in, your previous answers will appear.
You may print a copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 for your records at any time by pressing the ‘Print’
button at the bottom of the page.
Additionally, it is possible to save a PDF copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 if you are working on a
computer with OneNote (a program often included in Microsoft Office packages). Detailed saving instructions
are available at stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/Guidance_for_saving_MS4_annual_reports.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
MS4 Annual Report for 2014
Reporting period: January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014
Due: June 30, 2015
Instructions: Complete this annual report to provide a summary of your activities under the 2013 MS4
Permit (Permit) between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014. You may provide additional explanation
and/or information in an email with the subject YourMS4NameHere_2014AR to
ms4permitprogram.pca@state.mn.us. MPCA staff may also contact you for additional information.
Questions: Contact Cole Landgraf at 6517572880 or cole.landgraf@state.mn.us or Rachel Stangl at 651
7572879 or rachel.stangl@state.mn.us.
MS4 General Contact Information
Last name Anderson
First name John
Title Assistant City Engineer
Mailing address 1245 West Highway 96
City Arden Hills
State MN
Zip code 55112
Phone 6517927846
Email janderson@cityofardenhills.org
MCM 1: Public Education and Outreach
The following questions refer to Part III.D.1. of the Permit.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q2 Did you select a stormwaterrelated issue of high priority to be emphasized during this Permit term? [Part
III.D.1.a.(1)]
Yes
No
Q3 What is your stormwaterrelated issue(s)? Check all that apply.
TMDL(s)
Local businesses
Residential BMPs
Pet waste
Yard waste
Deicing materials
Household chemicals
Construction activities
Postconstruction activities
Other
Q4 Did you begin to educate the public on illicit discharge recognition and reporting? [Part III.D.1.a.(2)]
Yes
No
Q5 How did you distribute educational materials or equivalent outreach? Check all that apply and provide
circulation/audience associated with each item. [Part III.D.1.a.]
Brochure
Newsletter
Utility bill insert
Newspaper ad
Radio ad
Television ad
Cable access channel
Stormwaterrelated event
School presentation or project
Website
Other (1)
Other (2)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Other (3)
Q6 Intended audience? Check all that apply.
Residents Local Businesses Developers Students Employees Other
Newsletter
Website
Q7 Enter the total circulation/audience (if unknown, use best estimate):
Newsletter 2800
Website 6000
Provide a brief description of each activity related to public education and outreach (e.g. rain garden
workshop, school presentation, public works open house) held and the date each activity was held from
January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014. [Part III.D.1.c.(4)]
Q8Date of activity Q9Description of activity
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)2/15/2014 newsletter tips for greener 2014
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)3/14/2014 newsletter rain barrel sale
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)4/15/2014 newsletter annual clean up day notice
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)5/15/2014 newsletter yard waste
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)6/15/2015 newsletter karth lake water quality efforts, recycling automotive
fluids
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)9/15/2015 newsletter recycling and disposal of household products
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)
Date
(mm/dd/yyyy)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q10 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future
plans for your public education and outreach program? [Part IV.B.]
Yes
No
MCM 2: Public Participation/Involvement
The following questions refer to Part III.D.2.a. of the Permit.
Q11 You must provide a minimum of one opportunity each year for the public to provide input on the adequacy of
your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP). Did you provide this opportunity between January
1, 2014 and December 31, 2014? [Part III.D.2.a.(1)]
Yes
No
Q12 What was the opportunity that you provided? Check all that apply.
Public meeting
Public event
Other
Q13 Did you hold a standalone meeting or combine it with another event?
Standalone
Combined
Enter the date of
the public meeting
(mm/dd/yyyy):
3/9/2015
Enter the number
of citizens that
attended and were
informed about
your SWPPP:
0
Q16 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you receive any input regarding your SWPPP?
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q18 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future
plans for your public participation/involvement program? [Part IV.B.]
Yes
No
MCM 3: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination
The following questions refer to Part III.D.3. of the Permit.
Q19 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you update your regulatory mechanism(s) which
prohibits nonstormwater discharges to your MS4?
Yes
No
Q20 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, what was the status of this regulatory mechanism(s)?
Current regulatory mechanism sufficient
Optional, describe status:
current ordinance on IDDE was reviewed in 2014 and found to be adequate to meet goals of the permit
Q21 Did you identify any illicit discharges between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014? [Part III.D.3.h.(4)]
Yes
No
Q30 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your illicit
discharge regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.]
Yes
No
Q32 Did you train all field staff in illicit discharge recognition (including conditions which could cause illicit
discharges) and reporting illicit discharges for further investigations? [Part III.D.3.e.]
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q33 How did you train your field staff? Check all that apply.
Email
PowerPoint
Presentation
Video
Field Training
Other
The following questions refer to Part III.C.1. of the Permit.
Q34 Did you update your storm sewer system map between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014? [Part
III.C.1.]
Yes
No
Q35 Does your storm sewer map include all pipes 12 inches or greater in diameter and the direction of stormwater
flow in those pipes? [Part III.C.1.a.]
Yes
No
Q36 Does your storm sewer map include outfalls, including a unique identification (ID) number and an associated
geographic coordinate? [Part III.C.1.b.]
Yes
No
Q37 Does your storm sewer map include all structural stormwater BMPs that are part of your MS4? [Part
III.C.1.c.]
Yes
No
Q38 Does your storm sewer map include all receiving waters? [Part III.C.1.d.]
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q39 In what format is your storm sewer map available?
Hardcopy only
GIS
CAD
Other
Q40 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future
plans for your illicit discharge detection and elimination (IDDE) program? [Part IV.B.]
Yes
No
MCM 4: Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control
The following questions refer to Part III.D.4. of the Permit.
Q41 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you update your regulatory mechanism to be at least
as stringent as the Agency's general permit to Discharge Stormwater Associated with Construction Activity
(CSW Permit) No. MN R100001 (http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/viewdocument.html?gid=18984) for
erosion and sediment controls and waste controls? [Part III.D.4.a.]
Yes
No
Q42 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, what was the status of this regulatory mechanism?
Research
Optional, describe status:
completed ordinance revision in May of 2015
Q43 Have you developed written procedures for site plan reviews as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.b.]
Yes
No
Q44 Have you documented each site plan review as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.f.]
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Yes
No
Q45 Enter the number of site plan reviews conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2014 and
December 31, 2014:
5
Q46 What types of enforcement actions do you have available to compel compliance with your regulatory
mechanism? Check all that apply and enter the number of each used from January 1, 2014 to December 31,
2014.
Verbal warnings
Notice of violation
Administrative orders
Stopwork orders
Fines
Forfeit of security of bond money
Withholding of certificate of occupancy
Criminal actions
Civil penalties
Other
Enter the number of verbal
warnings issued:60
Enter the number of notice of
violations issued:30
Enter the number of stop
work orders issued:0
Enter the number of
withholdings of certificate of
occupancy issued:
0
Q47 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your
construction site stormwater runoff control regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.]
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q49 Enter the number of active construction sites an acre or greater that were in your jurisdiction between
January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014:
6
Q50 Do you have written procedures for identifying priority sites? [Part III.D.4.d.(1)]
Yes
No
Q52 Do you have a checklist or other written means to document site inspections when determining compliance?
[Part III.D.4.d.(4)]
Yes
No
Q53 Enter the number of site inspections conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2014 and
December 31, 2014:
1
Q54 Enter the frequency at which site inspections are conducted (e.g. daily, weekly, monthly): [Part III.D.4.d.(2)]
every two weeks
Q55 Enter the number of trained inspectors that were available for construction site inspections between January
1, 2014 and December 31, 2014:
1
Q56 Provide the contact information for the inspector(s) and/or organization that conducts construction
stormwater inspections for your MS4. List your primary construction stormwater contact first if you have
multiple inspectors.
(1) Inspector name Samantha Kreibich
Organization Ramsey Conservation District
Phone (Office)6512667274
Phone (Work Cell)6122106975
Email samantha.krebich@co.ramsey.mn.us
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Preferred contact method email
(2) Inspector name
Organization
Phone (Office)
Phone (Work Cell)
Email
Preferred contact method
(3) Inspector name
Organization
Phone (Office)
Phone (Work Cell)
Email
Preferred contact method
Q57 What training did inspectors receive? Check all that apply.
University of Minnesota Erosion and Stormwater Management Certification Program
Qualified Compliance Inspector of Stormwater (QCIS)
Minnesota Laborers Training Center Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Installer or Supervisor
Minnesota Utility Contractors Association Erosion Control Training
Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC)
Certified Professional in Stormwater Quality (CPSWQ)
Certified Erosion, Sediment and Storm Water Inspector (CESSWI)
Other
Q58 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future
plans for your construction site stormwater runoff control program? [Part IV.B.]
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
MCM 5: PostConstruction Stormwater Management
The following questions refer to Part III.D.5. of the Permit.
Q59 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you update your regulatory mechanism(s) to
incorporate all requirements as specified in Part III.D.5.a. of the Permit?
Yes
No
Q61 What approach are you using, or planning to use, to meet the performance standard for Volume, Total
Suspended Solids (TSS), and Total Phosphorus (TP) as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.5.a.(2)]
Check all that apply.
Refer to the link http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/viewdocument.html?gid=17815 for guidance on
stormwater management approaches.
Retain a runoff volume equal to one inch times the area of the proposed increase of impervious surfaces onsite
Retain the postconstruction runoff volume on site for the 95th percentile storm
Match the predevelopment runoff conditions
Adopt the Minimal Impact Design Standards (MIDS)
An approach has not been selected
Other method (Must be technically defensiblee.g. based on modeling, research and acceptable engineering practices)
Other, describe:
require performance standards adopted by Rice Creek Watershed district are met by site design.
Q62 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your post
construction stormwater management regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.]
Yes
No
Q64 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future
plans for your postconstruction stormwater management program? [Part IV.B.]
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Describe those modifications:
city ordinance was updated to include a requirement that post construction treatment systems meet
design criteria setforth by Rice Watershed District. This ordinance was adopted in May of 2015
MCM 6: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations
The following questions refer to Part III.D.6. of the Permit.
Q65 Enter the total number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds
within your MS4 (exclude privately owned).
Structural
stormwater BMPs 92
Outfalls 256
Ponds 69
Q66 Enter the number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds that
were inspected from January 1, 2014 to December 31, 2014 within your MS4 (exclude privately owned). [Part
III.D.6.e.]
Structural
stormwater BMPs 92
Outfalls 0
Ponds 0
Q67 Have you developed an alternative inspection frequency for any structural stormwater BMPs, as allowed in
Part III.D.6.e.(1) of the Permit?
Yes
No
Q68 Based on inspection findings, did you conduct any maintenance on any structural stormwater BMPs? [Part
III.D.6.e.(1)]
Yes
No
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q69 Briefly describe the maintenance that was conducted:
Rain Garden maintenance of 52 sites including remove sediment, weeding, add plantings, place mulch.
Pump all 9 grit chambers to remove collected sediment
Q70 Do you own or operate any stockpiles, and/or storage and material handling areas? [Part III.D.6.e.(3)]
Yes
No
Q74 Between January 1, 2014 and December 31, 2014, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future
plans for your pollution prevention/good housekeeping for municipal operations program? [Part IV.B.]
Yes
No
Partnerships
Q83 Did you rely on any other regulated MS4s to satisfy one or more Permit requirements?
Yes
No
Q84 Describe the agreements you have with other regulated MS4s and which Permit requirements the other
regulated MS4s help satisfy: [Part IV.B.6.]
we contract with Ramsey Conservation District to inspect construction sites for compliance with our
Construction stormwater permit program. We partner with Rice Creek Watershed District to provide us
educational materials.
Additional Information
If you would like to provide any additional files to accompany your annual report, use the space below to
upload those files. For each space, you may attach one file.
Q85 Click the "up arrow" icon below to upload a file. When it has uploaded successfully, a unique ID will appear in
the box. Only files 6 MB or less will upload.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q86 Click the "up arrow" icon below to upload a file. When it has uploaded successfully, a unique ID will appear in
the box. Only files 6 MB or less will upload.
Q87 Click the "up arrow" icon below to upload a file. When it has uploaded successfully, a unique ID will appear in
the box. Only files 6 MB or less will upload.
Q88 Optional, describe the file(s) uploaded:
Owner or Operator Certification
The person with overall administrative responsibility for SWPPP implementation and Permit compliance must
certify this MS4 Annual Report. This person must be duly authorized and should be either a principal
executive (i.e., Director of Public Works, City Administrator) or ranking elected official (i.e., Mayor, Township
Supervisor).
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or
supervision in accordance with a system designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and
evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons who manage the system,
or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of
my knowledge and belief, true, accurate, and complete (Minn. R. 7001.0070). I am aware that there are
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
significant penalties for submitting false information, including the possibility of fine and imprisonment (Minn.
R. 7001.0540).
Yes
By typing my name in the following box, I certify the above statements to be true and correct, to the best of
my knowledge, and that information can be used for the purpose of processing my MS4 Annual Report.
Name:John Anderson
Title:Assistant City Engineer
Date:
(mm/dd/yyyy)06/25/2015
Before you submit...
Print or save a copy of your completed MS4 Annual Report for 2014 for your records. The MPCA will
not be able to provide you with a copy.
You may print a copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 for your records by pressing the ‘Print’ button at the
bottom of the page.
Additionally, it is possible to save a PDF copy of the MS4 Annual Report for 2014 if you are working on a
computer with OneNote (a program often included in Microsoft Office packages). Detailed saving instructions
are available at stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/Guidance_for_saving_MS4_annual_reports.
If you have any questions, contact MPCA staff Cole Landgraf (cole.landgraf@state.mn.us, 6517572880) or
Rachel Stangl (rachel.stangl@state.mn.us, 6517572879).
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
MS4 General Contact Information
Full Name:
Title:
Mailing Address:
City:
State:
Zip Code:
Phone:
Email:
Preparer Contact Information (if different from the MS4 General Contact )
Full Name:
Title:
Organization:
Mailing Address:
City:
State:
Zip Code:
Phone:
Email:
MCM 1: Public Education and Outreach
The following questions refer to Part III.D.1. of the Permit.
Q2 Did you select a stormwater-related issue of high priority to be emphasized during this Permit term? [Part III.D.1.a.(1)]
Yes
Q3 If 'Yes' in Q2, what is your stormwater-related issue(s)? Check all that apply.
Total Maximum Daily Loads (TMDLs)
Local businesses
X Residential best management practices (BMPs)
Pet waste
Yard waste
Deicing materials
Household chemicals
X Construction activities
Post-construction activities
Other
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q4 Have you distributed educational materials or equivalent outreach to the public focused on illicit discharge recognition and reporting? [Part III.D.1.a.(2)]
Yes
Q5
Yes
MS4 Annual Report for 2016
Reporting period: January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016
Due: June 30, 2017
Instructions: Complete this annual report to provide a summary of your activities under the 2013 MS4 Permit (Permit) between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016.
MPCA staff may also contact you for additional information.
Questions: Contact Cole Landgraf (cole.landgraf@state.mn.us, 651-757-2880) or Megan Handt (megan.handt@state.mn.us, 651-757-2843)
Arden Hills
MN
55112
651-792-7846
spolka@cityofardenhills.org
Kelsey Gelhar
Graduate Engineer
City of Arden Hills
1245 Highway 96
Sue Polka
City Engineer
1245 Highway 96
Arden Hills
MN
55112
6127094897
kgelhar@cityofardenhills.org
Do you have an implementation plan as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.1.b.]
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q6 How did you distribute educational materials or equivalent outreach? [Part III.D.1.a.] Check all that apply in the table below.
Q7 For the items checked in Q6 below, who is the intended audience? Check all that apply in the table below.
Q8 For the items checked in Q6 below, enter the total circulation/audience in the table below (if unknown, use best estimate).
How did you distribute educational
materials or equivalent outreach?Local
Check all that apply:Residents businesses Developers Students Employees Other
Brochure
X Newsletter X
Utility bill insert
Newspaper ad
Radio ad
Television ad
Cable access channel
X Stormwater-related event X
School project or presentation
X Website X X
Other (1)
Describe:
Other (2)
Describe:
Other (3)
Describe:
Q9 Q10
Q11 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your public education and outreach program? [Part IV.B.]
If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications:
No
MCM 2: Public Participation/Involvement
The following questions refer to Part III.D.2.a. of the Permit.
Q12 You must provide a minimum of one opportunity each year for the public to provide input on the adequacy of your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP).
Did you provide this opportunity between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? [Part III.D.2.a.(1)]
Yes
11/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Environment
12/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - "Green" Holiday Season
6/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Recycling Bulky Items
7/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Recycling
8/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Lawn Tips (RCWD)
3/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Rain Barrels
4/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Spring Clean Up Day
5/1/2016 Arden Notes Story - Composting
For Q9 and Q10 below, provide a brief description of each activity related to public education and outreach (e.g. rain garden workshop, school presentation, public works open house)
held and the date each activity was held from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016. [Part III.D.1.c.(4)]
Date of Activity Description of Activity
200
250
2500
Total
circulation/audience: (if
unknown, best est.)
Q8Q6Q7 Intended audience? Check all that apply:
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q13 If 'Yes ' in Q12, what was the opportunity that you provided? Check all that apply.
X Public meeting
Public event
Other
Q14 If 'Public meeting ' in Q13, did you hold a stand-alone meeting or combine it with another event?
Enter the date of the public meeting:
Enter the number of citizens that attended and
were informed about your SWPPP:
Q15 If 'Public Event' in Q13,
Describe:
Q15 Enter the date of the public event:
Enter the number of citizens that attended and
were informed about your SWPPP:
Q16 If 'Other' in Q13,
Describe:
Enter the date of the 'other' event:
Enter the number of citizens that attended and
were informed about your SWPPP:
Q17 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you receive any input regarding your SWPPP?
No
If 'Yes ,' enter the total number of individuals or
organizations that provided comments on your
SWPPP:
Q18 If 'Yes' in Q17, did you modify your SWPPP as a result of written input received? [Part III.D.2.b.(2)]
If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications:
Q19 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your public education and outreach program? [Part IV.B.]
If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications:
No
MCM 3: Illicit Discharge Detection and Elimination
The following questions refer to Part III.D.3. of the Permit.
Q20 Do you have a regulatory mechanism which prohibits non-stormwater discharges to your MS4?
Yes
Q21 Did you identify any illicit discharges between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? [Part III.D.3.h.(4)]
No
Q22 If 'Yes ' in Q21, enter the number of illicit discharges detected:
Q23 If 'Yes ' in Q21, how did you discover these illicit discharges? Check all that apply.
Public complaint
Staff
Q24 If 'Public complaint ' in Q23, enter the number discovered by the public:
Q25 If 'Staff ' in Q23, enter the number discovered by staff:
0
5/31/2016
0
0
Combined
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q26 If 'Yes ' in Q21, did any of the discovered illicit discharges result in an enforcement action (this includes verbal warnings)?
Q27 If 'Yes ' in Q26, what type of enforcement action(s) was taken and how many of each action were issued between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016?
Check all that apply.
Number issued:
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q28 If 'Yes ' in Q26, did the enforcement action(s) taken sufficiently address the illicit discharge(s)?
Q29 If 'No' in Q28, why was the enforcement not sufficient to address the illicit discharge(s)?
Q30 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your illicit discharge regulatory mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.]
Yes
Q31 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you train all field staff in illicit discharge recognition (including conditions which could cause illicit discharges)
and reporting illicit discharges for further investigations? [Part III.D.3.e.]
Yes
Q32 If 'Yes ' in Q31, how did you train your field staff? Check all that apply.
X
If 'Other ,'
describe:
The following questions refer to Part III.C.1. of the Permit.
Q33 Did you update your storm sewer system map between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016? [Part III.C.1.]
Yes
Q34 Does your storm sewer map include all pipes 12 inches or greater in diameter and the direction of stormwater flow in those pipes? [Part III.C.1.a.]
Yes
Q35 Does your storm sewer map include outfalls, including a unique identification (ID) number and an associated geographic coordinate? [Part III.C.1.b.]
Yes
Q36 Does your storm sewer map include all structural stormwater BMPs that are part of your MS4? [Part III.C.1.c.]
Yes
Q37 Does your storm sewer map include all receiving waters? [Part III.C.1.d.]
Yes
Q38 In what format is your storm sewer map available?
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q39 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your illicit discharge detection and elimination (IDDE) program?
[Part IV.B.]
If 'Yes,' describe those modifications:
No
MCM 4: Construction Site Stormwater Runoff Control
The following questions refer to Part III.D.4. of the Permit.
Q40 Do you have a regulatory mechanism that is at least as stringent as the Agency's general permit to Discharge Stormwater Associated with
Construction Activity (CSW Permit) No. MN R100001 (http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/view-document.html?gid=18984) for
erosion and sediment controls and waste controls? [Part III.D.4.a.]
Yes
Video
Field Training
Other
Email
Powerpoint
Presentation
GIS
Criminal action
Civil penalty
Other
Verbal warning
Notice of violation
Fine
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q41 Have you developed written procedures for site plan reviews as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.b.]
Yes
Q42 Have you documented each site plan review as required by the Permit? [Part III.D.4.f.]
Yes
Q43 Enter the number of site plan reviews conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016:
6
Q44 What types of enforcement actions do you have available to compel compliance with your regulatory mechanism? Check all that apply and enter the number of
each used from January 1, 2016 to December 31, 2016.
Number issued:
X Verbal warning 89
X Notice of violation 0
Administrative order 0
X Stop-work order 0
Fine 0
Forfeit of security bond money 0
X Withholding of certificate of occupancy 0
Criminal action 0
Civil penalty 0
Other 0
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q45 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your construction site stormwater runoff control regulatory mechanisms?
[Part III.B.]
Yes
Q46 Enter the number of active construction sites an acre or greater that were in your jurisdiction between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016:
16
Q47 Do you have written procedures for identifying priority sites for inspections? [Part III.D.4.d.(1)]
Yes
Q48 If 'Yes' in Q47 , how are sites prioritized for inspections? Check all that apply.
Site topography
Soil characteristics
Types of receiving water(s)
Stage of construction
X Compliance history
X Weather conditions
X Citizen complaints
Project size
Other
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q49 Do you have a checklist or other written means to document site inspections when determining compliance? [Part III.D.4.d.(4)]
Yes
Q50 Enter the number of site inspections conducted for sites an acre or greater between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016:
146
Q51 Enter the frequency at which site inspections are conducted (e.g. daily, weekly, monthly): [Part III.D.4.d.(2)]
Q52 Enter the number of trained inspectors that were available for construction site inspections between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016:
1
Q53 Provide the contact information for the inspector(s) and/or organization that conducts construction stormwater inspections for your MS4. List your primary
construction stormwater contact first if you have multiple inspectors.
1 Inspector Name
Organization
Phone (Office)
Phone (Work Cell)
Email
Preferred contact method
2 Inspector Name
Organization
Phone (Office)
Phone (Work Cell)
Email
Preferred contact method
3 Inspector Name
Organization
Phone (Office)
Phone (Work Cell)
Email
Preferred contact method
Every two weeks, more frequently if follow up is needed
Andrea Prichard
Ramsey Conservation District
651-266-7274
andrea.prichard@co.ramsey.mn.us
Email
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q54 What training did inspectors receive? Check all that apply.
X University of Minnesota Erosion and Stormwater Management Certification Program
Qualified Compliance Inspector of Stormwater (QCIS)
Minnesota Laborers Training Center Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan Installer or Supervisor
Minnesota Utility Contractors Assocation Erosion Control Training
Certified Professional in Erosion and Sediment Control (CPESC)
Certified Professional in Stormwater Quality (CPSWQ)
Certified Erosion Sediment and Storm Water Inspector (CESSWI)
Other
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q55 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your construction site stormwater runoff control
program? [Part IV.B.]
If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications:
No
MCM 5: Post-Construction Stormwater Management
The following questions refer to Part III.D.5. of the Permit.
Q56 Do you have a regulatory mechanism which meets all requirements as specified in Part III.D.5.a of the Permit?
Yes
Q57 What approach are you using to meet the performance standard for Volume, Total Suspended Solids (TSS), and Total Phosphorus (TP) as required
by the Permit? [Part III.D.5.a.(2)] Check all that apply.
Refer to the link http://www.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/view-document.html?gid=17815 for guidance on stormwater management approaches.
X Retain a runoff volume equal to one inch times the area of the proposed increase of impervious surface on-site
Retain the post-construction runoff volume on site for the 95th percentile storm
Match the predevelopment runoff conditions
Adopt the Minimal Impact Design Standards (MIDS)
An approach has not been selected
Other method (Must be technically defensible - e.g., based on modeling, research and acceptable engineering practices)
If 'Other ,'
describe:
Q58 Do you have written Enforcement Response Procedures (ERPs) to compel compliance with your post-construction stormwater management regulatory
mechanism(s)? [Part III.B.]
Yes
Q59 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your post-construction site stormwater
management program? [Part IV.B.]
If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications:
No
MCM 6: Pollution Prevention/Good Housekeeping for Municipal Operations
The following questions refer to Part III.D.6. of the Permit.
Q60 Enter the total number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds within your MS4 (exclude privately owned).
Q61 Enter the number of structural stormwater BMPs, outfalls (excluding underground outfalls), and ponds that were inspected from January 1, 2016
to December 31, 2016 within your MS4 (exclude privately owned). [Part III.D.6.e.]
Q62 Have you developed an alternative inspection frequency for any structural stormwater BMPs, as allowed in Part III.D.6.e.(1) of the Permit?
No
Ponds 69
Ponds 69
Structural stormwater BMPs 92
Outfalls 200
Structural stormwater BMPs 92
Outfalls 256
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q63 Based on inspection findings, did you conduct any maintenance on any structural stormwater BMPs? [Part III.D.6.e.(1)]
Yes
Q64 If 'Yes ,' briefly describe the maintenance that was conducted:
Q65 Do you own or operate any stockpiles, and/or storage and material handling areas? [Part III.D.6.e.(3)]
No
Q66 If 'Yes' in Q65, did you inspect all stockpiles and storage and material handling areas quarterly? [Part III.D.6.e.(3)]
Q67 If 'Yes ' in Q66, based on inspection findings, did you conduct maintenance at any of the stockpiles and/or storage and material handling areas?
Q68 If 'Yes' in Q67, briefly describe the maintenance that was conducted:
Q69 Between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016, did you modify your BMPs, measurable goals, or future plans for your pollution prevention/good
housekeeping for municipal operations program? [Part IV.B.]
If 'Yes ,' describe those modifications:
No
Discharges to Impaired Waters with a USEPA-Approved TMDL that Includes an applicable WLA
If required, you must complete the TMDL Annual Report Form, available at: http://stormwater.pca.state.mn.us/index.php/Upload_page_with_TMDL_forms.
Attach your completed TMDL Annual Report Form to this Annual Report as instructed below. [Part III.E]
Q71 Successfully uploaded file:
Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment Systems
The following questions refer to Part III.F.3.a. of the Permit. Provide the information below as it pertains to your alum or ferric chloride phosphorus treatment system.
Q72 Date(s) of operation (mm/dd/yyyy - mm/dd/yyyy)
Q74
Calculated pounds of phosphorus
removed:
Q76
Chemical(s) used for treatment:
Q73 Q75
Gallons of alum or ferric chloride
treatment:Gallons of water treated:
September
October
July
August
November
December
May
June
March
April
January
February
October
November
December
July
August
September
April
May
June
'Alum or Ferric Chloride Phosphorus Treatment Systems' section not required for Arden Hills City MS4.
January
February
March
City-wide rain garden weeding, mulching, and removal of debris, pumped all grit chambers
TMDL form not required for Arden Hills City MS4.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Q77 Any performance issues and corrective action(s), including the date(s) when corrective action(s) were taken, between January 1, 2016 and December 31, 2016:
Partnerships
Q78 Did you rely on any other regulated MS4s to satisfy one or more Permit requirements?
Yes
Q79 If 'Yes ' in Q78, describe the agreements you have with other regulated MS4s and which Permit requirements the other regulated MS4s help satisfy: [Part IV.B.6.]
Additional Information
Q80 Successfully uploaded file:
Q81 Successfully uploaded file:
Q82 Successfully uploaded file:
Q83 Optional, describe the file(s) uploaded:
Owner of Operator Certification
The person with overall administrative responsibility for SWPPP implementation and Permit compliance must certify this MS4 Annual Report. This person must be duly
authorized and should be either a principal executive (i.e., Director of Public Works, City Administrator) or ranking elected official (i.e., Mayor, Township Supervisor).
I certify under penalty of law that this document and all attachments were prepared under my direction or supervision in accordance with a system
designed to assure that qualified personnel properly gathered and evaluated the information submitted. Based on my inquiry of the person or persons
who manage the system, or those persons directly responsible for gathering the information, the information submitted is, to the best of my knowledge
and belief, true, accurate, and complete (Minn. R. 7001.0070). I am aware that there are significant penalties for submitting false information, including
the possibility of fine and imprisonment (Minn. R. 7001.0540).
X Yes
By typing my name in the following box, I certify the above statements to be true and correct, to the best of my knowledge, and that
information can be used for the purpose of processing my MS4 Annual Report.
Name:
Title:
Date:
Susan Polka
Public Works Director/City Engineer
6/16/2016
No file attached.
No file attached.
No file attached.
We have a contract with the Ramsey Conservation District to inspect construction sites permitted through City issued Grading and Erosion
Control permits. The City also collaborates with Rice Creek Watershed District on education and outreach for MCM 1 and 2.
If you would like to provide any additional files to accompany your annual report, use the space below to upload those files. For each space, you may attach one file. You may
provide additional explanation and/or information in an email with the subject YourMS4NameHere_2016AR to ms4permitprogram.pca@state.mn.us.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
APPENDIX K
Current MPCA MS4 Coverage
Letter
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
wq-strm4-59p · 1/16/14 · Doc Type: Permit Approval
March 17, 2014
John Anderson
City of Arden Hills
1245 W Hwy 96
Arden Hills, MN 55112-5743
RE: Issuance of Coverage under the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System/State
Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) General Permit MNR040000 for Municipal Separate Storm
Sewer Systems for City of Arden Hills MS4
Dear Mr. Anderson:
In accordance with Minn. R. 7001.0140, the Commissioner of the Minnesota Pollution Control
Agency (MPCA) has made a final determination to issue coverage under the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System/State Disposal System (NPDES/SDS) General Permit MNR040000
for Municipal Separate Storm Sewer Systems (MS4 General Permit) to the City of Arden Hills,
effective March 17, 2014. Please find enclosed a copy of the above referenced MS4 General
Permit.
The MPCA’s final decision to issue permit coverage is based on the following:
MPCA staff has reviewed your MS4 General Permit application and Stormwater
Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) Document.
Public notice and opportunity for comment on your MS4 General Permit application and
SWPPP Document has been provided, and no comments were received.
As you know, it is the responsibility of the MS4 owner and/or operator to comply with the
requirements of the MS4 General Permit and your SWPPP Document . This issuance of coverage
does not preclude the MPCA from following up with an inspection or audit to verify compliance
with the MS4 General Permit and SWPPP Document. Also, be aware that as a condition of
recordkeeping, Part IV.C.3. of the MS4 General Permit requires that the permittee retain their
SWPPP Document and all records pertinent to it for at least three (3) years beyond the term of
the MS4 General Permit.
In addition, for an MS4 that was covered under the previous MS4 General Permit (issuance date
June 1, 2006), coverage under that permit is terminated on the coverage date as specified
above. An MS4 covered under the new MS4 General Permit is required to report on activities
that were required or committed to under the previous permit.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
wq-strm4-59p · 1/16/14 · Doc Type: Permit Approval
City of Arden Hills
Page 2
March 17, 2014
Finally, the MPCA thanks you for your cooperation in the permitting process . Please retain this
letter as documentation of your MS4 General Permit coverage under the NPDES/SDS Permit
MNR040000.
Please contact MS4 team member Claudia Hochstein at 651-757-2881 with any questions.
Sincerely,
Duane Duncanson
This document has been electronically signed.
Duane Duncanson
Supervisor, Municipal Compliance Unit I
St. Paul Office
Municipal Division
cc: City of Arden Hills MS4 File
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-1
APPENDIX H: ZONING DISTRICT REGULATIONS
Arden Hills Zoning District Regulations taken from the Arden Hills Code (AHC) of
Ordinances Chapter 13 and the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC) as of September
25, 2017.
1. R-1 Single Family Residential District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the development of single family detached housing
at a maximum density of approximately three (3) units per net acre.
B. To reserve development areas for single-family housing.
C. To restrict encroachment of incompatible uses.
D. To maintain density limitations.
E. To take advantage of municipal utilities.
F. To preserve open space.
2. R-2 Single Family and Two Family Residential District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the development of single and two (2) family
housing at a maximum density of approximately five units per net acre.
B. To reserve development areas for single and two family housing.
C. To restrict encroachment of incompatible uses.
D. To maintain density limitations.
E. To take advantage of municipal utilities.
F. To preserve open space.
3. R-3 Townhouse and Low Density Multiple Dwelling District (AHC):
A. To provide areas offering a broad development range in housing units with
a maximum density of eight (8) units per net acre.
B. To retain the environment and character of less intensive residence areas
through carefully established bulk and lot area requirements.
4. R-4 Multiple Dwelling District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the development of multiple dwelling structures with
a maximum density of twelve (12) units per net acre.
B. To permit the most intensive residential development allowed in the City.
C. To maintain an essentially residential character in areas developed at a
more intensive density.
5. NB Neighborhood Business District (AHC):
A. To be located at the edge of residential neighborhoods.
B. To provide a limited range of over-the-counter, convenience, retail, and
service uses to accommodate the needs of the adjacent residents.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-2
C. To place limitations on the type, size and intensity of uses within this
district, given its proximity to residential uses.
D. To place emphasis on convenience for pedestrian, bicycle, and public
transportation access to the use.
E. To accommodate, where possible, a public commons giving residents a
place to gather and interact with one another.
F. To ensure adequate buffering is provided on these sites for the adjacent
residential uses.
G. To require, where applicable, compliance with the City’s gateway
requirements.
6. B-1 Limited Business District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the location and development of administrative
office buildings and related office uses which are subject to more restrictive
controls.
B. To provide a district which is related to and may reasonably adjoin high
density or other residential districts.
C. To establish a business district in which there is limited contact with the
public and no exterior display or selling of merchandise to the general public.
7. B-2 General Business District (AHC):
A. To be a place in which people can live, work and play.
B. To create a compact, architecturally diverse, pedestrian- and bicycle-
friendly community with a distinct identity.
C. To provide a connected sidewalk system and places for people to gather
and socialize.
D. To implement design standards to promote an attractive environment with
lasting and sustainable value.
E. To group compatible retail and service business uses that tend to draw
trade that is naturally interchangeable and promotes business prosperity.
F. To provide an adequate supply of businesses and professional service
areas to meet the needs of the residents.
G. To minimize the effects of traffic congestion, noise, odor, glare and similar
safety problems.
H. To implement the Plan known as the “Guiding Plan for the B2 District,”
which was adopted by the City Council on October 27, 2008.
8. B-3 Service Business District (AHC):
A. To accommodate an adequate supply of businesses and services that
serve the community and motorists traveling through the community with a
broad range of services and goods.
B. To provide locations for uses that may be incompatible with retail centers,
thereby keeping the retail centers compact and convenient.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-3
C. To keep services in close proximity to arterial streets or highways in areas
that are appropriately designated on the Comprehensive Plan.
D. To encourage grouping of compatible and mutually supportive business
uses and services.
E. To promote business prosperity.
F. To establish a high standard of development and design that produces a
positive visual image and minimizes the effects of traffic congestion, noise,
odor and glare.
G. To allow a transitional reuse of existing buildings until market conditions
warrant redevelopment.
H. To enhance redevelopment potential by prohibiting uses that would
impede redevelopment.
I. To ensure acceptable traffic operations on local streets.
J. To promote flexibility in land uses and site development standards to
achieve the purposes of the district.
9. B-4 Retail Center District (AHC):
A. To meet retail shopping needs of the surrounding community by providing
a district that will accommodate a wide range of retail goods and services.
B. To promote business prosperity by creating an attractive and functional
retail center.
C. To provide an integrated retail trade center that groups compatible retail
uses in one or more multiple-occupancy buildings. Free standing, single-
occupancy buildings will be allowed if planned and constructed as part of a
unified development that contains a retail center or is developed after such a
retail center is developed.
D. To produce a positive visual image by establishing a high standard of
design and development.
E. To allow transitional uses that will allow an orderly phasing out of existing
uses and development that are not appropriate in a contemporary retail
center and a phasing in of uses and development as warranted by market
conditions.
F. To encourage grouping of uses that are mutually supportive and have
similar requirements for vehicular and pedestrian accessibility and exposure.
G. To alleviate potential traffic congestion on local streets by the design of
the circulation pattern and arrangement of uses.
10. CC Civic Center District (AHC):
A. To implement that part of City of Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan known
as the Civic Center (CC) area.
B. To create a destination-oriented area that serves as focal point for the
Community where a mix of uses including public, small retail, educational,
semi-public facilities and some mid-to-high-density housing are located.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-4
C. To bring forth a government center that would integrate Sunfish Lake with
a civic campus and commercial area, and create a gathering/activity place
that is unified in purpose, design and use.
D. To require strict development standards and building materials to create a
high quality civic environment.
E. To preserve, protect, and enhance existing development adjacent to the
district.
F. To promote compact, unified development that takes advantage of the
proximity to the adjacent open space areas and regional transportation
facilities.
G. To minimize the effects of traffic congestion.
H. To allow development that will insure reasonable traffic operation on the
internal and surrounding transportation systems including Lexington, Hamline,
and Highway 96.
I. To encourage arrangement of uses that are mutually supportive and have
similar requirements for vehicular and pedestrian accessibility and exposure.
11. GB Gateway Business District (AHC):
A. To implement that part of Arden Hills Comprehensive Development Plan
known as the I-694/I-35W Plan.
B. To promote high quality, unified, large-scale development in a manner
similar to a planned unit development.
C. To take full advantage of the site's location as documented and described
in the NE I-694/I-35W Plan.
D. To allow only development that will create an attractive environment and a
positive image for this site, which is one of the most visible in the community
and represents the City's last major development site.
E. To protect the site's environmental resources.
F. To promote flexibility in land uses and development standards to achieve
the objectives of the I-694/I-35W Plan.
G. To allow development that will insure reasonable traffic operation on the
internal and surrounding transportation systems.
12. I-1 Limited Industrial District (AHC):
A. To allow only those types and intensities of industrial uses that do not
detract from the surrounding area.
B. To maintain performance standards to keep the intensity of land utilization
lower than in the general Industrial District.
13. I-2 General Industrial District (AHC):
A. To provide an area where more intensive light industrial land uses may
locate.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-5
B. To present the least deleterious effect to adjacent, less intensive land
uses.
14. I-FLEX District (AHC):
A. To preserve, protect, enhance and perpetuate existing development in the
district.
B. To attract new development that is compatible with existing development
in the district in terms of use, performance, character, quality and appearance
of buildings and sites.
C. To permit only those uses that will have traffic generation characteristics
that are compatible with existing development in the district and that will
ensure reasonable traffic operation on streets in the vicinity.
D. To encourage new site development that will be compatible with existing
site development standards of existing development in the district.
E. To promote flexibility in land uses and site development standards to
achieve the objectives of the I-Flex District.
15. Planned Unit Development (PUD) Overlay District (AHC):
A. To allow flexibility in land development to benefit from new technology in
building design and construction and in land development.
B. To encourage variety in the organization of site elements, land uses
(residential and non-residential), building densities, and building and dwelling
types.
C. To promote higher standards of site and building design through the use
of trained and experienced professional land planners, landscape architects,
registered architects, engineers and surveyors to prepare plans for all PUD's.
D. To preserve and enhance desirable site characteristics and open space.
E. To promote more efficient and effective use of land, open space and
public facilities.
F. To effectuate the policies and standards of the Arden Hills Comprehensive
Development Plan.
16. POS Parks and Open Space District (AHC):
A. To support the Arden Hills Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan and the
Ramsey County Parks and Recreation System Plan.
B. To provide an area for publicly owned lands that have recognized outdoor
recreational or open space resources.
C. To support community health through the provision of active and passive
outdoor recreational opportunities.
D. To promote natural and ecological stewardship.
E. To conserve vital environmental resources.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-6
17. CD Conservation District (AHC):
A. To provide a “holding” zone for federally owned lands on the Arden Hills
Army Training Site to ensure that future development is staged, maintains
a sustainable level of public expenditures for utilities and services, and
protects those areas generally determined to be unsuitable for
development due to the presence of wetlands, floodplains, steep slopes,
certain drainage and soil conditions, and critical wildlife habitat.
18. INST Institutional District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the post-secondary education of general public.
B. To establish areas for the training of well-educated and talented
workforce.
C. To provide for the ability of the post-secondary students to live and have
their daily needs met on the campus of the post-secondary education
institution.
D. To provide the opportunity for athletic programs to be created for the post-
secondary students while providing opportunities for the general public to
experience these athletic programs.
19. Neighborhood District (TRC):
A. The Neighborhood Zoning District: Provides a range of attached and
detached single-family and small multi-family residential uses.
1) NR-1 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 1): Maximum density of
2.5 dwelling units per acre.
2) NR-2 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 2): Minimum density of
2.5 dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 4 dwelling units
per acre.
3) NR-3 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 3): Minimum density of 4
dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 6.75 dwelling units
per acre.
4) NR-4 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 4): Minimum density of 4
dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 8 dwelling units per
acre.
20. C - Civic (TRC):
A. The Civic Zoning District provides opportunities for civic functions that
potentially are operated by the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, and/or
civic focused non-profits.
B. The civic use is intended to both bring visitors outside of the TCAAP
redevelopment site to the Town Center and serve as a transition between
the Town Center and the park and open space areas to the east.
21. TC - Town Center (TRC):
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-7
A. The Town Center Zoning District creates a vibrant commercial and
residential environment that maximizes the potential for an outdoor
experience.
B. This district promotes walkability through allowing for housing, office,
retail, restaurant, and civic uses all within close proximity of each other.
C. Residential uses permitted at a maximum density of 67 units per acre.
22. OMU - Office Mixed-Use (TRC):
A. The Office Mixed-Use Zoning District creates a flexible zone that allows
and promotes a seamless transition from Retail Mixed-Use but focuses on
employment and other compatible uses.
B. This district promotes employment as a primary use, but allows for other
commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings.
23. RMU - Retail Mixed-Use (TRC):
A. The Retail Mixed-Use Zoning District creates a flexible zone that allows
and promotes a seamless transition from Office Mixed-Use but focuses on
retail and compatible uses.
B. This district promotes retail as a primary use and allows for other
commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings.
24. FO - Flex Office (TRC):
A. The Flex Office Zoning District creates an opportunity for large scale
development for employment and manufacturing uses that take advantage
of the highway frontage and automobile access.
25. CC - Campus Commercial (TRC):
A. The Campus Commercial Zoning District facilitates a building format that
allows multiple, single tenant buildings or campuses within the northern
“Thumb” site of the Plan Area.
B. The goal is to allow for an individual plan approach for each campus or
building, based on user preferences within a range of requirements.
26. OS - Open Space (TRC):
A. Open Space within the TRC shall be categorized as Required Open
Space.
B. The detailed Open Space Standards for different open space types are
included in Section 9.0 and Attachment 2 of the TRC. These standards
include general character, typical size, frontage requirements and typical
uses.
27. GO - Gateway Overlay (TRC)
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-8
A. The Gateway Overlay District indicates where additional aesthetic
treatments are required to create a welcoming environment that
establishes the character of the TCAAP Redevelopment Area. The
specific standards are included in Section 7.6 of the TRC.
28. Water Infrastructure (TRC)
A. The Natural Resources Corridor within the TCAAP Site Redevelopment
will be designed with the goal of maximizing compatibility and functionality
of regional storm water, wetland mitigation, the Rice Creek re-meander,
floodplain restoration, and groundwater requirements.
B. An additional goal is to provide visual and active and passive recreational
features to support adjacent land uses. The Natural Resources Corridor is
intended to be an amenity to the site’s uses and users.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-9
Table H.1: Zoning District Regulations (Table H.1 does not include the Zoning Districts within the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC))
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2016
H-10
R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 NB B-1 B-2 *B-3 *B-4 CC *G-B I-1 I-2 I-FLEX CD POS INST
1. Minimum Lot Area
(SF per Dwelling Unit)
Single Family 14,000 11,000 11,000 11,000 == == == == == == == == ==========
Two Family 14,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 == == == == == == == == == ========
Multiple Family PUD == == 5,450 3,630 == == 2,178 == == == == == ==== ======
2. Minimum Lot Area (SF)
Non-Residential Uses 14,000 11,000 11,000 11,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 == 20,000 5 AC 30,000 24,000 24,000 ==== 13,000
Mixed Use Project or ==
Multiple Occupancy Center == == == ==== 13,000 == 5 AC == 20 AC == == ==
Single Use Project or Free Standing
Building == == == ==== 13,000 == 2 AC == 10 AC == == == ======
3. Minimum Lot Size (ft)
Width/Depth
Non-residential == == == == 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/100 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 ==== 100/130
Single Family 95/130 85/120 85/120 85/120 == == == == == == == == == ========
Two Family 95/130 85/120 85/120 85/120 == == == == == == == == == ========
4. Height (ft.)35 35 35 35 35 35 50 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 35 35 35
5. Floor Area Ratio (F.A.R.)0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.8 == 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.7
6. Lot Covered by Structure 25% 25% 25% 25% 35% 35% 45% 40% 25% 40% == 30% 40% 40%25% 25% 35%
7. Min. Landscape Lot Area 65% 65% 65% 65% 35% 25% 20% 25% 25% 20% 35% 35% 25% 25% 65% 65% 25%
8. Minimum Building Setbacks (ft)
Front yard 40 40 40 40 20 50 20 50 50 20 50 55 50 50 40 40 50
Rear Yard (Principle)30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 20
Rear Yard (Accessory)10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Side Yard Interior - Principal
(Min/total both yards on lot)10/25 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 20/40 10-20 20/40 20/40 10-20 20/40 ** 20/40 20/40 20/40 10/20 10/20 20/40
Side Yard Interior - Accessory 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Side Yard Corner 40 40 40 40 20 50 20 50 50 20 50 50 50 50 40 40 50
Other Setbacks
Lakeshore - High Water Mark***
Abutting Residential
Zoning District
== == == == 30 100 == 100 100
60
100
100 100 100 100 = = = = 100
20 12 ==========
9. PUD & SUP
Maximum Dwelling Unit
Density Per Net Acre
3 5.5 8 12 ====
====
20 ====
==
==
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: , 2018
1-1
1. INTRODUCTION
Incorporated in 1951, the City of Arden Hills lies approximately eight miles north of
downtown Saint Paul and downtown Minneapolis in the northwestern portion of Ramsey
County. The City covers 9.4 square miles and, in 2016, was home to an estimated
9,966 people. The residents of Arden Hills enjoy a high quality of living with access to
neighborhood and regional parks and trails; superb access to regional road
transportation; nearby commercial services; and stable neighborhoods.
In addition to the City’s high quality neighborhoods, Arden Hills is home to a number of
large corporations, many small businesses, two private colleges, a high school, an
elementary school, and more than 11,000 jobs 1. Arden Hills is a strong community that
attracts residents and businesses because of its close-knit neighborhoods, parks,
responsible government, and open spaces. Additionally, the Twin Cities Army
Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property provides the City with an opportunity for new
development to help service the City’s current and future residents.
While Arden Hills is a stable community with a bright future, the City does face some
challenges. The median age has risen dramatically in recent years, a large percentage
of the City’s land area is tax-exempt, fewer families with children are able to afford a
home in the City, and the regional transportation infrastructure is at or beyond capacity
in many places. With 824,000 new residents expected in the Twin Cities area between
2010 and 2040, Arden Hills will undoubtedly feel the pressure for development and the
impact of development in other communities.
1.1 COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING
The Comprehensive Plan is a policy document that asks: where are we now, where do
we want to go, and how do we get there? This document reflects the City’s value
system and creates a framework for the future by providing an overall vision for the City.
As a guiding tool, the Plan provides a system for measuring progress, direction for day-
to-day and long-term decision-making, and a framework for setting priorities in several
key areas that are vital to the successful and efficient functioning of the community.
Each of the chapters in this Plan is examined in a comprehensive and community-wide
manner in order to take advantage of opportunities, increase efficiency, and work
toward building a stronger community.
The City recognizes the importance of planning and setting community-wide goals;
however, this Plan is also being prepared as a requirement of the Metropolitan Land
1 Minnesota Department of Employment and Economic Development – 2nd Quarter 2017 QCEW Data
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: , 2018
1-2
Planning Act. Arden Hills completed its first Comprehensive Plan in 1966 with updates
in 1976, 1980, 1998, and 2008. It is anticipated that the next Comprehensive Plan
review will take place in 2028.
While this Plan is a guide for development through 2040, it is intended to be a flexible
and responsive document that can be amended to acknowledge changing conditions
and new opportunities. To best achieve the City’s vision, this Plan must be continually
referenced, updated, and used on a regular basis. This document provides a path for
the City but does not dictate specific activities or absolute decisions; instead, this Plan is
intended to help City leaders in developing policies, programs, ordinances, capital
improvement plans, and budgets that reflect the overall values and priorities of the
residents and businesses.
1.2 THRIVE MSP 2040
On May 28, 2014 the Metropolitan Council adopted the Thrive MSP 2040 to guide
growth in the seven county metropolitan area through 2040. Thrive MSP 2040 includes
regional growth policies based on community designation for achieving these policies.
Arden Hills is identified as Suburban. Some of the Suburban policies that are applicable
to Arden Hills include:
• Integrate natural resource conservation and restoration strategies into the
comprehensive plan.
• Implement best management practices to control and treat stormwater as
redevelopment opportunities arise.
• Designate land in the comprehensive plan to support household growth forecasts
and address the community’s share of the region’s affordable housing need
through development and redevelopment at a range of densities.
• Use state, regional, and federal sources of funding and/or financing and
development tools allowed by state law to facilitate the development of new
lifecycle and affordable housing.
• Develop local policies, plans, and practices that improve pedestrian and bicycle
circulation, including access to regional transit services, regional trails, and
regional bicycle corridors.
• Seek opportunities to improve local street and pedestrian connections to improve
access for local trips.
• Plan for land uses that support the growth of businesses that export goods and
services outside the region, important regional economic clusters, and living
wage jobs.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: , 2018
1-3
The City of Arden Hills supports these policies. The vision, goals, and policies identified
in the City’s Comprehensive Plan seek to advance the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive
MSP 2040 where applicable to Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-1
2. COMMUNITY PROFILE
In order to plan for the future of Arden Hills, it is important to understand where the City
has been, where the City is now, and how the City is likely to change. Understanding
the history of Arden Hills and the trends that affect the City can provide a basis from
which to make better decisions. While the past is not a perfect indicator of future
changes, it does give perspective on the status of the community and suggests where
Arden Hills may be heading.
Since 2000, population has remained fairly stable, the median household income has
remained higher than Ramsey County as a whole, a greater percentage of residents
have a higher education, and the number of jobs in the City has remained stable. Arden
Hills is a stable community and many residents are choosing to remain in Arden Hills as
long as possible. However, high property values and the relative lack of turnover in the
housing stock have made it difficult for some younger households to move into the City.
Of the thirteen age groupings, seven of them increased and six decreased from 2000 to
2015. The most notable were a 107% increase in the 60-64 age group, and a 52%
decrease in the 10-14 age group. Overall, the city saw an increase of 1.5% in total
population during that time.
This chapter provides demographic and economic information about Arden Hills and
some of the changes the community has seen in the last 10, 20, and 30 years. While
there is a tendency to only look within the City borders, Arden Hills is part of a larger
metropolitan area of seven counties with 184 municipalities and three townships.
Therefore, a comparison of Arden Hills’ demographic information to adjacent
municipalities, Ramsey County, and the metropolitan area is provided where
appropriate. The comparison helps provide context for this Plan, and helps explain the
role that Arden Hills plays in the larger metropolitan community.
2.1 FORECASTS
The Metropolitan Council prepared population, household, and employment forecasts
for all counties, cities, and townships in the metropolitan area. The forecasts were
based on anticipated future land uses from previous plans, vacant land that is
developable, and other factors. The forecasts released in September 2015 for Arden
Hillsprovided by the Metropolitan Council arewere as follows:
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-2
Table 2.1 – Forecasts
Census Estimate
September 2015Thrive MSP 2040
Forecasts
2010 20154 2020 2030 2040
Population 9,552 9,7979,652 10,000 12,000 13,50012,900
Households 2,957 3,11621 3,200 4,100 4,6500
Employment 12, 402 11,88512,188 15,000 16,300 17,500
2.2 POPULATION FORECASTS
Figure 2.1 – 1990 - 2040 Population Change
Source: Metropolitan Council, US Census
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-3
0
2,000
4,000
6,000
8,000
10,000
12,000
14,000
1990 2000 2010 2014 2020 2030 2040
Table 2.2 – Population Change 1970-2040
Source: Metropolitan Council, US Census
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
2000-2010 %
Change
2014/2015
EST 2020 2030 2040
2010-
2040 %
change
Arden Hills 5,149 8,012 9,199 9,652 9,552 -1.04%9,652 10,000 12,000 13,500 41.33%
Mounds View 10,599 12,593 12,541 12,738 12,155 -4.58%12,444 12,300 12,300 12,400 2.02%
New Brighton 19,507 23,269 22,207 22,206 21,456 -3.38%22,084 22,300 23,100 24,100 12.32%
Roseville 34,438 35,820 33,485 33,690 33,660 -0.09%34,719 33,800 34,000 34,500 2.50%
Shoreview 10,978 17,300 24,587 25,924 25,043 -3.40%25,723 25,500 25,500 25,600 2.22%
Ramsey County 476,255 459,784 485,765 511,035 508,640 -0.47%529,506 548,220 570,610 592,720 16.53%
7 County Metro Area 1,874,612 1,985,873 2,288,721 2,642,056 2,849,567 7.85%2,952,114 3,131,170 3,389,060 3,636,390 27.61%
1970 1980 1990 2000 2010
2000-2010
% Change
2014/2015
EST 2020 2030 2040
2010-2040
% change
Arden Hills 5,149 8,012 9,199 9,652 9,552 -1.04%9,652 10,000 12,000 12,900 35.05%
Mounds View 10,599 12,593 12,541 12,738 12,155 -4.58%12,444 12,300 12,300 12,400 2.02%
New Brighton 19,507 23,269 22,207 22,206 21,456 -3.38%22,084 22,300 23,100 24,100 12.32%
Roseville 34,438 35,820 33,485 33,690 33,660 -0.09%34,719 33,800 34,000 34,500 2.50%
Shoreview 10,978 17,300 24,587 25,924 25,043 -3.40%25,723 25,500 25,500 25,600 2.22%
Ramsey County 476,255 459,784 485,765 511,035 508,640 -0.47%529,506 548,220 570,610 592,720 16.53%
7 County Metro Area 1,874,612 1,985,873 2,288,721 2,642,056 2,849,567 7.85%2,952,114 3,131,170 3,389,060 3,636,390 27.61%
From 2000 to 2010, Arden Hills experienced a slight decline in population. This is
consistent with all other communities in the vicinity. However, the Seven County
Metro Area grew 7.85% during this same time period.
The City’s most rapid growth occurred during the 1970s when the City grew by
56 percent.
The City’s population nearly doubled between 1970 and 2000 when it increased
approximately 87 percent.
Arden Hills is forecasted to experience a 4135% jump in population between
2010 and 2040. Most of the projected growth is anticipated to occur on the
proposed Rice Creek CommonsTCAAP property redevelopment.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-4
Figure 2.2 – Arden Hills Age Distribution 2000, 2010, 2015
Source: US Census & American Community Survey
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Under
5
5 to 9 10 to
14
15 to
19
20 to
24
25 to
34
35 to
44
45 to
54
55 to
59
60 to
64
65 to
74
75 to
84
85 and
over
2000 2010 2015
The median age of Arden Hills residents has remained stable over the last fifteen
years. In the year 2000, it was 36.2. By 2010, it had dropped down to 34.8. The
latest population estimates show that it has increased back to 36.7 in the year
2015.
The proportion of people over age 55 is anticipated to increase greatly from 2000
to 2015, increasing from 23 percent to 32 percent of the population.
The relatively stable and higher percentage of population in the 18-24 age group
from 2000 to 2015 is likely due to the student populations at Bethel University
and Northwestern College.
Except for the 15 – 24 age groups, Arden Hills’ population tended to shift into the
older age groups in 2015. This growth in the older age groups, as noted in
Figure 2.2, is anticipated to continue.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-5
2.3 HOUSING
Table 2.2 – Household Forecasts
2000 2010
% change
2000-2010 2020 2030 2040
% change
2010-2040
Arden Hills 2,959 2,957
-0.07%
3,200 4,100 4,6500
55.562.18
%
Mounds View 5,018 4,954 -1.28% 5,100 5,200 5,200 4.97%
New Brighton 9,013 8,915 -1.09% 9,500 10,000 10,400 16.66%
Roseville 14,598 14,623 0.17% 15,300 15,700 16,100 10.10%
Shoreview 10,125 10,402 2.74% 11,000 11,200 11,300 8.63%
Ramsey County 201,236 202,691 0.72% 223,460 236,090 246,050 21.39%
7 county Metro 1,021,456 1,117,749 9.42% 1,257,730 1,378,830 1,490,470 33.35%
The forecasted increase in housing units from 2020 to 2040 is largely due to the
proposed redevelopment of the TCAAP property.
The adjacent communities and Ramsey County grew much slower between 1990
and 2000 and are anticipated to grow less than the seven county metropolitan
area as a whole, which reflects the highly developed nature of Ramsey County.
The developed portion of Arden Hills is likely to experience infill development and
redevelopment in the coming years, particularly around the lakes.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-6
Figure 2.3 – Age of Housing Stock
*Does not include the manufactured home community
Source: 2015 ACS
73 152
542
220
857
738
260
86 117 63
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Most of the housing units in Arden Hills were built between 1970 and 1989.
Sixty percent of the homes in Arden Hills were built before 1980.
At nearly 150 homes, more homes were built in 1979 than in any other year.
There has been a significant drop in the number of housing units constructed as
the availability of undeveloped land has significantly decreased.
The large forecasted increase in housing in Arden Hills is largely focused in the
Rice Creek CommonsTCAAP redevelopment area.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-7
Figure 2.4 - Housing Type (2015)
Source: Met Council Estimates
66.1%
12.6%
0.9%
12.2%
8.1%
Single-Family
Detached
Townhomes
Duplex, triplex
and quad
Multifamily (5
units or more)
Manufactured
Homes
Almost 8078.7 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is single-family housing
(attached and detached).
Arden Hills has a lower percentage of multi-family housing (12.2 percent) than its
neighbors, Ramsey County (32.2 percent), or the seven county metropolitan area
as a whole (25.7 percent).12.2 percent if the housing in Arden Hills is multi-family
housing.
8.1Nine percent of the housing in Arden Hills is manufactured/mobile homes.
Chapter seven includes additional housing information.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-8
2.4 EMPLOYMENT & INCOME
Table 2.3 – Employment Forecasts
1990 2000 2010 2020 2030 2040
Arden Hills 10,929 12,429 12,402 15,000 16,300 17,500
Mounds View 3,142 4,382 6,386 6,800 7,100 7,200
Shoreview 5,771 9,829 11,665 13,200 14,100 14,700
Roseville 33,046 39,103 35,104 37,300 38,300 39,300
In 2010, Arden Hills had 23 percent more jobs than residents.
Arden Hills is anticipated to have more jobs than people through 2040.
Much of the employment growth after 2010 is anticipated to be on the TCAAP
property.
Figure 2.5 – Household Income
Source: US Census
$0
$10,000
$20,000
$30,000
$40,000
$50,000
$60,000
$70,000
$80,000
$90,000
1990 2000 2010 2015
Arden Hills Ramsey County 7 County Metro
The median household income in Arden Hills in 2015 was $80,200.
The Arden Hills median household income was $64,800 in 2000 (2000 dollars).
The median household income in Arden Hills is significantly higher than both
Ramsey County and the seven county metro area.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-9
2.5 PLACE TO WORK/WORK TO PLACE
Table 2.4 – Top 10 Work Destinations in 20154
Workplaces Workers Percent
Minneapolis 751 795 20.82.55%
St. Paul 509476 14.113.50%
Arden HiIllsRoseville 232 237 6.46.72%
RosevilleArden Hills 217228 6.47%
Shoreview 1612141 4.500%
Bloomington New
Brighton 108117 3.03.32%
BlaineNew Brighton 106 111 2.93.15%
Maplewood Bloomington 9993 2.64%2.7%
Fridley Fridley 8592 2.61%2.3%
BlaineCoon Rapids 7485 2.41%2.1%
Remaining Destinations 1,2601151 35.0%32.64%
Total 3,6033526 100%
Source: US Census
Table 2.5 – Top 10 Sources of Employees in 201514
Residences Workers Percent
St. Paul 1,15059 910.6.81%
Minneapolis 99382 9.28.31%
Blaine 580614 5.420%
Shoreview 517586 4.896%
Brooklyn ParkCoon
Rapids 377422 3.53.57%
Coon RapidsBrooklyn
Park 375389 3.4629%
Roseville 32946 2.93%3.04%
Woodbury 285317 2.6%2.68%
Lino Lakes 258292 2.47%2.4%
New Brighton 24279 2.2336%
Remaining Sources 5,7056,431 52.8%54.42%
Total 10,8111,817 100.00%
Source: US Census
In 2015, the City had over 7,000 people of working age and approximately, 12,188
jobs. Although the City had almost two jobs for each resident, a majority of people
commuted out of the City for employment in 2015 (Table 2.7 and 2.8).
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-10
Only 23228 Arden Hills residents also work in Arden Hills.
Over 346 percent of residents (of working age) worked in either Saint Paul or
Minneapolis (Figure 2.8).
Saint Paul was the largest supply of workers for employers in Arden Hills (Figure
2.9).
The City may have an opportunity to encourage more people to live and work in
Arden Hills.
2.6 EDUCATION
Table 2.6 – Educational Attainment (2015)
3.5%
15.9%
15.1%
6.9%
37.2%
21.4%
Some high school High school diploma Some college
Associate's degree Bachelor's degree Graduate or professional degree
At oOver 58 percent, of Arden Hills has a higher percentage of people with
aresidents have obtained a bachelor’s degree or higher than any of its neighbors,
Ramsey County average, and the metropolitan area average.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
2-11
96.57 percent of Arden Hills residents have obtained at least a High School
Diploma.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
3-1
3. CITY VISION
On a day-to-day basis, the City provides many services that are needed to maintain a
high-quality of living and contribute to the overall success of Arden Hills. This Plan is
divided into fourteen chapters that address a range of topics, including land use,
housing, and transportation among others. While each chapter has its own goals and
policies, the chapters are not independent of each other. This Plan should be viewed
as an integrated whole in order to take advantage of opportunities that may be able to
advance the goals and policies from more than one chapter.
The chapters, goals, and policies in this Comprehensive Plan are not presented in order
of importance or priority. Each goal and policy has been identified as a tool to advance
the overall City vision. The primary purpose of this Plan is to support and advance the
City’s long-term vision:
City Vision – Arden Hills is a strong community that values its unique environmental
setting, strong residential neighborhoods, vital business community, well-maintained
infrastructure, fiscal soundness, and our long-standing tradition as a desirable City in
which to live, work, and play.
The community seeks to achieve this overall City vision by working to advance the
following goals in this Comprehensive Plan:
Active Living – Enhance the health, safety, and well-being of all who live, work, and
play in the City.
TCAAP Redevelopment – Develop TCAAP in a way that accommodates a mix of
land uses that is sensitive to the natural environment, economically sustainable, and
of benefit to the community.
Land Use – Develop and maintain a land use pattern that strengthens the vitality,
quality, and character of our residential neighborhoods, commercial districts, and
industrial areas while protecting the community’s natural resources and developing a
sustainable pattern for future development.
Housing - Develop and maintain a strong, vital, diverse and stable housing supply
for all members of the community.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
3-2
Economic Development and Redevelopment – Promote the development,
redevelopment, and maintenance of a viable, innovative, and diverse business
environment serving Arden Hills and the metropolitan area.
Parks and Recreation – Create a comprehensive, maintained, and interconnected
system of parks, pathways, and open spaces as well as a balanced program of
recreational activities for residents of all ages, incomes, and abilities.
Protected Resources – Preserve, protect, and restore the community’s natural
resources, including open spaces, lakes, wetlands, other significant natural features,
and historic resources.
Transportation – Provide a transportation system that has convenient and effective
multi-modal connections within Arden Hills and to adjacent municipalities, the
remainder of the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, and greater Minnesota.
Environmental ConservationResilience and Sustainability – Promote conservation
resiliency and sustainable design practices in the preservation, development,
redevelopment, and maintenance of the City’s natural and built environment.
Public Facilities, Infrastructure, and Services – Provide efficient and high-quality
public facilities, services, and infrastructure.
Each chapter in this Plan includes the background information for each goal, policies to
advance the goal, and suggested implementation options. The policies and other
implementation techniques listed in this Plan are not intended to be all-inclusive and
there is overlap between chapters. New opportunities or tools that arise over time
should be considered even if not included in this Comprehensive Plan.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: 2018
4-1
4. ACTIVE LIVING
Goal: Enhance the health, safety, and well-being of all who live, work, and play in the
City.
In 2006, the City received a grant from Blue Cross Blue Shield of Minnesota to
incorporate active living principles into the 2030 Comprehensive Plan. The purpose of
the grant was to encourage cities to create a natural and built environment that
encourages more physical activity and, subsequently, leads to an increase in overall
public health. There is no single solution to increasing physical activity or public health,
and the City does not seek to change personal choices. However, the City can work to
remove obstacles to physical activity and increase opportunities for healthy living
choices. The City continues to support the active living goals and policies identified
during the last Comprehensive Plan update and has elected to retain this chapter in the
2040 Comprehensive Plan.
4.1 ACTIVE LIVING PRINCIPLES
A principal goal of active living is to create opportunities that integrate physical activity
into daily routines. Removing obstacles in the built environment and encouraging a built
environment that promotes physical activity can be achieved through the planning
process.
In committing to promote and increase physical activity, the following principles, based
on principles prepared by the Active Living by Design group
(www.activelivingbydesign.org), serve as a guide to advancing the active living
movement:
1. Physical activity is a behavior that can favorably improve health and quality of
life.
2. Everyone should have safe, convenient and affordable choices for physical
activity.
3. The City and new developments should be designed to provide a variety of
opportunities for physical activity and should accommodate a wide range of
individual preferences and abilities.
4. Development patterns should encourage opportunities for active living where
appropriate as well as a variety of transportation choices.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: 2018
4-2
5. Buildings should be designed and oriented to promote opportunities for active
living, especially non-motorized transportation.
6. Transportation systems, including transit, should provide safe, convenient and
affordable access to housing, worksites, schools and community services.
7. Parks and green space, including pathways, should be safe, accessible and part
of a transportation network that connects destinations of interest, such as
housing, worksites, schools, community services and other places with high
population density.
8. The City, in cooperation with other public and private entities, are encouraged to
plan for ongoing interdisciplinary collaboration, promotion of facilities, behavioral
supports, policies that institutionalize the vision of active living, and routine
maintenance that ensures continued safety, quality and attractiveness of the
physical infrastructure.
9. City planning processes should address the multiple impacts of the built
environment and transportation choices on residents' ability to be physically
active.
These principles can help serve as an evaluation framework for new developments,
ordinances, and policies.
4.2 APPLYING ACTIVE LIVING PRINCIPLES
This chapter does not encompass all of the goals or policies related to the active living
movement. Where applicable, active living principles have been incorporated
throughout this Plan to encourage coordination between goals, policies, and strategies.
For example, reconstructing a road in the transportation chapter is related to creating a
new pathway in the parks and recreation chapter, which increases opportunities for
physical activity and healthy living.
In addition to the goals and policies throughout this Comprehensive Plan, the city seeks
to advance the overall active living goal with the following additional policies:
o Encourage the incorporation of active living principles into new developments
and redevelopments where feasible.
o Consider active living principles when evaluating new policies, ordinances,
procedures, and proposals.
o Work with the adjacent communities, school districts, public & private institutions,
and employers to encourage and advance the active living principles.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: 2018
4-3
o Evaluate the City’s regulations to identify and remove obstacles to active living
where feasible for residents of all ages and abilities.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s active living goal and
principles.
In addition to the local strategies listed above, the City will continue to partner with the
coalition members of Active Living Ramsey Communities to encourage and support
efforts to improve active living at the regional level through changes in public and
private design, transportation, and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-1
5. TWIN CITIES ARMY AMMUNITION PLANT (TCAAP) PROPERTY
REDEVELOPMENT
Goal: Develop TCAAP in a way that accommodates a mix of land uses that is sensitive
to the natural environment, economically sustainable, and a benefit to the community.
In 1941, the federal government started construction on the Twin Cities Army
Ammunition Plant (TCAAP), which occupied about 3.7 square miles (2,370 acres) in
what was then Mounds View Township (Figure 5.1). During a 16 month period, over
300 buildings were constructed to manufacture and test munitions for World War II. The
plant also produced munitions for the Korean conflict, Vietnam conflict, and the first Gulf
War. At its peak, the property had 40 miles of electric and telephone wire, 83 miles of
sewer, 37 miles of road and railroad track, and employed more than 25,000 people.
The entire TCAAP property was included in the Arden Hills municipal border when the
City incorporated in 1951, and now occupies approximately the northern third of Arden
Hills. The TCAAP property is bounded by Highway 96 on the south, Highways 10 and
35W on the west, Lexington Avenue on the east, and County Road I on the north.
5.1 TCAAP DECOMMISSIONING AND LAND TRANSFERS
Between 1974 and 1985, the federal government started decommissioning TCAAP.
While munitions production by private entities continued into the early 2000s, operations
were a fraction of peak production. Plans to transfer portions of the property and
redevelop it have been in the works since the 1980s. Redevelopment plans for the
former TCAAP property have continued to evolve and become more detailed:
Table 5.1 – TCAAP Land Reuse Proposals
1982 1998 2008 2016
Residential 970 445 168 146
Commercial/Industrial 500 222 182 198
Parks and Other Open Space 805 252 168 24
Institutional, Roads, & Other Public Use 95 215 65 53
na na 113 221
na 1,237 1,562 1,611
na na 113 113
2,370 2,370 2,371 2,371
Re
d
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
Ar
e
a
Rice Creek Trail Corridor
Parks Preserve/Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS)/US Army
Reserve
Other (MnDot, Ramsey County, Arden Hills)
Total
Acerage is approximate.
Much of the former TCAAP property has already been transferred or leased to other
public entities, including the Minnesota Department of Transportation, Ramsey County,
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-2
Arden Hills, and the Minnesota National Guard (Figure 5.2). In April of 2013, Ramsey
County purchased 427 acres of the TCAAP site from the General Services
Administration (GSA) for redevelopment.
5.1.1 Ramsey County Parks and Recreation
Rice Creek traverses the northwestern corner of the former TCAAP property and
is an important animal habitat and recreation area. Approximately 113 acres
adjacent to the creek were transferred to Ramsey County in 2006 for the
development of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail (Figure 5.2). Ramsey
County is currently working with the GSA to have an additional 108 acres of land
transferred for the purpose of expanding the Rice Creek trail corridor.
Ramsey County Parks and Recreation also owns a parcel that is approximately 5
acres in size adjacent to Lexington Avenue near the Marsden Lake and wetland
complex. This site is known as the Marsden Archery Range.
5.1.2 Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) and
Army Reserve
Approximately 1,611 acres will remain under federal ownership; however, the
Minnesota National Guard has a long-term lease for most of the land. A small
portion is used for the Army Reserve station in the far southeastern corner of the
property. This land is expected to remain under federal ownership for the
foreseeable future.
The Minnesota National Guard has designated their leased area as the Arden
Hills Army Training Site (AHATS). Although live munitions firing are prohibited
on the site, the Minnesota National Guard does use the property for training
purposes. Much of AHATS is anticipated to remain as open space, but the
National Guard is in the process of developing a long-term master plan for the
property.
The Arden Hills Army Training Site is anticipated to include a field maintenance
shop, training area management building, division headquarters, state joint force
headquarters, billeting, and a number of ancillary buildings. The project is also
expected to include an armory/training center that could have a community
center component. The future buildings would be located on the north and west
sides of the Ramsey County/Arden Hills Public Works Facility at the northwest
corner of the Hamline Avenue and Highway 96 intersection.
The potential impacts of the AHATS master plan have not been fully evaluated,
but it will increase use and workers on the National Guard property. The City
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-3
seeks to maintain a working relationship with the Minnesota National Guard on
planning activities and to potentially collaborate on a community center as part of
the training facility.
5.1.3 Ramsey County
In 2002, the General Services Administration (GSA) formally declared 585 acres
of the TCAAP property as excess that was to be sold. In 2013, Ramsey County
purchased 427 acres of the site from the U.S. Government with the intent to
clean up the property and put it back into productive economic use. The property
purchased by Ramsey County is adjacent to Interstate 35W and Highway 10
(Figure 5.2). The City of Arden Hills is partnering with Ramsey County on the
redevelopment project, with the City being responsible for preparing the master
plan and other land use control documents.
5.1.4 City of Arden Hills
The City of Arden Hills owns 6.9 acres of the former TCAAP property adjacent to
Highway 96 (Figure 5.2). This property was transferred to the City for use as a
new City Hall, which was completed in 2001.
5.1.5 State of Minnesota
The State of Minnesota controls nearly 62 acres of the former TCAAP property in
the northwestern corner adjacent to County Road I and Interstate 35W. The
Minnesota Department of Transportation has a facility on the site, including a
driver licensing center.
5.2 TCAAP Master Plan
The City of Arden Hills in partnership with Ramsey County approved a Joint Powers
Agreement (JPA) that created a Joint Development Authority (JDA) govern the
redevelopment of 427 acres of the TCAAP property. The JDA initiated a master
planning process for the 427 acre parcel purchased by the County in April 2013. Over
the course of the subsequent year, the City held a series of public open houses to solicit
community preferences and met with local developers and other relevant stakeholders
to help inform the Master Plan. The long-term vision for the site that came out of this
process emphasized the need for regional employment, a variety of housing options,
well-designed and pedestrian-friendly commercial areas, and a network of parks and
open spaces.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-4
The City Council approved the Master Land Use Map for the site in June 2014, and the
Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) and Mitigation Plan in July 2014. Following
these approvals, the City began work on the regulations and policies component of the
Master Plan in August 2014. This document, officially titled the TCAAP Redevelopment
Code (TRC), was adopted by the City Council in July 2015, and establishes the
development regulations for the parcel purchased by Ramsey County.
In 2016, the JDA initiated a request for proposals (RFP) process to solicit developers
interested in redeveloping the 427 acres site in keeping with the approved TCAAP
Master Plan. Following review of the RFPs, the JDA selected Alatus LLC as the Master
Developer on May 2, 2016. Over the next six months, Alatus and the City discussed
changesd necessary to the TCAAP Master Plan to accommodate the the plans of
Alatus and their partners. To gather public input, an Open House was conducted on
November 16, 2016 and the Planning Commission conducted a Public Hearing on
December 7, 2016. The City Council approved amendments to the TCAAP Master Plan
on December 12, 2016.
The goals of the TRC are to promote a more functional and attractive community
through the use of recognized design principles and to allow property owners and
developers flexibility in land use while prescribing a higher level of detail in building
design and form. The City, along with the consultant team, drafted the TRC to codify
the goals and vision for the site that were identified through the public engagement
process.
Included in the TRC is the TCAAP Redevelopment Regulating Plan, which has been
adopted as the official zoning map for the site. The Regulating Plan was amended by
the City Council on December 12, 2016.
Since it is the City’s goal to fully incorporate the TCAAP property into the fabric of the
community, the land use, housing, parks and open space, transportation, and other
components of the proposed TCAAP redevelopment have been integrated into their
respective chapters in the Comprehensive Plan. The overall City vision, goals, and
policies of each chapter also apply to the entire TCAAP redevelopment.
5.2.1 ENVIRONMENTAL CLEANUP
Portions of the TCAAP property were subject to environmental contamination
during its four decades as a munitions manufacturing plant and testing area. The
United States Army initiated environmental cleanup in the 1980s and cleanup of
the groundwater is likely to continue for the next 40 years.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
5-5
In 2013, Ramsey County entered into a contract with Carl Bolander & Sons Co.
for hazardous material abatement, demolition, and site remediation services for
the TCAAP property. The remediation project was completed in November 2015.
Remediation has complied with the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency’s
residential standard and the Agency issued a certificate of completion in August
2016.
5.2.2 REDEVELOPMENT TIMELINE
Demolition and remediation of the site was completed in November 2015.
Grading of the siteAfter the demolition and remediation is concluded grading of
the site will begin for the and construction of the Spine Roadmain roadway and
trunk utilities is expected to begin in 20198. At this time, it is expected that
private development will begin in late 2019 or 202018. The project is anticipated
to be completed in phases over the next 10 to 20 years; however, the
development timeline will depend on a number of conditions, including the
market, transportation improvements, and other related factors.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-1
6. LAND USE
Goal: Develop and maintain a land use pattern that strengthens the vitality, quality, and
character of our residential neighborhoods, commercial districts, and industrial areas
while protecting the community’s natural resources and developing a sustainable
pattern for future development.
To advance this land use goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Evaluate and amend the land use regulations to achieve the highest possible
development standards, enhance the natural environment, protect public
health, support a vital mix of land uses, and promote flexible approaches to
implement the Comprehensive Plan.
o Ensure that land use regulations promote development that is compatible with
nearby properties, neighborhood character, and natural features; minimize
pedestrian and vehicular conflict; and visually enhance development.
o Preserve the stability and quality of the city's neighborhoods while allowing for
redevelopment that is complimentary to existing development.
o Provide a balanced mix of residential, park, open space, and commercial land
uses.
o Construct new development at an average density of at least five residential
units per net residential acre.
o Explore the possibility of creating additional community gathering space in
conjunction with public or private organizations, including AHATS.
6.1 INTRODUCTION
Land use is a defining characteristic of a community. While land use does not operate
independently from the other characteristics that create a community, it is a binding
factor between transportation, housing, parks, paths, and other characteristics.
Through zoning, subdivision, and other land use regulations, a city has powerful tools to
guide the long-term, look, feel, and vitality of their community.
Despite the vacant TCAAP property (see Chapter 5), Arden Hills is classified as a fully
developed community by the Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040. The City is also
entirely within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA). The areas south of
Highways 96 and 10 were mostly developed by the end of the 1970s, and less than
three percent of the developable land in that part of Arden Hills is vacant. Significant
land use changes are not anticipated in the developed part of Arden Hills; however,
study areas have been identified in the Future Land Use section of this chapter. The
City seeks to take a proactive stance to protect the high quality of life that residents
have come to expect and to prepare for potential redevelopment opportunities on
TCAAP and throughout the community.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-2
6.2 FUTURE LAND USE – 2008 COMPREHENSIVE PLAN
The 2008 Comprehensive Plan included a future land use map (Figure 6.1) and
proposed mix of land uses for future development, including potential land uses for the
proposed TCAAP redevelopment:
Table 6.1 – 2008 Future Land Use
Acres
Low Density Residential 978
Medium Density Residential 136
High Density Residential 12
Neighborhood Business 19
Mixed Business 79
Commercial 26
Community Mixed Use 100
Light Industrial and Office 303
Parks and Open Space 576
Park Preserve 1,472
Public & Institutional 461
Utilities 15
Subtotal 4,178
Neighborhood Residential 146
Town Center 16
Campus Commercial 40
Office Mixed Use 20
Retail Mixed Use 34
Flex Business 42
Public & Institutional (Civic)2
Parks and Open Space 24
Utilities 46
TCAAP Right-of-way 51
Subtotal 427
Water 796
Railroad Right-of-Way 35
Right-of-way 685
Total 6,121
Land Use
Ot
h
e
r
TC
A
A
P
Ar
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
e
x
c
e
p
t
T
C
A
A
P
2008 Comprehensive Plan - Future Land Use
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-3
This page is intentionally left blank for Figure 6.1
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-4
The following descriptions were used to define the future land use categories in the
2008 Comprehensive Plan:
1. Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) – traditional single-family
residential land use category. A density range of one and one-half
(1.5) to three (3) units per acre.
2. Low Density Residential (LDR) – traditional single-family residential
land use category. A density range of three (3) to five (5) units per
acre may be allowed.
3. Medium Density Residential (MDR) – apartment and townhome land
use category for providing densities of six (6) to nine (9) units per acre.
4. High Density Residential (HDR) – apartment and townhome land use
category providing for densities of nine (9) to twelve (12) units per
acre.
5. Neighborhood Residential (NR) – Provides for a range of attached and
detached single-family and small multi-family uses at a density of one
and one-half (1.5) to eight (8) units per acre.
6. Town Center (TC) – Provides for a range of commercial and residential
uses that offer housing, assisted living, senior housing, office, retail,
restaurant, and civic uses. Medium and large residential uses are
permitted at a density of fifteen (15) to sixty-seven (67) units per acre.
7. Neighborhood Business (NB) – neighborhood business designates
small, isolated areas for neighborhood commercial land uses when
they are compatible with surrounding residential uses. Commercial
uses that are high traffic generators, noise generators, or otherwise not
compatible with residential neighborhoods, are inappropriate.
Typically, Neighborhood Business areas will be located on
intersections or nodes that are on the edge of residential areas, are
less desirable sites for housing, or have traditionally been occupied
with neighborhood services. Dwelling units of three (3) units per acre
or more may be permitted.
8. Mixed Business (MB) – areas designated for a variety of businesses,
including commercial, certain light industrial uses, warehousing, office,
general business, retail.
9. Commercial (C) – areas designated for a broad range of retail,
shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and
region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for
this area.
10. Community Mixed Use (CMU) – areas designated for a broad range of
retail, shopping, services, and office space to meet the needs of the
community and surrounding areas. This area may also include
medium to high density housing with a potential density of three (3) to
twenty (20) units per acre.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-5
11. Campus Commercial (CC) – Provides for multiple, single tenant
buildings or campuses within a business park atmosphere.
12. Retail Mixed-Use (RMU) – Promotes retail as a primary use and allows
for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use
buildings.
13. Office Mixed-Use – (OMU) – Focuses on office as a primary use, but
also permits other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical
mixed-use buildings.
14. Flex Office (FO) – Permits large scale development for employment
and light manufacturing uses that take advantage of highway frontage
and automobile access.
15. Light Industrial and Office (I/O) – areas designated for a broad range of
light industrial uses such as warehousing with manufacturing. This
land use may also include offices.
16. Public & Institutional (P/I) – areas designated for uses such as
government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses, but not
medical uses.
17. Utility (UTL) – Public or private land occupied by a power substation,
water tower, municipal well, pumping station, drainage infrastructure,
or similar use.
18. Park and Open Space (P/OS) – areas designated as public parks.
19. Park Preserve (PP) – areas designated as natural or scenic areas that
are to be preserved for public use or open space.
20. Water – includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams,
and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory
data may not be displayed).
21. Railroad right-of-way (RR) – public or private freight or passenger rail
activities.
22. Right-of-way (ROW) – public vehicular, transit and/or pedestrian rights-
of-way.
6.3 EXISTING LAND USE – 2016
The 2016 existing land use data is based on City and County property records and
known land uses (Figure 6.2). The land uses are classified into the following
categories:
1. Single Family Attached – includes all attached single family homes such as
townhomes with separate entrances.
2. Single Family Detached – includes all detached single family homes.
3. Multifamily – includes apartment buildings and condominiums of more than
one story.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-6
This page is intentionally left blank for Figure 6.2
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-7
4. Manufactured Housing Parks – includes manufactured and mobile homes in
specialized parks.
5. Mixed Use Residential - Land containing a building with multiple uses in
combination with at least a residential unit(s).
6. Retail and Other Commercial – areas designated for a broad range of retail,
shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and region.
Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for this area.
7. Office – Predominantly administrative, professional, or clerical services;
includes medical clinics.
8. Mixed Use Industrial – Land containing a building with multiple uses in
combination with industrial uses and NO residential units, such as light
manufacturing and/or processing, warehousing, distribution, and offices.
9. Industrial and Utility - Land containing manufacturing, transportation,
construction companies, communications, utilities (including water towers) or
wholesale trade. This category includes publicly owned industrial lands (e.g.
waste water treatment plant).
10. Park, Recreational or Preserve– areas designated as public parks.
11. Institutional– areas designated for uses such as government buildings,
colleges, schools, and religious uses but not medical uses.
12. Undeveloped– Private land not occupied with a building or use.
13. Open Water– includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams,
and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory data
may not be displayed).
14. Railroad– Railroad right-of-way.
15. Major Highway– Major roadway strips of land or area, on which a vehicular
rights-of-passage exists under the following conditions: all interstate
highways; all 4-lane divided highways with rights-of-way of 200 feet or greater
in width; or all 4-lane roads with a Metropolitan Council functional class
designation of "Principal Arterial".
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-8
Figure 6.1 – 2016 Generalized Land Use
22%
3%
4%
9%
8%
37%
10%
7%
Generalized Land Use
Residential Commercial Industrial Park and Open Space
Institutional Undeveloped Water ROW
The table above shows land uses in Arden Hills in the generalized categories of:
residential, industrial, institutional, water, commercial, park and open space,
undeveloped, and right-of-way. Over one third of the land in Arden Hills is designated
for undeveloped use, which is new from the 2008 land use categories. This is due to the
former Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant property and the vacant areas on college
and corporate campuses. The next most prominent land use is all types of residential at
22 percent of the City’s total land area. The smallest land use categories are
commercial and industrial at three percent and four percent, respectively.
6.4 FUTURE LAND USE - 2040
While redevelopment may occur on some parcels throughout the City, no significant
land use changes in the developed areas of Arden Hills are anticipated (Figure 6.3).
Most of the City’s projected population, household, and employment growth will occur
on the TCAAP redevelopment site.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-9
This page is intentionally left black for Figure 6.3
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
%&d(
%&d(
%&d(
%&h(
%&h(
)m
?ÖA@
Gâ WX
Gi WX
?ÖA@
Roseville
Ne
w
B
r
i
g
h
t
o
n
Sh
o
r
e
v
i
e
w
Mo
u
n
d
s
V
i
e
w
Shoreview
County Rd I WCounty Rd I W
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
L
e
x
i
n
g
t
o
n
A
v
e
C
l
e
v
e
l
a
n
d
A
v
e
S
W
County Rd E2
Lake Valen
t
i
n
e
R
d
S
n
e
l
l
i
n
g
A
v
e
N
County Rd E
H
a
m
l
i
n
e
A
v
e
County Rd 96 W
Old
H
i
g
h w ay
8
N
W
County Rd D W
County Rd F W
Langton
Lake
Owasso
Lake
Josephine
LakeLittle
Johanna
Lake
Marsden Lake
Turtle Lake
Brennans
Pond Lake
Martha
Lake
Sunfish
Lake
Long Lake
Rush Lake
Pike
Lake
Round Lake
Valentine
Lake
Karth Lake
Snail Lake
Island Lake
Jones
Lake
Poplar
Lake Johanna Lake
Shoreview
Lake
Emily
Lake
Judy Lake
Farrel's Lake
Polynesian
Lake
Little
Josephine
Lake
Gramsie
Pond Lake
1 inch = 2,000 feet
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
P
a
t
h
:
K
:
\
0
3
4
5
5
-
2
0
0
\
G
I
S
\
M
a
p
s
\
C
o
m
p
P
l
a
n
\
2
0
4
0
F
u
t
u
r
e
L
a
n
d
U
s
e
.
m
x
d
D
a
t
e
S
a
v
e
d
:
2
/
2
2
/
2
0
1
8
1
0
:
5
4
:
0
7
A
M
Figure 6-3 2040 Future Land Use
Arden Hills, MN
VLDR - Very Low Density
Residential
LDR - Low Density Residential
MDR - Medium Density
Residential
HDR - High Density Residential
NR - Neighborhood Residential
TC - Town Center
NB - Neighborhood Business
MB - Mixed Business
COM - Commercial
CMU - Community Mixed Use
CC - Campus Commercial
RMU - Retail Mixed Use
OMU - Office Mixed Use
FO - Flex Office
IND - Light Industrial & Office
PI - Public & Institutional
UTL - Utility
POS - Park & Open Space
PP - Park Preserve
WAT - Water
RR - Railroad
ROW - Right of Way
Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan
02,000
Feet¯
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-10
Table 6.3 – 2040 Future Land Use
6.4.1 Future Land Use Classifications
There are twenty-two future land use classifications:
1. Very Low Density Residential (VLDR) – traditional single-family
residential land use category. A density range of one and one-half
(1.5) to three (3) units per acre may be allowed.
2. Low Density Residential (LDR) – traditional single-family residential
land use category. A density range of three (3) to five (5) units per
acre may be allowed.
3. Medium Density Residential (MDR) –townhome and multi-family
residential land use category for providing densities of six (6) to nine
(9) units per acre.
4. High Density Residential (HDR) –townhome and multi-family
residential land use category providing for densities of nine (9) to
twelve (12) units per acre.
Acres Land Use (TCAAP)Acres
27 Neighborhood Residential (TCAAP)*146
946 Town Center (TCAAP)*16
145 Campus Commercial (TCAAP)*40
14 Office Mixed Use (TCAAP)*20
10 Retail Mixed Use (TCAAP)*34
33 Flex Business (TCAAP)*42
26 Public & Institutional (Civic - TCAAP)2
100 Parks and Open Space (TCAAP)24
346 Utilities (Water Infrastructure - TCAAP)46
461 Right-of-way (TCAAP)51
20
579
1,327
1,253
35
73
5,427 Total** (TCAAP)427
*Includes future right-of-way.
**May not equal 5,427 or 427 due to rounding.
Light Industrial and Office
Park and Open Space
Utilities
20430 Future Land Use
Low Density Residential
Medium Density Residential
High Density Residential
Mixed Business
Very Low Density Residential
Land Use (Not Including TCAAP)
Neighborhood Business
Water
Public & Institutional
Commercial
Community Mixed Use
Park Preserve
Total** (Not Including TCAAP)
Railroad Right-of-way
Right-of-way
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-11
5. Neighborhood Residential (NR) – Provides for a range of attached and
detached single-family and small multi-family uses at a density of one
and one-half (1.5) to eight (8) units per acre.
6. Town Center (TC) – Provides for a range of commercial and residential
uses that offer housing, assisted living, senior housing, office, retail,
restaurant, and civic uses. Medium and large residential uses are
permitted at a density of fifteen (15) to sixty-seven (67) units per acre.
7. Neighborhood Business (NB) – neighborhood business designates
small, isolated areas for neighborhood commercial land uses when
they are compatible with surrounding residential uses. Commercial
uses that are high traffic generators, noise generators, or otherwise not
compatible with residential neighborhoods, are inappropriate.
Typically, Neighborhood Business areas will be located on
intersections or nodes that are on the edge of residential areas, are
less desirable sites for housing, or have traditionally been occupied
with neighborhood services. Dwelling units of three (3) units per acre
or more may be permitted.
8. Mixed Business (MB) – areas designated for a variety of businesses,
including commercial, certain light industrial uses, office, general
business, and retail.
9. Commercial (C) – areas designated for a broad range of retail,
shopping, and services to meet the needs of the community and
region. Compatible uses such as office buildings are also intended for
this area.
10. Community Mixed Use (CMU) – areas designated for a broad range of
retail, shopping, services, and office space to meet the needs of the
community and surrounding areas. This area may also include
medium to high density housing with a potential density of nine (9) to
twenty (20) units per acre.
11. Campus Commercial (CC) – Provides for multiple, single tenant
buildings or campuses within a business park atmosphere.
12. Retail Mixed-Use (RMU) – Promotes retail as a primary use and allows
for other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use
buildings.
13. Office Mixed-Use – (OMU) – Focuses on office as a primary use, but
also permits other commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical
mixed-use buildings.
14. Flex Office (FO) – Permits large scale development for employment
and light manufacturing uses that take advantage of highway frontage
and automobile access.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-12
15. Light Industrial and Office (I/O) – areas designated for a broad range of
light industrial uses such as manufacturing, processing, and
warehousing. This land use may also include offices.
16. Public & Institutional (P/I) – areas designated for uses such as
government buildings, colleges, schools, and religious uses, but not
medical uses.
17. Utility (UTL) – Public or private land occupied by a power substation,
water tower, municipal well, pumping station, drainage infrastructure,
or similar use.
18. Park and Open Space (P/OS) – areas designated as public parks.
19. Park Preserve (PP) – areas designated as natural or scenic areas that
are to be preserved for public use or open space.
20. Water – includes permanently flooded open water, rivers and streams,
and wetlands (wetlands not included in the national wetland inventory
data may not be displayed).
21. Railroad right-of-way (RR) – public or private freight or passenger rail
activities.
22. Right-of-way (ROW) – public vehicular, transit and/or pedestrian rights-
of-way.
6.4.2 Guiding Plan for the B-2 District
In March 2008, the City completed a visioning and planning process for the B-2
District, which generally includes the properties near County Road E between
Lexington Avenue and Hamline Avenue/Highway 51 (Figure 6.4). Long
considered the “downtown” of Arden Hills, the district is a mix of newer and older
buildings and primarily retail, service, and office uses. As this corridor ages,
market initiated redevelopment is anticipated.
The “Guiding Plan for the B-2 District” includes a long-term vision for the future
redevelopment of this corridor and addresses transportation issues, land uses,
infrastructure improvements, landscaping, pedestrian facilities, building design,
and site layout among other issues. While the primary uses along this corridor
are likely to remain retail, commercial, and office, the Guiding Plan and
subsequent land use changes add the possibility for multi-family residential
housing in this area.
Since the completion of the plan in 2008, the area has seen substantial
redevelopment with the opening of new retail, restaurant, and multi-family
residential housing uses. The City and Ramsey County completed infrastructure
improvements on County Road E in 2015, including streetscape enhancements
and improved pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-13
This page is intentionally left black for Figure 6.4
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-14
6.4.3 Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Business
Area Guiding Plan
Immediately north of the B-2 District is a significant industrial, office, and retail
area for the City. This area includes Red Fox and Grey Fox roads and is
bounded by Lexington Avenue, Highway 51, Interstate 694, and the Canadian
Pacific railway (Figure 6.4). This area is used by a number of small and large
businesses for a variety of retail, manufacturing, distribution, warehousing, and
office uses. This area was largely developed between the 1950s and 1970s,
though the retail area along Lexington Avenue has had some new development
and redevelopment in the last 15 years.
While good access to regional transportation has helped to continue to make this
area viable, some of the buildings are becoming functionally obsolete for modern
manufacturing, warehousing, and business uses. As redevelopment pressure
increases, a more detailed guiding plan is required to comprehensively address
the overall redevelopment and transportation needs in this area of the City.
6.4.4 B-4: Retail Center Zoning District
The B-4 Zoning District is comprised of the properties with frontage on Dunlap
Street between Grey Fox Road and Red Fox Road. There are no undeveloped
parcels in the B-4 District and all the buildings are currently occupied. The
properties are not generally retail in nature and therefore do not achieve the
purpose statements of the B-4 District. The businesses are mostly wholesale
sales, office/warehouse, light manufacturing, or repair orientated that are more
typically industrial uses. The City should consider whether zoning changes in
this area of the City would be appropriate in order to achieve the City’s vision for
the district and to support existing businesses in the area.
6.4.5 Neighborhood Business
The purpose of the Neighborhood Business land use concept is to promote the
development of commercial nodes that were compatible with the surrounding
residential uses and provided services to residential areas. Commercial uses
that generate high traffic, noise, or other negative impacts were considered
undesirable. Neighborhood business areas are located at intersections or nodes
at the edge of residential areas, on properties not considered desirable for
housing, or properties that have traditionally been occupied with neighborhood
services. Housing can be a component of the development but would not
necessarily be the focal point.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-15
To date, the success of the Neighborhood Business district has been mixed.
Two projects have been developed under this zoning designation, and both
resulted in the construction of small office buildings with a variety of services.
However, neither of the projects focused on providing neighborhood level
services.
There are a number undeveloped Neighborhood Business properties on
Cleveland Avenue south of County Road E-2 and the former City Hall/Public
Works site south of Highway 96 at Hamline Avenue. The size, shape and
proximity to residential uses limits the commercial redevelopment opportunities,
and the City may choose to consider appropriate residential uses for these sites.
6.4.6 Developable Gateway Business Properties
There is about 35 acres of undeveloped land in the Gateway Business Zoning
District northeast quadrant of Interstates 35W and 694. There are some
wetlands and woodland that may influence future development, but considerate
design may mitigate most impacts of development. The designation of this area
is currently I/O – Light Industrial & Office. The City’s vision is for these
undeveloped properties to be developed for a corporate office or similar type use.
6.4.7 Employment Zones and Consumer Zones
The uses allowed in all the existing industrial zones and most of the commercial
zones would allow for high economic activity uses adjacent to low economic
activity uses. The uses allowed in some industrial zoning districts should be
limited to create high economic activity districts with an emphasis on employment
activities. Certain commercial zoning districts should be limited to encourage
consumer-orientated uses. This employment versus consumer activity should be
considered when revising the uses allowed in the various commercial and
industrial zones.
6.4.8 Manufactured Home Community
The Arden Manor neighborhood has been identified as an important community
and the primary supply of affordable housing options in the City. Bounded by
Interstate 35W, Highway 96, and Highway 10, the neighborhood is facing
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-16
pressure from adjacent highways and land uses. The City anticipates this
property will remain as a medium density residential use for the foreseeable
future.
6.4.9 TCAAP Redevelopment
As noted in Chapter 5, the City of Arden Hills hired a consultant team in 2013, to
create a Master Plan for the redevelopment of the TCAAP site. A central
component of this work was the development of a Master Land Use Plan that
allocated an appropriate mix of residential, commercial, industrial, civic, and open
space uses on the site. The TCAAP Master Plan was approved by the City
Council in July 2015 and amended by the City Council in December 2016, and
has been incorporated in the 2040 Future Land Use data (Figure 6.3 and Table
6.4).
The City began work on the zoning and design standards to implement the
Master Land Use Plan in August 2014. These regulations and policies are found
in the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC), which was approved in July 2015
and amended in December 2016. The TRC puts in place land use regulations
that will achieve the community’s goals for the TCAAP redevelopment including:
high development and design standards; defined residential neighborhoods and
commercial districts interconnected by streets, trails, and sidewalks; energy
resiliency and sustainability; and abundant parks and open space.
Though the TCAAP Master Plan establishes a proposed allocation of the various
uses throughout the TCAAP area and illustrates the current preferred
development pattern for the area, the City has considered the proposal from
Alatus LLC and its partners for modifications to the TCAAP Master Plan that
proposed different locations for the allocated uses and amended the TCAAP
Master Plan accordingly in December 2016. The City may consider on its own
initiative to consider amendments to the adopted plan as development occurs or
circumstances change in order to promote high quality development of the area
consistent with City goals and this Plan.
6.4.10 Development Capacity and Net Residential
Density
The Metropolitan Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 assign a community designation of
“suburban” which requires an average net residential density of at least five units
per net residential acre. Densities lower than this are not an efficient use of the
region’s sanitary sewer infrastructure. Net residential acreage is calculated by
subtracting wetlands, water bodies, public parks, arterial streets, and identified
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-17
natural resources that are protected by ordinance from gross acres. The number
of net residential acres is then divided by the number of lots to determine net
residential density.
According to the 2016 land use data provided by the Metropolitan Council, there
were 1,362 acres of net residential land in Arden Hills, which includes the rights-
of-way of adjacent City streets. The Metropolitan Council lists 3,198 housing
units in Arden Hills in 2015. Based on that information, the residential density in
the developed portion of Arden Hills is approximately 2.35residential units per net
residential acre. While this is below the five units per net residential acre
required by the Metropolitan Council, the City is not required to raise densities in
the built portion of Arden Hills. However, all future land uses should be able to
accommodate development in average of five units per net residential acre.
There are no expected land use changes that would result in a reduction in net
residential density in the developed part of Arden Hills. Furthermore, the
remaining vacant residential land that is south of Highway 96 and 10 is guided for
development that could be built at a density of an average of five residential units
per acre.
The approved Master Plan for the TCAAP property includes 162.2 acres of
residential land and a maximum of 1,460 residential units for an overall maximum
gross density of 9.00 units per acre. The gross density includes the
neighborhood collector roads; however, it excludes parks, arterial roads, and the
water infrastructure.
6.4.11 Staged Development
Since the areas south of Highways 96 and 10 are considered fully developed and
there is relatively little vacant property, a five year staged development has not
been developed. While a small amount of vacant land exists in the developed
portion of the City, development on the vacant land is unlikely to have a
significant impact on the City’s or region’s infrastructure.
As previously noted in Chapter 5 the demolition and remediation of the TCAAP
site was completed in November 2015. Grading of the site and the construction
of the main roadway are expected to begin in 2019. At this time, it is expected
that private development will begin in late 2019 or 2020. The project is
anticipated to be completed in phases over the next 10 to 20 years; however, the
development timeline will depend on a number of conditions, including the
market, transportation improvements, and other related factors.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
6-18
6.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
In order to advance implementation of this land use chapter, the below activities are
proposed. This list is not intended to be all-inclusive and additional activities that
advance the land use goal are encouraged to be developed.
o Update the City’s Zoning Code to bring it into conformance with the land uses in
the Comprehensive Plan.
o Evaluate zoning regulations to ensure that sufficient buffers are provided
between commercial, industrial, and residential uses to protect the character of
the City’s residential neighborhoods.
o Develop a small area plan for the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue business
area to provide a more detailed redevelopment vision for incorporation into this
Comprehensive Plan.
o Develop design standards for commercial, industrial, and residential
developments to ensure the construction of high-quality, sustainable, and
aesthetically enhancing development.
o Develop zoning regulations that restrict housing construction that is not sensitive
to the character of the existing neighborhood.
o Continue to enforce property maintenance codes to protect quality and property
values in the City.
o Implement design standards for the TCAAP development to create a cohesive
character that compliments the established neighborhoods in the City.
o Work to protect significant environmental features on the AHATS property as
park preserve.
o Work with the National Guard on the AHATS property to develop synergistic uses
such as a community center.
o Consider zoning changes to the B-4 District based on the City’s vision for this
area.
o Determine the highest and best use for the vacant properties on the south end of
Gateway Blvd along I-694 and rezone the properties accordingly.
o Evaluate the uses within the industrial zoning districts to emphasize employment
uses.
o Evaluate the uses within the commercial zoning districts to ensure that there are
an appropriate amount of retail and hospitality opportunities within Arden Hills.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s land use goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-1
7. Housing
Goal: Develop and maintain a strong, vital, diverse and stable housing supply for all
members of the community.
To achieve this housing goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Promote the development of a variety of housing options by preserving and
increasing high-quality housing opportunities that are suitable for a mix of ages,
incomes and household types.
o Encourage the incorporation of affordable and life-cycle housing into new
development and redevelopment where feasible.
o Maintain the quality, safety, and unique character of the City’s housing stock.
o Preserve and strengthen the community’s neighborhoods to maintain a high-
quality of life for residents.
o Encourage housing development and redevelopment that is complimentary to
and enhances the character of the City’s established neighborhoods.
7.1 INTRODUCTION
One of the principal roles of a community is to serve as a place to live. In Arden Hills,
21.2 percent of all of the land area in the community is currently used for housing (not
including TCAAP). The approved TCAAP Master Plan envisions that 38.0 percent of
the total 427 acre site will be developed for residential uses. Because housing is such
an important part of Arden Hills, maintaining the quality of the current housing stock
while providing long-term opportunities for new housing is important to the ongoing
vitality of the community and to retaining Arden Hills’ reputation as a highly desirable
place to live.
7.2 CONTEXT
According to the Metropolitan Council, Arden Hills had 3,198 housing units in 2015. A
housing unit is the actual structure while a household refers to the people living in a
housing unit. Approximately 66 percent of the housing units in Arden Hills are detached
single-family homes, 13 percent are attached single family homes (commonly referred
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-2
to as townhomes), 12 percent are multifamily, with five units or more, and finally eight
percent of units are manufactured homes.
Figure 7.1 – Arden Hills Housing Type
Source: Metropolitan Council
Household composition will play a role in defining future housing needs in Arden Hills.
Between 2000 and 2015, increases were seen in both the number of non-family
households and in householders living alone.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-3
Figure 7.2 – Arden Hills Household Type
Source: US Census
Additionally, the age of Arden Hills’ residents will also impact housing choices. From
2000 to 2015, there was a significant decrease in residents between 45 and 54 years of
age. Additionally, there have also been notable increases in the population between 65
and 74 as well as the 75+ age group.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-4
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Under
5
5 to 9 10 to
14
15 to
19
20 to
24
25 to
34
35 to
44
45 to
54
55 to
59
60 to
64
65 to
74
75 to
84
85 and
over
2000 2010 2015
Figure 7.3 – Arden Hills Age Distribution 2000, 2010 and 2015
Source: US Census and American Community Survey
The age of the existing housing stock is also an indicator of potential future needs.
From 1970 to 1979, 920 housing units were built in Arden Hills, the most of any decade
to date. Of note is the fact that 50 percent of the housing in the community was
constructed prior to 1974 (not including the manufactured homes). Homes that are
older than 30 years may typically need more repairs and renovations.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-5
73
152
542
220
857
738
260
86 117
63
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Figure 7.5 – Age of Housing Stock
Source: 2015 American Community Survey
Group quarters, which include college dormitories, nursing homes, and group homes,
are calculated separately from traditional types of housing such as single family homes,
townhomes, and apartments. Since 1990, group quarters and the number of people
living in group quarters have increased:
TABLE 7.1 – ARDEN HILLS GROUP QUARTERS POPULATION
1990 2000 2016
College Dormitories 631 1,557 1,655
Nursing Homes 384 411 623
Other Group Quarters 10 20 20
Total 1,025 1,988 2,298
Source: US Census, Bethel University, Presbyterian Homes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-6
Almost the entire group quarters population is at Bethel University or Johanna Shores, a
senior housing community owned and operated by Presbyterian Homes & Services. For
the 2016/2017 school year, Bethel University had an occupancy of 1,655 students. The
Johanna Shores housing facility has 126 units and is typically at capacity. The
remaining group quarters population lives in group homes in residential areas of the
City. The University of Northwestern is partially located in Arden Hills; however, the
residence halls for the university are located in the adjacent community of Roseville.
While group quarters housing is calculated separately from traditional housing, it is
important to recognize this type of housing can impact the City’s sewer, water,
transportation, parks, and recreation systems differently than traditional types of
housing. It is likely that the number of people living in group quarters at Bethel
University, Johanna Shores, and other group homes will increase as those facilities do
have additional land to expand. Therefore, it is important for the City to work with these
institutions to manage the potential impacts as well as promote a diversity of housing.
7.3 Household Forecasts
The total number of households in Arden Hills is forecasted to increase by 1,300
households between 2020 and 2040.
TABLE 7.2 - HOUSEHOLD FORECASTS BY CITY
2000 2010 2020 2030 2040 % Change
2010-2040
Arden Hills 2,959 2,957 3,200 4,100 4,6500 55.62.2%
Mounds View 5,018 4,954 5,100 5,200 5,200 4.7%
New Brighton 9,013 8,915 9,500 10,000 10,400 14.3%
Roseville 14,598 14,623 15,300 15,700 16,100 9.2%
Shoreview 10,125 10,402 11,000 11,200 11,300 7.9%
Ramsey County 201,236 202,691 223,460 236,090 246,050 21.4%
7 county Metro 1,021,456 1,117,749 1,257,730 1,378,830 1,490,470 33.3%
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-7
The rate of forecasted household growth in Arden Hills surpasses all adjacent
communities as well as Ramsey County. In establishing its forecasts, the Metropolitan
Council is assuming full development of the buildable portion of the TCAAP property by
2030 which will also represent essentially a full build-out of Arden Hills.
TABLE 7.3 - PEOPLE PER HOUSEHOLD
2010 2020 2030 2040
2.45 3.13 2.93 2.93
Arden Hills’ households are projected to grow by more than 50% between 2010 and
2040. It is expected that most of the those new households would be occupied by
young families which would increase the persons per household.7.4 Housing Issues
Three primary housing issues will need to be addressed by Arden Hills in the next 20
years. They include housing diversity, housing affordability, and housing quality. Each
is discussed below.
7.4.1 Housing Diversity
Life-cycle housing, which was referenced
in the housing goals, is a common term
used to describe the provision of housing
types for all stages of life. Life-cycle
housing is based on the premise that as
people go through life, their housing
needs change. A young person getting
out of school and just starting out usually
cannot afford to own a home so they often
begin by renting. As a person grows
older, they often establish a family and
buy their first home, sometimes either a
starter home or townhome. As a family’s
income grows, they may move up to a FIGURE 7.6 - LIFE CYCLE HOUSING
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-8
larger home. Once the children leave and the family size decreases, parents
often move back to a smaller home with fewer maintenance needs or to one of
the growing number of either single-family or multi-family housing options that
has an association that take care of home and property maintenance.
Eventually, as a person ages, there is often a need for assisted living or an
extended care facility.
Housing in Arden Hills today is primarily focused on one stage of the housing life-
cycle, move-up housing. Ironically, a significant number of units constructed in
Arden Hills during the 1970s were oriented to the first-time homebuyer market.
As housing prices have risen over the past three to four decades, what was once
priced for a first-time buyer is now classified as move-up housing due to
escalated prices. Arden Hills does still have a limited supply of more entry level
housing. In 2014, there were 283 units in the Arden Manor manufactured home
community, serving approximately 840 residents.
Rental housing is another component of life-cycle housing that needs to be
addressed. Rental housing is an important component of the overall housing
supply since it provides options for both the beginning and later stages of the life-
cycle chain. It may also serve the needs of several segments of the population
including retail service employees, seniors, young adults just entering the
workplace and economically disadvantaged households. Based on the
homestead data from Ramsey County, 10 percent of the housing in Arden Hills is
classified as non-homesteaded, which is a rough indicator for rental housing.
According to the 2010 Census, slightly more than 86 percent of the occupied
single family homes and townhomes (not including manufactured homes or
condominiums) were owner occupied in 2010.
Arden Hills promotes housing diversity through its long-term goals, policies, and
strategies. The market is also expected to exert pressure on the City for more
housing diversity. As was noted earlier, factors such as an aging population, a
population that has more non-family households, and increased numbers of
householders living alone is expected to drive demand for more attached, multi-
family housing. Multi-family units expected to be in demand are likely to be
oriented toward both owners and renters.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-9
7.4.2 Housing Affordability
Affordable housing is an issue in every Twin Cities area community. With
housing costs outpacing many wages, it is becoming increasingly important to
focus on affordable housing. Because of the disparity of housing costs and
wages throughout the Twin Cities, affordable housing continues to be a major
initiative of the Metropolitan Council.
According to the Metropolitan Council, housing is considered affordable if it is
priced at or below 30 percent of the gross income of a household earning 50
percent of the Twin Cities median family income. In 2017, the area median
income for the seven-county Minneapolis-St. Paul area adjusted by the
Department of Housing and Urban Development for a family of four was $90,400.
Therefore, in 2017, housing was considered affordable if annual housing costs
for a family of four do not exceed 30 percent of $45,200, which translates to
$13,560 per year or $1,130 per month for housing. While the purchasing power
of $1,130 per month depends on interest rates and other household factors, it
could be sufficient to purchase a home that is priced in the range of $150,500.
To implement the Livable Communities Act in 2007, the Metropolitan Council
uses as the upper limit of affordability for ownership purchase price and monthly
rents, the following dollar amounts:
TABLE 7.4 - 2015 OWNED OCCUPIED AFFORDABLE HOUSING PRICES
Household Income Level:Affordable Home Price
80% of area median income $238,500
50% of area median income $151,500
30% of area median income $84,500
Source: Metropolitan Council
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-10
Table 7.5 - Rental Housing Affordable Prices
Number of Bedrooms Affordable Rent at 30% of
AMI
Affordable Rent at 50% of
AMI
Affordable Rent at 80% of
AMI
Studio $450 $751 $1,201
1-BR $483 $805 $1,288
2-BR $579 $966 $1,545
3-BR $669 $1,115 $1,784
4-BR $747 $1,245 $1,992
The average housing value in 2015 was $281,300. Based on 2015 assessed
property values from Ramsey County (Figure 7.7) 34.3 percent of the housing
was at or below the affordable home price of $238,500 and approximately 12.5
percent was at or below $150,500.
The following table illustrates the assessed values of owner-occupied housing
units in Arden Hills. Values are differentiated above and below the 80% Area
Median Income of $240,000.
Table 7.6 – Owner Occupied Housing in Arden Hills by Affordability Bands
Housing Values Affordability Band Parcels Percent
$1 - $84,500 30% and Below AMI 21 1.0%
$84,501 - $150,500 30% - 50% AMI 252 11.5%
$150,501 - $238,500 50% - 80% AMI 480 21.8%
$238,501 - $409,000 81% - 135% AMI 1051 47.8%
$409,001 - $694,000 136% - 200% 312 14.2%
$604,001 and Above Greater than 200% AMI 81 3.7%
Total Owner Occupied Housing Units 2,197 100%
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-11
Insert Figure 7.7
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-12
In December of 2014, the Metropolitan Council released a report entitled “Thrive
2040 Housing Policy Plan” The report not only forecasts the regional need by
2030 for newly constructed, affordable housing but it allocates each community’s
share of the regional need. The total need for newly constructed affordable
housing in the Twin Cities is estimated to be 37,900 units between 2021 and
2030.Each community’s share of the regional need is allocated based on a
number of factors. According to the Metropolitan Council, 33.2 percent of new
housing units in all cities should be affordable. Allocations are then adjusted by
the balance of low-wage jobs and workers and the and existing affordable
housing stock. Based on the formula, the Metropolitan Council has allocated a
need for 373 affordable housing units to Arden Hills between now and the year
2030.
Housing—along with food, clothing, transportation and medical care—is a
necessity. For many households, it is their largest monthly expense. When
households spend more than 30% of their monthly income on housing costs,
they are considered “cost-burdened.” The inability of households to find housing
they can afford has far-reaching effects. For example, a recent national report
found cost-burdened households (especially low-income households
experiencing cost burden) are forced to make cutbacks on food and health care
spending, undermining their overall well-being.
7.4.2.1 Existing Affordable Housing Need
While the Census Bureau does not report household incomes in the ranges
identical to the affordable income limits of the Metropolitan Council, Tables 7.7
and 7.8, represents an approximation of the number of Arden Hills households
that fall within the three AMI ranges. On a pro-rated basis, there is 302
households with incomes at 30% of AMI and below, 334 households with
incomes between 30% and 50% of AMI, and 500 households with incomes
between 50% and 80% of AMI.
Initially the 242 cost burdened households with incomes of 30% of AMI or below,
the 150 cost burdened households with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI,
and the 201 cost burdened households with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI
listed in Table 7.10 would indicate that Arden Hills would need more affordable
housing units. The 318 existing housing units affordable at 30% AMI and below
exceeds the approximately 302 households in Arden Hills with incomes at 30%
and below. The 384 existing housing units affordable between 30% and 50%
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-13
AMI exceeds the approximately 334 households in Arden Hills with incomes
between 30% and 50% AMI. The 790 existing housing units affordable between
50% and 80% AMI exceeds the approximately 500 households in Arden Hills
with incomes between 50% and 80% AMI. What appears to be happening is that
households with incomes greater than affordability bands are occupying the
affordable housing units. In summary, Arden Hills’ existing housing stock is
adequate to address the needs of households within the affordable income
bands.
TABLE 7.7 - 2015 AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS AND COST BURDENED HOUSEHOLDS
Affordability Housing Units Cost Burdened
Households3 Owner Occupied1 Rental Total2
30% AMI and Below 21 297 318 242
30% to 50% AMI 252 132 384 150
50% to 80% AMI 480 310 790 201
AMI = Area Median Income
Source 1: Ramsey County 2015
Source 2: Metropolitan Council 2015 Housing Stock Estimates
Source 3: U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development 2009-2013 Comprehensive Housing Affordability
Strategy
TABLE 7.87 – 2015 AFFORDABLE INCOME LIMITS
Affordability Income Limits
30% AMI and Below $26,000
30% to 50% AMI $43,300
50% to 80% AMI $65,800
Source: Metropolitan Council
TABLE 7.98 – 2015 HOUSEHOLD INCOME
Income Range Households
$24,999 and Below 289
$25,000 - $44,999 381
$45,000 - $74,999 714
$75,00 and Above 1,640
Source: U.S. Census Bureau
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-14
TABLE 7.10 - 2015 AFFORDABLE HOUSING UNITS AND 2015 HOUSEHOLD INCOME
Affordability Total Housing
Units1
Households (Pro-Rated)2 Excess Housing Units
30% AMI and Below 318 302 +16
30% to 50% AMI 384 334 +50
50% to 80% AMI 790 500 +290
AMI = Area Median Income
Source 1: Metropolitan Council 2015 Housing Stock
Source 2: WSB Pro-Rated from U.S. Census Bureau
7.4.2.2 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation
Thrive MSP 2040 states that communities must guide a sufficient amount of land
at minimum densities to provide opportunities for affordable housing to be
developed. Communities have two options to provide this density: Option 1 is to
guide sufficient land at a minimum of 8 dwelling units per net acre (du/ac), and
Option 2 is to guide sufficient land at a minimum of 12 du/ac for the affordable
housing allocation of 50% AMI and below and sufficient land at a minimum of 6
du/ac for the affordable housing allocation between 51% and 80% AMI. Arden
Hills has proposed to use Option 2 to achieve the affordable housing allocation.
Table 7.110 – 2021-2030 Affordable Housing Allocation
Affordability Units
At or Below 30% AMI 129
31 to 50% AMI 100
51 to 80% AMI 144
Total Units 373
In order to ensure that the 50% AMI or below housing need can be met, Arden
Hills has 15.9 acres guided for Town Center zoning within the TCAAP
development. At the minimum density required, this could provide 239 units.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-15
Table 7.121 – Option 2 – 50% AMI and Below Likely Development
50% AMI and
Below
Requirement
Arden Hills
Designation
Acres Minimum
Density
Minimum
Units
Difference
229 Units Town Center 15.9 Acres 15 Units/Acre 239 Units +10 Units
In order to ensure that the 51% to 80% AMI housing need can be met, Arden
Hills has guided several areas of the City with land uses that require a minimum
of 6 dwelling units per acre or greater. These areas include the surplus Town
Center units from TCAAP, the Parkshore Drive area and the old City Hall/Public
Works site, both of which are guiding Medium Density Residential (MDR), and
the B-2 District around County Road E, which is guided Community Mixed Use
(CMU). The City expects that 6% of the CMU area will redevelop between 2021
and 2030 for residential uses. At the minimum required densities, these areas
could provide 147 units.
The City would not seek to concentrate affordable housing in any particular area.
Table 7.132 – Option 2 – 51% to 80% AMI Likely Development or Redevelopment
51% to 80%
AMI
Requirement
Arden Hills
Designation
Acres Minimum
Density
Minimum
Units
Difference
144 Units Surplus Town
Center Units
N/A 15 Units/Acre 10 Units +3 Units
MDR 13.8 Acres 6 Units/Acre 83 Units
CMU (6%
Residential)
100.2 Acres 9 Units/Acre 54 Units
Total 114.0 Acres ≥6 Units/Acre 147 Units
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-16
In addition to ensuring that there is sufficient land designated that has the
potential to provide affordable housing, the City of Arden Hills is committed to
continuing its participation in the Metropolitan Livable Community Program. As a
participant, the City of Arden Hills continues to be eligible to compete for grant
funding provided by the Livable Communities Act (LCA) to assist with clean-up
operations for polluted land for redevelopment, creating development or
redevelopment opportunities that demonstrate efficient use of land and
infrastructure through connected development patterns, and opportunities to
create more affordable housing.
7.4.2.3 Programs
Numerous programs are available to help the Citycities meet its their housing
goals and policies. The CityCities shallcan consider utilizing certain programs
such as fee waivers and/or adjustments to facilitate affordability. In addition, the
Citycities may also consider encouraging and working with potential developers
who plan to use federal low income housing tax credits to do construct affordable
rental housing. Other options include: affordable housing assistance or
development and preservation programs available through the local, county,
state, and federal government. The CityCities may consider the following
programs in order to meet its housing goals:
Minnesota Housing Consolidated Request for Proposals: The Minnesota
Housing Finance Agency provides a once annually request for proposal (RFP)
where affordable housing developers can apply for funding to construct
affordable housing. Arden Hills encourages Ddevelopers canto apply to the
Consolidated RFP to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in
need. The RFP is a useful tool to support the development of rental housing units
affordable at 50% AMI or below.
Community Development Block Grants (CDBG): The U.S. Department of
Housing and Urban Development (HUD) provides CDBG funds to communities
with over 45,000 residents for the use of providing and maintaining affordable
housing. Ramsey County Community and Economic Development (CED)
administers these CDBG funds for the City of Arden Hills. Arden Hills
encourages the Ramsey County CED can to use CDBG funds to provide
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-17
affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. CDBG is a useful tool
to preserve both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
HOME Funds: The HOME Investment Partnerships Program (HOME) is a
flexible federal grant program that allows Ramsey County to fund affordable
housing activities for very low and low-income families or individuals, homeless
families, and persons with special needs. Arden Hills encourages the Ramsey
County CED canto use HOME funds to provide affordable housing for those
Arden Hills residents in need. HOME funds are a useful tool for both the
preservation and development of both rental and ownership units affordable at
50% AMI and below.
Neighborhood Stabilization Program (NSP) Grants: The NSP was established
by HUD for the purpose of stabilizing communities that have suffered from
foreclosures and abandonment. The focus of this program is the purchase,
rehabilitation and resale of foreclosed and abandoned properties. The NSP
operates under Ramsey County for Arden Hills. Arden Hills encourages Ramsey
County to use NSP funds to purchase foreclosed or abandoned properties to
provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. NSP is
currently not funded. NSP funds were aare a useful tool to preserve ownership
units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Homebuyer Assistance Programs: Homebuyer assistance programs funded
directly by Ramsey County CED are available to first time homebuyers. Arden
Hills encourages residents to can contact the Minnesota Homeownership Center
regarding homebuyer assistance programs that are currently available.
Homebuyer assistance funds are a useful tool to preserve ownership units
affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Repair and Rehabilitation Support: Ramsey County offers a residential
rehabilitation deferred loan program to assist homeowners with home repair
projects. Repair and rehabilitation support is a useful tool to preserve ownership
units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Foreclosure Prevention: The Housing Crisis Response in Ramsey County
provides foreclosure counseling to Arden Hills residents. The Minnesota Home
Ownership Center and Lutheran Social Services may also be resources to the
residents of Arden Hills. Foreclosure prevention funds are a useful tool to
preserve ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-18
Energy Assistance: Ramsey County offers an energy conservation deferred
loan program to Arden Hills residents. EnergySmartsPays.com is also an energy
conservation program that is available. Energy assistance is a useful tool to
preserve both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Rental Assistance: Renters interested in suburban rental housing assistance
are encouraged tocan contact the Metro Housing and Redevelopment Authority,
which is the program that administers the Section 8/Housing Voucher program to
Arden Hills residents. Rental assistance is a useful tool to preserve rental units
affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Livable Communities Grants: Arden Hills is a participating community in the
Metropolitan Council’s Livable Community Act (LCA) programs. Arden Hills will
can consider applying for livable communities grant on behalf of developers who
are provide level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability
that generates a public benefit greater than the resources required to apply for
and administer the livable community grants. LCA grants are a useful tool for the
development of both rental and ownership units affordable at 80% AMI and
below.
Local Fair Housing Policy: Ramsey County works with the Twin Cities Metro
Area Fair Housing Implementation Council to stop discrimination and promote
integration. Any Arden Hills residents that feel they have been subjected to unfair
housing practices should contact this organization. Arden Hills encourages the
Ramsey County CED to can continue the implementation of its fair housing
policy. Local fair housing policy is a useful tool for the preservation of both rental
units affordable at 80% AMI and below.
Land Trusts: There is no established Land Trust serving the City of Arden Hills
currently. Should a Land Trust be established, the Rondo Community Land Trust
in St. Paul would be a good model to use. A land trust can be a useful tool for
both the development and preservation of ownership units affordable at 80% AMI
and below.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-19
7.4.2.4 Fiscal Devices
Fiscal devices, such as revenue bonds, tax increment, financing, or tax
abatement can be used to help ease the construction and availability of
affordable housing in the City of Arden Hills.
Development Authorities: Arden Hills does not have its own Housing and
Redevelopment Authority (HRA) and depends on Ramsey County Coordinate
HRA for affordable housing and redevelopment services. Arden Hills
encourages Ramsey County to can construct, finance and/or partner with private
developers to provide affordable housing for those Arden Hills residents in need.
Development authorities are a useful tool to support the development of both
rental and ownership housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below.
Housing Bonds: Minnesota State Statute allows HRAs the ability to issue
housing bonds to provide affordable housing. Arden Hills encourages the
Ramsey County HRA to can issue housing bonds to provide affordable housing
for those Arden Hills residents in need. Housing bonds are a useful tool to
support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at
50% AMI or below.
Tax Abatement: Cities may issue bonds to be used to support the construction
of affordable housing and use a portion of the property tax received (tax
abatement) from the development to finance these bonds. This removes this
property taxes revenue from paying for the services needed for this property, its
residents and the community in general. Tax abatement is a useful tool to
support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at
80% AMI or below.
Tax Increment Financing: Cities may create a housing district to create a tax
increment financing (TIF) district. The TIF bonds issued on this district are to be
used to support the construction of affordable housing and entire property taxes
received above the original tax value (increment) from the development to
finance these bonds. This removes this property taxes revenue from paying for
the services needed for this property, its residents and the community in general.
TIF is a useful tool to support the development of both rental and ownership
housing units affordable at 50% AMI or below.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-20
7.4.2.5 Official Controls
Official controls and land use regulation can be used to assist in the construction
of affordable housing units. Controls and regulations can also be used to simplify
the process of expanding local housing options also.
Fee Waivers or Adjustments: Cities may waive or reduce fee to reduce the cost
of construction of affordable housing. Conversely, State rules require that the fee
that a cCity charges be related to the cost of providing the services for which the
fee are collected. This waiver or reduction could create a deficiency in the
funding for services which would be required the use of general funds to resolve.
The CityCities should can develop a fee waiver or reduction policy to determine
when the level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability
provide a public benefit great enough to justify the reduction or waiver of
development fees. Fee waivers or adjustments are a useful tool to support the
development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at 80% AMI
or below.
Zoning and Subdivision Policies: The CityCities haves the ability to adjust its
ther zoning and subdivision regulations through a planned unit development
(PUD). Zoning and subdivision regulation are created in part to mitigate the
impacts that a development may have on adjoining properties. When
considering a PUD for affordable housing, the Citycities should determine when
the level of affordable housing and the guaranteed length of affordability provide
a public benefit great enough to justify the potential impacts that would result
from a deviation in the zoning or subdivision regulations. PUD is a useful tool to
support the development of both rental and ownership housing units affordable at
80% AMI or below.
4(d) Tax Program: The 4(d) tax program provides a 4% tax credit to affordable
housing developers. This program is administered through the Minnesota
Housing Finance Agency. Arden Hills encourages Minnesota Housing Finance
Agency to can continue administer the 4(d) tax program to provide affordable
housing for those Arden Hills residents in need. 4(d) tax bond funds are a useful
tool to support the development of rental housing units affordable at 50% AMI or
below.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-21
TABLE 7.143 – AFFORDABLE HOUSING TOOLS
Arden Hills Housing Goals/Policies
Ar
d
e
n
H
i
l
l
s
E
D
A
Ta
x
A
b
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
Ta
x
I
n
c
r
e
m
e
n
t
F
i
n
a
n
c
e
Fe
e
w
a
i
v
e
r
s
o
r
ad
j
u
s
t
m
e
n
t
s
Zo
n
i
n
g
a
n
d
s
u
b
d
i
v
i
s
i
o
n
po
l
i
c
i
e
s
Ra
m
s
e
y
C
o
u
n
t
y
H
R
A
Ho
u
s
i
n
g
B
o
n
d
s
MN
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
C
o
n
s
o
l
i
d
a
t
e
d
RF
P
4(
d
)
t
a
x
p
r
o
g
r
a
m
CD
B
G
g
r
a
n
t
s
HO
M
E
f
u
n
d
s
NS
P
F
u
n
d
s
Li
v
a
b
l
e
C
o
m
m
u
n
i
t
i
e
s
gr
a
n
t
La
n
d
t
r
u
s
t
s
Ho
m
e
b
u
y
e
r
a
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
R ep
a
i
r
&
R
e
h
a
b
S
u
p
p
o
r
t
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
Fo
r
e
c
l
o
s
u
r
e
p
r
e
v
e
n
t
i
o
n
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
En
e
r
g
y
A
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
pr
o
g
r
a
m
s
Re
n
t
a
l
A
s
s
i
s
t
a
n
c
e
Lo
c
a
l
F
a
i
r
H
o
u
s
i
n
g
P
o
l
i
c
y
Promote the development of a variety of
housing options by preserving high-quality
housing opportunities that are suitable for a
mix of ages, incomes and household types.
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X
Encourage the incorporation of affordable,
life-cycle, and workforce housing into new
development and redevelopment where
feasible.
X X X X X X X X X X X X
Preserve and strengthen the community’s
neighborhoods to maintain a high-quality of
life for residents.
X X X X X X X X X X X
Encourage housing development and
redevelopment that is complimentary to and
enhances the character of the City’s
established neighborhoods.
X X X X X X X X X X X Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-22
7.4.3 Housing Quality
Except for the TCAAP property, much of Arden Hills is considered developed.
As was pointed out earlier, the age of the majority of the current housing stock
makes ongoing maintenance a community concern. If Arden Hills’ existing
neighborhoods are going to remain attractive places to live, owners will need to
continue maintenance and reinvestment efforts. Encouraging housing
maintenance can be done in two ways, either through voluntary efforts or through
regulatory requirements. Many communities rely on both. Ideally, all residents
will maintain their property in a sound and attractive manner. Realistically,
however, a small percentage of properties will not be adequately maintained and
in such cases, they can have a significant negative impact on surrounding
properties and even the neighborhood as a whole.
Arden Hills relies primarily on individual owners to maintain property. The City
has nuisance provisions in its local code, it enforces the Minnesota State Building
Code, and the International Property Maintenance Code was adopted in 2015. In
2009, the City approved the Rental Registration Ordinance that requires owners
of rental units to register with the City annually. Additionally, Arden Hills will
continue to work with programs offered by county, regional, state and federal
agencies as appropriate. Such programs are more limited than they were in the
past due to changes in priorities and reductions in funding.
7.5 Future Opportunities
While Arden Hills does have a limited number of smaller, infill vacant parcels south of
Highway 96, future housing opportunities will largely come from the development of the
TCAAP site. TCAAP offers an unparalleled opportunity to create a mix of housing
integrated with employment, entertainment, recreation and transit service. The flexibility
included in the design and development regulations for the site will help the community
address its goals of housing diversity and housing affordability.
The TCAAP site will include approximately 427 acres of gross development area. Of
this total, approximately 162.2 acres of land has been designated specifically for
residential development. Residential areas are divided between several zoning districts
with varying gross density requirements. A range of different housing types will be
accommodated, including single-family detached homes, twin homes, townhomes,
manor homes, apartments, condominiums, and senior housing. The City expects that
up to 1,460 housing units will be constructed on the site at the time of full development.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-23
The residential component of the TCAAP site will offer a future mix of housing that will
compliment Arden Hills’ current supply of predominately single-family detached housing.
It will provide opportunities to address the changing needs of the local population and it
will attract new people to the community. Combined with the City’s efforts to maintain
the current supply of housing, the development of the TCAAP site will continue Arden
Hills’ position in the marketplace as a highly desirable place to live.
7.6 Implementation Strategies
In order to advance the policies and ideas identified in this chapter, the following
implementation strategies could be used:
o Review City codes to consider and encourage a range of housing opportunities
and innovative site design.
o Pursue grants or other opportunities that promote the construction of affordable
housing.
o Implement the adopted rental regulations to ensure the functionality and
maintenance of rental properties.
o Explore the adoption of an administrative fine program to deter ongoing
nuisance and property maintenance issues.
o Promote the use of high quality materials in new housing construction to
minimize long-term deterioration of the housing stock.
o Ensure safety, livability and durability of the housing stock through enforcement
of the Minnesota State Building Code, which includes educating property
owners and residents on housing and property maintenance codes.
o Develop regulations that prohibit the construction of housing that is not
compatible with the scale of the existing neighborhood.
o Implement adopted standards to protect lakes, wetlands, trees, and other open
spaces during redevelopments and infill projects.
o Establish architectural/design guidelines for new developments and
redevelopments.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
7-24
o Identify programs, policies, and strategies that encourage aging in place for
senior citizens.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s housing goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-1
8. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AND REDEVELOPMENT
Goal: Promote the development, redevelopment, and maintenance of a viable,
innovative, and diverse business environment serving Arden Hills and the metropolitan
area.
To achieve this economic development and redevelopment goal, the following policies
are proposed:
o Work to create and strengthen existing partnerships between public and private
agencies and institutions.
o Engage the private sector to encourage development and redevelopment
projects that are beneficial to the City and identify incentives or programs where
applicable that promote private sector investment.
o Encourage communication and cooperation between businesses, educational
institutions, and the public sector.
o Promote business retention and expansion to enhance the existing economic
base and provide applicable and appropriate resources.
o Capitalize on existing community strengths, such as location, freeway access,
and a well-educated population.
o Identify marketing and promotion tools and techniques to attract commercial,
office, residential, and industrial uses.
o Identify incentives or programs that provide housing choice.
Arden Hills has a strong local economy supported by a mix of size and types of
businesses with an educated population, desirable residential neighborhoods, a central
location in the north part of the metropolitan area, and relatively easy access to the
freeway system. With more than 11,000 jobs in 2017, Arden Hills has more jobs than
residents. While the City places a high value on its residential neighborhoods, the
business community is an important component to the City’s long-term success.
The long-term economic health of Arden Hills is not without its challenges. While the
City’s economic base is relatively strong, the City recognizes the need to maintain and
enhance the economic base over the long-term. Except for the TCAAP redevelopment,
the City has few vacant commercial or industrial properties remaining. Furthermore,
some of the commercial and industrial buildings may not be cost-effective to convert to
other uses and consequently may be nearing obsolescence. Redevelopment in certain
parts of the City is almost certain to occur.
Economic development and redevelopment is linked to the other chapters of this
Comprehensive Plan. Land use, housing, transportation, and public amenities impact
the City’s ability to retain its economic base and attract desired development.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-2
8.1 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT AUTHORITY (EDA)
In 1996, the City established the Economic Development Authority (EDA) with the
following mission:
o Preserve and create jobs;
o Enhance the City’s tax base; and,
o Promote the general welfare of the people of Arden Hills.
Minnesota State Statutes guide the powers of the EDA; however, the EDA is generally
able to purchase property, redevelop property, create economic development districts,
study economic development needs, and perform other duties related to economic
development. The members of the City Council make up the full EDA.
The EDA is an important tool in projects where the City seeks to take an active role in
purchasing property, redevelopment, and/or public financing of projects.
8.2 ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION (EDC)
The Economic Development Commission is a nine member body that advises the City
Council on economic development activities. The Commission was established to
facilitate positive interaction with the business community and to advise the City Council
and Economic Development Authority on economic development, redevelopment, and
related community development issues. The Commissioners may be residents or non-
resident business representatives; however, at least four of the Commissioners must be
Arden Hills’ residents.
8.3 GUIDING PLANS AND REDEVELOPMENT
Guiding Plan for the B2 District
In 2008, the City accepted the “Guiding Plan for the B2 District.” This Guiding Plan
provides a vision for the entire B2 Zoning District, which generally includes those
properties along County Road E between Highway 51 and Lexington Avenue, Connelly
Avenue, and Pine Tree Drive. The City seeks to promote high-quality redevelopment
in this district as the market allows to enhance its value for the overall community. The
City and Ramsey County completed infrastructure improvements along County Road E
in 2015, including streetscape enhancements and pedestrian and bicycle facilities.
TCAAP Master Plan
The TCAAP Master Plan was approved by the City in July 2015 and amended in
December 2016. The Master Plan will guide the redevelopment of the TCAAP site to
achieve the City’s goals of high development and design standards, defined residential
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-3
neighborhoods and commercial districts linked by streets, trails, and sidewalks, energy
resiliency and sustainability, and ample parks and open space.
Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education Study
In September 2017, the City accepted the “Commercial, Industrial, and Higher
Education Study” report. The study examined the existing commercial and industrial
climate in the community, the plans of Bethel University and the University of
Northwestern, the existing zoning regulations for higher education uses, and how other
communities regulate higher education uses. The findings included:
o That the existing commercial and industrial markets are strong in Arden Hills;
o There are few sites available for redevelopment;
o A mix of employment and consumers uses are important; and,
o That Arden Hills has more higher education students per capita than any other
community in Minnesota.
The result of the study was the creation of an INST – Institutional zoning district for the
higher education institutions and the removal of the higher education use from all other
zones in Arden Hills.
Chapter 6 (Land Use) identifies several other areas where the City may benefit from
completing small area plans or reviews of existing zoning regulations. These efforts
would also help in improving the economic competiveness of the City. The following list
is not intended to be all inclusive and other opportunities may arise over time:
o A Guiding Plan for the Red Fox/Grey Fox/Lexington Avenue Area;
o Review of B-4 Retail Center Zoning District regulations;
o Establishing vison for the developable Gateway Business properties;
Review of existing industrial and commercial zones to ensure correct balance of
employment versus consumer uses.
8.4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
In order to advance the policies and ideas identified in this chapter, the following
implementation strategies could be used:
o Identify the desired long-term mix of businesses.
o Identify and promote the market strengths of Arden Hills.
o Use the small area planning process or a similar planning process to develop
more detailed long-term plans for the business areas to better manage
redevelopment as it occurs.
o Develop design standards to encourage the construction of high-quality
buildings and designs.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
8-4
o Work to strengthen and encourage communication and collaboration between
businesses and institutions, such as Bethel University, Northwestern College,
and other significant hiring establishments.
o Promote community education for residents of all ages and utilize the skills of
residents where feasible.
o Identify infrastructure deficiencies and work to resolve deficiencies.
o Identify potential partnerships and/or developments that could enhance the
City’s infrastructure and/or quality of life.
o Identify constraints to development, redevelopment, and retention.
o Evaluate the City’s existing Business Retention and Expansion efforts and
establish long-term goals for the program.
o Encourage the creation of a pedestrian friendly environment--link major
roadways, destinations, and businesses to transit, pathways, and
neighborhoods.
o Evaluate the land use regulations in the commercial zones to provide
flexibility for economic development while requiring high-quality and mixed-
use buildings and uses with minimal impact on residential areas.
o Develop a database to assist businesses in identifying appropriate and
available locations within the City.
o Provide information for businesses and developers on the City web site.
o Assess the Business Subsidy Criteria and City Public Financing Guidelines as
needed to ensure the adopted policies are aligned with community goals.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s economic development and
redevelopment goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-1
9. PARKS AND RECREATION
Goal: Create a comprehensive, maintained, and interconnected system of parks,
pathways, and open spaces as well as a balanced program of recreational activities for
residents of all ages, incomes, and abilities.
To achieve this parks and recreation goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Develop, maintain, and encourage the use of a system of neighborhood parks
and pathways that are safe and engaging, which includes:
Developing, maintaining, and encouraging the use of north-south and
east-west arterial pathways that connect neighborhood paths within the
City and to regional paths.
Connecting neighborhoods, parks, and other destination points through a
City-wide pathway system.
Strengthening the park and path system by making improvements as
feasible through the annual budgeting and CIP process.
o Provide recreation programs and activities that address the interests of all
segments of the community, including children, adolescents, adults, families, and
seniors.
o Encourage non-motorized transportation and commuting in and outside of Arden
Hills to reduce reliance on motor vehicles and increase physical activity.
o Work to connect the pathway system to transit facilities.
o Protect and maintain access to lakes, marshes, and wooded areas for active and
passive recreation.
o Plan for parks, paths, and recreation on the TCAAP property that addresses the
interests of Arden Hills’ residents.
o Explore financing and funding options to improve and expand the City’s parks
and recreation system.
o Promote the removal of invasive species throughout the park and recreational
system.
o Construct way-finding signage for parks and paths.
o Explore options for collaboration with other governmental, educational, and
private entities to provide an array of high-quality recreational programs.
o Work and coordinate with Ramsey County, the Metropolitan Council, the school
districts and other applicable organizations to enhance the park, pathway, and
recreation system.
9.1 PARKS, TRAILS AND OPEN SPACE PLANNING PROCESS
The City recognizes that demographic, recreation, and environmental trends will impact
park, recreation, trail, and open space user needs. To prepare for future needs, the City
of Arden Hills’ Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee (PTRC) provides
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-2
recommendations for continuing development, expansion, and improvement of parks,
trails, recreation and natural resources. Through collaboration with other City
committees, the PTRC has aided in the development of a long-term vision for the City’s
parks and recreation system. The following information in this chapter was developed in
consultation with the PTRC.
As part of previous planning efforts, the City identified long-term trends to help
determine future park, trail, and recreation needs. Recreation interests and participation
are influenced by a number of factors, including, age, access to facilities, income,
available leisure time, interest in the environment, new recreation technology, and social
trends. In general, people are looking for quality recreation that is close to home, but
they are willing to travel to obtain higher quality or more specialized activities or
environments.
9.2 REGIONAL PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM
Although the Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan focuses on local needs, the community
recognizes that Arden Hills is connected to and participates in a larger, regional network
of parks, pathways, and open spaces. As of 2014, the Metropolitan Council’s regional
park system includes 62 regional parks and park preserves that cover more than 52,000
acres. The regional system also boasts 40 regional trails that span 340 miles.
Arden Hills is linked to three regional trails and is home to one regional park (Figure
9.1). The Highway 96 Regional Trail crosses the City from east to west adjacent to
Highway 96. Recent improvements to this trail now provide a continuous connection
along the southern side of the roadway to the City of New Brighton. Regional trail
planned improvements include a north south segment of trail located near the
intersection of Snelling Avenue North and Highway 96. This planned trail will be critical,
providing users with direct access to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail. In addition,
Ramsey County is in the planning process and anticipates amending the Rice Creek
Regional Corridor of Fall 2017.
The Lexington Parkway Regional Trail spans the entire length of the Shoreview and
Arden Hills border on the eastern side of the City. While the trail is complete on the
Shoreview side of Lexington Avenue, the city pathway along the western side of
Lexington Avenue contains several incomplete sections within the city limits. In the
past, the City of Arden Hills had requested the construction of several sections of the
pathway on the western side of Lexington Avenue that were not approved denied by the
Minnesota Department of Transportation. As redevelopment occurs and other
opportunities arise, the City does seek to complete the trail to both the north and south
on the Arden Hills side of Lexington Avenue. In addition, the Metropolitan Council has
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-3
identified Lexington Avenue as a regional trail search corridor. The future alignment will
be determined by Ramsey County through completion of a regional master plan for the
Lexington Avenue corridor anticipated to be completed in 2018. This extent of this
corridor is expected to extend from County Road J to Larpenteur Avenue.
In 2006, Ramsey County acquired 113 acres of land within the Twin Cities Army
Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property for the Rice Creek North Regional Tail Corridor.
The new trail corridor is located in the northwestern corner of the TCAAP site adjacent
to Rice Creek and Interstate 35W. This land was transferred to the County by the
National Park Service as part of the Federal Lands to Parks Program. An amendment
to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Corridor Master Plan in 2003, identified an
additional 49 acres to the east of the existing area to be acquired as a wildlife corridor.
Following the County’s purchase of 427 acres of the TCAAP site for redevelopment, a
subsequent amendment was made to the Master Plan identifying 60 additional acres for
the Rice Creek North Regional Trail Corridor. This area generally extends from
Highway 96 to County Road I and would facilitate a trailhead entry, additional trails, and
a 150 foot wide trail corridor along the eastern side of the TCAAP development through
the 500’ access from County I to the wildlife corridor.
Designated a regional park in 2006, the 217 acre Tony Schmidt Regional Park extends
from the northern shore of Lake Johanna to the west side of Mounds View High School
on Lake Valentine Road. Recent improvements include the completion of a trail
underpass connecting the north and south sides of the park, which were previously
bisected by the railroad. While much of the park is open space, the park offers a variety
of amenities and is connected to local paths.
There are a number of regional parks within a short distance of Arden Hills. Long Lake
Regional Park is located in New Brighton, and the Snail Lake Regional Park is in
Shoreview. The Rice Creek Chain of Lakes Park Preserve is in Shoreview, Circle
Pines, and Lino Lakes.
9.3 ARDEN HILLS PARK AND RECREATION SYSTEM
Arden Hills has 14 City parks ranging in size from one acre to 28 acres and other open
areas that cover more than 145 acres (Figure 9.2 and Table 9.1). There is also
approximately 17 miles of paths, which are primarily located on or adjacent to County
roads. The surface of these paths varies between asphalt, concrete, gravel, wood chip
mulch, and grass. The parks in Arden Hills provide a variety of amenities ranging from
tennis courts and playgrounds to baseball diamonds and picnic shelters (Table 9.1).
The City parks are well-distributed throughout Arden Hills south of Highways 96 and 10
and most residents are within one mile of a City park; however, controlled access roads
interfere with convenient access to some parks that would otherwise be close by.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-4
South of Highways 96 and 10, there are four lakes entirely within Arden Hills and one
lake shared by Arden Hills and Roseville. Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine have
public access and beaches, though the public access and beach for Lake Josephine is
in Roseville. Lake Valentine is a relatively shallow lake adjacent to Bethel University
with some limited public use and access. Karth Lake, which is located southwest of the
Highway 96 and Lexington Avenue intersection, is adjacent to a public park but is
primarily used for non-motorized recreation by the surrounding property owners. Round
Lake is unusable for recreation purposes due to contamination from the former Twin
Cities Army Ammunition Plant. The entire shoreline of Round Lake is owned by the
federal government, and there is no public access.
The City has approved the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC) to guide development
on 427 acres purchased by Ramsey County of the former Twin Cities Army Ammunition
Plant site. Three City parks are planned to serve the new population on TCAAP and to
complement the City’s existing park and recreation amenities. Additional private parks
and open space including size and amenities have been identified through the TCAAP
planning process. As planning and development progresses, these private parks and
open space may be relocated, but will still meet acreage and amenities identified in the
TCAAP master plan. Trails will also be constructed throughout the development to
serve the site and to provide access to adjacent park and open space areas.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-5
This page is intentionally left blank for Figure 9.1
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-6
Table 9.1 - Current and Proposed Park Amenities (2040)
Existing Parks Acres
Softball /
Baseball
Field
Soccer Tennis
Sand
Volleyball
Court
Basketball
Court
Area
Gaga Pit Water
Fountain
Play
Equipment Amphitheater Pavillion
Picnic
Building /
Shelter
Warming
House
Permanent
Restrooms
Hockey
Rink
Skating
Rink
Dog
Park Trail(s)
1 Arden Manor Park
4601 Prior Avenue 2.5 X X X
2 Arden Oaks Park
1413 Arden Oaks Drive 1.5 X X
3 Charles Perry Park
3700 New Brighton Road 20 X X X X X X X X X X X
4 Crepeau Nature Preserve*
1224 Harriet Avenue 12.5 X
5 Cummings Park
1220 Wyncrest Court 17.5 X X X X X X X X X X X X
6 Floral Park
1423 West Floral Drive 20 X X X X X X X
7 Freeway Park
1370 West County Road E 1 X X X X X
8 Hazelnut Park
3301 New Brighton Road 12 X X X X X X X X X X X X
9 Ingerson Park
3255 North Lexington Avenue 5 X X X
10 Johanna Marsh Park
3168 Ridgewood Drive 8.5 X X
11 Lindey's
North Snelling & County Road E 1.5
12 Royal Hills Park
4375 Snelling Avenue 4.5 X X X X X
13 Sampson Park
1900 Lake Lane 1 X X X
14 Valentine Park
1650 West County Road F 3 X X X X
Key: *Nature Conservancy Park
Proposed Parks Acres
Softball /
Baseball
Field
Soccer Tennis
Sand
Volleyball
Court
Basketball
Court
Area
Gaga Pit Water
Fountain
Play
Equipment Amphitheater Pavillion
Picnic
Building /
Shelter
Warming
House
Permanent
Restrooms
Hockey
Rink
Skating
Rink
Dog
Park Trail(s)
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-7
1 Creek Park
(CNP-1) 4.73 X X X X X X X X X X X
2 Town Center Park
TNP-1 Space B (Phase I) 3.1 X X X X X X X X X
3 Hill Park
(HNP-2) 2.72 X X X X X X X X X
Existing Parks Acres Softball /
Baseball Field Soccer Tennis
Sand
Volleyball
Court
Basketball
Court
Area
Gaga Pit Water
Fountain
Play
Equipment Amphitheater Pavillion
Picnic
Building /
Shelter
Warming
House
Permanent
Restrooms
Hockey
Rink
Skating
Rink Dog Park Trail(s)
1 Arden Manor Park
4601 Prior Avenue 2.5 X X X
2 Arden Oaks Park
1413 Arden Oaks Drive 1.5 X X
3 Charles Perry Park
3700 New Brighton Road 20 X X X X X X X X X X
4 Crepeau Nature Preserve*
1224 Harriet Avenue 12.5 X
5 Cummings Park
1220 Wyncrest Court 17.5 X X X X X X X X X X
6 Floral Park
1423 West Floral Drive 20 X X X X X X X
7 Freeway Park
1370 West County Road E 1 X X X X X
8 Hazelnut Park
3301 New Brighton Road 12 X X X X X X X X X X X
9 Ingerson Park
3255 North Lexington Avenue 5 X X X
10 Johanna Marsh Park
3168 Ridgewood Drive 8.5
11 Lindey's
North Snelling & County Road E 1.5
12 Royal Hills Park
4375 Snelling Avenue 4.5 X X X X X
13 Sampson Park
1900 Lake Lane 1 X X X
14 Valentine Park
1650 West County Road F 3 X X X X
Key: *Nature Conservancy Park
Proposed Parks Acres Softball /
Baseball Field Soccer Tennis
Sand
Volleyball
Court
Basketball
Court
Area
Gaga Pit Water
Fountain
Play
Equipment Amphitheater Pavillion
Picnic
Building /
Shelter
Warming
House
Permanent
Restrooms
Hockey
Rink
Skating
Rink Dog Park Trail(s)
1 Creek Park
(CNP-1)4.73 X X X X X X
2 Town Center Park
TNP-1 Space B (Phase I)3.1 X X X X X X X
3 Hill Park
(HNP-2)2.72 X X X X X
Note: Johanna Marsh Park will be redeveloped and amenities will be determined through community engagement and the master planning process.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-8
9.4 PARKS AND RECREATION MAINTENANCE, UPGRADES, AND
EXPANSIONS
The proposed park and pathway upgrades are based on input gathered through
consultation of the PTRC (Figure 9.1).
9.4.1 Park Renovation and Upgrades
In an effort to meet changing demographics, public safety, and the desires of the
community, the City of Arden Hills will continue to use a multi-year capital
improvement plan (CIP) to plan for park upgrades and renovations. The
improvement recommendations are intended to improve public safety, aesthetics,
function, and efficiency of individual parks as well as to promote overall public
health and activity. The City also seeks to meet American with Disabilities Act
(ADA) requirements.
In order to minimize park disruption, reduce costs through efficiency of
construction, and improve park function, park renovation is recommended to be
done all at once in each park, whenever possible. Individual park renovation
recommendations are summarized below by park:
o Arden Manor Park – Provide connections within the park and from the
park to the potential future paths along Highway 96 when reconstruction of
this highway occurs. Add benches near park features.
o Arden Oaks Park – Recent improvements include the addition of
benches, trash containers and trees. Consider providing pedestrian
pathway connections to amenities.
o Charles Perry Park – Consider moving the entrance drive to line up with
Thom Drive. This will eliminate the conflict that exists with the ice rink
where skaters have to cross the entrance drive, and will create space for a
pleasure rink. Explore the possibility of paving the existing skating rink for
inline skating and half-court basketball. Look into the future acquisition
of the single-family home nearest the park to accommodate future uses
(Figure 9.1). Recent improvements include a new playground as well as a
dog park through repurposing of a previously underutilized existing
ballfield.
o Crepeau Nature Preserve – Add additional unpaved paths within the
park.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-9
o Cummings Park –Add benches along the paths and park amenities.
Recent improvements included relocating bleachers and repurposing
entrance sign.
o Floral Park –Additional unpaved looped paths could be constructed in the
park to provide more walking and nature watching opportunities. Add
benches along the paths and park amenities. Provide pedestrian pathway
connections/accessibility to amenities.
o Freeway Park - Consider paving the hockey rink for year-round use.
Explore additional pedestrian routes to provide enhanced circulation to
amenities in the park.
o Hazelnut Park –Install benches near recreational features. Add lights
from parking lot to skating rink. Improve the picnic shelter or add a
pavilion to meet the usage demands of the park. Recent improvements
include the addition of a gaga pit and dog park through reuse of the
existing ice rink. Planned improvements to replace the play area is
anticipated for fall of 2018. The City is also considering acquiring a portion
of the parking lot from the adjacent trinity Lutheran Church for potential
redevelopment in this location.
o Ingerson Park – Add a connecting path to Lexington Avenue, Fernwood
Court, and Lake Lane. Consideration should be given to providing
additional pedestrian walkways to existing amenities.
o Johanna Marsh – The existing tennis courts will be removed and the
park will be reprogrammed to meet the needs of the immediate
neighborhood and communityreplaced with a new multiple age playground
and Johanna Marsh overlook.
o Lindey’s Park – The addition of a trail planned for 2018 construction on
the south side of County Road E will provide increased connectivity to the
park for potential users. Consider providing access into the park from this
planned trail, additional pedestrian connections into the park, and seating
opportunities.
o Round Lake Open Space – Explore the possibility of adding a path
connecting Old Highway 10 to the path west of Round Lake by easement
or land acquisition. Determine what type of amenities/fields meet the
needs of the community and develop the park.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-10
o Royal Hills – Add a fence along the outfield and sideline of the ball field to
minimize balls going into the woods. The addition of pathways should also
be considered to meet ADA accessibility to amenities and connect to the
proposed trail connection along Snelling Avenue North.
o Sampson Park – Add landscaping within the park to provide interest and
improve aesthetics. Consideration should also be given to providing
pedestrian accessibility to amenities and the addition of a shelter for
additional seating opportunities.
o Valentine Park – Park was recently redeveloped in 2013 which includes a
new shelter, parking lot, play equipment, half basketball court and
pedestrian pathways.
o TCAAP Proposed Parks – Three city parks have been identified for
incorporation within the TCAAP site. The parks range in scale from
approximately three to five acres in size and include amenities as shown
in Table 9.1 based on the master plan process.
The following parks shall be considered for receiving priority for improvements.
These parks, due to the size and program, are critical parks that serve a broader
range of activities for the community.
o Charles Perry Park
o Hazelnut Park
o Cummings Park
9.4.2 Recreation
The City currently has an extensive youth recreation program. While the
programs have been primarily focused on youth and adolescent activities, an
increased need for teen, adult, and senior activities was identified through
feedback gathered from the PTRC as well as the community meetings held for
the 2030 Comprehensive Plan update. To help inform the recreation program
development process, the City may consider creating advisory groups for
seniors, teens, children, and other interested groups.
9.4.3 Pathway Expansion and Upgrades
A number of neighborhoods in Arden Hills have pathways; however, in order to
provide a connected and complete pathway system in Arden Hills, additional
arterial and neighborhood paths are needed (Figure 9.1). While paths are
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-11
popular for recreational purposes, there is also a growing demand for utilitarian
pathways that connect residential areas to destinations such as commercial
areas, offices, parks, and other popular places. Providing multiple destinations
on a pathway system can increase use, promote physical activity, and reduce
motorized travel.
The tables on the following page provides a list of proposed trail segments for
expansions and upgrades (segments presented on this list are not listed based on
priority):
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-12
Table 9.2 - Trail Improvement List (outside of TCAAP Site) (2040)
Feet Miles
A Cleveland Ave. (County Road "D" to Stowe Ave.)2,623 0.50
A.1 Cleveland Ave. (Thom Ct. to existing path off Cty E2)1,672 0.32
B County Road D (Cleveland to New Brighton Road)2,380 0.45
C New Brighton Road (County Rd. D to Stowe Ave.)2,957 1.54
C.1 New Brighton Road (Stowe Ave. to County Road E2)5,333 1.01
D R.C. Open Space (from City path to MVHS)2,940 0.56
D.1 R.C. Open Space (from County Rd. E2 to MVHS)3,095 0.58
E County Road E (Indian Pl. to Lk. Joh. Blvd. to Tony Schmidt U. Trail to end of park - north side)1,675 0.32
E.1 Lake Johanna Blvd. (From Segment G to Old 10 - Snelling)2,845 0.54
F Snelling Ave. (Highway 51 to County Road E)5,672 1.07
F.1 Old Highway 10-Snelling (from Cty. Road E2 to Hwy. 96)7,880 1.50
G Lake Valentine Road (Mounds View H.S. to Old 10-Snelling)1,600 0.30
H Parkshore Dr. (from Old Hwy 10-Snelling to beginning of Rd. Lake Trail)2,051 0.39
H.1 Gateway Blvd. (from proposed segment K to Round Lk. Road)1,985 0.38
H.2 Round Lake Trail (Complete the loop that has a gap behind Nott Co.)2,433 0.46
I County Road 96 (Complete trail west from Hamilne Avenue near Snelling Avenue North)3,100 0.59
J North Snelling Ave. (From County Road 96 to Briarknoll)2,652 0.50
K County Road F (From Existing Sidewalk from Lexington to Hamline)403 0.08
L Lexington Ave. (From County Road D to County Road E)4,398 0.83
L.1 Lexington Ave. (From County Road E to Grey Fox Road)973 0.19
L.2 Lexington Ave. (From Red Fox Road to Gramsie Road)1,088 0.21
L.3 Lexington Ave. (From Tanglewood to County Road I - West Side)7,839 1.49
M Crepeau Preserve (From Cannon to Crepeau Nature Preserve)680 0.13
Total Proposed Future Trails 68,274 13.94
Segment Proposed Trail Location Outside of TCAAP Site Length
Table 9.3 - Trail Improvement List (within TCAAP Site) (2040)
Feet Miles
T.1 Spine Road Trail (From HWY 96 to County Road H)8,656 1.64
T.2 Spine Road Trail (From HWY 96 to County Road I)12,843 2.43
T.3 Town Center Trail (Along Water Infrastructure)5,142 0.97
T.4 Rice Creek North Trail Corridor Addition (From HWY 96 to Rice Creek North Regional Trail)9,263 1.76
T.5 Rice Creek North Trail Corridor Addition (Crossing at Interstate 35W)637 0.40
Total Proposed Future Trails 36,541 7.20
Segment Proposed Trail Location within TCAAP Site Length
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-13
Recent and planned improvements, based upon proposed segments identified
in the 2030 Comprehensive Plan, have been planned for extending trail
segments that are crucial for developing needed north-south and east-west path
connections. Through these efforts trail improvements are anticipated for 2018
construction to include providing a continuous connection from County Road E to
County Road E2 through the addition of a trail along Snelling Avenue North (Old
S.T.H. 10). In coordination with the capital improvements plan (CIP), the City
may benefit from setting specific trail priorities to take advantage of grants, road
reconstruction projects, and other opportunities as they arise.
In conjunction with Ramsey County and MnDOT, grade separated crossings of
major roads and railroads is one of the more important actions the City can take
to improve the path network, increase safety, enhance access to parks,
encourage increased physical activity, and help tie the community together
(Figure 9.2). The following connections and improvements for pedestrian and
bicyclists (non-motorized users), some of which are noted in the above list, are
recommended through discussion with the PTRC and community meetings:
o Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10)– A proposed trail (Figure 9.1)
from the Hwy. 96 regional trail is recommended to provide a north-south
connection the intersection of Snelling Avenue North and County Road E2
(segment F.1). Due to major highways, this route provides a critical
connection to several city parks, schools, and the Tony Schmidt Regional
Park. This would also provide a connection of the Round Lake proposed
trail connection if an easement was acquired south of Round Lake.
o Lake Valentine Road – The connection of a city path (segment G) on the
southern side of Lake Valentine Road is recommended to provide a safe
route for adjacent neighborhoods to the Mounds View High School and a
connection to newly redeveloped Valentine Park.
o County Road E (Lake Johanna Blvd) – The addition of providing a trail
connection (segment E & E.1) along the north side of County Road E
between Indian Place and Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10) is
recommended to create accessibility to the Tony Schmidt Regional Park
and improve east-west trail connections.
o Highway 96 – A grade separated trail connection (segment I) may be
needed at a location between Highway 10 and Hamline Avenue North.
The grade-separated connection would provide access to Ramsey County
and Arden Hills facilities and the TCAAP area. In addition, a trail crossing
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-14
at the intersection of Snelling Avenue North would provide an essential
trail crossing to the planned regional trail and the neighborhoods adjacent
to south of Highway 96.
o Snelling Avenue North (Old S.T.H. 10) – A proposed trail segment
(segment F) from the intersection of County Road E and Snelling Avenue
North to Glenhill Road is recommended to provide accessibility and
potential future connections with city parks and amenities beyond the city
limits including the adjacent University of Northwestern Campus.
Construction is anticipated for 2019.
o Trail Signage – added small trail identification maps that include distance,
name, and standard city identification where needed.
Implementing the pathway expansion and improvement plan will require
cooperation with Ramsey County, MnDOT, the school districts, and other private
and public entities. The City recognizes that the entire network cannot be
completed at once; however, the above list represents the long-term goal of a
comprehensive pathway network to facilitate recreational and utilitarian uses.
9.4.4 Park and Open Space Acquisitions
While there is very little vacant land available in the City outside of the TCAAP
property, four locations were identified for potential incorporation into the City’s
park and recreational system (Figure 9.1). Two land parcels remain to be
acquired within the boundary of Tony Schmidt Regional Park. Additional public
lands adjacent to the park are proposed to be used for trails and trail connections
under cooperative agreements.
o Charles Perry Park – The City should may consider acquiring the
residential property adjacent to Charles Perry in order to minimize the
potential conflict caused by reflected light, noise and trespassing while
providing an opportunity to expand the recreational offerings in the park
and to provide better park access.
o Round Lake Park Open Space - Theis land to the west of the existing
Round Lake Open Space area could provide adequate space for soccer
fields, community gardens, ball fields, or other recreational uses. The
amount of property to acquire would be determined by what programming
needs exist at that time. This seeks to obtain the necessary area by park
dedication and acquisition as possible.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-15
o Round Lake Trail Easements - The remaining easements are needed to
complete the trail around the west and south sides of Round Lake.
o Tony Schmidt Regional Park – While Tony Schmidt Regional Park is a
Ramsey County park, the City encourages the County to expand its facility
in accordance with their facility and land needs. The Tony Schmidt
Regional Park Master Plan lists potential land acquisitions, which are
shown on Figure 9.1.
9.4.5 TCAAP Redevelopment Area
Ramsey County purchased 427 acres of the TCAAP property in April 2013. The
City has approved the TCAAP Redevelopment Code to regulate zoning and land
uses. Approximately 24.3 acres are planned to be used for City parks and public
open space. Ramsey County is acquiring an additional 30 acres from the federal
government for a north-south trail and 78 acres for a future wildlife corridor and
trailhead.
Three City parks will be located within or adjacent to residential neighborhoods.
Amenities will be planned for each park based on the population served and to
complement existing amenities in the developed portion of the City. The timing
of park development will be aligned to the development of adjacent
neighborhoods. In order to provide flexibility the exact boundary and location of
each park include on the TCAAP property may move within its given district.
However, each park will be required to include the identified amenities within the
City’s TCAAP Master Parks and Open Space Plan.
Green space will be provided along a pedestrian corridor linking the primary retail
area west of the Spine Road to a City park on the eastern edge of the site. Trails
will be provided along the Spine Road and along a collector road adjacent to the
natural resources corridor. In cases where private development is immediately
adjacent to park and open space areas, the TCAAP Redevelopment Code
requires frequent pedestrian connections to open space. Connections to the
north-south trail corridor and trails in the wildlife corridor will be provided from
adjacent neighborhoods.
Ramsey County has prepared and the City has approved the Rice Creek North
Regional Trail Wildlife Corridor Habitat Restoration plan. Improvements,
remediation, restoration and other development of the wildlife corridor property,
prior to and following transfer to Ramsey County, will be guided by this plan.
Trail connections for public use may be incorporated into the wildlife corridor.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-16
However, they must be designed and aligned so as not to impede the movement
of wildlife.
9.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
9.5.1 Priority Setting
One tool to advance this chapter is to create a flexible priority list for
improvements and expansions. With the priorities laid out, the City would be
able better able to assess fund balances and make informed spending decisions
and coordinate improvements with other projects such as road improvements.
The priority list will need to be regularly evaluated to measure progress and to
adjust the list to accommodate funding availability, changing circumstances, and
changing priorities. A fully functioning and complete park and pathway system
adds to the attractiveness of the City and to the values of property owners.
While a long-term priority list will help the City in the decision-making process
and help plan for future expenses, the list must be flexible. As new local and
regional projects, needs, and opportunities arise, it may be necessary to adjust
the list to take advantage of opportunities that may not yet be known.
9.5.2 Partnerships
Developing partnerships with other public and private organizations is an
important tool for implementing this and other chapters of the Comprehensive
Plan. With scarce resources and increasing demands, searching for
partnerships to reduce costs, increase efficiency, and expand services is
necessary. Working with adjacent cities, the Metropolitan Council, Ramsey
County, businesses, school districts, higher education institutions, and other
stakeholders may lead to better and more efficient implementation of this
Chapter.
MNDOT & Ramsey County Transportation – Coordinating with MnDOT and
Ramsey County Public Works will help ensure that pathway additions and
crossings are in their transportation master plans, included in reconstruction
projects, and are a priority for funding and implementation in their capital
improvement plans (CIP).
Ramsey County Parks and Recreation – With regional facilities in Arden Hills and
connecting to City pathways, it is important to coordinate with the County. The
County is working to implement the Tony Schmidt Master Plan, the Rice Creek
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 19, 2017
9-17
trail system, and other regional park and trail projects that connect to or impact
Arden Hills.
Mounds View and Roseville School Districts – The City has an opportunity to
work with the school districts and the two facilities in Arden Hills to increase
pedestrian and bike access to the schools, promote safe routes to school, and
increase physical activity.
Bethel University and Northwestern College – Both of these campuses have
trails that can be accessed by the public. The City should consider working with
these institutions to ensure continued access to these trails and to make
connections with City trails.
Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Redevelopment Partner and the
Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) – The proposed redevelopment on the
TCAAP property offers an opportunity to greatly expand the City’s park and
pathway network. The City seeks to continue working with the developers,
AHATS, and private entities to ensure a park and pathway system is constructed
that meets the needs of current and future residents. Although the AHATS
property is not freely open to the public, it could play a role in future park and
recreation opportunities.
9.5.3 Financing
While the City supports the park and recreation system, it is recognized that
other needs in the City compete for funds and funding will continue to be a
challenge. In order to implement the parks and recreation plan, yearly priorities
could are being identified in the City’s capital improvement plan (CIP), which can
be adjusted annually as funding, opportunities, and needs change. Flexibility in
implementation will be necessary.
Since much of the City is developed, park and recreation expansion
improvements cannot rely on park dedication fees alone. Therefore, the City
may need to explore other financing options. Pursuing funding opportunities may
help advance implementation of this plan at a faster rate than would otherwise be
able to occur.
9.5.4 Additional Strategies
The strategies in the previous sections should not be considered all-inclusive.
New opportunities and strategies should be identified to further advance the
City’s parks and recreation goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-1
10. PROTECTED RESOURCES
Goal: Preserve, protect, and restore the community’s natural resources, including open
spaces, lakes, wetlands, other significant natural features, and historic resources.
To achieve this protected resources goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Identify and work to protect the sensitive natural resources within the City.
o Develop or enhance regulations to protect the City’s natural resources, including
trees, lakes, wetlands, and other unique or significant natural resources.
o Work with the appropriate agencies to assure that surface and ground water
quality is protected.
o Support public educational opportunities to foster a better understanding of the
natural environment as well as ways to restore and protect the natural
environment.
o Work with the Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) to protect the unique
natural resources and open spaces as park and/or open space.
o Encourage the identification and protection of historically significant sites and
structures.
10.1 INTRODUCTION
The beautiful lakes, diverse topography, and wooded character of Arden Hills provide
exceptional residential, recreational, and business environments. The community has
carefully guarded these resources in the past; however, they are constantly threatened
by human activities. Protecting these areas requires diligence, including adherence to
strong protection policies and requirements, studying the most up-to-date preservation
methods, and educating the public on environmentally sound development and
maintenance practices.
Lakes are a significant resource in the City and will continue to be if water quality can be
enhanced and maintained. Lakes and their surrounding watersheds need to be
managed as sensitive and limited resources, requiring purposeful planning and action.
The lack of management of these limited resources can lead to diminished water quality
and can negatively affect public health, recreational activities, wildlife, and fishing,
community quality of life, and ultimately tax revenues through diminished property
values.
Arden Hills is located entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD). The
RCWD addresses water issues, administers regulatory programs, and undertakes
projects to improve water quality. The City has a number of protective ordinances and
policies in place that enhance RCWD activities; however, those policies require
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-2
monitoring to ensure that they are meeting community needs and effectively protecting
the City’s natural resources.
In addition to lake protection, several high-priority natural areas, endangered and
protected species, and historic sites have been identified as significant in the City.
These significant resources are highly valuable and have features that may require
special levels of protection. Preserving the City’s natural setting is of the utmost
importance to residents of Arden Hills.
10.2 WATER RESOURCES
Covering nearly 550 acres in Arden Hills, the seven lakes and many wetlands have
always been a focal point in the community (Figure 10.1). Early settlers and
development took advantage of the recreational and scenic qualities of the lakes, and
they continue to be an attractive characteristic for residents and visitors. Most of the
shoreland development took place prior to the adoption of modern development
regulations; and the City is experiencing redevelopment pressure along the City’s
shorelines.
The Minnesota Department of Natural Resources (DNR) requires communities to adopt
shoreland ordinances, which typically regulate lot size, minimum shoreline width, lot
coverage, and structure setbacks for development along water bodies. Development
regulations vary depending on the lake classification set by the DNR:
o Natural Environment Lakes and Streams (NE) – usually have less than 150 total
acres, less than 60 acres per mile of shoreline, and less than three dwellings per
mile of shoreline. They may have some winter kill of fish; may have shallow,
swampy shoreline; and are less than 15 feet deep.
o Recreational Development Lakes (RD) – usually have between 60 and 225 acres
of water per mile of shoreline, between three and 25 dwellings per mile of
shoreline, and are more than 15 feet deep.
o General Development Lakes (GD) – usually have more than 225 acres of water
per mile of shoreline and 25 dwellings per mile of shoreline, and are more than
15 feet deep.
10.2.1 Lakes and Water Bodies
As noted above, the City has seven lakes in or partially in Arden Hills. All water
bodies in the City are highly valued and warrant continued protection.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-3
Lake Johanna
Lake Johanna is the biggest lake in Arden Hills at 230 acres with a 4.25 square
mile watershed. It is up to 41 feet deep and has an average depth of 17 feet.
The lake is classifies as a GD lake.
The land on the north, west, and east sides of Lake Johanna is largely developed
with single family homes. Tony Schmidt Regional Park, located on the northwest
side of the lake, includes a swimming beach and boat ramp. Presbyterian
Homes, a senior housing facility, is located on the southwest corner.
Northwestern College occupies the peninsula on the southern side of the lake.
A wide variety of recreational opportunities exist on Lake Johanna, including
swimming, skiing, and fishing. Boats are restricted to five miles per hour within
250 feet of the shoreline, and there are restricted hours for speeds in the rest of
the lake. A wide variety of fish exist in the lake, including Bass, Bluegills,
Bullheads, Carp, Crappies, Muskies, Northern Pike, Perch, Sunfish, and Walleye.
Storm water flows into Lake Johanna from Little Lake Johanna via Ramsey
County Ditch 4, which originates north of County Road C in Roseville. City storm
water is also routed into Lake Johanna on its west and east sides. As part of the
City’s pavement management program, the City is working to provide stormwater
treatment systems to improve the water quality of the stormwater that reaches
Lake Johanna.
The Lake Johanna Improvement Society is an organization made up of lake area
property owners. The group coordinates lake issues with the City, including the
boat speed limits.
The Rice Creek Watershed District has noted that Lake Johanna has the
potential to become impaired without additional protection and attention to water
quality. The lake is listed on the impaired list for mercury contamination.
Although the source and long-term impacts are unknown, fish in Lake Johanna
were found to have elevated levels of the chemical perfluorooctane sulfonate
(PFOS) in 2007. No additional fish consumption or swimming warnings have
been issued.
Lake Josephine
Lake Josephine is approximately 114 acres in size with a subwatershed of 1.31
square miles. The northern 60 acres are located in Arden Hills while the
southern 54 acres are located in the City of Roseville. The lake has a maximum
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-4
depth of 44 feet and an average depth of 20 feet. Lake Josephine is classified as
a GD lake.
The land around the lake is fully developed with single family homes. There is a
concrete boat access and public beach immediately south of the municipal
border in the City of Roseville on the east side of the lake. The lake is used for
boating swimming, and fishing. Bullheads, Crappies, Bluegills, Carp, Sunfish,
Bass, Northern Pike, and Walleye can be found in the lake.
The outlet of Lake Josephine is located at the northwestern part of the lake and
flow to Lake Johanna through a storm sewer and ditch system.
The Lake Josephine Improvement Association consists of lake area property
owners. The City of Roseville and the City of Arden Hills have adopted joint
regulations for Lake Josephine, which includes a maximum speed limit and a no
wake zone of 150 feet from the shoreline.
The Rice Creek Watershed District has noted that Lake Josephine has the
potential to become impaired without additional protection and attention to water
quality. The lake is listed on the impaired list for mercury contamination.
The fish in Lake Josephine were tested for perfluorooctane sulfonate (PFOS) in
2007; however, the results of those tests were not available in time for the
release of this Plan.
Little Johanna Lake
Little Johanna Lake is approximately 18 acres in size and has a maximum depth
of 22 feet. The lake is classified as an NE and RD lake by the DNR and Ramsey
County, but as a GD lake by the City. It is a non-swimming lake, there are no
formal public access points, and recreational uses are limited.
The northern eight acres are within the City of Arden Hills, and the southern ten
acres are within the City of Roseville. Northwestern College occupies much of
the lake’s eastern, northern, and southern shoreline and single family homes are
on the west side of the lake.
Drainage into Little Johanna Lake comes from Ramsey County Ditch 4, which
originates north of County Road C in the City of Roseville and flows out to Lake
Johanna. Little Johanna Lake and the ditch function as a settling area for
stormwater prior to flowing into Lake Johanna. During larger storm events,
however, water flows through the water bodies rapidly, which allows little time for
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-5
unwanted nutrients to settle out of the water. As a result, the quality of Little
Johanna Lake and Lake Johanna are compromised.
Valentine Lake
Covering approximately 74 acres with a 2.4 square mile watershed, Valentine
Lake is an NE lake located just south of Interstate 694. Bethel University owns
almost all of the lakeshore; however, the lake can be viewed from Old Highway
10 along the western shoreline. While there is not any formal boat or public
access points, the lake is used for fishing by the public. In the future, it may be
necessary to develop a formal agreement with Bethel University for public use
and a parking lot for users.
The lake has a dominance of blue-green algae and has heavy algal blooms
throughout the summer. Water flows southwest out of Lake Valentine into the
County Ditch 12 and eventually into Long Lake in the City of New Brighton.
Round Lake
Round Lake is approximately 125 acres in size and has a subwatershed of 0.83
square miles. The United States Fish and Wildlife Service owns all of the land
around the lake. Public use of the lake is prohibited and there are not any public
access points due to contamination in the lake bed from operations on the former
Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) property. There are single family
homes on the east side of the lake, apartments and townhomes on the southeast
side, and industrial development on the south and west sides. The north side of
the lake is bordered by Highway 96. None of the adjacent property owners have
access to the lake.
Karth Lake
Karth Lake is approximately 15 acres in size and is surrounded by single family
homes. There is a City park on the south side of the lake; however, there are not
any public boat launches to the lake.
Rice Creek Watershed District is conducting water quality monitoring for the lake.
The immediate area drains into the lake, and there are also five (5) stormwater
inlets draining approximately 170 acres to the lake. Prior to 2004, there was not
an outlet for Karth Lake, and the water level steadily increased. The Karth Lake
Improvement District was created in 2003 to manage the water level, and a pump
was constructed in 2004 to control the lake level. Water that is pumped out of
the lake flows through storm sewer and ditch systems to Valentine Lake.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-6
Sunfish Lake
Located on the AHATS property, Sunfish Lake is approximately 11 acres in size.
No water quality monitoring has been conducted for the lake. City Hall is
southeast of the lake, and the joint Ramsey County/Arden Hills Public Works
facility is west of the lake. There is not any residential development around the
lake. The lake is not accessible to the public, and public access is not
anticipated because the land is owned by the federal government and used for
Minnesota National Guard training.
Marsden Lake
Covering more than 275 acres, Marsden Lake is a large wetland complex (wet
meadow) that has been identified by the Minnesota DNR as an important natural
community. The entire lake is within the federally owned property that is leased
by the Minnesota National Guard. There are not any public access points to the
lake. The lake is part of the critical habitat for the Blanding’s Turtle, which is
classified as “threatened” by the State of Minnesota.
Rice Creek
Rice Creek flows through the far northwest corner of the City and is the only
natural watercourse in the City. There are a number of County drainage ditches
connecting the major lakes and providing connections to Rice Creek.
Approximately 112 acres of land was transferred to Ramsey County along the
creek, and the Rice Creek North Regional Trail has been constructed. The trail
connects to adjacent cities, the regional park system, and likely to the TCAAP
redevelopment property.
Wetlands
Arden Hills has many wetlands of various sizes and types spread throughout the
City. The wetlands are an integral part of the natural environment and are
important component of healthy lakes, streams, and animal habitat.
Development impacts to wetlands are regulated by Federal and State laws. The
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers – Saint Paul Office implements the federal
wetland laws, and the Minnesota DNR and the Rice Creek Watershed District
implement State wetland laws. Alterations to wetlands almost always require a
permit, and the City seeks to protect wetlands wherever possible.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-7
10.2.2 Rice Creek Watershed District & Water Quality
Management
Arden Hills is located entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD).
The RCWD requires permits for land development, site grading, wetland and
shoreland alterations, and drainage plans and systems.
Water quality for Lake Josephine, Lake Johanna, Round Lake, and Valentine
Lake is monitored by Ramsey County. The RCWD utilizes this data.
The City’s Floodplain and Shoreland Ordinances govern development activities
in areas that contribute storm water runoff to the City’s lakes. In addition, the
lake use ordinances on Lake Johanna and Lake Josephine help to control
erosion and water quality. Unfortunately, water quality has decreased in recent
years and additional efforts are needed to maintain and improve water quality.
10.3 PROTECTED SPECIES/HABITAT
The City is home to at least two species that have a legally protected status, and two
habitats that have been identified by the DNR as in need of being protected (Figure
10.2). Blanding’s Turtles have “threatened” species status in Minnesota, which means
that the State has determined that the species is likely to become endangered within the
foreseeable future throughout all or a significant portion of its range within Minnesota.
While it is outside of the City’s regulatory authority, Illinois Tick Trefoil is a rare plant that
was identified in the AHATS area.
Both high value habitats are located on the AHATS property outside of the City’s
regulatory authority. Marsden Lake is a large wetlands complex (wet meadow) and has
been identified by the Minnesota DNR as an important natural community. The kame,
also located on the AHATS property, is a relict of the glacial landscape and has also
been identified by the DNR as an important natural communitygeological feature. The
kame is the highest geographical point in Ramsey County.
10.4 CULTURAL RESOURCES
Although little information has been compiled regarding historic sites or buildings in
Arden Hills the Minnesota Historical Society and Ramsey County Historical Society
identified one structure that may be worthy of being placed on the National Register of
Historic Places (Figure 10.2). The 1998 Comprehensive Plan identified two additional
buildings and one site as historic and/or architecturally significant to the community.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-8
Charles Perry House
The Charles Perry House, located at 3491 Lake Johanna Boulevard, has been identified
by the Minnesota Historical Society and Ramsey County Historical Society as
historically important. While there has been consideration of placing this house on the
National Register of Historic Places, additional research and community interest is
needed.
Farrell Homestead
The Farrell Homestead at 1963 County Road E2 is a large, Victorian farm home just
north of the intersection of County Road E2 and New Brighton Road. The Homestead
was constructed in 1874. John Farrell, of Irish descent, settled and farmed more than
500 acres. A friend once asked him why he brought such a hilly farm, to which John
replied, “Because it reminds me of Ireland.”
An interesting side note is from Mary (May) Marston, granddaughter of John Farrell,
who grew up on the farm in the 1890s. Ms. Marston stated that, “Across from the farm
was a hill with Indian grave platforms and artifacts.”
Nazareth Hall on the Northwestern College Campus
Nazareth Hall was constructed in 1921-22 on the Northwestern College campus. It was
constructed in the “Lombardic Romanesque” style from northern Italy. It faces east to
overlook Lake Johanna. It includes six buildings constructed as one, with several
courtyards styled after the Vatican. The building covers approximately 37,400 square
feet of ground and was designed to fit into its natural lakeshore setting.
Round Lake Prehistoric Site
The Round Lake prehistoric site is located on a small knoll on a peninsula on the
southwestern shore of Round Lake. Archaeological exploration has determined that the
knoll on the peninsula is most likely of natural origin. Artifacts relating to the
manufacture or maintenance of stone tools were observed on the site, and it appears
that it may be eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. This site was
threatened by development in 1997; however, the City was able to obtain a
conservation easement over the peninsula to preserve it in its current condition. Further
research, as well as community interest, is required before actual placement on the
National Register of Historic Places.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-9
10.5 NATURAL RESOURCE INVENTORY MAP
Although the portion of Arden Hills south of Highways 96 and 10 is considered fully
developed, there is an abundance of mature trees, lakes, wetlands, open spaces, parks,
and other natural amenities that give the City its highly valued natural and well-
landscaped character. The southern two thirds of Arden Hills contain more than 363
acres of public parks and undevelopable open spaces. Northwestern College, Bethel
University, and Mounds View High School also contain highly valued natural areas of
varying character and quality.
The Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) property is also home to some of the most
significant natural resources in Arden Hills, including lakes, wetlands, woodlands,
meadows, rolling terrain, and vistas. The kame, which is a geological formation made
by retreating glaciers, is located in the central part of the property and is the highest
point in Ramsey County. While some institutional development from the Minnesota
National Guard may occur on the southern part of the AHATS property, much of that
area is anticipated to remain as open space. The AHATS property is not open freely to
the public, but the National Guard does allow some scheduled visits on the property.
Of the 585 acres on the TCAAP property that are anticipated to be sold to the City for
redevelopment, preliminary plans include approximately 168 acres for use as open
space in the form of parks, wetlands, stormwater areas, recreational areas, and a
wildlife corridor.
The Rice Creek Watershed District has compiled data and generated a resource
protection map to show areas of significant natural resources (Figure 10.3). The map is
only intended to be a guide and is not detailed enough for site specific planning as there
may be inaccuracies due to the scale of the assessment. Additional information
regarding feasibility and site condition should be collected before utilizing this
information at a smaller scale.
This resource protection map has two primary purposes. First, it is meant to help
develop regulations to protect significant natural resources where it is feasible to do so.
Second, it is meant to help make more informed development decision in places where
there may be significant resources. The map displays the following information:
o Remaining natural areas within your community
o Results of a natural resource assessment
o Results of a wetland restoration assessment
o Lakes and streams currently listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters
o Results of lake water quality assessment
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-10
10.5.1 Natural Resources Assessment
The Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD) evaluated the natural areas within
its jurisdiction, which includes all of Arden Hills, to determine the relative quality
of remaining natural areas. The RCWD evaluated the natural resource data
based on the following characteristics:
o Health of natural area: High quality areas with native vegetation were
considered more important than areas with partial or total dominance by
invasive species.
o Size: Large natural areas (five acres or greater) were considered more
important that small natural areas (less than five acres).
o Rarity of community type within the watershed: Natural community types
that are rare due to specific site requirements (fens, bogs, etc.), or have
become rare due to historic land use changes or degradation (prairie, oak
savanna, etc.) were considered more important than more common
natural community types.
o Adjacency to other natural areas: Natural areas that are immediately
adjacent to several other natural areas were considered to be more
important than natural areas that are adjacent to one or no other natural
areas.
o Proximity of healthy natural areas to other healthy natural areas: Healthy
natural areas that are in close proximity to each other (within 1/8 of a
mile) were considered more important than isolated healthy natural
areas, healthy natural areas in close proximity to degraded natural areas,
or degraded natural areas in close proximity to each other.
These natural resource characteristics were combined to form the overall natural
resource assessment ranking for each area shown on Figure 10.3.
10.5.2 Wetland Restoration Assessment
All wetland areas within the RCWD were evaluated to determine their potential
for vegetation and/or hydrologic restoration. A wetland’s potential for either type
of restoration was determined in the following manner:
o Vegetation Restoration: The Minnesota Land Cover Classification System
(MLCCS) data includes information on whether or not a natural area is
dominated by invasive species. Wetlands dominated by invasive species
represent an opportunity to restore native vegetation. Taking this into
account, wetland communities that were recorded in the MLCCS as
dominated by invasive species and greater than two acres in size were
included in this category and displayed on the map.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-11
o Hydrologic Restoration: National wetland inventory (NWI) data and ditch
inventory data were used to identify wetlands with the potential for
hydrologic restoration. The location of partially drained wetlands in the
NWI data and the location of known ditches were used to identify wetlands
that have been partially drained and could be restored to more natural,
flow through hydrology without necessarily changing the hydrologic
regime. Only polygons one acre or larger were included and displayed on
the map. Wetland areas with these characteristics that were in close
proximity to existing infrastructure (homes, businesses and roads) were
removed from consideration.
10.5.3 Lake water quality assessment
Each lake located within the Rice Creek Watershed District was evaluated to
determine its potential for water quality impairment due to excessive nutrients
(Table 10.1). The lakes fell into one of three categories:
o No data: Not enough water quality data available for evaluation.
o Listed on 303(d) list of impaired waters: Lake is currently on the impaired
waters list (TMDL list) for excessive nutrients. (Lakes that are on the
impaired waters list only due to high levels of mercury, and not due to
excessive nutrients, are not included in this category.)
o Potential to become impaired: Available water quality data suggest that
the lake is currently not impaired. Due to development pressure or to
borderline water quality conditions, this lake has the potential to become
impaired in the near future.
Table 10.1 - Lake Water Quality (Rice Creek Watershed District)
Lake No Data
Listed on the
303(d) list of
impaired waters
Potential to
become
impaired
Johanna*X
Josephine*X
Karth X
Little Johanna X
Marsden X
Round X
Sunfish X
Valentine X
*Listed on the 303(d) list of impaired waters for mercury
The 303(d) list is part of the federal Clean Water Act, which requires states to
adopt water quality standards to protect waters from pollution.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-12
10.5.4 Priority Areas
Area 1 – This area contains a relatively diverse assemblage of upland and
wetland communities connecting Lake Johanna and Farrel’s Lake. Upland
community types in this area include aspen forest, lowland hardwood forest, oak
woodland, and mesic prairie. Wetland community types in this area include
willow swamp, mixed emergent marsh, and cattail marsh. The majority of these
communities were given a “medium” ranking in the natural resource assessment.
There are also several potential opportunities for wetland restoration within this
area, both hydrologic and vegetation. Lake Johanna has the potential to become
impaired due to excess nutrients.
Area 2 – This area contains areas a mosaic of upland and wetland community
types surrounding Rice Creek. Community types include forest, woodland, and
emergent marsh. The majority of these communities were given a “medium”
ranking in the natural resource assessment. The portion of Rice Creek within the
City of Arden Hills is currently on the 303(d) list of impaired waters. A portion of
this area near Interstate 35W on the west side of Rice Creek is included in the
TCAAP redevelopment plans.
Area 3 – This area contains areas of forest, woodland, and emergent marsh
surrounding Marsden Lake. All of the lake’s shoreline is in natural vegetation.
This complex of natural areas is unique because of its large size and lack of
fragmentation. The majority of these areas were given a “medium” ranking in the
natural resource assessment. Marsden Lake does not have sufficient water
quality information to determine its potential for water quality impairment due to
excess nutrients.
Area 4 – As part of the TCAAP redevelopment, a 49 acre wildlife corridor will be
designated to connect the Rice Creek corridor to the AHATS property. While the
RCWD did not include the wildlife corridor in their analysis, the City and Ramsey
County have identified it as a significant natural resource and as a priority area.
Ramsey County will own and maintain the wildlife corridor.
10.5.5 Aggregate Resources
There are no accessible aggregate resources in Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-13
10.5.6 Solar Resource Development and Protection
Solar Goals
a) Encourage residential solar development that maintains community
character.
b) Increase energy resilience of critical facilities such as police, fire, and
emergency and hazard response centers.
c) Fairly balance the development rights of land owners with solar resource
with the community character rights of adjacent landowners.
d) Protect access to solar resources in new developments and subdivisions,
enabling individual land owners to choose to self-generate energy.
Strategy
The City shall evaluate the zoning ordinance and other regulations for where
amendments can be made to implement the above solar goals.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-14
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-15
Calculation
The gross solar potential and gross solar rooftop potential are expressed in
megawatt hours per year (mwh/yr), and these estimates are based on the solar
map above. These values represent gross totals; in other words, they are not
intended to demonstrate the amount of solar likely to develop within the
community. Instead, the calculations estimate the total potential resource before
removing areas unsuitable for solar development or factors related to solar
energy efficiency. The gross solar generation potential and the gross solar
rooftop generation potential are estimates of how much electricity could be
generated using existing technology and assumptions on the efficiency of
conversion. The conversion efficiency of 10% is based on benchmarking
analyses for converting the Solar Suitability Map data to actual production, and
solar industry standards used for site level solar assessment.
Gross Potential
(mwh/yr)
Rooftop Potential
(mwh/yr)
Gross Generation
Potential
(mwh/yr)^2
Rooftop Generation
Potentail
(mwh/yr)^2
13,320,595 925,656 1,332,059 92,565
10.6 INVASIVE SPECIES
While many of the open spaces in Arden Hills are of high quality, invasive species such
as buckthorn are a problem in many parks and open spaces throughout Minnesota.
Unfortunately, a number of parks and open spaces in Arden Hills contain buckthorn. In
cooperation with residents and service groups, the City has instituted a buckthorn
removal program. The City plans to continue to control buckthorn on an ongoing basis
as needed and as resources are available. The City will also continue to encourage the
removal of buckthorn and other invasive species from private land.
10.7 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
In order to advance the protected resources goal, the below activities are proposed:
o Maintain tree preservation standards and landscaping requirements.
o Review existing and develop new policies or regulations to protect identified
natural resource protection areas, including historical areas.
o Encourage new development to respect the natural features and to minimize
damage to the natural environment.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 20186
10-16
o Update the shoreland and floodplain development regulations to be in
compliance with Minnesota Department of Natural Resources regulations, Rice
Creek Watershed District regulations, and to encourage the protection of the
City’s water resources.
o Work cooperatively with private landowners and other governmental agencies to
preserve and enhance open spaces.
o Explore the inclusion of an environmental library and/or education center on the
TCAAP property.
o Support public educational opportunities to foster a better understanding of the
natural environment.
o Work with the Rice Creek Watershed District to increase water quality and to
complete Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) studies.
o Identify and adopt best management practices to protect the water quality of
lakes, streams, wetlands, and groundwater.
o Work to reduce nonpoint pollution sources, including educating residents and
using best management practices.
o City encourages development of distributed solar energy systems that are in
keeping with the community’s character and use community solar resources.
o City supports the development of zero net energy buildings and use of local
renewable and energy efficiency resources.
o City sets a local renewable energy goalstandard to meet 10% of community-wide
electric energy use with on-site renewable energy.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s protected resources goal
and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-1
11. TRANSPORTATION
Goal: Provide a transportation system that has convenient and effective multi-modal
connections within Arden Hills and to adjacent municipalities, the remainder of the Twin
Cities Metropolitan Area and greater Minnesota.
To achieve this transportation goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Approach transportation in a comprehensive manner by giving attention to all
travel modes and related facilities, linking transit and land use and by combining
or concentrating various land use activities to reduce the need for transportation
facilities.
o Coordinate transportation plans with adjacent communities and the County,
State, and Federal governments to assure system continuity, determine priorities,
increase safety, and to efficiently use resources and reduce congestion.
o Create/provide a safe, cost effective, and efficient transportation system that is
adequate for car, transit, pedestrian, bicycle, and truck transportation for the
movement of people and goods and services in the community.
o Encourage transportation methods that are less dependent on motor vehicles
such as walking, biking, and transit.
o Maintain the existing transportation infrastructure to protect the existing
investments, increase efficiency, and delay the need for improvement or
expansion. Where necessary, expand the City’s transportation system to meet
current and future transportation needs.
o Continue to work with the County and State elected and appointed officials to
include County road reconstruction projects to address needed reconstruction
and potential trails along the roadways when improved.
o Work with developers to construct needed improvements prior to development.
o Work to manage traffic in residential neighborhoods to not overburden any
particular City street.
11.1 INTRODUCTION
The transportation system in the City of Arden Hills is largely established, made up of
metropolitan freeways and highways, County roads, and City streets. Except for the
proposed TCAAP/Rice Creek Commons redevelopment, the City’s transportation system
is not likely to see major changes in the next 10 to 20 years. The fact that the network is
established, however, does not diminish the importance of continually monitoring the
system to ensure that it performs adequately. As such, whether an existing roadway is
proposed for upgrading or a land use change is proposed on a property, this Plan
provides the framework for decisions regarding the nature of roadway infrastructure
improvements necessary to achieve safety, adequate access, mobility, and performance
of the existing and future roadway system.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-2
Arden Hills is classified by the Metropolitan Council under the Suburban community
designation. Suburban communities typically have automobile-oriented development
patterns. Suburban communities are expected to plan for forecasted population and
household growth at average densities of at least five units per acre for new development
and redevelopment. In addition, Suburban communities are expected to target
opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments identified
in the Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan.
This chapter includes established local goals, policies, standards, and guidelines to
implement a future roadway network and transit vision that is coordinated with respect to
county, regional, and state plans in such a way that the transportation system enhances
quality economic and residential development within the City of Arden Hills.
This chapter also includes two appendices. Appendix B describes the general
transportation system principles and standards, including functional classification,
roadway capacity by type, access management guidelines, geometric design standards,
and roadway jurisdiction. Appendix C includes the full transportation forecast and traffic
modeling methodology.
11.2 EXISTING TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM EVALUATION
The transportation system in Arden Hills includes a roadway system that accommodates
a variety of vehicles including cars, trucks, and public transit. Transportation also
includes pedestrian movement and bicycles, which is also discussed in Chapter 9 (Parks
& Recreation) of this Plan. While upgrades will need to be made over time, existing City
controlled roads provide sufficient transportation service to the City.
11.2.1 Existing Traffic Volumes and Capacity Issues
Roadway capacity and roadway safety are two key indicators of how well the
roadway system is meeting the city’s transportation needs. The sections below
provide information to better understand capacity and safety issues within Arden
Hills.
A roadway’s capacity indicates how many vehicles may use a roadway before it
experiences congestion. Capacity is largely dependent upon the number of
lanes. Table 11.1 below lists planning-level thresholds that indicate a roadway’s
capacity. Additional variation (more or less capacity) on an individual segment is
influenced by a number of factors including: amount of access, type of access,
peak hour percent of traffic, directional split of traffic, truck percent, opportunities
to pass, amount of turning traffic, the availability of dedicated turn lanes, parking
availability, intersection spacing, signal timing and a variety of other factors.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-3
Table 11.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity
Facility Type
Daily Two-Way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials
Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane divided or three-lane
undivided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment
by segment basis
At the planning level, capacity problems are identified by comparing the existing
number of lanes with current traffic volumes. Table 11.2 and Figure 11.1 illustrate
the existing number of lanes on arterial roadways within the city. Figure 11.2
illustrates existing traffic volumes on Principal Arterial, A-Minor Arterial and other
significant roadways within the city.
Congestion analysis shows I-35W and I-694 as the roadways with significant
congestion. The rest of the existing transportation system throughout Arden Hills
is primarily periodically congested, with areas that are near congested. Of
primary concern to the City of Arden Hills is the congestion on TH 51/Hamline
Avenue, south of I-694 and the county roadways at the interchanges with I-35W.
This indicates that the congestion on I-35W is impacting the county roadways
that have access to it. As I-35W becomes more congested, more traffic will likely
use TH 51 or other adjacent minor arterials as an alternate route, which may also
become congested.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-4
Table 11.2 – Existing Number of Lanes on Arterial Roads
Functional
Classification
Roadway Name Location Number of
Lanes
Principal Arterial I-35W Western border 6-8
I-694 I-35W to Lexington Avenue 4
“A” Minor
Augmentor
TH 51 (Snelling
Avenue)
Southern border to I-694 4
Lexington Avenue
(CSAH 51)
Southern border to I-694 3-5
“A” Minor Expander Lexington Avenue
(CSAH 51)
I-694 to County Road I 4-5
County Highway 96 I-35W to Lexington Avenue 4
Hamline Avenue
(CSAH 50)
I-694 to County Highway 96 3
“A” Minor Reliever US Highway 10 I-35W to I-694 4
Cleveland Avenue
(CSAH 46)
County Road D to County
Road E2
2
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-5
Figure 11.1 – Existing Number of Lanes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-6
Figure 11.2 – Existing Traffic Volumes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-7
11.2.2 Safety
A planning-level analysis of the existing transportation system in Arden Hills was
completed and included evaluating crash records for crash trends, the types of
crashes most commonly occurring, and where crash trends may exist. In the
five-year time period from January 1, 2011, through December 31, 2015, there
were 2,340 crashes on the roadways within or adjacent to the City of Arden Hills.
The locations with high crash rates are primarily on the county and state highway
intersections (Figure 11.3). Locations with the highest crash frequency are on I-
694 with TH 51, and I-694 with I-35W. Additionally, there are high crash rates
along I-35W and I-694 at every interchange location.
Other locations off the freeway with high crash frequency are the intersections of
TH 10/Old Highway 10 with CSAH 96, TH 51 with County Road E, CSAH 96 with
Hamline Avenue, and Hamline Avenue with CR F.
Of the 2,340 crashes, there were 4 fatalities, 113 included injuries, 353 had
possible injuries, and 1,870 involved property damage only. Rear end crashes
represented 52 percent of the crashes, and 5 percent were right angle crashes.
Half of the total crashes occurred at intersections.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-8
Figure 11.3 – 2011-2015 Crash Density by Location
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-9
11.2.3 Jurisdictional Issues
There are no planned jurisdictional transfers planned between Arden Hills and
Ramsey County. The City desires active participation in any jurisdictional
discussion.
11.2.4 Relevant Transportation Studies
A number of studies have been completed or are in the process of being
completed to provide direction relative to the development of the City of Arden
Hills’ transportation system.
Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) Alternative Urban Areawide
Review:
An Alternative Urban Areawide Review (AUAR) and Mitigation Plan was
approved for the TCAAP site in 2014, including "Minimum" and "Maximum"
development scenarios. A separate traffic study was conducted as part of the
preparation of the AUAR. This included a more comprehensive summary of the
analysis results than what was provided in the AUAR. To determine the impacts
on the local roadway network, a traffic operations analysis was conducted for
intersections within the vicinity of the TCAAP site for various development
scenarios, and mitigation measures were identified based on the results.
In addition to Existing and 2030 No Build Scenarios, the future development
scenarios for TCAAP included a Year 2030 Minimum Development Scenario and
a Year 2030 Maximum Development Scenario. The minimum development
scenario was based on the City’s existing zoning requirements for the site, which
provided a constrained analysis. A Maximum Development Scenario for 2030
was also analyzed to evaluate a land use mix that maximized the acceptable use
of available and potential infrastructure, seeking a balance of financial feasibility,
while maintaining community livability and sustainability.
Due to increases in background traffic and the proposed TCAAP redevelopment,
transportation network changes are anticipated to occur in the future. Several
long-term improvements are being implemented in and around the project study
area. Improvements at the Interstate 35W interchanges with Highway 96, County
Road H, and County Road I have been constructed. In addition, Old Hwy 8 and
the “Spine Road” will provide regional connections through the TCAAP site and
to the regional roadways. These improvements will influence trip distribution for
the TCAAP redevelopment project.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-10
I-35W North Reconstruction Project:
Several transportation studies have been completed over the past decade
evaluating improvements to the I-35W North corridor to address safety, mobility,
and pavement condition. Studies include the I-35 Corridor Management Plan,
the MnPASS System Studies Phase 1 and Phase 2, and the Metropolitan
Highway System Investment Study. Most recently, the 2013 I-35W North
Managed Lanes Study recommended construction of an additional lane on I-35W
from Roseville to Blaine.
Based on these study recommendations, the Minnesota Department of
Transportation (MnDOT) has identified a major reconstruction project for I-35W
between County Road C in Roseville north to Sunset Avenue in Blaine/Lino
Lakes. The project is anticipated to begin in late 2018, and is expected to last
three to four years. The project includes roadway rehabilitation, the addition of a
managed lane (MnPASS), auxiliary lane extensions at various locations, and
noise walls.
US Highway 10 Auxiliary Lane Project:
To address safety issues and improve mobility and access along eastbound US
Highway 10, MnDOT is planning to construct an auxiliary third lane on eastbound
US Highway 10 between I-35W and CSAH 96 and a second lane to the ramp
from southbound I-35W to eastbound US Highway 10. In addition, the project
will straighten and realign Prior Avenue to connect the intersection at a right
angle to US Highway 10 at Arden Manor and build a new right turn only exit to
eastbound US Highway 10 from Arden Manor/Big Ten Tavern. Construction is
expected to begin in late 2018 be completed in 2019.
County Road F Improvements:
Ramsey County is planning a construction project in 2018 on County Road F
between Lexington Avenue and Hamline Avenue to install a center turn lane, add
intersection improvements at County Road F and Innovation Way including a
traffic signal and turn lanes, and complete the ten-foot wide trail along the south
side of the road. This project is expected to improve safety and mobility.
Lexington Avenue Improvements:
Ramsey County is planning a construction project in 2020 on Lexington Avenue
between County Road E and Interstate 694. This project is expected to include the
reconstruction of the roadway and the inclusion of traffic control improvements.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-11
11.2.5 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities
It is recognized that various methods of travel impact the economic vitality of a city,
county, or broader region. In addition to the traditional road system, multimodal
transportation includes transit, aviation, railway, and paths.
Transit Service
The City of Arden Hills is located within Transit Market Areas III and IV in the
Transit Capital Levy District as shown in the Metropolitan Council’s 2040
Transportation Policy Plan. Market Area III supports transit services primarily
comprised of commuter express bus service. Market Area IV can support peak
period express bus services if there is a sufficient concentration of commuters
likely to use transit service located along a corridor. General public dial-a-ride
services are available where fixed-route service is not viable. Service
characteristics include peak-period express buses, one-to-two hour midday
frequencies, dial-a-ride advance registration, service spans of 10-14 hours per
day on weekdays and limited weekends, and access primarily tied to park-and
ride lots and hubs.
The closest Park and Ride facilities are located at I-35W and County Road H,
Highway 10 and County Road H in Mounds View, I-35W and County Road C in
Roseville, and at the Shoreview Community Center on County Road 96. The
near Transit Center to Arden Hills is located at the Rosedale Center in Roseville,
and is served by the A Line bus rapid transit (BRT) high-frequency bus route.
Bus-only shoulders exist along I-35W and along US Highway 10 between I-35W
and I-694.
Figure 11.4 – Existing and Planned Transit Routes and Passenger Facilities
displays the current services available, including route and park and ride
locations in and around the City of Arden Hills. Regular route service in the City
as currently provided is described below:
o Routes 225 and 227 are local bus routes operated by Metro Transit.
These route provides connectivity to the Rosedale Transit Center in
the City of Roseville, and serves Shoreview, Arden Hills, and Roseville.
Major destinations for Route 225 include Land O’Lakes, Deluxe, Super
Target, Cub Foods, Roseville Medical and Dental Center, and
Rosedale Center. Route 227 also serves the Roseville Skating Center.
Schedules vary from 30 to 60 minutes between trips during rush hour,
and hourly midday and weekend service.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-12
o Route 250 is an express bus route operated by Metro Transit. The
route provides connectivity to downtown Minneapolis from Lino Lakes,
Circle Pines, Lexington, Blaine, Shoreview, and Mounds View,
primarily along I-35W, I-694, and I-94. Arden Hills’ residents can
access the route from the park and ride lot in Mounds View along
County Road H, just west of I-35W. Schedules with stops at the park
and ride lot vary from five to fifteen minutes between trips during the
peak hours. Two midday trips are also provided.
o Route 261 is an express route to downtown Minneapolis operated by
Metro Transit. The route provides connectivity between Shoreview,
Roseville, and Minneapolis, along with Arden Hills along Lexington
Avenue. There are five-six total peak hour trips during weekdays only.
o Route 801 is a local bus route operated by Metro Transit. This route
provides service between the Brooklyn Center Transit Center and the
Rosedale Center. There is a bus stop that serves the southwestern
corner of Arden Hills at County Road D and Cleveland Avenue. Hourly
weekday service is provided.
o Route 860 is an express bus route operated by Metro Transit. This
route provides connectivity to downtown St. Paul from Coon Rapids,
Blaine, and Mounds View. Arden Hills’ residents can access the route
from the park and ride lot in Mounds View along County Road H and
Highway 10, just west of I-35W. Schedules vary from 15 to 20 minutes
between trips during the peak hours. It has seven trips each peak hour
during the weekdays only.
Local ADA service is provided by Metro Mobility. Metro Mobility is a shared
public transportation service for certified riders who are unable to use regular
fixed-route buses due to a disability or health condition. Rides are provided with
ADA-equipped vans, and need to be scheduled ahead of time.
General public dial-a-ride service is provided by Transit Link, a small bus service
for the general public where regular route transit service is not available. Transit
Link is for trips that can’t be accomplished on fixed route bus service alone, and
may combine regular route and Transit Link service. Both Metro Mobility and
Transit Link are services provided by the Metropolitan Council serving the seven-
county region.
Arden Hills residents also have opportunities to participate in the Metro Vanpool
program. This program provides financial assistance for vanpools to serve areas
with limited regular-route transit service.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-13
Figure 11.4 – Existing and Proposed Transit Routes and Passenger Facilities
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-14
Aviation Plans/Facilities
There are no existing or planned aviation facilities within Arden Hills, but the
Anoka County/Blaine Airport is located approximately 1.5 miles northwest of the
City of Arden Hills, west of I-35W and north of TH 10.
Railway
There is one railway line within the City of Arden Hills. The rail line is active and
operated by the Canadian Pacific Rail System (CPR) with an average of four
trains per day using the line. It runs east-west through the southern portion of
Arden Hills, north of County Road E with a speed threshold of 40 mph. The line
includes a spur into the Red Fox/Grey Fox business area.
Minnesota Commercial Railway (MNNR) operates a north-south railway line in
New Brighton west of I-35W . One MNRR rail spur provides service to the
Scherer Brothers Lumber Yard and ends west of Highway 10 in Arden Hills. The
rail spur previously accessed the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP)
site, but has since been abandoned at Highway 10 to the east. A second rail
spur that accessed the Gateway Business District has also been removed and
abandoned.
Ramsey County has Regional Rail Authority, which reviews, recommends,
proposes, and buys abandoned rail lines for future transportation purposes. It
has identified a transitway corridor through the northeast metropolitan area. The
Northeast Diagonal transitway corridor follows the partially abandoned and
existing Burlington Northern Santa Fe railroad tracks from northeast Minneapolis
through St. Anthony, Roseville, Shoreview, Little Canada, Vadnais Heights, Gem
Lake, White Bear Township, and ending in White Bear Lake. The potential route
does not directly impact Arden Hills.
Truck Freight
Truck freight transportation in Arden Hills is served by the arterial highways, I-
35W, I-694 and US 10. Figure 11.5 shows the City’s freight system. There are no
large freight traffic generators within the City as identified by the Metropolitan
Council. Freight generators within the City include a concentration of light
industrial, office, and commercial land uses east of TH 51/Snelling Avenue and
along the I-35W corridor.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-15
The Metropolitan Council’s Regional Truck Highway Corridor Study (completed in
2017) identified I-35W, I-694, and US 10 as Tier 1 regional key truck corridors.
County Road D (between I-35W and Fairview Avenue) was identified as a Tier 2
regional key truck corridor, and TH 51/Snelling Avenue (south of I-694) was
identified as a Tier 3 regional key truck corridor. In addition, nearby Old Highway
8, County Road E2 west of I-35W, and County Road H west of I-35W were
defined as regional key truck corridors. As defined in the Regional Truck
Highway Corridor Study, the interstate system serves as the freight backbone,
and other tiered roadways provide redundancy to the interstate system, as well
as provide door-to-door access to manufacturing facilities, distribution centers,
intermodal freight hubs, and ultimately, retailers and customers.
Figure 11.5 shows Heavy Commercial Average Annual Daily Traffic (HCAADT)
within Arden Hills on the Principal Arterial and “A” Minor Arterial system. Within
the City, the largest amount of heavy commercial vehicles travel on I-694 and I-
35W (14,000 and 7,000-9,000 trucks per day, respectively).
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-16
Figure 11.5 – Freight and HCAADT
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-17
Pathways
The City includes a number of pedestrian and bike pathways that are an integral
part to the City’s transportation system as shown in Figure 11.6. While paths are
popular for recreational purposes, there is also a growing demand for utilitarian
pathways that connect residential areas to destinations such as commercial
areas, offices, parks, and other popular places. Providing multiple destinations
on a pathway system can increase use, promote physical activity, and reduce
motorized travel in suburban communities. The existing system is more fully
described in Chapter 9.
Active Living Ramsey Communities (ALRC) is an initiative designed to
encourage and support active living by bringing about and sustaining changes in
public and private design, transportation and policies. ALRC encourages healthy
lifestyles by bringing people and resources together to build active, bikeable and
walkable communities. In 2015, ALRC completed the Ramsey County-Wide
Pedestrian and Bicycle Plan. The plan provides a framework for development of
a connected Ramsey County where walking and biking are regular everyday
parts of people's lives. This plan provides a set of tools, analysis and actions to
engage Arden Hills and community members at all levels in supporting a place
where people of all ages and abilities can safely and comfortably walk and
bicycle. The City will utilize this resource in the further development of its
pathway network.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-18
Figure 11.6 – Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-19
11.3 FUTURE TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PLAN
Except for the future roads on the TCAAP property, the transportation system within
Arden Hills is generally considered developed, and improvements are anticipated as
reconstruction of aging infrastructure is pursued. As reconstruction occurs, it will be
important for the City to improve the roadway system and non-motorized travel
opportunities consistent with the recommended Transportation System Principles and
Standards in this Chapter and the pathways recommendations in Chapter 9 to the
extent possible.
11.3.1 Forecasted Traffic Volumes & Capacity Needs
In the City of Arden Hills, the major roadways carrying traffic are county and state
roadways, ranging from arterials to collectors. The City roadways are primarily
local city streets that only carry local traffic. Generally, the roadways in Arden
Hills serve areas that are fully developed, and the land use patterns in Arden
Hills are not expected to significantly change, except on the TCAAP property.
However, an increase in traffic on these corridors is expected due to the future
growth in the northern part of the City and the future growth in adjacent
communities. The existing pattern of rights-of-way and development setbacks
present challenges for significantly improving the existing level of service on
some roadways through roadway capacity improvements.
The forecasted 2040 average annual daily traffic volumes are illustrated in Figure
11.7 – Existing and Forecasted 2040 Traffic Volumes and also in Appendix C.
I-35W and I-694 are expected to continue experiencing congestion based on the
forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040 travel demands. Recent and programmed
improvements on these roadways will ease but not alleviate congestion levels
over the 20-year planning horizon due to regional population growth.
The recently completed reconstruction of the Interstate 35W interchanges at
County Road 96, County Road I, and County Road H are critical to support
development intensities on TCAAP. In addition, the planned I-35W North
reconstruction project (which includes adding managed lanes) and I-694
expansion (underway) from Lexington Avenue to I-35E will provide additional
capacity to support TCAAP development.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-20
Figure 11.7 – Existing and Forecasted 2040 Traffic Volumes
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-21
11.3.2 Roadway Safety & Mobility Needs
Many of the roadways within and adjacent to the City of Arden Hills are in need
of capacity improvements by 2040 due to the anticipated growth throughout the
area. This is due not only to growth within the City of Arden Hills but also growth
within adjacent cities and other cities along the freeway and highway corridors.
With this increase in development and increase in traffic, an increase in
congestion is expected for most roadways throughout Arden Hills. Improvements
are recommended for Hamline Avenue, Lexington Avenue, Old Highway 10, and
the interstate freeways. The expansion and reconstruction of I-694 will improve
operations, especially from I-35W to TH 10, even with the increased traffic
expected by 2040. The other areas of I-694 will likely be congested as much as
they are today by 2040. Since the primary roadways providing significant
mobility within the City of Arden Hills are county and state roadways, the City will
need to coordinate with the State and County on roadway improvements.
Collector roadways carrying greater than 1,500 vehicles per day have volumes
that tend to create potential conflicts between vehicles, bicycles, and
pedestrians. The City, in cooperation with Ramsey County, will need to monitor
pedestrian and bicycle issues, crashes, near misses, and complaints, and
prioritize roadway improvements with pavement rehabilitation needs. Strategies
to improve safety and mobility will be considered, including the consideration of
adding pedestrian facilities at intersections, non-motorized facilities both along
and separate from roadways, additional roadway width for wider lanes or
shoulders, or when possible, turn lanes to City collector roadways intersecting
with County roadways. To accommodate necessary turn lanes or roadway
widening, additional right-of-way may be required at the intersection. As
reconstruction of aging infrastructure is pursued on City collector streets the
recommended geometric design standards will assist in improving safety and
mobility (Appendix B).
Additionally, as traffic volumes approaching an intersection increase, an
intersection control evaluation may be necessary. Triggers for an evaluation may
include an increase in correctable crashes or an unacceptable traffic back up.
Higher volume roadways that could show traffic signal benefits are under the
jurisdiction of the County. As the jurisdictional authority, the County would make
decisions on appropriate traffic control. The intersection control evaluation would
identify the traffic control option (e.g. all way stop, roundabout, possible
signalization) and capacity improvements (e.g. turn lanes) necessary to
accommodate the traffic volumes in a safe and efficient manner. Future
reconstruction may require modifications of existing access to include strategies
such as access consolidation, right–in, right–out access only, or the development
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-22
of a frontage road to improve the safety and mobility of the corridor. Additional
right-of-way should be acquired for future improvements as properties in the area
develop or redevelop.
The high crash locations along I-694 at I-35W, TH 10, and TH 51 should be
partially rectified by recent and proposed improvements on I-35W and I-694
through the area. Further improvements should be studied with the Minnesota
Department of Transportation and Ramsey County at the problem intersections.
11.3.3 Functional Classification Needs
Due to the developed nature of the City of Arden Hills, together with the
community’s pattern of water features and freeway facilities, there are minimal
opportunities to expand the local roadway system in the developed areas of the
City and develop additional continuous routes through the City.
Two roadways, the Spine Road and Old Hwy 8, are proposed to provide access
to the TCAAP redevelopment area as detailed below.
As redevelopment occurs on the TCAAP property, the internal roadway system
will be expanded to serve this area of the City. The internal roadway system for
TCAAP will consist of a north/south A-Minor Expander arterial (referred to as the
Spine Road) in addition to a network of local streets. The Spine Road will be
consistent with County State Aid Standards (CSAH) for intersection spacing
which is 1/4 mile minimum spacing for full access intersections and 1/8 minimum
spacing for right-in/right-out accesses. The minor streets will primarily provide
access to residences and private businesses. These local roads will be
constructed on the property as future development occurs.
Old Hwy 8 is identified as Major Collector roadway that provides access through
the TCAAP property between County Road H and County Road I (CSAH 3). Old
Hwy 8 outside of the TCAAP site is approximately 2,000 feet long extending from
County Road I to the north TCAAP property line. Old Hwy 8 will be under the
jurisdiction of Ramsey County and is also expected to be part of the County State
Aid Highway system (CSAH 13). The proposed typical section consists of a
single travel lane in each direction with a center median or left turn lane. The
intersection control at County Road I is a single lane roundabout.
Other roadway continuity improvements in Arden Hills are not anticipated. The
City will review redevelopment plans with the option to consider opportunities to
improve continuity or improve/consolidate accesses.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-23
The City of Arden Hills does not support an additional road connection over
Interstate 35W between Interstate 694 and CSAH 96 due to the likely traffic
impact on Round Lake Road.
11.3.4 Multimodal Transportation Opportunities
It is important for the community to plan for the ability to accommodate
multimodal activities (i.e. transit, pedestrian, and bicycle) on non-local roadways
to provide other opportunities to move about the City and beyond.
Transit Service
While significant changes to existing transit opportunities in Arden Hills are
not planned by the Metropolitan Council, the City recognizes the growing
need for transit services in Arden Hills, and the City supports exploring
additional transit options. With increasing fuel costs, worsening congestion,
and an aging population, the demand for transit will increase.
The City will continue to be supportive of the park-and-ride lots used by Arden
Hills’ residents, such as the lots on County Road H in Mounds View and at
Rosedale in Roseville. The City will evaluate the need for future park-n-ride
opportunities along with redevelopment proposals where feasible.
The City supports efforts to add or expand transit options to Northwestern
College, Bethel University, Mounds View High School, and employers, such
as Boston Scientific, Land O’ Lakes, and the businesses along Round Lake
Road and Gateway Boulevard. As the City’s population ages, the City will
continue to work with Metro Transit and senior community services to ensure
needs are being met. Para-transit, which is provided by Metro Mobility, is
also an important resource for members of the community, particularly the
disabled and seniors.
The Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan does not show any
transitway investments planned within Arden Hills under the current revenue
scenario. Under the increased revenue scenario, two corridors within Arden
Hills are identified: A Line BRT Extension and I-35W North Transitway.
These two corridors are discussed below and are shown in Figure 11.4.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-24
A Line BRT Extension
Ramsey County plans to redevelop the TCAAP site into a net-zero energy,
mixed-use, high-density transit oriented development with the A Line
connecting the site to the region’s high frequency transit network. In 2016,
Metro Transit evaluated the feasibility of extending the A Line BRT route from
Rosedale Center to TCAAP. As part of the study, a recommended alignment
for the A Line extension was defined using Snelling Avenue, County Road E,
Lexington Avenue, County Road 96, and the Spine Road at TCAAP (see
Figure 11.8). The study identified that resources are currently not available
and ridership is unlikely support an immediate A Line extension. However,
the City, Ramsey County, private developers, and Metro Transit can plan for
and implement transit oriented development and other transit ready
infrastructure to support the A Line BRT extension to TCAAP. Study
recommendations include:
• Include transit ready infrastructure and amenities in road
reconstruction plans
• Continued development of pedestrian friendly street designs
• Evaluate using existing resources to provide more transit service
• Construct needed bus system infrastructure for service growth
• Plan for changes in density and land use patterns through
comprehensive plan updates
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-25
Figure 11.8 – A Line Extension Map - Draft Preferred Alignment
Source: Metro Transit. A Line Corridor Extension Evaluation, Rosedale Center to Rice Creek Commons,
September 2016.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-26
35W North Transitway
The 35W North corridor links downtown Minneapolis with communities along
I-35W north of downtown to Forest Lake. The corridor was studied through a
feasibility study led by MnDOT in 2013. The study focused primarily on the
highway managed-lane vision but included an analysis of BRT potential
coordinated with that vision. The managed lane will be constructed as part of
the major I-35W reconstruction project between Highway 36 and Sunset
Avenue in Blaine starting in 2018. Additional study is needed to explore BRT
implementation and transitway extension north of Blaine.
Aviation Plans/Facilities
Although there are not any aviation facilities within Arden Hills, standards for
airspace protection are required to maintain a clear path for helicopters and
for aviation related facilities.
Federal Regulation Title 14, Part 77 establishes standards and notification
requirements for objects affecting navigable airspace. This notification serves
as the basis for evaluating the effect of the construction or alteration on
operating procedures, determining the potential hazardous effect of the
proposed construction on air navigation, identifying mitigation measures to
enhance safe air navigation, and charting of new objects. Notification allows
the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) to identify potential aeronautical
hazards in advance, thus preventing or minimizing the adverse impacts to the
safe and efficient use of navigable airspace.
Title 14, Part 77.13 requires any person/organization who intends to sponsor
any of the following construction or alterations to notify the Administrator of
the FAA when:
o Any construction or alteration exceeding 200 feet above ground level;
o Any construction or alteration:
• Within 20,000 feet of a public use or military airport which
exceeds a 100:1 surface from any point on the runway of each
airport with at least one runway more than 3,200 feet
• Within 10,000 feet of a public use or military airport which
exceeds 50:1 surface from any point on the runway of each
airport with its longest runway no more than 3,200 feet
• Within 5,000 feet of a public use heliport which exceeds a 25:1
surface;
o Any highway, railroad or other traverse way whose prescribed adjusted
height would exceed that above noted standards;
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-27
o When requested by FAA; and;
o Any construction or alteration located on a public use airport or heliport
regardless of height or location.
Persons or organizations intending to sponsor construction or alterations
require notification to the FAA under Title 14, Part 77.13 using FAA form
7460–1 and associated amendments. Any structure meeting the
requirements in Title 14, Part 77.13 must receive permission from the
Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) and the Federal Aviation
Administration (FAA). Structures will be compatible with the Anoka
County/Blaine Airport Long Term Comprehensive Plan.
Freight
The Metropolitan Council 2040 Transportation Policy Plan acknowledges
several freight challenges that impact the City and the region. Freight traffic
and congestion are expected to increase and place pressure on the region’s
highway and rail systems. Additionally, there are concerns about compatibility
between freight traffic and adjacent land use. While the City’s light industrial
areas are located adjacent to primary freight corridors (I-35W, I-694, and US
10), it will be important to ensure that future development is also compatible
with freight operations.
Pathways
A more detailed plan for expanding the City’s non-motorized pathway system
is discussed in Chapter 9. Non-motorized pathways are an integral part of
the City’s transportation system. The improvements and expansions in
Chapter 9 work to ensure a sound transportation system within Arden Hills.
Pursuing pathway projects in combination with road reconstruction projects is
a primary method for implementing pathway expansion and improvement
recommendations in Chapter 9. For each of the County highways within
Arden Hills, roadway shoulders, in addition to pathways, are recommended
on both sides of the roadway to accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and other
non-motorized travel where feasible.
The City will also review pedestrian facilities and school routings to determine
their adequacy as traffic conditions change. Shoulders and paths should be
integrated with the roadway system to provide routes for non-motorized traffic
to access existing and future controlled intersections where feasible. Non-
motorized facilities are to be incorporated into road projects and land
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-28
redevelopments to safely accommodate pedestrians and bicycles with vehicle
traffic in the City, as the City grows.
In conjunction with Ramsey County and MnDOT, grade separated crossings
of major roads and railroads is one of the more important actions the City can
take to improve the path network, increase safety, enhance access to parks,
encourage increased physical activity, and help tie the community together.
Recent interchange and road reconstruction projects have included pathway
facilities to allow or enhance the crossing of major highway barriers like I-35W
and US 10. Additional opportunities to improve connections for pedestrians
and bicyclists across major physical barriers is provided in Chapter 9.
Regional Bicycle Transportation Network (RBTN)
The Metropolitan Council established a Regional Bicycle Transportation
Network (RBTN) in 2015. The RBTN establishes regional priorities for bicycle
transportation so that regional destinations are accessible by bicycle.
The Metropolitan Council established RBTN alignments in areas where
existing facilities created a clear connection between regional destinations.
RBTN corridors were identified in areas where there are several options for
connections between regional destinations. The RBTN is further divided into
two tiers. Tier 1 alignments/corridors are expected to attract the most bicycle
use and are the highest priority for regional investments. Tier 2
alignments/corridors are the second priority for regional investments.
Within Arden Hills, the RBTN identifies three Tier 1 RBTN alignments. These
alignments follow Lexington Avenue, Highway 96, and the western segment
of the Rice Creek North Regional Trail between County Road H to County
Road I.
In addition, two Tier 1 RBTN corridors and one Tier 2 RBTN corridor were
identified. The first Tier 1 corridor runs east-west along the southern part of
the city, generally following the Elmer L. Andersen Memorial Trail, Lake
Johana Boulevard, and County Road D. The second Tier 1 corridor runs
north-south, generally following Old Snelling Avenue and Lake Valentine
Road to connect to the Rice Creek North Regional Trail in Mounds View. The
Tier 2 corridor generally follows the planned Rice Creek North Regional Trail
between Highway 96 and the existing regional trail segment. With these
corridors, existing land use patterns and major roadway barriers limit other
opportunities for an efficient and successful bikeway route.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-29
Through the comprehensive planning update process, Metropolitan Council
has requested communities to recommended specific alignments for planned
bikeway connections that meet the intent of the RBTN corridors. The City
proposes the following alignment for the RBTN corridor identified within the
City. These alignments are also shown in Figure 11.9.
• The existing and planned pathways along the Elmer L. Andersen
Memorial Trail, Lake Johana Boulevard, and County Road E.
• The existing and planned pathways along Hamline Avenue, Old
Snelling Avenue, and Lake Valentine Road connecting to Long Lake
Regional Park and Rice Creek Regional Trail in New Brighton.
• The planned Rice Creek North Regional Trail using the dedicated trail
corridor between Highway 96 and the existing Rice Creek Regional
Trail segment.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-30
Figure 11.9 – Regional Bicycle Transportation Network
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-31
11.3.5 Long-term Transportation Planning
It is fundamental to rethink transportation plans and systems through at least
2040 as infrastructure needs and demands will inevitably change. Due to
changing demographics and increasing energy costs, the demand for mass
transit is likely to increase. While efficient transit requires different growth and
development patterns, transit corridors can be developed to compliment and be
integrated with a community. Transit corridors may offer growth potential for
residential, retail, and business.
While the City does not have a significant influence on the nation’s energy
infrastructure and it is difficult to predict future energy infrastructure needs, the
City will be impacted by outside forces beyond its control. It will be necessary to
be flexible when implementing this Comprehensive Plan and other developments
in order to be responsive to changing conditions.
11.4 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
The following below strategies are proposed to help advance the goal of the
transportation chapter:
o Utilize the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and Pavement Management
Program (PMP) to plan for long-term improvements.
o Require right-of-way dedication along County and local roads to meet future
capacity needs as redevelopment is proposed.
o Consider the use of flexible street design standards when reconstructing
roadways in parts of the City with unique topographical or environmental
features.
o Develop standards to increase the safety of pedestrian crossings throughout
the City.
o Update the Zoning and Subdivision Ordinances consistent with the
Transportation Plan.
o Establish a policy outlining when a traffic impact study should be conducted,
including acceptable information to be contained within the study.
o Maintain a Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) that contains elements for
reconstruction of the roadway system, with scheduled maintenance included
in annual budgets. Street maintenance includes routine patching, crack
filling, and storm sewer cleaning. Implement a schedule for roadway
maintenance and reconstruction, street widening/realignment, etc.
o Seek to partner and collaborate with Ramsey County, MnDOT, adjacent
cities, and other agencies on transportation planning, upgrades, and other
issues.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, XXXX
11-32
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s transportation goal and
policies.
11.5 PROGRAMMED TRANSPORTATION IMPROVEMENTS
The regional transportation system will require continued improvements to satisfy
current and future demands, particularly due to planned growth related to the TCAAP
development. Table 11.3 lists programmed transportation improvement projects, along
with the estimated timing and costs anticipated by the City of Arden Hills as a local
partner agency.
Table 11.3 – Programmed Transportation Improvements
Project Lead Agency Estimated City
Local Match Contribution
Year
County Road F
Improvements
Ramsey County $600,000 2018
Spine Road Project Ramsey County To be Assessed 2019
I-35W North Reconstruction
Project
MnDOT $0 2019
US Highway 10 Auxiliary
Lane Project
MnDOT $0 2019
Lexington Avenue
Improvements
Ramsey County $306,500 2020
Pavement Management
Plan
City of Arden Hills $2,500,000 Biennial
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009
12-1
12. RESILIENCE AND SUSTAINABILITY
Goal: Promote resiliency and sustainable design practices in the preservation,
development, redevelopment, and maintenance of the City’s natural and built
environment.
To achieve this resilience and sustainability goal, the following policies are proposed:
o Promote best practices for sustainable design in the construction and
operations of new development, additions, and building renovations.
o Evaluate energy use that contributes to energy and climate uncertainty.
o Encourage the use of site sensitive planning and design to protect significant
natural features throughout the City.
o Support the use of renewable energy.
o Support the efficient use of land and development that reduces reliance on
fossil fuels.
o Work to reduce carbon emissions at City facilities, from City vehicles, and
overall City design.
o Work to protect air, water quality, and healthier indoor environment.
o Encourage programs that reduce waste and increase recycling.
o Ensure the stability of public infrastructure systems in consideration of
changing climate trends.
The need for communities to address environmental sustainability, green building
practices, energy efficiency, and conservation is becoming more apparent in the face of
energy uncertainty and climate change. While Arden Hills has a relatively small impact,
the City does play a role in protecting the environment and encouraging sustainable
development and redevelopment. If more cities adopt environmentally sustainable
practices, the combined impact is substantial regardless of city size.
Resiliency and sustainability incorporates a range of techniques, such as
environmentally sensitive site planning, using resource efficient building materials,
enhancing indoor and outdoor air quality, enhancing the use of daylight, reducing the
need for automotive travel. In addition to the environmental benefits associated with
implanting these practices, they also bring benefits to the community in terms of
improved public health and economic competitiveness.
The City joined the Minnesota GreenStep Cities program in 2016. This voluntary
program is managed by the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency and is designed to
assist cities achieve sustainability and quality-of-life goals. Many of the goals outlined in
this chapter are also identified as best practices by the GreenStep Cities program. The
City is committed to continuing its participation in this program.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009
12-2
This particular chapter discusses the overarching policies, practices, information, and
implementation techniques that apply throughout the Plan. There are policies, tools,
and implementation techniques in other chapters that directly relate to resilience and
sustainability, though may not be repeated in this chapter. The goal of this chapter is to
recognize the importance of resilience and sustainability as well as to coordinate these
efforts throughout the Comprehensive Plan.
12.1 WHAT IS SUSTAINABILITY AND SUSTAINABLE DESIGN?
Sustainability: The concept of meeting present needs without compromising the ability
of future generations to meet their needs.
Sustainable Design: Design that seeks to avoid depletion of energy, water and raw
material resources; prevent environmental degradation caused by facility and
infrastructure development over their life cycle; and create environments that are
livable, comfortable, and safe and that promote productivity.
12.2 GREEN BUILDING PRACTICES
The industry focus is toward overall improved design of buildings to conserve energy
and produce a healthier living environment. Leading programs are Leadership in Energy
and Environmental Design (LEED), and the US Green Building Council. Additional
organizations working on these efforts include the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, MN Pollution Control Agency, and American Institute of Architects.
The most notable rating system currently in use is the LEED rating system, which is
organized to promote action in the following areas:
o Location and Transport
o Sustainable Sites
o Water Efficiency
o Energy and Atmosphere
o Materials and Resources
o Indoor Environmental Quality
While gaining LEED certification has become important for the environmental aspects, it
has also become a marketing tool Encouraging the use of LEED standards may help
the City be more competitive over the long term. With redevelopment in commercial
and industrial districts and redevelopment of the TCAAP property, the City and
developers have the opportunity to employ LEED standards and other sustainable
techniques.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009
12-3
Existing structures and practices can also be modified or upgraded to reduce their
environmental impact. For example, using energy efficient lighting, increasing
insulation, reducing automobile usage, and other similar measures can reduce a
person’s impact at home and at work.
12.3 LOW IMPACT DESIGN
Municipal land use and transportation planning decisions directly influence whether
people and businesses will have mobility choices that allow them to save energy and
money. Through zoning codes, building codes, public incentives, and the permitting
process, municipalities can encourage building and site design that reduces energy
needs, resources, and greenhouse gas emissions.
Environmental sustainability and low impact design also includes ecology and open
space planning. Some of the practices and tools that coordinate development with
protecting the environment and open spaces include:
o LEED and other similar design standards;
o Water gardens, porous or structured parking, and minimizing paved areas;
o Storm water control, collection, and filtration before entering storm sewers;
o Wetlands preservation and control;
o Access to local foods, materials, building supplies;
o Walkable and bikeable community;
o Increased landscaping with more trees and vegetation;
o Smart design and location for structures – east, west, south exposure for solar
gain, natural ventilation to reduce air-conditioning, recycled and natural
building products.
o Transportation hubs and depots – walkable, bikeable, electric vehicle distance
to local community centers or business districts.
This section does not include all low impact design practices and tools. As technology
and ideas are available, they should be evaluated to determine if they could advance
the City’s goals. The above practices and tools could be encouraged or required
through the City’s regulations.
12.4 CARBON REDUCTION
Planning for energy uncertainty and climate change will require proactive planning at
every level of government. In Arden Hills, a significant contributor of carbon and
greenhouse gas emissions is traffic passing through on Interstates I-694, I-35W ,
Highway 10, Highway 96, Snelling Avenue, and Lexington Avenue. Although the City
has limited ability to regulate these roads, the City can encourage other governmental
units to use these tools to help lower emissions:
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009
12-4
o Lowering speed limits
o Higher mpg vehicles
o Using fuel efficient, hybrid and/or alternative fuel buses
o Using electric cars or personal vehicles
o Traffic roundabouts that slow speeds but do not stop traffic
o Improving public transit options for residents and employees in Arden Hills
Cities, counties, and the state need to work cooperatively on other regulatory measures
that encourage carbon emission reduction. Reducing carbon emissions will take
cooperation at all levels to be successful, and Arden Hills is in support of finding ways to
reduce carbon emissions.
12.5 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
Future sustainability projects that will benefit the City and region include, but are not
limited to:
o Develop an energy conservation policy for City buildings and equipment.
o Encourage geothermal heating and cooling for individual buildings and for
district heating/cooling size installations.
o Increase recycling at all uses.
o Develop regulations that encourage the use of pervious surfaces, green roofs,
and other environmentally sensitive site and building design practices.
o Promote LEED/green building practices through, zoning, codes, and possible
incentives.
o Encourage the use of renewable energy and work to protect access to direct
sunlight for solar energy systems.
o Work with Metro Transit on opportunities to improve public transit facilities.
o Develop zoning regulations and public infrastructure systems that support
healthy community transportation and access to recreation and open space.
Advocate for the use of renewable energy on AHATS.
The above strategies should not be considered all-inclusive. New opportunities and
strategies should be identified to further advance the City’s resilience and sustainability
goal and policies.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-1
13. PUBLIC FACILITIES, SERVICES, AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Goal: Provide efficient and high-quality public facilities, services, and infrastructure.
To achieve this public facilities, services, and infrastructure goal, the following policies
are proposed:
o Provide reliable and high-quality water facilities, sanitary sewer, and stormwater
systems.
o Prepare long-term plans to identify, prioritize, and determine the costs to
maintain and/or replace City water and sewer facilities.
o Maintain and keep the emergency preparedness plan updated.
o Work to provide efficient, low-cost services through ongoing evaluation and
intergovernmental coordination.
o Utilize the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) and annual budgeting process for
prioritizing major public expenditures.
o Work to reduce inflow and infiltration into the City’s sanitary sewer system.
o Coordinate with the public and private school system on programs and activities
where feasible.
o Continuously evaluate all contracted services to assure that efficient and high-
quality services are being provided.
The Arden Hills City government provides a variety of public facilities and services.
While some services are used or seen on a daily basis, such as streets, sanitary sewer,
and water, other services are less noticed, but are absolutely necessary for the efficient
functioning of the City. Utility services are vital to the health, safety and welfare of the
citizens of Arden Hills. The physical infrastructure of the Arden Hills is aging; the City
recognizes the need to track and evaluate the condition of the existing infrastructure.
The Capital Improvement Plan and annual budgeting process are two tools used to plan
for improvements to the infrastructure.
13.1 WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
In the developed portion of Arden Hills, the City is not anticipating any significant land
use changes that would result in increased demand on the City’s water supply,
stormwater management, or sanitary sewer system. Redevelopment of the TCAAP
property is expected to be completed in ten to twenty years. Infrastructure for water,
sanitary sewer, stormwater, and other utilities are anticipated to be implemented during
the construction of the main boulevard through TCAAP construction in calendar year
2019.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-2
13.1.1 Water Supply (Appendix D)
The Water Supply Plan provides the City of Arden Hills and its residents with
assurance that an adequate supply of safe water is available for use, guidance
and procedures for water system emergencies are in place, and measures are
being implemented to conserve the City’s water supply. The Water Supply Plan
is divided into four parts (Appendix D):
Part I: Water Supply System Description and Evaluation
Part II: Emergency Preparedness Procedures
Part III: Water Conservation Plan
Part IV: Items for Metropolitan Area Communities
The City of Arden Hills purchases potable water from the City of Roseville, who
purchases water from the Saint Paul Regional Water Services. Saint Paul
Regional Water Services provides the required treatment processes before the
water is introduced into the water distribution system in Arden Hills; no further
treatment is required by the City of Arden Hills. Once in the City, the system is
under the jurisdiction of the City’s water utility.
The City has three connection points with the City of Roseville:
1. Cleveland Avenue and County Road D,
2. Fairview Avenue and County Road D, and
3. Glenhill Road and Hamline Avenue.
Historically, the water utility has managed to be self-supporting, with future
replacement needs financed from revenues generated from the fees paid by
users. The City periodically reviews the arrangement with the City of Roseville
and the Saint Paul Regional Water Services to ensure that the City is obtaining
the most cost-effective services.
The City operates and maintains approximately 55 miles of mainline, two water
towers, one booster station (water pumping facility) and three emergency cross
connections with adjacent communities (Table 13.1). These interconnections
are normally closed, but can be opened to meet emergency needs.
Table 13.1 - Intercommunity Water Connections
City Size Location
Shoreview 8" North of Grey Fox Road on Lexington Avenue
Shoreview 8" North of Cummings Park Drive on Lexington
Avenue
New Brighton 8" East of Cleveland Avenue on Stowe Avenue
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-3
13.1.2 Sanitary Sewer (Appendix E)
The entire City of Arden Hills is within the Metropolitan Urban Service Area
(MUSA), therefore sanitary sewer interceptor and treatment is provided to the
City via the Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) system.
Within the City, the system is under the jurisdiction of the City’s sanitary sewer
utility. Historically, the sanitary sewer utility has managed to be self-supporting;
with future infrastructure replacement needs financed from revenues generated
from the fees paid by users.
The Arden Hills sanitary sewer system consists of approximately 49 miles of
sanitary sewer, over 1,150 manholes, and fourteen (14) lift stations.
The Metropolitan Council Environmental Services (MCES) Water Resources
Policy Plan includes policies for reducing inflow and infiltration into the region’s
sewage treatment system. The MCES has projected significant growth in the
metropolitan area by 2040. This increase, along with current levels of inflow &
infiltration (I/I) in the system, would require significant, costly increases to expand
the existing MCES treatment facilities to meet the future wastewater flows. As a
result, MCES has implemented an I/I Surcharge Program.
Communities with excessive I/I are required to develop plans and reduce their I/I.
If I/I is not reduced in the community with excessive I/I, the MCES will impose a
surcharge. The City of Arden Hills was identified as a community with excessive
I/I and assessed a surcharge in 2007. That year, the City initiated an I/I
identification program and has since completed flow monitoring, smoke testing,
televising, manhole rehabilitation, sump pump inspections, sewer ling, and sewer
replacement. Since 2007, the City has conducted numerous significant
investments to reduce the amount of I/I introduced into the City’s sanitary sewer
system. The City will continue these efforts to monitor and reduce I/I.
Appendix E contains general sanitary sewer information and also outlines the
City’s objectives, policies, strategies and implementation plan to reduce I&I.
13.1.3 Stormwater/Surface Water Management
With nearly 550 acres of water across seven lakes, numerous wetlands, and
Rice Creek, protecting water quality and managing stormwater is of the utmost
importance in Arden Hills. As part of the City’s water quality goals, the City
recognizes the need to establish a plan that is in conformance with the plans and
regulations adopted by the Rice Creek Watershed District and the Metropolitan
Council’s 2040 Water Resources Policy Plan.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-4
As part of the TCAAP redevelopment process, an AUAR was completed that
included an analysis of stormwater mitigation needs. According to the AUAR,
stormwater will be managed on-site, maintaining the current drainage patterns
and utilizing the current outfalls to Rice Creek and Round Lake. Stormwater will
be conveyed to Round Lake and Rice Creek by means of underground storm
sewer, ponds, vegetated swales, and wetlands. Conveyance systems will be
designed in accordance with acceptable industry standards and in conformance
with jurisdictional requirements. The primary method of stormwater treatment will
be the use of multiple ponds for the removal of total phosphorous and total
suspended solids. Water reuse, bio-filtration, filtration, and stormwater wetlands
are also suitable for treatment within the Study Area. No discharge water will be
directed to surface waters without prior treatment for water quality and a
determination that no contamination exists.
13.1.3.1 Stormwater Management Plan
(Appendix F)
Arden Hills falls entirely within the Rice Creek Watershed District (RCWD),
which is the regulating authority for stormwater in Arden Hills. The RCWD is
responsible for administering the Wetland Conservation Act and related
permitting activities.
Regulatory agencies, including the RCWD and Metropolitan Council, share
Arden Hills’ view on the importance of protecting water quality and storm
water management. The City’s 2018 LSWMP discusses local methods to
further joint goals and policies regarding surface water management while
assessing problems and proposing corrective actions. The primary purpose of
the 2018 LSWMP is to:
o Assess existing water quantity and quality issues;
o Assess potential problems and opportunities for natural resource
enhancement in light of anticipated development within each
watershed; and,
o Formulate practical strategies to correct existing problems to prevent
potential problems and to take advantage of opportunities to enhance
water related natural resources.
In order to advance the above purpose statement, the 2018 LSWMP
reviewed the physical environment, performed water quality and hydraulic
analyses, established the objectives and policies, and set implementation
steps. In summary, the LSWMP objectives are to (Section 3 of the LSWMP):
o Improve water quality
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-5
o Prevent flooding and erosion from surface water flow
o Promote groundwater recharge
o Protect and enhance fish and wildlife habitat and water recreation
o Pollution control and good housekeeping for municipal operations
o Public participation, information, and education
o Establish funding sources for management programs
The Rice Creek Watershed District will be issuing an update to their Water
Resource Management Plan (WRMP) in 2020. The City will incorporate any
necessary changes during the next 10-year planning cycle.
13.1.3.2 Local Ordinances
(Appendix F)
In addition to the LSWMP, the City has adopted regulations to further the
City’s goals in protecting water quality, reducing nonpoint source pollution,
protecting sensitive natural areas, and managing stormwater (Appendix F):
o Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance
o Shoreland Ordinance
o Floodplain Ordinance
The City’s Stormwater Management Ordinance references Rule C:
Stormwater Management Plans of RCWD’s District Rules.
The Erosion and Sediment Control Ordinance was adopted in 2008 and the
Shoreland and Floodplain ordinances were adopted in 2002 and 2001,
respectively. The City intends on reviewing the Shoreland, Floodplain and
Erosion Control ordinances regularly to ensure that they are effectively
advancing City goals and policies.
13.1.3.3 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (Appendix F)
On March 17, 2014, the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA)
approved the City’s Municipal Separate Storm Sewer System (MS4) permit.
This permit is set to expire in 2018 and will need to be renewed at this time.
The MS4 general permit is mandated by federal regulations under the Clean
Water Act and administered by the MPCA. In general terms, MS4s are
publicly owned or operated stormwater infrastructure, used solely for
stormwater, and which are not part of a publicly owned wastewater treatment
system. Examples of stormwater infrastructure include curbs, ditches,
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-6
culverts, stormwater ponds and storm sewer pipes. The City of Arden Hills is
an MS4.
The MS4 general permit focuses on reducing the pollution that enters these
public systems and discharges to wetlands, streams and lakes (“waters of the
state”). The MS4 permitting program gives owners or operators of municipal
separate storm sewer systems approval to discharge stormwater to lakes,
rivers and wetlands in Minnesota. All owners or operators of MS4s are
required to satisfy the requirements of the MS4 general permit.
The MS4 general permit requires the MS4 operator or owner to create a
Stormwater Pollution Prevention Program (SWPPP) with six important
components (included in the attached MS4 permit):
o Public education and outreach, which includes teaching citizens about
better stormwater management.
o Public participation: Include citizens in solving stormwater pollution
problems. This includes a required public annual meeting and an
annual report.
o A plan to detect and eliminate illicit discharges to the stormwater
system (such as chemical dumping and wastewater connections)
o Construction-site runoff controls. This includes the implementation of
an Erosion and Sedimentation Control ordinance.
o Post-construction runoff controls
o Pollution prevention and municipal “good housekeeping” measures,
such as covering salt piles and street-sweeping.
13.1.3.4 Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL)
Table 2.6 in Section 2 of the LSWMP (Appendix F) includes the TMDL listing
status for the major water bodies in Arden Hills or that receive drainage from
Arden Hills. Lakes Johanna, Josephine, and South Long Lake are listed for
mercury in fish tissue. Little Lake Johanna has a TMDL approved for chloride
and nutrients. The Upper Mississippi River has an approved TMDL for fecal
coliform. The Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) is underway with
the remainder of the TMDLs for the waterbodies in Arden Hills. The City will
cooperate with the MPCA and other related agencies as TMDL studies that
impact Arden Hills are approved and implemented.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-7
Table 13.2 - TMDL Status
13.1.3.5 Additional Water Quality Plans and Tools
The City is committed to adopting plans, policies, and tools that effectively
advance the City’s, RCWD’s, and regional water quality goals. As part of
LSWMP updates, development reviews, regulatory updates, and other related
policies, the City will work to address the following issues:
o Formally adopt criteria to protect and improve stormwater runoff and
quality, such as the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP);
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-8
o Require stormwater plans for new development and redevelopment
that requires increased stormwater infiltration and a decreased use of
impervious materials;
o Identify and adopt best management practices that reduce stormwater
runoff using tools such as the Minnesota Stormwater Manual;
o Where feasible, require pre-settlement stormwater discharge on new
developments and redevelopments;
o Identify and adopt methods for minimizing the effects of temperature,
especially for streams and wetlands;
o In cooperation with the RCWD, collect water quality data on lakes
within the City and establish goals for each water body;
o Educate residents on the link between surface water and ground water
quality; and,
o In cooperation with the RCWD, complete a wetland management plan;
13.2 OTHER UTILITIES
Electricity, natural gas, and cable television are provided and maintained by private
companies; however, they do use the right-of-way for distribution of these services.
Electricity and natural gas is provided by Xcel Energy. Comcast provides cable
television services to Arden Hills.
13.3 CITY STREET AND RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE
The City has an on-going Pavement Management Program (PMP) that documents the
physical condition of the approximately 31 miles of streets. The condition of each of the
streets is evaluated and given a Pavement Condition Index (PCI), which is used to
prioritize street reconstruction and maintenance. The PMP reviews roadway pavement
condition as well as presence of concrete curb and gutters, storm drainage system, and
public utility conditions. These factors are weighted together to generate a prioritized
list of roadway improvements. A financial analysis is conducted and the proposed
improvements are grouped into annual programs in the Capital Improvement Plan (CIP)
and annual budgeting process.
Technological advances and development activities are placing increasing strains on
the City’s right-of-way. Right-of-way (ROW) is used to provide area for electric, gas,
telephone, cable, and other public and private utility lines. Unplanned use of the ROW
can lead to a confusing jumble of underground utilities that increase the maintenance
and reconstruction costs to all users. It is in the City’s best interest to revise its right-of-
way ordinance to provide for a comprehensive approach for the maintenance and
construction for all public and private utilities within the City ROW.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-9
13.4 EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
The City adopted the Ramsey County-wide Emergency Operations Plan in 2005, and
updated its City supplemental plan in July 2009The purpose of this Plan is to maximize
the protection of life and property, ensure the continuity of government, sustain
survivors, and repair essential facilities and utilities. The Plan is intended to assist key
City officials and emergency organizations to carry out their responsibilities for
protection of life and property under a wide range of emergency conditions. It is also
important to be able to efficiently coordinate emergency services and communicate with
other governmental organizations.
13.5 CITY BUILDINGS
13.5.1 City Hall
The City Hall building was opened in October 2001 and is located at 1245 West
Highway 96, which is approximately half way between Lexington and Hamline
Avenues on the north side of Highway 96. The building includes a community
room, Council chambers, and additional space for future needs.
13.5.2 Public Works/Joint Maintenance Facility
In October 2004, the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, and the Mounds View
School district opened a joint maintenance and operations facility on Paul
Kirkwold Drive, which is in the northwest corner of the Highway 96 and Hamline
Avenue intersection. The City’s Public Works Department, including staff and
equipment is located at this facility.
13.6 CITY SERVICES
In addition to basic infrastructure needs, the City provides a variety of public services,
including police and fire protection as well as day to day administrative functions. In
2017, the City had 27 full-time employees and 44 seasonal employees. The number of
temporary employees changes throughout the year depending on the time of year.
Many of the temporary employees are hired by the Public Works Department for park
and recreation services. The City continually strives to provide services in an efficient
manner. In order to provide services at a low-cost, Arden Hills has sought partnerships
with other cities and Ramsey County.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-10
13.6.1 Police
The City contracts with the Ramsey County Sheriff’s Office for all police services.
As with all its vendors, the City periodically reviews this arrangement to ensure
that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services for its residence. The
Ramsey County Patrol Division is located in Arden Hills at the Joint Maintenance
Facility. As development occurs on TCAAP, the City and Ramsey County will
evaluate the services provided to the City to determine if additional facilities or
services are needed.
13.6.2 Fire
The Lake Johanna Volunteer Fire Department provides fire fighting services to
Arden Hills, Shoreview, and North Oaks. The fire department owns three fire
stations:
o Station 120 in North Oaks at 4676 Hodgson Road;
o Station 130 in Shoreview at 5545 Lexington Ave N; and,
o Station 140 in Shoreview at 3615 Victoria Street.
As with all its vendors, the City periodically reviews this arrangement to ensure
that the City is obtaining the most cost-effective services for its residence. As
development occurs on TCAAP, the City and Lake Johanna Fire Department will
evaluate the services provided to the City to determine if additional facilities are
needed.
13.6.3 Administration
The City operates under a City Administrator style government, and the
administrator manages the function of all other departments as well as
implementation of the City Council’s policies and decisions.
The City also has had a Joint Powers Agreement with the City of Roseville for
information technology services since 2001.
13.7 POSTAL SERVICES
The City receives regular mail service via the New Brighton Post Office. If the need or
opportunity arises for new or additional facilities, it has been a longstanding desire to
have a full service post office within Arden Hills.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-11
13.8 PUBLIC SCHOOLS
Almost all of Arden Hills is in the Mounds View School District (ISD 621); however, a
small area in the southern part of Arden Hills is within the Roseville School District (ISD
623). Two of the eleven Mounds View School District buildings are located in Arden
Hills: the Mounds View High School at 1900 Lake Valentine Road and Valentine
Elementary at 1770 West County Road E2. The Mounds View School is also a partner
in the joint maintenance facility used by the City and Ramsey County.
The Mounds View School District is one of the highest rated school districts in the state
and is a valued organization in the community. In addition to serving Arden Hills, the
Mounds View School District also serves all or part of the cities of Blaine, Mounds View,
New Brighton, Roseville, Shoreview, North Oaks, Spring Lake Park, and Vadnais
Heights as well as White Bear Township. During the 2015-2016 school year, Mounds
View High School had approximately 1,650 students and was the twenty-seventh
largest high school in the State. Valentine Elementary currently serves approximately
600 students. The district is anticipating 1,600 additional students over the next seven
years and expects to accommodate these additional students by renovating and
expanding its existing facilities.
The Roseville School District has 10 buildings; however, none of them are located in
Arden Hills. In addition to serving Arden Hills, the district also includes all or parts of the
cities of Falcon Heights, Lauderdale, Little Canada, Maplewood, Roseville, and
Shoreview.
13.9 HIGHER EDUCATION
While not technically a public service, Arden Hills is home to two private higher
education institutions: Bethel University and University of Northwestern. Bethel
University is located south of Interstate 694 and is on the shoreline of Lake Valentine.
The University has a long range Master Plan and future expansion on the campus is
expected. Bethel University acquired the former Country Financial campus at 2 Pine
Tree Drive in 2013 and plans to slowly grow into the facility over the next 5 to 10 years.
The site will be used for classrooms and general office uses.
Split by the Roseville-Arden Hills border, University of Northwestern is located in the
south part of the City on the southern shore of Lake Johanna. The College does not
have road access into Arden Hills; however, many of the College’s educational buildings
are located in Arden Hills. Both Roseville and Arden Hills approved a long range
Master Plan for University of Northwestern in 2007.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
13-12
Bethel University and Northwestern College have abundant natural resources and trails
that are open for use to the residents of Arden Hills. The City strives to maintain a
strong working relationship with both institutions to help ensure long term recreational
access to these campuses and to coordinate any changes or expansions with the
adjacent residential areas.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-1
14. IMPLEMENTATION
The Comprehensive Plan is a guide for decision making, setting priorities, developing
new policies, and guiding City business. However, this Plan requires active
implementation to be successful. The vision, goals, policies, and information in this
document are meant to support the City and provide a strategic framework for
accomplishing City goals and maintaining a healthy, vibrant, and stable community.
While this Plan provides a policy framework, implementation will require additional
review, research, process, and action.
14.1 IMPLEMENTATION STRATEGIES
Most of the chapters include recommended implementation strategies and ideas to
advance the City’s vision and goals. The strategies are not ranked and are not
considered all-inclusive. The potential implementation strategies in the chapters of this
Plan are meant to be coordinated where feasible. The information, goals, and policies
throughout this Plan are often interrelated and directly impact each other: land uses
impact housing, transportation, and protecting natural resources. Coordinating the
goals, policies, and strategies from each chapter is a primary strategy of implementing
the City’s vision in this Comprehensive Plan.
The vision, goals, and policies in this Comprehensive Plan chapter are a starting point
for implementation continuing the implementation discussion. As new opportunities and
tools arise, new strategies and ideas can be added to help ensure the advancement of
the City’s vision. The City will review the Plan on a regular basis to ensure
implementation continues on a timely manner.
14.2 CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN (CIP)
The Capital Improvement Plan (CIP) is the financial planning mechanism used by the
City to plan for long range and significant expenditures. Arden Hills has adopted a five-
year CIP that is updated on a regular basis. The official Copy is kept on file at the City
of Arden Hills, and a copy is included in Appendix A for informational purposes only.
The CIP is subject to change. Each year the CIP is reviewed and revised as priorities
change, more details are known, and funds become available for capital projects and
purchases. The CIP is an important implementation tool for the annual budgeting
process because it helps guide the allocation of funds for the upcoming year.
The Comprehensive Plan sets forth overall direction for the City; the CIP and the annual
budgeting process implement the goals and policies contained within this Plan. Each
year, the CIP is evaluated in relation to the goals, policies, and direction in the
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-2
Comprehensive Plan. This yearly process allows spending decisions to be made within
the overall context and future planned environment for the community. While it is
important that the City’s financial tools implement the intent of the Comprehensive Plan,
the Comprehensive Plan cannot predict every future need, project, or constraint. The
Comprehensive Plan is a dynamic document that can be amended, with careful review,
to respond to unanticipated changes in the City.
14.3 ORDINANCES
Ordinances are a powerful tool for implementing the Comprehensive Plan since they
provide the legal framework for evaluating projects and implementing many policies.
The City currently uses a number of ordinances to regulate development and other
activities, including, but not limited to:
o Erosion – provides regulations for controlling erosion on development
throughout the City.
o Floodplain – regulates development within the floodplains throughout the City.
o Shoreland – regulates development along shorelines of streams and lakes.
o Subdivision – regulates the subdivision and consolidation of land.
o Zoning (Appendix H) – regulates the use, type, and style of development
throughout the City.
Ordinances require periodic evaluation to ensure they are meeting the City’s vision,
Metropolitan Council requirements, Rice Creek Watershed District regulations, and
State Statutes. State law requires the official controls to be amended to conform to the
Comprehensive Plan. Implementing this Comprehensive Plan will require the review
and possibly the updating of a number of ordinances. Although no significant changes
to the existing zoning classifications are anticipated, it is the City’s intent to revise
ordinances where needed. The Zoning Code will be updated in preparation for the
TCAAP redevelopment upon selection of a land use plan.
14.4 ADDITIONAL PLANNING EFFORTS
While this Comprehensive Plan provides overall policy direction for the City, additional
planning detail is needed in select areas. In October 2008, the City approved on a
small area plan for the County Road E corridor. This small area plan addressed land
use, future redevelopment, and transportation issues in greater detail in this area.
In September 2017, the City accepted the Commercial, Industrial, and Higher Education
study. The study recommended the creation of an INST – Institutional District for the
Bethel University and University of Northwestern campuses, which was adopted in
September 2017. The City may consider if additional campuses, such as the Mound
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-3
View High School or the Ramsey County multiple jurisdictional public works facility,
could be included into the INST – Institutional District.
The City may also move forward with a more detailed plan for the Lexington
Avenue/Red Fox/Grey Fox business area. Although there has been some new
development in this area, many of the buildings are aging and are likely to be
redeveloped in the future. An additional plan to address issues in this area may be
warranted.
14.5 COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
Community involvement is an important part of implementing this Comprehensive Plan.
While the City can adopt policies and programs, successful implementation requires
solid communication as well as input and participation from residents and businesses.
The City currently utilizes a number of methods to facilitate communication between the
residents, elected officials, and City staff, including surveys, direct mailings, regular City
newsletters, public comment times at Council meetings, Town Hall meetings, cable
television, and the City’s website.
The City also uses volunteer commissions, committees, and special task forces to
include residents and businesses in the project development and decision-making
process:
o Communications Committee;
o Economic Development Commission;
o Financial Planning and Analysis Committee;
o Parks, Trails, and Recreation Committee;
o Planning Commission;
These groups allow more direct involvement and participation from the community to
help advance and create programs that work toward implementing the Comprehensive
Plan. In addition to these groups, the City can create other types of committees as
needed to work on specific projects or policies. These committees are created by the
City Council and exist throughout the duration of the project.
14.6 INTERGOVERNMENTAL COORDINATION
Coordinating with the adjacent communities, Ramsey County, the Metropolitan Council,
and the State are needed to help advance local as well as regional goals. The City’s
water, sewer, transportation, park, and recreation systems are linked to other public
entities. Where feasible, the City seeks to cooperate with other governments to help
ensure efficient use of public resources and reduce overlapping government services.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved:, 2018
14-4
14.7 FUTURE COMPREHENSIVE PLAN AMENDMENTS
As a policy and planning document, text and/or map amendments to this
Comprehensive Plan will be needed. This Plan is meant to be a dynamic document that
can respond to unforeseen changes, priorities, and opportunities.
Amendments may be needed for a future Lexington Avenue/Red Fox/Grey Fox Guiding
Plan. Additional amendments may be considered where appropriate to advance the
overall City vision and goals.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
2018-2022
Proposed
CAPITAL IMPROVEMENT PLAN
EQUIPMENT REPLACEMENT PLAN
CITY OF ARDEN HILLS
Council Work Session September 18, 2017
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Capital Improvement Plan SUMMARY
Capital Improvement Project Details Sheet
Equipment Replacement Program
Projects by Funding Source
Sources and Uses of Funds Summary for CIP
Summary and Detail without TCAAP
Summary and Detail TCAAP only
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Capital Improvement Plan
City of Arden Hills, Minnesota
PROJECTS BY DEPARTMENT
2018 2022thru
Total2018 2019 2020 2021 2022DepartmentProject# Priority
Economic Development
16-EDA-001 80,00080,000Gateway Signs n/a
80,00080,000Economic Development Total
Government Buildings
17-Bldg-005 250,00050,000 200,000City Hall Maintenance 2
250,00050,000 200,000Government Buildings Total
Parks Department
11-Park-003 290,000125,000 120,000 45,000Playground Structure Replacement n/a
17-Park-001 15,000,0005,000,000 5,000,000 5,000,000Development of TCAAP Park Facilities 3
18-Park-001 285,00050,000 55,000 60,000 60,000 60,000Hard Court Reconstruction 3
18-Park-002 25,00025,000Hazelnut Park 3
18-Park-004 150,000150,000Park Improvements - TBD 2
15,750,000325,000 200,000 5,105,000 5,060,000 5,060,000Parks Department Total
Public Safety
09-Pub-001 10,4687,418 3,050LJFD General Equipment n/a
17-Pub-001 183,000183,000LJFD Engine/Ladder Replacement n/a
17-Pub-002 138,31447,580 15,582 50,752 24,400LJFD Rescue/Chief/Utility Vehicle Replacement n/a
17-Pub-004 25,62015,860 9,760LJFD Station Capital n/a
357,40270,858 28,392 50,752 24,400 183,000Public Safety Total
Sanitary Sewer Department
09-Sew-002 1,000,000200,000 400,000 400,000Sewer Lining/Rehabilitation 3
16-Sew-001 1,200,0001,200,000TCAAP Trunk Sanitary Sewer & Lift Station 3
2,200,000200,000 1,600,000 400,000Sanitary Sewer Department Total
Street Department
17-Str-004 1,750,0001,750,000Old Snelling Ave PMP w/ Bridge Reconstruction 3
18-Str-003 932,000932,000County Road E Trail and Old Snelling (Bethel)3
18-Str-005 5,000,0002,500,000 2,500,000Future PMP 2
18-Str-006 100,000100,000Lexington Improvements 2
18-Str-007 100,000100,000County Road E2 Trail 3
18-Str-008 1,090,0001,090,000Old Snelling Trail - Bethel to E2 3
18-Str-065 2,200,0002,200,000Indian Oaks/Floral Drive PMP - 2018 PMP 3
11,172,0004,322,000 1,750,000 2,600,000 2,500,000Street Department Total
Surface Water Management Dept
18-Storm-001 200,000200,000Surface Water Project 3
Wednesday, September 13, 2017Page 1Produced Using the Plan-It Capital Planning Software
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Total2018 2019 2020 2021 2022DepartmentProject# Priority
200,000200,000Surface Water Management Dept Total
Technology
12-Tec-001 25,0005,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000Springbrook Software Upgrades n/a
12-Tec-002 25,0005,000 5,000 5,000 5,000 5,000Technology and Office Equipment n/a
12-Tec-003 10,0002,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000Communications Equipment n/a
60,00012,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000Technology Total
Water Department
12-W-001 520,000520,000Water Towers Repair and Repainting 3
16-W-001 1,000,0001,000,000TCAAP New Booster Station 3
16-W-003 4,800,0004,800,000TCAAP Water Tower 3
16-W-005 1,000,0001,000,000TCAAP Trunk Water Improvements (Spine Road)3
17-W-001 855,000855,000CR E2 Water Replacement/Old Hwy 10 Water Loop 3
18-W-001 554,000400,000 154,000Booster Station Repair/Upgrade - Roseville 2
18-W-002 300,000300,000County Road F Watermain Replacement 3
9,029,0002,075,000 6,954,000Water Department Total
GRAND TOTAL 39,098,4027,334,858 10,744,392 7,767,752 5,496,400 7,755,000
Wednesday, September 13, 2017Page 2Produced Using the Plan-It Capital Planning Software
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-1
APPENDIX B: TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM PRINCIPLES AND STANDARDS
The transportation system principles and standards included in this Plan create the
foundation for improving the transportation system, evaluating its effectiveness,
determining future system needs, and implementing strategies to fulfill the goals and
policies identified.
1. FUNCTIONAL CLASSIFICATION
It is recognized that individual roads and streets do not operate independently in any
major way. Most travel involves movement through a network of roadways. It becomes
necessary to determine how this travel can be channelized within the network in a logical
and efficient manner. Functional classification defines the nature of this channelization
process by defining the part that any particular road or street should play in serving the
flow of trips through a roadway network. It is the process by which streets and highways
are grouped into classes according to the character of service they are intended to
provide. Functional classification involves determining what function each roadway
should perform prior to determining its design features, such as street widths, speed, and
intersection control. The functional classification system typically consists of five major
classes of roadways: Principal Arterials, Minor Arterials, Major Collectors, Minor
Collectors, and Local roadways. The existing roadways are described in this section and
illustrated in Figure B.1 – Existing Roadway Functional Classification.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-2
Figure B.1 – Existing Roadway Functional Classification
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-3
1.1 PRINCIPAL ARTERIALS
Roadways of this classification typically connect large urban areas to other large urban
areas or they connect metro centers to regional business concentrations via a
continuous roadway without stub connections. They are designed to accommodate the
longest trips. Their emphasis is focused on mobility rather than access and as such,
private access should not be allowed. They connect only with other Principal Arterials,
interstate freeways, some Minor Arterials, and Collector Streets. There are two
Principal Arterials within Arden Hills, Interstates I-35W and I-694.
1.2 MINOR ARTERIALS
Roadways of this classification typically link urban areas and rural Principal Arterials to
larger towns and other major traffic generators capable of attracting trips over similarly
long distances. Minor Arterials service medium length trips, and their emphasis is on
mobility as opposed to access in urban areas. They connect with Principal Arterials,
other Minor Arterials, and Collector Streets. Connections to Local Streets should be
avoided if possible, and private access should not be allowed. Minor Arterials are
responsible for accommodating through-trips, as well as trips beginning or ending
outside the Arden Hills area. Minor Arterial roadways are typically spaced
approximately one to two miles apart in urbanized communities similar to Arden Hills.
Within Arden Hills there are 15 roadways classified as Minor Arterials. These roadways
are US Highway 10, TH 51, Old US-10, County State Aid Highway (CSAH)
46/Cleveland Avenue, CSAH 47/New Brighton Road, CSAH 50/Hamline Avenue, CSAH
51/Lexington Avenue, CSAH 76/Snelling Avenue, CSAH 96 (CR G), CSAH 149/Lake
Johanna Boulevard, County Road (CR) D (CSAH 19), CR E (CSAH 15, CSAH 149, CR
99), CR E2 (CSAH 73), CR F (CSAH 12), CR H (CSAH 9), and CR I (CSAH 3). The
Spine Road is a Planned A Minor Arterial.
In the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area, there is a further breakdown of Minor Arterial
roadways to establish federal funding priorities, “A Minor” and
“Other” (previously referred to as “B Minor”). The A Minor Arterial classifications include
Relievers, Expanders, Connectors, and Augmenters. As defined by the Twin Cities
Metropolitan Council, Relievers provide ‘open up’ capacity for traffic on Metropolitan
Highway Principal Arterials. Augmenters supplement the Principal Arterials within the
beltway. Expanders provide connection between developing areas outside the beltway,
and connect Principal Arterials. Connectors provide links between rural town centers in
the urban reserve and rural area. Other Minor Arterials have a lower priority than A
Minor Arterials and are not eligible for federal funding.
Within Arden Hills, the A Minor Arterial Relievers are US Highway 10, CSAH
46/Cleveland Avenue, CSAH 73/CR E2 (west of CSAH 46), and CSAH 96 (west of US
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-4
Highway 10). The A Minor Arterial Expanders are CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue (north of
I-694) and CSAH 96 (east of US Highway 10). The Spine Road is a Planned A Minor
Expander. The A-Minor Arterial Augmenters are TH 51, CR D (west of I - 35W), and
CSAH 51/Lexington Avenue (south of I-694). The Other Minor Arterials are Old US-10,
CR E, CR E2 (east of Cleveland Avenue), Hamline Avenue, Snelling Avenue (north of
CR E), and New Brighton Road.
1.3 MAJOR COLLECTORS
Roadways of this classification typically link neighborhoods together within a city or they
link neighborhoods to business concentrations. In highly urban areas, they also provide
connectivity between major traffic generators. A trip length of less than five miles is
most common for Major Collector roadways. A balance between mobility and access is
desired. Major Collector street connections are predominately to Minor Arterials, but
they can be connected to any of the other four roadway functional classes. Local
access to Major Collectors should be provided via public streets and individual property
access should be avoided. Major Collector streets are predominantly responsible for
providing circulation within a city. Major Collectors that are a part of the road network in
Arden Hills includes Valentine Lake Road, west of CSAH 76/Snelling Avenue; and
CSAH 149/Lake Johanna Boulevard from CR D to CR E. Old Hwy 8 is designated as a
Major Collector.
1.4 MINOR COLLECTORS
Roadways of this classification facilitate the collection of local traffic and convey it to
Major Collectors and Minor Arterials. Minor Collector streets serve short trips at
relatively low speeds. Their emphasis is focused on access rather than mobility. Minor
Collectors are responsible for providing connections between neighborhoods and the
Major Collector/Minor Arterial roadways. There are no roadways designated as Minor
Collector roadways in the City of Arden Hills.
1.5 LOCAL STREETS
Roadways of this classification typically include city streets that facilitate the collection
of local traffic and convey it to collectors and Minor Arterials. Their emphasis is to
provide direct property access. An example of a local street is Snelling Avenue
between CR E (CSAH 15/149) and TH 51.The City’s Pavement Management Program
adopts a four-classification system of local streets generally based on the average
length of trip on the street: Community Street, Neighborhood Street, Residential Street,
and Special Cases. The street width varies per street classification and the Pavement
Management Program includes a list of additional considerations for additional street
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-5
width deviations.
2. ROADWAY CAPACITY
Capacities of roadway systems vary based on roadway functional classifications,
roadway design (number of lanes, divided or undivided), and system connectivity. A
two-lane divided arterial roadway has a daily capacity of 15,000 to 17,000 vehicles per
day, a four-lane divided arterial street has a daily capacity of 28,000 to 32,000 vehicles
per day, and a four-lane freeway has a daily capacity of approximately 60,000 to 80,000
vehicles per day. The variability in capacities are directly related to many roadway
characteristics including access spacing, traffic control, adjacent land uses, as well as
traffic flow characteristics, such as percentage of trucks and number of turning vehicles.
Therefore, it is important that the peak hour conditions are reviewed to determine the
actual volume-to-capacity on roadway segments with average daily traffic volumes
approaching these capacity values.
Major Collector and Minor Collector streets have physical capacities similar to those of a
two-lane arterial street; however the acceptable level of traffic on a residential street is
typically significantly less than the street’s physical capacity. The acceptable level of
traffic volumes on Major Collectors and Minor Collector streets vary based on available
right-of-way width, housing densities and setbacks, locations of parks and schools, and
overall resident perceptions. Typically, traffic levels on Major Collector streets in
residential/educational areas are acceptable when they are at or below 50 percent of
the roadway’s physical capacity, resulting in an acceptable capacity of 6,000 to 9,000
vehicles per day. In most communities, acceptable traffic levels on Minor Collector
streets are considerably less. Typically, a daily traffic volume of 1,000 to 1,500 vehicles
per day is acceptable on Minor Collector streets in residential areas.
In the City of Arden Hills, the roadways that function as Major Collectors currently carry
50 percent or less than the roadway capacity, except Valentine Lake Road, west of
Mounds View High School, which has a volume to capacity ratio of 51 Percent. Even
though the capacity ratio is over 50 percent, the volumes on the major collectors in
Arden Hills are considered to generally be accepted and the roadways are interpreted
as operating at or below their capacity.
2.1 ESTIMATED DAILY CAPACITIES
Table B.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity in Arden Hills, identifies various roadway
types and the estimated daily capacities that the given roadway in the City of Arden Hills
can accommodate. A capacity deficiency exists when traffic volumes approach or
exceed the capacity of the roadway.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-6
Table B.1 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity
Facility Type
Daily Two-Way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials
Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane divided or three-lane
undivided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment
by segment basis
2.2 LEVEL OF SERVICE
Roadway Level of Service (LOS) is used to assign a value to the level of congestion
and efficiency of the roadway. The LOS is determined by the ratio of the actual
roadway volume to the established capacity. In general, the higher the volume, the
lower the LOS. There are six LOS, depending on the extent of congestion and service
on the roadway. The LOS are defined in Table B.2 – Roadway Level of Service as
follows:
Table B.2 – Roadway Level of Service
Level of Service Volume to Capacity
Ratio (v/c)
A 0.00 to 0.35
B 0.35 to 0.49
C 0.50 to 0.74
D 0.75 to 0.89
E 0.90 to 0.99
F > 1.00
Source: Based on Highway Capacity Manual
Generally, the City of Arden Hills should consider capacity improvements on roadways
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-7
with a LOS D or worse and volume-to-capacity ratios over 0.75 during the peak hours.
2.3 ACCESS MANAGEMENT GUIDELINES
Access management guidelines are developed to maintain traffic flow on the network so
each roadway can provide its functional duties, while providing adequate access for
private properties to the transportation network. This harmonization of access and
mobility is the keystone to effective access management.
Mobility, as defined for this Transportation Plan, is the ability to move people, goods,
and services via a transportation system component from one place to another. The
degree of mobility depends on a number of factors, including the ability of the roadway
system to perform its functional duty, the capacity of the roadway, and the operational
level of service on the roadway system.
Access, as applied to the roadway system in Arden Hills, is the relationship between
local land use and the transportation system. There is an inverse relationship between
the amount of access provided and the ability to move through-traffic on a roadway. As
higher levels of access are provided, the ability to move traffic is reduced. The graphic
below illustrates the relationship between access and mobility.
Figure B.2 – Roadway Mobility/Access Relationship
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-8
Each access location (i.e. driveway and/or intersection) creates a potential point of
conflict between vehicles moving through an area and vehicles entering and exiting the
roadway. These conflicts can result from the slowing effects of merging and weaving
that takes place as vehicles accelerate from a stop turning onto the roadway, or
deceleration to make a turn to leave the roadway. At signalized intersections, the
potential for conflicts between vehicles is increased, because through-vehicles are
required to stop at the signals. If the amount of traffic moving through an area on the
roadway is high and/or the speed of traffic on the roadway is high, the number and
nature of vehicle conflicts are also increased.
Accordingly, the safe speed of a road, the ability to move traffic on that road, and safe
access to cross streets and properties adjacent to the roadway all diminish as the
number of access points increases along a specific segment of roadway. Because of
these effects, there must be a balance between the level of access provided and the
desired function of the roadway.
In Arden Hills, access standards and spacing guidelines are recommended as a
strategy to effectively manage existing ingress/egress onto streets and to provide
access controls for new development and redevelopment. While the City of Arden Hills
has access authority for those roadways under its jurisdiction, Ramsey County and the
Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT) have access authority for roadways
Roadway Mobility/Access Relationship
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-9
under their jurisdiction. The permitted width of accesses to County or State streets or
roads is subject to County or State regulations. The State regulations for access
standards and spacing are included in the MnDOT State-Aid design standards and the
MnDOT Access Category System and Spacing Guidelines (referenced in Table B.3 and
B.4).
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-10
Table B.3 – MnDOT Access Management Manual – Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for
Interregional Corridors
Category Area or
Facility Type
Typical
Functional Class
Public Street Spacing
Signal Spacing Primary
Full-Movement
Intersection
Secondary
Intersection
1 High Priority Interregional Corridors & Interstate System (IRCs)
1F Interstate Freeway
Principal Arterials
Interchange Access Only
1AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing)
See Section 3.2.5 for
Signalization on
Interregional Corridors
1A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile
1B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile
1C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length
2 Medium Priority Interregional Corridors
2AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(See Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) See Section 3.2.5 for
Signalization on
Interregional Corridors
2A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile
2B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile
2C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length ¼ mile
3 Regional Corridors
3AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal and
Minor Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim
3A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5
3B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile
3C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/4 mile
Source: MnDOT
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-11
Table B.4 – MnDOT Access Management Manual – Summary of Recommended Street Spacing for
Non-Interregional Corridors
Category Area or
Facility Type
Typical
Functional
Class
Public Street Spacing
Signal Spacing Primary
Full-Movement Intersection
Secondary
Intersection
4 Principal Arterials in the Twin Cities Metropolitan Area
and Primary Regional Trade Centers (Non-IRCs)
4AF Non-Interstate
Freeway
Principal
Arterials
Interchange Access Only
(see Section 3.2.7 for interim spacing) Interim
4A Rural 1 mile 1/2 mile See Section 3.2.5
4B Urban/Urbanizing 1/2 mile 1/4 mile 1/2 mile
4C Urban Core 300-660 feet dependent upon block length 1/4 mile
5 Minor Arterials
5A Rural
Minor
Arterials
1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5
5B Urban/Urbanizing 1/4 mile 1/8 mile 1/4 mile
5C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/4 mile
6 Collectors
6A Rural
Collectors
1/2 mile 1/4 mile See Section 3.2.5
6B Urban/Urbanizing 1/8 mile Not Applicable 1/4 mile
6C Urban Core 300-660 feet, dependent upon block length 1/8 mile
7 Specific Area Access Management Plans
7 All All By adopted plan
Source: MnDOT
Ramsey County has developed a draft set of access management policies. Rather than
a set of specific standards, Ramsey County’s draft policies “are intended to apply
accepted access management principles in a context-sensitive manner to maximize the
possible benefits as development occurs or as existing properties are modified.” The
draft policies are as follows.
• A parcel has the legal right to one access from a public street. If access can be
obtained from an adjacent street, rather than from a County Road or County
State Aid Highway, access should be directed to the minor street.
• Opportunities to combine or eliminate accesses shall be considered when new
accesses are proposed.
• Where feasible, the access spacing standards of the MnDOT Access
Management Manual shall be met.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-12
• Where possible, new driveways shall be aligned with existing driveways or
streets.
• Any proposed new access or modification of an existing access to a Ramsey
County Road or County State Aid Highway requires a County access permit, with
approval subject to review by the County Engineer.
• Any change in land use of a property with access to any County Road or County
State Aid Highway, requires review of the access, in accordance with Minnesota
Rules 8810.5200, which states in full, “In the event of a change in the land use or
major change in the traffic pattern of the existing facility, existing driveways are
not automatically perpetuated and new driveway access applications shall be
submitted.”
• Unless no other option for access to a property exists, access will not be allowed
within the functional area of a street intersection, or within the functional area of
another existing access. As defined by MnDOT, the functional areas of
intersections are defined as follows:
o On roadways with posted speed limits less than 45 MPH, 435 feet.
o On roadways with posted speed limits of 45 MPH or greater, 650 feet.
• The interpretation of the functional area of an intersection shall be made by the
County Engineer and adjustments to these distances shall be made, as
appropriate to the particular situation. Diagrams of intersection functional areas
are shown below:
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-13
Figure B.3 – Intersection Functional Areas
• If no access to a parcel can be obtained, except from a County Road or County
State Aid Highway, Ramsey County acknowledges that a parcel has the right to
one access, subject to approval by the County Engineer. More than one access
may be approved, but should not be assumed.
• The need for turn lanes, bypass lanes, medians or median improvements,
signage, or any other accommodations necessary for safe operation of an
access shall be determined by the County Engineer and incorporated into access
permit provisions. All construction costs shall be paid for by the permit applicant.
Ramsey County will not contribute to the costs of necessary improvements.
• The need for a Traffic Impact Study for any proposed access shall be determined
by the County Engineer. The County Engineer may require installation of any
mitigation measures recommended by a Traffic Impact Study.
• The County Engineer may require dedication of access control over the
remainder of a parcel as a condition of granting access in a particular location.
It should be noted that there are existing access points within the City that are
inconsistent with Ramsey County’s draft access management policies. In many cases
these access points were established prior to agency access spacing
guidelines/policies. In other cases the agency has granted an exception to the existing
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-14
guidelines. As roadways are reconstructed and as development or redevelopment
occurs, Ramsey County and MnDOT generally work to modify and/or relocate access
points that do not meet current access spacing guidelines, recognizing that this may not
be feasible in all instances.
To further the relationship of access and mobility throughout Arden Hills, the City
supports managing access consistent with the roadway mobility and access relationship
(Figure B.2) and supports the access spacing guidelines of the State and County. The
City of Arden Hills agrees to work with Ramsey County and MnDOT to achieve
desirable access and spacing standards. Table B.5 presents the access spacing
guidelines for the roadway network in Arden Hills.
Table B.5 – Access Spacing Guidelines for Collector Roadways in Arden Hills (1)
Type of Access Major Collector (2) Minor Collector (3)
Private Residential Not Permitted As Needed
Private
Commercial/Industrial Not Permitted As Needed
Minimum Corner Clearance
from a Collector Street 660’ 300’
(1) These guidelines apply to City streets only. Ramsey County has access
authority for roadways under their jurisdiction.
(2) Access to Major Collectors is limited to public street access. Steps should
be taken to redirect private accesses on Major Collectors to other local
streets. New private access to Major Collectors is not permitted unless
deemed necessary.
(3) Private access to Minor Collectors is to be evaluated by other factors.
Whenever possible, residential access should be directed to non-continuous
streets rather than Minor Collector roadways. Commercial/Industrial
properties are encouraged to provide common accesses with adjacent
properties when access is located on the Minor Collector system. Cross-
traffic between adjacent compatible properties is to be accommodated when
feasible.
Providing direct access from private property onto collectors and arterials should be
minimized in order to minimize conflict points and increase safety and mobility.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-15
3. GEOMETRIC DESIGN STANDARDS
Geometric design standards are directly related to a roadway’s functional classification
and the amount of traffic that the roadway is designed to carry. For the City of Arden
Hills, geometric design standards are based on MnDOT State-Aid standards. The
following geometric design standards for Major and Minor Collector roadways are
illustrated in Figures B.4 and B.5 A and B respectively. These design standards
achieve adequate capacity within the roadway network, as well as a level of acceptance
by adjacent land uses, given the constraints associated with the existing development
pattern. Each component identified in the typical sections helps establish a roadway’s
ability to perform its function in the roadway network.
Figure B.4 – Major Collector Design Standards
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-16
Figure B.5a – Minor Collector Design Standards
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-17
Figure B.5b – Minor Collector Design Standards
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-18
3.1 ROADWAY WIDTH
Roadway and travel lane widths are directly associated with a roadway’s ability to carry
vehicular traffic. On Major Collector roadways and Minor Collector streets, a 12’ lane is
recommended for each direction of travel. The 24’ total travel width is recommended to
accommodate anticipated two-way traffic volumes. In addition to the travel width, a
minimum 6’ shoulder lane width accommodates pedestrian and bicycle traffic, parked or
stalled vehicles, and maintenance activity. Roadway widths not meeting the Geometric
Design Standards results in decreased performance of the particular roadway and
additional travel demand on the adjacent roadway network components. For example,
a sub-standard Major Collector roadway may result in additional travel demand on an
adjacent Minor Collector or local street, resulting in an overburden for adjacent
landowners. Similarly, additional local circulation on an adjacent Minor Arterial results
in reduced mobility for regional trips. Due to the varying right-of-way widths present in
Arden Hills, Figure B.5A and B.5B identify four different typical sections for Minor
Collector roadways to be considered as reconstruction is pursued.
3.2 PATHWAYS
Pathways, including bikeways, sidewalks, trails, and some roadway shoulders, are
recommended to be on or adjacent to Major Collector and Minor Arterial roadways, and
most Minor Collector roadways to accommodate pedestrian, bicycle, and other non-
motorized travel in a safe and comfortable manner. These roadways carry a
considerable amount of vehicular traffic and non-motorized facilities are recommended.
Design and accommodations for non-motorized traffic facilities in Arden Hills follow the
MnDOT Bikeway Facility Design Manual; Americans’ with Disabilities Act (ADA);
AASHTO Guide for the Planning, Design, and Operation of Pedestrian Facilities; FHWA
Designing Sidewalks and Trails, Part II, Best Practices Design Guide; and FHWA
Design Guidance, Accommodating Bicycle and Pedestrian Travel: A Recommended
Approach. The City will continue to work with Ramsey County and MnDOT to plan,
evaluate, and design non-motorized facilities and integrate the facilities into
reconstruction efforts. At the discretion of the City, the requirements for trails,
sidewalks, bikeways, and shoulders may vary. The non-motorized traffic facilities will
provide connectivity as shown in the Arden Hills Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan.
3.3 DESIGN SPEED
The design speed of a roadway is directly related to the roadway’s function in the
roadway system. The focus of Minor Arterial roadways is mobility; therefore these
roadways should be designed to accommodate higher travel speeds. Likewise, Minor
Collector roadways are more focused on accessibility and should be designed to
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-19
accommodate lower travel speeds. The function of Major Collectors is balanced
between mobility and accessibility; therefore these roadways should be designed
accordingly. Table B.6 below presents the recommended design speed for the Arden
Hills roadway network:
Table B.6 – Roadway Design Speed Guidelines
3.4 RIGHT-OF-WAY WIDTH
Right-of-way width is directly related to the roadway’s width and its ability to carry
vehicular and pedestrian traffic in a safe and efficient manner. The roadway right-of-
way widths identified in Figures B.4 and B.5 A and B are the minimum required for
Major and Minor Collector streets, respectively. For Minor Collector streets in
residential areas, a minimum right-of-way width of 66’ is necessary for the added
roadway width, as well as to provide added setback distance between the roadway and
homes along the roadway. Right-of-way widths greater than 66’ may be required on
Major Collector roadways within commercial areas to accommodate the potential for
higher traffic volumes and the need for additional through or turning lanes. All right-of-
way requirements may be increased at the discretion of the City Engineer, with approval
by the City Council. Please refer to Ramsey County’s right-of-way requirements for
county roads in their current Transportation Plan. The City should obtain identified local
and county right-of-way through any proposed redevelopment process to accommodate
long-term roadway and sidewalk/trail needs.
3.5 ROADWAY JURISDICTION
Roadway jurisdiction directly relates to functional classification of roadways. Generally,
roadways with higher mobility functions (such as arterials) should fall under the
jurisdiction of a regional level of government. In recognizing these roadways serve
greater areas resulting in longer trips and higher volumes, jurisdiction of Principal
Arterial and Minor Arterial roadways should fall under the jurisdiction of the State and
County, respectively. Similarly, roadways with more emphasis on local circulation and
Functional Classification Design Speed (1)
Minor Collector Street 30 mph
Major Collector Roadway 35 – 40 mph
Minor Arterial Roadway 45 – 55 mph
(1) At the discretion of the City Engineer for City roadways,
with approval by the City Council.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-20
access (such as collectors) should fall under the jurisdiction of the local government
unit. These roadways serve more localized areas and result in shorter trip lengths and
lower volumes. Major Collector and Minor Collector roadways should fall under the
jurisdiction of the City of Arden Hills. As roadway segments are considered for turn-
back to the City, efforts will be taken to evaluate the roadway features for conformance
to current standards, structural integrity, and safety. This effort will help the City
develop short and long-range programs to assume the responsibilities of jurisdictional
authority. In the City of Arden Hills, three jurisdictions have responsibility for the overall
road network. The Minnesota Department of Transportation is responsible for I-35W, I-
694, TH 10, and TH 51, while Ramsey County is responsible for routes D, E, E2, F, H, I,
46, 47, 50, 51, 76, 96, and 149. Both the Spine Road and Old Hwy 8 are anticipated to
be under Ramsey County’s jurisdiction (CSAH 13) once constructed. The City of Arden
Hills is responsible for all remaining roadways. Figure B.6 shows existing roadway
jurisdiction.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: XXXXX
B-21
Figure B.6 – Existing Roadway Jurisdiction
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-1
APPENDIX C: TRANSPORTATION PLAN FORECASTS
To provide accurate traffic forecasts for the City of Arden Hills, the future 2030
socioeconomic forecasts for the City of Arden Hills are allocated to the
Metropolitan Council Transportation Analysis Zones (TAZs) (Figure C.1). The
forecasts for 2030 match the 2020 forecasts for the City from the Metropolitan
Council’s Regional Development Framework. These lower forecasts for 2030 are
considered to be more accurate due to decreased development schedules for
properties throughout Arden Hills, including the Twin Cities Army Ammunition Plant
(TCAAP) site.
In March 2008, the Metropolitan Council approved the adjusted population,
household, and employment forecasts that reduced the 2030 forecasts down to
the 2020 forecasts (Chapter 2.1). However, the adjusted forecasts reduced the
total population down to 12,900 instead of the 13,500 used in the transportation
analysis. Since no significant impact on the transportation system is anticipated
due to the additional population decrease, the following transportation analysis has
not been recalculated for the 12,900 population forecast.To determine future
roadway capacity needs, year 2040 traffic forecasts were prepared using the
Metropolitan Council travel demand model. The model was refined for application
specifically for Arden Hills. The 2040 projections were compared against the
assumed 2040 roadway network to see where roadway segment capacity
deficiencies may result. The 2040 roadway network assumed capacity
improvements to I-35W (managed lane) and I-694 east of Lexington Avenue to I-
35E as identified in the 2040 Transportation Policy Plan.
While the travel demand model is a valuable tool for identifying future traffic based
on the proposed land use impacts, it is not meant for use in detailed traffic
operations studies. For a more accurate representation of the transportation
impacts from specific developments, detailed traffic studies should be conducted to
determine the operational impacts on adjacent roadways and intersections.
A central concept of travel demand forecasting is the use of Transportation
Analysis Zones (TAZs). Each forecast study area, in this case the City of Arden
Hills, is divided into a series of TAZs. Each TAZ has land use data which indicates
trip generation and trip attraction including population, household, and employment
data. Figure C.1 displays Metropolitan Council TAZs within Arden Hills.
The results of the Arden Hills modeling process are summarized on Figure C.2,
which displays 2040 projected average daily traffic volumes compared to the
existing (2014) traffic volumes. Table C.1 provides the population, household, and
employment allocations by TAZ assumed in the Metropolitan Council model.
Although not used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis, Table C.2 provides
the population, household, and employment allocations by TAZ based on the
Arden Hills Land Use Plan. These revisions incorporate the population,
household, and employment assumptions used in the TCAAP AUAR minimum
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-2
development scenario, which has been utilized by the City and Ramsey County
throughout the planning and implementation of the TCAAP development area. The
values provided in Table C.2 can be used by the Metropolitan Council to assist in
allocating socio-economic data for future updates to the regional travel demand
model. Table C.3 provides a summary of changes between Table C.1 and Table
C.2.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-3
Figure C.1 – TAZs within City of Arden Hills
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-4
Figure C.2 – Existing and Forecasted Traffic Volumes
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-5
Table C.1 – Year 2030 Socioeconomic Forecasts by TAZ
TAZ Population Households Total
Employment
Retail
Employment
Non-Retail
Employment
1000 789 361 1,570 360 1,210
1001 1 1 3,245 510 2,735
1002 830 298 5,920 290 5,630
1003 3,635 1,300 1,200 500 700
1004 895 415 1,080 40 1,040
1005 1,540 653 590 10 580
1006 628 248 570 0 570
1007 1,986 184 1,115 0 1,115
1008
(Arden Hills) 3,196 1,140 1,810 0 1,810
Total
(Arden Hills) 13,500 4,600 17,100 1,710 15,390
1008
(New Brighton) 823 426 1,090 0 1,090
1008
(Total) 4,019 1,566 2,900 0 2,900
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-6
Table C.1 – Socioeconomic Forecasts by TAZ Metropolitan Council Current TAZ Data - City of Arden Hills (Raw Data - Unadjusted)
2010 Census 2020 Forecast 2030 Forecast 2040 Forecast
TAZ Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment
1698 0 0 366 160159 7066 940 220 930 98100 190194 8079 9091
1699 0 0 0 14850 610 220 2050 8690 5760 1810 7370 99100
1700 0 0 64 1520 610 1502 210 910 1810 1920 810 16770
1708 0 0 0 197200 802 230 9030 390 170 17210 730 5100
1709 0 0 21 199200 830 96100 6120 2640 1210 9240 390 820
1710 757 265265 5402 697700 2730 490610 73640 297300 5229230 7530 295300 55040
1711 1377 579579 54 123740 5450 199200 13250 607610 32730 13720 6140 4430
1712 866 356 902 70710 31820 895900 8010 3620 96770 8640 3730 1030
1732* 8021641 320673 20166 7431630 318700 57330 7791650 348730 77510 7841650 345730 96720
1733* 481619 189241 482513 483580 20660 84750 596720 265340 10620 688820 30180 121520
1734* 57837 2957 80697 67890 2960 60730 74960 3360 103780 761010 3360 140820
1735 1065 407 199 1199200 4050 2320 1250 43430 2930 12640 42730 330
1736 561 189 67 43940 18890 11620 4630 20610 160 46770 2040 2020
1737 581 218 339 5050 199200 34950 5610 23030 40610 597600 23940 45660
1738 1965 62 1152 20830 6460 10930 227980 830 11040 240910 940 110710
1739 256 0 2695 360 530 484950 37980 5860 485960 38790 5860 48540
1740* 774847 338363 106993 751800 30030 121820 785840 33060 135060 787840 33260 14710
1857* 10931 5337 019 11910 4340 020 11910 5350 020 13910 5350 020
Totals 9,55212,306 3,7472,957 13,23912,402 12,77010,000 4,0203,200 15,97015,000 14,82012,000 4,9604,100 17,45016,300 16,37013,500 5,4604,600 18,82017,500
*Portion of TAZ boundaries extend beyond Arden Hills. Values only reflect estimates for area within the City of Arden Hills per Metropolitan
Council data.
This data was used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis reflected in Figure C.2.
Source: Metropolitan Council
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Formatted ...
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-7
Table C.2 – City of Arden Hills 2040 Land Use Plan Allocation of Forecasts by TAZ - TCAAP AUAR Minimum Development Scenario*
2010 Census 2020 Forecast 2030 Forecast 2040 Forecast
TAZ Population Households Employment Population Households Employment Population Households Employment
Population
Households
Employment
1698 0 0 36 159 66 94 220 93 98 194 79 91
1699 0 0 0 148 61 22 205 86 57 181 73 99
1700 0 0 64 0 0 344 0 0 2163 0 0 2862
1708 0 0 0 299 115 269 2244 863 2018 2990 1150 2691
1709 0 0 21 80 31 102 605 233 627 805 310 829
1710 757 265 5402 697 273 4906 736 297 5229 753 295 5504
1711 1377 579 54 1237 545 199 1325 607 327 1372 614 443
1712 866 356 902 707 318 895 801 362 967 864 373 1030
1732** 802 320 20 743 318 57 779 348 77 784 345 96
1733** 481 189 482 483 206 847 596 265 1062 688 301 1215
1734** 57 29 80 67 29 60 74 33 103 76 33 140
1735 1065 407 19 1199 405 23 1250 434 29 1264 427 33
1736 561 189 67 439 188 116 463 206 160 467 204 202
1737 581 218 339 505 199 349 561 230 406 597 239 456
1738 1965 62 1152 2083 64 1093 2279 83 1104 2409 94 1107
1739 256 0 2695 360 53 4849 379 58 4859 387 58 4854
1740** 774 338 1069 751 300 1218 785 330 1350 787 332 1471
1857** 10 5 0 11 4 0 11 5 0 13 5 0
2040
Land Use
Plan Totals
9,552 2,957 12,402 9,968 3,175 15,444 13,313 4,533 20,636 14,631 4,932 23,123
Metropolitan
Council
Forecasts
9,552 2,957 12,402 10,000 3,200 15,000 12,000 4,100 16,300 13,500 4,600 17,500
*Light-orange shaded cells highlight growth adjustments made per TCAAP AUAR minimum development scenario. All other numbers shown are
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-8
from Metropolitan Council. This data was not used in the forecasted traffic volumes analysis reflected in Figure C.2.
**Values only reflect estimates for area within the City of Arden Hills per Metropolitan Council data.
Table C.3 – Summary of TAZ Adjustments by Forecast Year
2020 Growth Adjustments 2030 Growth Adjustments 2040 Growth Adjustments
TAZ 1700: Added 280 employment TAZ 1700: Added 1,819 employment TAZ 1700: Added 699 employment
TAZ 1708: Added 115 households TAZ 1708: Added 748 households TAZ 1708: Added 287 households
TAZ 1708: Added 299 population TAZ 1708: Added 2,416 population TAZ 1708: Added 746 population
TAZ 1708: Added 269 employment TAZ 1708: Added 1,749 employment TAZ 1708: Added 673 employment
TAZ 1709: Added 31 households TAZ 1709: Added 202 households TAZ 1709: Added 77 households
TAZ 1709: Added 80 population TAZ 1709: Added 525 population TAZ 1709: Added 200 population
TAZ 1709: Added 81 employment TAZ 1709: Added 525 employment TAZ 1709: Added 202 employment
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-9
1. TRAFFIC MODELING METHODOLOGY2040 FUTURE ROADWAY
CAPACITY IMPROVEMENT NEEDS
To identify the need for potential future capacity improvements, Metropolitan Council
2040 forecasts were compared to planning-level roadway capacities for Principal and A-
Minor Arterial Roadways. Planning-level roadway capacities used for this analysis are
illustrated in Table C.4 below. Based on this comparison, I-35W and I-694 are expected
to continue experiencing congestion based on the forecasted Metropolitan Council 2040
travel demands. Recent and programmed improvements on these roadways will ease
but not alleviate congestion levels over the 20-year planning horizon due to regional
population growth.
Table C.4 – Planning-Level Roadway Capacity
Facility Type
Daily Two-Way Volume
Lower
Threshold
Higher
Threshold
Arterials Two-lane undivided 10,000 12,000
Two-lane divided or three-lane
undivided 15,000 17,000
Four-lane undivided 18,000 22,000
Four-lane divided or five-lane undivided 28,000 32,000
Freeways Four-lane freeway 60,000 80,000
Six-lane freeway 90,000 120,000
Eight-lane freeway or higher Calculated on a segment
by segment basis
Model Used:
Twin Cities Regional Model
Existing Model: Year 2000
Future Model: Year 2030
Consistent with Current Regional Transportation Policy Plan Adopted by the
Metropolitan Council
Demographics
Metropolitan Highway System
Metropolitan Transit System
Model Methodology:
The general approach to forecasting the traffic volumes consisted of the
following:
Utilizing the Twin Cities regional travel demand model and model parameters,
maintained by Metropolitan Council, as the primary instrument for forecasting the
volumes.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-10
Collecting year 2000 and current year traffic count and census data and basic
roadway attribute information in the study area for the purpose of validating the
regional model, run for the base year (2000).
Utilizing the Traffic Analysis Zones developed by Metropolitan Council.
Adding additional county and other major local roadways to the roadway network
in the regional model.
Applying the regional model for the base year and validating its projections
against the observed traffic count information; making appropriate adjustments
as necessary to reach an acceptable validation.
Applying the regional model for the forecast year (2030), taking into account the
adjustments made to the 2000 model run and the changes in socioeconomic
forecasts for the TAZs in Arden Hills, to generate the projected volumes.
Analyzing traffic patterns that ultimately comprise the elements themselves,
through a series of special selected link analyses; using this information as a
basis for adjusting the forecasted volumes if determined to be necessary.
Preparing the final set of forecast volumes.
Model Details:
Regional Model – The regional model provides a systematic procedure for
forecasting volumes, taking into account the projected changes in regional land
use/socioeconomic data and the regional transportation network. The regional
model was obtained from Metropolitan Council for 2000 and 2030 conditions.
Historical and Current Year Traffic Count Data – Traffic count data in the study
area was collected from the Minnesota Department of Transportation (MnDOT).
Current Roadway Attribute Information – The regional model highway network
was reviewed in detail for conformity to current conditions. A check of roadway
functional classification, speed, number of through lanes, and roadway capacity
was completed. Some roadways were added to the network to assist in the
network analysis. These roadways were populated with the appropriate
attributes based on regional model documentation, so as to be consistent with
the regional model parameters.
Census Data – Year 2000 census data was collected from the U.S. Census
Bureau. This data includes population and households by census block. This
information was used to validate the year 2000 TAZ forecasts in the Regional
Model.
Traffic Analysis Zones (TAZs) – The Regional Model TAZs were not changed.
Socioeconomic Data – The socioeconomic data forecasts for 2030 were received
from the City. The forecasts for the City are consistent with the 2020 projections
due to the slower growth being seen by the City.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-11
Base Model Validation – The 2000 model was validated using 2000 traffic count
data, aerial photos, and field observations. The assigned volumes from the 2000
regional model were then compared to the 2000 traffic counts.
Future Model Forecasts – The 2030 model was updated to include the existing
roadways used in the 2000 model. Functional classifications, speed, and
capacities were adjusted based on the expected future roadway attributes.
Review of Forecasts – The traffic forecasts were reviewed for reasonableness.
The modeled volumes were reviewed and adjusted based on existing and
historic travel patterns and also through some additional selected link analysis of
model output. A series of selected link assignments were performed and the
model estimated volumes were adjusted to more accurately reflect future traffic
patterns within the study area. The checks for reasonableness of the projected
volumes follow the procedures as outlined in the Mn/DOT Metro: Model Output
Checks for Reasonableness and Post Processing Adjustments (Revised 5
January, 2006). These include:
Peak Hour Percentage of Daily Traffic: The peak hour percentages of daily traffic
produced by the model for the forecast year were compared to existing/observed
peak hour percentages for select roadways within the project limits and on other
routes nearby with the same functional classification.
Directional Split of Peak Hour Traffic: The directional splits of peak hour traffic
forecasts produced by the model for the forecast year were compared to
existing/observed directional splits for select roadways within the project limits
and on other routes nearby with the same functional classification.
Capacity of Road Segments Beyond Limits of Project: Peak hour traffic forecast
volumes assigned to road segments beyond the limits of the study area were
studied to determine if the projected growth from the area affects the capacities
of those road segments. On roadways outside of the study area with volume to
capacity ratios over 1.00, the model results were compared to the regional model
results from Met Council and MnDOT. The capacities on I-35W and I-694 were
exceeded within and outside of the study area, which is consistent with the Met
Council and MnDOT existing operations and forecasts.
Daily Traffic Growth Factors: The daily traffic forecasts from the model on the
state roadways were compared with the last 20 years record of daily volumes
and with the regional model results from Met Council and MnDOT. The
projections are consistent with the general expectation that the model should
yield forecast values which are lower than those based on an extrapolation of the
last 20 years of increases in daily traffic.
Post Processing – The post-processing of the projected volumes follow some of
the procedures as outlined in the MnDOT Metro: Model Output Checks for
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-12
Reasonableness and Post Processing Adjustments (Revised 5 January, 2006).
The post processing includes:
Traffic forecast volumes were rounded to the closest multiple of ten if less than
1,000 or to the nearest multiple of 100 if more than 1,000.
All products depicting the forecast numbers (maps, tables, layouts, etc.) contain
a very visible caution that the forecast numbers depicted have a likely confidence
range of plus or minus 15 percent.
Traffic smoothing and corridor diversion adjustments were accomplished using
the procedures described in Chapter 9 of NCHRP Report 365, “Travel Estimation
Techniques for Urban Planning”.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-13
able C.2 – City of Arden Hills Traffic Counts and Forecasts
oadway Existing Characteristics 2030 Forecasts
oute Route Description
Future
Functional
Class
Design
Type
Roadway
Capacity
2005
AADT
2006
AADT
Existing
v/c Ratio
Roadway
Capacity
2030
AADT*
2030
v/c Ratio
35W
North of CR I PA F8 140000 131000 0.94 140000 152000 1.09
CR I to CR H PA F8 140000 136000 0.97 140000 158000 1.13
CR H to TH 10 PA F8 140000 130000 0.93 140000 144000 1.03
TH 10 to CSAH 96 PA F6 105000 108000 1.03 105000 128000 1.22
CSAH 96 to I - 694 PA F6 105000 118000 1.12 105000 133000 1.27
I - 694 to CR E2 PA F6 105000 112000 1.07 105000 133000 1.27
CR E2 to TH 88 PA F6 105000 111000 1.06 105000 129000 1.23
TH 88 to CR D PA F6 105000 101000 0.96 105000 118000 1.12
South of CR D PA F6 105000 109000 1.04 105000 127000 1.21
694
East of CSAH 51 PA F4 70000 94000 1.34 105000 133000 1.27
CSAH 51 to TH 51 PA F4 70000 105000 1.50 105000 128200 1.22
TH 51 to TH 10 PA F4 70000 120000 1.71 105000 146000 1.39
TH 10 to I - 35W PA F4 70000 79000 1.13 105000 103000 0.98
West of I - 35W PA F4 70000 110000 1.57 70000 135000 1.93
H 10 I - 694 to CSAH 96 A-MiA-R F4 70000 36500 0.52 70000 47100 0.67
CSAH 96 to I - 35W A-MiA-R F4 70000 48000 0.69 70000 59900 0.86
H 51
I - 694 to CR E A-MiA-A D4 40000 31500 0.79 40000 40000 1.00
CR E to CSAH 50 A-MiA-A D4 40000 33000 0.83 40000 44100 1.10
South of CSAH 50 A-MiA-A D4 40000 29500 0.74 40000 35800 0.90
H 88 West of I - 35W A-MiA-R D4 40000 8800 0.22 40000 12600 0.32
R D
CSAH 19)
CSAH 149 to CSAH 46 B-MiA U2 12000 7600 0.63 12000 11800 0.98
CSAH 46 to I - 35W B-MiA U4 20000 15900 0.80 20000 18000 0.90
West of I - 35W A-MiA-A U4 20000 17600 0.88 20000 28000 1.40
R D East of CSAH 51 MC U2 12000 2600 0.22 12000 3600 0.30
R E
CSAH 15)
East of CSAH 51 B-MiA U2 12000 9400 0.78 12000 13500 1.13
CSAH 51 to TH 51 B-MiA D4 40000 16000 0.40 40000 20900 0.52
TH 51 to CSAH 76 B-MiA U3 18000 10700 0.59 18000 15900 0.88
R E
CSAH 149) CSAH 76 to CR 99 B-MiA U2 12000 5400 0.45 12000 7100 0.59
R E
CR 99)
CSAH 149 to CSAH 47 B-MiA U2 12000 1300 0.11 12000 2000 0.17
CSAH 47 to CSAH 46 B-MiA U2 12000 1150 0.10 12000 1500 0.13
R E2
CSAH 73)
CSAH 76 to CSAH 47 B-MiA U2 12000 4100 0.34 12000 6200 0.52
CSAH 47 to I - 35W B-MiA U2 12000 5700 0.48 12000 8400 0.70
West of I - 35W A-MiA-R U2 12000 10900 0.91 12000 14100 1.18
alentine Lake
d.
CSAH 76 to Fairview Ave. N. MC U2 12000 5200 0.43 12000 5400 0.45
Fairview Ave. N. to I - 35W MC U2 12000 4150 0.35 12000 4300 0.36
West of I - 35W MC U2 12000 6100 0.51 12000 6300 0.53
R F
CSAH 12)
East of CSAH 51 B-MiA U4 20000 5300 0.27 20000 8000 0.40
CSAH 51 to CSAH 50 B-MiA U2 12000 5600 0.47 12000 11000 0.92
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Normal
Formatted: Normal
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-14
ctoria St. N. East of CSAH 51 MC U2 12000 2350 0.20 12000 2800 0.23
SAH 96
East of CSAH 51 A-MiA-E D4 40000 22900 0.57 40000 23700 0.59
CSAH 51 to CSAH 50 A-MiA-E D4 40000 21000 0.53 40000 24000 0.60
CSAH 50 to TH 10 A-MiA-E D4 40000 19300 0.48 40000 23500 0.59
TH 10 to Prior Avenue North A-MiA-R D4 40000 13400 0.34 40000 18500 0.46
Prior Avenue North to I-35W A-MiA-R D2 20000 13400 0.67 20000 18500 0.93
West of I - 35W A-MiA-R D4 40000 12700 0.32 40000 20600 0.52
anglewood Dr. East of CSAH 51 MC U2 12000 5100 0.43 12000 6400 0.53
R H
CSAH 9) West of I - 35W B-MiA U2 12000 11100 0.93 12000 11100 0.93
SAH 10 West of I - 35W A-MiA-R D4 40000 26500 0.66 40000 34200 0.86
R I
CSAH 3)
East of CSAH 51 B-MiA U2 12000 6300 0.53 12000 9200 0.77
CSAH 51 to Hamline Ave. N. B-MiA U2 12000 4050 0.34 12000 6200 0.52
Hamline Ave. N. to Snelling
Ave. N. B-MiA U2 12000 5800 0.48 12000 7200 0.60
Snelling Ave. N. to I - 35W B-MiA U2 12000 6500 0.54 12000 8600 0.72
West of I - 35W B-MiA U2 12000 9500 0.79 12000 13900 1.16
SAH 46
Cleveland Ave.)
CR E2 to CR E A-MiA-R U2 12000 2900 0.24 12000 3300 0.28
CR E to CR D A-MiA-R U2 12000 3500 0.29 12000 3700 0.31
South of CR D A-MiA-R U4 20000 7200 0.36 20000 11100 0.56
SAH 47
New Brighton
d.)
CR E2 to CR E B-MiA U2 12000 2050 0.17 12000 3100 0.26
CR E to CR D B-MiA U2 12000 2550 0.21 12000 3000 0.25
South of CR D B-MiA U2 12000 8700 0.73 12000 10600 0.88
SAH 149
ake Johanna
vd.)
CR 99 to CSAH 19 B-MiA U2 12000 4950 0.41 12000 5400 0.45
SAH 76
Snelling Ave. N.)
CSAH 96 to Parkshore Dr. B-MiA U2 12000 2750 0.23 12000 3900 0.33
Parkshore Dr. to Valentine
Lake Rd. B-MiA U2 12000 2650 0.22 12000 4000 0.33
Valentine Lake Rd. to CR E2 B-MiA U2 12000 4700 0.39 12000 7500 0.63
CR E2 to CR E B-MiA U2 12000 8300 0.69 12000 9200 0.77
nelling Ave. N. CR E to TH 51 Local MCS 6000 1650 0.28 6000 2100 0.35
amline Ave. N. North of CR I MC U2 12000 2900 0.24 12000 4400 0.37
SAH 50
Hamline Ave.
)
CSAH 96 to CR F B-MiA U3 18000 11400 0.63 18000 13700 0.76
South of TH 51 B-MiA U2 12000 4050 0.34 12000 5900 0.49
SAH 51
exington Ave.
)
North of CR I A-MiA-E U4 20000 8900 0.45 20000 11800 0.59
CR I to Tanglewood Dr. A-MiA-E U4 30000 13200 0.44 30000 17600 0.59
Tanglewood Dr. to CSAH 96 A-MiA-E U4 30000 15400 0.51 30000 24100 0.80
CSAH 96 to CR F A-MiA-E D4 40000 18100 0.45 40000 21500 0.54
CR F to I - 694 A-MiA-E D4 40000 23200 0.58 40000 30900 0.77
I - 694 to CR E A-MiA-A D4 40000 22400 0.56 40000 30200 0.76
CR E to CR D A-MiA-A U3 18000 11800 0.66 18000 17800 0.99
South of CR D A-MiA-A U3 18000 11900 0.66 18000 13700 0.76
# = 4 to 8-Lane Freeway PA: Principal Arterial
* The Forecast Numbers Have a Likely
Confidence Range of Plus or Minus 15%.
4 = Urban 4-Lane Divided
A-MiA-R: A - Minor Arterial
Reliever
4 = Urban 4-Lane Undivided
A-MiA-C: A - Minor Arterial
Connector
3 = Urban 3-Lane or 2-Lane Divided A-MiA-E: A - Minor Arterial
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: Left, No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 2030 2040 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 2009 Amended: December 12, 2016XXXXX
C-15
Expander
2 = Urban 2-Lane B-MiA: B - Minor Arterial
CS = Minor Collector Street MC: Major Collector
Periodically Congested, V/C = 0.50 to 0.74,
LOS C
ource: 2005 and 2006 data from Mn/DOT MiC: Minor Collector
Near Congested, V/C = 0.75 to 1.00, LOS D
& E
ource: Functional Class data from the Metropolitan Council Local: Local Street Congested, V/C > 1.00, LOS F
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Formatted: No widow/orphan control
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Table of Contents
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................ 1
BACKGROUND ......................................................................................... 2
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM .................................................. 2
Service Districts ...................................................................................................................... 2
Gravity Sewer ......................................................................................................................... 2
Lift Stations ............................................................................................................................ 3
Community Treatment Systems .............................................................................................. 3
Intercommunity Flows ............................................................................................................. 3
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems ................................................................................... 6
FORECASTS ............................................................................................. 8
Population .............................................................................................................................. 8
Wastewater Flows .................................................................................................................. 9
SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA ................................................. 10
Land Use ...............................................................................................................................10
Estimated Average Flows – Existing ......................................................................................10
Estimated Average Flows – 2040 Build Out ...........................................................................10
Peak Flow Factors .................................................................................................................11
SANITARY SEWER TRUNK RECOMMENDATIONS .............................. 12
Lift Station Analysis ...............................................................................................................12
Trunk Sewer Analysis ............................................................................................................13
MCES Interceptor Facility Forecasts .....................................................................................14
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems ..................................................................................14
INFLOW AND INFILTRATION ................................................................. 16
General .................................................................................................................................16
I/I Analysis .............................................................................................................................18
I/I Reduction ..........................................................................................................................20
COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING ..................................................... 22
SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES ................................................................. 22
FIGURES
Figure 1 Existing Sanitary Sewer System
Figure 2 Sanitary Sewer Districts
Figure 3 Individual Sewage Treatment Systems
Figure 4 MCES Peak Factors
Figure 5 2040 Sanitary Sewer System
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 1
INTRODUCTION
The City of Arden Hills is required to prepare a Comprehensive Plan that aligns with the
Metropolitan Council’s Metropolitan System Plan every ten years per Minnesota Rule 473.858.
One component of the Comprehensive Plan is the Sanitary Sewer Plan, which describes the
existing sanitary sewer system and outlines the timing and sequence of future improvements.
The Sanitary Sewer Plan allows the City and the Metropolitan Council to build and improve their
sanitary sewer collection and treatment systems in the most efficient and cost-effective manner.
The City of Arden Hills is entirely within the 2040 Metropolitan Urban Service Area (MUSA), so
sanitary sewer interceptors and treatment are provided by the Metropolitan Council
Environmental Services (MCES) system. The City is responsible for local wastewater collection
and conveyance, which has historically been self-supporting through fees paid by users.
The City of Arden Hills’ Sanitary Sewer Plan was developed to conform to the Metropolitan
Council’s Thrive MSP 2040 Water Resources Policy Plan. The Thrive MSP 2040 Plan was
approved in May 2015 and outlines regional goals for the wastewater system, including
environmental sustainability, water reuse, and water conservation. Additionally, the Thrive MSP
2040 Plan includes population, household, and employment projections, and projected
wastewater flows.
As a result of projected population and land use changes in Arden Hills, the Metropolitan
Council estimates that sanitary sewer flows will increase approximately 19 percent between now
and 2040. The greatest increase in flow is expected from the development of the Twin Cities
Army Ammunition Plant (TCAAP) site in the north part of the City. This Sanitary Sewer Plan
outlines the locations in which the Metropolitan Council can expect to see increased wastewater
flows, allowing the Council to determine if capacity upgrades will be required at regional
wastewater treatment plants and interceptors. This plan also serves as a guiding document for
City infrastructure improvements and expansion.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 2
BACKGROUND
The City of Arden Hills is located in Ramsey County north of the Twin Cities. Arden Hills is
bordered by the Cities of Shoreview, Roseville, New Brighton, and Mounds View. Much of
Arden Hills is residential, with commercial, industrial, and office development located along its
eastern border and Interstate Highway 694. Approximately 11 percent of the area of the City is
occupied by lakes and wetlands.
Arden Hills has been designated entirely as a suburban community. This designation indicates
that the City experienced continued growth through the 1980s and 1990s. The Metropolitan
Council expects Arden Hills to, “plan for forecasted population and household growth at average
densities of at least 5 units per acre for new development and redevelopment … and to target
opportunities for more intensive development near regional transit investments.”
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER SYSTEM
The City of Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system is a collection system only, as described
previously. The existing sanitary sewer system is shown in Figure 1. The system collects and
conveys the City’s wastewater to five MCES Meters (M051, M052, M054, M059, and M203) and
their associated MCES Interceptors (1-RV-432, 1-RV-432, 1-RV-431, 2-NB-100, and 4-NS-524),
as shown in Figure 2. MCES Meter M203 does not currently receive flow from Arden Hills, but
is planned to receive future flows from the TCAAP development.
All of the wastewater collected in the City of Arden Hills is conveyed through the MCES system
to the MCES Metropolitan Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP) located southeast of St. Paul
on the Mississippi River. The Metropolitan WWTP has a capacity of 251 MGD, provides
advanced secondary treatment with chlorination/dechlorination, and discharges treated effluent
to the Mississippi River. It also generates energy from the residual biosolids for in-plant use.
Service Districts
The sanitary sewer system has been divided into eighteen (18) sewer districts. These districts,
shown in Figure 2, correspond to the fourteen (14) lift stations, two existing gravity networks
(MCES 54, MCES 59), and two future networks for the TCAAP development (North, South). The
Arden Hills Army Training Site (AHATS) discharges via a private forcemain into district MCES
59.
Gravity Sewer
The City of Arden Hills’ gravity sewer system consists of 8-inch to 21-inch diameter polyvinyl
chloride (PVC) pipe, reinforced concrete pipe (RCP), vitrified clay pipe (VCP), and cured-in-
place pipe (CIPP). Nearly the entire system has been televised over the last twenty years, and
approximately one quarter of the pipes in the system have been lined over the last fifteen years.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 3
Lift Stations
The City’s current system includes fourteen lift stations, as summarized in Table 1. All but one
of the City’s lift stations are either new or have been rehabilitated since 1990; the rehabilitation
of Lift Station 11 was completed in 2017.
Table 1. Existing Lift Station Summary
Lift
Station Location Year
Built
Pump
Rehab.
Wet Well
Rehab.
Controls
Rehab.
LS 1 Cleveland Ave N near
Elmer L. Anderson Memorial Tr 1961 2012 2012 2012
LS 2 New Brighton Rd in Charles Perry Park 1983 2011 2003 2011
LS 3 Lake Johanna Blvd near Siems Court 1999 - - -
LS 4 Ridgewood Rd and Arden Pl 1998 2013 2005 2013
LS 5 Tony Schmidt Regional Park and
Lake Johanna Blvd 1977 2011 2003 2011
LS 6 Lake Johanna Blvd south of Stowe Ave Unknown 1996 - 1996
LS 7 Shorewood Dr Unknown 2004 2004 2013
LS 8 Ingerson Rd 1976 2011 2001 2011
LS 9 Ridgewood Rd and Edgewater Ave Unknown 2013 2005 2013
LS 10 Cleveland Ave N and County Rd E2 1989 - - -
LS 11 Hwy 96 and Prior Ave N near
Arden Manor Park 1971 2017 2017 2017
LS 12 Thom Dr and New Brighton Rd 1970 2012 2012 2012
LS 13 Karth Lake Dr and Pleasant Dr Unknown 2012 2012 2012
LS 14 Hamline Ave N and Paul Kirkwood Dr 1995 - - -
Community Treatment Systems
There are no public or private community treatment system within the City of Arden Hills. All
properties within the City are served by the public collection system or by individual sewage
treatment systems.
Intercommunity Flows
The City of Arden Hills has intercommunity sanitary sewer connections with three other
communities, as listed in Table 2 and indicated in Figure 2.
Table 2. Intercommunity Flows
City Flow TO Arden Hills Flow FROM Arden Hills
Mounds View - TCAAP Area
Roseville 58 services 53 services
Shoreview - 2 services
Total 58 services 55 services + TCAAP
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 4
FIGURE 1
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 5
FIGURE 2
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 6
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems
Nearly all properties within the City of Arden Hills are served by the public collection system.
Currently, there are only two (2) individual sewage treatment systems (ISTS) in operation in the
northwest corner of the City. The locations of these ISTS are shown in Figure 3. The two
properties are:
• 5400 Highway 8 (State of Minnesota)
• 5420 Highway 8 (State of Minnesota)
These two State of Minnesota properties are exempt from City requirements. The TCAAP
development includes a proposed sanitary sewer extension which will be able to serve these
two facilities, enabling the abandonment of their ISTS.
The City Code requiring connection to the public collection system is excerpted below.
1010.02 Connections Required.
Subd. 1 Existing Buildings. Any building used for human habitation and located on
property adjacent to a sewer main, or in a platted block through which the system
extends, shall be connected to the municipal sanitary sewer system within two (2) years
from the date on which a connection is available to the building.
Subd. 2 New Buildings. All buildings constructed after the adoption of this code within
the City on property adjacent to a sewer main or in a platted block through which the
municipal sanitary sewer system extends, shall be provided with a connection to the
sewer system for the disposal of all human wastes.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 7
FIGURE 3
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 8
FORECASTS
Population
The Metropolitan Council publishes population and sewer usage forecasts for each city in the
Metropolitan Area. These forecasts serve to help cities prepare infrastructure for growth and to
promote continued maintenance of municipal infrastructure. The forecast data in Table 3 is from
the Metropolitan Council’s Local Planning Handbook Community Page for Arden Hills and
includes the total and sewered population, number of households, and employment. In the case
of Arden Hills, where effectively the entire City is sewered, these values are the same.
Table 3. Population Projections
Total & Sewered
Year Population Households Employment
2010 9,552 2,957 12,402
2020 10,000 3,200 15,000
2030 12,000 4,100 16,300
2040 13,500 4,600 17,500
*Interpolated values
These projections are separated by MCES Meter Service Area in Tables 4-A and 4-B.
Table 4-A. Projections by Meter Service Area & Interceptor
M051
1-RV-432
M052
1-RV-432
M054
1-RV-431
Year Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl.
2010 1,999 619 7,158 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
2020 1,999 619 7,258 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
2030 2,184 682 7,278 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
2040 2,184 682 7,298 264 82 1,579 3,334 1,032 1,361
*Interpolated value
Table 4-B. Projections by Meter Service Area & Interceptor
M059
2-NB-100
M203
4-NS-524
Year Pop. Hhds. Empl. Pop. Hhds. Empl.
2010 3,955 1,224 2,304 0 0 0
2020 3,956 1,264 2,324 447 203 2,478
2030 4,008 1,368 2,414 2,210 936 3,668
2040 4,008 1,368 2,504 3,710 1,460 4,758
*Interpolated value
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 9
Wastewater Flows
All of the wastewater flow from the City of Arden Hills is treated at the Metropolitan WWTP, and
any increase in wastewater flow will be treated at the Metropolitan WWTP as well. Table 5 lists
the projected total average wastewater flow for Arden Hills from MCES and from this Sanitary
Sewer Plan. Note that the projections used in this report are greater than the MCES projections
since they rely on flow estimates for each parcel of developable land.
Table 5. Total Wastewater Projections
2020 Average
Flow (MGD)
2030 Average
Flow (MGD)
2040 Average
Flow (MGD)
MCES 0.93 1.04 1.09
Sanitary Sewer Plan 0.90 1.13 1.37
MGD = millions of gallons per day
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 10
SANITARY SEWER DESIGN CRITERIA
Land Use
The City’s existing and 2040 land use maps were used in the development of this plan. Detailed
information and figures regarding Arden Hills’ land use is included in the City’s 2040
Comprehensive Land Use Plan. Using existing land use, metering data, and future land use
information, current and future flows were calculated and divided by service area as described
below.
Estimated Average Flows – Existing
To estimate the flows in trunk mains throughout the City, metering data was obtained from the
Metropolitan Council. Flows were assigned proportionally to each service district based on the
acreage of residential, mixed use, commercial/industrial/office, and institutional land within each
area and typical flows per acre for each particular land use.
Estimated Average Flows – 2040 Build Out
Once average flows were estimated, future flows were projected based on the planned 2040
land use from the Land Use Plan. Parcels that are planned to be developed were assigned
wastewater flow rates in accordance to their land use type. Table 6 lists the assigned flows,
which include design considerations for inflow and infiltration (I/I). Refer to the Inflow and
Infiltration section of this report for more information about I/I as it relates to Arden Hills’ sanitary
sewer system.
Table 6. Assumed Wastewater Generation by Land Use Type
Land Use Average Flow
(gpd/acre)
Low Density Residential 720
Neighborhood Residential 900
Medium Density Residential 1,350
High Density Residential 1,890
Town Center 7,380
Public/Institutional 250
Commercial/Industrial/Office 800
Future flows from areas of redevelopment were added to existing flows to determine if existing
pipe capacities will be sufficient. In locations in which development will lead to pipes that are
under capacity, recommendations are made to address the issue. Areas that will need to be
served in the future were evaluated to determine the required sewer diameters and
improvements to serve these areas.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 11
Peak Flow Factors
To ensure that the sanitary sewer system is capable of handling flow fluctuations throughout the
day, peak flow factors are assigned based on average flows. The peak factors are provided by
the Metropolitan Council and are based on average flow volumes. Pipes that serve small
generator customers are more likely to experience large fluctuations in flows. Therefore, the
peak factor decreases as average flow increases. The Metropolitan Council peak flow factors
used in this report are shown in Figure 4 below. These factors include consideration of inflow
and infiltration.
Figure 4. MCES Peak Factors for Sanitary Sewer Design
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
MC
E
S
P
e
a
k
F
l
o
w
F
a
c
t
o
r
Average Flow (MGD)
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 12
SANITARY SEWER TRUNK RECOMMENDATIONS
The proposed future sewer system for the City of Arden Hills, including gravity mains,
forcemains, and lift stations, is shown in Figure 5, as follows. The required infrastructure
additions were determined based on the areas that the City is planning to redevelop by 2040.
This report includes only oversized sewer lines (greater than 8-inch) and does not depict lateral
lines. The design and siting for lateral lines should be completed in conjunction with
development plans and platting. The location of such lines will be dependent on parcel layout
and the design of new roads. It is possible that small scale lift stations will be required within
developments.
The exact alignment of the proposed mains and lift stations may change during the design
phase of each project. The purpose of this report is to provide the City with a document that can
be used to plan for large infrastructure additions and replacements.
Lift Station Analysis
The estimated 2040 peak flows and subsequent remaining capacity for each of the City’s
fourteen (14) lift stations are shown in Table 7. The peak flows listed include the pumping rates
of any lift stations directly upstream in order to be conservative. All lift stations are projected to
have adequate pumping capacity to convey peak wastewater flows through the year 2040.
Table 7. Projected 2040 Peak Flows by Lift Station
Lift Station Pumping Capacity
(gpm)
2040 Peak Flow
(gpm)
Remaining Capacity
(gpm)
LS 1 240 28 212
LS 2 970 647 323
LS 3 240 52 188
LS 4 240 218 22
LS 5 660 473 187
LS 6 80 3 77
LS 7 220 86 134
LS 8 1,170 1,050 120
LS 9 280 81 199
LS 10 80 21 59
LS 11 350 204 146
LS 12 120 33 87
LS 13 460 87 373
LS 14 180 16 164
LS 15 * 1,010 *
gpm = gallons per minute
*Future lift station to serve the TCAAP development south of County Road H. The
2040 peak flow projected in this report is less than that listed in the TCAAP Site
Redevelopment Infrastructure Preliminary Design Report from June 2015 because
a lower flow per SAC unit of 180 gallons per day was used.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 13
Trunk Sewer Analysis
The estimated 2040 peak flows and subsequent remaining capacity in the City’s trunk sewer
lines are shown in Table 8. Trunk sewers of sub-districts served by a small network of 8-inch
gravity main are not included in this analysis. None of the trunk gravity sewers are expected to
exceed their capacity by the year 2040.
Table 8. Trunk Sewer Capacity Analysis
District Location Diameter Capacity
(gpm)
2040 Peak Flow
(gpm)
Remaining
Capacity (gpm)
LS 2 Perry Park 15" 1,120 647 473
LS 5 Yard Waste Collection Site 15" 1,120 473 647
LS 8 Ingerson Rd 18" 1,630 1,050 580
LS 9 Ridgewood Rd 10" 520 81 439
MCES 54 N Prior Ave 21" 2,250 605 1,645
MCES 59 Gateway Blvd 18" 1,630 1,223 407
gpm = gallons per minute
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 14
MCES Interceptor Facility Forecasts
The MCES Interceptors used by the City of Arden Hills and the 2040 forecasted flows to those
interceptors are listed in Table 9. The wastewater flow projections listed include only the flow
generated within the City of Arden Hills.
Table 9. Projected 2040 MCES Interceptor Use
MCES Meter MCES Interceptor 2040 Average
Flow (MGD)
2040 Max Flow
(MGD)
M051 1-RV-432 0.37 1.34
M052 1-RV-432 0.03 0.12
M054 1-RV-431 0.19 0.73
M059 2-NB-100 0.31 1.13
M203 4-NS-524 0.46 1.61
Individual Sewage Treatment Systems
As future development occurs and the sanitary sewer system is expanded to cover the northern
portion of the City, the two (2) remaining State of Minnesota ISTS in the northwest corner of the
City can be disconnected and properly abandoned.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 15
FIGURE 5
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 16
INFLOW AND INFILTRATION
General
Inflow is water, typically stormwater, which enters the sewer system through broken manhole
covers, sewer cleanouts, sump pumps, foundation drains, and rain leaders. Infiltration is water,
typically groundwater, which leaks into the sewer system through cracks in the sewer mains,
laterals, joints, and manholes.
Water from inflow and infiltration (I/I) can consume available capacity in the wastewater
collection system and increase the flow into treatment facilities. In extreme cases, the added
flow can cause bypasses or overflows of raw wastewater. This extra flow also requires a larger
capacity in the city’s collection and treatment components, which results in increased capital,
operation and maintenance, and replacement costs. As a sewer system ages and deteriorates,
I/I can become an increasing burden on a City’s system. Therefore, it is imperative that I/I be
reduced whenever it is cost effective to do so.
In February 2006, the MCES began an Ongoing I/I Surcharge Program which requires
communities within their service area to eliminate excessive I/I over a period of time. The
MCES has establishedestablishes annual I/I goals for each community discharging wastewater
into the Metropolitan Disposal System (MDS) based on average daily flows, adjustments for
community growth, and allowable I/I mitigation peaking factors. In February 2006, the MCES
began an I/I Surcharge Program which requires communities within their service area to
eliminate excessive I/I over a period of time. Now, communities that exceed their wastewater
flow program year goals for the period of January 1, 2017 through December 31, 2017, will be
required to complete an I/I mitigation assignment that will be required to be implemented in
2019.
The City of Arden Hills was assessed a surcharge in 2007 and initiated an I/I identification
program that year to diagnose the extent and location of the I/I and to prepare a reduction plan.
The City also had exceedances in MCES Metershed M051 from a June 21, 2013 storm and in
MCES Metersheds M051 and M054 from a June 19, 2014 storm. Over the past ten years, the
City has performed flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising, manhole rehabilitation, sump
pump inspections, sewer lining, and sewer replacement. More details on these activities is
provided in the I/I Reduction section. The City’s I/I Goals for Program Years 2018 and 2019 are
listed in Table 10.
Flow metering data is available for the MCES Meters that measure the City’s wastewater flow,
and an analysis of this data as it relates to I/I is presented on the following page. The City’s
strategies, programs, investments, and goals for reducing I/I are listed in this section as well.
Table 10. MCES I/I Surcharge Program Goals
Meter Service Area Program Year 2018
(MGD)
Program Year 2019
(MGD)
M051 1.52 1.62
M052 0.17 0.17
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 17
M054 0.85 0.87
M059 1.11 1.19
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 18
I/I Analysis
Arden Hills’ sanitary sewer system currently consists of approximately 49 miles of gravity main,
14 lift stations, and 3.6 miles of forcemain. Approximately 26 percent of the gravity mains have
been lined in the last fifteen years, primarily in the southern half of the system. Approximately 38
percent of the residential housing in the City was constructed before 1970. The only I/I
evaluation that has been done for pre-1970 era private services is the televising of their wye
connection during the trunk main televising listed in Table 1211 in the next section. I/I reduction
activities are discussed in greater detail in the next section.
The amount of clearwater flow generated within the City was estimated by calculating the
average annual and peak month I/I rates, equal to the average wastewater flow minus the base
wastewater flow, using data from 2012-2016. The average flow, both annual and monthly, was
calculated from MCES meter data. The peak month flow was determined for each year from
2012-2016, and then those peak month flows were averaged to give the value listed in Table
10. The base flow was calculated as the difference between average dry weather flow and
groundwater infiltration, based on hourly meter data from a period of nine days of dry weather
(three days since a rain event) and high groundwater level (spring) in March 2017. The
groundwater infiltration rate was calculated as the average flow from 1:00-6:00 AM over the
same nine-day period.
Table 10. Estimated I/I Rate
Metershed M051 M052 M054 M059 Total
Average Flow (MGD) 0.345 0.029 0.192 0.261 0.826
Peak Month Flow (MGD) 0.498 0.039 0.278 0.318 1.134
Base Flow (MGD) 0.142 0.015 0.078 0.108 0.344
Average Annual I/I Rate
(MGD (%))
0.202
(59%)
0.014
(48%)
0.114
(59%)
0.153
(58%)
0.482
(58%)
Peak Month I/I Rate
(MGD (%))
0.356
(71%)
0.024
(62%)
0.201
(72%)
0.210
(66%)
0.790
(70%)
A comparison of the dry weather flow versus average annual flow for the MCES Meter Service
Areas within the City is given in Table 11. Dry weather flow is calculated as the average flow
during the months of December through February. The purpose of this comparison is to give a
general indication of the extent of I/I in the region.
Table 11. Dry Weather Flow vs. Average Annual Flow
Meter Service
Area Year Dry Weather Flow
(MGD)
Average Annual Flow
(MGD)
M051
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
0.270
0.216
0.275
0.307
0.337
0.307
0.327
0.398
0.327
0.364
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 19
M052
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
0.027
0.021
0.022
0.021
0.026
0.029
0.030
0.031
0.023
0.030
M054
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
0.167
0.210
0.159
0.182
0.212
0.169
0.208
0.196
0.172
0.212
M059
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
0.228
0.246
0.244
0.254
0.255
0.233
0.261
0.285
0.265
0.261
The disparity between dry weather flow and average annual flow was greatest in 2013 and 2014
and was most pronounced in Metersheds M051 and M052. Much of the sanitary sewer lining
work, listed in Table 12, was completed in these Metersheds in 2013 and 2015, so the City
expects to see a reduction of I/I in these areas. Based on the difference between average and
dry weather flow, averaged over 2012-2016, the estimated amount of clearwater entering the
system is 90,000 gallons per day.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 20
I/I Reduction
The City’s strategy for preventing excess I/I includes requiring all development to conform to
City standards. Arden Hills City Code prohibiting the discharge of stormwater to the sanitary
sewer system and requiring the disconnection of existing I/I sources is excerpted below.
Subd. 8 Prohibited Connections of Surface Water and Ground Water Discharge Facilities to the
City's Sanitary Sewer System.
A. No person, owner, lessee or occupant of any parcel of land, building, or premises shall
discharge, or permit to be discharged, directly or indirectly, into the sanitary sewer system any
surface water or groundwater including water from roofs, yards, lawns, streets, alleys,
groundwater sump pumps, footing tile, or other natural precipitation.
…
Subd. 10 Removal of Prohibited Connections; Surcharge; City Reimbursement. Any person,
owner, lessee or occupant, and any plumber or building contractor who has presently made or
permitted to be made, or shall make or permit to be made, any connection or installation in
violation of subdivision 8, shall immediately remove such connection or correct such an
installation. …
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 21
The City has several programs in place to both identify and reduce I/I and has completed
projects nearly every year since 2007 to that end. A summary of these I/I reduction projects and
their costs, as known, is given in Table 1211.
Table 1211. I/I Reduction Activities
Year Project Cost
(if known)
2007 I/I Investigation,
I/I Study by Bonestroo
2008
Flow monitoring, smoke testing, televising,
lift station pump calibration
Manhole Rehabilitation Project
Sewer Lining Project
2009
Sump pump inspections, manhole inspections,
televising
Manhole Rehabilitation Project
Sewer Lining Project $82,989.50
2010
Sump pump inspections, manhole inspections
Sewer Lining & Replacement Project
(chimney seals) $111,765.00
2011 Sump pump inspections
Sewer Lining Project $399,444.50
2012 Grant applications for 2013
2013 Sewer Lining Project $625,526.05
2014 Grant applications for 2015
2015 Sewer Lining Project $507,465.50
2017 Sewer Lining Project Est.
$260$200,000.00
2018 Street & Utility Project
(sewer lining and spot repairs) TBDEst. $285,600
The City has ongoing reviews of flows and discussions with consulting engineers to develop the
next stage of improvement plans. As noted above, project areas have been identified for 2017
and 2018. Significant improvements have been made over the last ten years, and the City of
Arden Hills remains committed to identifying and eliminating sources of I/I in its sanitary sewer
system.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
Comprehensive Sanitary Sewer Plan
City of Arden Hills, MN
WSB Project No. 3455-20 Page 22
COST ESTIMATES AND FINANCING
The bulk of the improvements to the City’s sanitary sewer system will be made in conjunction
with TCAAP development, including new trunk gravity mains and one lift station. The City has
also budgeted for routine I/I reduction work and other system maintenance and rehabilitation.
The proposed capital improvements to the sanitary sewer system and their estimated costs are
listed in Table 1312.
Table 1312. Capital Improvements
Year Item Estimated Cost
Biennial Sewer Lining and Rehabilitation $400,000
2019 TCAAP Spine Rd Trunk Sewer & Lift Station $1,200,000
SUMMARY AND OUTCOMES
The analysis provided in this Sanitary Sewer Plan is aimed to provide the City of Arden Hills and
the Metropolitan Council assistance in planning for wastewater collection and treatment,
including the planned development of the TCAAP area. It is anticipated that the design flows
and criteria outlined will be used for utility planning as development continues within the City.
Tables and figures can be utilized to create budget-level estimates and schematic
representations of infrastructure improvements, with specific sizing and routing to be determined
during the design phase.
Dr
a
f
t
03
/
0
7
/
2
0
1
8
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-1
APPENDIX H: ZONING DISTRICT REGULATIONS
Arden Hills Zoning District Regulations taken from the Arden Hills Code (AHC) of
Ordinances Chapter 13 and the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC) as of September
25 December 12, 20176.
1. R-1 Single Family Residential District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the development of single family detached housing
at a maximum density of approximately three (3) units per net acre.
B. To reserve development areas for single-family housing.
C. To restrict encroachment of incompatible uses.
D. To maintain density limitations.
E. To take advantage of municipal utilities.
F. To preserve open space.
2. R-2 Single Family and Two Family Residential District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the development of single and two (2) family
housing at a maximum density of approximately five units per net acre.
B. To reserve development areas for single and two family housing.
C. To restrict encroachment of incompatible uses.
D. To maintain density limitations.
E. To take advantage of municipal utilities.
F. To preserve open space.
3. R-3 Townhouse and Low Density Multiple Dwelling District (AHC):
A. To provide areas offering a broad development range in housing units with
a maximum density of eight (8) units per net acre.
B. To retain the environment and character of less intensive residence areas
through carefully established bulk and lot area requirements.
4. R-4 Multiple Dwelling District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the development of multiple dwelling structures with
a maximum density of twelve (12) units per net acre.
B. To permit the most intensive residential development allowed in the City.
C. To maintain an essentially residential character in areas developed at a
more intensive density.
5. NB Neighborhood Business District (AHC):
A. To be located at the edge of residential neighborhoods.
B. To provide a limited range of over-the-counter, convenience, retail, and
service uses to accommodate the needs of the adjacent residents.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-2
C. To place limitations on the type, size and intensity of uses within this
district, given its proximity to residential uses.
D. To place emphasis on convenience for pedestrian, bicycle, and public
transportation access to the use.
E. To accommodate, where possible, a public commons giving residents a
place to gather and interact with one another.
F. To ensure adequate buffering is provided on these sites for the adjacent
residential uses.
G. To require, where applicable, compliance with the City’s gateway
requirements.
6. B-1 Limited Business District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the location and development of administrative
office buildings and related office uses which are subject to more restrictive
controls.
B. To provide a district which is related to and may reasonably adjoin high
density or other residential districts.
C. To establish a business district in which there is limited contact with the
public and no exterior display or selling of merchandise to the general public.
7. B-2 General Business District (AHC):
A. To be a place in which people can live, work and play.
B. To create a compact, architecturally diverse, pedestrian- and bicycle-
friendly community with a distinct identity.
C. To provide a connected sidewalk system and places for people to gather
and socialize.
D. To implement design standards to promote an attractive environment with
lasting and sustainable value.
E. To group compatible retail and service business uses that tend to draw
trade that is naturally interchangeable and promotes business prosperity.
F. To provide an adequate supply of businesses and professional service
areas to meet the needs of the residents.
G. To minimize the effects of traffic congestion, noise, odor, glare and similar
safety problems.
H. To implement the Plan known as the “Guiding Plan for the B2 District,”
which was adopted by the City Council on October 27, 2008.
8. B-3 Service Business District (AHC):
A. To accommodate an adequate supply of businesses and services that
serve the community and motorists traveling through the community with a
broad range of services and goods.
B. To provide locations for uses that may be incompatible with retail centers,
thereby keeping the retail centers compact and convenient.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-3
C. To keep services in close proximity to arterial streets or highways in areas
that are appropriately designated on the Comprehensive Plan.
D. To encourage grouping of compatible and mutually supportive business
uses and services.
E. To promote business prosperity.
F. To establish a high standard of development and design that produces a
positive visual image and minimizes the effects of traffic congestion, noise,
odor and glare.
G. To allow a transitional reuse of existing buildings until market conditions
warrant redevelopment.
H. To enhance redevelopment potential by prohibiting uses that would
impede redevelopment.
I. To ensure acceptable traffic operations on local streets.
J. To promote flexibility in land uses and site development standards to
achieve the purposes of the district.
9. B-4 Retail Center District (AHC):
A. To meet retail shopping needs of the surrounding community by providing
a district that will accommodate a wide range of retail goods and services.
B. To promote business prosperity by creating an attractive and functional
retail center.
C. To provide an integrated retail trade center that groups compatible retail
uses in one or more multiple-occupancy buildings. Free standing, single-
occupancy buildings will be allowed if planned and constructed as part of a
unified development that contains a retail center or is developed after such a
retail center is developed.
D. To produce a positive visual image by establishing a high standard of
design and development.
E. To allow transitional uses that will allow an orderly phasing out of existing
uses and development that are not appropriate in a contemporary retail
center and a phasing in of uses and development as warranted by market
conditions.
F. To encourage grouping of uses that are mutually supportive and have
similar requirements for vehicular and pedestrian accessibility and exposure.
G. To alleviate potential traffic congestion on local streets by the design of
the circulation pattern and arrangement of uses.
10. CC Civic Center District (AHC):
A. To implement that part of City of Arden Hills Comprehensive Plan known
as the Civic Center (CC) area.
B. To create a destination-oriented area that serves as focal point for the
Community where a mix of uses including public, small retail, educational,
semi-public facilities and some mid-to-high-density housing are located.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-4
C. To bring forth a government center that would integrate Sunfish Lake with
a civic campus and commercial area, and create a gathering/activity place
that is unified in purpose, design and use.
D. To require strict development standards and building materials to create a
high quality civic environment.
E. To preserve, protect, and enhance existing development adjacent to the
district.
F. To promote compact, unified development that takes advantage of the
proximity to the adjacent open space areas and regional transportation
facilities.
G. To minimize the effects of traffic congestion.
H. To allow development that will insure reasonable traffic operation on the
internal and surrounding transportation systems including Lexington, Hamline,
and Highway 96.
I. To encourage arrangement of uses that are mutually supportive and have
similar requirements for vehicular and pedestrian accessibility and exposure.
11. GB Gateway Business District (AHC):
A. To implement that part of Arden Hills Comprehensive Development Plan
known as the I-694/I-35W Plan.
B. To promote high quality, unified, large-scale development in a manner
similar to a planned unit development.
C. To take full advantage of the site's location as documented and described
in the NE I-694/I-35W Plan.
D. To allow only development that will create an attractive environment and a
positive image for this site, which is one of the most visible in the community
and represents the City's last major development site.
E. To protect the site's environmental resources.
F. To promote flexibility in land uses and development standards to achieve
the objectives of the I-694/I-35W Plan.
G. To allow development that will insure reasonable traffic operation on the
internal and surrounding transportation systems.
12. I-1 Limited Industrial District (AHC):
A. To allow only those types and intensities of industrial uses that do not
detract from the surrounding area.
B. To maintain performance standards to keep the intensity of land utilization
lower than in the general Industrial District.
13. I-2 General Industrial District (AHC):
A. To provide an area where more intensive light industrial land uses may
locate.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-5
B. To present the least deleterious effect to adjacent, less intensive land
uses.
14. I-FLEX District (AHC):
A. To preserve, protect, enhance and perpetuate existing development in the
district.
B. To attract new development that is compatible with existing development
in the district in terms of use, performance, character, quality and appearance
of buildings and sites.
C. To permit only those uses that will have traffic generation characteristics
that are compatible with existing development in the district and that will
ensure reasonable traffic operation on streets in the vicinity.
D. To encourage new site development that will be compatible with existing
site development standards of existing development in the district.
E. To promote flexibility in land uses and site development standards to
achieve the objectives of the I-Flex District.
15. Planned Unit Development (PUD) Overlay District (AHC):
A. To allow flexibility in land development to benefit from new technology in
building design and construction and in land development.
B. To encourage variety in the organization of site elements, land uses
(residential and non-residential), building densities, and building and dwelling
types.
C. To promote higher standards of site and building design through the use
of trained and experienced professional land planners, landscape architects,
registered architects, engineers and surveyors to prepare plans for all PUD's.
D. To preserve and enhance desirable site characteristics and open space.
E. To promote more efficient and effective use of land, open space and
public facilities.
F. To effectuate the policies and standards of the Arden Hills Comprehensive
Development Plan.
16. POS Parks and Open Space District (AHC):
A. To support the Arden Hills Parks, Trails, and Open Space Plan and the
Ramsey County Parks and Recreation System Plan.
B. To provide an area for publicly owned lands that have recognized outdoor
recreational or open space resources.
C. To support community health through the provision of active and passive
outdoor recreational opportunities.
D. To promote natural and ecological stewardship.
E. To conserve vital environmental resources.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-6
17. CD Conservation District (AHC):
A. To provide a “holding” zone for federally owned lands on the Arden Hills
Army Training Site to ensure that future development is staged, maintains
a sustainable level of public expenditures for utilities and services, and
protects those areas generally determined to be unsuitable for
development due to the presence of wetlands, floodplains, steep slopes,
certain drainage and soil conditions, and critical wildlife habitat.
18. INST Institutional District (AHC):
A. To establish areas for the post-secondary education of general public.
B. To establish areas for the training of well-educated and talented
workforce.
C. To provide for the ability of the post-secondary students to live and have
their daily needs met on the campus of the post-secondary education
institution.
D. To provide the opportunity for athletic programs to be created for the post-
secondary students while providing opportunities for the general public to
experience these athletic programs.
18.19. Neighborhood District (TRC):
A. The Neighborhood Zoning District: Provides a range of attached and
detached single-family and small multi-family residential uses.
1) NR-1 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 1): Maximum density of
2.5 dwelling units per acre.
2) NR-2 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 2): Minimum density of
2.5 dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 4 dwelling units
per acre.
3) NR-3 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 3): Minimum density of 4
dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 6.75 dwelling units
per acre.
4) NR-4 Residential (Neighborhood Sub-District 4): Minimum density of 4
dwelling units per acre and a maximum density of 8 dwelling units per
acre.
19.20. C - Civic (TRC):
A. The Civic Zoning District provides opportunities for civic functions that
potentially are operated by the City of Arden Hills, Ramsey County, and/or
civic focused non-profits.
B. The civic use is intended to both bring visitors outside of the TCAAP
redevelopment site to the Town Center and serve as a transition between
the Town Center and the park and open space areas to the east.
20.21. TC - Town Center (TRC):
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-7
A. The Town Center Zoning District creates a vibrant commercial and
residential environment that maximizes the potential for an outdoor
experience.
B. This district promotes walkability through allowing for housing, office,
retail, restaurant, and civic uses all within close proximity of each other.
C. Residential uses permitted at a maximum density of 67 units per acre.
21.22. OMU - Office Mixed-Use (TRC):
A. The Office Mixed-Use Zoning District creates a flexible zone that allows
and promotes a seamless transition from Retail Mixed-Use but focuses on
employment and other compatible uses.
B. This district promotes employment as a primary use, but allows for other
commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings.
22.23. RMU - Retail Mixed-Use (TRC):
A. The Retail Mixed-Use Zoning District creates a flexible zone that allows
and promotes a seamless transition from Office Mixed-Use but focuses on
retail and compatible uses.
B. This district promotes retail as a primary use and allows for other
commercial uses to be incorporated as vertical mixed-use buildings.
23.24. FO - Flex Office (TRC):
A. The Flex Office Zoning District creates an opportunity for large scale
development for employment and manufacturing uses that take advantage
of the highway frontage and automobile access.
24.25. CC - Campus Commercial (TRC):
A. The Campus Commercial Zoning District facilitates a building format that
allows multiple, single tenant buildings or campuses within the northern
“Thumb” site of the Plan Area.
B. The goal is to allow for an individual plan approach for each campus or
building, based on user preferences within a range of requirements.
25.26. OS - Open Space (TRC):
A. Open Space within the TRC shall be categorized as Required Open
Space.
B. The detailed Open Space Standards for different open space types are
included in Section 9.0 and Attachment 2 of the TRC. These standards
include general character, typical size, frontage requirements and typical
uses.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-8
26.27. GO - Gateway Overlay (TRC)
A. The Gateway Overlay District indicates where additional aesthetic
treatments are required to create a welcoming environment that
establishes the character of the TCAAP Redevelopment Area. The
specific standards are included in Section 7.6 of the TRC.
27.28. Water Infrastructure (TRC)
A. The Natural Resources Corridor within the TCAAP Site Redevelopment
will be designed with the goal of maximizing compatibility and functionality
of regional storm water, wetland mitigation, the Rice Creek re-meander,
floodplain restoration, and groundwater requirements.
B. An additional goal is to provide visual and active and passive recreational
features to support adjacent land uses. The Natural Resources Corridor is
intended to be an amenity to the site’s uses and users.
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-9
Table H.1: Zoning District Regulations (Table H.1 does not include the Zoning Districts within the TCAAP Redevelopment Code (TRC))
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills – 20430 Comprehensive Plan
Approved: September 28, 201609 Amended: December 12, 2016
H-10
R-1 R-2 R-1 R-2 R-3 R-4 NB B-1 B-2 *B-3 *B-4 CC *G-B I-1 I-2 I-FLEX CD POS INST
1. Minimum Lot Area
(SF per Dwelling Unit)
Single Family 14,000 11,000 11,000 11,000 == == == == == == == == == ========
Two Family 14,000 8,000 8,000 8,000 == == == == == == == == == == ======
Multiple Family PUD == == 5,450 3,630 == == 2,178 == == == == == == == ======
2. Minimum Lot Area (SF)
Non-Residential Uses 14,000 11,000 11,000 11,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 13,000 == 20,000 5 AC 30,000 24,000 24,000 ==== 13,000
Mixed Use Project or ==
Multiple Occupancy Center == == == ==== 13,000 == 5 AC == 20 AC == == ==
Single Use Project or Free Standing
Building == == == ==== 13,000 == 2 AC == 10 AC == == == ======
3. Minimum Lot Size (ft)
Width/Depth
Non-residential == == == == 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/100 100/130 100/130 100/130 100/130 ==== 100/130
Single Family 95/130 85/120 85/120 85/120 == == == == == == == == == ========
Two Family 95/130 85/120 85/120 85/120 == == == == == == == == == ========
4. Height (ft.)35 35 35 35 35 35 50 35 35 35 35 35 45 45 35 35 35
5. Floor Area Ratio (F.A.R.)0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.8 == 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.3 0.3 0.7
6. Lot Covered by Structure 25% 25% 25% 25% 35% 35% 45% 40% 25% 40% == 30% 40% 40%25% 25% 35%
7. Min. Landscape Lot Area 65% 65% 65% 65% 35% 25% 20% 25% 25% 20% 35% 35% 25% 25% 65% 65% 25%
8. Minimum Building Setbacks (ft)
Front yard 40 40 40 40 20 50 20 50 50 20 50 55 50 50 40 40 50
Rear Yard (Principle)30 30 30 30 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 30 20
Rear Yard (Accessory)10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Side Yard Interior - Principal
(Min/total both yards on lot)10/25 5/15 5/15 5/15 5/15 20/40 10-20 20/40 20/40 10-20 20/40 ** 20/40 20/40 20/40 10/20 10/20 20/40
Side Yard Interior - Accessory 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Side Yard Corner 40 40 40 40 20 50 20 50 50 20 50 50 50 50 40 40 50
Other Setbacks
Lakeshore - High Water Mark***
Abutting Residential
Zoning District
== == == == 30 100 == 100 100
60
100
100 100 100 100 = = = = 100
20 12 ==========
9. PUD & SUP
Maximum Dwelling Unit
Density Per Net Acre
3 5.5 8 12 ====
====
20 ====
==
==
Dr
a
f
t
11
/
2
0
/
2
0
1
7
City of Arden Hills
Economic Development Commission Meeting for March 7, 2018
Page 1 of 1
MEMORANDUM
DATE: March 7, 2018 EDC Agenda Item 4.B
TO: Economic Development Commission Chair and Commissioners
FROM: Matthew Bachler, City Planner
SUBJECT: New Business Visits
Discussion
At the Economic Development Commission meeting on February 7th, the Commissioners
discussed goals for completing visits with new businesses in the City. The Communications
Coordinator has drafted a communications plan for reaching out to new businesses (Attachment
A). A draft of the new businesses handout will be provided for review at the meeting on March
7th. Based on EDC feedback, the handout will be updated and staff will have copies available at
City Hall for EDC members to pick up.
Staff had identified the following new businesses that have recently opened in the City:
Business Name Address Type of Business
Surya India Foods 3531 Lexington Avenue Specialty Grocery Store
Clear Choice Dental 3130 Cleveland Avenue Dental Implants
Staff is requesting that EDC members volunteer to visit the new businesses listed above. As staff
becomes aware of new businesses that have opened in the City, an email will be sent to EDC
members requesting volunteers to complete visits. Staff will also provide an update at each of the
monthly EDC meetings.
Attachments
A. EDC Communications Plan for Reach New Businesses
DRAFT EDC Communications Plan for Reaching New Businesses
Submitted by Dawn Skelly
2/26/18
Goal
• Help business owners with new businesses in Arden Hills feel welcome and aware of who they can call for assistance.
Strategies
• Use in-person visits to give new business owners information about who to call at the City for any concerns.
• Let business owners know about the EDC and that they have a group of peers they can connect with at any time.
• Make residents aware of new businesses through City’s communications channels.
Tactics Key Messages Specs Quantity Distribution Timing Budget
1. Handout with information for
new businesses
• Welcome from the Mayor
• Arden Hills Points of Pride
• A paragraph about the EDC
• Key contact information for City
staff
• Links to social media sites
TBD 20/year In person visits
by EDC
members and
communications
coordinator
Monthly visits
Update handout
quarterly
FINAL DUE 3/31/18
Printed and
folded in-
house
Staff time
2. Mugs Arden
Hills
Logo
20/year In person Monthly TBD
Staff time
3. Talking points for EDC
members.
• Welcome and intro
• Information about how long
they’ve been in business
• Information and invite to get
involved in EDC
• Info about chambers, City
events, like State of the City,
and anything else
20/year In person
Monthly visits
New business lists
pulled monthly by
City Planner. Review
permit applications
with Building Official
Mileage
4. Develop Business Webpage
• Welcome from Mayor
• EDC member listing
with contact info
• Permit and building
process
• Licensing
• Information
• Include list of new
businesses on website
each month
• List of current
businesses
• Post news features and
events, including
chamber events
• Link to City Tour EDC
video
• We welcome new businesses in
Arden Hills
• We are new-business friendly.
• We want our residents to know
about new businesses and the
unique features of our new
businesses
• We have a robust new business
pipeline and encourage new
business owners to engage with
one another through City
events, Chamber events, and
the City’s business web page.
• We provide information about
dealing with City—what
businesses need to know
N/A Webpage Real-time updates as
needed; quarterly
review of other
content
FINAL DUE 4/30/18
Staff time
5. Use City Communications
channels to feature new
businesses, business news
and events
a) Write new business
features in each
newsletter—need to
establish criteria
b) Welcome new
businesses via
Facebook and Twitter
c) Share posts from
Chamber events
d) FUTURE: quarterly e-
letter for businesses
a) 10 new business
features/year in
Arden Hills
newsletter
b) Monthly
Facebook/Twitter
welcome posts
c) Monthly sharing
of chamber
events
d) FUTURE:
quarterly e-letter
Staff time
6. Consider an update of the
EDC City Tour Video
Use CTV hours before June to update
new business video; include footage
of new frontage Road and RCC land,
etc.
YouTube
channel, social
media, web
home and biz pg
FINAL DUE 6/1/18 Staff time
City of Arden Hills
Economic Development Commission Meeting for March 7, 2018
Page 1 of 2
MEMORANDUM
DATE: March 7, 2018 EDC Agenda Item 4.C
TO: Economic Development Commission Chair and Commissioners
FROM: Matthew Bachler, City Planner
SUBJECT: Business Retention and Expansion Program
Discussion
At the Economic Development Commission meeting on February 7th, the Commissioners
discussed the goals of completing Business Retention and Expansion visits. Three main
objectives were discussed:
• Establishing open lines of communication between businesses and city departments.
• Responding to immediate problems affecting a specific business, for example the need
for additional space.
• Identifying broader issues that may be limiting business success, for examples issues with
infrastructure or outdated regulations.
The EDC decided to focus on completing BRE visits in the Red Fox-Grey Fox Business District
for 2018. Staff has provided a spreadsheet of businesses in this area for BRE visits (Attachment
A). The list does not include businesses that were visited as part of the St. Paul Area Chamber of
Commerce BRE Program in 2015. EDC members who had previously volunteered to contact a
business have been listed. Additional volunteers will be needed for setting up visits.
The business survey for the visits is included in Attachment B. Staff has provided a list of sample
questions that can be asked during the visits (Attachment C). These questions are meant to cover
most of the topics on the survey, but are more convenient to reference during the interview than
the survey itself.
Staff would recommend that one person serve as the visitation coordinator responsible for
contacting a business and coordinating the availability of EDC members for the interviews. Staff
would recommend a minimum of two people attend each visit. Completed surveys should be
returned to staff for review and compilation.
City of Arden Hills
Economic Development Commission for March 7, 2018
Page 2 of 2
Attachments
A. Red Fox-Grey Fox BRE Visit List
B. BRE Survey
C. BRE Sample Questions
Business Name
Responsible for
Contact Sector & Business Business Address
Aspect LED Rob Williams
Manufacturing -
LED Products 3735 Dunlap Street
Caerus Dan Erickson
Manufacturing -
Animal Casts, Splints, and Braces
1251 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
Asdco/API David Radziej
Distribution -
Industrial and Construction Materials 1230 Grey Fox Road
Pace Industries David Radziej
Manufacturing -
Die Casting 3737 Lexington Avenue
Adherent Laboratories Dan Erickson
Professional & Business Services -
Adhesive Laboratory and Consulting 3804 Dunlap Street
Top Case Liz Johnson
Manufacturing -
Custom Cases
1243 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
OrthoCor Liz Johnson
Product Development -
Medical Devices
1251 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
FireFly
Technology -
Computing Solutions
1271 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
Red Fox Innovations
Manufacturing -
Industrial Sewing
1247 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
The Alpine Factory Indoor Downhill Skiing Training Facility
1237 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
CM Jarvis Furniture Leasing
Professional & Business Services -
Furniture Leasing
1241 Red Fox Road
(Red Fox Business Center)
Etail Solutions Technology - Business Software 1200 Red Fox Road
The Goodprinter
Professional & Business Services -
Printing Services 3769 Dunlap Street
Northwestern Foods
Manufacturing - Food Ingredient Dry
Blending 1260 Grey Fox Road
2018 BRE Visit List - Red Fox-Grey Fox District (03-07-18)
1 | P a g e
City of Arden Hills Survey Reporting Form (rev 4.5.17)
COMPANY NAME/CONTACT INFORMATION
Company Contact:
Company:
Parent Company:
County:
City:
OVERVIEW INFORMATION
Visit Date:
Interview Name:
Interviewer Email Address:
Organization Type (select one):
City
County
Chamber
MNSCU
Port Authority
BSR
Non Profit
Other
BUSINESS DETAILS
Primary Business Sector (select one):
Accommodation/Food Services
Administration/Support/Waste Management/Remediation Services
Agriculture/Forestry/Fishing/Hunting
Arts/Entertainment/Recreation
Construction
Educational Services
Finance/Insurance
Health Care/Social Assistance
Information
Management of Companies & Enterprises
Manufacturing
Manufacturing - Food/Candy
Mining
Professional/Scientific/Technical Services
Real Estate/Rental and Leasing
Retail Trade
Transportation/Warehousing
Utilities
Wholesale Trade
Non Profit
Other
Primary Sector Other:
2 | P a g e
Does Company have a succession plan? YES NO
Has the company ownership changed? YES NO
Or is change imminent? YES NO
Explanation:
Over the past year, have company sales (select one):
Increased
Decreased
Been relatively stable
Fluctuated widely
Not identified
FACILITIES
Type of facility (select all that apply):
Branch
Distribution
Franchise
Headquarters
Home-based business
Manufacturing
Office-operation (non HQ)
R&D
Sales Office
Is there room for expansion at site? YES NO
Is this facility owned or leased? Owned Leased
PRODUCTS/SERVICES
Company’s major products/services:
Has this company introduced new products? YES NO
Briefly describe new products:
LOCAL EMPLOYMENT AND WORKFORCE
Number of Full Time Employees at facility:
Number of jobs at this facility changed (select one):
Increased
Decreased
Stayed the same
3 | P a g e
If increased, was it hard to fill jobs? YES NO
Why are openings hard to fill? (select all that apply):
Poor work ethic
Lack of basic education
Lack of technical skills
Lack of candidates
Challenging location
Competition
Other
Expect the number of jobs at facility (select one):
Increase
Decrease
Be relatively stable
Unsure
Types of jobs do you expect to hire:
Anticipate need to train employees: YES NO
What kind of training will be needed?
TRANSIT/TRANSPORTATION
How well does existing transportation infrastructure serve your business (select one)?
Exceeds needs
Meets needs
Needs improvement
Please explain:
Do your employees use transit (i.e. bus/rail) ? YES NO
Do you think more employees would use transit if it were more readily available? YES NO
MARKET INFORMATION
Company’s primary market (select one):
International
United States
Midwest (including MN)
Minnesota
Local
Not identified
Company’s fastest growing geographic market (select one):
International
4 | P a g e
United States
Midwest (including MN)
Minnesota
Local
Not identified
Does this company export? YES NO
If so, where (select all that apply):
Africa & Middle East
Canada
Europe & Russia
Greater China
India, Pakistan, Central/South Asia
Japan & Korea
Southeast Asia
Australia & Pacific Oceania
Latin America & Caribbean
Mexico
Not Identified
Interested in learning about exporting? YES NO
Percent of sales outside US?
INVESTMENT PLAN
Does this company plan to (check all that apply)
Invest in new facilities
Make major equipment purchases
Renovate/Expand current facilities
None
Not identified
Please explain:
Approximate date of investment (select one):
Within one year
Within two years
Within three years
Unsure
If investing in new location, why (select all that apply)?
Access to labor
Access to markets
Environmental permit obstacles
High state taxes
High local taxes
Labor costs
Lease expiration
No room at this location
Quality of workforce
Transportation/infrastructure
Other
Explanation:_____________________________
Business Retention and Expansion Visit Sample Questions
Business Details
Tell me about your company.
-What types of products or services do you offer?
-Do you export products outside of the United States?
-How has your industry changed in the past 10, 20, 30 years?
How has business been this year? How does it compare to last year?
Facilities/Investment Plans (recommend asking facilities questions if a tour is offered)
Do you own or lease your space in Arden Hills? How many square feet do you use?
Do you have room to expand? Do you have expansion plans?
Do you plan to make any investments in new equipment?
Local Employment and Workforce
How many people work here? Do you anticipate that number increasing or decreasing in the next year?
What types of opportunities exist at your company?
Have you had a hard time filling any specific roles?
Transportation
Does existing transportation infrastructure adequately serve your business?
Where do employees commute from?
Do your employees uses transit (bus/rail)? If transit were more readily accessible would more people use it?